Unified Development Ordinance

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 09:46

Article 1.1. Legal Provisions

Article 1.1. Legal Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 09:50

Sec. 1.1.1. Title

Sec. 1.1.1. Title aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:54

The official title of this document is Part 10: Unified Development Ordinance for the City of Raleigh, North Carolina and is referred to throughout this document as "this UDO.”

Sec. 1.1.2. Applicability

Sec. 1.1.2. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:56
  1. This UDO applies to all land, buildings, structures and uses located within the corporate limits and the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City of Raleigh, North Carolina.
  2. To the extent allowed by law, the provisions of this UDO apply to all land, buildings, structures and uses owned, leased or otherwise controlled by any district, County, State or Federal government agencies.

Sec. 1.1.3. Effective Date

Sec. 1.1.3. Effective Date aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:57

This UDO was adopted on February 18, 2013 and became effective on September 1, 2013 by Ordinance No. 2013 151 TC 357 (TC-3-12).

Sec. 1.1.4. Purpose and Intent

Sec. 1.1.4. Purpose and Intent aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:57

This UDO is adopted to preserve, protect and promote the public health, safety and general welfare of residents and businesses in the City. More specifically, this UDO is adopted to achieve the following objectives:

  1. Implement the policies and goals contained within officially adopted plans, including the Comprehensive Plan;
  2. Improve the built environment and human habitat;
  3. Conserve and protect the City’s natural beauty and setting, including trees, scenic vistas and cultural and historic resources;
  4. Ensure that new development conserves energy, land and natural resources;
  5. Protect water quality within watershed critical areas, the general watershed areas of designated water supply watersheds and other watershed districts;
  6. Encourage environmentally responsible development practices;
  7. Promote development patterns that support safe, effective and multi-modal transportation options, including auto, pedestrian, bicycle and transit and therefore minimize vehicle traffic by providing for a mixture of land uses, walkability and compact community form;
  8. Provide neighborhoods with a variety of housing types to serve the needs of a diverse population;
  9. Promote the greater health benefits of a pedestrian-oriented environment;
  10. Reinforce the character and quality of neighborhoods;
  11. Remove barriers and provide incentives for walkable projects;
  12. Protect and promote appropriately located commercial and industrial activities in order to preserve and strengthen the City’s economic base;
  13. Encourage compact development;
  14. Ensure that adequate facilities are constructed to serve new development;
  15. Provide for orderly growth and development of suitable neighborhoods with adequate transportation networks, drainage and utilities and appropriate building sites;
  16. Save unnecessary expenditures of funds by requiring the proper initial construction of transportation networks, sidewalks, drainage facilities and utilities; and
  17. Provide land records for the convenience of the public and for better identification and permanent location of real estate boundaries.

Sec. 1.1.5. Relationship to the Comprehensive Plan

Sec. 1.1.5. Relationship to the Comprehensive Plan aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:58

The Comprehensive Plan serves as the basic policy guide for development under this
UDO. The policies and action items of the Comprehensive Plan may be amended
from time to time to meet the changing requirements of the City in accordance with
the standards and procedures in Sec. 10.2.2.

Sec. 1.1.6. Minimum Requirements

Sec. 1.1.6. Minimum Requirements aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:58

The requirements of this UDO are considered to be the minimum requirements for
the promotion of the public health, safety and general welfare.

Sec. 1.1.7. Conflicting Provisions

Sec. 1.1.7. Conflicting Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 09:59
  1. If any provisions of this UDO are inconsistent with similar provisions of State or Federal law, the more restrictive provision shall control, to the extent permitted by law.
  2. Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, conflicts and duplications among portions of this UDO shall be resolved in favor of the more stringent regulation.

Sec. 1.1.8. Severability

Sec. 1.1.8. Severability aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:00
  1. It is expressly declared that this UDO and each section, subsection, sentence and phrase would have been adopted regardless of whether one or more other portions of the UDO are declared invalid or unconstitutional (See Section 14 1004).
  2. If for any reason any specific condition or regulation of a conditional zoning district ordinance is found to be invalid, it is the intention of this section that such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the conditional zoning district ordinance. However, when any property owner or their tenant or agents challenge any specific condition or regulation of a conditional zoning district ordinance, then the entire zoning district ordinance shall return to its prior zoning classification upon a finding of invalidity of any specific condition or regulation.

Sec. 1.1.9. City Council Action

Sec. 1.1.9. City Council Action aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:00

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, and pursuant to N.C.G.S. §160A-75, the adoption, amendment, or repeal of any ordinance or development regulation requiring a public hearing under §160D-601 shall be approved upon receipt of no less than five (5) affirmative votes by City Council on the date of introduction or thereafter.

Sec. 1.1.10. Penalties and Remedies

Sec. 1.1.10. Penalties and Remedies aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:01

Enforcement may be by any one or more of the following methods and the institution of any action under any of these methods shall not relieve any party from any other civil or criminal proceeding prescribed for violations and prohibitions.

  1. Equitable Remedy The City may apply for any appropriate equitable remedy to enforce the provisions of this UDO.
  2. Injunction Enforcement may also be achieved by injunction. When a violation occurs, the City may either before or after the institution of any other authorized action or proceeding, apply to the appropriate division of the General Court of Justice for a mandatory or prohibitory injunction commanding the defendant, or in thecase of counterclaims the plaintiff, to correct the unlawful condition or cease the unlawful use of the property.
  3. Order of Abatement The City may apply for and the court may enter an order of abatement. An order of abatement may direct that buildings or other structures on the property be closed, demolished or removed; that fixtures, furniture or other movable property be removed; that improvements or repairs be made; or that any other action be taken that is necessary to bring the property into compliance with this chapter. Whenever the party is cited for contempt by the court and the City executed the order of abatement, the City shall have a lien, in the nature of a mechanic's and materialman's, on the property for the cost of executing the order of abatement.
  4. Criminal Violations of this UDO shall constitute a misdemeanor or infraction as provided by N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-4 and the maximum fine, term or imprisonment or infraction penalty allowed by law is hereby authorized.

Sec. 1.1.11. Existing Buildings and Structures

Sec. 1.1.11. Existing Buildings and Structures aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:09

No existing building or structure constructed prior to September 1, 2013 shall be considered a nonconforming structure based on any of the following provisions:

  1. Build-to regulations in Sec. 1.5.6.;
  2. Pedestrian access regulations in Sec. 1.5.8.;
  3. Transparency regulations in Sec. 1.5.9.;
  4. Blank wall regulations in Sec. 1.5.10.; and
  5. Residential garage parking options in Sec. 1.5.12.

Sec. 1.1.12. Adopted Manuals

Sec. 1.1.12. Adopted Manuals aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:10

The following external manuals contain technical requirements and are maintained by the City and referenced in this UDO:

  1. Addressing Manual;
  2. Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activity;
  3. Design Guidelines for Raleigh Historic Districts and Landmarks dated May 2, 2017;
  4. Private Use of Public Spaces;
  5. Public Utilities Handbook;
  6. Solid Waste Services Design Manual;
  7. Stormwater Management Design Manual;
  8. Street Design Manual dated January 1, 2018; and
  9. Tree Manual.

Sec. 1.1.13. Extraterritorial Representation on Boards and Commissions

Sec. 1.1.13. Extraterritorial Representation on Boards and Commissions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:10

Representation shall be provided by appointing at least one resident of the entire extraterritorial planning and development regulation area to the Planning Commission, Board of Adjustment, and Design Review Commission, as well as the Raleigh Historic Development Commission if there are historic districts or designated landmarks in the extraterritorial area. 

Article 1.2. Zoning Map

Article 1.2. Zoning Map aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 09:52

Sec. 1.2.1. Establishment of Official Zoning Map

Sec. 1.2.1. Establishment of Official Zoning Map aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:12
  1. The location and boundaries of zoning districts established by this UDO are shown and maintained as part of the City’s Geographic Information System (GIS) under the direction of the Planning Director. The Zoning GIS layer constitutes the City of Raleigh's Official Zoning Map and is part of this UDO. All notations, references and other information shown shall have the same force and effect as if fully set forth or described in this UDO.
  2. At the direction of City Council, the Planning Director is authorized to revise the Official Zoning Map. No unauthorized person may alter or modify the Official Zoning Map.
  3. City Planning must maintain digital or printed copies of the Official Zoning Map and maintain records of superseded official maps.
  4. All changes to the Official Zoning Map of the City shall be identified by updating the original computer digital data of each change, together with the date of the change.
  5. When the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction is expanded, changes in the Official Zoning Map shall be identified by updating the original computer digital data with the date of the change.
  6. A hard copy of the data and changes to the data will be kept by City Planning; all revisions to hard copies will be numbered, dated and signed by the Planning Director.

Sec. 1.2.2. Interpretation of Map Boundaries

Sec. 1.2.2. Interpretation of Map Boundaries aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:13
  1. In the event that any uncertainty exists with respect to the intended boundaries as shown on Official Zoning Map, the Planning Director is authorized to interpret the boundaries.
  2. Where uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district shown on the Official Zoning Map, the precise location is to be determined as follows:
    1. Where a boundary line is shown as coinciding, binding along or super imposed upon a lot line, such lot line shall be deemed to be a boundary line.
    2. Where the location of a boundary line is indicated by a designated number of feet, that distance controls.
    3. Where a boundary line is shown as within or binding along a street, alley, waterway or right-of-way, the boundary line is deemed to be in the center of the street, alley, waterway or right-of-way except in the cases where the edge of the street, alley, waterway or right-of-way is designated as the boundary line.
    4. Where a boundary line is shown as binding along a railroad track or as being located a designated number of feet from a railroad track or where the location of a boundary line may be scaled from a railroad track, the nearest rail of the track designated controls.
    5. Where a boundary line is superimposed on a topographic elevation line, the precise location of the boundary line must be determined by field survey of the topographic elevation line, unless the topographic elevation has been relocated through grading subsequent to establishment of the boundary line.
    6. Where a boundary line is shown and its location is not fixed by any of the rules above, its precise location shall be determined by the use of the scale shown on the map.

Sec. 1.2.3. Rules of Interpretation

Sec. 1.2.3. Rules of Interpretation aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:14

Where an approved zoning condition conflicts with a standard of the corresponding general use district, the following shall apply.

  1. The new general use district is controlling.
  2. The UDO height, setback, parking, landscaping and screening regulations when more stringent than in the conditional zoning district ordinance are controlling. The calculation of height, setback and parking shall be in accordance with the UDO.
  3. All approval processes shall follow the regulations of this UDO.
  4. If the conditional zoning ordinance limits uses to a former legacy zoning district, those use limitations shall continue except if the former allowed use is not allowed in the new UDO general use zoning district. Limited uses and special uses will be determined by the UDO general use district.

Article 1.3. Zoning Districts

Article 1.3. Zoning Districts aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 09:53

Sec. 1.3.1. General Use Zoning Districts

Sec. 1.3.1. General Use Zoning Districts aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:19

The following general use zoning districts are established and applied to property as set forth on the Official Zoning Map.

Residential Districts
R-1 Residential-1
R-2 Residential-2
R-4 Residential-4
R-6 Residential-6
R-10 Residential-10

Mixed Use Districts
RX- Residential Mixed Use
OP- Office Park
OX- Office Mixed Use
NX- Neighborhood Mixed Use
CX- Commercial Mixed Use
DX- Downtown Mixed Use
IX- Industrial Mixed Use

Special Districts
CM Conservation Management
AP Agricultural Productive
IH Heavy Industrial
MH Manufactured Housing
CMP Campus
PD Planned Development

Sec. 1.3.2. Conditional Zoning Districts

Sec. 1.3.2. Conditional Zoning Districts aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:20

The following conditional zoning districts are established and applied to property as set forth on the Official Zoning Map. Each conditional district (bearing the designated CU on the Official Zoning Map) corresponds to a general use district. All zoning requirements that apply to the general use district are also applicable to the corresponding conditional district unless adopted conditions are more restrictive.

Residential Districts
R-1-CU Residential-1
R-2-CU Residential-2
R-4-CU Residential-4
R-6-CU Residential-6
R-10-CU Residential-10

Mixed Use Districts
RX-CU Residential Mixed Use
OP-CU Office Park
OX-CU Office Mixed Use
NX-CU Neighborhood Mixed Use
CX-CU Commercial Mixed Use
DX-CU Downtown Mixed Use
IX-CU Industrial Mixed Use

Special Districts
CM-CU Conservation Management
AP-CU Agricultural Productive
IH-CU Heavy Industrial
MH-CU Manufactured Housing
CMP-CU Campus
PD-CU Planned Development

Sec. 1.3.3. Overlay Districts

Sec. 1.3.3. Overlay Districts aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:20

The following overlay districts are established and applied to property as set forth on the Official Zoning Map.

-AOD Airport Overlay District
-MPOD Metro-Park Overlay District
-UWPOD Urban Watershed Protection Overlay District
-FWPOD Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District
-SWPOD Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District
-SHOD-1 Special Highway Overlay District -1
-SHOD-2 Special Highway Overlay District -2
-HOD-G General Historic Overlay District
-HOD-S Streetside Historic Overlay District
-NCOD Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District
-TOD Transit Overlay District
-SRPOD Special Residential Parking Overlay District

Sec. 1.3.4. Legacy Districts

Sec. 1.3.4. Legacy Districts aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/22/2023 - 10:29

The following districts are referred to as legacy districts. These districts exist in the Part 10 Zoning Code, and will eventually be replaced with a UDO zoning district. No new legacy district may be added to the Official Zoning Map, nor may any boundary of an existing legacy district be modified. These legacy districts may exist as a general use district or as a conditional district.

R-15 Residential-15
R-20 Residential-20
R-30 Residential-30
SpR-30 Special Residential-30
RB Residential Business
O&I-1 Office and Instituion-1
O&I-2 Office and Instituion-2
O&I-3 Office and Instituion-3
BC Buffer Commercial
SC Shopping Center
NB Neighborhood Business
BUS Business
TD Thoroughfare District
I-1 Industrial-1
I-2 Industrial-2
DOD Downtown Overlay District
PBOD Pedestrian Business Overlay District
PDD Planned Development District
SHOD-3 Special Highway Overlay District-3
SHOD-4 Special Highway Overlay District-4

Article 1.4. Building Types

Article 1.4. Building Types aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 09:54

Sec. 1.4.1. Building Type Descriptions

Sec. 1.4.1. Building Type Descriptions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:51
The following building types have been established to allow for detailed regulation of the form within each zoning district. All graphic depictions of building types are for illustrative purposes only.
Image
1-4-1-a-detached-house.svg
A. Detached House
A building constructed to accommodate 1 dwelling unit on a single lot. A series of detached houses as part of a cottage court may be located on a single lot. In a Mixed Use District, a detached house may be used for nonresidential purposes. 
Image
1-4-1-b-attached-house.svg
B. Attached House
A building constructed to accommodate 2 principal dwelling units on a single lot. A series of attached houses as part of a cottage court may be located on a single lot. In a Mixed Use District, an attached house may be used for nonresidential purposes.
Image
1-4-1-c-townhouse.svg
C. Townhouse
A building constructed to accommodate 2 or more dwelling units that are horizontally integrated where each dwelling unit is separated vertically by a party wall. Units may be placed on individual lots or the entire building may be placed on a single lot. In a Mixed Use District, a townhouse may be used for nonresidential purposes.
Image
1-4-1-d-apartment.svg
D. Apartment
A building constructed to accommodate 3 or more dwelling units that are vertically or horizontally integrated. A common kitchen is allowed. A limited set of non-residential uses may be allowed in ground floor corner units in a Mixed Use District. Non-residential uses may be allowed on the ground floor in the Transit Overlay District, however, in no instance shall non-residential principal uses in an apartment building, or buildings, exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area on any one lot.
Image
1-4-1-e-general-building.svg
E. General Building
A building constructed to accommodate nonresidential uses on all floors.
Image
1-4-1-f-mixed-use-building.svg
F. Mixed Use Building
A multi-story building constructed to accommodate retail on the ground floor and uses in addition to retail on the upper floors.
Image
1-4-1-g-civic-building.svg
G. Civic Building
A building that in residential zoning districts exclusively accommodates civic uses, as well as rest homes, day care centers, life care, congregate care, special care facilities and accessory uses. Land uses otherwise allowed in the applicable zoning district are allowed in civic buildings in nonresidential zoning districts.
Image
1-4-1-h-open-lot.svg
H. Open Lot
Open lots are used to accommodate uses with large outdoor or open areas. An open lot can also accommodate open space, parks or natural areas.
Image
1-4-1-i-tiny-house.svg
I. Tiny House
A building with a building footprint no greater than 800 square feet and no greater than 1200 square feet gross floor area constructed to accommodate 1 or 2 principal dwelling units on a single lot. A series of tiny homes as part of a cottage court may be located on a single lot.

Sec. 1.4.2. Building Types Allowed by District

Sec. 1.4.2. Building Types Allowed by District aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:52

Building types are allowed by district as set forth below.

 
 
Image
1-4-1-a-detached-house.svg
Detached
House
Image
1-4-1-b-attached-house.svg
Attached
House
Image
1-4-1-c-townhouse.svg
Townhouse
Image
1-4-1-d-apartment.svg
Apartment
Image
1-4-1-e-general-building.svg
General
Building
Image
1-4-1-f-mixed-use-building.svg
Mixed Use
Building
Image
1-4-1-g-civic-building.svg
Civic
Building
Image
1-4-1-h-open-lot.svg
Open Lot
Image
1-4-1-i-tiny-house.svg
Tiny* House
Residential Districts  
Residential-1 (R-1)  
Conventional Dev. Option -- -- -- □ (4) --
Compact Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Conservation Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Cottage Court Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Frequent Transit Area Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Flag Lot Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Residential-2 (R-2)
Conventional Dev. Option □ (1) -- --  
Compact Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- --
Conservation Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- --
Cottage Court Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- --  
Frequent Transit Area Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Flag Lot Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Residential-4 (R-4)  
Conventional Dev. Option □ (2) -- --  
Compact Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- --
Conservation Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- --
Cottage Court Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- --  
Frequent Transit Area Dev. Option -- -- -- --  
Flag Lot Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --  
Residential-6 (R-6)  
Conventional Dev. Option □ (3) -- --
Compact Dev. Option -- -- -- -- -- --
Conservation Dev. Option -- -- -- -- --
Cottage Court Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- --
Frequent Transit Area Dev. Option -- -- -- -- --
Flag Lot Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Residential-10 (R-10)  
Conventional Dev. Option -- --
Compact Dev. Option -- -- -- -- --
Conservation Dev. Option -- -- -- -- --
Cottage Court Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- --
Frequent Transit Area Dev. Option -- -- -- -- --
Flag Lot Housing Pattern -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
KEY:   ■ = Building Type Allowed   /  □ = See Footnote  /   -- = Building Type Not Allowed
(1) In R-2, townhouse developments are restricted to a maximum of two dwelling units, however, 3+ dwelling unit townhouse developments, and apartments, are allowed in the -TOD overlay.
(2) In R-4, townhouse developments are restricted to a maximum of two dwelling units, however, 3+ dwelling unit townhouse developments, and apartments, are allowed in the -TOD overlay.
(3) In R-6, apartments are allowed in the -TOD overlay.
(4) In R-1, the general building type is allowed only as part of a water or wastewater treatment plant use described in Sec. 6.3.3.E.
* A Tiny House may be constructed as a manufactured home. See UDO Article 12.2 for the definition of manufactured home.

 

 
Image
1-4-1-a-detached-house.svg
Detached
House
Image
1-4-1-b-attached-house.svg
Attached
House
Image
1-4-1-c-townhouse.svg
Townhouse
Image
1-4-1-d-apartment.svg
Apartment
Image
1-4-1-e-general-building.svg
General
Building
Image
1-4-1-f-mixed-use-building.svg
Mixed Use
Building
Image
1-4-1-g-civic-building.svg
Civic
Building
Image
1-4-1-h-open-lot.svg
Open Lot
Image
1-4-1-i-tiny-house.svg
Tiny* House

Mixed Use Districts

 

Residential Mixed Use (RX-)

-- --
Parkway Frontage (-PK) -- --
Detached Frontage (-DE) -- --
Parking Limited Frontage (-PL) -- -- -- -- --
Green Frontage (-GR) -- -- -- -- --
Urban Limited Frontage (-UL) -- -- -- -- --
Urban General (-UG) -- -- -- -- --
Shopfront Frontage (-SH) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Green Plus Frontage (-GP) -- -- -- -- -- -- --

Office Park (OP-)

--           --
Parkway Frontage (-PK) -- -- -- -- --
Detached Frontage (-DE) -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Parking Limited Frontage (-PL) -- -- -- -- --
Green Frontage (-GR) -- -- -- -- --
Urban Limited Frontage (-UL) -- -- -- -- --
Urban General (-UG) -- -- -- -- --
Shopfront Frontage (-SH) -- -- -- -- -- --
Green Plus Frontage (-GP) -- -- -- -- --

Office Mixed Use (OX-)

Parkway Frontage (-PK)
Detached Frontage (-DE) -- --
Parking Limited Frontage (-PL) -- -- --
Green Frontage (-GR) -- -- --
Urban Limited Frontage (-UL) -- -- --
Urban General (-UG) -- -- --
Shopfront Frontage (-SH) -- -- -- -- -- --
Green Plus Frontage (-GP) -- -- --

Neighborhood Mixed Use (NX-)

Parkway Frontage (-PK)

Detached Frontage (-DE)

-- --

Parking Limited Frontage (-PL)

-- -- --

Green Frontage (-GR)

-- -- --

Urban Limited Frontage (-UL)

-- -- --

Urban General (-UG)

-- -- --

Shopfront Frontage (-SH)

-- -- -- -- -- --

Green Plus Frontage (-GP)

-- -- --

Commercial Mixed Use (CX-)

   

Parkway Frontage (-PK)

Detached Frontage (-DE)

-- --

Parking Limited Frontage (-PL)

-- -- --

Green Frontage (-GR)

-- -- --

Urban Limited Frontage (-UL)

-- -- --

Urban General (-UG)

-- -- --

Shopfront Frontage (-SH)

-- -- -- -- -- --

Green Plus Frontage (-GP)

-- -- --

Downtown Mixed Use (DX-)

Parkway Frontage (-PK)

Detached Frontage (-DE)

-- --

Parking Limited Frontage (-PL)

-- -- --

Green Frontage (-GR)

-- -- --

Urban Limited Frontage (-UL)

-- -- --

Urban General (-UG)

-- -- --

Shopfront Frontage (-SH)

-- -- -- -- -- --

Green Plus Frontage (-GP)

-- -- --

Industrial Mixed Use (IX-)

-- -- -- -- --

Parkway Frontage (-PK)

-- -- -- -- --

Detached Frontage (-DE)

-- -- -- -- -- -- --

Parking Limited Frontage (-PL)

-- -- -- -- --

Green Frontage (-GR)

-- -- -- -- --

Urban Limited Frontage (-UL)

-- -- -- -- --

Urban General (-UG)

-- -- -- -- --

Shopfront Frontage (-SH)

-- -- -- -- -- --

Green Plus Frontage (-GP)

-- -- -- -- --

Special Districts

 

Conservation Management (CM)

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

Agricultural Productive (AP)

-- -- -- -- -- --

Heavy Industrial (IH)

-- -- -- -- -- -- --

Manufactured Housing (MH)

See Article 4.5. Manufactured Housing (MH)

Campus (CMP)

Allowed building types determined on master plan (see Article 4.6. Campus (CMP))

Planned Development (PD)

Allowed building types determined on master plan (see Article 4.7. Planned Development (PD))

KEY:  ■ = Building Type Allowed   /  = See Footnote   /  -- = Building Type Not Allowed

Article 1.5. Measurement, Exceptions & General Rules of Applicability

Article 1.5. Measurement, Exceptions & General Rules of Applicability aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 09:55

Sec. 1.5.1. Site

Sec. 1.5.1. Site aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:52

A. Defined
A site is any lot or group of contiguous lots owned or functionally controlled by the same person or entity, assembled for the purpose of development.
B. Site Area

  1. Gross
    Gross site area is the total area of a site, including proposed streets or other land required for public use that is attributable to the site, as dedicated by the owner or predecessor in title.
  2. Net
    Net site area is the area included within the rear, side and front lot lines of the site. Does not include existing or proposed public streets or right-of-way.

C. Site Width
Site width is the distance between the side lot lines of the site (generally running perpendicular to a street) measured at the primary street property line along a straight line or along the chord of the property line.
D. Site Depth
Site depth is the distance between the front and rear property lines of the site measured along a line midway between the side property lines.

Sec. 1.5.2. Lot

Sec. 1.5.2. Lot aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:53

A. Defined
A parcel of land either vacant or occupied intended as a unit for the purpose, whether immediate or for the future, of transfer of ownership or possession or for development.

B. Lot Area
Lot area is the area included within the rear, side and front lot lines. It does not include existing or proposed right-of-way, whether dedicated or not dedicated to public use. District density applies, and may require larger lots than those required for an individual building type.

C. Lot Width
Lot width is the distance between the side lot lines (generally running perpendicular to a street) measured at the primary street property line along a straight line or along the chord of the property line. A lot must meet the minimum lot width for the entire minimum required depth of the parcel except
for cul-de-sac lots. For townhouse lots that do not front on a public street, lot width is the distance between the side lot lines (generally running perpendicular to the parking lot or drive aisle) measured at the front property line along a straight line. A lot must meet the minimum lot width for the entire depth of the parcel except for cul-de-sac lots.

D. Lot Depth
Lot depth is the distance between the front and rear property lines measured along a line midway between the side property lines.

Image
1-5-2-d-lot-depth.svg

E. Lot Width and Depth for Cul-de-Sac Lots
Any lot abutting a cul-de-sac in a Residential District where the minimum lot width is not met at the front property line must comply with the following:

  1. The minimum lot frontage on a street shall be 20 feet (this dimension may be reduced upon approval of the Development Services Director if a common driveway or other form of shared access is provided); and
  2. The minimum lot depth specified shall not be measured from the front property line, but instead measured beginning from the nearest point to front property line where the lot width equals the minimum lot width for the district. The minimum lot depth measured this way shall be 70 feet in R-1, R-2 and R-4, 60 feet in R-6 and 50 feet in R-10.

F. Density, Lot Area per Dwelling Unit, and Site Area per Dwelling Unit

  1. Residential density, where applicable, is expressed in units per acre and is calculated by dividing the total number of dwelling units by the gross site area. Unless otherwise specified herein, minimum lot sizes, minimum site areas per dwelling unit, and minimum lot areas per dwelling unit shall be the controlling factors in determining dwelling unit yields.
  2. Although minimum lot sizes may allow additional units, density, where applicable, serves as the maximum number of principal units per acre. For any lot developed with a Detached House or Tiny House used for Single-unit Living, or an Attached House or Tiny House used for Two-unit Living; one accessory dwelling unit is permitted per lot, regardless of underlying density, minimum lot size, minimum lot area per dwelling unit, or minimum site area per dwelling unit designations. For any lot developed with a Detached House or a Tiny House or an Attached House in a Frequent Transit Area, two accessory dwelling units are permitted per lot, regardless of underlying density, minimum lot size, minimum lot area per dwelling unit, or minimum site are per dwelling unit designations. For any lot developed with a Townhouse, one accessory dwelling unit is permitted per townhouse lot regardless of underlying density, minimum lot size, minimum lot area per dwelling unit, or minimum site are per dwelling unit designations.
  3. In residential districts, any area required to be dedicated for public right-of-way by the Comprehensive Plan or any area dedicated as greenway, provided that the dedicators waive their statutory right to withdraw the dedication, may be transferred to contiguous property zoned to allow dwelling units. Transfers are restricted to properties under the same ownership which are located outside any Watershed Protection Area and in the same development as the dedication for right-of-way less than 60 feet in width.
  4. A map showing the property and right-of-way dedication shall be recorded in the Wake County Registry with an indication that the roadway dedication density allowance has been utilized for the particular property prior to recording any subsequent maps in the development.
  5. No density, lot area, or site area transfer shall be allowed if the developer has executed a reimbursement contract.
  6. When a site is partly within a CM District, density, lot area, or site area may be transferred from the CM District, which carries the residential density, lot area, or site area minimums of the contiguous zoning district. If more than 1 zoning district adjoins the CM District, the CM District shall be divided by carrying the boundary lines separating the districts into the CM-zoned area.

Sec. 1.5.3. Outdoor Amenity Area

Sec. 1.5.3. Outdoor Amenity Area aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:53
  1. Intent
    1. Outdoor amenity areas are intended to provide usable on-site outdoor space in both residential and non-residential developments for the healthy enjoyment of occupants, invitees and guests of the development.
  2. General Requirements
    1. Where outdoor amenity area is required, it must be provided on-site and must be available for use by or as an amenity for the occupants, invitees and guests of the development.
    2. A minimum of 50% of the required outdoor amenity area must be usable to the pedestrians described in subsection 1. above. All areas usable to pedestrians must also be ADA accessible, however, this requirement shall not apply to outdoor amenity areas on the upper stories of existing buildings, allowed by Sec. 1.5.3.C.1., that do not have ADA compliant elevators or an accessible route to said amenity areas.
    3. Required outdoor amenity area may be met in 1 contiguous open area or in multiple open areas on the site ; however, to receive credit, each area must be at least 10 feet in width and length.
    4. Required outdoor amenity area may be located at or above grade.
    5. Required outdoor amenity area cannot be parked or driven upon, except for emergency access and permitted temporary events.
    6. Required outdoor amenity area may be covered but cannot be enclosed however outdoor amenity areas within the DX- district that will be covered by structures with a clear height no less than 8’ and less than the proposed minimum ground story height must account for no more than 50% of the required area. Perforated structures, where the sum area of the openings is greater than 50% or more of the surface area of the structure, shall not be considered covered for the purposes of this restriction.
    7. Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) practices may be located within a required outdoor amenity area provided all other requirements of this subsection are met.Tree Conservation areas, stormwater detention wet ponds and dry ponds, slope/construction easements, riparian buffers, all protective yards, Zone A of neighborhood transitional protective yards and parking islands shall not be considered an outdoor amenity area.
    8. Sidewalk areas outside of the right-of way, even if used to satisfy streetscape requirements, shall also be eligible to count towards outdoor amenity area requirements provided all other requirements of this subsection are met.
    9. Areas outside of the right-of-way required to be set aside for required street trees shall be eligible to count towards outdoor amenity area requirements provided all other requirements of this subsection are met.
    10. Outdoor amenity areas meeting the requirements of Section 1.5.3. shall also be eligible to count towards required open space provided it also meets Article 2.5.
  3. Additional Requirements for Urban Plazas
    Amenity areas located within the DX- District; the NX-, CX- or OX- Districts with an urban frontage; or the TOD, and associated buildings in excess of 4 stories in height must meet all of the following:
    1. Outdoor amenity areas may be located on upper levels of a building however, these elevated amenity areas can account for no more than 50% of the minimum required outdoor amenity area for the site.
    2. Outdoor amenity areas shall contain at least one of the following: tables, eating areas, fountains, active recreation areas, or public art.
    3. All required outdoor amenity areas must provide one linear foot of seating for each 50 square feet of required outdoor amenity area and one two-inch caliper tree for every 1,000 square feet of required outdoor amenity area.
    4. For all buildings greater than 7 stories in height, the minimum amount of required outdoor amenity area specified in chapter 3 shall be increased. An additional 50 square feet of outdoor amenity area is required for each building story above the seventh story. In no case shall the required amenity area exceed 12% of the gross site area.
  4. Additional Exemptions/Reductions for Qualifying Projects in the DX District
    1. No outdoor amenity area is required for mixed-use buildings where nonresidential gross square footage (GSF) does not exceed 10,000 SF and where there are no more than 16 residential units proposed.
    2. No outdoor amenity area is required for residential-only buildings where there are no more than 16 dwelling units proposed.
    3. Any general building, or mixed-use building that is 50% or more nonresidential in floor area may reduce the minimum required outdoor amenity area by 50% in return for 100% of the provided amenity area being contiguous with and openly accessible from the sidewalk.
    4. The minimum amount of required outdoor amenity area can be reduced by up to 50% when modular suspended pavement systems are provided for all new required tree plantings.
  5. Design Alternate Findings
    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall allow outdoor amenity areas that do not conform to the outdoor amenity area regulations set forth in Sections 1.5.3.B. and/or 1.5.3.C., if all of the following findings are satisfied:
    1. The approved alternate meets the intent of the Outdoor Amenity Area regulations;
    2. The approved alternate provides usable outdoor space that does not hinder pedestrian comfort or safety; and
    3. The approved alternate uses landscaping, seating, GSI, or other features and is clearly accessible for users.

Sec. 1.5.4. Building Setbacks

Sec. 1.5.4. Building Setbacks aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:54
  1. Setback Types
    There are 4 types of setback – primary street setback, side street setback, side setback and rear setback. Through lots, except reverse-frontage lots, are considered to have 2 primary street setbacks. Reverse-frontage lots will designate the street from which access from adjacent lots is taken as primary. If that fails to produce a clear result, the applicant may designate either street as primary.
  2. Measurement of Building Setbacks
    1. Primary and side street setbacks are measured perpendicular from the edge of the existing or proposed right-of-way, whichever is greater.
    2. Side setbacks are measured perpendicular from the side property line.
    3. Rear setbacks are measured perpendicular from the rear property line or the edge of the existing or proposed right-of-way, whichever is greater, where there is an alley.
    4. For the irregular shaped lots described below, setbacks shall be assessed as follows:

      [Insert Image Here]
  3. Multiple Street Frontage Lots
    For the purposes of determining setbacks, build-to lines, and other regulations, a multiple street frontage site or lot other than an Open Lot must designate at least 1 primary street prior to development, not to include additions. A lot may
    have more than one primary street. The following rules determine a primary street:
    1. A lot developed with the Apartment, General, Mixed-Use or Civic building types shall designate its primary street using the criteria shown in (a) through (g) below. If one street meets any of criteria (a) through (d), it will be designated primary. If two streets meet any of criteria (a) through (d), both will be designated primary. If three or four streets meet any of criteria (a) through (d), the two streets that meet more of (a) through (d) will be designated as primary; if they meet the same number, then the applicant may choose the two streets. Where the criteria refer to a street, the relevant portion of the street is the portion adjacent to or within the site or lot. If no street meets criteria (a) through (d), then the street that that satisfies more of criteria (e) through (g) will be designated as  primary. If the criteria do not apply or do not produce a clear result, then any street may be designated as primary by the applicant.
      1. The street with transit service;
      2. The street designated as a Main Street or Urban Thoroughfare on the Urban Form Map;
      3. Any street designated as a Retail Street in the Downtown section of the Comprehensive Plan.
      4. The street designated as a Mixed-use Street on the Raleigh Street Plan Map;
      5. The street designated as a Major Street on the Raleigh Street Plan Map;
      6. The street with on-street parking;
      7. The street with the higher classification on the Raleigh Street Plan Map;
    2. A block face predominately developed with the Townhouse building type shall designate as its primary street either a Local Street or Mixed-use Street, if available. If the site fronts on more than one street meeting these criteria or if they do not apply, then the selection of primary street shall be based on the criteria for Apartment, General, Mixed-Use, or Civic buildings. Any street designated as primary must form the face of a block or extend fully through
      the property.
    3. For an Attached or Detached building, a corner lot shall designate its primary street as being opposite the rear yard of any adjoining lot. If the corner lot abuts only the side yard of adjoining lots or abuts another corner lot, then the primary street shall be located along the narrowest street frontage. If the two street frontages are within 10 percent of each other in length, either street may be designated as primary. In no case will a Major Street be designated as the primary street.
    4. A limited-access highway shall never serve as the primary street.
    5. A dead-end or cul-de-sac street can only be identified as primary for residential lots.
    6. A private street cannot be primary unless the lot has no public street frontage.
    7. In the event an adopted plan designates primary streets, the adopted plan shall control.
    8. If none of the criteria produce a result, the applicant may designate the primary street.
  4. Setback Encroachments
    All buildings and structures must be located at or behind required setbacks, except as listed below. Underground structures covered by the ground may encroach into a required setback.
    1. Building Features (attached to a structure)
      1.  Porches, decks, patios, terraces, and stoops greater than 1 foot in height may extend 12 feet into a  required side or rear setback, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any side or rear property line. In addition, these structures may extend 9 feet into a primary or side street setback, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any street property line.
        Patios, terraces and decks that are 1 foot in height or less may be constructed a minimum of 0 feet from the vertical plane of any side or rear property line and 3 feet from the vertical plane of any street property line.
      2. Balconies (platforms projecting from the wall of a building with a railing along its outer edge, often accessible from a door or window) may extend up to 6 feet into a required setback, provided that the landing is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line. Balconies can be covered but cannot be fully enclosed.
      3. Galleries (covered passages extending along the outside wall of a building supported by arches or columns that are open on 1 side), must have a clear depth from the support columns to the building's façade of
        at least 8 feet and a clear height above the sidewalk of at least 10 feet. A gallery may extend into a required street setback. A gallery may not extend into a required side setback.
      4. Chimneys or flues may extend up to 4 feet, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
      5. Building eaves, roof overhangs, awnings and light shelves may extend up to 5 feet, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
      6. Bay windows, oriels, vestibules and similar features that are less than 10 feet wide may extend up to 4 feet, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
      7. Unenclosed fire escapes or stairways may extend up to 4 feet into a required side or rear setback, provided that such extension is at least 5 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
      8. Cornices, belt courses, sills, buttresses or other similar architectural features may project up to 1½ feet.
      9. Handicap ramps may project to the extent necessary to perform their proper function.
      10. If a variance is not required, a building feature may encroach into the right-of-way, provided a license for the use of the right-of-way is obtained from the authority having jurisdiction. A City license is terminable at will by the City.
    2. Mechanical Equipment and Utility Lines
      1. Mechanical equipment associated with residential uses, such as HVAC units and security lighting, may extend into a required rear or side setback, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line. Permanently installed generators associated with residential uses must meet setbacks for the primary structure in the district. A zoning permit is required for these generators.
      2. Solar panels or wind turbines may extend into a required rear or side setback, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
      3. Rainwater collection or harvesting systems may extend into a required rear or side setback, provided that such extension is at least 3 feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
      4. Utility lines located underground and minor structures accessory to utility lines (such as hydrants, manholes and transformers and other cabinet structures) may extend into a required rear or side setback.
    3. Minor Structures and Improvements
      Notwithstanding the other requirements of this UDO, standalone structures or improvements that are 4 feet in height or less may be a minimum of 3 feet from any property line. Standalone patios, terraces and decks that are 1 foot in height or less may be constructed a minimum of 0 feet from the vertical plane of any side or rear property line and 3 feet from the vertical plane of any street property line. Pools and other water features may encroach into
      a required setback subject to any other building code requirements and/or limitations.
  5. Other Setback Encroachments
    1. Fence and walls under Sec. 7.2.8.
    2. Signs under Article 7.3. Signs.
    3. Driveways under Sec. 8.3.5. Site Access.
    4. Transitional and street protective yards under Sec. 7.2.4.

 

Image
setbacks

 

Supplement Number
28

Sec. 1.5.5. Parking Setbacks

Sec. 1.5.5. Parking Setbacks aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:54
  1. Parking Setback Types
    There are 4 types of parking setback – primary street setback, side street setback, side setback and rear setback. Through lots are considered to have 2 primary street setbacks.
  2. Measurement of Parking Setbacks
    1. Primary and side street setbacks are measured perpendicular from the edge of the existing or proposed right-of-way, whichever is greater.
    2. Side setbacks are measured perpendicular from the side property line.
    3. Rear setbacks are measured perpendicular from the rear property line or the edge of the existing or proposed right-of-way, whichever is greater, where there is an alley.
  3. Parking Not Allowed
    On-site surface and structured parking must be located behind the parking setback line, where applicable. This requirement does not apply to on-street parking or apply to upper stories of a parking deck.
  4. Parking in the Front Setback
    1. For a detached house, tiny house, or attached house located within a Residential District and used for residential purposes, combined parking and driveway area shall not constitute more than 40% of the area between the front building facade and the front property line. Any parking in the front setback must have sufficient depth so that parked cars do not encroach on the adjacent sidewalk.
    2. Additional parking regulations may be applied with the Special Residential Parking Overlay District (see Sec. 5.6.1.).

Sec. 1.5.6. Build-to

Sec. 1.5.6. Build-to aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:54
  1. Defined
    1. The build-to is the area on the lot where a certain percentage of the front principal building facade must be located, measured as a minimum and maximum setback range from the edge of the proposed or existing right-of-way, whichever is greater.
    2. The required percentage specifies the amount of the lot width, site width, or blockface width in the case of townhouses, that must be occupied by front building façade within the build-to range, measured based on the width of the building divided by the width of the site, lot, or townhouse blockface, whichever applies.
    3. There are 2 types of build-to -- primary street build-to and side street build-to. Through lots are considered to have at least 1 primary street build-to.The designation of the primary street build-to shall follow the rules of Sec. 1.5.4.C. No build-to is required on the non-primary street frontage of a through lot.
      Image
      1-5-6-a
  2. Intent
    1. The build-to is intended to provide a range for building placement that strengthens the street edge along the right-of-way, establishing a sense of enclosure by providing spatial definition adjacent to the street.
    2. The building edge can be supplemented by architectural elements and certain tree plantings aligned in a formal rhythm. The harmonious placement of buildings to establish the street edge is a principal means by which the character of an area or district is defined.
    3. The build-to range is established to accommodate some flexibility in specific site design while maintaining the established street edge.
       
  3. General Requirements
    1. On corner lots, building façade fronting each street must be placed within the intersecting build-to range for each street. Amenity area provided in accordance with Section 1.5.6.C.4. may be used to satisfy this requirement.
    2. With the exception of parking areas, all structures and uses customarily allowed on the lot are permitted in the build-to area.
    3. When any of the items listed below are generally perpendicular to the rightof- way and located within the applicable build-to range, lot width shall be reduced by the width of the impediment for the purposes of calculating build-to percentage. To qualify, a perpendicular impediment must reduce the build-to range to less than 10’ as detailed below. For example, a 100’ wide lot with a 20’ wide perpendicular easement would be considered an 80’ wide lot when calculating build-to percentage.
      Image
      1-5-6-c-perpendicular
      When any of the items listed below are generally parallel to the right-of-way, located within the build-to range, and reduce the build-to range to less than 5', then the build-to range shall be reduced by 50% and measured from the edge of the impediment. For example, a lot with a 17’ parallel easement and initial build-to range of 0'/20' shall be considered to have a new build-to range of 17’/27’.
       
      Image
      1-5-6-c-parallel
       
      1. Riparian Buffers
      2. Floodways
      3. Areas of steep slope (defined as slopes in excess of 25%)
      4. Required Open Space as defined in Article 2.5
      5. Required Protective Yards or Landscaped areas
      6. Portions of property encumbered by electric transmission lines rated to transmit 230Kv
      7. The additional width (up to 25') of any second driveway required by this code that must cross the build-to area
      8. Tree Conservation (proposed and recorded)
      9. Private Utility Easements (pre-established and recorded)
      10. Sight Distance Triangles
      11. Public Easements on private property, including but not limited to:
        1. Storm Drainage
        2. Sanitary Sewer
        3. Water Distribution
        4. Transit
        5. Slope
        6. Pedestrian (Sidewalk and Pedestrian Passage)
        7. Greenway
    4. The required build-to percentage may be reduced by 30% when the area that would have been otherwise occupied by building facade is substituted with an outdoor amenity area meeting the requirements of Sec. 1.5.3. For example, a 70% primary street build-to could be reduced to a 49% primary street build-to under this provision.
  4. Design Alternate Findings
    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall reduce the build-to requirement, if all of the following findings are satisfied:
    1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the build-to regulations;
    2. The approved alternate does not substantially negatively alter the character defining street wall or establish a build-to pattern that is not harmonious with the existing built context; and
    3. The change in percentage of building that occupies the build-to area or  increased setback does not negatively impact pedestrian access, comfort or safety.

Sec. 1.5.7. Height

Sec. 1.5.7. Height aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:55
  1. Building Height
    1. Building height is measured from average grade to the top of the highest point of a pitched or flat roof, not including a maximum parapet wall encroachment. Building height must be met for the entire building, unless the multiple module height method is used in which case building height must be met for each module. The maximum height encroachment for a parapet wall is 4 feet for a 3-story building, with 1 additional foot of parapet wall allowed for each additional story thereafter. In no case shall a parapet encroachment be taller than 12 feet.
      Image
      1-5-7-a-1
    2. Average grade shall be determined using one of the following methods:
      1. Single Building Height Method
        1. Average grade shall be considered to be average post-development grade above sea level along the building elevation most parallel and closest to the primary street setback.
      2. Multiple Module Height Method
        1. As an alternative option to the single building height method, measurement of height for a building can be broken down into two or more building modules each with a separate average grade for the purposes of determining the height in feet and number of stories for the individual modules.
        2. Average grade for each module shall be considered to be average post-development grade above sea level along the building module elevation most parallel and closest to the primary street setback.
          Image
          1-5-7-a-2-b-ii
          Single Building Height Method
           
          Image
           1-5-7-a-2-b-single-building-height-method
          Multiple Module Height Method
          Image
           1-5-7-a-2-b-multiple-module-height-method
      3. Infill Development Height Method
        1. For any building subject to the standards of Sec. 2.2.7., average grade shall be determined by averaging the four points consisting of the highest and lowest elevations of both pre-development and postdevelopment grade above sea level along the building elevation most parallel and closest to the primary street setback. When the average post- development grade is lower than the average pre-development grade, then height shall be measured from the average post development grade.
           
          Image
          Multiple Module Elevation Simple Method

          The following subsections apply to any methodology:
    3. Where a site or lot is determined to have more than one primary street, average grade shall be determined along each building or module elevation most parallel and closest to each primary street. Maximum building or module height must be met from the average grade of each primary street independently.
      Image
       1-5-7-a-3
    4. Applicable elevation shall be determined using one of the following methods:
      1. Single Building Height Method
        1. When using the single building height method, there is only one applicable building elevation. The applicable building elevation is that which is most parallel and closest to the primary street. Any portion of the applicable building elevation that is located more than 30 feet behind the portion of the wall plane closest to the primary street shall not be included in the calculation of average grade, provided it is less than 50% of the total building elevation width.
      2. Multiple Module Height Method
        1. When using the multiple module height method, each module must establish an applicable elevation. The applicable module elevation is that which is most parallel and closest to the primary street, and20 feet or more in length. Any portion of the applicable module elevation that is located more than 30 feet behind the portion of the wall plane closest to the primary street shall not be included in the calculation of average grade, provided it is less than 50% of the total module elevation width.
          Image
           1-5-7-a-4-b-i
    5. For a detached or attached building type only, an attic does not count as a story where 50% or more of the attic floor area has a clear height of less than 7.5 feet; measured from the finished floor to the finished ceiling. To be classified as an attic, the space must also meet the specifications as provided in the defined term in Article 12.2, Defined Terms.
      Image
      Multiple Module Elevation Simple Method
    6. When 50% or more of the perimeter wall area of a detached or attached building is located below grade, the building contains a basement. The floor of this level must be located entirely below finished grade. This provision can be utilized in other building types; however, the entirety of the floor area may only be used for storage, mechanical equipment, parking, laundry or waste collection.
    7. For a detached or attached building type only, or for any building type located within the Downtown Mixed Use District, or for any building that is zoned for a maximum of three stories, where a lot slopes downward from any primary street, one story that is additional to the specified maximum number of stories may be built on the lower portion of the lot. This provision shall not be applicable for any structure that includes a basement.
      Image
      Multiple Module Elevation Simple Method
    8. Where the property slope increases to the rear, building, or building module, height is measured from the average post-development grade above sea level of the front and rear wall plane of the building or building module. However, buildings subject to the standards of Sec. 2.2.7. shall utilize the same averaging approaches in Sec. 1.5.7.A.2.c. above, in order to calculate the average grade between the pre-development average grade and the post-development average grade. When the average post-development grade utilizing both the front and rear wall planes is lower than the average pre-development grade, then height shall be measured from the average post-development grade of the front and rear wall planes.
      Image
      Multiple Module Elevation Simple Method
  2. [Reserved for future codification]
  3. Story Height
    1. Story height is measured from the top of the finished floor to top of the finished floor above.
    2. Minimum ground story height applies to the first 30 feet of the building measured inward from the street facing facade. At least 50% of the ground story must meet the minimum ground story height provisions.
    3. Where applicable, at least 80% of each upper story must meet the required minimum upper story height provisions.
    4. As a primary or accessory use, levels of a parking structure with both a ceiling and a floor shall be included when calculating the maximum number of stories.
    5. For buildings using the Multiple Module Height Method of Sec. 1.5.7.A.2.b, a higher or lower floor may be designated as the ground story for different portions of a building façade.
       
      Image
      Multiple Module Elevation Simple Method
      Image
      Multiple Module Elevation Simple Method
  4.  Height Encroachments
    Any height encroachment not specifically listed is expressly prohibited except where the Planning Director determines that the encroachment is similar to a permitted encroachment listed below.
    1.  The maximum height limits of the district do not apply to spires, belfries, cupolas, domes, bell towers, monuments, water tanks/towers or other similar structures not intended for human occupancy which, by design or function, must exceed the established height limits.
    2. The following accessory structures may exceed the established height limits, except when located within an -AOD, provided they do not exceed the maximum building height by more than 12 feet:
      1. Chimney, flue or vent stack;
      2. Unenclosed deck, patio or shade structure;
      3. Rooftop garden, landscaping;
      4. Flagpole;
      5. Parapet wall;
      6. Rainwater collection or harvesting system, and
      7. Solar panels, wind turbines.
    3. The following accessory structures may exceed the established height limits, except when located within an -AOD, provided they do not exceed the maximum building height by more than 12 feet, do not occupy more than 25% of the roof area and are set back at least 10 feet from the edge of the roof:
      1. Amateur communications tower (see Sec. 6.7.3);
      2. Cooling tower;
      3. Elevator penthouse or bulkhead;
      4. Greenhouse;
      5. Mechanical equipment;
      6. Skylights;
      7. Elevator or stairway access to roof; and
      8. Tank designed to hold liquids, except as otherwise permitted.
    4. An accessory structure located on the roof must not be used for any purpose other than a use incidental to the principal use of the building except for telecommunication facilities.

Sec. 1.5.8. Pedestrian Access

Sec. 1.5.8. Pedestrian Access aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:55
  1. Intent
    1. The street-facing entrance regulations are intended to concentrate pedestrian activity along the street edge and provide an easily identifiable and conveniently-located entrance for residents, visitors and patrons accessing a building as pedestrians from the street.
    2. Access points should be located or identified in a manner visible to the pedestrian from the street and be accessible via a direct path.
  2. General Requirements
    1. An entrance installed after September 1, 2013 providing both ingress and egress, operable to residents or customers at all times, is required to meet the street facing entrance requirements. Additional entrances from another street, pedestrian area or internal parking area are permitted.
    2. At least one entrance per non-residential ground floor unit is required on each public street facing façade in all urban frontages.
    3. An angled entrance may be provided at the corner of a building along the street to meet the street-facing entrance requirements.
  3. Design Alternate Findings
    1. The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall allow a non-street-facing entrance, if all of the following findings are satisfied:
    2. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the street-facing entrance regulations;
    3. The pedestrian access point is easily identifiable by pedestrians, customers and visitors;
    4. Recessed or projecting entries or building elements have been incorporated into the design of the building to enhance visibility of the street-facing entrance; and
    5. The pedestrian route from the street and bus stops and other modes of public transportation to the entrance is safe, convenient and direct.

Sec. 1.5.9. Transparency

Sec. 1.5.9. Transparency aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:56
  1. Intent
    The transparency requirements are intended to lend visual interest to streetfacing building facades for both pedestrians and building occupants and minimize blank wall areas. This is not applicable to residential uses.
  2. General Requirement
    1. The minimum percentage of windows and doors that must cover a ground story facade is measured between 0 and 12 feet above the surface of the finished ground floor for all above-grade portions of the facade. A minimum of 50% of the required transparency must be located between 3 and 8 feet from the surface of the finished ground floor.
    2. The minimum percentage of windows and doors that must cover an upper story facade is measured from top of the finished floor to the top of the finished floor above. When there is no floor above, upper story transparency is measured from the top of the finished floor to the top of the wall plate.
    3. In a mixed use building, or general building where an Urban Frontage is applied, a minimum of 60% of the street-facing, street-level window pane surface area must allow views into the ground story use for a depth of at least 8 feet. Windows shall not be made opaque by non-operable window treatments (except curtains, blinds or shades within the conditioned space).
    4. Glass shall be considered transparent where it has a transparency higher than 80% and external reflectance of less than 15%. Glass on upper stories may have any level of transparency and external reflectance.
       
      Image
      Glass Transparency
  3. Design Alternate Findings

The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall reduce the required transparency, if all of the following findings are satisfied:

  1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the transparency
    requirements; and
  2. The street-facing building facade utilizes other architectural, artistic, or
    landscaped treatments to create visual interest to offset the reduction in
    transparency.

Sec. 1.5.10. Blank Wall Area

Sec. 1.5.10. Blank Wall Area aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:56
  1. Defined
    1. Blank wall area means any portion of the street-facing facade(s) of the building that does not include a substantial material change; windows or doors; or columns, pilasters or other articulation greater than 12 inches in depth.
    2. Substantial material change means a change between materials such as wood, metal, glass, brick, architectural block, stone or stucco. Substantial material change should occur at an inside corner, where feasible. Paint color is not a substantial material change.
  2. Intent
    1. The blank wall area regulations are intended to prevent large, monotonous expanses of undifferentiated building mass.
    2. The level of architectural detail should be most intense at the street level, where it is within view of the pedestrians on the sidewalk.
  3. General Requirements
    1. Blank wall area applies in both a vertical and horizontal direction.
    2. Blank wall area applies to both ground and upper stories.
      Image
      Blank Wall Area
  4. Design Alternate Findings
    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall approve additional blank wall, if all of the following findings are satisfied:
    1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the blank wall area regulations;
    2. The increase in blank wall area is offset by additional architectural treatments and increased vertical landscaping;
    3. The approved alternate proposes a design compatible with adjacent context and does not produce adverse outcomes for neighbors or pedestrians.
    4. The approved alternate uses blank wall to elevate the overall design.

Sec. 1.5.11. Reserved

Sec. 1.5.11. Reserved aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:57

Sec. 1.5.12. National Register Historic District Residential Garage Parking Options

Sec. 1.5.12. National Register Historic District Residential Garage Parking Options aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:57
  1. Intent
    1. The intent of the residential garage options is to minimize the visual impact of street-facing garage doors.
    2. Where garage doors can be seen from the street, measures should be taken to reduce the visual impact of the doors.
    3. Measures include garage doors set back from the front wall plane, architectural treatments, translucent garage doors, single doors, projecting elements over the garage doors (such as bay windows) and limits on the total number of doors that face the street.
    4. Where garage doors are located perpendicular to the street, measures should be taken to reduce the visual impact of the side wall that faces the street. Measures include architectural treatments, changes in material, landscaping, vegetation or the installation of windows.
  2. Applicability
    1. Any private residential garage located in a National Register Historic District, but not in a General Historic Overlay District, Streetside Historic Overlay District or a City of Raleigh designated Historic Landmark, constructed after September 1, 2013, must meet the standards of this section.
    2. In addition to the standards provided in this section, attached and detached garages must meet all applicable requirements for either principal buildings or accessory structures as set forth in this UDO.
    3. Any garage constructed prior to September 1, 2013 that does not comply with these private residential garage parking options is not considered non-conforming. If a pre-existing garage is voluntarily demolished, any new garage must be constructed in compliance with these regulations. If a preexisting garage that does not meet these regulations is destroyed following a casualty, the garage may be reconstructed to its previous state.
  3. Design Alternate Findings
    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall approve an alternate garage option, if all of the following findings are satisfied:
    1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the garage option regulations;
    2. Measures are taken to mitigate the visual impact of the garage design; and
    3. The required garage setbacks are met
  4. Detached House and Attached House
    On lots of less than 1 acre, garage placement must match one of the following standards.
    1. Front-facing, Attached to House
      1. Garage doors are oriented towards the front wall plane.
      2. For garage doors positioned 6 feet or less behind the front wall plane of habitable space, garage doors may not comprise more than 50% of the overall width of the front-facing wall planes of the house.
      3. For garage doors positioned more than 6 feet behind the front wall plane of habitable space, garage doors may not comprise more than 66% of the overall width of the front-facing wall planes of the house.
    2. Side-facing, Attached to House
      1. Garage doors are oriented perpendicular to the front wall plane.
      2. The garage may not comprise more than 66% of the overall width of all front-facing wall planes of the house.
    3. Detached
      Garage is placed no closer to the primary street or the side street than the principal structure's closest wall plane to the street.
    4. Alley-Loaded
      1. Garage is placed entirely to the rear of the house and is alley-accessed.
      2. Garage doors must face the alley.
      3. The garage must either be located 4 feet from the alley right-of-way or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley right-of-way.
      4. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the alley right-of-way.
         
        Image
        Alley Loaded image 1
         
        Image
        Alley Loaded image 2
         
        Image
        Alley Loaded image 3
         
        Image
        Alley Loaded image 4
  5. Townhouse
    1. Rear-Loaded
      1. Garage is placed entirely to the rear of the townhouse and is rearaccessed. Garage can be attached or detached.
      2. The garage must either be located 4 feet from the alley right-of-way or easement or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley right-of-way or easement or rear access drive.
      3. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive.
    2. Front-Loaded
      1. Garage doors may constitute no more than 50% of the width of the individual townhouse unit.
      2. Combined parking and driveway area shall not constitute more than 50% of the area between the front building facade and the front property line.
      3. Any parking in the front setback must have sufficient depth so that parked cars do not encroach on the adjacent sidewalk. To provide sufficient depth, the garage doors must be set back at least 20 feet from the sidewalk.
      4. Garage doors must be recessed at least 1 foot behind the front wall plane or a second-story element over the garage doors must be provided that extends at least 1 foot beyond the front wall plane.

         
        Image
        townhouse front loaded image 1
         
        Image
        townhouse front loaded image 2
         
        Image
        townhouse front loaded image 3
CHAPTER 2. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

Unified Development Ordinance

CHAPTER 2. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

CHAPTER 2. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:01

Article 2.1. General Provisions

Article 2.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:02

Sec. 2.1.1. District Intent Statements

Sec. 2.1.1. District Intent Statements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 08:58
  1. General Purpose
    1. The intent of the Residential Districts is to protect established residential neighborhoods as well as promote planned and efficient future residential developments.
    2. The building type design and dimensional standards and allowed uses work together to promote desirable residential neighborhoods.
    3. The district provisions discourage any use that would substantially interfere with the residential nature of the district. Compatible park, open space, utility and civic uses are permitted in Residential Districts.
  2. Residential-1 (R-1)
    1. Subject to the density restriction of 1 unit per acre, R-1 allows single-unit living in a detached house, or tiny house, and two-unit living in a tiny house with a minimum lot size of 40,000 square feet.
    2. Smaller minimum lot sizes are permitted as part of a compact development.
    3. Additional building types, smaller lot sizes and increased density as part of a conservation development are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
  3. Residential-2 (R-2)
    1. R-2 allows single-unit living in a detached house, or tiny house, and two-unit living in an attached house or tiny house with a minimum lot size of 20,000 square feet.
    2. Decreased minimum lot sizes are permitted as part of a compact development.
    3. Additional building types and smaller lot sizes as part of a conservation development or cottage court are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
  4. Residential-4 (R-4)
    1. R-4 allows single-unit living in a detached house, or tiny house, and two-unit living in an attached house or tiny house with a minimum lot size of 10,000 square feet.
    2. Decreased minimum lot sizes and additional building types are permitted as part of a compact development.
    3. Additional building types and smaller lot sizes as part of a conservation development or cottage court are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
    4. Dimensional standards, maximum density, allowed building types, and allowed uses may be modified  for the R-4 district within the TOD overlay or Frequent Transit Areas identified in the City’s  Comprehensive Plan to enable transit oriented development.
  5. Residential-6 (R-6)
    1. R-6 allows single-unit living in a detached house, or tiny house and two-unit living in an attached house or townhouse or tiny house with a minimum lot size of 6,000 square feet. Multi-unit living is also allowed in a townhouse.
    2. Smaller minimum lot sizes are permitted as part of a compact development.
    3. Additional building types, and smaller lot sizes as part of a conservation development or cottage court are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
    4. Dimensional standards, maximum density, allowed building types, and allowed uses may be modified for the R-6 district within the TOD overlay or Frequent Transit Areas identified in the City’s Comprehensive Plan to enable transit oriented development.
  6. Residential-10 (R-10)
    1. R-10 allows single-unit living in a detached house, or tiny house, and two- unit living in an attached house or townhouse or tiny house with a minimum lot size of 4,000 square feet. Multi-unit living is also allowed in a townhouse or apartment. Smaller minimum lot sizes are permitted as part of a compact development.
    2. Smaller lot sizes as part of a conservation development or cottage court are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
    3. Smaller lot sizes as part of a conservation development or cottage court are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
    4. Dimensional standards, maximum density, and allowed uses may be modified for the R- 10 district within the TOD overlay to enable transit oriented development.
    5.  R-10 allows single-unit living in a detached house, or tiny house and two-unit living in an attached house or tiny house with a minimum lot size of 4,000 square feet. Multi-unit living is also allowed in a townhouse.
    6. Smaller minimum lot sizes are permitted as part of a compact development.
    7. Additional building types, and smaller lot sizes as part of a conservation development or cottage court are allowed in exchange for preserving common open space.
    8. Dimensional standards, maximum density, allowed building types, and allowed uses may be modified for the R-6 district within the TOD overlay or Frequent Transit Areas identified in the City’s Comprehensive Plan to enable transit oriented development.

Sec. 2.1.2. Housing Options

Sec. 2.1.2. Housing Options aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:08
  1. Conventional Development Option (see Article 2.2. Conventional Development Option)
    1. Conventional is a pattern of residential development that provides a majority of property owners with substantial yards on their own property.
    2. Under the conventional option no preserved common open space is required and the minimum lot size is limited to the lot size for the respective district.
  2. Compact Development Option (see Article 2.3. Compact Development)
    1. A compact development permits a reduction in lot size for residential subdivisions in exchange for an increase in common open space. This allows for efficient residential subdivisions and ample amenity area for the residents.
    2. Open space thresholds are district-based and are listed in Sec. 2.3.1. For projects under these minimum open space thresholds, only the conventional option can be used.
    3. Applicants that choose the Compact Development option must set aside 20% of the total project area or the minimum district-based requirements, whichever is greater, as common open space. Requirements for the configuration, use and management of common open space are set forth in Article 2.5. Common Open Space Requirements.
  3. Conservation Development Option (see Article 2.4. Conservation Development Option)
    1. A conservation development trades smaller lot sizes (with reduced setbacks) and additional density in exchange for preserving common open space. This allows for more efficient layout of lots, streets and utilities, promotes a mix of housing and protects the natural character of an area through the preservation of open space, recreation areas, environmental features and scenic vistas.
    2. Open space thresholds are district-based and are listed in Sec. 2.4.1. For projects under these minimum open space thresholds, only the conventional option can be used.
    3. Applicants that choose to use the conservation development option must set aside 40% of the total project area or the minimum district-based requirements, whichever is greater, as common open space. Requirements for the configuration, use and management of common open space are set forth in Article 2.5. Common Open Space Requirements.
  4. Frequent Transit Development Option
    1. A Frequent Transit Area as designated in the City's Comprehensive Plan encourages density and growth in areas served by high-frequency transit, defined as bus or other transit service where the time between vehicles will be 15 minutes or less during peak service periods. The Frequent Transit Development Option permits higher- density development than the underlying zoning might otherwise allow.
    2. The Frequent Transit Development Option encourages transit-oriented development by allowing for smaller lot dimensions and site area per dwelling unit standards.

Sec. 2.1.3. Additional Housing Patterns

Sec. 2.1.3. Additional Housing Patterns aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:08
  1. Cottage Court (See Sec. 2.6.1.)
    A cottage court is a group of small detached houses, tiny houses, attached houses or townhouses (two-unit maximum per building) sharing a common courtyard. The central courtyard enhances the character of the area through the provision of consolidated open space. A cottage court may be developed on individual lots or with a common form of ownership.
  2. Detached House Conversions (See Sec. 2.6.2.)
    A detached house addition is when an existing detached structure is expanded and converted into an attached building or apartment building. Additional regulations are required for these conversions.
  3. Accessory Dwelling (See Sec. 2.6.3.)
    The Accessory Dwelling housing pattern provides for the development of one accessory dwelling unit on a lot with an existing Detached House or Tiny House as an accessory use to a principal use of Single-unit Living or on a lot with an existing Attached House or Tiny House as an accessory use to a principal use of Two-unit Living.
  4. Flag Lot
    A Flag Lot is an irregularly shaped property with a narrow portion of land fronting on a street where no buildings are permitted that provides access to a larger portion of the lot where buildings are permitted. The creation of a flag lot typically results in an adjacent residual lot with greater frontage along the same street. Flag lots promote efficient use of land for residences. In exchange for some alternative minimum dimensional standards, only Tiny Houses are permitted on flag lots. ADUs are not permitted on flag lots.

Article 2.2. Conventional Development Option

Article 2.2. Conventional Development Option aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:03

Sec. 2.2.1. Detached House

Sec. 2.2.1. Detached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:10
Image
detached House conventional development option
Image
detached House conventional development option
 

R-1

R-2

R-4

R-6

R-10

A. Lot Dimensions

A1

Area (min)

40,000 sf

20,000 sf

10,000 sf

6,000 sf

4,000 sf

A2

Lot Width (min)

100'

80'

65'

50'

45'

A3

Depth (min)

100'

100'

100'

80'

60'

A4

Density (max)

1 u/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

B. Principal Building Setbacks

B1

From primary street (min)

20'

20'

20'

10'

10'

B2

From side street (min)

20'

20'

20'

10'

10'

B3

From side lot line (min)

10'

10'

10'

5'

5'

B4

From rear lot line (min)

30'

30'

30'

20'

20'

B5

Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.)

no

no

yes

yes

yes

C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.

D. Height 
D1  Principal building (max)  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories 
D2  Residential infill rules may appply (see Sec, 2.2.7.)ules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.)  no  no  yes  yes  yes 
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

 

Sec. 2.2.2. Attached House

Sec. 2.2.2. Attached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:17
Image
attached house
Image
attached house
   

R-2

R-4

R-6

R-10

A. Lot Dimensions

A1

Area (min)

20,000 sf

10,000 sf

6,000 sf

4,000 sf

A2

Lot Width (min)

80'

65'

50'

45'

A3

Depth (min)

100'

100'

80'

60'

B. Principal Building Setbacks

B1

From primary street (min)

20'

20'

10'

10'

B2

From side street (min)

20'

20'

10'

10'

B3

From side lot line (min)

10'

10'

5'

5'

B4

From rear lot line (min)

30'

30'

20'

20'

B5

Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.)

no

no

yes

yes

C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.

D. Height 
D1  Principal building (max)  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories 
D2  Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec, 2.2.7.) no  yes  yes  yes 
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 2.2.3. Townhouse

Sec. 2.2.3. Townhouse aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:18
Image
townhouse
Image
townhouse
  R-2 ii R-4 ii R-6 R-10
A. Site Dimensions
A1 Net site area/unit (min) 10,000 sf 5,000 sf 4,500 sf 3,000 sf
A2 Width (min) 80’ 65’ 50' 45'
A3 Outdoor amenity area (min) n/a n/a 10% 10%
B. Lot Dimensions
B1 Area (min) n/a n/a n/a n/a
B2 Width (min) 16’ 16’ 16' 16'
C. Principal Building/ Structure Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 20’ 20’ 10’ 10'
C2 From side street (min) 20’ 20’ 10’ 10'
C3 From side site boundary line (min) 10’ 10’ 10’ 6’
C4 From rear site boundary line (min) iii 30’ 30’ 20’ 20’
C5 From alley (min) iv 4’ or 20’ min 4’ or 20’ min 4’ or 20' min 4' or 20' min
C6 Internal building separation (min) 10’ 10’ 10’ 10’
C7 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes yes yes yes
D. Parking Setbacks v
D1 From primary street (min) 20’ 20’ 20’ 20'
D2 From side street (min) 10’ 10’ 10’ 10'
D3 From side lot line (min) 0’ 0’ 0’ 0'
D4 From rear lot line (min) 3’ 3’ 3’ 3'
D5 From alley, garage only (min) 4’ 4’ 4’ 4'
D6 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes yes yes yes
E. Height 
E1  Principal building (max)  40’/3 stories  40’/3 stories  45'/3 stories  45'/3 stories 
E2  Accessory structure (max)  26’  26’  26'  26' 
E3  Residential Infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7 yes  yes  yes  yes 

i A townhouse development containing only two dwelling units shall be regulated by the standards of Sec. 2.2.2., Attached House, however: (a) a minimum site area per unit of one-half the area required by Sec. 2.2.2.A1. is required; (b) Sec. 2.2.3.B. shall still control provided a minimum site width equal to the dimensions specified by Sec. 2.2.2.A2. is met; and (c) Sec. 2.2.2.B3. shall only apply to the non-party wall side lot line.

ii In R-2 and R-4 districts, a townhouse development can only contain a maximum of two dwelling units.

iii A permanently recorded open lot or common area lot of at least 20 feet in width may be used to satisfy Sec.2.2.3.C.4.

iv Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.

v Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units.

Sec. 2.2.4. Apartment

Sec. 2.2.4. Apartment aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:18
Image
appartment
Image
apartment
  R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) "7,500 sf "
A2 Lot Width (min) 45’
A3 Outdoor amenity area (min) 10%
A4 Lot area per unit (min) "2,500 sf "
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street 10’
B2 From side street (min) 10’
B3 From side lot line (min) 5’
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20’
B5 From alley i 4' or 20' min
B6 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10’
C2 From side street (min) 10’
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 0’
C4 From rear lot line (min) 3’
C5 "From alley, garage only (min) " 4’
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 45'/3 stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26'
D3 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Street-facing entrance required (min 1 per building) yes
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.  

i Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of alley or rear access drive.

Sec. 2.2.5. Civic Building

Sec. 2.2.5. Civic Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:19
Image
civic building
Image
civic building
 
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) "40,000 sf " "20,000 sf " "10,000 sf " "6,000 sf " "4,000 sf "
A2 Width (min) 100' 80' 65' 50' 45'
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 15' 10' 10' 10' 10'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 30' 30' 30' 20' 20'
B5 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no no yes yes yes
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 6' 6'
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/3 Stories 40'/3 Stories 40'/3 Stories 40'/3 Stories 45'/3 Stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26' 26' 26' 26'
D3 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no no yes yes yes
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 2.2.6. Open Lot

Sec. 2.2.6. Open Lot aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:19
Image
open lot
Image
open lot
    R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) "40,000 sf " "20,000 sf " "10,000 sf " "6,000 sf " "4,000 sf "
A2 Width (min) 100' 80' 65' 50' 45'
A3 Building coverage (max) 10% 15% 17% 20% 22%
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 30' 30' 30' 20' 20'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 7' 5
D. Height
D1 All building/structures (max) 40’/ 3 stories 40’/ 3 stories 40’/ 3 stories 40’/ 3 stories 40’/ 3 stories
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 2.2.7. Residential Infill Compatibility

Sec. 2.2.7. Residential Infill Compatibility aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:20
  1. Intent
    The intent of the residential infill compatibility standards is to accommodate and encourage compatible development in existing residential neighborhoods, while reinforcing the established character of the neighborhood and mitigating adverse impacts on adjacent homes.
  2. Applicability
    1. The standards contained within this section apply to any building in an R-4, R-6 or R-10 district where all of the following are present:
      1. The total site area is 5-acres or less;
      2. The subject lot's primary street frontage is on a street section that was platted for at least 20 years including subsequent right-of-way dedications;
      3. If a comparative sample can be defined and at least four of the principal buildings, or three for a corner lot, contained in the comparative sample have primary street frontage on a street section that has been platted for at least 20 years including subsequent right-of-way dedications. The comparative sample is derived by the four closest principal buildings, or three for a corner lot, along the same block face of the street within 300 feet of and oriented toward the same street as the subject lot. The sample need not be equally distributed on either side of the subject lot. When a comparative sample of four principal buildings, or three for a corner lot, cannot be derived, then the minimum setback of the underlying zoning district applies.
        1. These rules do not apply to lots where more than 50% of the primary street property line abuts a cul-de-sac bulb and these lots shall not count as part of a comparative sample for other lots.
        2. Where an addition is proposed to a detached or attached house, the existing principal building on the lot shall be considered an addition to the comparative sample.
        3. Where an official survey demonstrates the location of a detached or attached house, and that structure has been in that location within the last 365 days, the proposed principal building may be located within 10% of the same primary street setback as the existing detached or attached dwelling or as prescribed by the rules in Sec. 2.2.7.C., below, whichever the applicant chooses.
        4. Where a demolition permit for a principal building has been obtained on a lot, that lot shall be considered vacant for the purposes of determining a comparative sample. Where a building permit has been obtained for a principal building on a lot, the building shall be considered for the purposes of determining a comparative sample.
    2. When a lot is subject to the residential infill compatibility standards and the lot is located within a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District that regulates any component herein, the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District regulation shall apply for that specific component.
    3. These infill compatibility rules do not apply in the Transit Overlay District, Historic Districts, Street Side Historic Overlay Districts, or to Historic landmarks.
  3. Street Setback (Minimum and Maximum)
    The primary street setback for principal buildings shall be determined by the comparative sample context of the block face as outlined in the following subsections:
    1. The proposed building must be located within either of the following ranges:
      1. No closer than the smallest primary street setback, and no further that the largest primary street setback in the comparative sample as set forth in Sec. 2.2.7.B.1.c. above; or
      2. As determined by the table below based on the subject lot's width and the median of setbacks within the comparative sample as set forth in Sec. 2.2.7.B.1.c. above.
         
        Subject Lot Width Modification to Median
        50 feet or less Within 10% of median
        More than 50 feet up to 65 feet Within 15% of median
        More than 65 feet up to 80 feet Within 20% of median
        More than 80 feet Within 25% of median
         
    2.  Comparative sample setbacks are measured from the outer wall of preexisting principal buildings within the comparative sample and do not include the building feature encroachments authorized by Sec. 1.5.4.D.
    3. When differences in right-of-way widths exist between the subject property and comparative sample properties, the comparative primary street setbacks shall be measured and applied from the centerline of the primary street rather than the property line along the primary street.
    4. The setback range may be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.5.6.C.3.
  4. Height
    1. Side Wall Plane Height and Setback
      The maximum allowed wall plane height adjacent to the side property line is 25 feet or the average height of the 2 abutting neighboring wall planes whichever is greater. The wall plane height may be increased 1 foot for each foot of horizontal distance the wall is moved from the side setback line, not to exceed the maximum height allowed within the district. When a side wall incorporates a recession or projection of 2 feet or more, multiple side wall plane heights shall apply. Each side wall plane's height is determined by averaging the four points consisting of the highest and lowest elevations of each of pre-development and post-development grades along that side wall of the building. In the event the average post-development grade along the side wall of the building is lower than the average pre-development grade along that wall, then side wall plane height shall be measured from the average post development grade.
    2. Exceptions to Setback Plane
      1. Side-Gabled Roof
        A side-gabled roof structure may extend above the side setback plane on each side of the building, for a total length of not more than 30 feet (A) on each side, measured from the front wall plane.
      2. Dormers
        Dormers may also extend above the side setback plane on each side of the building for a total length of not more than 15 feet (B) on each side, measured along the intersection with the setback plane.
         
        Image
        dormers


         
  5. Side Wall Length
    Articulation is required for side walls on additions or new construction that are 22 feet or taller and located within 15 feet of the side lot line. No wall may extend for more than 50 feet without a projection or recession of at least 4 feet in depth and 10 feet in length.
     
    Image
    side wall

     
  6. Driveway and Parking Setbacks
    Driveways and parking spaces must be located a minimum of 2.5 feet from the side and rear lot lines. However, a driveway may be located on the lot line closer than 2.5 feet if it is shared with an adjacent lot or when a no-build easement is secured and recorded on the adjacent lot that guarantees a minimum separation of 5 feet from the encroaching driveway and any impervious surfaces or structures on the adjacent lot. Fences and walls on either lot require a 2.5 feet separation from the encroaching driveway. All driveways and parking areas existing prior to January 1, 2019 shall not be deemed nonconforming solely because of this regulation or a parking setback specified in Chapter 2.

Sec. 2.2.8. Tiny Houses

Sec. 2.2.8. Tiny Houses aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:20
Image
tiny houses
Image
tiny houses
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) "40,000 sf " "15,000 sf " "7,500 sf " "3,000 sf " "2,000 sf "
A2 Lot Width (min) 100' 60' 50' 35' 25'
A3 Depth (min) 100' 75' 75' 50' 45'
A4 Density (max) 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 5' 5'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 30' 30' 30' 10' 10'
B5 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no no yes 1 yes 1 yes 1
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 26’/ 2 stories 26'/ 2 stories 26'/ 2 stories 26'/ 2 stories 26'/ 2 stories
D2 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no no no no no
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

1 The property owner may elect to either adhere to the primary street setback range set forth in Section 2.2.7, if applicable, or follow only the applicable zoning district’s minimum primary street setback regulation.

E. Additional Requirements for Manufactured Homes to Qualify as Tiny Houses

A Tiny House may be a Manufactured Home as defined in Article 12.2. if it meets all of the following:

  1. The predominant roofline shall have a pitch of 5:12 or greater.
  2. The eave projections of the roof must not be less than ten inches (excluding roof gutters) unless the roof pitch is 8:12 or greater.
  3. The minimum height of the first-story exterior wall must be at least seven feet, six inches.
  4. Materials used as exterior wall covering shall be of a non-reflective material.
  5. Foundation skirting shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 4.5.3.D.
  6. The Manufactured Home is no greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area.

Sec. 2.2.9. General Building

Sec. 2.2.9. General Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:21
  R-1
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 40,000 sf
A2 Width (min) 100'
A3 Depth (min) 100'
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 50'
B2 From side street (min) 50'
B3 From side lot line 30'
B4 From rear lot line 30'
B5 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 50'
C2 From side street (min) 50'
C3 From side lot line 30'
C4 From rear lot line 30'
D. Height
D1 All structures 68' / 4 stories

General Building type allowed in the above zoning district only as part of a governmental water or wastewater treatment plant use described in Sec. 6.3.3.E.

Article 2.3. Compact Development

Article 2.3. Compact Development aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:03

Sec. 2.3.1. General Requirements

Sec. 2.3.1. General Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:31
Image
 2-3-1-general-requirements

 

R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Site
A1 Density (max) 1 u/a - - - -
B. Open Space
B1 Open Space required (min acreage) 20% or 4 acres, whichever is greater 20% or 2 acres, whichever is greater 20% or 1 acre, whichever is greater 20% or 0.5 acres, whichever is greater 20% or 0.5 acres, whichever is greater
B2 Width of open space (min) 50' 50' 50' 50' 50'
C. Transitional Protective Yard
C1 Site boundary (min) Type B1 or B2 Transitional Protective Yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A) or perimeter lots must meet the dimensional standards of Article 2.2 Conventional Development Option of the district where the property is located.
D. Residential Unit Types (max)
  Detached house 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
  Attached house n/a 100% 100% 100% 100%
  Townhouse n/a n/a 100% 100% 100%
  Apartment n/a n/a n/a n/a 100%

Sec. 2.3.2. Detached House

Sec. 2.3.2. Detached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:31
Image
detached House
Image
detached House
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 30,000 sf 15,000 sf 7,500 sf 5,000 sf 4,000 sf
A2 Lot width (min) 100' 80' 65' 50' 45'
A2 Depth (min) 100' 100' 100' 80' 60'
A3 Density (max) 1 u/a - - - -
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20’ 20' 10' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20’ 20’ 10’ 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10’ 10' 10' 5' 5'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20’ 20’ 20’ 20' 20'
B5 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no no yes yes yes
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories
D2 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no no yes yes yes
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 2.3.3. Attached House

Sec. 2.3.3. Attached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:32
Image
attached house
Image
attached house
  R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 15,000 sf 7,500 sf 4,500 sf 3,000 sf
A2 Lot width (min) 80' 65' 50' 45'
A3 Depth (min) 100' 100' 80' 60'
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 10' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 10' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 10' 5' 5'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20' 20’ 20’ 20’
B5 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no yes yes yes
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories
D2 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no yes yes yes
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 2.3.4. Townhouse i

Sec. 2.3.4. Townhouse i aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:32
Image
townhouse
Image
townhouse
  R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Site Dimensions
A1 Net site area/unit (min) 6,000 sf 3,500 sf 2,500 sf
A2 Width (min) 65' 50' 45'
A3 Outdoor amenity area (min) ii 5% 5% 5%
B. Lot Dimensions
B1 Area (min) n/a n/a n/a
B2 Width (min) 16' 16' 16'
C. Building/Structure Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 20’ 10’ 10’
C2 From side street (min) 20’ 10’ 10’
C3 From side site boundary line 10’ 10’ 10’
C4 From rear site boundary line (min) iii 20’ 20’ 20’
C5 From alley iv 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
C6 Internal building separation (min) 10’ 10’ 10’
C7 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes yes yes
D. Parking Setbacks v
D1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20'
D2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10'
D3 From side lot line (min) 0' 0' 0'
D4 From rear lot line (min) 3' 3' 3'
D5 From alley, garage only (min) 4' 4' 4'
D6 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes yes yes
E. Height
E1 Principal building (max) 45'/3 stories 45'/3 stories 45'/3 stories
E2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26' 26'
E3 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes yes yes
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements

i A townhouse development containing only two dwelling units shall be regulated by the standards of Sec. 2.3.3., Attached House, however: (a) a minimum site area per unit of one-half the minimum lot area specified in 2.3.3.A1. is required; (b) Sec. 2.3.4.B. shall still control provided a minimum site width equal to the dimensions specified by Sec. 2.3.3.A2. is met; and (c) Sec. 2.3.3.B3. shall only apply to the non-party wall side lot line.

ii Outdoor amenity meeting the requirements of Sec. 1.5.3. may overlap with required open space.

iii A permanently recorded open lot or common area lot of at least 20 feet in width may be used to satisfy Sec. 2.3.4.C4.

iv Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane alley or rear access drive.

v Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units.

Sec. 2.3.5. Apartment

Sec. 2.3.5. Apartment aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:33
Image
appartment
Image
appartment
    R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 7,000 sf
A2 Lot Width (min) 45'
A3 Outdoor amenity area (min) 5%
A4 Lot area per unit (min) 2,000 sf
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street 10’
B2 From side street (min) 10’
B3 From side lot line (min) 5’
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20’
B5 From alleyi 4' or 20' min
B6 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10’
C2 From side street (min) 10’
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 0’
C4 From rear lot line (min) 3’
C5 From alley (min) 4’
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 45’/3 stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26’
D3 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) yes
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Street-facing entrance required (min 1 per building) yes

i Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.

Sec. 2.3.6. Civic Building

Sec. 2.3.6. Civic Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:33
Image
civic building
Image
civic building
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 30,000 sf 15,000 sf 7,500 sf 5,000 sf 4,000 sf
A2 Width (min) 100' 80' 65' 50' 45'
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 15' 10' 10' 10' 10'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 30' 30' 30' 20' 20'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 6' 6'
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26' 26' 26' 26'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Residential infill regulations for additional building setback and reduced height may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.)

Sec. 2.3.7. Open Lot

Sec. 2.3.7. Open Lot aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:33
Image
open lot
Image
open lot
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 30,000 sf 15,000 sf 7,500 sf 5,000 sf 4,000 sf
A2 Width (min) 100' 80' 65' 50' 45'
A3 Building coverage (max) 10% 15% 17% 20% 22%
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 20' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 30' 30' 30' 20' 20'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10' 10'
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 10' 10' 10' 7' 5'
D. Height
D1 All building/structures (max) "40’/3 stories" "40’/3 stories" "40’/3 stories" "40’/3 stories" "40’/3 stories"

See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

Residential infill regulations for additional building setback and reduced height may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.)

Article 2.4. Conservation Development Option

Article 2.4. Conservation Development Option aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:04

Sec. 2.4.1. General Requirements

Sec. 2.4.1. General Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:34
Image
general requirements

 

  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Site
A1 Density (max) 2 u/a - - - -
B. Open Space
B1 Open Space required (min acreage) "40% or 8 acres, whichever is greater " "40% or 4 acres, whichever is greater " "40% or 2 acres, whichever is greater " "40% or 1 acre, whichever is greater " "40% or 1 acre, whichever is greater "
B2 % of lots abutting open space (min) 60% 50% 40% 40% 30%
B3 Contiguous area (min) 60% 60% 60% 60% 60%
B4 Width of open space (min) 50’ 50’ 50’ 50’ 50’
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
C. Transitional Protective Yard
C1 Site boundary (min) Type B1 or B2 Transitional Protective Yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) or perimeter lots must meet dimensional standards of Article 2.2. Conventional Development Option of the district where the property is located.
D. Residential Unit Types (max)
  Detached house 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
  Attached house n/a 100% 100% 100% 100%
  Townhouse n/a 50% 100% 100% 100%
  Apartment n/a n/a n/a 50% 100%

 

Sec. 2.4.2. Detached House

Sec. 2.4.2. Detached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:35
Image
detached House
Image
detached House
  R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 20,000 sf 10,000 sf 6,000 sf 4,000 sf 3,000 sf
A2 Lot width (min) 80' 65' 50' 45' 30'
A3 Depth (min) 100' 100' 80' 60' 60'
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 10' 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 10' 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 10' 5' 5' 5'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20' 20' 20' 20' 15'
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

 

Sec. 2.4.3. Attached House

Sec. 2.4.3. Attached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:35
Image
attached house
Image
attached house
  R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10  
A. Lot Dimensions  
A1 Area (min) 10,000 sf 6,000 sf 4,000 sf 3,000 sf  
A2 Lot width (min) 65' 50' 45’ 30’  
A3 Depth (min) 100' 80' 60' 60'  
B. Principal Building Setbacks  
B1 From primary street (min) 20' 10' 10' 10'  
B2 From side street (min) 20' 10' 10' 10'  
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 5' 5' 5'  
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20’ 20' 20' 15'  
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks: See Section 6.7.2.  
D. Height  
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories 40'/ 3 stories  
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.  

 

Sec. 2.4.4. Townhouse i

Sec. 2.4.4. Townhouse i aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:36
Image
townhouse
Image
townhouse
  R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
A. Site Dimensions
A1 Net site area/unit (min) 7,500 sf 4,500 sf 3,000 sf 2,250 sf
A2 Width (min) 65' 50' 45' 30'
B. Lot Dimensions
B1 Area (min) n/a n/a n/a n/a
B2 Width (min) 16’ 16' 16' 14'
C. Building/Structure Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 20' 10' 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 20' 10' 10' 10'
C3 From side site boundary line (min) 10’ 10’ 10’ 6'
C4 From rear site boundary line (min) ii 20' 20' 20' 20'
C5 From alley (min) iii 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
C6 Internal building separation 10’ 10’ 10’ 10’
C7 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no yes yes yes
D. Parking Setbacks iv
D1 From primary street (min) 20' 20' 20' 20'
D2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10' 10'
D3 From side lot line (min) 0' 0' 0' 0'
D4 From rear lot line (min) 3' 3' 3' 3'
D5 From alley, garage only (min) 4' 4' 4' 4'
D6 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no yes yes yes
E. Height
E1 Principal building (max) 45'/ 3 stories 45'/ 3 stories 45'/ 3 stories 45'/ 3 stories
E2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26' 26' 26'
E3 Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.) no yes yes yes
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

i A townhouse development containing only two dwelling units shall be regulated by the standards of Sec. 2.4.3., Attached House, however: (a) a minimum site area per unit equal to one-half the land area specified in 2.4.3.A1 is required; (b) Sec. 2.4.4.B. shall still control provided a minimum site width equal to the dimensions specified by Sec. 2.4.3.A2. is met; and (c) Sec. 2.4.3.B3. shall only apply to the non-party wall side lot line.

ii A permanently recorded open lot or common area lot of at least 20 feet in width may be used to satisfy Sec. 2.4.4.C4.

iii Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.

iv Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units.

Sec. 2.4.5. Apartment

Sec. 2.4.5. Apartment aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:37
Image
 2-4-5-apartment-1
Image
 2-4-5-apartment-2
    R-6 R-10
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 8,000 sf 6,000 sf
A2 Width (min) 45’ 30’
A3 Lot area per unit (min) 2,000 sf 1,500 sf
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 10’ 10’
B2 From side street (min) 10’ 10’
B3 From side lot line (min) 5’ 5’
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20’ 20’
B5 From alley i 4’ or 20’ min 4’ or 20’min
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10’ 10’
C2 From side street (min) 10’ 10’
C3 From side/rear lot line (min) 0’ 0’
C4 From rear lot line (min) 3’ 3’
C5 From alley (min) 4’ 4’
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 45’/3 stories 45’/3 stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26’ 26’
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Street-facing entrance required (min 1 per building) yes yes

See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.

i Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or
rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.
Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the
garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.

Sec. 2.4.6. Civic Building

Sec. 2.4.6. Civic Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:37
Image
 2-4-6-civic-building-1
Image
 2-4-6-civic-building-2
    R-1  R-2  R-4  R-6  R-10 
A. Lot Dimensions
A1  Area (min)  20,000 sf  10,000 sf  6,000 sf  4,000 sf  4,000 sf 
A2  Width (min)  80'  65'  50'  45'  45' 
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1  From primary street (min) 20'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
B2  From side street (min) 20'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
B3  From side lot line (min) 10'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
B4  From rear lot line (min) 30'  30'  20'  20'  20' 
C. Parking Setbacks
C1  From primary street (min) 20'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
C2  From side street (min) 10'  10'  10'  10'  10' 
C3  From side/rear lot line (min) 10'  10'  6'  6'  6' 
D. Height
D1  Principal building (max) 40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  40'/ 3 stories  45'/ 3 stories  45'/ 3 stories 
D2  Accessory structure (max) 26'  26'  26'  26'  26' 
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements. 

Sec. 2.4.7. Open Lot

Sec. 2.4.7. Open Lot aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:38
Image
 2-4-7-open-lot-1
Image
 2-4-7-open-lot-2
  R-1  R-2  R-4  R-6  R-10 
A. Lot Dimensions
A1  Area (min)  20,000 sf  10,000 sf  6,000 sf  4,000 sf  4,000 sf 
A2  Width (min) 80'  65'  50'  45'  45' 
A3  Building coverage (max) 15%  17%  20%  22%  22% 
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1  From primary street (min) 20'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
B2  From side street (min) 20'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
B3  From side lot line (min) 10'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
B4  From rear lot line (min) 30'  30'  20'  20'  20' 
C. Parking Setbacks
C1  From primary street (min) 20'  20'  10'  10'  10' 
C2  From side street (min) 10'  10'  10'  10'  10' 
C3  From side/rear lot line (min) 10'  10'  10'  10'  10' 
D. Height
D1  All building/structures (max) 40’/ 3 stories  40’/ 3 stories  40’/ 3 stories  40’/ 3 stories  40’/ 3 stories 
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.

Article 2.5. Common Open Space Requirements

Article 2.5. Common Open Space Requirements aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:04

Sec. 2.5.1. Amount of Open Space

Sec. 2.5.1. Amount of Open Space aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:39

Applicants that choose the conservation standards must set aside at least the minimum acreage specified in Sec. 2.4.1.B1. as common open space. Applicants that choose the compact standards must set aside at least the minimum acreage as specified in Sec. 2.3.1.B1. as common open space. The amount of required common open space is calculated as a percentage of the net site area.

Sec. 2.5.2. Open Space Allocation

Sec. 2.5.2. Open Space Allocation aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:39

In allocating land for required common open space, the following hierarchy of primary and secondary open space applies.

  1. Primary Open Space
    The following are considered primary open space areas and must be the first areas reserved as required open space:
    1. Floodway areas;
    2. Natural resource buffers required along primary and secondary watercourses (see open space bonus allowance in Sec. 9.2.3 A.1.d);
    3. Slopes above 25% of at least 5,000 square feet contiguous area;
    4. Jurisdictional wetlands under federal law (Clean Water Act, Section 404) that meet the definition applied by the Army Corps of Engineers; and
    5. Transitional protective yards.
  2. Secondary Open Space
    The following are considered secondary open space areas and must be included as required open space once the primary open space areas are exhausted:
    1. Floodway fringe and/or future conditions flood hazard areas.
  3. Tertiary Open Space
    The following are considered tertiary open space areas and must be included as required open space once the primary and secondary open space areas are exhausted:
    1. Historic, archeological and cultural sites, cemeteries and burial grounds;
    2. Significant natural features and scenic viewsheds such as ridge lines, field borders, meadows, fields, river views, natural woodlands that can be seen from roadways and serve to block the view of the project in whole or in part;
    3. Habitat for federally-listed endangered or threatened species;
    4. Individual existing healthy trees greater than 10 inches DBH and their critical root zones;
    5. Areas that connect to neighboring open space, trails or greenways;
    6. Soils with severe limitations due to drainage problems; and
    7. Tree conservation areas.

Sec. 2.5.3. Configuration of Open Space

Sec. 2.5.3. Configuration of Open Space aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:40
  1. The minimum width for any required open space is 50 feet. Exceptions may be granted for items such as trail easements and linear parks and 32-foot wide tree conservation areas.
  2. At least 60% of the required open space must be contiguous. For the purposes of this section, contiguous includes any open space bisected by a Local Street or Mixed Use Street, provided that:
    1. A pedestrian crosswalk provides access to the open space on both sides of the street; and
    2. The right-of-way area is not included in the calculation of minimum open space required.
  3. Where feasible, the open space should adjoin any neighboring areas of open space, other protected areas and non-protected natural areas.
  4. The required open space must be directly accessible to the largest practicable number of dwelling units within the development. Non-adjoining lots must be provided with safe, convenient access to the open space.
  5. No lot can be farther than a ¼-mile radius from the open space. This radius is measured in a straight line from the lot line, without regard for street, sidewalk or trail connections, to the nearest point of the open space.
  6. Access to the open space must be provided either by an abutting street or easement not less than 20 feet in width.
  7. Open space can be relocated in an approved development, provided the following standards are met:
    1. The amount of open space shall be equal to or greater than the amount shown on the approved plan.
    2. Open space adjacent to a recorded tree conservation area cannot be relocated to an area absent tree conservations area.
    3. Open space areas contained in the list of "primary open space" in Sec. 2.5.2.A cannot be relocated to a secondary or tertiary open space area as defined in Sec. 2.5.2.B. and C. Open space areas contained in the list of "secondary open space" in Sec. 2.5.2.B. cannot be relocated to "tertiary" open space as defined in Sec. 2.5.2.C.

Sec. 2.5.4. Allowed Uses of Open Space

Sec. 2.5.4. Allowed Uses of Open Space aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:41

To the extent not otherwise prohibited, required open space may be used for the following:

  1. Conservation areas for natural, archeological or historical resources;
  2. Meadows, woodlands, wetlands, wildlife corridors, game preserves or similar conservation-oriented areas;
  3. Pedestrian or multipurpose trails;
  4. Passive recreation areas;
  5. Active recreation areas, provided that impervious area is limited to no more than 25% of the total open space (active recreation areas in excess of this impervious area limit must be located outside of the required open space);
  6. Golf courses (excluding clubhouse areas and maintenance facilities), provided the area does not exceed 50% of the required open space and further provided that impervious area is limited to no more than 10% of the total open space;
  7. Water bodies, such as lakes and ponds and floodways provided the total surface area does not exceed 50% of the required open space;
  8. Restricted agriculture, community garden;
  9. Floriculture, horticulture, pasturage, row and field crops, viticulture, tree or sod farm, silviculture;
  10. Stormwater control measures; and
  11. Easements for drainage, access and underground utility lines.

Sec. 2.5.5. Stormwater Control Measures

Sec. 2.5.5. Stormwater Control Measures aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:41

No more than 25% of the required common space shall be devoted singularly or collectively to detention ponds, sand filters and retention ponds, provided, this limitation
shall have no application to any retention pond that meets all of the following:

  1. The retention pond or closely connected series of ponds is one-half acre water surface area at normal pool in size or greater;
  2. The retention pond is surrounded by open space;
  3. The retention pond is accessible to all homeowners; and
  4. The retention pond is an amenity complying with Sec. 7.2.6.

Sec. 2.5.6. Prohibited Uses of Open Space

Sec. 2.5.6. Prohibited Uses of Open Space aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:42

Required open space cannot be used for the following:

  1. Individual wastewater disposal systems;
  2. Overhead electric transmission lines or high voltage electric transmission lines; and
  3. Streets (except for street crossings as expressly provided) and impervious parking areas.

Sec. 2.5.7. Ownership and Management of Open Space

Sec. 2.5.7. Ownership and Management of Open Space aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:42
  1. Ownership
    Required open space must be owned and maintained by one of the following entities:
    1. Land Conservancy or Land Trust
      A bona fide land conservancy or land trust with the legal authority may own the open space. The responsibility for maintaining the open space and any facilities may be borne by a land conservancy or land trust.
    2. Homeowners' Association
      A homeowners' association representing residents of the development may own the open space. The homeowners' association must have lien authority to ensure the collection of dues from all members. The responsibility for maintaining the open space and any facilities is borne by the homeowners' association.
  2. Conveyance
    The conveyance of common open space shall be in accordance with the following:
    1. Open space shall be conveyed to the land conservancy or homeowners' association in fee simple without any encumbrances except drainage, greenway and utility easements. Title to the real property shall be conveyed no later than the time of the conveyance of the first lot within the applicable phase of the development.
    2. Open space shall be preserved for the perpetual benefit of the residents within the development and it shall be restricted against private or public ownership for any other purpose except acquisition by condemnation or in lieu of condemnation and the granting of utility, drainage and greenway easements.
  3. Dissolution
    If the homeowner’s association is dissolved, the open space may be offered to another entity who shall be responsible for the maintenance and upkeep of the open space. If no other offer is accepted, the open space shall be offered to the City and if accepted, deeded to the City.

Article 2.6. Additional Housing Patterns

Article 2.6. Additional Housing Patterns aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:05

Sec. 2.6.1. Cottage Court

Sec. 2.6.1. Cottage Court aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:43
Image
 2-6-1-cottage-court-1
Image
 2-6-1-cottage-court-2
  1. Description
    A cottage court is a group of small detached houses, attached houses, townhouses (two-unit maximum per building), or tiny houses sharing a common courtyard. The courtyard enhances the character of the area through the provision of consolidated open space. A cottage court may be developed on individual lots or with a common form of ownership.
  2. Districts Allowed In
    R-2, R-4, R-6, R-10
  3. Building Types Allowed
    Detached house, attached house, townhouse (two-unit maximum per
    building), tiny house
  4. Site and Lot Dimensions
      R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
    D1 Net site area (min) 53,200 sf 26,600 sf 16,000 sf 13,000 sf
    D2 Site Width (min) 140' 140' 120' 90'
    D3 Site Depth (min) 120'  120'  100'  90' 
    D4 Site area per non-Tiny House dwelling unit over four (min) 13,300 sf  6,650 sf  4,000 sf  2,650 sf 
    D5 Site area per Tiny House dwelling unit over four (min) 10,000 sf  5,000 sf  3,000 sf  2,000 sf 
    D6 Dwelling units per site (max) 30  30  30  30 
    D7 Dwelling unit gross floor area (max)1 1,800 sf  1,800 sf  1,800 sf  1,800 sf 
    D8 Detached accessory structure footprint (max)2 450 sf  450 sf  450 sf  450 sf 
    D9 Individual lot area (min) No min.  No min.  No min.  No min. 
    1 A Tiny House may be no larger than 800 sf in building footprint and no more than 1200 sf in gross floor area.
    2 A detached accessory structure must be less than the gross floor area of the principal dwelling.
  5. Internal Courtyard
    Image
     2-6-1-cottage-court-3
      R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
    E1 Area (min)  4,000 sf  3,250 sf  2,600 sf  2,100 sf 
    E2 Width as measured parallel to primary street for first 15' of site depth (min)1  60'  50'  40'  30' 
    E3 Courtyard area per non-Tiny House unit over four (min)  1,000 sf  850 sf  700 sf  550 sf 
    E4 Courtyard area per Tiny House unit over four (min)  750 sf  425 sf  350 sf  225 sf 
    E5 Setback from primary street (max)  0'  0'  0'  0' 
    1 No portion of the minimum internal courtyard area (E1) may be less than 20 feet in width and length.
  6. Principal Building/Structure Setbacks (Site)
    Image
     2-6-1-cottage-court-4
      R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10
    F1 From primary street (min)  20'  20'  10'  10' 
    F2 From side street (min)  15'  15'  10'  10' 
    F3 From side site line (min)  10'  10'  10'  10' 
    F4 From rear site line (min)  20'  20'  20'  20' 
    F5 From alley (min)  5'  5'  5'  5' 
    F6 Building separation (min)  6'  6'  6'  6' 
    F7 From internal cottage court lot line (min) 3' 3' 3' 3'
    F8 From shared internal townhouse lot (min) 0' 0' 0' 0'
    Residential infill rules (Sec. 2.2.7) do not apply
  7. Surface Parking Setbacks
      R-2  R-4  R-6  R-10 
    G1 From primary street if not screened from primary street by C3 yard or principal structure (min)  90'  90'  90'  90' 
    G2 From primary street if screened from primary street by C3 yard or principal structure (min) 50'  50'  50'  50' 
    G3 From side street (min) 10'  10'  10'  10' 
    G4 From side lot line (min) 5'  5'  5'  5' 
    G5 From rear lot line (min) 5'  5'  5'  5' 
    G6 From alley (min) 0'  0'  0'  0' 
    Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units.
  8. Height
      R-2  R-4  R-6  R-10 
    H1 Non-Tiny House building height (max) 30'  30'  30'  30' 
    H2 Tiny House building height (max) 26'  26'  26'  26' 
    Residential Infill rules (Sec. 2.2.7) do not apply.
  9. Courtyard Requirements and Restrictions
    1. At least 60% of the courtyard must be one contiguous open space.
    2. Courtyard may not be parked or driven upon.
    3. One common building (detached house building type) not to exceed 3,000 square feet in gross floor area may be permitted in the courtyard under the following conditions:
      1. The common building may not be used as a dwelling.
      2. Uses within the common building must be accessory to the cottage court development.
      3. The common building shall not count towards the maximum number of dwelling units per site (Sec. 2.6.1.D.6.)
      4. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the common building must comply with all other requirements of Section 2.6.1.
    4. Inclusive of the common building, up to 20% of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 2.6.1.E.1.) may be covered, however only 10% of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 2.6.1.E.1.) may be enclosed.
    5. Stormwater detention wet ponds and dry ponds shall not count towards the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 2.6.1.E.1.) Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) practices may be used to meet up to 50% of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 2.6.1.E.1.)
    6. Tree Conservation Areas shall not be included as part of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 2.6.1.E.1.)
    7. Retaining walls within the courtyard may be no taller than 4’ in height. Retaining walls that are 2’ or less in height may be spaced as close as 10’ apart. All other retaining walls must be spaced a minimum of 20’ apart.
    8. Pedestrian Access meeting the requirements of Section 8.3.5. shall be provided from each dwelling unit to the courtyard and any other common areas.
  10. Additional Requirements for Manufactured Homes to Qualify as Tiny Houses
    A Tiny House may be a Manufactured Home as defined Article 12.2. if it meets all of the following:
    1. The predominant roofline shall have a pitch of 5:12 or greater.
    2. The eave projections of the roof must not be less than ten inches (excluding roof gutters) unless the roof pitch is 8:12 or greater.
    3. The minimum height of the first-story exterior wall must be at least seven feet, six inches.
    4. Materials used as exterior wall covering shall be of a non-reflective material.
    5. Foundation skirting shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 4.5.3.D.

Sec. 2.6.2. Detached House Additions

Sec. 2.6.2. Detached House Additions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:44

When an existing detached house is converted to an attached or apartment building type and an addition is added to the existing building, the following regulations apply:

  1. The addition must contain the same building materials as the existing structure;
  2. The roof pitch and form of the addition shall be the same as the existing structure;
  3. The height of the addition shall not exceed the height of the existing structure;
  4. The building addition shall not cumulatively exceed 50% of the floor area of the existing structure; and
  5. Additions made after September 1, 2013, which do not comply with paragraphs A through D. above shall not be used for conversions that add one or more dwelling units.

Sec. 2.6.3. Accessory Dwelling

Sec. 2.6.3. Accessory Dwelling aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:44
  1. Purpose and Objectives
    The Accessory Dwelling housing pattern provides for the development of an accessory dwelling unit or units on a lot with an existing Detached House or Tiny House as an accessory use to a principal use of Single-unit Living, or on a lot with an existing Attached House, Townhouse or Tiny House as an accessory use to a principal use of Two-unit Living, or on a lot developed with an existing Townhouse as an accessory use to a principal use of Multi-unit Living.
  2. Base Standards Apply
    Except as specifically set forth in this section, the allowed uses, the dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
  3. Definition
    An Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) is a self-contained dwelling unit that is located on the same lot as a principal dwelling that meets the regulations identified in Section 2.6.3.D. An Accessory Dwelling Unit may be located above a garage. Accessory Dwelling Units may be detached, attached, or internal to the principal dwelling. Only residential uses are permitted in Accessory Dwelling Units with the exception that a Live-Work use, as defined in Sec. 6.7.3.E., may be allowed in an ADU so long as that is the only Live-Work use present on the lot. The Live-Work use must meet the definition of an accessory use to the principal residential use on the lot as described in Sec. 6.7.1.
  4. Accessory Dwelling Unit Regulations
    In accordance with this section, an accessory dwelling unit shall conform with the following development regulations:
    1. An ADU shall be located on the same lot as a principal dwelling and meet both of the following:
      1. The gross floor area of the accessory dwelling shall be less than the gross floor area of the total principal dwelling; and
      2. Shall be affixed to or constructed on a permanent foundation and not be a manufactured home or moveable structure except as specified in Sec. 2.6.3.D.6. below.
    2. There shall be no more than one ADU on the same lot as a principal dwelling unless it is located in a Frequent Transit Area as shown on the City’s Comprehensive Plan which would then allow for up to two ADUs on the same lot as a principal dwelling. However, in the Frequent Transit Area, only one ADU can be attached to the principal dwelling. In the case of a townhouse development only one ADU is permitted per townhouse lot whether within a Frequent Transit Area or not;
    3. It shall be accessed by a lockable external entrance;
    4. Ownership of an ADU shall not be transferred apart from its principal dwelling unit;
    5. It shall meet all relevant standards and requirements of the UDO, provided however accessory dwelling units shall not be subject to Sections 6.7.1. and 6.7.2. with the exception of 6.7.2.B.
    6. An Accessory Dwelling Unit may be a Manufactured Home as defined in Article 12.2 if it meets all of the following:
      1. The predominant roofline shall have a pitch of 5:12 or greater.
      2. The eave projections of the roof must not be less than ten inches (excluding roof gutters) unless the roof pitch is 8:12 or greater.
      3. The minimum height of the first-story exterior wall must be at least seven feet, six inches.
      4. Materials used as exterior wall covering shall be of a non-reflective material.
      5. Foundation skirting shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 4.5.3.D.
      6. The Manufactured Home is no greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area.
    7. Unless attached thereto by a common wall, an ADU must be separated by at least 6’ from any other building on the lot.
    8. All ADU entrances must be externally accessible by pedestrians from either the driveway, street and/or alley from which the lot takes access.
    9. ADUs are not permitted on Flag Lots.
    10. Encroachments into setbacks are permitted pursuant to Section 1.5.4.D.
    11. Vertical encroachments are permitted pursuant to Sections 1.5.7.D.2. and 1.5.7.D.3.g.
      Image
       2-6-3-accessory-dwelling-1
      Image
       2-6-3-accessory-dwelling-2
  5. Description An Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) is a self-contained dwelling unit that is located on the same lot as a principal dwelling that meets the regulations identified in Section 2.6.3.D. An ADU may be located above a garage. ADUs may be detached, attached, or internal to the principal dwelling. Only residential uses are permitted in ADUs.
  6. Districts Allowed In
    R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6, R-10
  7. Building Specifications
    Lot Area   Greater than 40,000 sf 10,000 sf to 40,000 sf Less than 10,000 sf
    G1 Gross Floor Area (max)1 1,000 sf 800 sf 800 sf
  8. Detached ADU Setbacks
    Lot Area   Greater than 40,000 sf 10,000 sf to 40,000 sf Less than 10,000 sf
    H1 From primary street (min) Must be located at or behind the front wall of the house.
    H2 From side street (min) 20' 20' 10'
    H3 From side lot line (min)2 10' 5' 5'
    H4 From rear lot line (min)3 10' 5' 5'
    H5 From alley (min) 4' without parking / 20' with parking 4' without parking / 20' with parking 4' without parking / 20' with parking
  9. Height
    Lot Area   Greater than 40,000 sf 10,000 sf to 40,000 sf Less than 10,000 sf
    I1 Overall height (max) 26' 26' 26'
    1Gross floor area shall include all conditioned space. Attached unconditioned space shall be included in the calculation of accessory structure floor area.
    2For townhouse lots, H3 shall only apply to the side site boundary.
    3For townhouse lots, H4 shall only apply to the rear site boundary.

Sec. 2.6.4. Flag Lots

Sec. 2.6.4. Flag Lots aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:45
Image
 2-6-4-flag-lot-1
Image
 2-6-4-flag-lot-2
A. Districts Allowed In
A1 Zoning Districts R-4, R-6, R-10
B. Building Types Allowed
B1 Flag Lot Tiny House
B2 Residual Lot Determined by base zoning district
C. Flag Lot Dimensions Non-Frequent Transit Areas Frequent Transit Areas
C1  Lot Width (min)  10' 10'
C2  Lot Depth (min)  R-4: 70' R-4: 70'
R-6: 50' R-6: 50'
R-10: 40' R-10: 40'
C3  Lot Area (min)  3,500 sf 2,500 sf
D. Flag Lot Principal Building Setbacks
D1  From Primary Street (min)  R-4: 20' R-4: 20'
R-6: 10' R-6: 10'
R-10: 10' R-10: 10'
D2  From Side Street (min)  R-4: 20' R-4: 20'
R-6: 10' R-6: 10'
R-10: 10' R-10: 10'
D3  From Side Lot Line (min)  5' 5'
D4  Residual Lot Boundary Line (min)  5' 5'
D5  From Rear Lot Line (min)  10' 10'
D6  Setback - From Alley (min)  4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
D7  Residential Infill Rules may apply (See Sec. 2.2.7)  no no
E. Flag Lot Driveway 
E1  Driveway Treatment  Only Ribbon style or Permeable Surface.  Only Ribbon style or Permeable Surface. 
E2  Driveway Spacing  See Sec. 8.3.5.C.2.  See Sec. 8.3.5.C.2. 
E3  Driveways and Cross Access  See Article 9.5 of the Raleigh Street Design Manual  See Article 9.5 of the Raleigh Street Design Manual 
E4  Residential Infill Rules may apply (See Sec. 2.2.7)  Yes, however driveway spacing only applicable adjacent to lots external to the flag lot subdivision.  Yes, however driveway spacing only applicable adjacent to lots external to the flag lot subdivision.

 

  R-4 R-6 R-10
F. Residual Lot Dimensions (min)
F1 Lot Width (min) 48' 33' 25'
F2 Lot Depth (min) 70' 50' 40'
G. Residual Lot Setbacks (min)
G1 Rear setback to Flag Lot (min). However, standard District Rear Yard Setbacks (min) for the Principal Structure must be maintained to all rear yard properties external to the flag lot subdivision/ recombination. 5' 5' 5'
G2 Side setback to Flag Lot Pole (min)1 5' 5' 5'
G3 Residential Infill Rules may apply (See Sec. 2.2.7) Yes Yes Yes
Unless provided for above, refer to applicable building type regulations set forth in
Articles 2.2.
1 G2 may be less than 5' if a no-build easement is recorded on the adjacent Flag Lot Pole.
The width of the setback on the residual lot plus the width of the no-build easement must
be a minimum of 10'.

Article 2.7. Frequent Transit Development Option

Article 2.7. Frequent Transit Development Option aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:06

The Frequent Transit Development Option allows for additional housing in locations near current and planned frequent transit service. A Frequent Transit Area refers to areas slated for bus or other transit service where the time between vehicles will be 15 minutes or less during peak service periods and must be mapped in the City’s Comprehensive plan as such. Where a regulation in this section conflicts with a regulation of a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District (NCOD), the NCOD regulation shall control.

Sec. 2.7.1. Frequent Transit Development Option

Sec. 2.7.1. Frequent Transit Development Option aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:46
  R-4  R-6  R-10 
A. Building Types 
A1  Applicable Building Types  Tiny House, Detached House, Attached House, Townhouse, Apartment  Detached House, Attached House, Townhouse, Apartment  Detached House, Attached House, Townhouse, Apartment 
B. Lot Dimensions 
B1  Area (min)  6,500 sf  4,000 sf  2,500 sf 
B2  Lot width (min)  65'  50'  45' 
B3  Depth (min)  100'  80'  60' 
B4  Density (max)  n/a  n/a  n/a 
B5  Outdoor Amenity Area (min) for Townhouse (3+ units) and Apartment  10%  10%  10% 
C. Lot Area Required per Unit1 
C1  Single-unit living (min)  6,500 sf  4,000 sf  2,500 sf 
C2  Two-unit living (min)  2,500 sf  1,500 sf  1,000 sf 
C3  Multi-unit living (min)  2,000 sf  1,200 sf  800 sf 
D. Principal Building Setbacks 
D1  From primary street (min)  10'  10'  10' 
D2  From side street (min)  10'  10'  10' 
D3  From side lot line (min)2  5’  5’  5’ 
D4  From rear lot line (min)3  25'  15'  15' 
D5  From Alley (min)4  4’ or 20’  4’ or 20’  4’ or 20’ 
D6  Residential infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7.)5  yes  yes  yes 
E. Height 
E1  Detached/Attached Principal  40’/3  40’/3  40’/3 
Building (max)  stories  stories  stories 
E2  Townhouse/Apartment  45’/3  45’/3  45’/3 
Principal Building (max)  stories  stories  stories 
E3  Tiny House (max)  26’/2  26’/2  26’/2 
stories  stories  stories 
E4  Accessory Structure (max)  26'  26'  26' 
E5  Residential Infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7)  No  No  No 
F. Parking Setbacks6 
F1  From Primary Street (min)  10’  10’  10’ 
F2  From Side Street (min)  10’  10’  10’ 
F3  From Side Lot Line (min)  0’  0’  0’ 
F4  From Rear Lot Line (min)  3’  3’  3’ 
F5  From Alley (min)  4’ or 20’ min  4’ or 20’ min  4’ or 20’ min 
F6  Residential Infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7)  No  No  No 
G. Additional Requirements 
G1  ADU Regulations  There shall be no more than one ADU on the same lot as a principal building unless it is located in a Frequent Transit Area as shown on the City’s Comprehensive Plan which would then allow for up to two ADUs on the same lot as a principal dwelling, including attached ADUs. However, in a Frequent Transit Area, only one ADU can be attached or internal to the principal building. In the case of a townhome development only one ADU is permitted per principal dwelling. See Sec. 2.6.3 for additional regulations. 
G2  This development option cannot be used in concert with Compact or Conservation Development option. 
G3  Lots utilizing this option shall have at least a portion of each lot within the mapped Frequent Transit Area in 20 order to take advantage of any regulations listed herein. 
G47  A development site utilizing this option in a residential zoning district shall contain no more than twelve (12) residential units; however, a development site may contain additional residential units provided a number of units equal to at least twenty percent (20%) of the residential units over twelve (12) established within the development site shall be affordable for households earning sixty percent (60%) of the Area Median Income or less for a period of no less than 30 years from the date of issuance of a certificate of occupancy. 
See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building elements requirements. 
1 For Townhouse buildings, this standard shall apply to site area and not lot area. 
2 For Townhouse buildings, C3 shall only apply to the side site boundary. 
3 For Townhouse buildings, C4 shall only apply to the rear site boundary. A permanently recorded open lot or common area lot of at least 20 feet in width may be used to satisfy Sec.2.5.1.C.4. 
4 Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive. 
5 The property owner may elect to either adhere to the primary street setback range set forth in Section 2.2.7,if applicable, or follow only the applicable zoning district’s minimum primary street setback regulation. 
6 Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units. 
7 The rent and income limits will follow the Affordable Housing Standards determined annually by the City of Raleigh Housing & Neighborhoods Department. An Affordable Housing Deed Restriction in a form approved by the City shall be filed and recorded in the property’s chain of title by the property owner in the Wake County Register of Deeds prior to the project receiving a certificate of occupancy. The property owner of development approved under this section shall provide an annual report to the City to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section. The report shall utilize a form prescribed by the City and shall be submitted in accordance with a schedule set by the City. Affordable units used to meet the requirements of this section shall be constructed concurrently with the project’s market rate units. 
CHAPTER 3. MIXED USE DISTRICTS

Unified Development Ordinance

CHAPTER 3. MIXED USE DISTRICTS

CHAPTER 3. MIXED USE DISTRICTS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:06

Article 3.1. General Provisions

Article 3.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:07

Sec. 3.1.1. District Intent Statement

Sec. 3.1.1. District Intent Statement aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:46

Sec. 3.1.1. District Intent Statements

Sec. 3.1.1. District Intent Statements aaron.sheppard… Mon, 07/03/2023 - 16:01
  1. Residential Mixed Use (RX-) 
    1. RX- is a mixed residential district intended to provide for a variety of residential building types and housing options at density in excess of 10 dwelling units per acre.
    2. RX- can serve as a land use transition between other mixed use districts and residential neighborhoods.
    3. RX- allows limited retail and services subject to use standards that limit the size and scale to the ground floor corner unit of an apartment building. 
  2. Office Park (OP-) 
    1. OP- is intended to preserve and provide land for office and employment uses.
    2. OP- can also serve as a land use transition between other mixed use districts and residential neighborhoods. 
  3. Office Mixed Use (OX-) 
    1. OX- is intended to provide for a variety of office and employment uses while allowing for housing and limited retail and service-related options. Limited retail and service-related options are allowed subject to use standards that restrict the size and scale of each use.
    2. OX- is not intended to provide for areas exclusively dominated by office or employment uses but provide for developments that balance employment and housing options with access to convenience retail services and goods.
    3. OX- can serve as a land use transition between other mixed use districts and residential neighborhoods. 
  4. Neighborhood Mixed Use (NX-) 
    1. NX- is intended to provide for a variety of residential, retail, service and commercial uses all within walking distance of residential neighborhoods.
    2. To limit the overall scale, NX- has a maximum lot size of 10 acres. Maximum height limits should be compatible with adjacent residential development. 
  5. Commercial Mixed Use (CX-) 
    1. CX- is intended to provide for a variety of residential, retail, service and commercial uses.
    2. While CX- accommodates commercial uses, the inclusion of residential and employment uses are strongly encouraged in order to promote live-work and mixed use opportunities. 
  6. Downtown Mixed Use (DX-) 
    DX- is intended to provide for intense mixed use development of the City’s downtown area. 
  7. Industrial Mixed Use (IX-) 
    1. IX- is intended to provide for a variety of light industrial and manufacturing uses while allowing for retail, service and commercial activity and limited housing opportunities. To help ensure that land is reserved for manufacturing and employment, residential uses are limited to the upper stories of mixed use buildings.
    2. IX- is not intended to provide for areas exclusively dominated by light industrial or manufacturing but provide for developments that incorporate commercial uses with housing, retail and service-related activity.
    3. IX- can serve as a land use transition between heavy industrial areas and mixed use districts.
Supplement Number
27

Sec. 3.1.2. District Components

Sec. 3.1.2. District Components aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:47
  1. Each Mixed Use District is comprised of one or more of the following components:
    1. Use and Base Dimensions (RX-, OP-, OX-, NX-, CX-, DX-, IX-);
    2. Height (-3, -4, -5, -7, -12, -20, -30, -40); and
    3. Frontage (-PK, -DE, -PL, -GR, -UL, -UG, -SH, -GP).
  2. A variety of Mixed Use Districts can be constructed by applying different height and frontage configurations as shown in the table below.
  3. Each Mixed Use District must include a height designation. A frontage is optional unless it has already been applied to the property and designated on the Official Zoning Map.
  4. Neighborhood transitions apply when adjacent to a residential district (see Article 3.5. Neighborhood Transitions).

table

 

Supplement Number
27

Article 3.2. Base Dimensional Standards

Article 3.2. Base Dimensional Standards aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:07

Sec. 3.2.1. Detached House

Sec. 3.2.1. Detached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:51
Image
 3-2-1-detached-house-1
Image
 3-2-1-detached-house-2
  RX-, OX-, NX-, CX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 4,000 sf n/a
A2 Width (min) 45' n/a
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 10' 5'
B2 From side street (min) 10' 5'
B3 From side lot line (min) 5' 3'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20' 10'
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 50' 30'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 5'
C3 From side lot line (min) 5' 3'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 5' 3'
C4 From alley 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/3 stories 40'/3 stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 25' 25'
E. Transparency
E1 Ground story (min) 20% 20%
E2 Upper story (min) 15% 15%
E3 Blank wall area (max) 35' 35'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 3.2.2. Attached House

Sec. 3.2.2. Attached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:51
Image
 3-2-2-attached-house-1
Image
 3-2-2-attached-house-2
  RX-, OX-, NX-, CX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 4,000 sf n/a
A2 Width (min) 45' n/a
B. Principal Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 10' 5'
B2 From side street (min) 10' 5'
B3 From side lot line (min) 5' 3'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 20' 10'
C. Accessory Structure Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 50' 30'
C2 From side street (min 10' 5'
C3 From side lot line (min) 5' 3'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 5' 3'
C4 From alley 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) 40'/3 stories 40'/3 stories
D2 Accessory structure (max) 25' 25'
E. Transparency
E1 Ground story (min) 20% 20%
E2 Upper story (min) 15% 15%
E3 Blank wall area (max) 35' 35'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 3.2.3. Townhouse

Sec. 3.2.3. Townhouse aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:52
Image
 3-2-3-townhouse-1
Image
 3-2-3-townhouse-2
  RX-, OX-, NX-, CX- DX-
A. Site Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 3,300 sf n/a
A2 Width (min) 45' n/a
A3 Outdoor Amenity Area 10% 10%
B. Lot Dimensions
B1 Area (min) n/a n/a
B2 Width (min) 16' n/a
C. Building/Structure Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 5'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 5'
C3 From side site boundary line (min) 10' 6'
C4 From rear site boundary line (min)ii 20' 6'
C5 From alley (min)iii 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
C6 Internal building separation 10' 10'
D. Parking Setbacksiv
D1 From primary street (min) 20' 20'
D2 From side street (min) 10' 10'
D3 From side lot line (min) 0' 0'
D4 From rear lot line (min) 3' 3'
D5 From alley (min) 4' 4'
E. Height
E1 Principal building (max) Set by district Set by district
E2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26'
E3 Residential Infill rules may apply (see Sec. 2.2.7) no yes
F. Transparency
F1 Ground story (min) 20% 20%
F2 Upper story (min) 15% 15%
F3 Blank wall area (max) 35' 35'

See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building elements requirements.
i A townhouse development containing only two dwelling units shall be regulated by the standards of Sec. 3.2.2., Attached House, however: (a) a minimum site area per unit of one-half the area required by Sec. 3.2.2.A1. is required; (b) Sec. 3.2.3.B. shall still control provided a minimum site width equal to the dimensions specified by Sec. 3.2.2.A2. is met; and (c) Sec. 3.2.2.B3. shall only apply to the non-party wall side lot line.
ii A permanently recorded open lot or common area lot of at least 20 feet in width may be used to satisfy Sec. 3.2.3.C4.
iii Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.
iv Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units.

Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.2.4. Apartment

Sec. 3.2.4. Apartment aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:53
Image
 3-2-4-apartment-1
Image
 3-2-4-apartment-2
  RX-, OX-, NX-, CX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 7,500 sf n/a
A2 Area (max) 10 acres (NX- only) n/a
A3 Width (min) n/a n/a
A4 Outdoor amenity area (min) 10% 10%
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 5' 5'
B2 From side street (min) 5' 5'
B3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0' or 6'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0’ or 6’
B5 From alleyi 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10'
C3 From side lot line (min) 0' 0'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 0' 0'
C5 From alley, garage only (min) 4' 4'
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) Set by district Set by district
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26'
E. Transparency
E1 Ground story (min) 20% 20%
E2 Upper story (min) 15% 15%
E3 Blank wall (max) 35' 35'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building elements requirements
iGarages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.2.5. General Building

Sec. 3.2.5. General Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:54
Image
 3-2-5-general-building-1
Image
 3-2-5-general-building-2
  OP-, OX-, NX-, CX- DX- IX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) n/a n/a n/a
A2 Area (max) 10 acres (NX-only) n/a n/a
A3 Width (min) n/a n/a n/a
A4 Outdoor amenity area (min) 10% 10% 10%
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 5' 3' 3'
B2 From side street (min) 5' 3' 3'
B3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0' or 6' 0’ or 6'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0’or 6' 0’or 6'
B4 From alley 5' 5' 5'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10' 10'
C3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 3' 0' or 3' 0’or 3'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 3' 0' or 3' 0’ or 3'
C5 From alley (min) 5' 5' 5'
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) Set by district Set by district Set by district
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26' 26'
E. Floor Heights
E1 Ground story height, floor to floor (min) 11' 13' 11'
E2 Upper story height, floor to floor (min) 9' 9' 9'
F. Transparency
F1 Ground story (min) 33% 50% 20%
F2 Upper story (min) 20% 20% 20%
F3 Blank wall (max) 30' 30' 50'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building element requirements.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.2.6. Mixed Use Building

Sec. 3.2.6. Mixed Use Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:54
Image
 3-2-6-mixed-use-building-1
Image
 3-2-6-mixed-use-building-2
  OP-, OX-, NX-, CX-, IX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) n/a n/a
A2 Area (max) 10 acres (NX- only) n/a
A3 Width (min) n/a n/a
A4 Outdoor amenity area (min) 10% 10%
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 5' 3'
B2 From side street (min) 5' 3'
B3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0' or 6'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0' or 6'
B5 From alley 5' 5'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10'
C3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 3' 0' or 3'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 3' 0' or 3'
C5 From alley (min) 5' 5'
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) Set by district Set by district
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26'
E. Floor Heights
E1 Ground story height, floor to floor (min) 13' 15'
E2 Upper story height, floor to floor (min) 9' 9'
F. Transparency
F1 Ground story (min) 50% 66%
F2 Upper story (min) 20% 20%
F3 Blank wall (max) 20' 20'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.2.7. Civic Building

Sec. 3.2.7. Civic Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:55
Image
 3-2-7-civic-building-1
Image
 3-2-7-civic-building-2
  RX-, OP-, OX-, NX-, CX-, IX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) n/a n/a
A1 Area (max) 10 acres (NX- only) n/a
A2 Width (min) n/a n/a
A3 Outdoor amenity area (min) 10% 10%
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 10' 5'
B2 From side street (min) 10' 5'
B3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0' or 6'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 6' 0' or 6'
B4 From alley (min) 5' 5'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10' 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10' 10'
C3 From side lot line (min) 0' or 3' 0' or 3'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 0' or 3' 0' or 3'
C4 From alley (min) 5' 5'
D. Height
D1 Principal building (max) Set by district Set by district
D2 Accessory structure (max) 26' 26'
See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.2.8. Open Lot

Sec. 3.2.8. Open Lot aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:55
Image
 3-2-8-open-lot-1
Image
 3-2-8-open-lot-2
  RX-, OP-, OX-, NX-, CX-, IX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 5,000 sf n/a
A2 Width (min) 50' n/a
A3 Building coverage (max) 15% 15%
B. Building/Parking Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 10' 10'
B2 From side street (min) 10' 10'
B3 From side lot line (min) 10' 10'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 10' 10'
B4 From alley (min) 10' 10'
C. Height
C1 All building/structures (max) 40'/3 stories 40'/3 stories
D. Allowed Building Elements
Porch, stoop
Balcony
Gallery, awning
See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.2.9. Tiny House

Sec. 3.2.9. Tiny House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:56
Image
 3-2-9-tiny-house-1
Image
 3-2-9-tiny-house-2
  RX-, OX-, NX-, CX- DX-
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 2,000 sf  n/a
A2 Width (min) 25' n/a
B. Building Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 10' 5'
B2 From side street (min) 10' 5'
B3 From side lot line (min) 5' 3'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 10' 10'
B5 From alley 4' or 20' min 4' or 20' min
C. Height 
C1 Principal building (max) 26'/2 stories 26'/2 stories

See Sec. 1.5.4.D "Building Setbacks" for specific building element requirements.

D. Additional Requirements for Manufactured Homes to Qualify as Tiny Houses
A Tiny House may be a Manufactured Home as defined in Article 12.2. if it meets all of the following:

  1.  The predominant roofline shall have a pitch of 5:12 or greater.
  2. The eave projections of the roof must not be less than ten inches (excluding roof gutters) unless the roof pitch is 8:12 or greater.
  3. The minimum height of the first-story exterior wall must be at least seven feet, six inches.
  4. Materials used as exterior wall covering shall be of a non-reflective material.
  5. Foundation skirting shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 4.5.3.D.
  6. The Manufactured Home is no greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area.
Supplement Number
28

Article 3.3. Height Requirements

Article 3.3. Height Requirements aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:08

Sec. 3.3.1. Applicability

Sec. 3.3.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:57
  1. Each Mixed Use District must include one of the following height designations. The designation establishes the maximum height in stories and feet for each mixed use district. For example, CX-5 has a maximum height limit of 5 stories and 80 feet.
    -3            3 stories / 50 feet max
    -4            4 stories / 68 feet max
    -5            5 stories / 80 feet max
    -7             7 stories
    -12           12 stories
    -20          20 stories
    -30          30 stories
    -40          40 stories
  2. The height requirements apply to apartments, general buildings, mixed use buildings and civic buildings. Maximum heights for detached house, tiny house, attached house, townhouse and open lot are set forth in Article 3.2. Base Dimensional Standards.
  3. The minimum height requirements apply only to the Urban Frontages. The Urban Frontages include the following: Green, Green Plus, Urban Limited, Urban General and Shopfront. Civic buildings are exempt from the minimum height requirements.
  4. The Transit Overlay District (TOD) allows for building heights in excess of the maximum height of the underlying district for certain uses or development types as defined in Section 5.5.1 Transit Overlay District.
  5. When a mezzanine or mezzanines comprise less than 50% of the floor area of the room or space in which they are located, they are not considered a story. When a mezzanine or mezzanines comprise 50% or more of the floor area of the room or space in which they are located, they are considered a story. If a building is taller than five stories, mezzanines are permitted within only two stories of that building. Any additional intermediate level otherwise qualifying as a mezzanine is considered an additional story. If a building has five or fewer stories, there is no limit on the number of stories in that building that may contain a mezzanine.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.3.2. Building Height Standards

Sec. 3.3.2. Building Height Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:57
Image
 3-3-2-building-height-standards
  District -3 -4 -5 -7 -12 -20 -30 -40
A. Max Height
A1 Building height (max stories) 3 4 5 7 12 20 30 40
A2 Building height (max feet) 50' 68' 80'          
B. Min Height (Urban Frontages Only)
B1 Building height (min stories) street facing façade(s) at min n/a n/a n/a 2 2 3 3 3
B2 Height (cumulative min % of building width(s)) n/a n/a n/a 75% 75% 75% 75% 75%
B3 Depth of min height from front building façade into lot (min) n/a n/a n/a 30' 45' 60' 60' 60'
Supplement Number
27

Sec. 3.3.3. Building Massing Standards

Sec. 3.3.3. Building Massing Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:58
  1. Intent
    The intent of the building massing regulations is to manage the impact of tall buildings located near the public right-of-way. Stepbacks are intended to avoid a canyon effect by providing access to light and air at street level, and mitigating wind impacts. The massing regulations also produce a consistent street wall and visually reduce the perceived scale of a building.
  2. Stepbacks 
    Buildings of 13 or more stories are required to place a stepback above the 1st floor or 25’, whichever is greater, but below the 13th floor
    1. The stepback is only required on building faces adjoining the public street.
    2. The depth of a required stepback may be reduced by 5 feet if the cornice line of the stepback matches the cornice line of an adjacent building.
  3. Floor Plate Size
    Above the 12th story, buildings are allowed 30,000 square feet of buildable area per story. The total amount of allowable square footage above the 12th story is thus defined as 30,000 square feet multiplied by the number of floors above 12 that are allowed per the site’s zoning. Larger floor plate size will result in fewer floors, whereas smaller floor plates will allow for taller towers. Buildings may not exceed the number of floors allowed by the underlying zoning district.
  4. Design Alternate Findings
    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall approve an alternate building massing standard, if all of the following findings are satisfied:
    1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the building massing regulations;
    2. The approved alternate uses an architectural base distinguishable from the building above that enhances the pedestrian environment through a change in material, fenestration, ornamentation, rhythm, or other sculpting of the base.
    3. If the approved alternate proposes a building setback behind the sidewalk in lieu of a required stepback, the resulting open space includes pedestrian amenities such as seating areas, trees and landscaping or outdoor dining.
    4. The building uses other architectural treatments to mitigate wind impacts, increase light at pedestrian level, and visually reduce the scale of the building.
    5. The building does not cause undue shadow impacts on public spaces, amenity areas, and surrounding streets.
Image
 3-3-3-d-5-building-massing-standards
  Height of Building  Up to 12 Stories 13 to 20 Stories 21 to 30 Stories 21 to 40 Stories
E. Massing
E1 2nd (or 25', whichever is greater) - 12th story stepback (min)  n/a 12' 12' 12'
F. Towers
F1 Allowable area per tower above 12 stories (max)  n/a 30,000 sf per allowable floor 30,000 sf per allowable floor 30,000 sf per allowable floor
F2 Spacing between towers - floors above 12 stories on adjacent sites (min)*  n/a 30' 50' 60'

* Building separation is measured orthogonally to the wall plane.

Supplement Number
28

Article 3.4. Frontage Requirements

Article 3.4. Frontage Requirements aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:08

Sec. 3.4.1. Purpose and Intent

Sec. 3.4.1. Purpose and Intent aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:58

Frontages link a desired development pattern with specific form requirements that mandate the type of development desired along the street edge. Frontages place different requirements from the base dimensional standards. Where there is a conflict between the base dimensional standards and the frontage requirements, the frontage requirements control.

Image
 3-4-1-a-parkway

A. Parkway (-PK)
The -PK Frontage is intended to provide a heavily landscaped buffer between the roadway and adjacent development to ensure a continuous green corridor along the street right-of-way.

Image
 3-4-1-b-detached

B. Detached (-DE)
The -DE Frontage is intended for areas adjacent to roadways transitioning from residential to commercial. Accommodates neighborhood-scaled, low intensity commercial uses while maintaining the residential character of the street right of-way.

Image
 3-4-1-c-parking-limited

C. Parking Limited (-PL)
The -PL Frontage is intended for areas where access to buildings by automobile is desired but where some level of walkability is maintained. Permits a maximum of 2 bays of on-site parking with a single drive aisle between the building and the street right-of-way.

Image
 3-4-1-d-green

D. Green (-GR)
The -GR Frontage is intended for areas where it is desirable to locate buildings close to the street, but where parking between the building and street is not permitted. Requires a landscaped area between the building and the street right of-way.

Image
 3-4-1-e-urban-limited

E. Urban Limited (-UL)
The -UL Frontage is intended for areas where parking between the building and street is not allowed. Buildings abut the street and sidewalk but to balance the needs of both the pedestrian and automobile lower street wall continuity is required.

Image
 3-4-1-f-urban-general

F. Urban General (-UG)
The -UG Frontage is also intended for areas where parking between the building and street is not allowed. Buildings abut the street and sidewalk but higher street wall continuity is required than the -UL Frontage.

Image
 3-4-1-g-shopfront

G. Shopfront (-SH)
The -SH Frontage is for intended for areas where the highest level of walkability is desired. The -SH Frontage is intended to create a “main street” type of environment; therefore, mixed use buildings are the primary building type allowed.

Image
 3-4-1-h-green-plus

H. Green Plus (GP)
Intended for areas where it is desirable to locate buildings close to the street, but where parking between the building and street is not permitted. Requires a treelined area between the building and the street right-of-way.

Supplement Number
27

Sec. 3.4.2. General Requirements

Sec. 3.4.2. General Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 09:59
  1. Urban Frontages
    The Urban Frontages include the following: Green, Green Plus, Urban Limited, Urban General and Shopfront.
  2. Design of Parking Structures on Urban Frontages
    1. The ground story of structured parking must have active uses (such as, but not limited to, residential, commercial, office or civic space) located between the parking structure and any public sidewalk along a primary street or where the structured parking is within 30 feet of any other public sidewalk notwithstanding the existence of an intervening lot, unless the intervening lot is improved with an active use between the sidewalk and the structured parking.
    2. Ramping in the parking structure shall be internalized or otherwise screened.
    3. The ground floor facade treatment of any parking structure façade (building materials, windows and architectural detailing) shall be continued on upper stories. Upper stories shall be designed with a maximum horizontal and vertical rhythm of 30 feet that aligns with other elements along the block face.
    4. The maximum blank wall area (see Section 1.5.10.) of any parking structure façade shall be 20’. This requirement does not apply to screening elements affixed to the façade and used to meet the requirements of Sec. 7.2.5.F.
  3. Preexisting Conditions
    1. All buildings, structures, pedestrian accesses, streetscapes and vehicular surface areas existing at the time that the frontage is first applied to the property shall not be deemed a zoning nonconformity solely because of frontage requirements. Replacement and repair of buildings, structures, pedestrian accesses, streetscapes and vehicular surface areas existing at the time that the frontage is first applied to the property may be made provided all of the following are met:
      1. Replacement is like for like.
      2. The replacement conforms to all provisions of this UDO except, frontage requirements.
      3. The damage or destruction is caused by means other than voluntary actions.
      4. Reconstruction and repair, not including interior work, shall not exceed 50% of the replacement cost immediately prior to the damage or destruction. Replacement cost shall be determined in accordance with Sec. 10.3.3.G.4 and 5.
      5. Reconstruction or repair is commenced with a valid building permit or zoning permit within 12 months of the date of such damage or destruction.
    2. Lots and sites subject to build-to requirements that contain pre-existing buildings and maintain pre-existing buildings and which add additions to existing buildings that singularly or collectively comprise no more than 25% of the gross floor area existing at the time the build-to requirements became applicable to the property, or 1,000 square feet, whichever is greater, are allowed to expand the building anywhere within their minimum setbacks, without deference to the build-to requirements. All other frontage requirements, if any, shall apply.
    3. Lots and sites subject to build-to requirements that contain pre-existing buildings and maintain pre-existing buildings and which either add additions to existing buildings in excess of those allowed by item number 2. above or construct any new additional buildings on the lot shall conform to the following build to requirements. All other frontage requirements, if any, shall apply.
      1. Additions
        Expansion of an existing building that is unable to meet the required build-to percentage must comply with the following provisions:
        1. Street-Fronting: Addition
          Additions to the front of an existing building would be allowed. The addition does not have to extend into the build-to area nor does it have to meet the required build-to percentage for the lot.
          Image
           3-4-2-c-1
        2. Rear: Addition
          Image
           3-4-2-c-2

          Rear additions are not allowed until the required build-to percentage for the lot has been met except when the addition is used exclusively for one or more of the following: loading areas, storage, kitchens, repair facilities (including bays for motor vehicles) and mechanical equipment.
          Image
           3-4-2-c-3
          Image
           3-4-2-c-4
        3. Non-street Side: Addition
          Non-street Side Additions are allowed where the side addition is at least as close to the build-to as the existing building because the extension increases the width of the building and does not set back any further than the existing building.
      2. New Buildings
        Image
         3-4-2-c-5

        Where a new building is being constructed on a lot with an existing building that does not meet the build-to percentage requirement, the following provisions comply:
        1. Street-Fronting: New Building
          Image
           3-4-2-c-6

          All new buildings must be placed in the build-to range until the required build-to percentage requirement has been met for the lot.
        2. Rear: New Building
          Image
           3-4-2-c-7

          New buildings located in the rear of existing buildings are not allowed until the required build-to percentage requirements have been met for the lot.
        3. Non-street Side: New Building
          New buildings located outside of the build-to range are not allowed until the required build-to percentage requirements have been met for the lot.
    4. The Planning Director may, in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., reduce the build-to requirement, subject to the findings set forth in Sec. 1.5.6.D.
    5. The streetscape requirements shall not apply whenever a Tier 1 site plan is applicable in accordance with Sec.10.2.8; in all other instances, the streetscape requirements shall apply. The additional parking limitations of this article shall be applied in accordance with Sec. 7.1.1.B.4. Related parking requirements of this UDO shall be in accordance with Sec. 7.1.1.B.
    6. Lots subject to build-to requirements that contain buildings existing at the time the frontage regulations were first applied to the property may, without deference to the build-to requirements, make voluntary renovations or alterations changing the exterior appearance of such buildings, including vertical expansions, that do not enlarge the footprint of the existing buildings, when done in accordance with the transparency and streetscape requirements of this UDO, and the pedestrian access requirements of this UDO when the costs of improvements exceed cumulatively $10,000 in any calendar year. Voluntary demolitions or tear-downs shall be replaced with building improvements that comply with the regulations of the applicable build-to requirements and all other frontage requirements.
    7. In the event that buildings, structures, pedestrian accesses, streetscapes and vehicular surface areas existing at the time that the frontage is first applied to the property is damaged or partially destroyed, by exercise of eminent domain, riot, fire, accident, explosion, flood, lightning, wind or other calamity or natural cause to the extent of more than 50% of the replacement cost immediately prior to such damage, such buildings, structures, pedestrian accesses, streetscapes and vehicular surface areas shall not be restored unless either the replacement will conform to all regulations of this UDO or a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for the restoration. Replacement cost shall be determined in accordance with Sec. 10.3.3 G.4. and 5.
      Before a request for the special use permit is granted, the Board of Adjustment must show that all of the following are met:
      1. The applicable standards of this section have been met;
      2. All of the showings of Sec. 10.2.9.E. have been met; and
      3. The requested repair, reconstruction, or restoration will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.3. Parkway (-PK)

Sec. 3.4.3. Parkway (-PK) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:00
Image
 3-4-3-parkway
A. Description
  Provides for a heavily landscaped buffer between the roadway and adjacent development to ensure a continuous green corridor along the street right-of-way.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Detached house (see Sec. 3.2.1.) General building (see Sec. 3.2.5.)
  Attached house (see Sec. 3.2.2.) Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.) Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)
  Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.) Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)
  Tiny House (see Sec. 3.2.9.)  
C. Additional Setbacks
C1 Building setback from primary street (min) 50'
C2 Parking setback from primary street (min) 50'
D. Pedestrian Access
D1 Pedestrian access required (minimum of 1 per lot) yes
D2 Pedestrian access way spacing (max) 300'
D3 Width of pedestrian access way (min/max) 10'20'
D4 A road or driveway with a sidewalk at least 6 feet in width may substitute for a required pedestrian access way  
D5 Direct pedestrian access is required from the public sidewalk to the primary entrance of the building  
E. Protective Yard Landscaping
E1 The 50-foot protective yard must be landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F. (SHOD-1 requirements) or Sec. 5.3.1.H. for expansions and additions.  
F. Protective Yard Encroachments
F1 Driveways see Sec. 8.3.5.
F2 Ground signs see Article 7.3.
F3 Pedestrian access way  
G. Streetcape Requirement
  Sidewalk & tree lawn see Sec. 8.5.9.G.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.4. Detached (-DE)

Sec. 3.4.4. Detached (-DE) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:01
Image
 3-4-4-detached
A. Description
Intended for areas adjacent to roadways transitioning from residential to commercial. Accommodates neighborhood-scaled, low intensity commercial uses while maintaining the residential character of the street right-of-way.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Detached house (see Sec. 3.2.1.) Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.)
  Attached house (see Sec. 3.2.2.) Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.) Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)
  Tiny House (see Sec. 3.2.9.)  
C. Additional Buildings Setbacks
C1 Street Setback (Minimum and Maximum) applies (see Sec. 2.2.7.)  
D. Additional Parking Limitations
D1 No on-site parking or vehicular surface area permitted between the building and the street, with the exception of driveways serving single or two-unit living.  
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Primary street-facing entrance required (min of 1 per building)  
E2 Direct pedestrian access is required from the public sidewalk to the primary street-facing entrance of the building  
F. Facade Articulation
F1 Front wall length without offset (max) 40'
F2 Front wall offset length and depth (min) 10'
G. Height Limitations1
G1 Height limit for frontage (max) 3 stories/50'
H. Streetcape Requirement
  Residential see Sec. 8.5.9.D

1Height limitations not applicable to buildings utilizing the Frequent Transit Development Option Height Bonus.

Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.5. Parking Limited (-PL)

Sec. 3.4.5. Parking Limited (-PL) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:01
Image
 3-4-5-parking-limited
A. Description
  Intended for areas where access to buildings by automobile is desired but where some level of walkability is maintained. Permits a maximum of 2 bays of on-site parking with a single drive aisle between the building and the street right-of-way.
B. Building Types Allowed  
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.) Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)
  Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.) Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)
  General building (see Sec. 3.2.5.) Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)
C. Build-to
C1 Primary street build-to (min/max) Minimum setback based on base dimensional standards for the specific building type/100
C2 Building width in primary build-to (min) 50%
C3 Side street build-to (min/max) 0'/100'
C4 Building width in side build-to (min) 25%
D. Height Limitations
D1 Height limit for frontage (max) 7 stories/90'
E. Additional Parking Limitations
E1 A maximum of 2 bays of on-site parking with a single drive aisle is permitted between the building and the street.  
F. Pedestrian Access
F1 Primary street-facing entrance required (min of 1 per building)  
F2 Direct pedestrian access is required from the public sidewalk to the primary street-facing entrance of the building  
G. Streetscape Requirement
  Main Street; or see Sec. 8.5.9.A.
  Mixed Use; or see Sec. 8.5.9.B.
  Commercial; or see Sec. 8.5.9.C.
  Multi-way; or see Sec. 8.5.9.E.
  Parking. see Sec. 8.5.9.F.
The determination of the appropriate streetscape treatment will be made by the
Planning Director, based on the existing built context and character.

 

Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.6. Green (-GR)

Sec. 3.4.6. Green (-GR) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:02
Image
 3-4-6-green
A. Description
Intended for areas where it is desirable to locate buildings close to the street, but where parking between the building and street is not permitted. Requires a landscaped area between the building and the street right-of-way. Amenity area may be located between the landscaped area and the building.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.) Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)
  Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.) Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)
  General building (see Sec. 3.2.5.) Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)
C. Build-to
C1 Primary street build-to (min/max) 20'/50'
C2 Building width in primary build-to (min) 50%
C2 Side street build-to (min/max) 20'/50'
C4 Building width in side build-to (min) 35%
D. Additional Parking Limitations
D1 Parking setback from primary street (min) 20'
D2 No on-site parking or vehicular surface area permitted between the building and the street  
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Primary street-facing entrance required yes
F. Landscape Area
F1 The landscape area must be landscaped in accordance with Type C3 street protective yard standards (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.). However, in no instance shall a 3.5’ wall be substituted for shrubs. see Sec. 7.2.4.B.
G. Landscape Yard Encroachments
G1 Driveways see Sec. 8.3.5.
G2 Ground Signs see Article 7.3. Signs
G3 Pedestrian access way  
H. Streetscape Requirement
H1 Commercial see Sec. 8.5.9.C.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.7. Urban Limited (-UL)

Sec. 3.4.7. Urban Limited (-UL) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:02
Image
 3-4-7-urban-limited
A. Description
  Intended for areas where parking between the building and street is not allowed. Buildings abut the street and sidewalk but to balance the needs of both the pedestrian and automobile lower street wall continuity is required.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.) Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)
  Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.) Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)
  General building (see Sec. 3.2.5.) Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)
C. Build-to
C1 Primary street build-to (min/max) 0'/20'
C2 Building width in primary build-to (min) 50%
C3 Side street build-to (min/max) 0'/20'
C4 Building width in side build-to (min) 25%
D. Additional Parking Limitations
D1 No on-site parking or vehicular surface area permitted between the building and the street  
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Primary street-facing entrance required yes
F. Streetscape Area
  Main Street; or see Sec. 8.5.9.A.
  Mixed Use. see Sec. 8.5.9.B.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.8. Urban General (-UG)

Sec. 3.4.8. Urban General (-UG) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:03
Image
 3-4-8-urban-general
A. Description
  Intended for areas where parking between the building and street is not allowed. Buildings abut the street and sidewalk but higher street wall continuity is required than the -UL Frontage.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.) Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)
  Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.) Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)
  General building (see Sec. 3.2.5.) Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)
C. Build-to
C1 Primary street build-to (min/max) 0'/20'
C2 Building width in primary build-to (min) 70%
C3 Side street build-to (min/max) 0'/20'
C4 Building width in side build-to (min) 35%
D. Additional Parking Limitations
D1 Parking setback from primary street (min) 30’
D2 No on-site parking or vehicular surface area permitted between the building and the street  
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Primary street-facing entrance required yes
F. Streetscape Area
  Main Street; or see Sec. 8.5.9.A.
  Mixed Use. see Sec. 8.5.9.B.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.9. Shopfront (-SH)

Sec. 3.4.9. Shopfront (-SH) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:03
Image
 3-4-9-shopfront
A. Description
Intended for areas where the highest level of walkability is desired. The -SH Frontage is intended to create a "main street" type of environment; therefore, mixed use buildings are the primary building type allowed.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)  
  Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)  
  Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)  
C. Build-to
C1 Primary street build-to (min/max) 0'/15'
C2 Building width in primary build-to (min) 80%
C3 Side street build-to (min/max) 0'/15'
C4 Building width in side build-to (min) 40%
D. Additional Parking Limitations
D1 Parking setback from primary street (min) 30’
D2 No on-site parking or vehicular surface area permitted between the building and the street  
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Primary street-facing entrance required yes
F. Streetscape Area
  Main Street see Sec. 8.5.9.B.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.4.10. Green Plus (-GP)

Sec. 3.4.10. Green Plus (-GP) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:03
Image
 3-4-1-h-green-plus
A. Description
Intended for areas where it is desirable to locate buildings close to the street, but where parking between the building and street is not permitted. Requires a tree-lined area between the building and the street right-of-way.
B. Building Types Allowed
  Townhouse (see Sec. 3.2.3.)  
  Mixed use building (see Sec. 3.2.6.)  
  Apartment (see Sec. 3.2.4.)  
  Civic building (see Sec. 3.2.7.)  
  General building (see Sec. 3.2.5.)  
  Open lot (see Sec. 3.2.8.)  
C. Build-to
C1 Primary street build-to (min/max) 30'/50'
C2 Building width in primary build-to (min) 50%
C3 Side street build-to (min/max) 20'/50'
C4 Building width in side build-to (min) 35%
D. Additional Parking Limitations
D1 Parking setback from primary street (min) 30’
D2 No on-site parking or vehicular surface area permitted between the building and the street  
E. Pedestrian Access
E1 Primary street-facing entrance required yes
F. Streetscape Area
F1 Driveways see Sec. 8.3.5.
F2 Ground signs see Article 7.3
F3 Pedestrian access way  
G. Streetscape Requirement
G1 Commercial see Sec. 8.5.2.C
H. Landscape Requirements for Primary Street
H1 Four shade trees are required per 100 linear feet. Required landscaping must meet the design and installation requirements of Sec. 7.2.7. Preservation of an eligible existing tree as set forth in Section 7.2.7.E. will count as two new trees for purposes of this requirement.  
I. Use Requirements in RX
  Commercial uses in RX are limited to the first floor of a corner unit in an Apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets. Commercial uses in RX cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in total per lot. These provisions control over any provisions in the -TOD overlay district.  
Supplement Number
28

Article 3.5. Neighborhood Transitions

Article 3.5. Neighborhood Transitions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:09

Sec. 3.5.1. Applicability

Sec. 3.5.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:04
  1. The following neighborhood transition standards apply in the Mixed Use and Campus Districts when the following occurs:
    1. The site immediately abuts a district boundary of an R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6, or R-10 district, where the abutting property is vacant or contains an existing detached house, tiny house, or attached house; or
    2. The site immediately abuts a district boundary of a Planned Development (PD-) district where the abutting property is vacant or contains a detached house, tiny house, or attached house and any of the following apply:
      1. Has a residential reference district; or
      2. Does not permit general and mixed-use buildings; or
      3. Does not permit commercial and industrial uses.
  2. Zone B does not apply to sites 50 feet or less in depth. In such cases, Zone C starts immediately adjacent to the Zone A protective yard.
  3. Neighborhood transitions do not apply to single-unit living, two-unit living or cottage court uses within detached house, tiny house attached house or townhouse building types where the proposed or existing building height is 50 feet or less.
  4. Zones B and C do not apply to detached house, tiny house attached house, townhouse or apartment building types in a mixed-use district where the proposed or existing building height is 50 feet or less, provided the proposed use is also permitted in RX- and adheres to any applicable RX- and underlying zoning district use standards.
  5. Zones B and C do not apply to detached house, tiny house, attached house, townhouse or apartment building types in the TOD, including for Residential districts where RX- standards are used (See Sec. 5.5.1)
  6. Where an intervening alley is located between the residential property and the Mixed Use District or Campus District, the transition regulations apply. One half of the width of the alley shall be included in the required transition yard measurement and shall be first applied to the required width of Zones A and B and then to Zone B. In all cases, landscaping, fences and walls shall not be required where there is an intervening alley.
  7. In addition to the alley transition described in paragraph D, the Historic Alley Transition described in Section 3.5.6 is available where an alley lies between a residential district and a mixed use district and the following conditions are met:
    1. The alley abuts or lies within a National Register Historic District; and
    2. The mixed-use parcel has not within the last two years contained a structure that is, or was, individually designated as a local, State, or national historic landmark.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.5.2. Transition Zones

Sec. 3.5.2. Transition Zones aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:05
  1. Zone A: Protective Yard
    1. Intent
      Intended to buffer and screen. Consists of vegetative landscaping and wall or fence. No buildings or structures allowed.
    2. Location
       
      Immediately abutting district boundary line.
    3. Width
       
      Varies (depends on protective yard type applied).
  2. Zone B: Use Restricted
    1. Intent
      Intended to be occupied by open areas and low intensity uses, such as surface parking, alleys, landscaping, playgrounds, outdoor dining, community serving buildings and service-related structures.
    2. Location
       Located between Zone A and Zone C. Zone B starts at the inside edge of the Zone A protective yard (edge furthest from the district boundary line) and ends 50 feet from the district boundary line.
    3. Width
       50 feet from the district boundary line.
  3.  Zone C. Height and Form
    1. Intent
      Intended to restrict the height and form of development so as to decrease the impact of new multi-story  structures.
    2. Location
      Located beyond and adjacent to Zone B. Zone C extends from 50 to 100 feet from district boundary line. When Zone B does not exist, Zone C starts at the inside edge of the Zone A protective yard (edge furthest from the district boundary line).
    3. Width
      50 to 100 feet from the district boundary line. When Zone B does not exist, Zone C extends a maximum of 50 feet from inside edge of the Zone A protective yard (edge furthest from the district boundary line).
Image
 3-5-2-c-3
Supplement Number
27

Sec. 3.5.3. Zone A: Protective Yard

Sec. 3.5.3. Zone A: Protective Yard aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:05
  1. Type 1: Narrow(10 feet) 
    1. Width
      A Type 1 protective yard must be an average width of at least 10 feet.
    2. Installation Requirements
      A Type 1 protective yard must include the following:
      1. A wall between 6.5 and 9 feet in height;
      2. Four shade trees per 100 lineal feet;
      3. Three understory trees per 100 lineal feet; and
      4. 40 shrubs per 100 lineal feet.
  2. Type 2: Narrow(20 feet)
    1. Width
      A Type 2 protective yard must be an average width of at least 20 feet.
      Image
       3-5-3-b-1
    2. Installation Requirements
      A Type 2 protective yard must include the following:
      1. A wall or fence between 6.5 and 9 feet in height;
      2. Five shade trees per 100 lineal feet; 
      3. Four understory trees per 100 lineal feet; and 
      4. 30 shrubs per 100 lineal feet.
  3. Type 3: Narrow(50 feet)
    1. Width
      A Type 3 protective yard must be an average width of at least 50 feet.
    2. Installation Requirements
      A Type 3 protective yard must include the following:
      1. Six shade trees per 100 lineal feet;
      2. Five understory canopy trees per 100 lineal feet; and
      3. 60 shrubs per 100 lineal feet.
    3. Optional Provisions
      1. A fence or wall between 6.5 and 8 feet in height may be installed.
      2. In lieu of planting required shrubs, a berm with a minimum height of 3 feet may be installed. 
    4. Permitted uses
      1. Landscaping, fences, walls and berms.
      2. Swales, underground detention facilities and bioretention facilities. Detention facilities must be located at least 20 feet from the district boundary line. Landscaping quantities specified in Sec. 3.5.3.C.2. above may not be reduced.
  4. Design and Installation
    1. A required protective yard may be replaced with a tree conservation area that meets the requirements of Article 9.1.Tree Conservation.
    2. Required landscaping in a protective yard must meet the design and installation requirements of Sec. 7.2.4.
    3. In no case shall required landscaping exceed 30% of the total lot area, see Sec. 7.2.2.D.
    4. Protective yards must meet the location requirements of Sec. 7.2.4.C.
    5. Fences, walls and berms located in a protective yard must meet the requirements of Sec. 7.2.4.D. Fences, walls and berms cannot be located in a protective yard when the protective yard is also a tree conservation area.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.5.4. Zone B: Use Restrictions

Sec. 3.5.4. Zone B: Use Restrictions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:06
  1. Permitted Activity 
    1. Intended to buffer Protective yard, landscaping, fence, wall.
    2. Garden.
    3. Outdoor dining (not between the hours of 10 PM and 6 AM).
    4. Service area.
    5. Accessory garage, storage area.
    6. Park, playground.
    7. Stormwater detention.
    8. Surface parking lot.
    9. Path, walkway, sidewalk.
    10. Alley.
      Image
       3-5-4-a-1
      Image
       3-5-4-a-2
  2. Civic Building and Accessory Structures
    1. ​​​​​​​An accessory structure can be no more than 14 feet in height and must be located at least 15 feet from the district boundary line.
    2. Building walls parallel to the district boundary line can be no longer than 75 feet.
    3. Buildings and structures must be spaced apart to maintain views. There must be a minimum of 40 feet between buildings and structures.
  3. Service Areas
    Trash collection, trash compaction, recycling collection and other similar service areas must be located at least 25 feet from the district boundary line.
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.5.5. Zone C: Height and Form

Sec. 3.5.5. Zone C: Height and Form aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:06
  1. Permitted Activity
    All structures and uses allowed in the zoning district are permitted in Zone C.
  2. Height
    1. No structure can be more than 40 feet in height at the Zone C line, as measured from the average pre-development grade measured along the Zone C line.
    2. Height can increase subject to a 45 degree height plane measured from a height of 40 feet at the Zone C line, extending upward one foot for every additional foot of setback into the site.
    3. The height plane applies up to 100 feet from the district boundary line.
  3. Wall Articulation
    The rear facade of the building that faces the residential property as described in Sec. 3.5.1.A. is subject to a maximum blank wall area of 30 feet as calculated in Sec. 1.5.10. The blank wall area provisions are not subject to an Design Alternate.
    Image
     3-5-5-c
Supplement Number
28

Sec. 3.5.6. Historic Alley Transition

Sec. 3.5.6. Historic Alley Transition aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:07
  1. Intent
    The Historic Alley Transition is intended to ensure a graduated height transition between the National Register District and nearby mixed-use development; to avoid abrupt contrasts of scale between the residential properties in a National Register District and mixed use structures; to avoid incompatible development facing the residential properties in a National Register District; and to improve historic alleys with active frontages and uses more beneficial to the National Register District.
  2. Extent
    The Historic Alley Transition extends from the residential parcel property line across the intervening alley and into the mixed-use parcel for a distance of 50 feet from the residential parcel property line.
  3. Restrictions
    In addition to the other restrictions imposed by this Unified Development Ordinance, the following additional restrictions apply to construction within the Historic Alley Transition:
    1. Content
      This Historic Alley Transition Area may contain vegetative landscaping, walls, fences, gardens, paths, walkways, sidewalks, surface parking, parks, playgrounds, stormwater detention, outdoor dining areas associated with residential uses, accessory structures compliant with the limits set forth in Paragraph 3.5.4.B, service areas compliant with the limits set forth in Paragraph 3.5.4.C, detached houses, tiny houses, attached houses, townhouses, apartments, general  buildings, mixed use buildings, and open lots.
    2. Height
      No portion of a detached house, tiny house, attached house, townhouse, apartment, general building, mixed use building, or other structure that lies within the Historic Alley Transition shall exceed the maximum building height applicable to the residential parcel across the alley from the mixed use parcel, as specified in the residential zoning district or applicable overlay district or otherwise. For this purpose only, height shall be measured from the elevation of the alley.
    3. Uses
      Any use extending into the Historic Alley Transition must be one of the residential uses permitted in R-10 Districts.
    4. Setback
      Notwithstanding any base dimensional standards or frontage requirements that might otherwise apply, any building constructed in the Historic Alley Transition shall be set back at least 10 feet from the alley-facing property line of the mixed use parcel. This setback must contain a sidewalk of at least 5-foot width immediately adjacent to the alley right-of-way, over which a permanent public access easement must be granted. This immediately adjacent sidewalk will be separated from the street by sharply contrasting materials. The sidewalk shall not exceed the elevation of alley by more than two inches, unless a mountable curb is installed. No building element or other item or obstruction may extend into or be placed in this sidewalk portion of the setback. The remainder of the setback shall meet the requirements of Section 3.5.2.A and 3.5.3.A, except
      1. If the remainder of the setback is less than 10 feet in width, the protective yard need not contain shade trees; and
      2. No wall is required when a building immediately abuts the protective yard.
    5. Design Requirements
      1. ​​​​​​​Structured parking is permitted in the Historic Alley Transition, but residential uses must screen the structured parking and conceal the structured parking (other than an entrance with no visible point source lighting) consistent with the regulations contained in Section 3.4.2.B, except that all upper levels of the parking structure that face the alley shall also be screened by residential uses.
      2. An alley-facing entrance is required at least every 100 feet, regardless of building type. There must be direct pedestrian access to that entrance from the adjoining sidewalk.
      3. The alley-facing facade is subject to a maximum blank wall area of 30 feet as calculated in Sec. 1.5.10. The blank wall area provisions are not subject to an Design Alternate.
      4. Private residential garage parking that satisfies the requirements of Section 1.5.12 is permitted along the alley as part of a detached house, tiny house, attached house, or townhouse within the Historic Alley Transition. Such parking must be concealed behind a garage door of not more than 12 foot width. Any standard contained in Section 1.5.12 that is applied must be consistent with G.S. 160D-702(b).
      5. Entrances to structured parking and private residential garage parking shall not occupy more than 50% of the parcel’s linear alley frontage.
      6. The requirements of Section 3.5.4.C apply, though residential trash and recycling bins may be collected from the alley if placed according to the applicable rules. Ground-mounted mechanical equipment other than individual residential HVAC units must be placed according to Section 3.5.4.C.
Supplement Number
28

Article 3.6. Additional Housing Patterns

Article 3.6. Additional Housing Patterns aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:09
Supplement Number
27

Sec. 3.6.1. Cottage Court

Sec. 3.6.1. Cottage Court aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:07
A. Description
A cottage court is a group of small detached houses, attached houses, townhouses (two-unit maximum per building), or tiny houses sharing a common courtyard. The courtyard enhances the character of the area through the provision of consolidated open space. A cottage court may be developed on individual lots or with a common form of ownership.
B. Districts Allowed In
  RX-, OX-, NX-, CX  
C. Building Types Allowed
  Detached house, Attached house, Townhouse (two-unit maximum per building), Tiny house  
    RX-, OX-, NX-, CX-
D. Site and Lot Dimensions
D1 Net Site Area (min) 13,000 sf
D2 Site Width (min) 90'
D3 Site depth (min) 90'
D4 Site area per non-Tiny House dwelling unit over four (min) 2,400 sf
D5 Site area per Tiny House dwelling unit over four (min) 1,800 sf
D6 Dwelling units per site (max) 30
D7 Dwelling unit gross floor area (max)1 1,800 sf
D8 Detached accessory structure footprint (max)2 450 sf
D9 Individual lot area (min) No min.
1A Tiny House may be no larger than 800 sf in building footprint and no more than 1200 sf in gross floor area.
2A detached accessory structure must be less than the gross floor area of the principal dwelling.
    RX-, OX-, NX-, CX-
E. Internal Courtyard
E1 Area (min) 1,600 sf
E2 Width as measured parallel to primary street for first 15’ of site depth (min)1 20’
E3 Courtyard area per non- Tiny House unit over four (min) 400 sf
E4 Courtyard area per Tiny House unit over four (min) 200 sf
E5 Setback from primary street (max) 0'
F. Principal Building/Structure Setbacks (Site)
F1 From primary street (min) 10'
F2 From side street (min) 10'
F3 From side site line (min) 10'
F4 From rear site line (min) 20'
F5 From alley (min 5'
F6 Building Separation (min) 6'
F. Principal Building/Structure Setbacks (Lots)
F7 From internal cottage court lot line (min) 3'
F8 From shared internal townhouse lot line (min) 0'
G. Surface Parking Setbacks
G1 From primary street if not screened from primary street by C3 yard or principal structure (min) 90'
G2 From primary street if screened from primary street by C3 yard or principal structure (min) 50'
G3 From side street (min) 10'
G4 From side lot line (min) 5'
G5 From rear lot line (min) 5'
G6 From alley (min) 0'
H. Height
H1 Non-Tiny House building height (max) 30'
H2 Tiny House building height (max) 26'
H3 Accessory structure height (max) 26'
  1. Courtyard Requirements and Restrictions
    1. At least 60% of the courtyard must be one contiguous open space.
    2. Courtyard may not be parked or driven upon.
    3.  One common building (detached house building type) not to exceed 3,000 square feet in gross floor area may be permitted in the courtyard under the following conditions:
      1. The common building may not be used as a dwelling.
      2. Uses within the common building must be accessory to the cottage court development.
      3. The common building shall not count towards the maximum number of dwelling units per site (Sec. 3.6.1.D.6.)
      4. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the common building must comply with all other requirements of Section 3.6.1.
    4. Inclusive of the common building, up to 20% of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 3.6.1.E.1.) may be covered, however only 10% of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 3.6.1.E.1.) may be enclosed.
    5. Stormwater detention wet ponds and dry ponds shall not count towards the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 3.6.1.E.1.) Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) practices may be used to meet up to 50% of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 3.6.1.E.1.)
    6. Tree Conservation Areas shall not be included as part of the minimum internal courtyard area (Sec. 3.6.1.E.1.)
    7. Retaining walls within the courtyard may be no taller than 4’ in height. Retaining walls that are 2’ or less in height may be spaced as close as 10’ apart. All other retaining walls must be spaced a minimum of 20’ apart.
    8. Pedestrian Access meeting the requirements of Section 8.3.5. shall be provided from each dwelling unit to the courtyard and any other common areas.
  1. Additional Requirements for Manufactured Homes to Qualify as Tiny Houses
     
    A Tiny House may be a Manufactured Home as defined Article 12.2. if it meets all of the following:
    1. The predominant roofline shall have a pitch of 5:12 or greater.
    2. The eave projections of the roof must not be less than ten inches (excluding roof gutters) unless the roof pitch is 8:12 or greater.
    3. The minimum height of the first-story exterior wall must be at least seven feet, six inches.
    4. Materials used as exterior wall covering shall be of a non-reflective material.
    5. Foundation skirting shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 4.5.3.D.
    6. The Manufactured Home is no greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area.

Sec. 3.6.2. Accessory Dwelling

Sec. 3.6.2. Accessory Dwelling aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:08
  1. Purpose and Objectives
    The Accessory Dwelling housing pattern provides for the development of accessory dwelling units on a lot as an accessory use to a principal use.
  2. Base Standards Apply
    Except as specifically set forth in this section, the allowed uses, the dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
  3. Definition
    An Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) is a self-contained dwelling unit that is located on the same lot as another principal use. Accessory Dwelling Units may be detached, attached, or internal to the principal use. Only residential uses are permitted in Accessory Dwelling Units.
  4. Accessory Dwelling Unit Regulations
    In accordance with this section, an accessory dwelling unit shall conform with the following development regulations:
    1. An ADU shall be located on the same lot as a principal use and meet both of the following:
      1. The gross floor area of the accessory dwelling shall be less than the gross floor area of the total principal use; and
      2. Shall be affixed to or constructed on a permanent foundation and not be a manufactured home or moveable structure except as specified in Sec. 3.2.6.D.6. below;
    2. There shall be no more than one ADU on the same lot as a principal use unless it is located in a Frequent Transit Area as shown on the City’s Comprehensive Plan which would then allow for up to two ADUs on the same lot as a principal use. However in the Frequent Transit Area, only one ADU can be attached to the principal building. In the case of a townhouse development only one ADU is permitted per townhouse;
    3. It shall be accessed by a lockable external entrance;
    4. Ownership of an ADU shall not be transferred apart from its principal building;
    5. It shall meet all relevant standards and requirements of the UDO, provided however accessory dwelling units shall not be subject to Sections 6.7.1. and 6.7.2. with the exception of 6.7.2.B.
    6. An Accessory Dwelling Unit may be a Manufactured Home as defined in Article 12.2 if it meets all of the following:
      1. The predominant roofline shall have a pitch of 5:12 or greater.
      2. The eave projections of the roof must not be less than ten inches (excluding roof gutters) unless the roof pitch is 8:12 or greater.
      3. The minimum height of the first-story exterior wall must be at least seven feet, six inches.
      4. Materials used as exterior wall covering shall be of a non-reflective material.
      5. Foundation skirting shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 4.5.3.D.
      6. The Manufactured Home is no greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area.
    7. Unless attached thereto by a common wall, an ADU must be separated by at least 6’ from any other building on the lot.
    8. All ADU entrances must be externally accessible by pedestrians from either the driveway, street and/or alley from which the lot takes access.
    9. Encroachments into setbacks are permitted pursuant to Section 1.5.4.D.
    10. Vertical encroachments are permitted pursuant to Sections 1.5.7.D.2. and 1.5.7.D.3.g.
  5. Description
    An Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) is a self-contained dwelling unit that is located on the same lot as a principal building that meets the regulations identified in Section 3.3.2. An ADU may be located above a garage. ADUs may be detached, attached, or internal to the principal building. Only residential uses are permitted in ADUs.
F. Districts Allowed In
RX-, OX-, NX-, CX
G. Building Specifications
G1 Gross Floor Area (max)1 800
H. Detached ADU Setbacks
H1 From primary street (min) Must be located at or behind the front wall of the principal building
H2 From side street (min) 10’
H3 From side lot line (min)2 5’
H4 From rear lot line (min)3 5’
H5 From alley (min) 4’without parking / 20’ with parking
I. Height
I1 Overall height (max) 26’

1Gross floor area shall include all conditioned space. Attached unconditioned space shall be included in the calculation of accessory structure floor area.
2For townhouse lots, H3 shall only apply to the side site boundary.
3For townhouse lots, H4 shall only apply to the rear site boundary.

Supplement Number
27

Article 3.7. Frequent Transit Development Option

Article 3.7. Frequent Transit Development Option aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:10
  1. The Frequent Transit Development Option allows for additional housing and employment space in locations near current and planned frequent transit service. A Frequent Transit Area refers to areas slated for bus or other transit service where the time between buses will be 15 minutes or less during peak service periods and must be mapped in the City’s Comprehensive plan as such.
  2. The option allows for an additional two stories of height, up to a maximum of five stories, for apartment and mixed use building types. It allows only one additional story of height, up to a maximum of four stories, for general buildings. This additional height applies in Frequent Transit Areas, but not BRT Areas.
  3. The option also includes requirements to improve walkability. Any building that incorporates the additional height must adhere to the Urban Limited frontage unless otherwise mapped with the Urban General, Shopfront, Green or Green Plus frontage which then controls. Any building that incorporates the height bonus may not incorporate a drive-thru.
Supplement Number
27

Sec. 3.7.1. Frequent Transit Development Option

Sec. 3.7.1. Frequent Transit Development Option aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:09
    RX-, OX-, NX-, CX-, IX-
A. Building Types
A1 Applicable Building Types Detached House, Attached House, Townhouse, Apartment, Mixed Use Building, and General Building types
B. Lot Dimensions
B1 Area (min) 2,000 sf
B2 Lot width (min) 45’
B3 Depth (min) 60’
B4 Density (max) n/a
B5 Outdoor Amenity Area (min) (Does not apply to Tiny House, Detached House, or Attached House) 10%
    RX-, OX-, NX-, CX-, IX-
C. Principal Building Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10’
C2 From side street (min) 10’
C3 From side lot line (min) 1 0’ or 5’
C4 From rear lot line (min) 2 15’
C5 From Alley (min) * 4’ or 20’
D. Height
D1 Detached/Attached Principal Building (max) 40'/3 stories
D2 Townhouse/Apartment Principal Building (max) Set by District
D3 Tiny House (max) 26’/2 stories
D4 Accessory Structure (max) 26’
D5 Height Bonus for properties zoned for 3-stories4 The Apartment and Mixed-Use building types containing residential uses may be a maximum of five stories not to exceed 80’ in height. For developments containing residential uses, a number of units equal to at least twenty percent (20%) of the residential units established in newly allowed stories as the result of this height bonus shall be affordable for households earning sixty percent (60%) of the Area Median Income or less for a period of no less than 30 years from the date of issuance of a certificate of occupancy. The General Building type may be a maximum of four stories not to exceed 68’ in height. The height bonus shall not apply to areas zoned –TOD or in a BRT Area as mapped in the Comprehensive Plan. When a property is also zoned with the - Detached frontage, the height bonus shall control.
D6 Frontage and Drive-Thrus Any building that uses the Height Bonus in D5 above must also adhere to the Urban Limited frontage unless otherwise mapped with the Urban General, Shopfront, Green or Green Plus frontage which then controls. Drive-thrus are not permitted on a site when the D5 height bonus is used. A 5 story building utilizing the height bonus herein shall also conform to the requirements for urban plazas set forth in Section 1.5.3.C.
E. Parking Setbacks3
E1 From Primary Street (min) 10’
E2 From Side Street (min) 10’
E3 From Side Lot Line (min) 0’
E4 From Rear Lot Line (min) 3’
E5 From Alley (min)5 4’ or 20’ min
F. Floor Heights
  As prescribed by the Building Type in Chapter 3
G. Transparency
  As prescribed by the Building Type in Chapter 3
F. Additional Requirements
F1 ADU Regulations There shall be no more than one ADU on the same lot as a principal building unless it is located in a Frequent Transit Area as shown on the City’s Comprehensive Plan which would then allow for up to two ADUs on the same lot as a principal dwelling, including attached or internal ADUs. However in a Frequent Transit Area, only one ADU can be attached to the principal building. In the case of a townhome development only one ADU is permitted per principal dwelling.
F2   This development option cannot be used in concert with Compact or Conservation Development option
F3   Lots utilizing this option shall have at least a portion of each lot within the mapped Frequent Transit Area in order to take advantage of any regulations listed herein.

See Sec. 1.5.4.D “Building Setbacks” for specific building elements requirements.
1For Townhouse buildings, C3 shall only apply to the side site boundary.
2For Townhouse buildings, C4 shall only apply to the rear site boundary. A permanently recorded open lot or common area lot of at least 20 feet in width may be used to satisfy Sec. 2.5.1.C.4.
3Parking setbacks shall not apply to driveways serving individual dwelling units or shared between two dwelling units.
4The rent and income limits will follow the Affordable Housing Standards determined annually by the City of Raleigh Housing & Neighborhoods Department. An Affordable Housing Deed Restriction in a form approved by the City shall be filed and recorded in the property’s chain of title by the property owner in the Wake County Register of Deeds prior to the project receiving a certificate of occupancy. The property owner of development approved under this section shall provide an annual report to the City to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section. The report shall utilize a form prescribed by the City and shall be submitted in accordance with a schedule set by the City. Affordable units used to meet the requirements of this section shall be constructed concurrently with the project’s market rate units.
5Garages (or a portion thereof) must either be located 4 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive or be a minimum of 20 feet from the alley or rear access drive. Where parking spaces are located between the garage and the alley or rear access drive, the garage must be located at least 20 feet from the travel lane of an alley or rear access drive.

Supplement Number
27
CHAPTER 4. SPECIAL DISTRICTS

Unified Development Ordinance

CHAPTER 4. SPECIAL DISTRICTS

CHAPTER 4. SPECIAL DISTRICTS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:11

Article 4.1. General Provisions

Article 4.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:12

Sec. 4.1.1. District Intent Statements

Sec. 4.1.1. District Intent Statements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:10
  1. Conservation Management (CM)
    1. The CM District is intended to preserve and enhance land as permanent open space to meet the passive and recreational needs of the City.
    2. All property within the district must be predominately unoccupied by buildings or other impervious surfaces.
  2. Agriculture Productive (AP)
    1. The AP District is intended to conserve agricultural land and undeveloped natural amenities while preventing the encroachment of incompatible land uses on farm land and other undeveloped areas.
    2. The types, area and intensity of land uses in an AP District are designed to encourage and protect agricultural uses and the conservation of undeveloped areas.
  3. Heavy Industrial (IH)
    1. The IH District is intended to accommodate high-impact manufacturing, industrial or other uses, including extractive and waste-related uses, which are not properly associated with or are not compatible with nearby Residential, Mixed Use or Special Districts.
  4. Manufactured Housing (MH)
    1. The MH District permits manufactured homes in manufactured home parks and manufactured home subdivisions.
    2. The MH District is intented to provide a suitable living environment in manufactured home developments and to ensure the compatibility of such developments with adjacent property.
  5. Campus (CMP)
    1. The CMP District is established to allow for growth and development of colleges and universities and other campus-like uses such as hospitals while protecting the larger community, nearby neighborhoods and the environment from impacts accompanying major new development.
    2. The CMP District allows for flexible placement of buildings, and unified treatment of signs, open space, landscaping and other site elements that may be recognized through a master plan.
    3. Retail, restaurant and commercial uses are allowed, such uses are intended primarily for the convenience of employees or users of the district.
    4. Development is encouraged to reduce auto use, mitigate environmental impacts, conserve energy resources and achieve visual continuity in the siting and scale of buildings. 
  6. Planned Development (PD)
    1. The PD District is intended as a relief mechanism from the prescriptive standards of a general use zoning district.
    2. The PD District intended to be used to achieve a higher quality of project design than could be accomplished through the strict application of a general use district or set of general use districts, without adversely impacting the adequate facilities required to serve the property and surrounding area.

 

Article 4.2. Conservation Management (CM)

Article 4.2. Conservation Management (CM) aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:12

Sec. 4.2.1. General Provisions

Sec. 4.2.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:10
  1. Prior to the approval of subdivision plan or Tier 2 or Tier 3 site plan on a site 2 acres or greater in size, whichever occurs first, the property owner shall delineate a minimum of 30% of CM-zoned land as primary tree conservation area.
  2. The remaining 70% of the CM-zoned land not in a tree conservation area may either be developed pursuant to this section or part or all of the remaining 70% may, at the election of the owner, be established as primary tree conservation area.
  3. All CM-zoned primary tree conservation areas shall have tree cover by either preserving existing trees with a basal area of at least 30 square feet per acre as determined by increments of 50 feet in length, or if such trees are not present, shall be planted with shade trees in accordance with Sec. 9.1.9.A.6.
  4. Watercourse buffers under Sec. 9.2.3. must be established along all primary and secondary watercourses.

Sec. 4.2.2. Open Lot

Sec. 4.2.2. Open Lot aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:10
Image
 4-2-2-open-lot
  CM
A. Lot Dimensions 
A1  Area (min)  n/a 
A2  Width (min)  n/a 
A3  Building coverage (max)  5% 
B. Protective Yard 
B1  From primary street (min)  50' 
B2  From side street (min)  50' 
B3  From side lot line (min)  50' 
B4  From rear lot line (min)  50' 
A primary street, side street or rear lot line that adjoins any street must comply with the planting requirements for a SHOD-1 under Sec. 5.3.1.F.
C. Height 
C1 All buildings/structures (max) 40'/3 stories 
D. Allowed Building Elements
  Porch, stoop  
  Balcony  
  Gallery, awning   
See Sec. 1.5.4.D. for specific building element requirements.

Article 4.3. Agriculture Productive (AP)

Article 4.3. Agriculture Productive (AP) aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:13

Sec. 4.3.1. Detached House

Sec. 4.3.1. Detached House aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:13
Image
 4-3-1-detached-house-1
Image
 4-3-1-detached-house-2
  AP 
A. Lot Dimensions
A1  Area (min)  125,000 sf 
A2  Width (min)  350' 
A3  Density (max)  1 unit per agriculture tract 
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1  From primary street (min)  150' 
B2  From side street (min)  150' 
B3  From side lot line (min)  150' 
B4  From rear lot line (min)  150' 
C. Height
C1  All structures (max) 40'/3 stories
D. Allowed Building Elements
  Porch, stoop  
  Balcony  
See Sec. 1.5.4.D. for specific building element requirements.

Sec. 4.3.2. General Building

Sec. 4.3.2. General Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:13
Image
 4-3-2-general-building
Image
 4-3-2-general-building-2
  AP
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) 100,000 sf
A2 Width (min) 350'
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1 From primary street (min) 150'
B2 From side street (min) 150'
B3 From side lot line (min) 150'
B4 From rear lot line (min) 150'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 100'
C2 From side street (min) 100'
C3 From side lot line (min) 100'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 100'
D. Height
D1 All structures (max) 40'/3 stories
E. Allowed Building Elements
  Balcony  
  Gallery, awning  
See Sec. 1.5.4.D. for specific building element requirements.

Article 4.4. Heavy Industrial (IH)

Article 4.4. Heavy Industrial (IH) aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:13

Sec. 4.4.1. General Building

Sec. 4.4.1. General Building aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:14
Image
 4-4-1-general-building-1
Image
 4-4-1-general-building-2
  IH
A. Lot Dimensions
A1 Area (min) n/a
A2 Width (min) n/a
B. Building/Structure Setbacks
B1  From primary street (min) 50'
B2  From side street (min) 50'
B3  From side lot line (min) 0'
B4 Sum of side interior setbacks (min) 40'
B5 From rear lot line (min) 0'
B6 Sum of rear and primary street setbacks (min) 70'
C. Parking Setbacks
C1 From primary street (min) 10'
C2 From side street (min) 10'
C3 From side lot line (min) 10'
C4 From rear lot line (min) 10'
D. Height
D1 All structures (max) 50' / 3 stories
E. Allowed Building Elements
Balcony    
Gallery, awning    
See Sec. 1.5.4.D. for specific building element requirements.
F. Protective Yards
A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established where an IH District abuts any other district other than another IH District. A Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.

Article 4.5. Manufactured Housing (MH)

Article 4.5. Manufactured Housing (MH) aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:14

Sec. 4.5.1. Site Size, Residential Density and Land Use

Sec. 4.5.1. Site Size, Residential Density and Land Use aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:14
  1.  A manufactured home development must be at least 10 acres in size and be devoted to one or more of the following uses:
    1. Leasing of space for manufactured homes;
    2. Manufactured homes for rent or sale for use within the manufactured home development, provided that the sold manufactured home is connected to on-site utilities and the manufactured home remains on the site for a minimum of 1 year; and
    3. Unit ownership (condominium) pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. §47C.
  2. A manufactured home development may contain accessory uses under Article 6.7. Accessory Uses & Structures
  3. Single Unit Living
    1. Single-unit living is permitted on pre-existing lots of land within the MH district provided such lots conform to the site and design characteristics for single-unit living in the R-6 Zoning District as specified in Sections 2.2.1 or 2.2.8. A Tiny House meeting the definition of Manufactured Home is exempt from the requirements set forth in Section 2.2.8.E.

Sec. 4.5.2. Site Development Standards

Sec. 4.5.2. Site Development Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:15
  1. Phasing
    Every manufactured home development must contain at least 10 manufactured home spaces in each phase.
  2. Streets, Sidewalks and Protective Yards
    1. All manufactured home spaces and lots must front a street meeting the requirements of Article 8.4. New Streets or Article 8.5. Existing Streets
    2. Sidewalks must provide pedestrian access within the development served and connect with public sidewalks, public streets and greenway access points.
    3. A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all perimeter property lines.
    4. A Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
  3. Open Space Standards
    1. Minimum Acreage Required
      1. The required minimum outdoor open space provided for a manufactured home development shall be the greater of either:
        1. 10% of the land area of the development, excluding dedicated rights of-way unless density transfer is allowed from that right-of-way;
        2. 435.6 square feet per unit that is greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area. and 326.7 square feet per unit that is 600 square feet or less in gross floor area.
      2. Required minimum open space may be conveyed to the government, and if accepted, without reimbursement as part of a greenway easement.
      3. No off-street parking, drives or buildings shall be located in the open space, except when required to serve recreation facilities located within the open space (See Sec. 6.7.3.G.)
    2. Open Space Configuration
      1. With the exception of parks and greenways dedicated to the City, the minimum average open space quotient may not be less than 75 feet. The minimum open space quotient shall be calculated by dividing the square footage of open space used to comply with this requirement by 1/4 of the linear footage of its periphery.
      2. A minimum of 1/3 or 2 acres, whichever is less, of the required open space must be in 1 continuous part with a maximum average slope of 8% or less.
    3. Location
      1. The required open space must be contiguous to the manufactured home development.
      2. In the event that a manufactured home development is divided by a Thoroughfare, the amount of required open space for the tracts created by the Thoroughfare shall be allotted to those tracts in the same proportion as the units approved to be located on each tract.
  4. Grading and Drainage Plan
    1. A grading and drainage plan allowing positive drainage away from the manufactured home pad shall be approved by the City prior to any grading around any manufactured home pad.
    2. The surface of each manufactured home space shall have a manufactured home stand or pad graded for proper drainage and shall be covered by a paved slab or compacted earth, gravel or crushed stone adequate to meet Building Code requirements for foundation footings for manufactured homes. The remainder of the space shall be graded for drainage and graded areas grassed or otherwise provided with protective cover to prevent erosion.
  5. Clearing of Drainage Ways
    During the construction, preparation, arrangement and installation of improvements and facilities in a manufactured home development, the stream bed of each stream, creek or backwash channel located within the manufactured home development shall be maintained in an unobstructed state and the channel and banks of the stream shall be kept free of all debris, logs, timber, junk and other accumulations of a nature that would, in time of flood, clog or dam the passage of waters in their downstream course. Installation of appropriately sized stormwater drains, culverts, bridges or dams for water impoundments shall not be construed as obstructions in the stream.
  6. Floodplain Evacuation Plan
    An evacuation plan must be filed with the City Emergency Management Coordinator indicating alternative vehicular access and escape routes from manufactured home developments located within special flood hazard areas.
  7. Utilities and Sanitary Services
    All utility installations shall comply with applicable codes of the City, Wake County and the State of North Carolina, and the requirements of the North Carolina Utilities Commission.
    1. Each manufactured home space shall be connected to all utilities provided including water and sanitary sewer.
    2. Each manufactured home development shall connect to the City water system, and either the City sewer system if available or a community sewer system. All sewage wastes from each manufactured home development including wastes from toilets, showers, bathtubs, lavatories, wash basins, refrigerator drains, sinks, faucets and water-using appliances not mentioned here shall be piped into the manufactured home development sewage disposal system or City utility system.

Sec. 4.5.3. Manufactured Home Space Standards

Sec. 4.5.3. Manufactured Home Space Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:15
  1. Minimum Lot Size
    The required minimum lot area is 6,000 square feet per unit that is greater than 600 square feet in gross floor area and 4,500 square feet per unit that is 600 square feet or less in gross floor area.
  2. Height
    No building or structure may exceed a height of 40 feet.
  3. Setbacks
    1. Manufactured Home
      Each manufactured home shall comply with the following setbacks.
      1. Primary street and side street setback: 20 feet minimum.
      2. Interior side setback: 5 feet minimum.
      3. Rear setback: 10 feet minimum.
      4. Building to building separation may be no less than 20 feet.
    2. Other Buildings and Uses
      Buildings and uses located in a manufactured home development, other than manufactured homes, shall not locate within 30 feet of a manufactured home or 20 feet of a street right-of-way, or within 5 feet of a side or rear property line.
  4. Skirting
    1. Foundation skirting shall be installed around all sides of a manufactured home and shall be uninterrupted except for required ventilation and access.
    2. Foundation skirting shall consist of brick, stone, siding material consistent with the siding material used on the structure or any rigid weatherproof material providing a solid barrier between the underside of the manufactured home and the stand.
  5. Accessory Structures
    1. A detached accessory structure, including but not limited to a storage shed, storage tank, greenhouse or gazebo, can be no larger than 100 square feet in size and can be located no closer than 10 feet to a manufactured home located on the same lot.
    2. No detached accessory structure may be located within 10 feet of any other structure, including other manufactured homes.
    3. Open structures, including but not limited to a deck, porch, stairway or any noncombustible awning, eave or carport, that exceed 3½ feet in height shall not be located within 10 feet of another manufactured home or 10 feet of another open structure associated with another manufactured home.
    4. Garages may not exceed 300 square feet in size and may not be located within 20 feet of any manufactured home or 10 feet of an open structure associated with another manufactured home. Garage and carport placement must comply with the standards of Sec. 1.5.12.
    5. No structure that exceeds 3½ feet in height is allowed to be located in the space between the manufactured home and the public right-of-way or private street.
    6. The allowed building elements for a manufactured home are a porch or stoop in accordance with Sec. 1.5.4.D.
  6. Unit Numbering
    Unit numbers for each manufactured home shall be installed in accordance with Sec. 7.3.13.K

Article 4.6. Campus (CMP)

Article 4.6. Campus (CMP) aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:14

Sec. 4.6.1. Campus Areas

Sec. 4.6.1. Campus Areas aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:16
  1. Single Entity
    1. Each CMP District must be under the control of a single entity and have a significant governmental interest or be a hospital, college or university.
    2. Each CMP District must either have a minimum site area of 5 acres or one or more contiguous city blocks.
    3. In the event that a portion of the property zoned CMP is sold fee-simple absolute to a third-party who is not governmental or a hospital, college or university (therefore becoming non-compliant with this Article), the non-compliant property must be rezoned. The third-party property owner shall submit a petition to rezone the property not owned by a governmental interest or a hospital, college or university within 6 months of the sale of the property.   ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​
  2. District Dimensional Standards
    ​​​​​​​The controlling entity must follow the district standards below unless modified by the Campus Master Plan.
    1. Building height: 50 feet or 3 stories maximum.
    2. Primary street setback: 5 feet minimum.
    3. Side street setback: 5 feet minimum.
    4. Interior side or rear setback: 10 feet minimum.
  3. Neighborhood Transitions
    Neighborhood transitions under Article 3.5. Neighborhood Transitions apply to a CMP District.

Sec. 4.6.2. Modification of District Standards

Sec. 4.6.2. Modification of District Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:18
  1. Master Plan Required
    The CMP District standards may be modified through City Council approval of a CMP Master Plan under Sec. 10.2.4. A CMP Master Plan allows modification of the district dimensional standards above and the following elements:
  2. Height
    1. A CMP Master Plan may designate height maximums as part of the general or detailed layout map as described in Sec. 4.6.3.A.4.
    2. Height on the edges of the CMP District should be compatible with adjacent development, and consider existing built patterns, mass, scale and character.
  3. Use and Development Standards
    A CMP Master Plan may modify the following requirements of Chapters 6 and 7. General Use and Development Standards:
    1. Section 6.1.4., Allowed Principal Use Table, and any Limited or Special Use standard listed in Articles 6.2. through 6.8.
    2. Article 7.1. Parking
    3. Article 7.2. Landscaping and Screening.
    4. Article 7.4. Site Lighting.
    5. Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage.   ​​​​​​
  4. Allowed Sign Modifications
    Within a CMP District, the requirements of Article 7.3. Signs may be modified in accordance with Sec. 10.2.21. Custom Signage Plan. A request for the establishment of a CMP District may be filed concurrently with a Custom Signage Plan.
  5. Street and Blocks
    A CMP Master Plan may modify the following requirements of Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards:
    1. Article 8.3. Blocks, Lots, Access.
    2. Article 8.4. New Streets.
    3. Article 8.5. Existing Street

Sec. 4.6.3. Application Requirements

Sec. 4.6.3. Application Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:19
  1.  In addition to a rezoning application, a CMP Master Plan application must include the following required elements. More than one required element may be combined onto a single map/plan sheet so long as legibility is not adversely impacted.
    1. Vicinity Map.
    2. Existing Conditions Map.
    3. Vehicular Circulation Plan.
    4. General Layout Map delineating the boundaries of all district boundaries including Height and Frontage designations (if any). In lieu of designating Frontages on the General Layout Map, a Detailed Layout Map may be included that specifies the maximum and minimum building heights, maximum and minimum building setback lines for all structures and parking areas, and locations of residential and nonresidential land uses.
    5. Development Plan showing the proposed location of buildings.
    6. Pedestrian Circulation Plan.
    7. Parking Plan.
    8. Open Space Plan.
    9. Tree Conservation Area Plan.
    10. Major Utilities Plan.
    11. Generalized Stormwater Plan.
    12. Phasing Plan, if more than one phase is contemplated.
    13. An illustrative 3-dimensional model or rendering that shows building elevations, location of streets and prominent site features. The 3-dimensional model must illustrate the potential massing and scale of the proposed development, but will not be regulatory.
    14. Common Signage Plan (see Sec. 7.3.16.H.).
  2. Each application must also include the following.
    1. The specific standards intended to be modified as part the approval process. If a standard is not listed as being modified, then the standard is considered applicable and must be adhered to. However, subsequent requests for alternative compliance and variances may still be submitted.
    2. The proposed maximum number of dwelling units by phase or subdistrict.
    3. The proposed maximum square footage of nonresidential floor area by phase or subdistrict.
    4. A general description of how the CMP District conforms with the Comprehensive Plan.
    5. A general description of how the CMP District meets the intent of Sec. 4.1.1.E.
    6. An Allowable Principal Use Table, listing each use in Section 6.1.4. and denoting whether each use is a permitted use, limited use, special use, or not permitted.

Sec. 4.6.4. Master Plan Amendments

Sec. 4.6.4. Master Plan Amendments aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:20

Any amendment to an approved CMP Master Plan shall follow the procedures below.

  1. Administrative Amendments
    The City shall administratively approve CMP Master Plan amendments that propose any of the following alterations.
    1. An increase or decrease to the allowable residential density, total number of dwelling units not to exceed 10%.
    2. An increase or decrease to the minimum required nonresidential square footage or maximum permitted nonresidential square footage, not to exceed 10%.
    3. An increase to allowable height (as measured in feet), provided the increase does not exceed the maximum number of feet permitted by story in the height categories contained within Article 3.3. Height Requirements. The Planning Director may not administratively approve an increase in number of stories as specified in the Master Plan.
    4. A transfer of nonresidential floor area or residential dwelling units, from one area to another, not to exceed a 20% maximum for each standard.
    5. Minor adjustments in location of building, parking, recreation or sporting facilities and open space areas. A minor adjustment shall be a modification in orientation or distance to property line; however, the adjustment shall not exceed 100 feet in distance from the approved location, and shall not be located any closer than 50 feet to the boundary of the CMP District. However, where a building or parking area is shown on the approved Master Plan within 50 feet of a property line, the building or parking area adjustment may not be located any closer to the property line than as shown on the approved Master Plan. An adjustment to the location of transit facilities is permitted, provided the adjustment occurs prior to the recordation of the transit easement.
    6. An exchange of open space area, provided the exchanged properties are of like acreage, value and utility and that no tree conservation area or Open Space Plan has been recorded for the requested exchanged properties with the register of deeds office in the county where the property is located.
    7. An exchange of above ground stormwater control facilities of like size. The Planning Director may not administratively approve the relocation of an above ground stormwater facility to a location closer than 50 feet from the boundary of the CMP District boundary.
    8. A relocation of access points, driveways or sidewalks either within or outside of the public right-of-way with the concurrence of the Development Services Department.
    9. A relocation of a fence, wall, sign or utility. Fences or walls required for transition areas or buffer yards may not be removed or relocated to an area that conflicts with the buffering requirement.
    10. Any requirement associated with a permitted change must be shown on the Master Plan.
  2. Non-Administrative Amendments
    Any other amendment not listed in Sec. 4.6.4.A. shall be subject to the rezoning process specified in Sec. 10.2.4.
  3. Committed Elements
    Where a CMP Master Plan specifies certain committed timed elements, the applicant may request an extension for up to 1 year, to be granted by the Planning Director provided development within the Master Plan or in the vicinity has not created the need for the committed timed elements.

Article 4.7. Planned Development (PD)

Article 4.7. Planned Development (PD) aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:15

Sec. 4.7.1. Establishment of a PD District

Sec. 4.7.1. Establishment of a PD District aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:20

A PD District is a customized zoning district that must be approved along with a Planned Development Master Plan in accordance with Sec. 10.2.4.

Sec. 4.7.2. Modification of Standards

Sec. 4.7.2. Modification of Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:21
  1. Except as noted in this Article, development in a PD District must conform to all applicable provisions of this UDO.
  2. The PD District allows modification of the following, as approved by the City Council under Sec. 10.2.4.:
    1. Chapter 2. Residential Districts;
    2. Chapter 3. Mixed Use Districts;
    3. Chapter 6. Use Regulations;
    4. Chapter 7. General Development Standards;
    5. Article 8.3. Blocks, Lots, Access;
    6. Article 8.4. New Streets; and
    7. Article 8.5. Existing Streets.
  3. A PD district may be of any size. A PD District that specifies a single structure must include a mixed use building type. A PD District that includes multiple buildings must include at least one of the following building types: townhouse, apartment, mixed-use building or a general building. For a PD District with multiple buildings, at least 2 building types must be included in the first phase of development.
  4. Proposed density modifications in the districts that permit residential uses may propose lower maximum densities than the district currently allows, but cannot propose densities that exceed the district maximum.
  5. Proposed use changes may remove a use or convert a permitted or limited use to a special use, or convert a permitted use to a limited use, but cannot allow a prohibited use, make a special use a permitted or limited use or make a limited use a permitted use.
  6. Proposed modifications to the street cross-sections within Article 8.4. New Streets may only be requested for Sensitive, Local and Mixed Use Streets. Major Streets, Industrial and Service Streets and Accessways may not be modified or altered. The approval of alternative street cross-sections and minimum block length standards may not cause the Level of Service to fall below Level of Service D (LOS “D”). G. Each Planned Development is required to provide at least 10% of the gross site area as open space. This open space shall adhere to Sec. 2.5.
  7. If modifications to the maximum block standards in Sec. 8.3.2 are proposed, a pedestrian passage meeting the standards of 8.5.8.b must be provided in the future site plan or subdivision that maintains the same connectivity that the block perimeter standard would have required. 

    A pedestrian passage is not required if it would be obstructed by any of the following: i. existing improvements where the value of such improvements is more than twice the land value of the parcel on which the improvements are located; railroad, controlled access highway, steep slopes in excess of 25% within 10 feet of the property line, or watercourse that has one (1) square mile of drainage area or more. 

Sec. 4.7.3. Allowed Sign Modifications

Sec. 4.7.3. Allowed Sign Modifications aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:21

Within a PD District, the requirements of Article 7.3. Signs may be modified in accordance with Sec. 10.2.21. Custom Signage Plan. A request for the establishment of a PD District may be filed concurrently with a Custom Signage Plan.

Sec. 4.7.4. Application Requirements

Sec. 4.7.4. Application Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:22
  1. In addition to a rezoning application, a PD Master Plan Application must include the following required elements. More than one required element may be combined onto a single map/plan sheet so long as legibility is not adversely impacted.
    1. Vicinity Map.
    2. Existing Conditions Map.
    3. Street and Block Plan.
    4. General Layout Map delineating the boundaries of all general and overlay zoning district boundaries including Height and Frontage designations (if any) 
    5. In lieu of designating Height and Frontages on the General Layout Map, a Detailed Layout Map may be included that specifies the maximum and minimum building heights, maximum and minimum building setback lines for all structures and parking areas, and locations of nonresidential land uses.
    6. Description of modifications to general district use regulations made in accordance with Sec. 4.7.2.E.
    7. Development Plan showing the location of proposed building types.
    8. Pedestrian Circulation Plan.
    9. Parking Plan.
    10. Open Space Plan.
    11. Tree Conservation Area Plan, if the site is 2 acres in size or larger.
    12. Major Utilities Plan.
    13. Generalized Stormwater Plan.
    14. Phasing Plan, if more than one phase is contemplated.
    15. If residential lots to be created are less than 4,000 square feet in size, a Utility Service Plan shall be required.
    16. An illustrative 3-dimensional model or rendering that shows building elevations, location of streets and prominent site features. The 3-dimensional model must illustrate the potential massing and scale of the proposed development, but will not be regulatory.
    17. Common Signage Plan (see Sec. 7.3.16.H.).
    18. Residential Buffer Plan.
  2. Each application must also include the following.
    1. The specific standards intended to be modified as part of the approval process. If a standard of this UDO is not listed as being modified, then the standard is considered applicable and must be adhered to. However, subsequent requests for alternative compliance and variances may still be submitted.
    2. The proposed maximum number of dwelling units by building type for each PD subdistrict.
    3.  The proposed maximum square footage of nonresidential floor area by building type for each PD subdistrict. 
    4. For all Master Plans that include a Mixed Use District, a general description of how the PD District conforms with the Urban Design Guidelines for Mixed Use Developments in the Comprehensive Plan and the General Design Principles for PD Districts listed in Sec. 4.7.5.
    5. A general description of how the PD District conforms with the Comprehensive Plan.
    6. A description of how the PD District meets the intent of Sec. 4.1.1.F.
  3. In lieu of the establishment of a property owners' association, if a unit of government or its institutions owns all of the land in the Planned Development District, it may contract with the City of Raleigh to be fully responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of open space areas, private drives and walkways, private utility lines located outside City of Raleigh utility easements or public street rights of way, stormwater control facilities and any other shared facility not conveyed to the City which serves more than one lot in a Planned Development District.
  4. The open space shall be available to all persons within the development. This contract shall further provide that if any portion of the Planned Development District is sold to a non-governmental entity without first establishing a property owners' association, the property shall automatically and without further public hearing be rezoned to the zoning district(s) which preceded the establishment of the Planned Development District.
  5. A memorandum of this contract describing the property and the provisions of the contract shall be recorded with the local county register of deeds office. All documents required herein shall be submitted prior to the recording of any plats or issuance of any construction permit in those instances where the property is already subdivided.

Sec. 4.7.5. General Design Principles

Sec. 4.7.5. General Design Principles aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:22

If applicable, the following general design principles will be considered when reviewing an application for a PD District.

  1. When at least 20 residential units are proposed, the project includes a variety of housing stock that serves a range of incomes and age groups, and may include detached houses, attached houses, townhouses, apartments and dwelling units above first floor commercial spaces.
  2. Uses are compact and well-integrated, rather than widely separated and buffered.
  3. Compatibility among different uses is achieved through effective site planning and architectural design.
  4. A variety of business types are accommodated, from retail and professional offices to live-work. Office uses vary from space for home occupations to conventional office buildings. Retail uses range from corner stores to larger format supermarkets.
  5. Special sites, such as those at a terminated vista, are reserved for public or civic buildings and spaces that serve as symbols of the community, enhancing community identity.
  6. The project includes a variety of street types designed to be accessible to the pedestrian, bicycle and automobile. Streets are connected in a way that encourages walking and reduces the number and length of automobile trips.
  7. Bicycle circulation is accommodated on streets and on dedicated bicycle paths, greenways or trails with adequate bicycle parking facilities being provided at appropriate locations.
  8. Building facades spatially delineate the streets and civic spaces, and mask parking lots.
  9. Architecture and landscape design are based on the local climate, topography, history and building practice.
  10. The project includes open space as a significant element of the project's design. Formal and informal, active and passive open spaces are included. Open spaces may include, but are not limited to, squares, plazas, greens, preserves, farmers markets, greenways and parks.
  11. The project is compatibly integrated into established adjacent areas, and considers existing development patterns, scale and use.
  12. The project is a clearly identifiable or legible place with a unique character or unique tradition.
  13. Public art, including but not limited to, monuments, sculpture and water features, is encouraged. 
  14. N. Entertainment facilities, including but not limited to, live music venues and theatres, are encouraged.

Sec. 4.7.6. Master Plan Amendments

Sec. 4.7.6. Master Plan Amendments aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:22

Any amendment to an approved PD Master Plan, including those approved prior to September 1, 2013, shall follow the procedures below.

  1. Administrative Amendments
    The Planning Director shall administratively approve PD Master Plan amendments that propose any of the following alterations.
    1. An increase or decrease to the allowable residential density, total number of dwelling units not to exceed 10%.
    2. An increase or decrease to the minimum required nonresidential square footage or maximum permitted nonresidential square footage, not to exceed 10%.
    3. An increase to allowable height (as measured in feet), provided the increase does not exceed the maximum number of feet permitted by story in the height categories contained within Article 3.3. Height Requirements The Planning Director may not administratively approve an increase in number of stories as specified in the Master Plan.
    4. A transfer of nonresidential floor area or residential dwelling units, from one area to another, not to exceed a 20% maximum for each standard.
    5. Minor adjustments in location of building, parking and open space areas. A minor adjustment shall be a modification in orientation or distance to property line; however, the adjustment shall not exceed 100 feet in distance from the approved location, and shall not be located any closer than 50 feet to the boundary of the PD District. However, where a building or parking area is shown on the approved Master Plan within 50 feet of a property line, the building or parking area adjustment may not be located any closer to the property line than as shown on the approved Master Plan. An adjustment to the location of transit facilities is permitted, provided the adjustment occurs prior to the recordation of the transit easement.
    6. An exchange of open space area, provided the exchanged properties are of like acreage, value and utility and that no tree conservation area or Open Space Plan has been recorded for the requested exchanged properties with register of deeds office in the county where the property is located 
    7. An exchange of above ground stormwater control facilities of like size. The Planning Director may not administratively approve the relocation of an above ground stormwater facility to a location closer than 50 feet from the boundary of the PD District.
    8. A relocation of access points, driveways or sidewalks either within or outside of the public right-of-way with the concurrence of the Development Services Department.
    9. A relocation of a fence, wall, sign or utility. Fences or walls required for transition areas or buffer yards may not be removed or relocated to an area that conflicts with the buffering requirement.
    10. Any requirement associated with a permitted change must be shown on the Master Plan. By example, if a 10% increase in density requires a different street cross-section, the street cross-section must be updated on the Street and Block Plan.
    11. Modifications to the approved unified sign criteria for the master plan area with the concurrence of the Development Services Department.
      1. Color, design and script alterations.
      2. Reallocation of maximum square footage within the master plan area.
      3. The addition of a ground sign in excess of the provisions in Article 7.3, provided:
        1. No more than one ground sign may be added administratively; 
        2. The master plan must be at least 25 acres in size; contain at least 60,000 developed square feet of non-residential uses and at least 200 developed dwelling units;
        3. The ground sign must be at least 250 feet from any other ground sign within the master plan area and at least 200 feet from a mixed use building; and iv. All other provisions of Article 7.3 are met.
  2. Non-Administrative Amendments
    Any other amendment not listed in Sec. 4.7.6.A. shall be subject to the rezoning process specified in Sec. 10.2.4.
  3. Existing Master Plan Documents
    All PD Master Plans in existence prior to September 1, 2013, shall not be considered nonconforming; where conflicting provisions exist in this UDO, these previously approved Master Plans may be constructed in accordance with the approved Master Plan.
  4. Committed Elements
    Where a PD Master Plan specifies certain committed timed elements, the applicant may request an extension for up to 1 year, to be granted by the Planning Director provided development within the PD District or in the vicinity has not created the need for the committed timed elements.
CHAPTER 5. OVERLAY DISTRICTS

Unified Development Ordinance

CHAPTER 5. OVERLAY DISTRICTS

CHAPTER 5. OVERLAY DISTRICTS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:16

Article 5.1. General Provisions

Article 5.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:17

Sec. 5.1.1. District Intent Statements

Sec. 5.1.1. District Intent Statements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:24

 

  1. General Purpose
    1. The intent of the Overlay Districts is to apply regulations that achieve a specific purpose to a targeted area.
    2. Except for uses explicitly permitted in the Transit Overlay District, if a use is prohibited in either an applicable Overlay District or the General Use District, then that use is prohibited, even though one of the districts allows the use. The enumeration of expressly prohibited uses shall not be deemed either exclusive or all-inclusive.
    3. In the event of a conflict with the General Use District, the overlay standards shall apply.
  2. Environmental Overlays
    1. Airport Overlay District (-AOD)
      1. The -AOD protects the efficiency and long term usefulness of an area's aviation facilities, highways, arterials and major streets by controlling the type and design of land uses in proximity to such facilities.
      2. Provisions are made to ensure the attractiveness of this significant gateway to the City, and to protect the public from adverse health effects and annoyance by aircraft noise.
      3. Residential and similar uses are prohibited in the -AOD. The uses permitted are better able to protect themselves from aircraft noise and implement the functions of the airport.
    2. Metro-Park Overlay District (-MPOD)
      1. The -MPOD preserves and protects the integrity of large natural parks that serve the citizens of Raleigh, the region and the state.
      2. Parks are protected from incompatible uses and intense developments, by the application of impervious surface and building height limitations near the boundaries of any Metro-Park.
      3. In general, land in a -MPOD is approximately 1,000 to 1,500 feet deep, as measured from the boundary of a Metro-Park, and follows identifiable features or boundaries, wherever possible.
    3. Urban Watershed Protection Overlay District (-UWPOD)
      1. The -UWPOD is intended to protect the integrity of drinking water in Raleigh and surrounding communities, so as to provide clean and safe water for residents, business, industries, plant and animal life at a reasonable cost.
      2. The -UWPOD is applicable to Class WS-IV waters only and is divided into 2 areas: a primary water supply watershed protection area and a secondary water supply watershed protection area.
      3. Regulations in the -UWPOD include impervious surface limitations and natural resource buffer yards. Use limitations are imposed by this overlay district.
    4. Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District (-FWPOD)
      1. The -FWPOD is intended to protect the integrity of drinking water in Raleigh and surrounding communities, so as to provide clean and safe water for residents, businesses, industries, plant and animal life at a reasonable cost.
      2. The -FWPOD is applicable to Class WS-IV waters only and is divided into 2 areas: a primary reservoir watershed protection area and a secondary reservoir watershed protection area.
      3. Regulations in the -FWPOD include impervious surface limitations and natural resource buffer yards. Along watercourses, additional design standards are applied. Use limitations are imposed by this 0verlay district.
    5. Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District (-SWPOD)
      1. The -SWPOD is intended to protect the integrity of drinking water in Raleigh and surrounding communities, so as to provide clean and safe water for residents, businesses, industries, plant and animal life at a reasonable cost.
      2. The -SWPOD is applicable to Class WS-III waters only and is divided into 2 areas: a primary reservoir watershed protection area and a secondary reservoir watershed protection area.
      3. Regulations in the -SWPOD include impervious surface limitations and natural resource buffer yards. Along watercourses, additional design standards are applied. Use limitations are imposed by this overlay district.
  3. Corridor Overlays
    1. Special Highway Overlay Districts (-SHOD-1 and -SHOD-2) -SHOD-1 and -SHOD-2 protect and preserve the natural scenic beauty along designated major access corridors and specified principal arterials. Maintaining the attractiveness of these corridors and arterials enhances the economic value of the community by encouraging tourism and trade. -SHOD-1 and -SHOD-2 are established for the purpose of:
      1. Protecting the public investment in and lengthening the time during which major access corridors and specified principal arterials can continue to serve their functions without expansion or relocation by expediting the free flow of traffic and reducing the hazards arising from unnecessary points of ingress and egress and cluttered roadside development;
      2. Reducing the costs of future roadway expansions by requiring that buildings and structures be sufficiently set back from the right of-way to provide adequate storage for vehicles until they can safely enter the highway;
      3. Reserving adequate roadside space through which neighborhood traffic may be admitted to and from the roadway system in a manner that avoids undue traffic concentrations, sudden turning and stopping and other hazards; and
      4. In contrast to -SHOD-1, -SHOD-2 contains no additional height or gross site size. -SHOD-2 requires a narrower protective yard and less planting than -SHOD-1.
  4. Character Protection Overlays
    1. General Historic Overlay District (-HOD-G)
      1. The -HOD-G preserves and protects certain areas, structures, buildings and objects within the City's zoning jurisdiction that are considered to be valued and important assets and have special significance in terms of one or more of the following: history, prehistory, archaeology, architecture and culture and possess integrity of design, setting, materials, feeling and association.
      2. Regulations promote the use of and conservation of Historic Districts for the education, pleasure and enrichment of the residents of Raleigh, Wake County and the State of North Carolina.
    2. Streetside Historic Overlay District (-HOD-S)
      1. The -HOD-S preserves and protects certain areas, structures, buildings and objects within the City's zoning jurisdiction that are considered to be valued and important assets and have special significance in terms of one or more of the following: history, prehistory, archaeology, architecture and culture and possess integrity of design, setting, materials, feeling and association.
      2. Regulations promote the use of and conservation of Historic Districts for education, pleasure and enrichment of the residents of Raleigh, Wake County and the State of North Carolina.
      3. In contrast to the -HOD-G, a -HOD-S applies only to structures as viewed from the adjacent street.
    3. Neighborhood Conservation District (-NCOD)
      1. The -NCOD preserves and enhances the general quality and appearance of older neighborhoods, for it is recognized that built environmental characteristics are a major part of the identity and positive image of the City.
      2. Through the regulation of street design, greenways, rights-of-way and built environmental characteristics, -NCOD stabilizes and improves property values and promotes local design qualities.
      3. By respecting the context of existing built environmental characteristics, the -NCOD reduces conflicts between new construction and existing development, and it encourages compatible infill development.
  5. Transit Overlays
    1. Transit Overlay District (-TOD)
      1. When combined with a base district, the -TOD allows for intense, compact and walkable mixed-use development in core areas around planned transit stations as designated on the Urban Form Map or in an adopted station area plan
      2. The -TOD modifies the underlying district, height, frontage, and use standards to promote a vibrant pedestrian core by prohibiting certain incompatible uses, and requiring that buildings have a minimum of 2 stories.
  6. Parking Overlays
    1. Special Residential Parking Overlay District (-SRPOD)
      1. The -SRPOD restricts parking area, location and surfacing for detached structures used for single unit living.
      2. The requirement to park vehicles on an improved surface reduces soil compaction and erosion, which is detrimental to the City’s storm sewer utility.
      3. The standards permit the orderly parking of vehicles on-site.

Article 5.2. Environmental Overlays

Article 5.2. Environmental Overlays aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:17

 

    Sec. 5.2.1. Airport Overlay District (-AOD)

    Sec. 5.2.1. Airport Overlay District (-AOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:24

    Sec. 5.2.1. Airport Overlay District (-AOD)

    1. Uses
      1. Permitted Uses
        Unless prohibited in Sec. 5.2.1.A.3., those uses permitted in the underlying district shall be permitted in the -AOD. In addition, the following uses are subject to the use standards stated in Sec. 5.2.1.A.2.
        1. Allowed outdoor storage under Sec. 7.5.3.; and
        2. Concrete and cement mixing plants, including the outdoor storage of materials used in production.
      2. Use Standards for Allowed Uses
        The following use standards apply to those uses identified in Sec. 5.2.1.A.1. Uses shall be fully shielded with either a permanent overhead cover or a canopy of shade trees that meets all of the following.
        1. There must be at least 1 locally-adapted shade tree for every 2,000 square feet of total site area.
        2. The shade trees must be adequately protected from damage due to activities performed or materials stored on the site.
        3. The shade trees must be distributed within the site area so that at maturity the expected combined tree canopy covers at least 35% of the site area.
        4. If the site area is greater than 5 acres, the site must be divided in segments of no greater than 5 acres in size and all segments must be separated from one another by an expected canopy of shade trees of at least 100 feet wide.
        5. Compliance with all the above conditions must be achieved without including trees located in a required protective yard.
      3. Prohibited Uses
        The following uses are prohibited in an -AOD:
        1. All household living;
        2. All group living;
        3. All social service;
        4. All civic except for cemeteries and police, fire and EMS stations;
        5. Day cares;
        6. Hospitals;
        7. Detention centers, jails, prisons;
        8. Resource extraction, landfills;
        9. Off-premise signs; and
        10. Any use that involves dangerous, noxious or offensive activity that has excessive smoke, odor, noise, glare, fumes, gas, vibration, threat of fire or explosion, emission of particulate matter, interference with radio, television reception, radiation or any other likely cause.
    2. Setbacks and Height
      1. Setbacks
        The setbacks of the underlying district apply in the -AOD.
      2. Height
        The maximum height limits of the underlying zoning district apply unless the height regulations adopted by the Raleigh-Durham Airport Authority are more restrictive, in which case the more restrictive height limits apply.
    3. Supplemental Regulations
      1. Lighting
        All outdoor lighting shall be full cutoff. FAA-approved warning lights to mark obstructions to aircraft are exempted from this regulation.
      2. Rooftops
        Rooftops shall be uniform in color and made of non-reflective material.

    Sec. 5.2.2. Metro-Park Overlay District (-MPOD)

    Sec. 5.2.2. Metro-Park Overlay District (-MPOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:25

    Sec. 5.2.2. Metro-Park Overlay District (-MPOD)

    1. Applicability
      No building, structure, use, impervious surface, tree conservation area or light shall be constructed, established, moved, altered, changed or increased in size within a -MPOD except in conformity with the regulations contained in this section for the adopted -MPOD.
    2. Permitted Uses
      Uses permitted in the underlying district are permitted in a -MPOD.
    3. Prohibited Uses and Activities
      Prohibited uses and activities in a -MPOD:
      1. Any establishment, use or trade that emits detectable odor at a Metro-Park boundary more than 15 minutes in any 1 day or more than 2 days out of the calendar month;
      2. Above-ground storage of hazardous waste, as defined in the Code of Federal Regulations 2161.3 and 263.33, or as the same may be amended by law, except up to 55 gallons which shall be stored inside a fully impervious structure. This prohibition does not include underground storage in tanks which meet applicable fire prevention standards and federal and state regulations and otherwise comply with the City Code; and
      3. Use of outdoor speakers within 500 feet of a Metro-Park boundary.
    4. Setbacks
      1. Separation and Protective Yards
        1. The setbacks of the underlying zoning district shall apply with the exception that any portion of a site that is two acres and larger abutting a Metro-Park boundary requires a 32-foot wide primary tree conservation area along the entire length of the property boundary.
        2. No tree or land disturbing activity, animal pen, structure, fence, septic system, stormwater facility or vehicular surface area may be located within 32 feet of a Metro-Park boundary.
      2. Natural Resource Buffer Yards
        All sites two acres and larger with watercourses that both drain into a Metro-Park and have concentrated flow from a drainage area of at least 5 acres must establish a primary tree conservation in accordance with Sec. 9.2.3.
      3. Height
        1. Buildings and structures located within 1,000 feet of a Metro-Park boundary shall be limited to a maximum height of 45 feet, provided that no building is greater than 2½ stories.
        2. Buildings and structures not otherwise restricted to a lower height located further than 1,000 feet from a Metro-Park boundary, which are more than 45 feet high or contain more than 2½ stories can add 25 feet of additional setback from the 1,000-foot distance from the edge of the Metro-Park boundary for each foot of height greater than 45 feet.
    5. Supplementary Regulations
      1. Lighting
        1. No exterior lighting may cause illumination in excess of 0.4 foot candles measured at the boundary of the Metro-Park.
        2. Full-cutoff lights must be used for all lighting.
        3. No external illumination of buildings that face the boundary of the Metro-Park is allowed except for the exterior lighting of building entrances, exits or loading docks.
        4. No provision of a -MPOD shall be in conflict with applicable FAA lighting regulations.
      2. Impervious Surface Coverage
        Excluding streets, impervious surface areas may not be added so that the impervious surface lot coverage exceeds 45% in areas that drain into the Metro-Park. Impervious surface coverage greater than 30% but less than 45% of the lot is allowed but only when identified pollutants (such as nitrogen and/or phosphorous) are reduced by a minimum of 25%.
    6. Hardships
      1. In those instances where in accordance with Sec. 10.2.10., the Board of Adjustment determines that the application of these regulations would deprive the landowners of reasonable use of their land, the Board of Adjustment may alter the impervious surface coverage limits, increase height restrictions and reduce the widths of the protective yard as determined necessary.
      2. Maintenance of the protective yard should be given the highest priority bythe Board of Adjustment when making its determination to modify one or more of these regulations.
    7. Existing Structures, Uses and Impervious Surfaces
      1. All structures, uses and impervious surfaces, watercourses and lighting existing at the time that the -MPOD is first applied to the property shall not be deemed a zoning nonconformity solely because of this overlay district.
      2. All additions, changes, expansions and alterations to existing structures, impervious surfaces, lighting and uses must comply with the regulations of the -MPOD, unless the Board of Adjustment approves a special use permit under Sec. 10.2.9. allowing the addition, change, expansion or alteration.
      3. In addition to the showings required by Sec. 10.2.9.E.4. through 8., all of the following standards shall be met:
        1. The expansion does not, singularly or collectively, exceed 25% of the total gross floor area of the building or use existing at the time the -MPOD overlay zoning district regulations were first applied to the property.
        2. The building or use existed at the time the -MPOD overlay zoning district regulations requirements were first applied to the property.
        3. The requested activity complies with all requirements and regulations of this UDO other than the -MPOD overlay zoning district regulations.
        4. Except where pre-existing structures, septic systems, wells, stormwater facilities, and vehicular surface drives and vehicular spaces that do not exceed the maximum allowed in table 7.1.2.C prevent the planting of trees, tree conservation areas are established in accordance with Sections 5.2.2.C.1.a. and 5.2.2.C.2.
      4. Nothing shall be deemed to permit the reconstruction—similar or different, whole or in part—of a building, improvement or use existing at the time the NCOD overlay zoning regulations were first applied to the property that has been voluntarily demolished or discontinued. Voluntarily torn down buildings and improvements or discontinued uses shall be replaced with buildings, improvements and uses that comply with the regulations of the -MPOD.

    Sec. 5.2.3. Urban Watershed Protection Overlay District (-UWPOD)

    Sec. 5.2.3. Urban Watershed Protection Overlay District (-UWPOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:25
    1. Base Standards Apply
      Unless specifically set forth in this section, allowed uses, dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
    2. Prohibited Uses
      The following uses are prohibited:
      1. New landfills; and
      2. New sites for land application of sludge, residuals or petroleum contaminated soils.
    3. Additional Development Standards
      Watercourse buffer, impervious surface, stormwater runoff and water quality requirements are set forth in Sec. 9.5.1.

    Sec. 5.2.4. Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District (-FWPOD)

    Sec. 5.2.4. Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District (-FWPOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:26
    1. Base Standards Apply
      Unless specifically set forth in this section, allowed uses, dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
    2. Prohibited Uses
      The following uses are prohibited:
      1. New landfills
      2. New sites for land application of sludge, residuals or petroleum contaminated soils.
    3. Additional Development Standards
      Watercourse buffer, impervious surface, stormwater runoff and water quality requirements are set forth in Sec. 9.5.2.

    Sec. 5.2.5. Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District (-SWPOD)

    Sec. 5.2.5. Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District (-SWPOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:27
    1. Base Standards Apply
      Unless specifically set forth in this section, allowed uses, dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
    2. Prohibited Uses
      The following uses are prohibited:
      1. New landfills.
      2. New sites for land application of sludge, residuals or petroleum contaminated soils.
    3. Additional Development Standards
      Watercourse buffer, impervious surface, stormwater runoff and water quality requirements are set forth in Sec. 9.5.3.

    Article 5.3. Corridor Overlays

    Article 5.3. Corridor Overlays aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:18

    Sec. 5.3.1. Special Highway Overlay Districts (-SHOD-)

    Sec. 5.3.1. Special Highway Overlay Districts (-SHOD-) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:28

    Sec. 5.3.1. Special Highway Overlay Districts (-SHOD-)

    1. District Designation
      1. -SHOD-1 and -SHOD-2 are located on either side of a Major Access Corridor, Thoroughfare or Arterial, near or adjacent to Metro-Parks, airports, research parks or Wake County Special Highway Overlay Districts, beginning at the outer edge of the right-of-way.
      2. Each Special Highway Overlay District should be 1,000 to 1,500 feet deep, except a lesser distance should be applied where identifiable conditions exist to screen the visibility of motorists.
      3. District boundaries should follow identifiable boundaries whenever possible. However, when a new right-of-way has been established by the Comprehensive Plan, the district boundaries shall be calculated from the newly established right-of-way line.
    2. Prohibited Uses
      Off-premise signs are prohibited.
    3. Lot Area and Subdivision
      1. The minimum gross site size is 2 acres within the -SHOD-1, except for detached, attached, townhouse and apartment buildings, cottage courts, congregate care facilities and life care communities.
      2. Lots and uses on sites less than 2 acres in size are not to be deemed nonconforming by virtue of this Article.
      3. Uses and lots must be developed in accordance with a unified plan for landscaping, access, parking, loading, lighting, noise and siting of buildings.
    4. Protective Yards
      1. In General
        1. If there is a conflict between a protective yard required by a Special Highway Overlay District and a protective yard established by the underlying district, the protective yard with the greater width controls.
        2. Where necessity requires the location of a public or private utility easement adjacent to the Major Access Corridor that prohibits locating the required planting of the protective yard immediately adjacent to the right-of-way, the required protective yard must be provided adjacent to the utility easement.
      2. Protective Yards in -SHOD-1
        1. Any portion of a lot abutting a Major Access Corridor requires a 50-foot protective yard landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F., or on parcels 2 acres and larger in size, the protective yard must be established as tree conservation area in accordance with Article 9.1. Tree Conservation. When 2 Major Access Corridors intersect, the 50-foot wide protective yard applies for the entire length adjoining the Major Access Corridor inside the -SHOD-1.
        2. Any portion of a lot abutting a Major Access Corridor where the property both adjoins and gains access from a public Marginal Access Street and parallel to a Major Access Corridor requires a 25-foot protective yard landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F., or on parcels 2 acres and larger in size, the protective yard must be established as tree conservation area in accordance with Article 9.1. Tree Conservation.
        3. Any portion of a lot abutting a Thoroughfare or Commercial Street, other than a Major Access Corridor, that intersects with and gains access from a Major Access Corridor requires a 50-foot protective yard for a distance of 200 feet from the intersection of the rights-of-way. All protective yards must be landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F., or on parcels 2 acres and larger in size, the protective yard must be established as tree conservation area in accordance with Article 9.1. Tree Conservation.
      3. Protective Yards in -SHOD-2
        1. Any portion of a lot abutting a Major Access Corridor requires a 25-foot protective yard landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F., or on parcels 2 acres and larger in size, the protective yard must be established as tree conservation area in accordance with Article 9.1. Tree Conservation. When 2 Major Access Corridors intersect, the 25-foot wide protective yard must apply for the entire length adjoining the Major Access Corridor inside the -SHOD-2.
        2. Any portion of a lot abutting a Major Access Corridor where the property both adjoins and gains access from a public Marginal Access Street and parallel to a Major Access Corridor requires a 25-foot protective yard landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F., or on parcels 2 acres and larger in size, the protective yard must be established as tree conservation area in accordance with Article 9.1. Tree Conservation.
        3. Any portion of a lot abutting a Thoroughfare or Commercial Street, other than a Major Access Corridor, that intersects with and gains access from a Major Access Corridor requires a 25-foot protective yard for a distance of 200 feet from the intersection of the rights-of-way. All protective yards must be landscaped in accordance with Sec. 5.3.1.F. or on parcels 2 acres and larger in size, the protective yard must be established as tree conservation area in accordance with Article 9.1. Tree Conservation.
    5. Height
      1. Height in -SHOD-1
        Buildings and structures cannot exceed the maximum allowed height of the underlying district, or 80’ or 5 stories, whichever is less.
      2. Height in -SHOD-2
        Buildings and structures cannot exceed the maximum allowed height of the underlying district.
    6. Planting Requirements in Protective Yards
      1. Required Plant Materials
        All required protective yards shall contain the following plantings.
          Planting per 100 Lineal Feet
          SHOD-1 SHOD-2
        Shade Trees
        Deciduous 7 3
        Evergreen 3 2
        Understory Trees 6 3
        Shrubs 32 16
        % Deciduous (max) 40% 40%
        Shrub Alternates Wall, Fence or Berm Wall, Fence or Berm
      2. Shade Trees
        1. All required trees must be a locally-adapted species with an expected mature height of 35 feet or greater and an expected mature crown spread of at least 30 feet or greater unless subject to an overhead power line in which case the mature height may be less.
        2. Each deciduous tree must be at least 14 feet in height and have a minimum caliper of 3½ inches at time of planting.
        3. Each evergreen tree must be at least 8 feet in height and have a minimum caliper of 2 inches at time of planting.
        4. Two evergreen trees a minimum of 4½ feet in height when planted may be substituted for each required evergreen tree.
        5. Trees cannot be planted within a tree conservation area or the critical root zone of an existing tree and must be planted at least 15 feet from any other tree and no further than 50 feet from any other tree, measured from tree trunk to tree trunk.
      3. Understory Trees
        1. Understory trees must be a locally-adapted species with an expected mature height of at least 15 feet and an expected mature crown spread of at least 15 feet.
        2. Each understory tree must be a minimum height of 6 feet tall at time of planting.
        3. Trees cannot be planted within a tree conservation area or the critical root zone of an existing tree and must be planted at least 15 feet from any other tree and no further than 50 feet from any other tree, measured from tree trunk to tree trunk.
      4. Shrubs
        1. All shrubs must be locally-adapted species, and when planted must be a minimum height of 24 inches. The expected maintained minimum height of the shrubs must be 5 feet within 3 years of planting.
        2. Shrub planting must form at least 1 continuous row of shrubs spaced 5 feet on center across the entire protective yard except for driveways. Shrubs must be planted outside of and adjacent to any tree conservation area. Shrubs cannot be planted within the critical root zone of any tree in protective yards that are not tree conservation areas.
        3. Either a wall or a solid fence at least 5 feet in height may be erected in lieu of the required shrubs in protective yards that are not tree conservation areas. The wall or fence in terms of appearance, texture, and quality must be made of the same or compatible material and color as the principal building. The erected wall or fence must be landscaped so that no more than two-thirds of its surface area will be visible within 3 years after the erection of the structure; 40% of the plant material may be deciduous. No planting is required for decorative fences.
        4. A berm with a minimum height of 3 feet, measured perpendicular to the center of the crown, may be substituted for a portion of the required shrubs. The berm must contain a rounded crown suitable for planting, and have a stabilized side slope of no greater than 3-to-1. A steeper side slope may be used in exceptional cases when all of the following are met:
          1. This steeper slope is sufficiently stabilized; and
          2. The landscape objectives of the overlay district are better achieved; and
          3. Physical constraints of the site prevent the use of a flatter slope.
        5. The berm must be planted with ¾ of the required number of shrubs.
        6. Shrubs planted on the berm may have a lesser mature height; provided that the expected combined height of the berm and planting after 3 years is 5 feet.
        7. A berm cannot be built in any protective yard whenever the protective yard is also a tree conservation area.
      5. General
        1. Maintenance of a required protective yard must conform to Sec. 7.2.4.D.
        2. No protective yard may remain denuded or exposed with bare soil.
        3. The location of required landscaping may not obstruct the views of motorists using any street, private driveway or the approach to any street intersection so as to constitute a traffic hazard, a condition dangerous to the public safety or violate the specifications under the Raleigh Street Design Manual.
    7. Existing Vegetation
      1. General
        Where the protective yard basal area is less than 30 square feet per acre for each 50 linear feet, existing vegetation that meets or exceeds the quantity, spacing and height standards may be used to satisfy the protective yard requirements. Where the protective yard basal area is 30 square feet per acre or more for each 50 linear feet, such areas shall be primary tree conservation areas and must meet the requirements of Article 9.1. Tree Conservation.
      2. Tree Preservation Credit
        Preservation of existing live natural trees between the principal building and the street right-of-way can be credited towards the tree planting requirements of this section.
        1. Method of Calculation and Minimum Size
          Credit toward the required number of trees for each 100 feet will be given on a tree-for-tree basis for each preserved tree 3 inches DBH and larger provided such trees are evenly distributed across each 100 feet.
        2. Protected Ground Area
          1. The critical root zone of each preserved tree must be entirely within the protective yard with no tree disturbing activity within any critical root zone.
          2. During construction, the protective yard shall be protected with a tree protection fence. Credit for existing trees will not be allowed if there are any tree disturbing activities or encroachments in the protective yard.
        3. Unsafe and Diseased Trees
          No credit is allowed for any tree if the tree is unhealthy or dead or is a hazardous tree. The death of or replacement of any preserved tree which was used for credit requires the owner to plant new trees equal to the number of credited trees; such plantings must meet the requirements of this section.
        4. Minimum Tree Requirements
          In no case may credits for preserved trees eliminate the shade and understory tree spacing requirement above; no protective yard may contain less than 1 tree.
      3. Reduction of Shrubs
        The amount of required shrubs may be reduced by 50% if existing trees located in the protective yard meet the space, quantity and specification requirements are at least 25 feet tall and are preserved and protected from encroachments under Sec. 5.3.1.G.2.b.
      4. Supplemental Planting
        Supplemental plantings may be required, if it can be reasonably inferred that after 5 years, the existing vegetation will not meet the requirements of this section. Where such supplemental plantings are required, the plantings must meet the requirements of Sec. 5.3.1.F.
    8. Expansions and Additions
      1. General Requirements
        Any new and expanded loading, utility service, and display area, building, structure, surface area of the use or vehicular surface may not locate in any protective yard.
      2. In -SHOD-1
        1. A protective yard at least 12 feet wide and containing 25% of the plantings required in Sec. 5.3.1.F. must be provided on the property if the gross floor area, surface area, vehicular surface area or any combination is increased by 25% of the existing area.
        2. For each additional percent of expansion greater than 25%, an additional 1½ feet of protective yard width and 3% of additional planting material must be added to the initial requirements until 100% of the requirements are met.
      3. In -SHOD-2
        1. A protective yard at least 10 feet wide and containing 40% of the plantings required in Sec. 5.3.1.F. must be provided on the property if the gross floor area, surface area, vehicular surface area or any combination is increased by 25% of the existing area.
        2. For each additional percent of expansion greater than 25%, an additional factor of 6/1o of a foot of protective yard width and 2 4/1o% of additional planting material must be added to the initial requirements until 100% of the requirements are met.
    9. Lighting
      1. All outdoor lighting shall be full cutoff.
      2. No exterior lighting may cause illumination in excess of 4/1o maintained footcandle on any lot containing a dwelling, congregate care facility, continuing care retirement community or Residential District.
    10. Outdoor Service Facilities
      Any outdoor pay window, drive-in facility, drive-thru facility, automated teller machine or any other outdoor service facility that is located on a lot that abuts a dwelling, congregate care facility, life care community or a Residential District, other than in a street, must be located at least 100 feet away from the abutting property line.

    Article 5.4. Character Protection Overlays

    Article 5.4. Character Protection Overlays aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:18

    Sec. 5.4.1. General Historic Overlay District (-HOD-G)

    Sec. 5.4.1. General Historic Overlay District (-HOD-G) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:28

    Sec. 5.4.1. General Historic Overlay District (-HOD-G)

    1. A. Applicability
      This section applies to all individual Historic Landmarks and each General Historic Overlay District (-HOD-G) designated by the City Council.
    2. Purpose and Objectives
      1. The -HOD-G is intended to preserve the historic significance of properties that are formally designated by the City. Locally designated historic districts are areas which are deemed to be of special significance in terms of their history, prehistory, architecture, archeology or culture, and to possess integrity of design, setting, materials, feeling and association. The -HOD-G seeks to preserve the overall historic character of the district, as well as the key, character-defining details of each of the contributing resources, and to assure that new construction is compatible with this historic context.
      2. The -HOD-G has the following objectives:
        1. To promote the preservation and continued use of individual properties and districts of historic significance;
        2. To preserve the integrity of historically significant resources;
        3. To support sustainability by reusing existing built resources; and
        4. To assure that new construction is compatible with the historic context of landmark properties and historic districts.
    3. Certificate of Appropriateness Required
      1. In addition to all other approval processes, within the -HOD-G and for any Historic Landmark, no portion of the exterior features of any building or other structure (including walls, fences, light fixtures, steps, pavement, path or any other appurtenant features), trees, or above ground utility structure nor any type of outdoor advertising sign, or portion of the designated interior features of a Historic Landmark is to be erected, altered, restored, demolished or moved unless and until after an application for a Certificate of Appropriateness as to the exterior features, or portion of the designated interior features of a Historic Landmark, has been submitted and approved.
      2. A Certificate of Appropriateness shall be issued prior to any application for a building permit or other permit granted for the purpose of constructing, altering, moving or demolishing structures or appurtenant features being made, and shall be issued or denied, subject to such reasonable conditions as the Historic Development Commission may impose, according to such procedures as may be set forth elsewhere in this UDO or adopted by the Historic Development Commission.
      3. A Certificate of Appropriateness shall be required for all activities specified in this section whether a building permit or other permit is otherwise required or not; except that no Certificate of Appropriateness shall be required for:
        1. The ordinary maintenance or repair of any features that do not involve a change in:
          1. Design;
          2. Material;
          3. Color; or
          4. Outer appearance.
        2. The construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration, moving or demolition of any feature which the Development Services Director certifies is required by the public safety because of an unsafe or dangerous condition.
        3. In the event of equipment failure, accidental damage or natural occurrences (such as electrical storms, tornadoes, ice storms and the like), the ordinary maintenance or repair of:
          1. Streets;
          2. Sidewalks;
          3. Pavement markings;
          4. Above-ground utility service lines; or
          5. Street signs, traffic signs or replacement of streetlight fixtures.
      4. All of the provisions of this section are applicable to construction, alteration, restoration, moving and demolition by the State of North Carolina, its political subdivisions, agencies, instrumentalities and public utilities.
      5. Individual certificates of appropriateness for each change may be requested, or if the activity is of the same character and involves a number of objects, as is the case with utility pole replacement, a programmatic certificate of appropriateness may be requested.
    4. Prohibited Activities
      1. Prohibited activities within a -HOD-G or Historic Landmark include the following when conducted without an approved Certificate of Appropriateness:
        1. The erection, alteration, changing, restoration, moving or demolition of:
          1. Any entire building or structure;
          2. Any exterior features of a building or structure;
          3. Any site features (including walls, fences, light fixtures, steps, pavement, paths or any other appurtenant features);
          4. Trees;
          5. Any above-ground utility structure;
          6. Any type of outdoor advertising sign; or
          7. Any portion of the designated interior features of a Historic Landmark.
        2. The demolition by neglect (Article 11.8. Demolition by Neglect of Historic Landmarks and Structures Within Historic Overlay Districts) of:
          1. Any contributing building or structure;
          2. Any exterior features of a contributing building or structure;
          3. Site features (including walls, fences, light fixtures, steps, pavement, paths or any other appurtenant features); or
          4. Any contributing outdoor advertising sign.
      2. The demolition of any entire building, site or structure within a pending -HOD-G or pending Historic Landmark is prohibited when conducted without an approved Certificate of Appropriateness:
        1. Any demolition during the pending designation may be delayed for a period up to 180 days from the date of issuance (unless the Historic Development Commission votes to waive or shorten it) or until the City Council takes final action, whichever occurs first.
        2. Should the City Council approve the designation prior to the expiration of the 180 day delay period, a new application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition must then be filed; however, the maximum period of delay for such demolition certificate shall be reduced by the Historic Development Commission equal to the period of delay while the designation was pending.
    5. Setbacks
      1. The minimum and maximum setbacks within the -HOD-G and for Historic Landmarks shall be congruous with the setbacks of any typical well-related nearby building and structure within 1½ blocks and in the overlay district, and congruous with the character of the Historic Landmark, as set forth in the historic development standards below or as defined in the designation documents or nomination.
      2. Where the setbacks or allowed encroachments of the underlying district conflict with these setback requirements, the setbacks of the historic development standards shall control.
    6. Height
      1. Buildings and structures shall be congruous with the height of typical well-related nearby buildings and structures in the overlay district, and congruous with the character of the Historic Landmark, as set forth in the historic development standards below or as defined in the designation documents or nomination.
      2. Where the height regulations or allowed height encroachments of the underlying district conflict with these height requirements, the height requirements of the historic development standards shall control.
    7. Signs
      No sign shall be erected, altered, restored or moved except in compliance with a Certificate of Appropriateness.
    8. Historic Development Standards
      1. See documents entitled: "Design Guidelines for Raleigh Historic Districts and Landmarks dated May 2, 2017," “The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation and Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings,” and “The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties and the Guidelines for the Treatment of Cultural Landscapes.” These documents are incorporated by reference as authorized by N.C. Gen. Stat. §160A-76, are made a part of this UDO and are on file with City Planning. These documents contain architectural guidelines and design standards that will be applied in considering applications for Certificates of Appropriateness to ensure as far as possible that the exterior features of buildings, structures and their associated features located within a -HOD-G, and designated as a Historic Landmark, remain in harmony with other buildings, structures and appurtenant features in the overlay district, and the character of the Historic Landmark.
      2. The current edition of “The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation and Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings” shall be the sole standards and guidelines used in reviewing applications submitted by the State of North Carolina for a Certificate of Appropriateness.
      3. The issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness shall not be prohibited in situations where, owing to special conditions affecting the structure (such as topography, availability of materials, and lot size) but not affecting the -HOD-G or Historic Landmarks generally, compliance with the historic development standards would cause an unusual and unnecessary hardship on the property owner beyond that which other property owners in the -HOD-G or of Historic Landmarks would meet.

    Sec. 5.4.2. Streetside Historic Overlay District (-HOD-S)

    Sec. 5.4.2. Streetside Historic Overlay District (-HOD-S) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:29
    1. Purpose and Objectives
      1. The -HOD-S is established to provide for protection of the traditional development patterns of an area and to preserve historic resources found in it. The focus is on maintaining that character and on preserving those key character-defining features of individual historic resources within the district, as viewed from the street right-of-way, excluding alleys (as further defined below).
      2. A -HOD-S consists of areas that are deemed to be of special significance in terms of their history, prehistory, architecture, archeology or culture, and to possess integrity of design, setting, materials, feeling, and association.
      3. The -HOD-S has the following objectives:
        1. To promote the preservation and continued use of areas that contain a number of properties of historic significance;
        2. To preserve the integrity of historically significant resources found in the area;
        3. To support sustainability by reusing existing built resources; and
        4. To assure that new construction is compatible with the broader characteristics of the historic context of area, as viewed from the street.
    2. Applicability
      1. This section applies to each -HOD-S designated by the City Council.
      2. The provisions of Sec. 5.4.1.C through 5.4.1.H., with the exception of Sec. 5.4.1.C.3.iii., govern the administration of a -HOD-S, but apply only to the following areas within the boundaries of each -HOD-S:
        1. The public right-of-way for primary and side streets;
        2. The lot area between the public rights-of-way and the facade of any existing primary building or structure;
        3. 25% of the depth of the lot area adjacent to the public right-of-way for vacant lots;
        4. The first 50% of the depth of any existing principal building from the facade adjacent to a public right-of-way;
        5. Any addition to a building or structure that projects beyond an existing building’s maximum front and side wall and roof plane envelope regardless of distance from the public right-of-way;
        6. The entirety of any new principal building construction on a vacant lot;
        7. The entirety of any new accessory building construction located in whole or in part in areas Sec. 5.4.2.B.2.b. through Sec. 5.4.2.B.2.d. above; and
        8. The entirety of any Historic Landmark and its designated boundary area that may be located within a -HOD-S.
    Image
     5-4-2-b-h

    Sec. 5.4.3. Neighborhood Conservation District (-NCOD)

    Sec. 5.4.3. Neighborhood Conservation District (-NCOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:29
    1. Applicability
      1. No building, structure, lot boundary, dwelling unit, vehicular surface area, street right-of-way or greenway shall be constructed, established, moved, alter, changed or increased in size or number within a -NCOD except in conformity with the regulations contained in this section for the adopted -NCOD.
      2. All lots and structures existing at the time that the -NCOD is first applied to the property shall not be deemed a zoning nonconformity solely because of this overlay district.
      3. All additions, changes, expansions and alterations to existing structures, impervious surfaces and uses must comply with the regulations of the -NCOD, unless the Board of Adjustment approves a special use permit under Sec. 10.2.9. allowing the addition, change, expansion or alteration.
      4. In addition to the showings required by Sec. 10.2.9.E.4. through 8., all of the following standards shall be met:
        1. The expansion does not, singularly or collectively, exceed 25% of the total gross floor area of the building or use existing at the time the -NCOD overlay zoning district regulations were first applied to the property.
        2. The building or use existed at the time the -NCOD overlay zoning district regulations requirements were first applied to the property.
        3. The requested activity complies with all requirements and regulations of this UDO other than the -NCOD overlay zoning district regulations.
      5. Nothing shall be deemed to permit the reconstruction—similar or different, whole or in part—of a building, improvement or use existing at the time the -NCOD overlay zoning regulations were first applied to the property that has been voluntarily demolished or discontinued. Voluntarily torn down buildings and improvements or discontinued uses shall be replaced with buildings, improvements and uses that comply with the regulations of the -NCOD.
    2. Locational Guidelines
      Except for applications filed by the City or otherwise authorized by the City Council, City Planning is instructed not to accept -NCOD applications unless the application meets all the following:
      1. Is requesting that either at least a minimum of 15 contiguous acres be zoned -NCOD or that an existing -NCOD be extended. If allowed in the underlying zoning district, all uses in the civic use category can be excluded when determining the minimum 15 acre requirement;
      2. Is signed by a majority of the property owners within the area proposed to be rezoned -NCOD;
      3. Is applied to an area where at least 75% of the lots are developed; and
      4. It is located in an area in which the City Council has adopted into Sec. 5.4.3.D. specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations.
    3. Designation of a -NCOD
      Within 4 years following the City Council adoption of specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations, the Department of City Planning may accept an application to rezone property to a -NCOD.
    4. Approval Process
      Application to rezone a property to a -NCOD shall be in accordance with the following process.
      1. Submittal of a petition to the City Clerk requesting City Council consideration for a neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations analysis. The petition shall define the study area, provide evidence to support that the area complies with the locational guidelines and identify the specific built environmental characteristics and regulations to be analyzed. Prior to the petition being scheduled for the City Council meeting, City Planning shall be granted a 2-week period to review the adequacy of the petition and prepare a compliance report consistent to accompany the City Council’s receipt of the petition.
      2. Following City Council’s review of the petition, the City Council shall determine whether to direct City Planning to complete the neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations analysis.
      3. In accordance with City Council’s directive, City Planning shall complete an analysis of the specific built environmental characteristics and regulations for the neighborhood study area and identify the specific built environmental characteristics and regulations that reflect the predominant representation of the lots within the neighborhood study area. For the purposes of this paragraph, predominant shall mean greater than 75%. Upon completion of the analysis, City Planning shall by first-class mail notify all persons owning property within the study area the results of the analysis and the date, time and location of a meeting to be held for the neighborhood. The notice shall be mailed between 14 and 21 days prior to the date of the scheduled neighborhood meeting. Following the neighborhood meeting, the neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations analysis and summary of the neighborhood meeting shall be presented to the City Council.
      4. Upon receiving the neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations analysis, the City Council shall review the results of the analysis and determine whether to authorize a public hearing to propose any specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations into this section. If the City Council proposes that specific built environmental characteristics and regulations for the neighborhood study area be considered for inclusion in this section, a text change petition may be submitted and processed for review under Sec. 10.2.3.
      5. If the City Council adopts a text change incorporating specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations into this section, an application to rezone property within the designated neighborhood study area to a -NCOD in order to apply the adopted built environmental characteristics and regulations may be accepted by City Planning within a 4-year period following the adoption of the regulations. The rezoning petition must be submitted and signed by at least a majority of the private property owners that own a majority of the acreage within the -NCOD area; in both instances, the City Council, at its discretion, may direct staff to accept a rezoning petition that does not contain 51% of the property owners as signatories on the petition. In this instance, the City would process the petition as the applicant.
      6. Following the adoption of the initial -NCOD, City Planning may accept an application to expand a specific -NCOD and applicable built environmental characteristics and regulations for properties either located within the original neighborhood study area or contiguous to it.
      7. Following the original adoption of specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations into this section, any subsequent proposed text change to revise the specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations in this section, having first been authorized by City Council, shall require the applicant to notify by first class mail all persons owning property (mailing addresses as shown on the County tax abstract at the time of the City Council’s authorization of the public hearing) within the original neighborhood study area. The notification shall identify the proposed changes and inform the property owners of the date, time and location of the scheduled public hearing. Within a period of no more than 25 days nor less than 15 days prior to the date of the scheduled public hearing, the applicant shall deliver a copy of the letter and the sealed, addressed, stamped envelopes to City Planning.
    5. Development Standards
      Subject to any other applicable overlay district, the development standards listed below shall apply as stated in this section for the specific adopted –NCOD.
      1. Required minimum net area for any dwelling unit;
      2. Minimum lot size. This also sets maximum residential density for a dwelling unit within a detached house building type;
      3. Maximum lot size;
      4. Maximum residential density;
      5. Setbacks; Where the NCOD prescribes a particular setback range, said range may be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.5.6.C.3. Where the NCOD requires a comparative setback sample and differences in right-of-way widths exist between the subject property and comparative sample properties, the comparative setbacks shall be measured and applied from the centerline of the primary street rather than the property line along the primary street.
      6. Height;
      7. Vehicular surface areas;
      8. Lot width (minimum and/or maximum);
      9. Building entrances (where permitted by State Law);
      10. Building placement on the lot; and
      11. Distances between buildings.
    6. Neighborhood Built Environmental Characteristics and Regulations
      Following the adoption of both neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations by the City Council and the approval of a -NCOD in accordance with this section for properties located within the specifically designated neighborhood listed below, the following neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations for properties located within the applicable neighborhood shall control.
      1. Brookhaven Neighborhood
        1. South District (south of Millbrook Road)
          1. Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.
          2. Lot width at the building setback line: Minimum of 100 feet.
          3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 50 feet.
          4. Maximum building height: 2½ stories.
        2. North District (north of Millbrook Road)
          1. Minimum lot size: 14,000 square feet.
          2. Maximum building height: 2½ stories.
      2. Forest Park Neighborhood
        1. Core Area
          1. Maximum lot size: No new lot, when created by recombination, shall be greater than 10,000 square feet
          2. Minimum lot size: For the townhouse building type, no new lot shall be smaller than 4,000 square feet. For all other building types, no new lot shall be smaller than 6,000 square feet.
          3. Primary Street Setback: Within 20% of the average primary street setback of principal structures on the same block face, but no less than 20 feet. Tiny Houses located on flag lots (Sec. 2.1.3.D.) shall be exempt from this primary street setback requirement. No portion of any garage or carport shall protrude beyond the primary facade of the principal structure. Covered porches shall be considered part of the primary facade. For corner lots with driveway access from the side street, attached garage entrances must be set back at least 5 feet from the side street building facade.
          4. Principal Structure Side lot line setback: Within 5 ft. of the average side lot line setback and corner side yard setback of other principal structures on the block face, but no less than 5 ft. For the purposes of this requirement, 0-foot setbacks shall not be included in the comparative sample. For the townhouse building type, this setback shall only apply to the side site boundary line.
          5. Accessory structures: These regulations shall apply to all accessory structures, including accessory dwelling units. Side and rear setbacks for accessory structures shall be a minimum of 3 feet. Accessory structures shall have a building footprint no larger than 600 square feet and a gross floor area no greater than 1,200 square feet.
            The maximum allowed wall plane height adjacent to the side and rear property line is 14 feet. The wall plane height may be increased 1 foot for each foot of horizontal distance the wall is moved from the side or rear setback line, not to exceed the maximum height allowed within the district. When a wall incorporates a recession or projection of 2 feet or more, multiple wall plane heights shall apply. Each wall plane's height is determined by averaging the four points consisting of the highest and lowest elevations of each of pre-development and post-development grades along that wall of the building. In the event the average postdevelopment grade along the wall of the building is lower than the average pre-development grade along that wall, then wall plane height shall be measured from the average post development grade. A side-gabled roof structure may extend above the setback plane on each side of the building, for a total length of not more than 30 feet on each side, measured from the front wall plane. Dormers may also extend above the side setback plane on each side of the building for a total length of not more than 15 feet on each side, measured along the intersection with the setback plane. No part of the roof shall exceed 24 feet in height.
          6. Maximum principal building height: 38 feet with the exception of those lots fronting on Park Drive between Oberlin Road and Forest Road (except the lots fronting the south side of Park Drive, between Oberlin Road and Groveland Avenue), all lots fronting on West Johnson Street and on the south side of Peace Street, and the 3 lots fronting the south side and the 4 lots fronting the north side of Park Drive immediately west of St. Mary’s Street (Wake County Registry: DB 08350, PG 1832, DB 02660, PG O-E-; DB 11659, PG 1800; DB 02425, PG 0670; DB 12811, PG 0908; DB 07129, PG 0713; DB 09060, PG 1175), which shall be limited to a maximum building height of 34 feet.
            The maximum allowed wall plane height adjacent to the side and rear property line is 26 feet. The wall plane height may be increased 1 foot for each foot of horizontal distance the wall is moved from the side or rear setback line, not to exceed the maximum height allowed within the district. When a wall incorporates a recession or projection of 2 feet or more, multiple wall plane heights shall apply. Each wall plane's height is determined by averaging the four points consisting of the highest and lowest elevations of each of pre-development and post-development grades along that wall of the building. In the event the average post-development grade along the wall of the building is lower than the average pre-development grade along that wall, then wall plane height shall be measured from the average post development grade. A side-gabled roof structure may extend above the setback plane on each side of the building, for a total length of not more than 30 feet on each side, measured from the front wall plane. Dormers may also extend above the setback plane on each side of the building for a total length of not more than 15 feet on each side, measured along the intersection with the setback plane. No part of the roof shall exceed 38 or 34 feet in height, depending on location.
          7. Building placement and building entrance: The orientation of the building and entry level of the main entrance shall be located in a manner that is the same as the majority of the buildings on the block face.
          8. Vehicular surface areas: New driveways onto public streets shall not be allowed for lots adjacent to alleys. Within that portion of the front yard area (as measured perpendicular to the right-of-way), between the principal building and the public street, new vehicular surface area shall not be permitted except where there are no adjacent alleys and when driveways are constructed alongside the house in the shortest practical distance from the right-of-way to the rear of the building. Parking areas and any other vehicular surface area installed prior to the August 3, 2010 shall not be deemed a zoning nonconformity. No vehicular entrance to a garage attached to the principal structure shall face the front yard. Maximum driveway width shall be limited to 12 feet for single driveways and 20 feet for shared driveways.
        2. Transition Area B
          1. Maximum building height: 40 feet when located within 75 feet of an adjacent Core Area lot.
      3. Five Points East Neighborhood
        1. Core Area
          1. Maximum lot size: 13,067 square feet.
          2. Front yard setback: Within 10% of the average front yard setback of houses on the same block face as the new construction.
          3. Maximum building height: 2 stories, 35 feet. Buildings may exceed 35 feet when the average height of houses on the same block face as the new construction exceeds 35 feet, and then the allowed height shall be within 10% of the average height of houses in the same block face as the new construction.
      4. Foxcroft Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 108,900 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot width: 200 feet as measured at the required front yard setback.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 50 feet.
        4. Side yard setback: Minimum of 40 feet.
        5. Rear yard setback: Minimum of 40 feet.
        6. Setbacks for accessory structures: Side and rear yard setbacks for accessory structures shall be a minimum of 20 feet.
        7. Maximum building height: 40 feet for the principal building and 25 feet for accessory structures.
      5. Glen Forest Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 17,424 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.
        3. Maximum building height: 35 feet.
      6. King Charles Neighborhood
        1. South District (south of New Bern Avenue, south of Bertie Drive and Albemarle Avenue, frontage lots on north side of Bertie Drive and Albemarle Avenue east of Locke Lane)
          1. Minimum lot size: 33,541 square feet.
          2. Minimum lot width: 144 feet.
          3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 76 feet.
          4. Maximum building height: 2 stories.
      7. Laurel Hills Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 21,780 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 45 feet.
        3. Minimum lot width: 100 feet as measured 80 feet from the front property line.
        4. Front yard setback: Minimum of 50 feet.
        5. Maximum building height: 35 feet.
      8. Mordecai Neighborhood
        1. Conservation District 1 (west of Wake Forest Road and north of Cedar Street, except for part of the north side of Courtland Drive - see Mordecai Plan boundaries)
          1. Minimum lot size: 7,260 square feet.
          2. Maximum lot size: 14,520 square feet.
          3. Minimum lot width: 50 feet.
          4. Maximum lot width: 100 feet.
          5. Front yard setback: Minimum of 35 feet.
          6. Maximum building height: 35 feet.
        2. Conservation District 2 (east of Wake Forest Road, south of Cedar Street and portions of Courtland Drive - see Mordecai Plan boundaries)
          1. Minimum lot size: 7,260 square feet.
          2. Maximum lot size: 14,520 square feet.
          3. Minimum lot width: 50 feet.
          4. Maximum lot width: 100 feet.
          5. Front yard setback: Minimum of 15 feet; maximum of 25 feet.
          6. Maximum building height: 35 feet.
      9. New Bern - Edenton Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 4,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 30 feet.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 10 feet, maximum of 25 feet.
        4. Side yard setback: Minimum of 0 feet when minimum building separation is met.
        5. Building separation: Minimum of 10 feet.
        6. Maximum building height: 35 feet.
      10. North Boylan Neighborhood
        1. Front Yard Setback: Within 10% of the average front yard setbacks established by buildings on the same side of the block face as the proposed building, but not less than 5 feet or greater than 25 feet.
        2. Building placement and building entrance: Buildings and their primary entrances shall be oriented towards a public street. Additional entrances may be oriented towards the block interior so long as a direct pedestrian connection is provided to the public street.
        3. Maximum building height: 24 feet with a maximum of 40 feet when the building includes a minimum roof pitch of 5:12 and the facade is detailed with a minimum 4-foot offset at least every 25 linear feet of building wall and a minimum 10-foot offset at least every 50 linear feet of building wall.
        4. Vehicular surface areas: Vehicular surface areas, even if located on a separate lot, shall be located behind the principle building. A vehicular surface area may be located at the side of a building if: 1) It does not extend in front of the building facade line; 2) For any lot with street frontage in excess of 100 feet, the linear frontage of vehicular surface area facing the street does not exceed 25% of the linear street frontage of the lot. Ramp type driveways shall be used to maintain a continuous sidewalk along the block face.
      11. North Hills Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 14,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot width - interior lot: 90 feet.
        3. Minimum lot width - corner lot: 110 feet.
      12. North Ridge South Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 17,900 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 40 feet.
        4. Side street setback: Minimum of 30 feet.
      13. North Ridge West Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot width - interior lot: 100 feet.
        3. Minimum lot width - corner lot: 151 feet.
        4. Front yard setback: Minimum of 49 feet.
        5. Side yard setback: Minimum of 11 feet.
        6. Side street setback: 35 feet.
        7. Maximum building height: 29 feet.
        8. Maximum residential density: 2.2 dwellings per acre.
      14. Oakwood Park Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size (residential): 6,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot width (residential): 55 feet.
        3. Maximum lot width (residential): 80 feet.
      15. Oberlin Village Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 5,000 square feet.
        2. Maximum lot size: 12,500 square feet.
        3. Minimum lot width: 50 feet.
        4. Front yard setback: Within 10% of the median front yard setback established by buildings on the same side of the block face of the proposed building.
        5. Building entrance: All buildings shall have a minimum of 1 entrance facing the public street.
        6. Maximum building height: 28.7 feet and 2 stories.
      16. Roylene Acres Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 50 feet.
        4. Maximum building height: 30 feet and no greater than 2½ stories.
      17. Runnymede Road Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 17,424 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 30 feet.
        4. Maximum building height: 24 feet as measured at the 30-foot front yard setback line. Building height may be increased 1 foot of height for each 1 foot of increase in the front yard setback beyond 30 feet.
      18. South Park Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 3,000 square feet.
        2. Maximum lot size: 8,000 square feet.
        3. Minimum lot width: 40 feet.
        4. Maximum lot width: 80 feet.
        5. Front yard setback: Within 10% of the average front yard setback established by buildings on the same side of the block face of the proposed building, but not less than 8 feet or greater than 30 feet.
        6. Building entrance: The main building entrance shall face the street from which the building is addressed. No upper story entrance shall be visible from an adjacent public street right-of-way.
        7. Maximum building height: 28.7 feet.
        8. Off-street parking: Parking shall be located to the side or rear of the building. With the exception of single-unit living, no parking areas shall be located in front of any principal building. Single-unit living parking shall be regulated according to Article 7.1.
      19. Trailwood Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 20,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 100 feet.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 60 feet.
        4. Side yard setback: Minimum of 20 feet within the front 100 feet of the lot; otherwise, minimum of 10 feet.
        5. Maximum building height: 2½ stories and 30 feet from finished grade of the main entry floor.
      20. West Idlewild Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 4,000 square feet.
        2. Minimum lot frontage: 30 feet.
        3. Front yard setback: Minimum of 10 feet; maximum of 25 feet.
        4. Side yard setback: Minimum of 0 feet when minimum building separation is met.
        5. Building separation: Minimum of 10 feet.
        6. Maximum building height: 35 feet.
      21. Willow Run South Neighborhood
        1. Minimum lot size: 32,670 square feet.

    Article 5.5. Transit Overlays

    Article 5.5. Transit Overlays aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:19

    Sec. 5.5.1. Transit Overlay District (-TOD)

    Sec. 5.5.1. Transit Overlay District (-TOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:30
    1. Base Standards Apply
      1. Unless specifically set forth in this section, the allowed uses, dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
      2. Where the -TOD standards conflict with the standards of an -NCOD, the -TOD shall control.
      3. Properties developed with city, county, or state parks or owned by the city, county, or state for the purpose of park development shall not be subject to the provisions of the -TOD.
    2. Prohibited Uses
      The following uses are not allowed in a -TOD:
      1. Cemetery;
      2. Outdoor sports or entertainment facility (>250 seats);
      3. Vehicle sales;
      4. Vehicle repair (major);
      5. Vehicle repair (commercial vehicle);
      6. Car wash;
      7. Drive-thru facility with the exception of pharmacies;
      8. Vehicle Fuel Sales;
      9. Self-Service Storage; and
      10. Warehouse & Distribution.
      11. Drive-in facility  
    3. Dimensional Standards
      1. Where the TOD is applied to a Residential district, the following provisions apply:
        1. The dimensional standards of the Residential Mixed Use district as defined in Article 3.2 shall apply to all building types, however there shall be no minimum lot size for the Apartment building type.
        2. The Townhouse and Apartment building types are permitted in all residential districts.
    4. Residential District Additional Permitted Uses

      1. Multi-unit living is permitted in any residential base district.

    5. Frontages
      1. Excluding structures used for single and two-unit living, frontage standards shall apply as follows (see Article 3.4 Frontage Requirements):
        1. Where an Urban Frontage is included in the underlying district, the standards of the underlying frontage shall control.
        2. Where the underlying district has Parkway frontage, Parking Limited frontage, Detached frontage, or no frontage, development shall meet the requirements of the Urban Limited frontage. Frontage requirements from the underlying zoning shall not apply.
      2. For all frontage standards applied as set forth in part 1 above, a Main Street or Mixed Use streetscape shall be required (see Sec. 8.5.2 Streetscape Types).
    6. Parking
      Parking requirements for a -TOD are set forth in Sec. 7.1.3.B.
       
    7. Outdoor Storage
      Limited and general outdoor storage is not allowed (see Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage).
    8. Height
      1. Except for structures used for single- or two-unit living, or the Open Lot building type, the minimum height of any principal building in the -TOD shall be 2 stories.
      2. In residential districts principal buildings used for single- and two-unit living shall be limited to 3 stories and 40 feet in height. All other principal building types shall be limited to 4 stories and 60 feet in height.
      3. In mixed-use districts the height requirements defined in Article 3.3 may be modified   as follows:
        1. Height in stories may be increased by fifty percent (50%) when all of the following apply. When application of this section is calculated to allow a fraction of a story, the fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
          1. Additional stories enabled by this section are used for principal residential uses
          2. A number of units equal to at least twenty percent (20%) of the residential units established in newly allowed stories shall be affordable for households earning sixty percent (60%) of the Area Median Income or less for a period of no less than 30 years from the date of issuance of a certificate of occupancy. The rent and income limits will follow the Affordable Housing Standards determined annually by the City of Raleigh Housing & Neighborhoods Department. An Affordable Housing Deed Restriction in a form approved by the City shall be filed and recorded in the property’s chain of title by the property owner in the Wake County Register of Deeds prior to the project receiving a certificate of occupancy. The property owner of development approved under this section shall provide an annual report to the City to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section. The report shall utilize a form prescribed by the City and shall be submitted in accordance with a schedule set by the City. Affordable units used to meet the requirements of this section shall be constructed concurrently with the project’s market rate units.
        2. Height in stories may be increased by thirty percent (30%) for principal structures that do not contain any residential usesWhen application of this section is calculated to allow a fraction of a story, the fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
    9. Tree Conservation
      1. Tree conservation area as defined in Article 9.1 shall not be required for any site with area less than 4 acres.
      2. Primary Tree Conservation Area required by Sec. 9.1.4.A shall be provided when present on a site, except for areas along a Thoroughfare as described in Sec. 9.1.4.A.8.
      3. Secondary Tree Conservation Areas defined in Sec. 9.1.4.B. shall not apply in the TOD.
    10. Existing Structures and Uses
      1. All buildings and structures existing at the time that the -TOD is first applied to the property and made a zoning nonconformity solely because of -TOD requirements shall be subject to the following provisions.
        1. Replacement, repair, and renovation of buildings and structures may be made provided the replacement, repair, or renovation conforms to all provisions of this UDO except -TOD requirements. Replacement, repair, or renovation allowed under this section shall be like for like. This item is applicable to both voluntary and involuntary demolition of buildings and structures which leads to replacement, repair, or renovation.
        2. Lots subject to -TOD requirements that contain pre-existing buildings and maintain pre-existing buildings and which add additions are allowed so long as the addition conforms to all UDO requirements including -TOD requirements unless the Board of Adjustment approves a special use permit under Sec. 10.2.9 allowing the addition, change, expansion or alteration.
      2. All uses existing at the time that the -TOD is first applied to the property and made a zoning nonconformity solely because of -TOD requirements shall be subject to the following provisions.
        1. Uses made non-conforming may be re-established provided the use conforms to all provisions of this UDO except -TOD requirements and provided the use is discontinued, vacated, or abandoned for a period of fewer than 730 consecutive days. This section is applicable to both voluntary and involuntary cessation of use.
        2. A nonconforming use shall not be extended, expanded, enlarged or increased in intensity, unless a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such extension or expansion. Such prohibited activity shall include, without being limited to:
          1. Extension of the use to any structure or land area other than that occupied by the nonconforming use when the -TOD was applied, or any amendment to this UDO that causes a use of the property to become otherwise nonconforming.
          2. Extension of the use within a building or other structure to any portion of the floor area that was not occupied by the nonconforming use on when the -TOD was first applied, or when an amendment to this UDO causes the use to become otherwise nonconforming.
          3. Operation of the nonconforming use in such a manner as to conflict with this UDO, or to further conflict with this UDO, if already conflicting as of the date of application of the -TOD, or any amendments to this UDO is applied to the property, any use limitations established for the district in which the use is located.
          4. New construction, reconstruction or structural alteration except those described as ordinary repair and maintenance in Sec. 10.3.2.B. above.
          5. Extensions of the use to any new construction, enlargement or additions other than that occupied by the nonconforming use when the -TOD was applied, or any amendment to this UDO that causes a use of the property to become otherwise nonconforming.

    Article 5.6. Parking Overlays

    Article 5.6. Parking Overlays aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:19

    Sec. 5.6.1. Special Residential Parking Overlay District (-SRPOD)

    Sec. 5.6.1. Special Residential Parking Overlay District (-SRPOD) aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:31
    1. Base Standards Apply
      Unless specifically set forth in this section, the allowed uses, the dimensional requirements, height limits and general development standards of the underlying zoning district apply.
    2. Parking Surfaces
      1. Vehicular surface areas located within the front yard area of a single unit living in a detached house or tiny house constructed after July 19, 2012 shall be constructed of permanent, nonerodable surface treatment, which may include porous and semi-porous monolithic or paver materials, masonry or concrete pavers, poured concrete and asphalt, or constructed with a minimum depth of 4 inches of crushed stone or crush and run.
      2. The borders of any vehicular surface area constructed of crushed stone or crush and run shall be delineated with anchored man-made or natural landscape edging materials such that the vehicular surface area is clearly defined and helps to contain the crushed stone or crush and run.
      3. Except for circular and semi-circular drives, vehicular surface areas located within the front yard area of a single-unit living in a detached house or tiny house shall not be located in front of the dwelling’s primary entrance.
    3. Arrangement, Size and Orientation of Parking Areas
      Vehicular surface areas located within the front yard area of single-unit living in a detached house or tiny house shall comply with one of the following.
      1. The linear depth of the front yard area multiplied by 12 feet plus 380 square feet or 40% of the front yard area, whichever is less.
      2. A circular or semi-circular driveway, not to exceed a width of 12 feet, with no more than two access points on the premises and an additional 380 square feet, or 40% of the front yard area, whichever is less.
      3. Vehicular surface areas lawfully existing prior to July 19, 2012 and are constructed of permanent, nonerodible surface treatment.
      4. Erodible vehicular surface areas may be used for off-street parking without retrofitting to the standards of this overlay district when all of the following conditions are met.
        1. Erodible vehicular surface areas exist in front yard areas prior to July 19, 2012 and such vehicular areas do not comply with Sec. 5.6.1.C.1. and Sec. 5.6.1.C.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a turn-around area no greater than 8 feet by 18 feet is allowed for any front yard vehicular surface area with access to a street with a posted speed limit of greater than 35 miles per hour.
        2. Parking shall be limited to single-file, perpendicular to the street right-of way in front of the existing curb-cut. The Development Services Director is authorized to permit in writing angled parking for 1 vehicle or side by side parking for 2 vehicles only when all of the following conditions are present:
          1. Existing man-made structures on the lot prevent the establishing of a parking area of at least 44 feet in length measured from the property side of an existing sidewalk, or in the absence of a sidewalk to the face of the curb or edge of street pavement.
          2. The vehicular surface areas do not exceed the limits of this subsection.
          3. Cars are angled with headlights toward the building on the lot and do not extend 10 feet beyond the face of the adjoining car, which is parked perpendicular to the street.
      5. No vehicle shall be parked or stored outside of the vehicular surface areas described above within the front yard area with the exception of temporary parking under Sec. 5.6.1.E. and vehicles actively and continuously being unloaded, loaded, washed or repaired. For purposes of this provision, vehicle shall include, but not be limited to, passenger vehicle, truck, van, motorized recreation vehicle, motor vehicle as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 20, camper, golf cart, boat trailer, car trailer or other similar vehicle.
    4. Landscaping Requirements
      1. When vehicular surface areas are constructed in the front yard area of a single-unit living in a detached house or tiny house and a parking space is designed to be within 45 degrees or less of the public street, a continuous berm or row of evergreen shrubs shall be provided within 5 feet of the edge of the parking space on the side nearest the public street in order to screen the broad side of the parked vehicle from view of the public street.
      2. Berms shall have a minimum height of 1½ feet and a minimum crown width of 2 feet and a side slope of no greater than two-to-one, and shall be planted and covered with live vegetation.
      3. Evergreen shrubs installed to satisfy the requirements of this subsection shall be a locally-adapted species expected to reach a minimum height of 36 inches and a minimum spread of 36 inches within 2 years of planting.
      4. All shrubs shall be a minimum 24 inches tall when planted and shall be planted a maximum distance between shrubs of 5 feet on center. Shrubs planted on berms may have a lesser mature height provided that the combined height of the berm and the plantings after 2 years are at least 36 inches high.
    5. Temporary Parking
      The property owner may apply for a zoning permit to allow temporary parking in the front yard area on grass or surfaces other than the grass or other erodible minimum surfacing requirements. This permit shall be issued to the property owner once in any 3-year period per premise basis, shall not exceed an initial period of 90 days and may be extended by the Development Services Director for additional periods of 30 days.
    6. Locational Guidelines
      The general characteristics desired of the land placed in the Special Residential Parking Overlay District are the following:
      1.  At least 75% of the land within the district is developed.
      2. The district contains at least 15 contiguous acres. Public and Institutional uses and outdoor recreation may be included within the boundaries of a Special Residential Parking Overlay District; however, such uses shall not be included within the calculation for establishing the minimum 15 acre requirement.
    CHAPTER 6. USE REGULATIONS

    Unified Development Ordinance

    CHAPTER 6. USE REGULATIONS

    CHAPTER 6. USE REGULATIONS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:20

    Article 6.1. Allowed Uses

    Article 6.1. Allowed Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:21

    Sec. 6.1.1. Classification of Uses

    Sec. 6.1.1. Classification of Uses aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:39
    1. Use Categories
      1. In order to regulate use, categories of uses have been established. Use categories provide a systematic basis for assigning land uses to appropriate categories with other similar uses. Use categories classify land uses and activities based on common functional, product or physical characteristics.
      2. Characteristics include the type and amount of activity, the hours of operation, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or delivered, likely impact on surrounding properties and site conditions.
      3. Use category definitions are included in Article 6.2. Residential Uses through Article 6.6. Open Uses.
      4. Where a use category contains a list of included uses, the list is to be considered example uses, and not all-inclusive. The Zoning Administrator has the responsibility for categorizing all uses.
    2. Principal Use
      Allowed principal uses by district are listed in Sec. 6.1.4. Principal uses are grouped into categories of uses.
    3. Accessory Uses
      Accessory uses are allowed in conjunction with a permitted principal use as set forth in Article 6.7. Accessory Uses & Structures.
    4. Temporary Uses
      Temporary uses are allowed as set forth in Article 6.8. Temporary Uses.

    Sec. 6.1.2. Use Determination

    Sec. 6.1.2. Use Determination aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:40
    1. Interpretation by the Zoning Administrator
      The Zoning Administrator is responsible for categorizing all uses. If a proposed use is not listed in a use category, but is similar to a listed use, the Zoning Administrator may consider the proposed use part of that use category. When determining whether a proposed use is similar to a listed use, the Zoning Administrator will consider the following criteria:
      1. The actual or projected characteristics of the proposed use;
      2. The relative amount of site area or floor area and equipment devoted to the proposed use;
      3. Relative amounts of sales;
      4. The customer type;
      5. The relative number of employees;
      6. Hours of operation;
      7. Building and site arrangement;
      8. Types of vehicles used and their parking demands;
      9. The number of vehicle trips generated;
      10. Signs;
      11. How the proposed use is advertised;
      12. The likely impact on surrounding properties; and
      13. Whether the activity is likely to be found independent of the other activities on the site.
    2. Uses Not Specifically Listed
      A use not specifically listed is prohibited unless the Zoning Administrator determines the use to be part of a use category as described in Sec. 6.1.1.A.
    3. Zoning Administrator Action
      Following a determination by the Zoning Administrator, a written record shall be kept by the City (see Sec. 10.2.14.).

    Sec. 6.1.3. Key to Use Table

    Sec. 6.1.3. Key to Use Table aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:43

    The allowed use table in Sec. 6.1.4. identifies uses permitted in each zoning district. The use table key is set forth below.

    1. Permitted Use (P)
      Indicates that the use is permitted by right in the district.
    2. Limited Use (L)
      Indicates that the use, while allowed by right in the district, must meet the use standards associated with the specific use (see right-hand column for definitions/use standards).
    3. Special Use (S)
      Indicates that the use requires approval by the Board of Adjustment as a special use (see Sec. 10.2.9.) before it is allowed in the district. Use standards associated with the specific use may also apply.
    4. Use Not Permitted (--)
      Indicates that a use is not permitted.

    Sec. 6.1.4. Allowed Principal Use Table

    Sec. 6.1.4. Allowed Principal Use Table aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:43
    Use Category Specific Use RESIDENTIAL MIXED USE SPECIAL Definition/ Use Standards
      R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10 RX- OP- OX- NX- CX- DX- IX- CM AP IH MH  
    RESIDENTIAL                                  
    "Household Living, as listed below:"                                 Sec. 6.2.1.A.
    Single-unit living P P P P P P -- P P P P -- -- P -- P Sec. 6.2.1.B.
    Two-unit living L P P P P P -- P P P P -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.C.
    Multi-unit living -- L L P P P -- P P P P L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.D.
    Cottage court -- P P P P P -- P P P -- -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.E.
    Conservation development P P P P P -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.F.
    Compact development P P P P P -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.G.
    Frequent Transit Development Option -- -- L L L L -- L L L -- L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.1.2.K
    Manufactured home development -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L Sec. 6.2.1.H.
    Multi-unit supportive housing residence L L L L L L -- L L L L L -- L -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.I.
    Supportive housing residence L L L L L L -- L L L L L -- L -- -- Sec. 6.2.1.J.
    "Group Living, except as listed below" S S S S S P -- P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.2.A.
    Boardinghouse -- -- -- -- S L -- L L L L -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.2.B.
    Congregate care S S S S L L -- L L L L L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.2.C.
    "Dormitory, fraternity, sorority" -- -- -- -- -- P -- P -- P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.2.D.
    Continuing care retirement community S S S S L L -- L L L L L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.2.E.
    Rest home S S S L L P -- P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.2.2.F.
    "Social Service, as listed below:"                                 Sec. 6.2.3.A.
    Emergency shelter type A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S -- S S S -- -- L -- Sec. 6.2.3.B.
    Emergency shelter type B -- -- -- -- -- L -- L -- L L L -- -- L -- Sec. 6.2.3.C.
    Special care facility S S S S S S L L L L L L -- -- L -- Sec. 6.2.3.D.
    PUBLIC & INSTITUTIONAL                                  
    "Civic, except as listed below:" P P P P P P P P P P P P -- P P P Sec. 6.3.1.A. & E.
    Cemetery L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L Sec. 6.3.1.B.
    "College, community college, university" -- -- -- -- -- -- P P -- P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.3.1.C.
    "School, public or private (K-12)" L L L L L L L L L L L L -- L -- L Sec. 6.3.1.D.
    "Parks, Open Space and Greenways" P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Sec. 6.3.2.A.
    Minor utilities P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Sec. 6.3.3.A.
    "Major utilities, except as listed below" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S -- -- S -- Sec. 6.3.3.B.
    Telecommunication tower (<250 ft) L L L L L L L L L L L L -- L L L Sec. 6.3.3.C.
    Telecommunication tower (≥250 ft) S S S S S S S S S S S S -- S S S Sec. 6.3.3.D.
    Water/Wastewater treatment plant - Government L -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L -- -- L -- Sec. 6.3.3.E
    COMMERCIAL                                  
    "Day Care, as listed below:"                                 Sec. 6.4.1.A.
    "Day care, home" L L L L L L -- L L L L L -- L -- L Sec. 6.4.1.B.
    Day care center S S S S S S L L L L L L -- -- -- S Sec. 6.4.1.C.
    "Indoor Recreation, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.2.A.
    Adult establishment -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S S S -- -- S -- Sec. 6.4.2.B.
    "Dance, martial arts, music studio or classroom" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P -- -- -- --  
    Health club -- -- -- -- -- L P P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.2.C.
    Sports academy -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.2.D.
    Medical -- -- -- -- -- L P P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.3.A. & B.
    Office -- -- -- -- -- L P P P P P P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.4.4.A. & B.
    "Outdoor Recreation, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.5.A.
    Golf course L L L L L -- -- -- -- P -- P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.5.B.
    Outdoor sports or entertainment facility (≤250 seats) P P P P P P P P P P P P -- P -- P Sec. 6.4.5.C.
    Outdoor sports or entertainment facility (>250 seats) S S S S S S S S S S S S -- S S S Sec. 6.4.5.C.
    Riding stables L -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L -- L -- -- Sec. 6.4.5.D.
    "Overnight Lodging, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- -- P S -- P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.6.A.
    Short-Term Rental L L L L L L -- L L L L -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.6.E
    Bed and breakfast -- -- -- -- L L -- P P P P -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.6.B.
    Hospitality house -- -- -- -- L P -- P -- P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.6.C.
    "Parking, as listed below"                                 Sec. 6.4.7.
    Parking Facility S S S S S L L P P P P P -- -- L -- Sec. 6.4.7.
    "Passenger Terminal , except as listed below" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.4.8.A.
    "Airfield, landing strip" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S -- S S -- Sec. 6.4.8.B.
    "Heliport, serving hospitals" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L -- L L L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.8.C.
    "Heliport, all others" -- -- -- -- -- -- S S -- S S S -- S S -- Sec. 6.4.8.D.
    "Personal service, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- L -- L P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.9.A. & G.
    Animal care (indoor) Except as Listed Below: -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L L L -- L L -- Sec. 6.4.9.B.
    Veterinary Clinic/Hospital -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L L L L -- L L -- Sec. 6.4.9.B.
    Animal care (outdoor) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S -- S S -- Sec. 6.4.9.C.
    Beauty/hair salon -- -- -- -- -- L P P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.9.D.
    Copy center -- -- -- -- -- L P P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.9.E.
    Optometrist -- -- -- -- -- L P P P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.9.F.
    "Restaurant/bar, as listed below:"                                 Sec. 6.4.10.A.
    "Bar, nightclub, tavern, lounge" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.10.B.
    Eating establishment -- -- -- -- -- L -- L P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.10.C.
    "Retail Sales, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- L -- L P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.11.A.& C.
    Mobile Retail - Long Term -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L L L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.11.C.
    Pawnshop -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.11.B.
    Shopping center -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.12
    Vehicle Fuel Sales (including Gasoline, Diesel, and EV Charging) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L L L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.4.11.D.3.
    Vehicle Sales/Rental -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L L L -- -- P -- Sec. 6.4.12.A.& B.
    INDUSTRIAL                                  
    "Heavy Industrial, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.1.A.
    "Detention center, jail, prison"             S S S S S S     P   Sec. 6.5.1.B.
    Towing yard for vehicles -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S -- -- S -- Sec. 6.5.1.C.
    "Light Industrial, Except as listed below" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.2.A.
    "Brewery, winery, distillery, cidery" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.2.A.
    Light Manufacturing -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- P P P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.3.A.
    Research & Development -- -- -- -- -- -- P P -- P P P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.4.A.
    Self-Service Storage -- -- -- -- -- -- L -- -- L L L -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.5.A. & B.
    "Vehicle Service, as listed below:"                                 Sec. 6.5.6.A.
    Car wash -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L -- L -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.6.B.
    Vehicle repair (minor) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L L P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.6.C.
    Vehicle repair (major) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.6.D.
    Vehicle repair (commercial vehicle) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.6.E.
    Warehouse & Distribution -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.7.A. & B.
    Waste-Related Service -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.8.A.
    Wholesale Trade -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- P -- Sec. 6.5.9.A.
    OPEN                                  
    "Agriculture, except as listed below:" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- Sec. 6.6.1.A.
    Community garden L L L L L L L L L L L L -- L -- S Sec. 6.6.1.B.
    Community garden (on-site sales) L S S S L L L L L L L L -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.6.1.B.
    Plant nursery S -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P -- L -- -- Sec. 6.6.1.C.
    Produce stand L L L L L L L L L L L L -- L L L Sec. 6.8.2.D.
    Restricted agriculture P -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P -- -- Sec. 6.6.1.D.
    Urban farm S S S S S S S S S S S S -- -- -- -- Sec. 6.6.1.E.
    Resource Extraction -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- L L -- Sec. 6.6.2.A.
    Key: P = Permitted Use L = Limited Use S = Special Use -- = Use Not Permitted

     

    Sec. 6.1.5. Prohibited Uses

    Sec. 6.1.5. Prohibited Uses aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:44

    Except for improvements made pursuant to Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards or use determinations made pursuant to Sec. 6.1.2., any use not explicitly allowed as a permitted use by right, a limited use or a special use in the zoning district by the Allowed Principal Uses Table, Sec. 6.1.4., is prohibited. The enumerations of prohibited uses below are expressly prohibited, but such enumeration shall not be deemed exclusive or all-inclusive. Prohibited uses include:

    1. Any use of prima fascia business, commercial, or industrial character not otherwise specifically allowed in an R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6, R-10, RX-, OP- or OX- district;
    2. Any use prohibited by an applicable conditional zoning district;
    3. Any use prohibited by an applicable overlay zoning district;
    4. Manufactured home or travel trailer except in a -MH district, where allowed in a PD district, or where constructed as a Tiny House or Accessory Dwelling Unit meeting all other requirements of this UDO;
    5. Open dump;
    6. School administrative personnel offices located outside a school in a Residential District;
    7. A sign not explicitly allowed in the zoning district by the table of Signs Allowed by Districts, Sec. 7.3.2., or an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan, or signs erected in violation of Article 7.3. Signs; and
    8. Storage of 2 or more unlicensed, uninspected, wrecked, crushed, dismantled, or partially dismantled automotive vehicles except as temporarily allowed in towing yards for vehicles.

    Article 6.2. Residential Uses

    Article 6.2. Residential Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:21

    Sec. 6.2.1. Household Living

    Sec. 6.2.1. Household Living aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:45
    1. Household Living Use Category
      Residential occupancy of a dwelling unit by a household. Household living includes the following uses.
      1. Single-unit living, two-unit living, multi-unit living.
      2. Cottage court.
      3. Conservation development.
      4. Compact development.
      5. Manufactured home development.
      6. Multi-unit supportive housing residence.
      7. Supportive housing residence.
    2. Single-Unit Living
      1. ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Defined One dwelling unit in a single principal structure.
    3. Two-Unit Living
      1. Defined
        Two dwelling units in a single principal structure.
      2. Use Standards
        In the R-1 district, two-unit living is only permitted in association with the Tiny House building type.
    4. Multi-Unit Living
      1. Defined
        Three or more dwelling units in a single principal structure. Multiple principal buildings are allowed on the same lot.
      2. Use Standards
        1. In a Residential District where multi-unit living is allowed as a limited use, it is allowed only in a compact, conservation, or frequent transit development (see Article 2.3. Compact Development, Article 2.4. Conservation Development, or Sections 2.7.1 Frequent Transit Development).
        2. In an IX- District where multi-unit living is allowed as a limited use, it is allowed only in the upper stories of a building. A lobby or other entrance is allowed on the ground floor.
    5. Cottage Court
      1. ​​​​​​​Defined
        A group of small detached houses, tiny houses, attached houses or townhouses (two-unit maximum per building) sharing a common courtyard.
    6. Conservation Development
      1. Defined
        A conservation development trades smaller lot sizes (with smaller setbacks) and additional density in exchange for protecting a significant amount of open space.
    7. Compact Development
      1. Defined
        ​​​​​​​A compact development permits a reduction in lot size for residential subdivisions in exchange for an increase in common open space. This allows for efficient residential subdivisions and ample amenity area for the residents.
    8. Manufactured Home Development
      1. Defined
        A site which contains or is intended for the long‐term location of manufactured homes that may include services and facilities for the residents. Includes both manufactured home park (with leased or condominium spaces) and manufactured home subdivision (individually platted spaces).
      2. Use Standards
        Manufactured home developments must meet standards in Article 4.5. Manufactured Housing (MH).
    9. Multi-Unit Supportive Housing Residence
      1. Defined
        A facility housing persons who are disabled emotionally, mentally or physically or otherwise possess a disability that is protected by the provisions of either the Americans with Disabilities Act 42 USC 12101 or N.C. Gen. Stat. Article 3, Chapter 168, along with support or supervisory personnel or family members who may reside, but are not required to reside, at the facility.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Each multi-unit supportive housing residence must be composed of no less than 2 and no more than 4 attached dwelling units.
        2. The total number of individuals occupying a multi-unit supportive housing residence cannot exceed 6.
        3. Each multi-unit supportive housing residence must be treated for zoning purposes in the same manner as single-unit living, except parking must be provided in accordance with Article 7.1. Parking.
        4. No multi-unit supportive housing residence can be located within 300 feet of another multi-unit supportive housing residence or supportive housing residence (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
        5. The multi-unit supportive housing residence must conform to one of the following:
          1. It is licensed by the federal or state government; or
          2. It is funded in part by a government grant or loan.
        6. Nothing in this section can prevent 4 or fewer persons with disabilities from occupying any lawful dwelling as a household.
    10. Supportive Housing Residence
      1. Defined
        A facility in which more than 4 unrelated persons may reside who are battered individuals, abused children, pregnant women and their children, runaway children, temporarily or permanently disabled mentally, emotionally or physically, individuals recovering from drug or alcohol abuse, and all other persons who possess a disability that is protected by the provisions of either the Americans with Disabilities Act 42 USC 12101 or N.C. Gen. Stat. Article 3, Chapter 168, along with family members and support and supervisory personnel.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The total number of individuals occupying a supportive housing residence cannot exceed 12.
        2. A resident manager must reside permanently on the premise.
        3. No supportive housing residence can be located within 1,125 feet of another multi-unit supportive housing residence or supportive housing residence (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
        4. The supportive housing residence must conform to one of the following:
          1. It is licensed by the federal or state government; or
          2. It is funded in part by a government grant or loan.
    11. Frequent Transit Development Option
      1. Defined
        A development where higher density and relaxed district standards may be utilized if the subject property is located within a Frequent Transit Area as designated in the City’s Comprehensive Plan encouraging higher density development as a way to focus density and growth towards areas with more intensive transit networks.
      2. Use Standards
        1. This option may only be applied to properties shown within a Frequent Transit Area as designated in the City’s Comprehensive Plan. b. The development must meet the standards of either Sections 2.7.1. or 3.7.1., as applicable.

    Sec. 6.2.2. Group Living

    Sec. 6.2.2. Group Living aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:46
    1. Group Living Use Category
      Residential occupancy of a structure by a group of people that does not meet the definition of household living. Generally, group living facilities have a common eating area for residents and residents may receive care or training. Group living includes the following uses.
      1. Boardinghouse.
      2. Congregate care.
      3. Dormitory, fraternity, sorority.
      4. Hospice.
      5. Continuing care retirement community.
      6. Monastery, convent.
      7. Orphanage.
      8. Rest home.
    2. Boardinghouse
      1. Defined
        A facility that contains individual rooms that are rented to the general public to more than 4 unrelated persons for periods in excess of 30 days, and which includes a rooming house.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The facility was constructed originally as a detached house.
        2. The total number of individuals occupying a boardinghouse is limited to 6.
        3. In a Residential District, there is no exterior advertising except 1 unlit announcement sign not to exceed 2 square feet in area.
        4. No boardinghouse can be located within 1,200 feet of another boardinghouse (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
        5. The minimum tenant rental period exceeds 30 days.
        6. Cooking facilities shall not be permitted in the rented rooms of the boarding house.
        7. The facility shall comply with the City’s Housing Code, Article 11.6 of this UDO.
    3. Congregate Care
      1. Defined
        A long-term care facility for elderly people who are able to get around on their own but who may need help with some daily activities and have staff on call. Includes assisted living and independent living.
      2. Use Standards
        1. ​​​​​​​The facility must comply with the Housing for Older Persons Exemptions of the Fair Housing Act (24 C.F.R. Sections 100.300 through 100.308).
        2. In the R-6 and R-10 districts, a congregate care facility is allowed a number of rooming units and dwelling units equal to 2 times the density of the applicable district.
        3. Each rooming unit or dwelling unit may be occupied by no more than 2 persons not related by blood, marriage or adoption.
        4. Facilities for resident managers or custodians providing administrative services and medical services for the exclusive use of the residents shall be located on site and open and staffed for at least 4 hours, one day a week.
        5. The facility must contain indoor shared food preparation service, common dining halls and common recreation rooms, for the exclusive use of all residents and their guests, and these facilities together shall total a minimum of 30 square feet per constructed rooming unit or dwelling unit, as applicable, exclusive of circulation space. Common indoor social and related service facilities may also be part of the facility.
        6. Structures shall demonstrate a comprehensive pedestrian circulation plan, including internal accessible walkways, is submitted and approved with provisions for alternative transportation services for the residents of the facility. Alternative transportation services may include, but are not limited to, regularly scheduled or on-call van services, tram services and full bus service.
        7. Outdoor open space or park area must be provided at a minimum rate of the greater of either 10% of the land area of the facility or 218 square feet per rooming unit or dwelling unit, as applicable, excluding private drives and off-street parking areas. A majority of the open space or park area must be located no further than 300 feet from the controlled entrance way of the facility.
    4. Dormitory, Fraternity, Sorority
      1. Defined
        ​​​​​​​A social organization of students providing group living accommodations for a college or university.
    5. Continuing Care Retirement Community
      1. Defined
        Facility providing a continuum of residential and health care services to persons meeting the Housing for Older Persons Exemptions of the Fair Housing Act (24 C.F.R. Sections 100.300 through 100.308). Allows residents to continue living in the same complex as their housing and health care needs change. Continuing care retirement communities may offer a variety of services such as congregate care, skilled nursing, rest home, health and wellness, recreational facilities, support services and entertainment and social uses, as well as offering a range of residential opportunities (apartments, townhouses, cottages). A rest home must be provided as a component of a continuing care retirement community.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The continuing care retirement community and accessory facilities must be designed and used to serve its residents and their guests only.
        2. The continuing care retirement community must be planned, developed and operated according to a unified plan under the direction of a single owner or agent for the owner.
        3. Density limitations apply in accordance with the underlying zoning district unless otherwise noted herein.
        4. The continuing care retirement community may provide individual dwelling units in any combination of residential building types or housing options as allowed in the respective zoning district under Article 2.3. Compact Development and Article 2.4 Conservation Development Option.
        5. If provided, a congregate care facility must meet the requirements under Sec. 6.2.2.C.
        6. A rest home must meet the requirements under Sec. 6.2.2.F.
        7. Additional facilities designed only to serve members of the continuing care retirement community may include, but not be limited to, health and wellness, medical, recreation and support services such as a private chapel, bank, hairdressers, pharmacy, library and convenience shopping.
        8. A minimum of 10% of the total site area must be designated and maintained as common open space under Sec. 2.5.
        9. The Continuing Care Retirement Community must provide skilled nursing.
        10. If provided, the density of a congregate care is calculated in keeping with Sec. 6.2.2.C.2.b.
        11. The density of a rest home is calculated in keeping with Sec. 6.2.2.F.2.
    6. Rest Home.
      1. Defined
        A long-term care facility for individuals who need full-time assistance and supervision. The focus is on individuals who cannot live independently and require full-time nursing assistance, and on younger individuals who have physical or mental handicaps.
      2. Use Standards
        ​​​​​​​The number of total occupants allowed is based on 4 persons being the equivalent of 1 dwelling unit. The number of occupants cannot exceed the equivalent number of units per acre allowed in the respective zoning district.

    Sec. 6.2.3. Social Service

    Sec. 6.2.3. Social Service aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:46
    1. Social Service Use Category
      Facilities that provide treatment for psychiatric, alcohol or drug problems. Also includes facilities that provide transient housing related to social service programs. Social service includes the following uses.
      1. Emergency Shelter Type A.
      2. Emergency Shelter Type B.
      3. Special care facility.
    2. Emergency Shelter Type A
      1. Defined
        A facility providing temporary sleeping facilities for displaced persons with no limit on the number of individuals accommodated.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The shelter must provide a minimum of 50 square feet of sleeping space per person.
        2. An employee or volunteer must maintain continuous on-site supervision during hours of operation.
        3. No shelter can be located within 2,640 feet of another emergency shelter Type A or emergency shelter Type B (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
        4. No emergency shelter Type A can be located within 300 feet of a supportive housing residence or multi-unit supportive housing residence (determined by a straight line from property line to property line). No later establishment of a supportive housing residence or multi-unit supportive housing residence closer than 300 feet to a previously permitted emergency shelter may be construed to create a nonconformity or illegality on the part of the existing emergency shelter.
        5. The shelter is not allowed in an Airport Overlay District. 
    3. Emergency Shelter Type B
      1. Defined
        A facility providing temporary sleeping facilities for not more than 10 displaced persons at any one time.
      2. Use Standards
        1. No individual shall remain in the facility longer than 30 consecutive days per calendar year. No individual shall be readmitted until at least 14 days have elapsed from their last residency at that shelter.
        2. No counseling or therapeutic activities may be conducted. Referral of residents to employment agencies and other personal service agencies shall not be deemed to be counseling.
        3. No shelter can be located within 2,640 feet of another emergency shelter Type B, or emergency shelter Type A (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
        4. No emergency shelter Type B can be located within 300 feet of a supportive housing residence or multi-unit supportive housing residence (determined by a straight line from property line to property line). No later establishment of a supportive housing residence or multi-unit supportive housing residence closer than 300 feet to the previously permitted emergency shelter shall be construed to create a nonconformity or illegality on the part of the existing emergency shelter.
        5. The shelter is not allowed in an Airport Overlay District.
    4. Special Care Facility
      1. Defined
        A facility which provides psychosocial rehabilitation, skill development activities, educational services and pre-vocational training and transitional and supported employment services to individuals with severe and persistent mental illness. Includes a rehabilitative clinic and adult rehabilitation center.
      2. Use Standards
        1. No special care facility can be located within 1,200 feet of another special care facility (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
        2. To permit a special care facility in a Residential District, the following minimum lot areas per enrollee apply: i. R-1, R-2, and R-4: 1,040 square feet; ii. R-6: 640 square feet; and iii. R-10: 240 square feet.
        3. In a Residential District, 1 unlit announcement sign not to exceed 2 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height is permitted.
        4. Only 1 vehicle used in connection with the special care facility may be parked or stored on the premises or residential street.

    Article 6.3. Public & Institutional Uses

    Article 6.3. Public & Institutional Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:22

    Sec. 6.3.1. Civic

    Sec. 6.3.1. Civic aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:48
    1. Civic Use Category
      Places of public assembly that provide ongoing governmental, life safety, educational and cultural services to the general public, as well as meeting areas for religious practice. Civic includes the following uses.
      1. Cemetery.
      2. College, community college, university.
      3. Civic club.
      4. Museum, library.
      5. Places of worship including church, mosque, synagogue, temple.
      6. Police, fire, EMS station.
      7. School, public or private (K-12).
    2. Cemetery
      1. Defined
        A facility used for the permanent interment of humans or animals or their cremated remains. Includes mausoleum, columbarium, memorial park and pet cemetery.
      2. Use Standards
        1. If the cemetery exceeds 2 acres in size or is planned and phased to exceed 2 acres in size, it must comply with the City’s public facility dedication and improvements requirements.
        2. If an existing cemetery increases the land area for cemetery use by onehalf acre or more from its size that results in a cemetery greater than 2 acres in size, the cemetery must comply with the City’s public facility dedication and improvements requirements.
        3. The cemetery use must take into account present and future public improvements, including those expressed in the Comprehensive Plan.
        4. No grave space, mausoleum, vault, crypt or columbarium shall be located within 40 feet of any street right-of-way (including existing or proposed right-of-way) or thoroughfare designated on the Comprehensive Plan. The requirements of this subsection may be waived in whole or in part by the Planning Director if the Transportation Director certifies that the full 40-foot buffer will not be required for the construction of future public improvements.
    3. College, Community College, University
      1. Defined An institution of higher education, including general or liberal arts education, graduate level education and technical or professional training.
    4. School, Public or Private (K-12)
      1. Defined
        A public or private (including charter or religious) school at the primary, elementary, middle, junior high or high school level that provides basic academic education.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Meet the curricular teaching certification of instruction approved by the State Board of Education.
        2. Be located on a lot with total area of 500 square feet area per enrolled pupil unless within a DX- District in which case no minimum area per pupil shall be required.
        3. Be located outside any Airport Overlay District or Primary Reservoir Watershed Protection Area.
        4. The additional traffic generated to and from the site during peak travel periods, combined with the background traffic volume traveling on the roadway would not reduce the roadway or nearby intersections’ capacity below level-of-service “D,” as defined in the Highway Capacity Manual, 1994.

    Sec. 6.3.2. Parks, Open Space and Greenways

    Sec. 6.3.2. Parks, Open Space and Greenways aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:49
    1. Parks, Open Space and Greenways Use Category
      Uses focusing on natural areas consisting mostly of vegetation, passive or active outdoor recreation areas and having few structures. Parks, open space and greenways includes the following uses.
      1. Botanical garden, nature preserve, recreational trail, greenway.
      2. Game preserve, wildlife management area, refuge, animal sanctuary.
      3. Park, recreation field. A public park may contain civic uses such as a community center, museum or library.
      4. Reservoir, control structure, water supply, water well.

    Sec. 6.3.3. Utilities

    Sec. 6.3.3. Utilities aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:49
    1. Minor Utilities Use Category
      1. Defined
        Public or private infrastructure serving a limited area with no on-site personnel. Minor utilities includes the following uses.
        1. On-site stormwater retention or detention facility.
        2. Neighborhood-serving cable, telephone, gas or electric facility.
        3. Sustainable energy system.
        4. Water and wastewater pump station or lift station.
        5. Electrical substation.
        6. Utility service.
    2. Major Utilities Use Category
      1. Defined
        Public or private infrastructure serving the general community and possibly having on-site personnel. Major utilities includes the following uses.
        1. Aeration facility, artesian well.
        2. Electric or gas generation plant.
        3. c. Telecommunication tower.
        4. Water or sanitary sewer treatment plant.
    3. Telecommunication Tower (less than 250 feet)
      1. Defined
        Any structure that is designed and constructed primarily for the purpose of supporting one or more antennas, including self-supporting lattice towers, guy towers or monopole towers that is less than 250 feet in height. Does not include any structure erected solely for a residential, noncommercial individual use, such as television antennas, satellite dishes or amateur radio antennas.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Radio or television or similar reception for adjoining properties will not be disturbed or diminished.
        2. The height of the tower cannot exceed 250 feet.
        3. The lighting of the tower cannot exceed the minimum standards of the Federal Aviation Administration for red obstruction lighting system contained in Advisory Circular No. 70/7460-IF dated 27 September, 1978, as the same may be amended.
        4. The minimum setback from the outside dimensions of the tower, not from guy anchors, and not located within the property of a civic use in a Residential District, are as follows:
          1. Installation of a new tower where no tower is being replaced.​​​​​​​
            a) 20 feet from the property line of either any adjoining lot that is developed without a dwelling, congregate care facility or vacant lot located in a Mixed Use or Special district, unless increased by Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.b) and Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.c) below.
            b) 200% of the tower height, unless the tower is constructed as a monopole in which case the minimum setback shall be 100% of the tower height, but no less than 50 feet from the property line of an abutting Residential District.
            c) 100% of the tower height from the property line of an abutting Mixed Use or Special district.
            d) 20 feet from any public street.
            e) The setbacks required by Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.b) and Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.c) above shall not be applicable to any residential dwelling that is not a permitted use in the district.
            f) If a telecommunication tower is located on the property of a civic use in a Residential District, the setbacks in Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.a) through Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.d) above apply, except that in no case shall a tower be located less than 200% of the tower height to the property line of a lot developed with a dwelling, congregate care facility, or a vacant lot located in a Residential District, unless a protective yard is preserved or installed adjacent to the property line of a lot developed with a dwelling, congregate care facility or a vacant lot located in a Residential District. The protective yard shall be of a width equal to the tower height, and shall contain plantings meeting the minimum standards of a Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) and Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.ii.e) below.
          2. Installation of a new tower where an existing tower is being replaced.
            a) If one or more existing telecommunication towers is to be concurrently removed and replaced by a new tower, then the required setback exceeding 100 feet in Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.b) and Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.c) above may be reduced by 15% for each additional telecommunication user in excess of that of the existing tower. Evidence shall be presented by the applicant that each additional user will upon installation occupy the new tower.
            b) The Board of Adjustment may grant a further reduction to the setbacks for the removal of an existing tower and replacement with a new tower with more telecommunications users. If shown that the lesser setback will reduce the number of towers in the area. In all cases, the Board of Adjustment shall also show that the lesser setback will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area. In no case shall the setback be reduced to less than 50% of the tower height.
            c) The base of the tower and each guy anchor are surrounded by a fence or wall at least 8 feet in height unless the tower and all guy anchors are mounted entirely on a building over 8 feet in height. Except for fence and wall entrances, all fences and walls shall be screened with plant material so that no more than 2/3 of the surface of the fence or wall is visible within 3 years after erection of the structure from a public street or from any adjoining lot which contains a dwelling, congregate care facility, or from any adjoining lot zoned a Residential District.
            d) The output power from the tower shall not exceed federallyapproved levels for exposure to electronic magnetic force (EMF).
            e) If determined by the City that the proposed tower is situated in a location which will benefit the City’s telecommunication systems, then the tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate the additional telecommunication equipment beneficial to the public system.
            f) The tower is either less than 100 feet in height or located no closer than 1,000 feet to a tower greater than 100 feet in height (determined by a straight line and not street distance).
            g) If the tower is located within an Overlay District that restricts height, the tower cannot exceed the maximum building height allowed within the more restrictive zoning district.
            h) No tower shall be approved unless evidence is presented that at least 1 telecommunication user upon installation will occupy the tower. If the tower is between 100 feet and 150 feet in height, the tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate a minimum of 2 telecommunication users. If the tower equals or exceeds 150 feet in height but is less than 180 feet in height, the tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate a minimum of 3 telecommunication users. If the tower equals or exceeds 180 feet in height, but is less than 200 feet in height, the tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate a minimum of 4 telecommunication users. If the tower equals or exceeds 200 feet in height, the tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate a minimum of 5 telecommunication users.
            i) Unless enclosed by a closed fence at least 8 feet in height to totally obscure the building from view, the exterior appearance of all buildings located in a Residential District shall look like a residential dwelling, including without limitation, pitched roofs and frame or brick veneer construction. The closed fence shall be the same or compatible in terms of texture and quality with the material and color of the surrounding dwellings. For each potential telecommunication user to occupy the tower, there shall be a minimum of 600 square feet reserved on the plans for associated buildings and equipment, unless the applicant provides evidence that less space is necessary.
            j) No telecommunication tower approved prior to September 1, 2013, which is discontinued, unused or unoccupied by any telecommunication user for a continuous period 365 days or more shall be restarted, resumed or reoccupied without the prior approval of a new Tier one site plan complying with the then applicable provisions.
            k) The applicant must provide evidence that the proposed tower meets Federal Aviation Administration requirements, and will be in accordance with all the tower requirements and standards of the Raleigh Durham Airport Authority.
            ​​​​​​​l) For any telecommunication tower approved after September 1, 2013, that is discontinued, unused or unoccupied by the telecommunication user for a continuous period of 365 days or more, the tower shall be removed within 30 days of notification of the property owner by the Development Services Director.
    4. Telecommunication Tower (250 feet and more)
      1. Defined
        Any structure that is designed and constructed primarily for the purpose of supporting one or more antennas, including self-supporting lattice towers, guy towers or monopole towers that is 250 feet or more in height. It does not include any structure erected solely for a residential, noncommercial individual use, such as television antennas, satellite dishes or amateur radio antennas.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Radio or television or similar reception for adjoining properties cannot be disturbed or diminished.
        2. The height of the tower cannot exceed 510 feet.
        3. The lighting of the tower cannot exceed the minimum standards of the Federal Aviation Administration for red obstruction lighting system contained in Advisory Circular No. 70/7460-IF dated 27 September, 1978, as the same may be amended.
        4. The minimum setback from the outside dimensions of the tower, not from guy anchors, are as follows:
          1. 20 feet from the property line of any adjoining lot or lot across a street that is vacant and zoned as a mixed use or special district or any adjoining lot or lot across a street that is developed without a dwelling or congregate care facility, unless increased by paragraphs Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.ii. or Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.iii. below.
          2. 100% of the tower height, but no less than 50 feet, from the property line of an abutting Residential District.
          3. 50% of the tower height from the property line of an abutting Mixed Use or Special district.
          4. The setbacks required by Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.ii. or Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.iii. above shall not be applicable to any residential dwelling that is not a permitted use in the zoning district.
          5. If one or more existing telecommunications towers is to be removed concurrently and replaced by a new tower, then that portion of the required setback exceeding 100 feet in Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.ii. or Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.iii. above may be reduced by 15% for each additional telecommunication user in excess of the existing tower.
          6. For towers exceeding a height of 250 feet, or where one or more existing telecommunications towers is concurrently being removed and replaced with a new tower containing additional telecommunication users, this setback may be reduced by the Board of Adjustment. In the case of a replacement tower, the Board of Adjustment shall show that the lesser setback will reduce the number of towers in the area. In all cases, the Board of Adjustment shall also show that the lesser setback will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area. In no case shall the setback be reduced to less than 50% of the tower height.
        5. The base of the tower and each guy anchor must be surrounded by a fence or wall at least 8 feet in height unless the tower and all guy anchors are mounted entirely on a building over 8 feet in height. Except for fence and wall entrances, all fences and walls shall be screened with plant material so that no more than 2/3 of the surface of the fence or wall is visible, within 3 years after erection of the structure, from a public street or from any adjoining lot which contains a dwelling, congregate care facility or is zoned a Residential District.
        6. The output power from the tower shall not exceed federally approved levels for exposure to electronic magnetic force (EMF).
        7. If determined by the City that the proposed tower is situated in a location which will benefit the City’s telecommunication systems, then the tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate the additional telecommunication equipment beneficial to the public system.
        8. If the proposed tower is located on property that is zoned a Residential District at the time of the special use hearing, the tower shall be either less than 75 feet in height or be located no closer than 1,500 feet to a tower greater than 75 feet in height which was constructed after September 1, 2013, (determined by a straight line and not street distance).
        9. If the proposed tower is located on property that is zoned a mixed use or heavy industrial district at the time of the special use hearing, the tower shall be either less than 100 feet in height or be located no closer than 1,000 feet to a tower greater than 100 feet in height which was constructed after September 1, 2013, (determined by a straight line and not street distance).
        10. The Board of Adjustment may approve the construction of a tower which does not meet the above standards if evidence is provided which demonstrates that reasonable effort has been made to lease space on an existing tower or that no existing tower will technically satisfy the applicant’s specific needs.
        11. If the tower is located within an Overlay District that restricts height, the tower cannot exceed the maximum building height allowed within the more restrictive zoning district.
        12. The tower shall be engineered and constructed to accommodate a minimum of 5 telecommunication users. 
        13. Unless enclosed by a closed fence at least 8 feet in height, the exterior appearance of all buildings located in a Residential District shall look like a residential dwelling, including without limitation, pitched roofs and frame or brick veneer construction. For each potential telecommunication user to occupy the tower, there shall be a minimum of 600 square feet reserved on the plans for associated buildings and equipment, unless the applicant provides evidence that less space is necessary.
        14. The applicant must provide evidence that the proposed tower meets Federal Aviation Administration requirements, and will be in accordance with all the tower requirements and standards of the Raleigh Durham Airport Authority.
        15. Associated buildings located in any Residential District may not be used as an employment center for any worker. This provision does not prohibit the periodic maintenance or periodic monitoring of equipment and instruments.
        16. The use will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
        17. Unless otherwise specified by this permit, that within one year of approval of the special use permit, a grading permit, building permit or zoning permit is obtained, and the tower is installed and operational, or the special use permit shall be void.
        18. For any telecommunication tower approved after September 1, 2013, which is discontinued, unused, or unoccupied by the telecommunication user for a continuous period of 365 days or more, the tower shall be removed within 30 days of notification by the Development Services Director.
    5. Water and Wastewater Treatment Plant – Government
      1. The treatment plant is owned and/or operated by a governmental entity. 2. No building exceeding a height of 40 feet and/or three stories shall be permitted within 100 feet of a property line of an adjacent parcel not owned by the governmental entity referenced in sub-section 1 above.

    Article 6.4. Commercial Uses

    Article 6.4. Commercial Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:22

    Sec. 6.4.1. Day Care

    Sec. 6.4.1. Day Care aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 10:59
    1. Day Care Use Category
      A facility providing care, protection and supervision of children or adults on a regular basis away from their primary residence. Care is typically provided to a given individual for fewer than 18 hours each day, although the facility may be open 24 hours each day. Day care includes the following uses.
      1. Day care, home.
      2. Day care center.
    2. Day Care, Home
      1. Defined
        A day care for a maximum of 8 persons in the residence of the provider.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The day care must be carried on by a resident of the structure as either a sole proprietorship or a corporation that is wholly owned by the residents of the structure or a partnership where all partners are residents of the structure.
        2. The use of any accessory building or accessory structure for a day care is not allowed.
        3. Any outdoor play equipment stored throughout the day and night shall not be permitted in the front yard area and can be located no closer than 15 feet from any adjoining lot containing a dwelling.
        4. No person, other than members of the family residing on the premises, shall be engaged or employed. This shall not apply to a substitute nonresident person providing care on the premise while the owner/operator is sick or otherwise unable to provide care.
        5. No more than 8 persons shall be cared for at any given time.
        6. Must comply with all state and local standards.
    3. Day Care Center
      1. Defined
        A day care for more than 8 persons where staffing complies with state and local regulations. Includes nursery school and preschool.
      2. Use Standards
        1. In a Residential District, the following minimum lot areas per enrollee apply:
          1. R-1, R-2, and R-4: 1,040 square feet;
          2. R-6: 640 square feet; and
          3. R-10: 240 square feet.
        2. In a Residential District, 1 unlit announcement sign is allowed, not to exceed 2 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height.
        3. c. Must comply with all state and local standards.

    Sec. 6.4.2. Indoor Recreation

    Sec. 6.4.2. Indoor Recreation aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:00
    1. Indoor Recreation Use Category
      Commercial uses, varying in size, providing daily or regularly scheduled recreation-oriented activities in an indoor setting. Indoor recreation includes the following uses.
      1. Adult establishment.
      2. Amusement center, game arcade, children’s amusement center.
      3. Billiard hall, pool hall.
      4. Bingo parlor.
      5. Bowling alley.
      6. Convention center, arena.
      7. Dance, martial arts, music studio or classroom.
      8. Health club.
      9. Shooting range.
      10. Sports academy.
      11. Miniature golf facility. 
      12. Motor track.
      13. Movie theater or other indoor theater.
      14. Skating rink.
    2. Adult Establishment
      1. Defined
        Adult cabarets, adult media centers, sadomasochism centers, and any place contained in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-202.10(2). , excluding masseurs.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Except for permitted on-premise and off-premise signs, advertisements, displays or other promotional materials shall not be visible to the public from pedestrian sidewalks or walkways.
        2. An adult establishment cannot be located within 2,000 feet of another adult establishment (determined by a straight line from property line to property line). Adult establishments because of their very nature, are recognized as having serious objectionable operational characteristics upon adjacent neighborhoods, particularly when they are concentrated. Special regulation of these establishments is necessary to ensure that these adverse effects will not contribute to the blighting or downgrading of the surrounding neighborhood. To prevent an over concentration of adult establishments and the creation of a de facto downgrading or blighting of surrounding neighborhoods; this spacing requirement is necessary, unless otherwise determined under Sec. 6.4.2.B.2.d. below.
        3. An adult establishment cannot be located within 2,000 feet of a preexisting place of worship, public or private school, day-care facility, or any R-, RX-, OP, OX-, NX-, R-MP, or CMP district (determined by a straight line from property line to property line or district boundary line). Adult establishments, because of their very nature, are recognized as having serious objectionable operational characteristics, particularly when they are located near a Residential District or certain other districts which permit residential uses. Special regulation of these establishments is necessary to ensure that these adverse effects will not contribute to a downgrading or blighting of surrounding Residential Districts or certain other districts which permit residential uses, unless otherwise, determined by Sec. 6.4.2.B.2.d. below. 
        4. The Board of Adjustment may vary the spacing requirements in Sec. 6.4.2.B.2.b. and Sec. 6.4.2.B.2.c. above when it finds that:
          1. Practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships would result from the strict enforcement of the radius requirements.
          2. The proposed use will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
          3. The proposed use will not enlarge or encourage the development of a “skid row” area.
          4. The permitting of an adult establishment in the area will not be contrary to any governmental program of neighborhood conservation, rehabilitation, improvement or revitalization.
          5. All other applicable provisions of this Chapter will be observed.
          6. The proposed use will not adversely impact public services and facilities such as parking, traffic, police, and that the secondary effects of such uses will not adversely impact on adjacent properties. The secondary effects would include but not be limited to noise, light, stormwater runoff, parking, pedestrian circulation and safety.
        5. When determining preponderance of adult materials, only those objects which have equal access and visibility shall be considered.
    3. Health Club
      1. Defined
        A facility with equipment for exercising and improving physical fitness.
      2. Use Standards
        A health club in an RX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets.
        2. The health club use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area; and
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. A health club use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts a, b, and c of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The health club use cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area.
    4. Sports Academy
      1. Defined A facility for sports education or instruction.

    Sec. 6.4.3. Medical

    Sec. 6.4.3. Medical aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:00
    1. Medical Use Category
      A facility providing medical or surgical care to patients. Some facilities may offer overnight care. Medical includes the following uses.
      1. Ambulatory surgical center.
      2. Blood plasma donation center, medical or dental laboratory.
      3. Hospital, urgent care, emergency medical office.
      4. Medical, dental office or chiropractor, osteopath, physician, medical practitioner.
      5. Medical clinic.
      6. Medical day care.
      7. Student infirmary.
    2. Use Standards
      A medical facility in an RX- District is subject to the following:
      1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets;
      2. The medical facility use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area;
      3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.

    Sec. 6.4.4. Office

    Sec. 6.4.4. Office aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:02
    1. Office Use Category
      Activities conducted in an office setting and generally focusing on business, professional or financial services. Office includes the following: 
      1. Business services including, but not limited to, advertising, business management consulting, data processing or collection agency.
      2. Professional services including, but not limited to, lawyer, accountant, bookkeeper, engineer, architect, sales office or travel agency.
      3. Financial services including but not limited to, lender, investment or brokerage house, bank, call center, bail bonds, insurance adjuster, real estate or insurance agent or mortgage agent.
      4. Charitable institution (not providing housing or shelter).
      5. Counseling in an office setting.
      6. City, county, state, federal government office.
      7. Radio, TV or recording studio, utility office.
      8. Trade, vocational, business school.
    2. Use Standards
      An office in an RX- District is subject to the following:
      1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets;
      2. The office use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot;
      3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
      4. An office use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts 1 and 2 of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The office use cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.

     

    Sec. 6.4.5. Outdoor Recreation

    Sec. 6.4.5. Outdoor Recreation aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:02
    1. Outdoor Recreation Use Category
      Uses, varying in size, providing daily or regularly scheduled recreation-oriented activities. Activities take place predominately outdoors or within outdoor structures. Outdoor recreation includes the following uses.
      1. Drive-in theater.
      2. Camp, campground, travel trailer park, recreational vehicle park.
      3. Extreme sports facility such as paintball, BMX or skateboarding.
      4. Golf course.
      5. Outdoor commercial activity such as batting cage, golf driving range, amusement park, miniature golf facility, water park.
      6. Outdoor theater.
      7. Outdoor sports or entertainment facility.
      8. Riding stable.
      9. Shooting range.
      10. Racetrack.
      11. Sports academy for active recreational or competitive sports.
      12. Stadium, arena.
    2. Golf Course
      1. Defined
        A facility consisting of a large landscaped area for playing golf. Includes executive or par 3 golf course and support facilities such as a country club, clubhouse and driving range.
      2. Use Standards
        A golf course in a Residential District is subject to the following:
        1. Only the sale of merchandise associated with the golf course is permitted. No merchandise or advertisement shall be visible from the public right-of-way; and
        2. There shall be no external advertising or identification in any manner, except for tract identification sign that does not exceed the standards of Sec. 7.3.11. 
    3. Outdoor Sports or Entertainment Facility
      1. Defined
        A predominantly outdoor facility, including any associated structures, for playing sports and conducting entertainment, including but not limited to, sports fields with or without seating, stadiums, track and field facilities and amphitheaters.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The facility and activities requested to be conducted will not have a substantial adverse impact on surrounding properties; including without limitation, stormwater, dust, smoke or vibration.
        2. The practical limits of public facilities and services such as stormwater, water and sewer lines, streets, fire, public safety, trash collection and recyclable material are not exceeded.
        3. The traffic generated to and from the site will not create unsafe or inefficient parking, loading, vehicular and pedestrian circulation patterns with consideration, among other things, to: the physical character of roads, the classification of roads, accident experience near the site, traffic volumes existing and projected from approved site plans and subdivisions, interference with any other driveway, and response time of nearby emergency services such as fire and hospital.
        4. Buffers must be provided that lessen the perceived height and bulk of proposed structures as seen from nearby residential neighborhoods.
        5. The nearby properties must be protected from sound amplification and lighting.
        6. The facility will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
        7. The site is not located in a Primary Watershed Protection Area. 
    4. Riding Stables
      1. Defined
        A facility for the boarding and riding of horses. Includes riding academy and equestrian center.
      2. Use Standards
        1. No part of any building or structure in which animals are housed shall be closer than 200 feet from any existing residential use, except for property owned or occupied by an owner or operator of the riding stable.
        2. All horses connected with the riding stable shall be enclosed by fencing so that horses cannot run at large. 
        3. Only 1 horse may be kept on a lot less than 1 acre in size. For lots from 1 to 5 acres in size, a maximum of 3 horses per acre may be kept. For lots greater than 5 acres, up to 10 horses per acre maybe boarded if the setbacks listed in Sec. 6.4.5.D.2.d. below are increased to 200 feet from the property line.
        4. Buildings, stables and riding rings may not be placed closer than 50 feet to any property line. However, the main manure storage area shall be no closer than 150 feet to any property line.
        5. In the R-1 and AP districts, there shall be no on-premise external advertising or identification in any manner, except for 1 unlit announcement sign not exceeding 9 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height.

    Sec. 6.4.6. Overnight Lodging

    Sec. 6.4.6. Overnight Lodging aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:04
    1. Overnight Lodging Use Category
      Accommodations arranged for short term stays. Overnight lodging includes the following uses.
      1. Bed and Breakfast.
      2. Hospitality House.
      3. Hotel, Motel, Inn.
      4. Hostel.
      5. Short-Term Rental.
    2. Bed and Breakfast
      1. Defined
        A detached house or other structure constructed for a use permitted within the district that has no more than 5 guest rooms. Breakfast is customarily served to guests.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The facility is located within one or more of the following:
          1. A General Historic Overlay District or Streetside Historic Overlay District;
          2. A property designated as a Historic Landmark;
          3. A property listed on the National Register of Historic Places; or
          4. A property identified as a contributing structure within a National Register Historic District, as defined in the Code of Federal Regulations, as amended.
        2. The use is located in a structure originally constructed as a detached house.
        3. In R-1o, no exterior advertising is allowed except a small unlit announcement sign not to exceed 2 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height.
        4. In R-10, special events such as wedding receptions are not permitted.
    3. Hospitality House
      1. Defined
        A detached house associated with a hospital or similar long-term stay facility that provides overnight lodging for families of patients.
      2. Use Standards
        A hospitality house in an R-10 District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be associated with a serving hospitals licensed by the State of North Carolina pursuant to N.C.Gen.Stat. §131E-176 et seq;
        2. Must be located within one-half mile of the associated hospital (determined by a straight line from property line to property line);
        3. Contains rooms without individual cooking facilities for lodging of visitors but not for rent to the general public;
        4. Provides a maximum of 6 bedrooms with a maximum occupancy of 12 persons; and
        5. Complies with standards for a detached house.
    4. Hotel, Motel, Inn
      1. ​​​​​​​Defined
        A facility that contains one or more rooms for overnight guests containing registration facilities, on-site management, cleaning services and combined utilities.
      2. Use Standards
        In the OP- and OX- districts, the minimum lot size for a hotel, motel, inn is 2½ acres.
    5. Short-Term Rental
      1. Defined
        A dwelling unit that can be used for overnight lodging accommodations that is provided to renters for no longer than 30 days for compensation. A portion of or the entire dwelling unit can be used for lodging, including part or all of an accessory structure.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Every short-term rental operator shall first apply for and procure a miscellaneous zoning permit from the City.
        2. Cooking facilities are not permitted in any bedroom. For the purpose of this regulation, cooking facilities include any refrigerator in excess of seven cubic feet; any stovetop range that operates on 220 volt electric service; any appliance that operates on natural gas; or any cooktop, whether integrated into a countertop or a separate appliance, which contains more than two cooking surfaces or burners. This shall not prohibit cooking facilities within a one-room studio short term rental. For the purpose of this regulation, a studio shall be a single-room rental with a sleeping area, living area and kitchen/eating area in one consolidated room.
        3. No exterior advertising shall be allowed.
        4. In residential zoning districts, short term renters shall not utilize the premises for holding special events or gatherings.
        5. For single-unit and two-unit living the premise shall not be used for “Live-Work” or a “Day Care, Home”. For multi-unit living the dwelling unit shall not be used for “Live-Work” or a “Day Care, Home”.
        6. For any multi-unit living use, no more than 25%, or two dwelling units, whichever is greater, may be used for short term rental in any single building.
        7. Short term rental operators shall comply with all applicable State and local laws, including those relating to fire and building codes, smoke detecting and carbon monoxide detecting equipment, housing codes, and payment of taxes to appropriate governmental entities, including occupancy taxes.
        8. Every short-term rental operator shall maintain for a period of three (3) years a list of all short-term rental lodgers staying on the premises.
        9. The zoning permit number authorizing the short-term rental shall be conspicuously posted on:
          1. all advertisements for short term rentals, and
          2. the subject property.
      3. Civil Penalty
        Violations of section 6.4.6.E shall be subject to the civil penalties as set forth in section 10.4.2 of this UDO.
      4. Revocation of permit
        ​​​​​​​The City shall revoke the short-term rental permit following a written determination that any resident of the facility, resident manager of the facility, and/or operator of the facility have been:
        1. Convicted of violating a Criminal Law within a 365-day period on the short-term rental premise. “Criminal Law” means a conviction of any of the following:
          1. Article 27 of Chapter 14 of the North Carolina General Statutes.
          2. Article 3 of Chapter 18B of the North Carolina General Statutes.
          3. N.C.G.S 14-71.1. iv. N.C.G.S 14-292.
        2. Received within a 365-day period two or more “Verified Violations” of any combination of:
          1. Any City Code zoning regulation on the short-term rental premise.
          2. Any noise regulation on the short-term rental premise.
          3. Any nuisance prohibited by City Code section 12-6002 on the shortterm rental premise.
        3. A Verified Violation means a determination made by a City Code enforcement official, Police Officer, or judge, with notice of violation of the City Code, opportunity to respond to the noticed alleged offenses and an order or other mandate issued to the owner or any other person imposing a sanction or requiring further actions to comply with the City Code, including, without any limitation, the payment of civil penalties or administrative fees, or implementation of corrective measures, or cessation of activities, or conviction of a criminal Code offense for failure to comply with the Code provisions listed in this subsection. A verified violation that is appealed continues as a verified violation unless it is overturned on appeal. If the violation is reinstated on a further appeal, it resumes its status as a verified violation.  

          ​​​​​​​Once lawfully revoked, a new permit for a short-term rental cannot be issued or re-instated for the premise for a period of 365 days.

    Sec. 6.4.7. Parking

    Sec. 6.4.7. Parking aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:04
    1. Parking Use Category
      1. Defined
        Facilities that provide parking as a principal use, whether as remote parking for a principal use on a separate lot or as a principal use on the site. A fee may or may not be charged.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The parking facility must be located completely within a zoning district that permits the principal use that the parking is serving.
        2. In an R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6, R-10 or R-X district, a fee may not be charged.

    Sec. 6.4.8. Passenger Terminal

    Sec. 6.4.8. Passenger Terminal aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:05
    1. Passenger Terminal Use Category
      Facilities for the takeoff and landing of planes and helicopters, and facilities for trains, buses, taxis or limo services. Passenger terminal includes the following uses.
      1. Airport.
      2. Airfield, landing strip. 
      3. Bus passenger terminal, multi-modal facility.
      4. Heliport.
      5. Railroad station.
      6. Taxi dispatch center, limousine service.
    2. Airfield, Landing Strip
      1. Defined
        Facility for the taking off and landing of aeroplanes. Does not include accommodations for passengers.
      2. Use Standards
        a. Design standards for an airfield shall be in accordance with Federal Aviation Administration requirements.
        b. The length of the clear zone to be controlled and maintained by the airfield (no buildings allowed) such that future construction is prohibited is 1,000 feet.
        c. There shall be a planted area at least 25 feet wide on both sides of the landing strip, provided and maintained by the airfield owner in such a manner as to minimize noise, dust and hazard from the field, in areas where in the opinion of the Board of Adjustment such protection is found to be desirable.
        d. The area shall be fenced to prevent trespassing by animals or unauthorized persons.
        ​​​​​​​e. Except in areas properly zoned for such uses, there shall be no business, repair or advertisement, except for the sale of gasoline to the planes based at the field.
    3. Heliport, Serving Hospitals
      1. Defined
        Facility for the taking off and landing of helicopters serving hospitals licensed by the State of North Carolina pursuant to N.C.Gen.Stat. §131E-176 et seq. that operate acute care beds as defined by 10A N.C.A.C. 14C.3801 as an accessory use. 
      2. Use Standards
        1. The heliport is used only for emergency medical purposes.
        2. Design standards for a heliport shall be in accordance with Federal Aviation Administration requirements.
        3. Proof of Air Space Clearance from the Federal Aviation Agency is required prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or zoning permit.
        4. Evergreen shrub plantings adjacent to the security fence surrounding any ground-level heliport safety area shall be required. These plantings shall be required to obscure at least 75% of the security fence at the time of planting to a height of 24 inches and all shrub plantings shall be expected to reach a height of 5 feet or greater within 5 years of planting.
    4. Heliport, All Others
      1. ​​​​​​​Defined
        Facility for the taking off and landing of helicopters not associated with a hospital licensed by the State of North Carolina.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Design standards for a heliport shall be in accordance with Federal Aviation Administration requirements.
        2. Proof of Air Space Clearance from the Federal Aviation Agency is required prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or zoning permit.
        3. The facility must be designed and placed so that it will not be detrimental to adjoining properties or to properties within a 1,000-foot radius of the heliport site as measured from the center of the final approach and takeoff area.
        4. Evergreen shrub plantings adjacent to the security fence surrounding any ground-level heliport safety area shall be required. These plantings shall be required to obscure at least 75% of the security fence at the time of planting to a height of 24 inches and all shrub plantings shall be expected to reach a height of 5 feet or greater within 5 years of planting.
        5. The applicant for a heliport special use permit shall notify by first class mail all property owners within a 1,000-foot radius of the center of the proposed final approach and takeoff area. This notice shall be posted at least 30 days prior to the date of the hearing on the request. This notice shall contain the same information as the notice required by Sec. 10.2.1.C.5.a.
          ​​​​​​​

    Sec. 6.4.9. Personal Service

    Sec. 6.4.9. Personal Service aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:05
    1. Personal Service Use Category
      Facilities involved in providing personal or repair services to the general public. Personal service includes the following uses.
      1. Animal care.
      2. Beauty/hair salon.
      3. Catering establishment.
      4. Cleaning establishment, dry-cleaning or laundry drop-off facility, laundromat, washeteria.
      5. Copy center.
      6. Funeral home, funeral parlor, mortuary, undertaking establishment, crematorium, pet crematorium.
      7. Locksmith.
      8. Optometrist.
      9. Palmist, psychic, medium, fortune telling.
      10. Post office.
      11. Repair of appliance, bicycle, canvas product, clock, computer, jewelry, musical instrument, office equipment, radio, shoe, television or watch.
      12. Tailor, milliner, upholsterer.
      13. Tattoo parlor, body piercing.
      14. Taxidermist.
      15. Wedding chapel.
    2. Animal Care (Indoor)
      1. Defined
        Any building or land used, designed or arranged for the care of animals without limited outdoor activity. Includes animal grooming, animal hospital, veterinary clinic, pet clinic, animal boarding, animal shelter, cattery, kennel and doggy day care.
      2. Use Standards
        1. No overnight outdoor activity associated with the care of animals. For the purposes of this section “overnight” constitutes the hours between 11 PM and 7 AM.
        2. Outdoor activity, including but not limited to, walking and bathing of animals, is permitted during the day, provided that no more than 4 animals are engaged in outdoor activity at a time. For the purposes of this section, “during the day” constitutes the hours between 7 AM and 11 PM.
    3. Animal Care (Outdoor)
      1. Defined
        Any building or land used, designed or arranged for the care of animals that includes overnight outdoor activity. Includes animal grooming, animal hospital, veterinary clinic, pet clinic, animal boarding, animal shelter, cattery, kennel and doggy day care.
      2. Use Standards
        1. All exterior exercise areas and runs must be fenced for the safe confinement of animals.
        2. No part of any building, structure or run in which animals are housed shall be closer than 150 feet from any property line, except property owned or occupied by an owner or operator; provided, that the minimum distance referred to above shall not apply if all portions of the facility in which animals are enclosed is located wholly within a building.
        3. In the AP District, 1 unlit announcement sign not exceeding 9 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height is allowed.
    4. Beauty/Hair Salon
      1. Defined
        A facility providing beauty enhancement treatments such as hairdressing, nail, tanning, facials and therapeutic massage. Includes barber. 
      2. Use Standards
        A beauty/hair salon in an RX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets;
        2. The beatury/hair salon use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot; and
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. A beauty/hair salon in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts a or b of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The beauty/hair salon use cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
    5. Copy Center
      1. Defined
        A facility that provides printing, publishing, photocopying, packing, shipping and quick-sign services.
      2. Use Standards
        A copy center in an RX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets;
        2. The copy center use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot; and
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. A copy center in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts a or b of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building 
    6. Optometrist
      1. Defined
        A primary eye care provider who diagnoses, manages and treats disorders of the visual system and eye diseases.
      2. Use Standards
        An optometrist in an RX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets;
        2. The optometrist use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot; and
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. An optometrist in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts a or b of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The optometrist use cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
    7. Use Standards for All Other Personal Service Uses
      1. A personal service use in an RX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets.
        2. The personal service use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. Tattoo parlors, body piercing, taxidermists and wedding chapels are not permitted.
        5. A personal service use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts a and b of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The personal service unit cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
      2. A personal service use in an OX- District is subject to the following: 
        1. Must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building, cannot be located in a standalone building.
        2. The floor area of the personal service use cannot exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the entire building or 4,000 square feet, whichever is greater individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
        3. House of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. Tattoo parlors, body piercing, taxidermists and wedding chapels are not permitted.
        5. A personal service use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to part b of this section. The personal service unit cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.

    Sec. 6.4.10. Restaurant/Bar

    Sec. 6.4.10. Restaurant/Bar aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:06
    1. Restaurant/Bar Use Category
      A facility that prepares and sells food and drink for on- or off-premise consumption. Restaurant includes the following uses.
      1. Bar, nightclub, tavern, lounge.
      2. Eating establishment.
    2. Bar, Nightclub, Tavern, Lounge
      1. Defined
        A facility that prepares and sells food and drink that has alcoholic beverage sales in excess of 70% of the business’s total annual sales.
      2. Use Standards:
        1. ​​​A bar, nightclub, tavern or lounge in the NX- District is subject the following:
          1. No live performances.
          2. No dance floor.
          3. Outdoor seating in excess of 20 seats shall require the issuance of a Special Use Permit in accordance with Sec. 10.2.9. In addition to the showings required by Sec. 10.2.9.E.1. through 8., the following standards must be met:
            1. a) The outdoor seating area shall be a minimum distance of 100 feet from any principal or accessory dwelling unit in a residential district; however
              b) The minimum distance may be reduced to 40 feet provided:
              1) A Type B1 Transitional Protective Yard is established along any shared property line located between the outdoor seating area and any applicable principal, or accessory, dwelling unit; and
              2) A Type C1 or C2 Street Protective Yard is established along any property line abutting a right-of-way located between the outdoor seating area and any applicable principal or accessory dwelling unit.
              3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require screening or landscaping along a property line or right-of-way line wherein the outdoor seating area is screened wholly and adequately by a non-residential principal structure, either on-site or off-site.
          4. No outdoor seating shall occupy any area without prior approval of the conversion to seating by the City.
    3. Eating Establishment
      1. Defined
        A facility that prepares and sells food and drink that may or may not have alcoholic beverage sales. If allowed in no case can alcoholic beverage sales exceed 70% of the business’s total annual sales.
      2. Use Standards
        1. An eating establishment in an RX- District is subject to the following:
          1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets.
          2. The eating establishment use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot 
          3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
          4. An eating establishment in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts i and ii of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The eating establishment unit cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
        2. An eating establishment use in an OX- District is subject to the following:
          1. Must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building, cannot be located in a standalone building.
          2. The floor area of the eating establishment use cannot exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the entire building or 4,000 square feet, whichever is greater individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
          3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
          4. Must be located at least 150 feet from an abutting Residential District (measured in straight line from the nearest point of the building containing the eating establishment to the boundary line of the district boundary line).
          5. An eating establishment use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to part ii of this section. The eating establishment unit cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.

    Sec. 6.4.11. Retail Sales

    Sec. 6.4.11. Retail Sales aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:06
    1. Retail Sales Use Category
      Facilities involved in the sale, lease, or rental of new or used products. Retail sales includes the following uses.
      1. Antiques, appliances, art supplies, baked goods, bicycles, books, building supplies, cameras, carpet and floor coverings, crafts, clothing, computers, convenience goods, dry goods, electronic equipment, fabric, flowers, fuel (including gasoline and diesel fuel), furniture, garden supplies, gifts or novelties, groceries, hardware, home improvement, household products, jewelry, medical supplies, music, musical instruments, office supplies, package shipping, pets, pet supplies, pharmaceuticals, photo finishing, picture frames, plants, printed materials, produce, seafood, souvenirs, sporting goods, stationery, tobacco, used or secondhand goods, vehicle parts and accessories, videos and related products.
      2. Art gallery.
      3. Check cashing, payday loan.
      4. Pawnshop.
    2. Pawnshop
      1. Defined
        A shop where loans are made with personal property as security.
    3. Mobile Retail - Long Term 

      1. Defined
        The sale of permitted items or services, including prepared food and beverages, from one or more licensed motorized vehicles, travel trailers transported by a licensed motor vehicle, or food truck, collectively referred to within this section as ‘mobile retail vehicles’. In no instance shall alcoholic beverages exceed 70% of the total annual sales of each temporary mobile retail vehicle.

      2. Use Standards
        1. Unless the Board of Adjustment approves a special use permit under Sec. 10.2.9 allowing additional mobile retail vehicles, the maximum number of mobile retail vehicles per lot shall be limited as follows:
          1. Maximum of 4 mobile retail vehicles on lots of one-half acre or less;
          2. Maximum of 6 mobile retail vehicles on lots between one-half acre and 1 acre; and
          3. Maximum of 8 mobile retail vehicles on lots greater than 1 acre.
        2. Retail Sales pursuant to Sec. 6.4.11.A. are permitted with the exception of Pawn Shops and Vehicle Fuel Sales.
        3. Personal Services, pursuant to Sec 6.4.9.A, are permitted with the exception of Animal care (outdoor).
        4. Mobile retail vehicles and associated appurtenances must be located a minimum of 5 feet from side and rear property lines and 10 feet from any public right-of-way.
        5. Electrical service must be provided for each mobile retail vehicle. The use of portable generators is prohibited.
        6. Mobile retail vehicles shall be located on a surface meeting the standards of Sec. 7.1.9
        7. A mobile vending permit must be obtained for the mobile retail business and all required County and City permits and licenses must be clearly displayed on the mobile retail vehicle. This mobile vending permit is required to be renewed annually. Prior to the issuance of the mobile vending permit, the vendor must provide evidence of having obtained a NC Sales and Use Certificate for collecting and paying the proper sales taxes.
        8. Mobile retail vehicles selling food items (‘food trucks’) must meet the following standards:
          1. Outdoor seating shall only be provided by the property owner or an associated principal use.
          2. In addition to the requirements set forth in Sec. 6.4.11.C.2.f, the food truck must provide evidence of having obtained a County Environmental Services –Vending Permit, and a means for the disposal of grease within an approved grease disposal facility prior to the issuance of the mobile vending permit.
          3. Operating without a county and/or state-issued food vending permit, including one that has been suspended or revoked, shall be considered a violation of this ordinance.
          4. Food trucks must be located at least 50 feet from the main entrance of any offsite eating establishment or similar food service business, any offsite outdoor dining area, and any offsite permitted food vending cart location, as measured from the designated location on the lot accommodating the mobile retail operation. In the event that one or more of the aforementioned uses locates within the minimum separation requirement subsequent to the food truck location being approved, nothing shall prohibit the food truck from continuing to operate at the approved location unless the long-term mobile retail use is discontinued.   
        9. Mobile retail vehicles must be located at least 5 feet from the edge of any driveway or public sidewalk, utility boxes and vaults, handicapped ramp, building entrance, exit or emergency access/exit way, or emergency call box and must not locate within any area of the lot that impedes, endangers, or interferes with pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Mobile retail vehicles must be located a minimum distance of 15 feet in all directions of a fire hydrant.
        10. Mobile retail vehicles must not occupy any handicap accessible parking space as specified in N.C. Gen. Stat. §20-37.6
        11. No audio amplification is allowed as part of the mobile retail operation.
        12. Mobile retail vehicles are limited to one (1) A-frame sign per vehicle in accordance with Sec. 7.3.12 and may be displayed during business hours but must be removed daily when the mobile retail vehicle is closed. Signage shall not be illuminaed, internally or externally. Signs attached to, painted on or otherwise positioned in or on a mobile retail vehicle shall be exempt from 7.3.15.N.
        13. Hours of operation are limited to the hours between 6 AM and 3 AM. If the mobile retail vehicle(s) is located within 150 feet of a residential zoning district or a building used for single or two-unit living, the hours of operation are limited to the hours between 7 AM and 10 PM.
        14. Any mobile retail vehicle or outdoor seating area shall be a minimum distance of 100 feet from any dwelling in a residential district; however the minimum distance may be reduced to 40 feet provided the standards pursuant to Sec. 7.2.4.E.17.
        15. Restrooms must be provided in accordance with the North Carolina Plumbing code. On-site restrooms shared with an associated principal use may be used to fulfill this requirement.
        16. When in operation, the mobile retail vehicle operator or their designee must be present except in cases of an emergency.
        17. Mobile Retail-Long Term uses must comply with all applicable City ordinances and regulations regarding waste disposal. All waste and trash must be disposed of properly and removed at the end of each day or as needed to maintain the health and safety of the public. City trash receptacles are not to be used for this purpose. All areas within 5 feet of the truck and any associated seating area must be kept clean of grease, trash, paper, cups or cans associated with the vending operation. No liquid waste or grease is to be disposed in tree pits, storm drains or onto the sidewalks, streets, or other public space. Under no circumstances can grease be released or disposed of in the City’s stormwater or sanitary sewer system.
        18. With the exception of allowable outdoor seating areas, all equipment required for the mobile retail operation must be contained within, attached to or within 10 feet of the mobile retail vehicle and all food preparation, storage, and sales/distribution must be in compliance with all applicable County, State and Federal Health Department sanitary regulations.
    4. Use Standards
      1. A retail sales use in an RX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be located on the first floor of a corner unit in an apartment building type located at the intersection of 2 public streets.
        2. The retail sales use cannot exceed 4,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot. 
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. Vehicle fuel sales, check cashing and payday loan facilities are not permitted.
        5. A retail sales use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to parts a and b of this section; however, such a use must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building. The retail sales unit cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
      2. A retail sales use in an OX- District is subject to the following:
        1. Must be within or attached to a multi-tenant building, cannot be located in a standalone building.
        2. The floor area of the retail sales use cannot exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the entire building or 4,000 square feet, whichever is greater individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
        3. Hours of operation can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM, including all deliveries.
        4. Vehicle fuel sales, check cashing and payday loan facilities are not permitted.
        5. A retail sales use in an -TOD overlay is not subject to part b of this section. The retail sales unit cannot exceed 10,000 square feet in gross floor area individually or cumulatively in combination with any other allowed Limited Commercial use per lot.
      3. Vehicle Fuel Sales in the NX- District is subject to the following:
        1. If any portion of the property is located within 200 feet of a Residential District (determined by a straight line from the property line to the district boundary line) Vehicle Fuel Sales shall meet all of the following:
          1. Width Dimensions:
            a) Width (min): 100’
          2. Any lot that contains Vehicle Fuel Sales must be located within 300’ of the centerline of an intersection that includes a street from at least one of the following Street Types: Mixed Use Streets or Major Streets.
          3. Hours of operation for Vehicle Fuel Sales can begin no earlier than 6 AM and end no later than 11 PM. Operations include all deliveries and collections. Preparation, store cleaning and inventory may be allowed during these restricted hours. Uses other than Vehicle Fuel Sales, car washing and vacuuming may continue operation during these restricted hours.
          4. The total number of vehicles capable of being simultaneously serviced cannot exceed 8.
          5. All vacuuming and compression machines located outside of an enclosed building shall be located at least 50 feet from a Residential District or use and shall be of a design that does not exceed a noise level reading of 55 dB(A).
          6. Accessory car washing is only allowed if the car wash is equipped only with fully automatic wash equipment so the driver remains in their car during the entire wash process.
          7. Backlighting of fuel canopies is prohibited. All canopy lighting shall be flushed mounted underneath the canopy except for signs.
          8. Canopies shall be limited to a 16 feet maximum height to the bottom of the underside of the canopy and a 23 feet maximum to the top of the roof of the canopy (absent any required vent stacks).
          9. Fuel pumps must be located a minimum of 50 feet from a Residential District.
      4. Vehicle Fuel Sales in a NX-, CX-, DX- or IX-District is subject to the following:
        1. Subject to NCDOT driveway access regulations, no fuel pump island shall be located closer than 25 feet from any public street right-of-way. 

    Sec. 6.4.12. Shopping Center

    Sec. 6.4.12. Shopping Center aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:07
    1. Shopping Center Use Category
      A planned unified development with dedicated commercial, office, recreational or public and institutional uses.
    2. Use Standards
      1. The shopping center contains at least three establishments with a minimum of one commercial or recreational use. The shopping center may contain more than one lot and other uses permitted by the applicable zoning district.
      2. The shopping center contains at least twenty-five thousand square feet of gross floor area.

    Sec. 6.4.13. Vehicle Sales/Rental

    Sec. 6.4.13. Vehicle Sales/Rental aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:07
    1.  Vehicle Sales Use Category
      Direct sales, rental or leasing of passenger vehicles, light and medium trucks, and other consumer motor vehicles such as motorcycles, boats and recreational vehicles. Vehicle sales includes the following.
      1. Boats and other recreational vehicle sales.
      2. Vehicle sales, rental or leasing.
    2. ​​​​​​​ Use Standards
      1. Vehicle displays shall not be artificially elevated above the general topography of the site.
      2. No outside speaker system is permitted.
      3. In a NX- District, the sales and leasing of motor vehicles for display shall be conducted within a fully-enclosed building. The outdoor display and storage of vehicles for sale or rental is not permitted.

    Article 6.5. Industrial Uses

    Article 6.5. Industrial Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:23

    Sec. 6.5.1. Heavy Industrial

    Sec. 6.5.1. Heavy Industrial aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:08
    1. Heavy Industrial Use Category
      Any facility that involves dangerous, noxious or offensive uses or a facility that has smoke, odor, noise, glare, fumes, gas, vibration, threat of fire or explosion, emission of particulate matter, interference with radio, television reception, radiation or any other likely cause. Heavy industrial includes the following uses.
      1. Asbestos, radioactive materials.
      2. Animal processing, packing, treating and storage, concentrate plant, processing of food and related products, production of lumber, tobacco, chemical, rubber, leather, clay, bone, paper, pulp, plastic, stone, or glass materials or products, production or fabrication of metals or metal products including enameling and galvanizing.
      3. Automobile dismantlers and recyclers.
      4. Bulk storage of flammable liquids, chemical, cosmetics, drug, soap, paints, fertilizers and abrasive products.
      5. Commercial feed lot.
      6. Concrete batching and asphalt processing and manufacture, batch plant Earth moving, heavy construction equipment, transportation equipment.
      7. Detention center, jail, prison.
      8. Explosives.
      9. Fabricated metal products and machinery.
      10. Industrial sign-making.
      11. Leather and leather products includes tanning and finishing.
      12. Lumberyard and wood products.
      13. Manufactured or modular housing sales.
      14. Outdoor storage yard for vehicles.
      15. Primary metal manufacturing.
      16. Pulp mill, rubber and plastic products, rubber manufacturing.
      17. Scrap metal processors, sawmill, secondary materials dealers.
      18. Trailer leasing, auction vehicle, broker vehicle.
      19. Tire recapping, tobacco products, transportation equipment.
    2. Detention Center, Jail, Prison
      1. Defined
        A secured facility for the incarceration of individuals either awaiting trial or convicted of a crime.
    3. Towing Yard for Vehicles
      1. Defined
        A facility for the impound and temporary storage of vehicles that is operated by someone engaged in the wrecker or towing business.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The facility must be used exclusively for vehicle storage and no parts from stored vehicles can be sold.
        2. The towing yard shall not be located on a site with frontage along a Major Street or on a site within 100 feet of a Major Street.
        3. The towing yard shall not be located on a site with frontage along a rail corridor or on a site within 1,320 feet of a rail corridor.
        4. No part of any vehicular surface area or vehicle storage yard enclosure shall be closer than 150 feet from a Residential District or residential use.

    Sec. 6.5.2. Light Industrial

    Sec. 6.5.2. Light Industrial aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:08
    1. Light Industrial Use Category
      Manufacturing, assembly, repair or servicing of industrial, business, or consumer machinery, equipment, products, or by-products mainly by providing centralized services for separate retail outlets. Contractors and building maintenance services and similar uses perform services off-site. Light industrial includes the following uses.
      1. Bottling.
      2. Brewery, winery, distillery, cidery.
      3. Bus or rail transit vehicle maintenance or storage facility.
      4. Contractors storage including janitorial and building maintenance service, exterminator, or other maintenance yard or facility, building, heating, plumbing, landscaping or electrical contractor and others who perform services off-site, but store equipment and materials or perform fabrication or similar work on-site.
      5. Food and beverage products except animal slaughter, stockyards.
      6. Lawn, tree or garden service.
      7. Laundry, dry-cleaning, and carpet cleaning plants.
      8. Leather and leather products except tanning and finishing.
      9. Sheet metal, welding, machine, tool repair shop or studio.
      10. Stone, clay, glass, and concrete products.
      11. Woodworking, including cabinet makers and furniture manufacturing.
    2. Brewery, Winery, Distillery
      1. Use Standards
        1. A Brewery, Winery, Distillery, or Cidery in the DX and CX district shall be subject to the following:
          1. The facility shall include one or more of the following accessory uses: a tasting room, tap room, restaurant or retail use incidental to the operation which is open and accessible to the public.
          2. The facility shall produce less than 15,000 US beer or cider barrels (460,000 US gallons) or 75,000 US gallons of wine or spirit per year.
        2. A Brewery, Winery, Distillery, or Cidery in the DX district shall be subject to the following:
          1. There shall be no allowance for outdoor storage of materials associated with the production of beer, wine, cider or spirits.

    Sec. 6.5.3. Light Manufacturing

    Sec. 6.5.3. Light Manufacturing aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:09
    1. Light Manufacturing Use Category
      A facility conducting light manufacturing operations within a fully-enclosed building. Light manufacturing includes the following uses. 
      1. Clothing, textile apparel manufacturing.
      2. Facilities engaged in the assembly, design, repair or testing of: analyzing or scientific measuring instruments; semiconductor and related solid state devices, including but not limited to clocks, integrated microcircuits; jewelry, medical, musical instruments, photographic or optical instruments; and timing instruments.
      3. Office showroom/warehouse.
      4. Printing, publishing, and lithography.
      5. Production of artwork and toys, graphic design sign-making, movie production facility, photo-finishing laboratory.
      6. Repair of scientific or professional instruments and electric motors.

    Sec. 6.5.4. Research & Development

    Sec. 6.5.4. Research & Development aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:09
    1. Research & Development Use Category
      A facility focused primarily on the research and development of new products. Research and development includes the following uses.
      1. Laboratories, offices and other facilities used for research and development by or for any individual, organization or concern, whether public or private.
      2. Prototype production facilities that manufacture a limited amount of a product in order to fully investigate the merits of such a product.
      3. Pilot plants used to test manufacturing processes planned for use in production elsewhere.

    Sec. 6.5.5. Self-Service Storage

    Sec. 6.5.5. Self-Service Storage aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:10
    1. Self-Service Storage Use Category
      Facilities providing separate storage areas for personal or business use designed to allow private access by the tenant for storing or removing personal property. Self-service storage includes the following uses.
      1. Warehouse, self-service.
      2. Fully enclosed indoor multi-story storage.
      3. Mini-warehouse.
    2. Use Standards
      1. A self-storage facility in an CX- District is subject to the following.
        1. The minimum size of the site is at least 2 acres.
        2. All storage shall be contained within a fully-enclosed building. However, the storage of boats, RV’s or other similar vehicles may be permitted in accordance with Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage.
        3. All storage units must be contained in a single building and accessed internally. For properties where an Urban Frontage is applied, storage units are not permitted on the ground floor. The outdoor storage of boats, RV’s or similar vehicles is not permitted.
      2. A self-storage facility in a DX- District is subject to the following:
        1. All storage shall be contained within a fully-enclosed building.
        2. All storage units must be contained in a single building and accessed internally. Storage units are not permitted on the ground floor. The outdoor storage of boats, RV’s or similar vehicles is not permitted.
      3. A self-storage facility in an IX- District is subject to the following:
        1. The minimum size of the site is at least 2 acres.
        2. All storage shall be contained within a fully-enclosed building. However, the storage of boats, RV’s or other similar vehicles may be permitted in accordance with Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage.
      4. A self-storage facility in an OP- District is subject to the following:
        1. All storage shall be contained within a fully-enclosed building.
        2. All storage units must be contained in a single building and accessed internally.
        3. For properties where an Urban Frontage is applied, storage units are not permitted on the ground floor.
        4. The outdoor storage of boats, RV’s or similar vehicles is not permitted.
        5. The self-service storage facility shall not be located on a site with frontage along a rail corridor or on a site within 1,320 feet of a rail corridor.
        6. The self-storage facility use shall not be located above the fifth floor of a building.
        7. Notwithstanding the transparency requirements for buildings within the Office Park (OP-) district, each upper story devoted to this use shall have a minimum transparency of 10% per floor and a maximum transparency of 20% per floor.
        8. Excluding stairwells, internal illumination within upper stories of buildings dedicated to this use shall be screened so that internal light sources shall not be visible. Internal light fixtures directly visible from outside the structure shall be directed internally upward or shall be shielded to prevent such visibility. Sensor lighting shall be required for all internal illumination within upper stories of the building that contain this use and those lights shall automatically shut off after at most 20 minutes of inactivity.
        9. No more than 10% of the land area, individually or collectively, of all the parcels within a contiguous area zoned Office Park (OP-) can be developed as Self-Service Storage, provided however, that one selfservice storage facility shall be permitted in each contiguous multi-parcel area within each area zoned Office Park (OP-). Subsequent rezonings of existing Office Park (OP-) zoning within the contiguous area to other zoning districts shall not render an existing self-service storage use nonconforming

    Sec. 6.5.6. Vehicle Service

    Sec. 6.5.6. Vehicle Service aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:10
    1. Vehicle Service Use Category
      Repair and service to passenger vehicles, light and medium trucks and other consumer motor vehicles such as motorcycles, boats and recreational vehicles. Vehicle service includes the following uses.
      1. Vehicle repair (minor).
      2. Vehicle repair (major).
      3. Vehicle repair (commercial vehicle).
      4. Car wash.
    2. Car Wash
      1. Defined
        Facility with mechanical or hand-operated equipment used for cleaning, washing, polishing, or waxing of motor vehicles. 
      2. Use Standards
        1. ​​​​​​​Car wash facilities located within 200 feet of a Residential District (determined by a straight line from the property line to the district boundary line) shall meet the following requirements.
          1. All washing, waxing, machine drying and related activities and operations shall be conducted entirely within an enclosed building (except for vehicular openings a maximum of 12 feet in width) with the exception of vacuuming, hand washing, hand drying and hand waxing of vehicles, the sale of items from vending machines and refuse storage and disposal.
          2. No vehicular openings providing access to the enclosed building shall face the Residential District. For purposes of this section, the building wall providing access shall be at an angle greater than 60 degrees from the Residential District line.
          3. All vacuuming and compression machines located outside of the enclosed building shall be of a design that does not exceed a noise level reading of 45 dB(A), as measured from the property line, between the hour of 6 AM to 7 AM and 55 dB(A) at all other lawful hours of operation.
          4. Operation of the establishment shall be prohibited prior to 6 AM or after 11 PM on all days of the week. The hours of operation shall be required to be posted on site at a conspicuous location and all of the establishment’s car wash equipment shall be rendered inoperable at all times other than during its hours of operation.
        2. Accessory car wash facilities shall be prohibited unless one or more of the following exist:
          1. Operation of the facility is after 6:00 AM and before 11:00 PM on all days of the week.
          2. The car wash is equipped only with fully automatic wash equipment so the driver remains in their car during the entire wash process, and all other outdoor on-site customer activities such as vacuuming is prohibited. 
    3. Vehicle Repair (Minor)
      1. ​​​​​​​Defined
        A facility where minor vehicle repair and service is conducted. Includes audio and alarm installation, custom accessories, quick lubrication facilities, minor scratch and dent repair, bed-liner installation and glass repair or replacement.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The outdoor overnight storage of vehicles may be permitted in accordance with Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage. Operable vehicles may be parked on-site during business hours.
        2. There shall be no dismantling of vehicles for salvage.
        3. The storage of impounded vehicles is not permitted.
        4. No outside speaker system is permitted.
        5. In the NX- District, a maximum of 2 service bay doors no more than 24 feet in width each are permitted on 2 sides of the building.
        6. Service doors shall be closed except for entry and exit of automobiles.
    4. Vehicle Repair (Major)
      1. Defined
        A facility where general vehicle repair and service is conducted, including transmission, brake, muffler and tire shops, along with body and paint shops. Major vehicle repair does not include any use meeting the definition for minor vehicle repair or commercial vehicle repair.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The outdoor overnight storage of vehicles awaiting repair may be permitted in accordance with Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage. Operable vehicles may be parked on-site during business hours.
        2. There shall be no dismantling of vehicles for salvage.
        3. The storage of impounded vehicles is not permitted.
        4. No outside speaker system is permitted.
    5. Vehicle Repair (Commercial Vehicle)
      1. Defined
        Repair, service, washing, or accessory installation for commercial vehicles, including box trucks, 18-wheelers and construction or other heavy equipment.
      2. Use Standards
        1. The outdoor overnight storage of vehicles awaiting repair may be permitted in accordance with Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage. Operable vehicles may be parked on-site during business hours.
        2. There shall be no dismantling of vehicles for salvage.
        3. The storage of impounded vehicles is not permitted.
        4. No outside speaker system is permitted.

    Sec. 6.5.7. Warehouse & Distribution

    Sec. 6.5.7. Warehouse & Distribution aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:11
    1. Warehouse & Distribution Use Category
      Facilities involved in the storage or movement of goods for themselves or other firms. Goods are generally delivered to other firms or the final consumer with little on-site sales activity to customers. Warehouse and distribution includes the following uses.
      1. Bulk storage, including nonflammable liquids, cold storage plants, including frozen food lockers, household moving and general freight storage, separate warehouse used by retail store such as furniture or appliance store.
      2. Bus barn.
      3. Commercial packing for fruits and vegetables.
      4. Distribution facility, central postal facility.
      5. Freight, service facility.
      6. Parcel services.
      7. Transfer and storage business where there are no individual storage areas or where employees are the primary movers of the goods to be stored or transferred.
      8. Trailer storage, drop off lot.
      9. Truck or motor freight terminal, service facility.
      10. Trucking operation.
      11. Warehouse.

    Sec. 6.5.8. Waste-Related Service

    Sec. 6.5.8. Waste-Related Service aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:11
    1. Waste-Related Service Use Category
      Characterized by uses that receive solid or liquid wastes from others for transfer to another location and uses that collect sanitary wastes or that manufacture or produce goods or energy from the composting of organic material. Waste-related service includes the following uses.
      1. Animal waste processing.
      2. Landfill.
      3. Manufacture and production of goods from composting organic material.
      4. Outdoor storage of recyclable material.
      5. Scrap materials (indoor storage).
      6. Solid or liquid waste transfer station, waste incineration.

    Sec. 6.5.9. Wholesale Trade

    Sec. 6.5.9. Wholesale Trade aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:12
    1. Wholesale Trade Use Category
      Facilities involved in the sale, lease, or rent of products to industrial, institutional or commercial businesses only. The use emphasizes on-site sales or order-taking and often includes display areas. Businesses may or may not be open to the general public, but sales to the general public are not permitted. Products may be picked up on-site or delivered to the customer. Wholesale trade includes the following uses.
      1. Mail-order house.
      2. Sale or rental of machinery, equipment, heavy equipment, building materials, special trade tools, welding supplies, machine parts, electrical supplies, plumbing supplies, janitorial supplies, restaurant equipment and store fixtures.
      3. Wholesale sales of food, clothing, auto parts, building hardware and similar products.

    Article 6.6. Open Uses

    Article 6.6. Open Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:23

    Sec. 6.6.1. Agriculture

    Sec. 6.6.1. Agriculture aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:13
    1. Agriculture Use Category
      The raising and harvesting of trees, vines, seeds, plants and crops, as well as the keeping, grazing or feeding of animals (including fish) for animal products, animal propagation, or value increase. Agriculture includes the following uses.
      1. Animal raising including horses, hogs, cows, sheep, goats, swine, poultry, rabbits and other small animals, apiculture, aquaculture, dairying, personal or commercial animal breeding and development.
      2. Community garden.
      3. Crop production, soil preparation, agricultural services, large animal and veterinary services, farm labor and management services, research farm.
      4. Floriculture, horticulture, pasturage, row and field crops, viticulture, tree or sod farm, silviculture, sale of agriculture products.
      5. Fish hatcheries, fish farm.
      6. Forestry, timber tracts, forest nursery, gathering of forest products.
      7. Grain, fruit, field crop and vegetable cultivation and storage.
      8. Hunting, trapping and game propagation.
      9. Livestock, horse, dairy, poultry and egg products.
      10. Livestock auction.
      11. Milk processing plant.
      12. Plant nursery.
      13. Restricted agriculture.
      14. Urban farm.
      15. Wildlife sanctuary.
    2. Community Garden
      1. Defined
        Areas of land managed and maintained by a group of individuals to grow and harvest food crops and non-food ornamental crops, for personal or group use, consumption, or donation. They may be divided into separate plots for cultivation by one or more individuals or may be farmed collectively by members of the group and may include common areas maintained and used by the group.
      2. Use Standards
        1. A community garden shall be primarily used for growing and harvesting food crops and ornamental crops, for consumption or donation or for sale on or off-site.
        2. On-site sales shall be permitted in R-1, R-10, Mixed Use and Special Districts subject to the following conditions:
          1. Sales shall be limited to agricultural produce not exceeding a maximum of 2,000 square feet per lot (not including areas devoted to driveways and off-street parking). In addition to the sales of agricultural produce, 25% of the produce stand area may be devoted to the sales of home made food goods such as baked goods, jams and relishes.
          2. Tents, stands, signs or other related structures shall provide a minimum 10-foot setback from all property lines and public rights-of-way and shall not be located within sight distance triangles.
          3. Areas devoted to off-street vehicular parking shall be oriented to provide for safe pedestrian and vehicular circulation and arranged so that vehicular ingress and egress to the parking areas is by forward motion of the vehicle.
          4. Signage shall be limited to 1 unlit announcement sign not to exceed 12 square feet in area and be no higher than 3½ feet above the ground elevation.
          5. All activities shall be discontinued by 8:00 PM when located in a Residential District.
          6. Waste collection facilities shall be provided on the property and may be portable in nature. Screening shall consist of landscaping or a wall or fence compatible with the principal building, if applicable, in terms of texture, quality, material and color. 
          7. A zoning permit showing consistency with these conditions shall be required prior to establishments of the on-site sales use and any changes thereto.
          8. No required landscape planting areas shall be utilized in association with the on-site sales activity and no unauthorized encroachments on public rights-of-way shall be permitted. ix. In no instance shall on-site sales be established on a site containing a Produce Stand as defined in Section 6.8.2.D.
        3. On-site sales in R-2, R-4 and R-6 shall require the issuance of a Special Use Permit in accordance with Section 10.2.9. In addition to the showings required by Sec. 10.2.9.E.1. through 8., all of the standards set forth in Section 6.6.1.B.2.b. must be met.
        4. Detached accessory structures such as storage or utility buildings, gazebos, trellises, or accessory greenhouse structures are permitted, subject to compliance with the requirements of the zoning district.
        5. If security fencing is installed, such fencing shall be of an open design.
        6. If lighting is installed, only motion-detecting fixtures shall be permitted. All-night lighting is prohibited.
        7. Community gardens shall be managed and maintained in compliance with all applicable standards of this UDO and the City Code, including but not limited to those pertaining to: nuisance abatement, stormwater, site accessibility, signage, soil erosion and sedimentation control and any required tree conservation and landscaping.
        8. Raising of animals is not permitted in a Residential District. In all other permitted districts, the raising of animals is subject to the following conditions:
          1. The community garden must be in active use for the growing and harvesting of crops.
          2. Hoofed animals are prohibited.
          3. Chickens are permitted at rate of 1 chicken per 1,000 square feet of lot area not to exceed 10 chickens on any single lot. No roosters are allowed.
          4. A maximum of 2 bee hives are permitted. 
          5. Any coop, hutch, hive, or other structure for housing animals shall be located at least 25 feet from any property line.
    3. Plant Nursery
      1. Defined
        A facility where horticultural and agricultural products produced on the premises are sold.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Sales shall be limited to agricultural products produced on the premises, hand-held garden tools, bags of fertilizer, mulch, and similar items normally associated with nursery or gardening operations.
        2. Sales offices shall be limited to 100 square feet of gross floor area per acre of land area, but in no case can the sales office exceed 1,000 square feet of gross floor area.
        3. The use shall not be located within a Primary Reservoir Watershed Protection Area.
        4. No more than 1 on-premise announcement sign not to exceed 12 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height.
    4. Restricted Agriculture
      1. Defined
        The raising and harvesting of tree crops (excluding forestry), vine crops and horticultural specialties not requiring intense cultivation. The keeping or grazing of animals for animal products, animal propagation or value increase is not allowed.
    5. Urban Farm
      1. Defined
        ​​​​​​​The raising and harvesting of trees (excluding forestry), vines, seeds, plants and crops, as well as the keeping, grazing or feeding of animals (including fish) for animal products, animal propagation, or value increase when located in an urbanized (developed) area. An urban farm may be owned by an individual, group or organization and may include intensive agriculture, typical large-scale farm equipment, and animal husbandry.

    Sec. 6.6.2. Resource Extraction

    Sec. 6.6.2. Resource Extraction aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:13
    1. Resource Extraction Use Category
      Characterized by uses that extract minerals and other solids and liquids from land. Resource extraction includes the following uses.
      1. Dredging, earth extraction, gas extraction.
      2. Extraction of phosphate or minerals.
      3. Extraction of sand or gravel, borrow pit.
      4. Land clearing for the purpose of resource extraction.
      5. Metal, sand, stone, gravel, clay, mining and other related processing.
      6. Stockpiling of sand, gravel, or other aggregate materials.
    2. Use Standards
      1. Except for properties in an IH District or used for industrial uses listed in Article 6.5. Industrial Uses, there shall be provided between overburden storage areas and adjoining properties not owned or leased by the operator, (a) walls, closed fences, berms or any combination equal or greater in height than the height of the overburden or (b) planted vegetation containing the following characteristics:
        1. Newly planted landscaping shall be of the following varieties: loblolly pine, genetically improved stock, Japanese cryptomeria ‘Yoshino’ and ‘Nellie Stevens’ holly;
        2. Newly planted pine trees shall be planted double filed with a linear-triangle configuration with 20 foot spacing. Yoshino and Nellie Stevens shall be installed in the middle of the tree plantings, with at least 25 percent of each variety being planted; and
        3. The planted pine trees shall be at least 6 feet tall and the planted Yoshino and Nellie Stevens shall be at least 4 feet tall.
      2. Existing woodland vegetation, at least 25 feet in width, which meets or exceeds the screening characteristics of the planted material may be used, in whole or in part, to satisfy the vegetative planting requirements.
      3. If planted or existing vegetation is used to screen the overburden, the overburden may not exceed a height of 70 feet or other City ordinances, whichever is more stringent. 
      4. A property shall be considered “adjoining” if it is separated from the area where overburden is deposited by a street right-of-way 100 feet wide or less.
      5. Upon the completion of any deposit of overburden material in any area, the deposit shall be covered with grass or other ground cover.
      6. The following hours of operations shall be observed:
        1. Blasting on the property is allowed only between the hours of 9 AM and 5 PM Mondays through Fridays except in the case of emergency. No blasting is allowed on the traditional holidays of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
        2. Crushing equipment shall operate only between the hours of 6 AM and 9 PM Mondays through Saturdays and only between 1 PM and 9 PM on Sundays.
        3. Overburden will be deposited, graded or moved about the property only between the hours of 7 AM and 6 PM Mondays through Saturdays.
      7. If the operator uses audible back-up warning devices on machinery or equipment, the volume and frequency of the back-up warning devices shall be the minimum required to comply with any applicable law or regulation.
      8. All load trucks entering the property shall have a working functioning load cover. Any truck that does not have a working functioning load cover shall not be loaded. Loads on load trucks exiting the property shall be covered.
      9. At each exit driveway utilized by loaded trucks, a sign shall be erected reading that all loads exiting the property are required by City ordinance to be covered, and that failure to cover is a violation of the City Code. The sign shall be facing the property and all lettering shall be a minimum of 6 inches tall.
      10. The primary crusher shall not be located closer than 300 feet to any outer property boundary and no closer than 600 feet to any Residential District. In lieu of meeting these distances, the primary crusher may be located in any area of the excavation pit that is 50 or more feet below the then current grade surface level, so that the wall of the excavation pit will function as a noise baffle.

    Article 6.7. Accessory Uses & Structures

    Article 6.7. Accessory Uses & Structures aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:24

    Sec. 6.7.1. In General

    Sec. 6.7.1. In General aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:14
    1. Accessory uses and structures are permitted in conjunction with allowed principal uses. Allowed accessory uses and structures include those listed in this Article and additional accessory uses and structures that, as interpreted by the Zoning Administrator, meet the following:
      1. Are clearly incidental to and customarily found in connection with an allowed principal building or use;
      2. Are subordinate to and serving an allowed principal building or use;
      3. Are subordinate in area, extent and purpose to the principal building or use served. Notwithstanding this requirement, an accessory structure may be taller than a principal building where otherwise allowed by this ordinance;
      4. Contribute to the comfort, convenience or needs of occupants, business or industry in the principal building or use served; and
      5. Are located on the same lot as the principal building or use served.
    2. In addition, no accessory use or structure may be established on a lot prior to the establishment of a permitted principal use.

    Sec. 6.7.2. Accessory Structures

    Sec. 6.7.2. Accessory Structures aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:14
    1. Setback and height requirements for all accessory structures are established for each building type and are set forth in the district chapter (Chapter 2. Residential Districts, Chapter 3. Mixed Use Districts, and Chapter 4. Special Districts) unless otherwise regulated specifically herein.
    2. No accessory structure may be located closer than 6 feet to any other building or structure on the same lot. Two or more structures joined by a breezeway shall be considered detached if the breezeway meets all of the following:
      1. Is no more than 6 feet in width, including roof overhangs;
      2. Is no more than 16 feet in height or the height of the principal structure, whichever is less;
      3. Meets the accessory structure setbacks;
      4. Is open on at least one side except for structural support columns. The other side may utilize mesh, latticework, or a similar treatment; 
      5. Is located no closer to the primary or side street than the wall plane of the principal structure closest to the street; and
      6. Has no walkway on the roof.

        If the breezeway does not meet 6.7.2.B.1. through 6, the two structures shall be considered attached and part of the same principal structure.
    3. In Residential Districts, accessory structures associated with Detached, Tiny, or Attached Houses shall comply with the following:
      1. Accessory structures with gross floor area of 150 square feet or less and height of 10 feet or less shall have a minimum setback of 5 feet from side and rear property lines;
      2. Playsets, as defined in Article 12.2, Defined Terms, shall not be deemed structures for the purposes of Section 10.2.8.A. A zoning permit is not required for these structures, however, notwithstanding any other requirements of this section, only the following standards shall apply:
        1. Maximum height shall not exceed 15’;
        2. Playsets may not encroach into any primary or side street setback; and
        3. Any roofed-over portion shall not exceed 100 square feet.
      3. Accessory structures shall have a minimum setback of 4 feet from an alley;
      4. The vehicular opening of a garage on an alley shall have a setback of either 4 feet or 20 feet or more from the alley;
      5. Encroachments into setbacks are permitted pursuant to Section 1.5.4.D.1.
      6. Vertical encroachments are permitted pursuant to Sections 1.5.7.D.2. and 1.5.7.D.3.g.; and
    4. In Residential Districts, accessory structures associated with Detached, Tiny, or Attached Houses shall conform to the standards shown in tables 1 and 2 below. Breezeway connections permitted under Sec. 6.7.2.B. shall not count towards the floor area or footprint calculations of this section.
    E. Floor Area Standards for Accessory Structures in Residential Districts
    Lot Size   Greater than 40,000 sf 10,000 sf to 40,000 sf 4,000 sf to 9,999 sf Less than 4,000 sf
    The largest area within a column shall control. Area maximums apply to all accessory structures on a lot combined.
    E1 Combined Floor Area (max.) 1,200 sf 1,000 sf 800 sf 600 sf
    E2 Combined Floor Area (max.) 50% of the principal structure floor area 50% of the principal structure floor area 50% of the principal structure floor area 50% of the principal structure floor area
    F. Setback Standards for Accessory Structures in Residential Districts
    Lot Size   Greater than 40,000 sf 10,000 sf to 40,000 sf 4,000 sf to 9,999 sf Less than 4,000 sf
    F1 From primary street (min.) Must be located at or behind the front wall of the house.
    F2 From side street (min.) 15' 15' 10' 10'
    F3 From side lot line (min.) 10' 5' 5' 5'
    F4 From rear lot line (min.) 10' 5' 5' 5'
    F5 From alley (min.) 4' without parking / 20' with parking 4' without parking / 20' with parking 4' without parking / 20' with parking 4' without parking / 20' with parking
    G. Height Standards for Accessory Structures in Residential Districts
    G1 Overall Height (max.) 26' 26' 26' 26'

    Sec. 6.7.3. Additional Standards for Specific Accessory Uses

    Sec. 6.7.3. Additional Standards for Specific Accessory Uses aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:14
    1. Caretaker’s Residence
      A single dwelling unit as a residence for a caretaker or watchman accessory to a permitted use is permitted in all districts other than a Residential District.
    2. Dish Antenna
      An antenna whose purpose is to receive signals from orbiting satellites. The regulations of this section apply only to dish antennas larger than 1 meter in diameter.
      1. No dish antenna can be located closer than 30 feet to a public right-of-way.
      2. In a Residential District, no dish antenna can have a dish of a diameter greater than 12 feet, unless located more than 100 feet from a property line.
      3. In a Residential District, any antenna not mounted on a building that is over 4 feet in diameter shall be screened from the right-of-way and the property boundary of any abutting lot. The screen shall be made of plant materials, berms, closed fences, or walls or any combination of that reduce the view from the abutting lot or right-of-way to a height of 6 feet above ground elevation year round. Fences or walls utilized for screening must be architecturally compatible with other buildings and structures on the site. Planting shall be provided so that no more than 2/3 of the height of the fence or wall is visible from the abutting lot or right-of-way within 5 years of the erection of the fence or wall.
      4. Roof-mounted dish antennas shall be screened from any public street that is open to vehicular traffic. All roof-mounted dish antennas exceeding 4 feet in diameter shall be constructed of mesh type material.
    3. Garage for 5 or More Vehicles Accessory to a Dwelling
      A special use permit may be issued in accordance with Sec. 10.2.9. for a garage for 5 or more motorized vehicles in a Residential District.
    4. Home Occupation
      An occupation that provides a service or product that is conducted wholly within a residential dwelling.
      1. No nonresident employees are allowed. Clients, customers, patients and visitors are not allowed to visit the premises. 
      2. No display of goods, products, or services shall be visible from outside the dwelling.
      3. The home occupation shall not exceed 25% of the livable portion of the dwelling.
      4. No business storage or warehousing of material, supplies or equipment is permitted outdoors. Storage is permitted in the principal dwelling unit or a fully-enclosed accessory structure only.
      5. There must be no change in the outside appearance of the building or premises, or other visible evidence of the conduct of a home occupation.
      6. Home-Occupation uses must comply with all applicable City ordinances and regulations regarding the emission of noise. A home-occupation permit shall be revoked if a violation of a City noise ordinance is issued in association with the Home-Occupation use. If revoked, a new home-occupation permit cannot be issued for the premise for a period of 365 days.
      7. Only 1 vehicle used in connection with the home occupation shall be parked or stored on the premises; provided, however, the vehicle must not be a bus, truck, van, trailer or other vehicle over 6,000 lbs., as listed on the vehicle registration form, and no advertising or reference to the home occupation may be displayed on the vehicle in any manner.
    5. Live-Work
      A commercial use that is contained within or attached to a residential structure or contained within a legally conforming accessory structure or accessory dwelling unit and which allows employees, customers, clients or patrons to visit. Live-Work uses shall meet all of the following:
      1. A minimum of 1 individual must occupy the associated principal structure or the associated Accessory Dwelling Unit as their primary place of residence.
      2. The live-work unit may employ no more than two (2) individuals not living on the premises at any one time.
      3. No business storage or warehousing of material, supplies or equipment is permitted outdoors. Storage is permitted in the live-work unit or a fully enclosed accessory structure only.
      4. Signage is limited to one (1) unlit Building Sign as listed in Sec. 7.3.2. for each building façade of the structure containing the live-work use that faces a public street. Each sign permitted by this item shall be no larger than six (6) square feet in area and attached to the structure housing the live-work unit.
      5. Only 1 vehicle used in connection with the live-work use shall be parked or stored on the premises; provided, however, the vehicle must not be a bus, truck, van, trailer or other vehicle over 6,000 lbs, as listed on the vehicle registration form, and no advertising or reference to the use may be displayed on the vehicle in any manner.
      6. No more than five (5) customers are permitted on the premises at any one time. No vehicular or bicycle parking is required.
      7. Allowed uses shall be limited to the following:
        1. Office
        2. Dance, martial arts, music studio or classroom
        3. Sports academy
        4. Personal Service (with the exception of Animal Care (outdoor); Dry-cleaning; Funeral home, funeral parlor, mortuary, undertaking establishment, crematorium, pet crematorium; and Wedding chapel)
        5. Clothing, textile, and apparel manufacturing
        6. Production of artwork and toys
        7. Graphic design
        8. Assembly, design, repair or testing of clocks, computers, jewelry, musical instruments, and photographic or optical instruments.
        9. Sale of items such as, but not limited to, antiques, jewelry and clothing only when in conjunction with production or repair of said items in the live-work.
      8. A live-work shall be located within or attached to a Detached, Attached, or Apartment principal structure with a residential principal use; or within an accessory structure or Accessory Dwelling Unit associated with a residential principal use. The live-work shall be located in fully-enclosed, conditioned space that is affixed to a permanent foundation. Exterior facades of an attached live-work shall be compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      9. No more than one live-work shall be established on a lot. A live-work shall not be permitted on a lot where a Home Occupation is permitted.
      10. When a live-work use is located within a Detached or Attached principal structure with a residential principal use or an Accessory Dwelling Unit associated with a residential principal use, the following provisions shall apply:
        1. The non-residential floor area is limited to the first floor and may occupy no more than 50% of the structure; and
        2. The entire structure may be no larger than 3,000 sf (both residential and non-residential).
      11. When a live-work is located in an Apartment principal structure, the floor area of the live-work shall not exceed 1,000 square feet or 40% of the gross floor area of the associated dwelling unit, whichever is smaller.
      12. When a live-work is located in an accessory structure that does not contain an ADU, the live-work may occupy up to 100% of the floor area of the accessory structure so long as the live-work meets the standards listed in Sec. 6.7.1. relative to the principal residential use.
      13. Hours of operation shall be limited to 7 AM to 7 PM.
      14. Outdoor seating associated with a live-work is prohibited.
      15. Except where the areas listed are within 10 feet of a public right-of-way, loading areas, service areas, and utility service areas associated with a live-work and which face an adjoining residential district that is vacant or developed with a residential use shall be screened in one of the following ways:
        1. By evergreen plantings the requirements of items 4. And 5. of Sec. 7.2.5.B.
        2. By a wall or fence at least six feet in height and compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      16. Mechanical equipment associated with a live-work shall be subject to Sec. 7.2.5.D.
      17. Lighting associated with a live-work shall be regulated according to Article 7.4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7.4., lighting associated with a live-work shall be full cutoff.
      18. Outdoor display areas shall be prohibited.
      19. Live-Work uses must comply with all applicable City ordinances and regulations regarding the emission of noise.  A live-work permit shall be revoked if a violation of a City noise ordinance is issued in association with the Live-Work use. If revoked, a new live-work permit cannot be issued for the premise for a period of 365 days.
      20. Notice shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.1. Letters shall be mailed upon verification that the application is complete. 
        THIS IS SUPPOSED TO BE A FOOTNOTE: 1 A live-work occupying more than 50% of the floor area of an accessory structure or located in an accessory structure not containing an ADU may be subject to additional commercial building code requirements that may not apply to live-work uses described in item 10 above.
    6. Amateur Radio Antennae in Residential Districts
      Amateur radio antennae are permitted in residential districts, provided the following standards are met.
      1. A plot plan is required for any amateur radio antenna.
      2. Except in the -AOD, the maximum height shall be 90 feet. In the -AOD, the maximum height shall be 40 feet.
      3. An engineering study must be submitted with the plot plan. The study must contain information about the support structure, footings and guy wires.
      4. An electrical permit is required.
      5. The amateur radio antennae must meet all required setbacks for a principal structure within the zoning district.
      6. The amateur radio antennae shall not be located any closer to the primary or side street than the wall plane of the principal structure closest to the street.
      7. For amateur radio antenna mounted to the ground, the overall tower height shall be measured from the base of the tower where it meets the ground.
      8. For amateur radio antenna mounted to a principal structure, the overall tower height shall be measured utilizing the average grade for the principal structure in accordance with Sec. 1.5.7. In no instance may an amateur radio antennae be attached to a tree.
      9. If an amateur radio antennae has been abandoned by the property owner and is no longer used for communication, the tower shall be removed. The removal shall occur within 60 days of discontinuance of use.
    7. Recreational Use Related to a Residential Development
      1. Recreational use is limited to the following facilities: clubhouse, docks, exercise rooms, game and craft rooms, gymnasiums, party and reception rooms, bicycle paths, pedestrian and equestrian trails, picnic areas, play courts, such as basketball, racquetball, and tennis courts, golf courses, driving ranges, play fields, playgrounds, sauna baths, swimming pools and tanning facilities.
      2. These uses are allowed only as part of a residential development or subdivision, a compact development, a conservation development, a manufactured home development, or a congregate care facility. Such uses may be located outside of the boundaries of the development, provided that:
        1. The lot is owned by the development (through its homeowners association or other similar mechanism); and
        2. The lot adjoins the subdivision for at least 50% of its perimeter; or
        3. The lot is located across a street or other right-of-way for at least 50% of its perimeter.
      3. Nonresident memberships or fees paid by the general public shall not be permitted. This prohibition shall not be construed to disallow membership fees for residents of the development and their guests made on an installment basis of not less than monthly, rather than on any payfor-use, hourly, daily or weekly basis. Membership fees are allowed for any recreational use related if it also complies with all regulations of a recreational use restricted to membership, either commercial or not for profit.
      4. The recreation facilities shall be owned by either a not for profit organization, a homeowners association, or multi-unit development owner.
      5. No signage, storage, merchandise, or display including display windows shall be visible from outside of the recreational use.
      6. Bicycle parking for the recreational uses shall be provided in accordance with Section 7.1 Parking.
    8. Religious Shelter Unit
      Temporary housing associated with a place of worship that is for counseling, education and referral services for temporary residents. A zoning permit is required for any religious shelter unit.
      1. The facility is an accessory use to a place of worship and occupies a floor area of no more than 10% of the gross floor area in any 1 complex.
      2. It houses no more than 12 residents at any one time provided that a minimum floor space of 100 square feet of space is provided for each individual sheltered.
      3. No individual or family resides at the facility for a period longer than 18 months, and no person or family shall be readmitted until at least 14 days have elapsed from their last residency.
      4. It is located in a place of worship which is established on the site for a period of 1 year or longer.
      5. It provides an employee or volunteer to maintain continuous on-site supervision.
      6. No religious shelter unit may be located within ¾-mile radius of another religious shelter unit (determined by a straight line from property line to property line).
      7. It is not located within a Primary Reservoir Watershed Protection Area or an -AOD.
    9. Residential Accessory Service
      1. A nonresidential accessory use located within an apartment or townhouse development or congregate care facility in an R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6, R-1o or RX-district. Allowed accessory uses are limited to eating establishment, beauty or barber shop, laundry or dry cleaning pickup, drug store, flower shop, gift shop or newsstand. Does not include an adult establishment.
      2. The gross floor area of all accessory uses can be no more than 25% of the dwelling unit.
      3. In no case shall the accessory use occupy more than 50% of the building gross floor area or 2,000 square feet, whichever is less (except that laundry facilities shall be excluded from this maximum floor area).
      4. The primary entrance to the accessory use must be internal to the main building.
      5. The display of products and activity of the accessory use must not be visible from outside the building.
      6. The signage and location must not be designed to attract clientele from outside the building or lot within which the use is sited.
      7. Residential accessory service uses are not allowed in a Primary Watershed Protection Area.
    10. Drive-Thru 

      A facility, whether attended or unattended, designed for the provision of products and/or services to persons remaining in their vehicles that are queued in a designated service lane. 

      1. Drive-thrus, with the exception of pharmacies, are prohibited in the DX-, RX-, and OX- districts, and any district with an Urban Frontage.  

      2. All drive-thrus existing in the DX-, RX-, and OX- districts, or any district with an Urban Frontage, prior to XX, XX, XXXX,  shall be subject to the following provisions: 

        1. Replacement, repair, and renovation of drive-thrus may be made provided the replacement, repair, or renovation conforms to all provisions of this UDO except 6.7.3.J.1. Replacement, repair, or renovation allowed under this section shall be like for like. This item is applicable to both voluntary and involuntary demolition of drive-thrus which leads to replacement, repair, or renovation. 

        2. Drive-thrus made non-conforming may be re-established provided the drive-thru conforms to all provisions of this UDO and provided the use is discontinued, vacated, or abandoned for a period of fewer than 730 consecutive days. This section is applicable to both voluntary and involuntary cessation of use.

        3. Drive-thrus shall not be extended, expanded, enlarged or increased in intensity, unless a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such extension or expansion.  

    11. Drive-In 

      A facility where patrons can be accommodated remaining in a parked vehicle. Drive-ins typically incorporate canopies, installed electronic ordering systems, designated space numbers and other elements to facilitate service to the vehicle. This does not include designated drive-up/pick-up spaces within a standard parking facility. 

      1. Drive-ins are prohibited in the DX-, RX-, and OX- districts, and any district with an Urban Frontage.  

      2. All drive-ins existing in the DX-, RX-, and OX- districts, or any district with an Urban Frontage, prior to [insert effective date of this ordinance], shall be subject to the following provisions: 

        1. Replacement, repair, and renovation of drive-ins may be made provided the replacement, repair, or renovation conforms to all provisions of this UDO except 6.7.3.K.1. Replacement, repair, or renovation allowed under this section shall be like for like. This item is applicable to both voluntary and involuntary demolition of drive-ins which leads to replacement, repair, or renovation. 

        2. Drive-ins made non-conforming may be re-established provided the drive-thru conforms to all provisions of this UDO and provided the use is discontinued, vacated, or abandoned for a period of fewer than 730 consecutive days. This section is applicable to both voluntary and involuntary cessation of use. 

        3. Drive-ins shall not be extended, expanded, enlarged or increased in intensity, unless a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such extension or expansion. 

    Article 6.8. Temporary Uses

    Article 6.8. Temporary Uses aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:24

    Sec. 6.8.1. Applicability

    Sec. 6.8.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:15

    A temporary use permit is intended to allow for the short-term placement of activities, many of which would be not allowed on a permanent basis. The following regulations govern temporary uses.

    Sec. 6.8.2. Temporary Use Permit Required

    Sec. 6.8.2. Temporary Use Permit Required aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:15

    The following temporary uses are allowed subject to approval of a temporary use permit issued in accordance with Sec. 10.2.13. and Sec. 11.4.1.

    1. Temporary Event
      1. A temporary event lasting 1 day shall be permitted without complying with the conditions below, provided that no more than 4 temporary events in any 1 calendar year shall be permitted on that premise.
      2. All temporary events lasting more than 1 day on any premise in any one calendar year shall meet all of the following:
        1. No premise shall be the site of a temporary event exceeding a collective total of 20 days, or 3 individual weekends, or both within any one calendar year. In this context, a weekend shall constitute 3 consecutive days.
        2. Signs associated with a permitted temporary event shall be a maximum size of 64 square feet in area allocated to no more than 5 signs.
        3. All outdoor activities shall be discontinued by 11 PM when located closer than 500 feet to a residential use or a congregate care facility.
        4. No unauthorized encroachments on public rights-of-way are allowed.
        5. The temporary event must comply with all applicable floodplain policies.
    2. Fund Raising Activity for a Civic Use in a Residential District
      1. The fund raising activity is on a periodic basis.
      2. Activities are discontinued by 11 PM.
    3. Outdoor Mobile Vending Cart
      An outdoor mobile vending cart is allowed in any mixed-use district subject to the following requirements:
      1. Outdoor mobile vending carts shall be located on the same lot as a principal building.

      2. The maximum number of outdoor mobile vending carts per lot is limited as follows:

        1. Two outdoor mobile vending cart on lots less than 5 acres.

        2. Four outdoor mobile vending carts on lots of 5 acres or greater but less than 10 acres.

        3. Six outdoor mobile vending carts on lots of 10 acres or greater.

        4. A maximum of 1 outdoor mobile vending cart when tenant occupancy equates to less than 50% of the gross floor area of the principal buildings.

        5. The amount of space occupied by outdoor mobile vending carts shall not exceed 1% of the occupied floor area gross of the principal buildings.

      3. The dimensions of any outdoor mobile vending cart may not exceed the following:

        1. ​​​​​​​50 square feet in area.

        2. A maximum length or width of 10 feet and a maximum height of 8 feet.

        3. The maximum height of 8 feet shall include any protection provided for the vendor or customer from outdoor conditions in the form of an umbrella, or other protective covering which must be attached to the cart.

      4. ​​​​​​​Signage for the outdoor mobile vending cart shall be limited to one A-frame sign in accordance with Sec. 7.3.12 and may be displayed during business hours but must be removed daily when the mobile vending cart is closed. Signage shall not be illuminated, internally or externally. All other signage must be attached to the cart and shall be limited to a maximum of 32 square feet

      5. All required Wake County and City of Raleigh permits and licenses shall be clearly displayed on the vending cart.

      6. The vending cart must be located within 50 feet of a principal building façade containing a primary pedestrian entrance, located no closer than 10 feet to any entrance or exit and may not be situated such that the free flow of pedestrian or vehicular traffic is restricted.

      7. Hours of operation for any outdoor mobile vending cart shall be limited to the hours of operation of the associated principal use. In no event shall the mobile vending cart be in operation between the hours of 1:15 AM and 6 AM. If the mobile vending cart is located within 150 feet of a residential zoning district or a lot containing a building used for single or two-unit living, the hours of operation are limited to the hours between 7 AM and 10 PM.

      8. Sales of goods and merchandise shall be limited to food and beverage items, fresh cut flowers and original artworks and handicrafts.

      9. Outdoor mobile vending carts must be located at least 5 feet from the edge of any driveway or public sidewalk, utility boxes and vaults, handicapped ramp, building entrance, exit or emergency access/exit way, or emergency call box and must not locate within any area of the lot that impedes, endangers, or interferes with pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Outdoor mobile vending carts must be located a minimum distance of 15 feet in all directions of a fire hydrant.
      10. Outdoor mobile vending must not occupy any handicap accessible parking space as specified in N.C. Gen. Stat. §20-37.6.
      11. The outdoor mobile vending cart operator or their designee must be present  except in cases of an emergency.
      12. No audio amplification is allowed as part of the outdoor mobile vending operation.
      13. All equipment required for the operation must be contained within, attached to or within 5-feet of the mobile vending cart and all food preparation, storage, and sales/distribution made in compliance with all applicable County, State and Federal Health Department sanitary regulations.
    4. Produce Stand
      1. Defined
        A produce stand permits the itinerant sale of agricultural produce and homemade food goods without a permanent structure or improvements.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Sales shall be limited to agricultural produce not exceeding a maximum of 2,000 square feet per lot (not including areas devoted to driveways and off-street parking). In addition to the sales of agricultural produce, 25% of the produce stand area may be devoted to the sales of homemade food goods such as baked goods, jams and relishes. For produce stands not removed from the lot on a daily basis, the use shall be limited to a maximum of 8 months per calendar year. All tents, stands, signs and structures associated with the produce stand shall be removed from the property within 5 calendar days following the termination of the approved time period.
        2. Produce stands locating within a Residential District shall be required to locate on the property of a civic building or use (such as a place of worship or school), or within the common area of an apartment building or series of buildings containing a minimum of 100 dwelling units, or on property fronting a Major Street as designated on the Comprehensive Plan. In the event that the property fronting a Major Street is developed with a detached house or tiny house used for single-unit living, no parking associated with the produce stand may be located within the front yard area.
        3. Tents, stands, signs or other related structures shall provide a minimum 10-foot setback from all property lines and public rights-of-way and shall not be located within sight distance triangles.
        4. Areas devoted to off-street vehicular parking shall be oriented to provide for safe pedestrian and vehicular circulation and arranged so that vehicular ingress and egress to the parking areas is by forward motion of the vehicle. Produce stands shall be exempt from the parking surfaces requirements and the required landscaping regulations.  
        5. Signage for all produce stand activities on the premise shall be limited to 1 unlit announcement sign not to exceed 12 square feet in area and be no higher than 3½ feet above the ground elevation.
        6. All activities shall be discontinued by 8:00 PM when located in a Residential District.
        7. No code-required landscape planting areas shall be utilized in association with the produce stand activities and no unauthorized encroachments on public rights-of-way shall be permitted.
        8. A plan that shows the location of all tents, produce stands, driveways, off-street parking, traffic circulation, signs, or other related structures shall be submitted to the City for their approval, and that a zoning permit be issued prior to any event taking place.
    5. Residential Development Sales Office or Model Home
      1. The use of the office shall be for the initial sale or lease of properties or buildings within the residential development.
      2. There shall be no signage for a residential development sales office or model home on the premises in a Residential District except for 1 unlit ground announcement sign not to exceed 6 square feet in area, and 3½ feet in height that is located on the sales office or model home lot.
      3. For a developing residential subdivision, any phase containing a residential development sales office or model home shall contain a minimum of 5 acres and be intended for a minimum of 10 residential properties.
      4. The building may be used for sales purposes for a period of 3 years, but the period can be extended by the Development Services Director on a semi-annual basis, provided the owner can show reasonable cause for such extensions and the unit remains occupied and used. In no event will the sales office or model home be continued when all of the properties of the development phase or building are sold or leased, excluding the sales office lot or model home lot within a subdivision.
      5. No sales office or model home shall be used for any other retail purpose. 
      6. For a developing residential subdivision, the building must be located on an approved lot intended to be occupied by a dwelling unit, except for facilities located in recreational buildings. For all residential developments, the building must be located to comply with applicable district dimensional standards.
      7. The building used for the sales office is either constructed and intended for ultimate residential use as part of the residential development or a temporary modular office unit. If a temporary modular office unit is constructed, the following additional conditions shall be met:
        1. The modular office unit must be placed on a proper foundation, as recommended by the manufacturer.
        2. Skirting and natural planting shrubs shall be installed around all sides of the modular office unit in accordance with the following:
          1. Skirting shall consist of any weatherproof material providing a visual barrier between the underside of the modular office unit and the stand; and
          2. All natural shrubs shall be evergreen, a minimum of 36 inches tall, and planted 5 foot on center, but no one side shall have less than 2 plants.
        3. At the end of the maximum time period allowed for this use, the property owner shall remove the temporary modular office unit, the foundation and all other physical structures such that natural plant materials shall solely occupy the lot until such time that a permanent use allowed within the district is established.
    6. Mobile Retail
      1. ​​​​​​​Defined
        The short-term sale of permitted items or services, including prepared food and beverages, from one or more temporarily stored and licensed motorized vehicles, travel trailers transported by a licensed motor vehicle, or food truck, collectively referred to within this section as ‘mobile retail vehicles’. In no instance shall alcoholic beverages exceed 70% of the total annual sales of each temporary mobile retail vehicle.
      2. Use Standards
        1. Mobile Retail - Short Term shall be permitted in the following zoning districts:
          1. OX, OP, NX, CX, IX, DX, RX, IH
        2. The maximum number of mobile retail vehicles per lot is limited as follows:
          1. Maximum of 2 mobile retail vehicles on lots of one-half acre or less;
          2. Maximum of 3 mobile retail vehicles on lots between one-half acre and 1 acre; and
          3. Maximum of 4 mobile retail vehicles on lots greater than 1 acre
        3. Retail Sales, pursuant to Sec. 6.4.11.A. are permitted with the exception of Pawn Shops and Vehicle Fuel Sales.

        4. Personal Services, pursuant to Sec 6.4.9.A, are permitted with the exception of Animal care (outdoor).
        5. Mobile retail vehicles and associated appurtenances must be located a minimum of 5’ from side and rear property lines and 10’ from any public right-of-way.
        6. Mobile retail vehicles shall be located on a surface meeting the standards of Sec. 7.1.9
        7. A mobile vending permit must be obtained for the mobile retail business and all required County and City permits and licenses must be clearly displayed on the mobile retail vehicle. This mobile vending permit is required to be renewed annually. Prior to the issuance of the mobile vending permit, the vendor must provide evidence of having obtained a NC Sales and Use Certificate for collecting and paying the proper sales taxes.
        8. Mobile retail vehicles selling food items (‘food trucks’) must meet the following standards:
          1. In addition to the requirements set forth in Sec. 6.8.2.F.2.g, the food truck must provide evidence of having obtained a County Environmental Services –Vending Permit, and a means for the disposal of grease within an approved grease disposal facility prior to the issuance of the mobile vending permit.
          2. Operating without a county and/or state-issued food vending permit, including one that has been suspended or revoked, shall be considered a violation of this ordinance.
          3. Food trucks must be located at least 50 feet from the main entrance to any eating establishment or similar food service business, any outdoor dining area, and any permitted food vending cart location, as measured from the designated location on the lot accommodating the mobile retail operation. In the event that one or more of the aforementioned uses locates within the minimum separation requirement subsequent to the food truck location being approved, nothing shall prohibit a food truck from continuing to operate at the approved location until the temporary use permit has expired.
        9. Hours of operation are limited to the hours between 6 AM and 3 AM. If the mobile retail vehicle is located within 150 feet of a residential zoning district or a lot containing a building used for single or two-unit living, the hours of operation are limited to the hours between 7 AM and 10 PM.
        10. A lot without another principal use (excluding Parking, see Sec. 6.4.7.) may be used for Mobile Retail - Short Term for up to 4 hours in any one day. A lot with another principal use (excluding Parking, see Sec. 6.4.7.) may be used for Mobile Retail – Short Term for up to 8 hours in any one day. No more than 4 of those hours may occur outside the principal use’s hours of operation. These requirements apply to all vehicles on the site, singularly and collectively.
        11. Mobile retail vehicles must not occupy any handicap accessible parking space as specified in N.C. Gen. Stat. 20-37.6.

        12. Mobile retail vehicles must be located at least 5 feet from the edge of any driveway or public sidewalk, utility boxes and vaults, handicapped ramp, building entrance, exit or emergency access/exit way, or emergency call box and must not locate within any area of the lot that impedes, endangers, or interferes with pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Mobile retail vehicles must be located a minimum distance of 15 feet in all directions of a fire hydrant.
        13. No audio amplification is allowed as part of the mobile retail operation.
        14. Outdoor seating is to be provided by the property owner or the associated principal use. Mobile retail vehicles and associated outdoor seating must be removed from all permitted locations during impermissible hours of operation and must not be stored, parked, or left overnight on any public street or sidewalk.
        15. Mobile retail vehicles are limited to one (1) A-frame sign per vehicle in accordance with Sec. 7.3.12 and may be displayed during business hours but must be removed daily when the mobile retail vehicle is closed. Signage shall not be illuminated, internally or externally. Signs attached to, painted on or otherwise positioned in or on a mobile retail vehicle shall be exempt from 7.3.15.N.
        16. The mobile retail vehicle operator or their designee must be present at all times except in cases of an emergency.
        17. Mobile Retail-Short Term uses must comply with all applicable City ordinances and regulations regarding waste disposal. All waste and trash must be disposed of properly and removed at the end of each day or as needed to maintain the health and safety of the public. City trash receptacles are not to be used for this purpose. All areas within 5 feet of the truck and any associated seating area must be kept clean of grease, trash, paper, cups or cans associated with the vending operation. No liquid waste or grease is to be disposed in tree pits, storm drains or onto the sidewalks, streets, or other public space. Under no circumstances can grease be released or disposed of in the City’s stormwater or sanitary sewer system.
        18. With the exception of allowable outdoor seating areas, all equipment required for the operation shall be contained within the mobile retail vehicle, attached to or within 10 feet of the mobile retail operation. All food preparation, storage, and sales/distribution shall operate in compliance with all applicable County, State and Federal Health Department sanitary regulations.
        19. A temporary use permit must be obtained by the property owner (as listed in the Wake County tax records) for any lot proposed to accommodate one or more food trucks. This temporary permit must be required to be renewed annually. A copy of the approved mobile vending permit and temporary use permit shall be kept in the mobile retail vehicle.
    CHAPTER 7. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

    Unified Development Ordinance

    CHAPTER 7. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

    CHAPTER 7. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:25

    Article 7.1. Parking

    Article 7.1. Parking aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:25

    Sec. 7.1.1. Applicability

    Sec. 7.1.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:16
    1. General
      1. No permit for the construction, reconstruction, extension, repair or alteration of any building, structure or use of land and no building or land or any part of any building or land, may be occupied or used until bicycle and vehicle parking has been provided in accordance with the requirements of this UDO.
      2. As applied in this section and elsewhere, the term “parking” may mean both bicycle parking or vehicle parking. Where bicycle parking is the specific subject of a code section, the term “Bicycle Parking” will be used. If the term “parking” would create a lack of clarity, the term “Vehicle Parking” will be used.
    2. Definitions
      1. Vehicle parking. This refers to cars, trucks, and similar vehicles. No parking is required for vehicles, but this code regulates the design and other aspects of any vehicular parking spaces that are provided.
      2. Bicycle parking. This refers to bicycles and scooters, whether motorized or not.
    3. Additions
      1. A building or site may be renovated or repaired without providing additional parking, provided there is no increase in gross floor area or improved site area.
      2. When a building, use or site is increased in gross floor area or improved site area by up to 25% cumulatively, any new bicycle parking that is required for the additional floor or site area or additional vehicular parking that is provided in the absence of any requirement shall comply with all of the related parking standards of this UDO.
      3. When the gross floor area or improved site area is increased by more than 25% cumulatively, both the existing use and the additional floor or site area must conform to the bicycle parking requirements of Sec. 7.1.2.C.
      4. When the gross floor area or improved site area is increased by more than 25% cumulatively, both the existing bicycle and vehicle parking and the new bicycle parking required for the additional floor or site area or vehicle parking that is provided in the absence of any requirement must conform to all related parking standards of this UDO.
      5. Any additions to a vehicle parking area must meet all requirements of this UDO.
      6. No provisions of this section shall mean that existing vehicle parking must be removed to meet maximum parking requirements.
    4. Change in Use
      1. A change in use based on the parking table of Sec. 7.1.2.C. must comply with the parking requirements. Where existing parking spaces exceed the maximum, no existing spaces must be removed and no other mitigation will be required to comply with maximum parking requirements.
    5. Raleigh Street Design Manual
      Except as otherwise provided in this UDO, all parking spaces and areas must comply with the Raleigh Street Design Manual.

    Sec. 7.1.2. Required Parking

    Sec. 7.1.2. Required Parking aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:17
    1. Calculation of Parking Requirements
      1. Parking shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 7.1.2.C. Where a use is not specifically listed or only a broad use category is shown, the Zoning Administrator is responsible for categorizing the use in accordance with Sec. 6.1.2.
      2. When a lot is used for a combination of uses, the parking minimum or maximum requirements are the sum of the requirements for each use and no parking space for one use can be included in the calculation of parking requirements for any other use, except as allowed as in Sec. 7.1.5.A. For sites that contain more than one use and where at least one use has no maximum, the Shopping Center category will serve as the maximum for that use or uses.
      3. In determining the minimum or maximum number of parking spaces, fractional spaces are rounded to the nearest whole number, with one-half or more counted as an additional space.
    2. [Reserved for Future Codification]
    3. Parking Requirements by Use 
    Use Category Vehicle Parking (max) Electric Vehicle (EV) Capable Spaces (min)  Short-Term Bicycle Parking (min) Long-Term Bicycle Parking (min) Site Plan Group
    RESIDENTIAL
      Household Living, as listed below:           
        Single-unit living (all parking on lot) No maximum None None None A
        Two-unit living (all parking on lot) No maximum None None None A
        Multi-unit living: Townhouse building type No maximum None None None A
       
    • Multi-unit living: 0 - 1 bedroom
    • Multi-unit living: 2 bedrooms
    • Multi-unit living: 3 bedrooms
    • Multi-unit living: 4 bedrooms
    • Multi-unit living: 5+ bedrooms
    • 1.5 spaces per unit
    • 2.25 spaces per unit
    • 3 spaces per unit
    • 4 spaces per unit
    • 5 spaces per unit

    20% of total spaces OR 

    15% of total spaces, a minimum of two of which must have EV chargers installed. 

    No EV infrastructure is required for projects with fewer than 10 spaces. No EV infrastructure is required or in Apartment buildings when each dwelling unit is horizontally integrated and separated vertically by a party wall. 

    "1 space per 20 units, minimum 4 " 1 space per 7 bedrooms (developments with 10 or more bedrooms) A
        Manufactured home development No maximum None None None A
        Multi-unit supportive housing residence No maximum None None None A
        Supportive housing residence No maximum None None Minimum 2 A
        Accessory dwelling unit No maximum None None None A
      Group Living, except as listed below:  1 space per bed None None None A
        Boardinghouse 2 spaces per bedroom None None None A
        Congregate care, nursing home No maximum None None None B
        Dormitory, fraternity, sorority  2 spaces per bedroom

    20% of total spaces OR 

    15% of total spaces, a minimum of two of which must have EV chargers installed. 

    No EV infrastructure is required for projects with fewer than 10 spaces.

    1 space per 20 bedrooms, minimum 6 1 space per 5 bedrooms (developments with 10 or more bedrooms) A
        Continuing care retirement community No maximum None 1 space per 20 units other than rest home units, minimum 4; 1 space per 10,000 SF of all space not part of residential units 1 space per 7 bedrooms other than rest home units (developments with 10 or more bedrooms) B
      Social Service, except as listed below:  No maximum None None None B
        Emergency shelter type A, type B No maximum None None None B
        Special care facility No maximum None None None B
    PUBLIC & INSTITUTIONAL
      Civic, except as listed below: No maximum None "1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 " None B
        Cemetery No maximum None None None A
        College, community college, university No maximum None "1 space per 10,000 SF of academic space " "1 space per 20,000 SF of academic space " B
        Place of worship No maximum None None None B
        "School, public or private (K-8) " No maximum None 1 space per classroom 3 spaces per classroom B
        "School, public or private (9-12) " No maximum None 1 space per classroom 3 spaces per classroom B
      Parks, Open Space and Greenways No maximum None 0.2 spaces per acre of open space (excluding greenways), minimum. "4 - One space per 5,000 SF of gross indoor floor area and one space per field and court.  None A
      Utilities, Minor and Major No maximum None None None A Minor, B Major
          No maximum        
    COMMERCIAL
      Day care, except as listed below: No maximum None None "1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 " B
        Day care, home No maximum None None None A
      Indoor Recreation, except as listed below: 1 space per 200 SF of gross floor area None 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 None C
                  C
        Convention center, arena No maximum None 1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area. For convention center, 1 space per 50,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum of 4. None for arena. C
        Movie theater or other indoor theater 1 space per 2 seats None 1 space per 500 seats, minimum 4 None C
      Medical, except as listed below: No maximum None Minimum 4 spaces 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area " B
        Hospital No maximum None 1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 1 space per 70,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4  B
        Medical, dental office No maximum None 1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 B
      Office, except as listed below: 1 space per 200 SF of gross floor area None 1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 B
        Call Center 1 space per 100 SF of gross floor area None 1 space per 10,000 SF of gross floor area 1 space per 2,500 SF of gross floor area B
      Outdoor Recreation, except as listed below: No maximum None 1 space per field, minimum 4, and 1 space per court, min 4 None B
        Golf course No maximum None None 1 space per 6 holes, minimum 4 C
        Golf driving range No maximum None None None C
        Outdoor sports or entertainment, facility, outdoor theater No maximum None 1 space per 500 seats, minimum 4 None C
      Overnight Lodging, except as listed below: 1.5 spaces per room or bedroom

    20% of total spaces OR 

    15% of total spaces, a minimum of two of which must have EV chargers installed. 

    No EV infrastructure is required for projects with fewer than 10 spaces. 

    None 1 space per 20 rooms or bedrooms, minimum 4 B, except Bed and Breakfast, A
        Hostel 1 space per 2 beds None 1 space per 20 beds, minimum 4 1 space per 10 beds B
      Parking "20 spaces in DX, no maximum elsewhere "

    20% of total spaces OR 

    15% of total spaces, a minimum of two of which must have EV chargers installed. 

    No EV infrastructure is required for projects with fewer than 10 spaces. 

    None None A
      Passenger Terminal No maximum None 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area 1 space per 2,500 SF of gross floor area C
      Personal service 1 space per 250 sf of gross floor area None 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 None C
      Restaurant/Bar 1 space per 100 SF of gross floor area None 1 space per 50,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 1 space per 25,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 C
      Retail Sales, except as listed below: 1 space per 200 SF of gross floor area plus 1.5 spaces for every 600 square feet of outdoor display area for every 600 square feet of outdoor display area feet of outdoor display area None 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 None C
        Mobile Retail - Long Term No maximum None None None A
      Shopping Center 1 space per 200 SF of gross floor area None 1 space per 5,000 SF of gross floor area, minimum 4 None C
      Vehicle Sales/Rental No maximum None None None C
    INDUSTRIAL
      Heavy Industrial No maximum None None None C
      Light Industrial No maximum None None None C
      Light Manufacturing No maximum None None None C
      Research & Development No maximum None None None B
      Self-Service Storage No maximum None None None B
      Vehicle Service No maximum None None None C
      Warehouse & Distribution No maximum None None None C
      Waste-Related Service No maximum None None None C
      Wholesale Trade No maximum None None None C
    OPEN
      Agriculture No maximum None None None A
      Resource Extraction No maximum None None None C

     

    Sec. 7.1.3. Specialized Vehicle Parking Requirements

    Sec. 7.1.3. Specialized Vehicle Parking Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:17

    These requirements control over any other requirements in this UDO.

    1. Downtown District (DX-)
      1. No more than 2 on-site vehicle parking spaces per dwelling unit are allowed. For studio or one-bedroom units, no more than 1.5 spaces per unit are allowed.
      2. The ground story of structured parking must have active uses (such as, but not limited to, residential, commercial, office or civic space) located between the parking structure and any public sidewalk along a primary street or where the structured parking is within 30 feet of any other public sidewalk notwithstanding the existence of an intervening lot, unless the intervening lot is improved with an active use between the sidewalk and the structured parking.
      3. Ramping in the parking structure shall be internalized or otherwise screened.
      4. The ground floor facade treatment of any parking structure facade (building materials, windows and architectural detailing) shall be continued on upper stories. Upper stories of shall be designed with a maximum horizontal and vertical rhythm of 30 feet that aligns with other elements along the block face.
      5. The maximum blank wall area (see Section 1.5.10.) of any parking structure façade shall be 20’. This requirement does not apply to screening elements affixed to the façade and used tp meet the requirements of Sec. 7.2.5.F.
    2. TOD Overlay District (-TOD)
      1. No more than 2 on-site vehicle parking spaces per dwelling unit are allowed. For studio or one-bedroom units, no more than 1.5 spaces per unit are allowed.
      2. Surface vehicle parking associated with a nonresidential use may not exceed the number enumerated in Sec. 7.1.2.C.

    Sec. 7.1.4. Vehicle Parking Mitigation

    Sec. 7.1.4. Vehicle Parking Mitigation aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:18
    1. Applicability
      This section applies to all projects that meet both of the following criteria:
      1. Include more than 16 residential units and/or more than 10,000 square feet of nonresidential gross floor area.
      2. Provide more than the number of vehicle parking spaces shown in Section 7.1.2.
    2. Mitigation Requirements
      Projects that meet the above criteria must mitigate the impact of the provided vehicle parking as follows:

      Projects in DX or TOD districts or in zones with an Urban Frontage, projects that provide vehicle parking beyond the maximum shall incorporate all of the following:
      1. Include any vehicle spaces beyond the maximum within a parking structure.
      2. Make at least 20 percent of vehicle spaces beyond the maximum available to the general public or shared with another property or use.
      3. Provide, for the vehicle spaces beyond the maximum, 50 percent more electric vehicle ready, capable, or similar EV-supporting spaces than would otherwise be required.

      4. Projects in all other districts that provide vehicle parking beyond the maximum shall choose one of the following two options:
        1.  
    3. Parking Alternate Means of Compliance

    The parking ratios of this UDO apply unless an alternate parking ratio is approved by the Transportation Director in accordance with the requirements below. An alternate will involve a showing of compatibility and a mitigation of impacts of higher levels of parking provision. This finding can be supplemented by the following information:

    1. Alternate parking ratios may be approved where an applicant submits a parking study, prepared and sealed by a registered professional engineer in the State of North Carolina. Such a study must illustrate that the maximum vehicle parking ratios of Sec. 7.1.2.C. do not accurately apply to a specific development proposal.
    2. The data submitted must include, at minimum, the size and type of the proposed development, the mix of uses, the anticipated rate of parking turnover and the anticipated peak parking and traffic loads of all uses.
    3. The data must be obtained either from relevant studies published in refereed journals or other secondary source of comparable authority; or from primary studies of no fewer than 3 comparable developments within the regional market. The regional market shall be the Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area. The data must consist of accumulation counts in the typical peak hour for the dominant land use and have been collected in the prior 24 months.

    Sec. 7.1.5. Additional Vehicle Parking Provisions

    Sec. 7.1.5. Additional Vehicle Parking Provisions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:18
    1. Shared Parking
      1. Shared vehicle parking means that a parking lot or structure has vehicle spaces that are available to the general public or that are available to another property.
    2. [Reserved for Future Codification]
    3. [Reserved for Future Codification]
    4. Tandem Parking
      1. Tandem vehicle parking is allowed for single-unit, two-unit and multi-unit living.
      2. Two vehicle parking spaces in tandem must have a combined minimum dimension of 8.5 feet in width by 36 feet in length.
      3. Both vehicle parking spaces in tandem must be assigned to the same dwelling unit.
    5. [Reserved for Future Codification]
    6. Queuing Areas
      1. Adequate space must be made available on-site for the stacking, storage and queuing of vehicles.
      2. Vehicles using drive-thru facilities may not encroach on or interfere with the public use of streets and sidewalks by vehicles or pedestrians.
      3. A restaurant with drive-thru facilities must provide at least 8 queuing spaces for vehicles when 1 drive-thru lane exists and 6 spaces at each drive-thru when more than 1 lane exists.
      4. A bank with drive-thru facilities must provide at least 3 queuing spaces per drive-thru lane.

    Sec. 7.1.6. Vehicle Parking Location and Layout

    Sec. 7.1.6. Vehicle Parking Location and Layout aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:19
    1. Location
      All on-site parking must be arranged so that no vehicle is forced onto any public street, not including an alley, to gain access from 1 parking aisle to another parking aisle.
    2. Layout
      1. Parking spaces and drive aisles must meet the required dimensional standards. Parking spaces and drive aisles using dimensions other than those specified may be approved if prepared and sealed by a registered engineer in the State of North Carolina with expertise in parking facility design, subject to a determination by the Development Services Director.
      2. Within a structured parking facility, up to 30% of the total parking spaces provided may be compact spaces. No more than 2 compact parking spaces may abut each other. Compact spaces can be reduced to 7.5 feet in width and 15 feet in length. All compact parking spaces must be clearly and visibly striped and labeled for compact car use only. Other than the stall width and length reduction, compact parking spaces must comply with all other parking layout standards.
    Image
    7-1-6-b-2

    Sec. 7.1.7. Vehicle Parking Lot Landscaping

    Sec. 7.1.7. Vehicle Parking Lot Landscaping aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:19
    1. Intent
      1. The intent of the vehicle parking lot landscaping requirements is to minimize the visual impacts of large areas of vehicular parking as viewed by the public right-of-way, minimize the impacts of stormwater runoff, and dissipate the effects of the urban heat island.
      2. A well designed parking lot utilizes landscaped islands and clear delineations to break the parking lot into smaller segments.
      3. Tree and shrub plantings should not interfere with the pedestrian circulation on the site.
    2. Applicability
      1. This section applies to all on-site surface parking areas with more than 10 spaces. For purposes of this section, multiple platted lots contained on a single site plan and any separate parking areas connected with drive aisles are considered a single parking area.
      2. At least 1 shade tree must be planted in each surface parking area with 10 spaces or less.
      3. In an Urban Frontage or -TOD, this section applies only to on-site surface parking areas with more than 40 parking spaces. At least 1 tree must be planted for every 10 spaces in each surface parking area with 40 spaces or less.
      4. All surface parking areas of any size within any district with frontage on any portion of a street right-of-of way (not including an alley) must be screened along the street edge by a Type C3 street protective yard under Sec. 7.2.4.B.
    3. Perimeter Islands
      1. A landscape perimeter island shall be provided along primary internal access drives.
      2. A landscaped perimeter island must be a minimum of 5 feet wide, landscaped with shrubs installed at a rate of 30 shrubs per 100 linear feet that under typical conditions can be expected to reach a height and spread of 3 feet within three years of planting. All shrubs shall be a minimum of 18 inches tall when planted. In lieu of planting a hedge, a wall at least three feet in height may be installed. GSI practices may be located in perimeter islands if part of an approved stormwater management plan for the site. The shrub requirements may be met within GSI practices.
      3. A perimeter island may also serve as the location for a sidewalk connecting the use and the street. In such case, the sidewalk shall be a minimum of 6 feet wide and the remaining planting area shall be no less than five feet wide.
    4. Interior Islands
      1. A landscaped interior island must be provided every 10 parking spaces. Interior islands must be distributed evenly throughout the parking area.
      2. An interior island must be a minimum of 8 feet in width and be a minimum of 300 square feet in area.
      3. All rows of parking must terminate with a landscaped interior terminal island. No more than 30 parking spaces may be located between terminal islands.
      4. Interior islands may be consolidated or intervals may be expanded in order to preserve existing trees.
      5. GSI practices may be located in interior islands and terminal islands if part of an approved stormwater management plan for the site. Required shade trees may be placed within GSI practices. A maintenance plan must be approved for the GSI practices according to Sec. 9.2.2.D.
    5. Median Islands
      1. A landscape median island must be provided between every 6 single parking rows.
      2. A landscape median island must be a minimum of 6 feet wide.
      3. A median island may also serve as the location for a sidewalk connecting the parking and the use served by the parking area. The sidewalk must be a minimum of 5 feet wide. If trees or shrubs are planted in the median, the median with must be expanded by at least five feet.
      4. Median islands may be consolidated or intervals may be expanded in order to preserve existing trees.
      5. GSI practices may be located in median islands if part of an approved stormwater management plan for the site. Required shade trees and required shrubs may be placed within GSI practices. A maintenance plan must be approved for the GSI practices according to Sec. 9.2.2.D.
    6. Tree Coverage
      1. Each interior island (and terminal interior island) must include at least 1 shade tree.
      2. In no case shall there be less than 1 shade tree for every 2,000 square feet of parking area, except in an Urban Frontage or -TOD, where there shall be no less than 1 shade tree for every 4,000 square feet of parking area.
    7. Parking Lot Lighting
      1. Lighting fixtures must be located at least 20 feet from a tree, measured from the pole of the lighting fixture to the trunk of the tree.
      2. Additional requirements for lighting fixtures in parking lots are listed in Article 7.4. Site Lighting
    8. Tractor Trailer Staging, Loading and Parking in IH Districts
      The parking lot landscaping provisions do not apply to areas specifically designated for tractor trailer staging and loading areas and tractor trailer parking areas provided the staging, loading or parking area is screened along the street edge by a Type C1 or C2 street protective yard as set forth in Sec. 7.2.4.B.
    9. Design Alternate Findings
      The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall approve an design alternate, if all of the following findings are satisfied:
      1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the vehicle parking lot regulations; and
      2. The approved alternate is considered equal or better to the standard.
    Image
    7-1-7-i-2
    1. Exemptions
      In no case is a single use or single lot required to provide more than 30 bicycle parking spaces. A mixed use facility shall not be required to provide more than 50 bicycle parking spaces.
    2. Required Types of Bicycle Parking Facilities
      1. General Provisions
        Bicycle parking may be provided through various types of facilities, provided the facility meets the following:
        1. Bicycle racks are securely anchored, are easily usable with both U-locks and cable locks and support a bicycle at 2 points of contact to prevent damage to the bicycle wheels and frame.
        2. Spacing of the racks shall provide clear and maneuverable access.
        3. Where a bike can be locked on both sides without conflict, each side can be counted as a required space.
        4. Facilities may be placed on private property or within the public right-ofway. Short-term and long-term facilities must comply with the Raleigh Street Design Manual.
      2. Short-Term Bicycle Parking
        Short-term bicycle parking must be publicly accessible and convenient. Short-term bicycle parking must be located no more than 100 feet from the building entrance the bicycle rack is intended to serve.
      3. Long-Term Bicycle Parking
        Long-term bicycle parking provides employees, students, residents, commuters and others who generally stay at a site for several hours a protected and secure place to park. Required long-term bicycle parking must meet the following standards.
        1. Long-term bicycle parking must be covered and weather resistant.
        2. Long-term bicycle parking must be located no more than 300 feet from the building entrance or 660 feet from a parking structure.

    Sec. 7.1.8. Vehicle Loading Areas

    Sec. 7.1.8. Vehicle Loading Areas aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:20

    A. Loading Not Required
    If determined by the Development Services Director, adequate space must be made available on-site for the unloading and loading of goods, materials, items or stock for delivery and shipping.

    B. Location
    If a loading area is provided, it must meet the following standards.

    1. Loading areas must be located to the side or rear of buildings and be screened as set forth in Sec. 7.2.5.B.
    2. Loading areas cannot be located in an A or B neighborhood transition zone.
    3. With the exception of areas specifically designated by the City, loading and unloading activities are not permitted in the public right-of-way.
    4. Loading and unloading activities may not encroach on or interfere with the use of sidewalks, drive aisles, queuing areas and parking areas by vehicles or pedestrians.

    Sec. 7.1.9. Parking Surface Standards

    Sec. 7.1.9. Parking Surface Standards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:20

    All off street parking and driveway areas meet the following standards.

    1. Parking and driveway areas must be constructed of permanent non-erodible surface treatment as follows:
      1. porous or semi-porous monolithic or paver materials;
      2. masonry or concrete pavers;
      3. poured concrete or asphalt; or
      4. crushed stone or crush and run installed with a minimum depth of 4 inches.
    2. Crushed stone or crush and run must be delineated with anchored man made material or natural landscape edging materials that define and contain the stone or crush and run.
    3. These regulations do not apply to off-street parking and driveway areas that serve single and two-unit living and that are not located in the front yard.

    Article 7.2. Landscaping and Screening

    Article 7.2. Landscaping and Screening aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:25

    Sec. 7.2.1. Intent

    Sec. 7.2.1. Intent aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:21
    1. The intent of the landscaping regulations is to provide meaningful and well designed screening and buffering.
    2. Tree and shrub plantings should not interfere with the safe vehicular and pedestrian circulation on the site.

    Sec. 7.2.2. Applicability

    Sec. 7.2.2. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:21
    1. General
      No permit for the construction, reconstruction, extension, repair or alteration of any building, structure or use of land and no building or land or any part of any building or land, may be occupied or used until landscaping has been provided in accordance with the requirements of this UDO.
    2. Additions
      1. A building or site may be renovated or repaired without providing additional landscaping, provided there is no increase in gross floor area or improved site area.
      2. When a building or site is increased in gross floor area or improved site area by up to 25%, landscaping is required for the additional floor or site area only.
      3. When the gross floor area or improved site area is increased by more than 25%, both the existing use and the additional floor or site area must conform to the landscaping requirements of this UDO.
    3. Change in Use
      Achange in use does not trigger application of this section except when there is a specific use standard requiring landscaping for the new use.
    4. Landscaping Limit
      1. In no case shall required landscaping (parking lot landscaping, protective yards and tree conservation areas) exceed 30% of the total lot area, except in Watershed Protection Overlay Districts.
      2. Where the required landscaping exceeds 30%, the individual requirements can be reduced on a pro rata basis to achieve the 30%.
      3. The required tree conservation areas cannot be reduced by more than 50%.

    Sec. 7.2.3. Design Alternate Findings

    Sec. 7.2.3. Design Alternate Findings aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:22

    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall approve a design alternate, if all of the following findings are satisfied:

    1. The approved alternate is consistent with the intent of the landscape and screening regulations;
    2. The approved alternate does not substantially negatively impact the comfort and safety of pedestrians;
    3. The approved alternate utilizes other architectural, artistic, or landscaping treatments to create visual interest; and
    4. The approved alternate is considered equal to or better than the standard.

    Sec. 7.2.4. Protective Yards

    Sec. 7.2.4. Protective Yards aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:22
    1. Transitional Protective Yards
      1. A transitional protective yard is required along perimeter lot lines:
        1. For specific uses as set forth in Section 7.2.4.E. (type as specified); and
        2. Where an IH District abuts any other district other than an IH District a Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard must be installed.
      2. A transitional protective yard may be replaced with a tree conservation area that meets the requirements of Article 9.1. Tree Conservation.
      3. GSI practices shall be allowed in Transitional Protective Yard Types A2, B1 and B2. In order to accommodate GSI practices the number of shrubs may be reduced in Protective Yards by 10%.
    2. Street Protective Yard
      1. A street protective yard is required along the edge of the street right-of-way:
        1. For specific uses as set forth in Section 7.2.4.E. (type as specified); and
        2. For any property zoned IH, a Type C1 or C2 street protective yard must be installed along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
      2. A required street protective yard may be replaced with a tree conservation area that meets the requirements of Article 9.1. Tree Conservation
      3. The protective yards in Special Highway Overlay Districts 1 and 2 (Sec. 5.3.1.D.) take the place of any street protective yard required in Sec. 7.2.4.B. below.
      4. GSI practices shall be allowed in Street Protective Yard Types C1, C2, and C3. In order to accommodate GSI practices the number of shrubs may be reduced in Protective Yards by ten (10) percent.
    3. Location
      1. Protective yards must be located within the outer perimeter of the lot, parallel to and extending to the property boundary line. A required protective yard must be provided along the entire frontage immediately abutting the property line.
      2. The width of a protective yard is calculated on the average width per 100 feet or portion of protective yard. The minimum width of the protective yard at any one point shall not be less than one-half the required width of the protective yard.
      3. A protective yard may not be located on any portion of an existing, dedicated or reserved public right-of-way.
      4. A protective yard is determined exclusive of any required setback; however, the required protective yard may be located wholly or partially within a required setback.
    4. Encroachments
      1. General
        1. No building or structure on the subject site may be located closer than 10 feet to a protective yard.
        2. Breaks for pedestrian and vehicle access are allowed in a protective yard.
        3. The parking of vehicles and the placement of buildings or structures is prohibited in a protective yard. All parking and building setbacks apply.
      2. Walls
        Walls in a protective yard must meet the following.
        1. Walls must be closed and not exceed a maximum height of 8 feet.
        2. Walls shall be compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
        3. Walls must be constructed of high quality materials including one or a combination of the following: decorative blocks; brick; stone; cast-stone; architectural block; split-faced block; stucco over standard concrete masonry blocks; or glass block in a structurally safe and attractive condition.
        4. No walls containing more than 50% exposed standard concrete masonry blocks are permitted, whether painted or not.
        5. Alternative wall materials may be approved by the Development Services Director.
        6. No wall can be located within any tree conservation area.
        7. No wall can be located within any City of Raleigh utility easement without prior written approval of the Public Utilities Director.
        8. No wall can be located within any required drainage easement without prior written approval of the Engineering Services Director.

          Cross reference: The Public Utilities Director may approve structures within City of Raleigh utility easements, Sec. 8-2012(d).
      3. Fences
        Fences in a protective yard must meet the following.
        1. Fences must be closed and not exceed a maximum height of eight feet.
        2. Fences must be constructed of wood, composite fencing or PVC vinyl with the finished face located towards the adjacent property.
        3. Alternative fence materials may be approved by the Development Services Director.
        4. No fence can be located within any tree conservation area.
        5. No fence can be located within any City of Raleigh utility easement without prior written approval of the Public Utilities Director.
        6. No fence can be located within any required drainage easement without prior written approval of the Engineering Services Director.

          Cross reference: The Public Utilities Director may approve structures within City of Raleigh utility easements, Sec. 8-2012(d).
          Image
          7-2-4-3
            Type A1 Type A2 Type B1 Type B2 Type B3
          Width (avg. min) 6' 10' 20' 35' 35'
          Fence Height (min) Not allowed 6.5' Not allowed 6.5' Not required
          Wall Height (min) 6.5' 6.5' 6.5' 6.5' Not required
          Shade Trees (min per 100') Not required 4 4 6 Not required
          Understory Trees (min per 100') 4 4 4 6 Not required
          Shrubs (min per 100') Not required Not required 40 60 Not required
          Shrub Height (min) n/a n/a 3' 3' Not required
          Berm Not allowed Not allowed A berm in accordance with Sec. 7.2.4.D.4. may be installed, unless otherwise required. The installation shall not alter the yard width, fence, wall, shade and understory tree requirements A berm in accordance with Sec. 7.2.4.D.4. may be installed, unless otherwise required. The installation shall not alter the yard width, fence, wall, shade and understory tree requirements A berm shall be installed in accordance with Sec. 7.2.4.D.4. except the minimum height of the berm shall be 10' measured perpendicular to the crown
      4. Berms
        Where allowed, a berm in a protective yard must meet the following.
        1. A berm cannot be built in any protective yard whenever the protective yard is also a tree conservation area.
        2. Berms shall have a minimum average height of 3 feet, measured perpendicular to the center of the crown.
        3. The berm must contain a rounded crown suitable for planting and a stabilized side slope of no greater than three-to-one. A steeper side slope may be used in exceptional cases when all of the following are met:
          1. This steeper slope is sufficiently stabilized; and
          2. Physical constraints of the site prevent the use of a flatter slope.
        4. The berm shall be planted with ¾ of the required number of shrubs.
          Image
          7-2-4-4
            Type C1 Type C2 Type C3 Type C4
          Width (avg. min) 10' 15' 10' 35'
          Fence Height (min) 6.5' Not required Not required Not required
          Wall Height (min) 6.5' Not required  In lieu of planting shrubs, a 3.5' wall may be installed Not required
          Shade Trees (min per 100') Not required Not required Not required
          Understory Trees (min per 100') Not required Not required Not required Not required
          Shrubs (min per 100') 30 15 30 Not required
          Shrub Height (min) 3' 5' 3.5' Not required
          Berm Not allowed  A berm in accordance with Sec. 7.2.4.D.4. may be installed, unless otherwise required. The installation shall not alter the yard width and shade tree requirements Not allowed A berm shall be installed in accordance with Sec. 7.2.4.D.4. except the minimum height of the berm shall be 10' measured perpendicular to the crown
        5. In a C2 street protective yard, shrubs planted on a berm may have a lesser mature height; provided that the combined height of the berm and planting after 3 years is 5 feet.
        6. Berms may be permitted to meander and may be permitted to be discontinuous when approved by the Development Services Director.
      5. Grade Change
        1. In lieu of a wall or fence, a natural or man-made grade separation of at least 6 feet in elevation may be provided.
        2. The side slopes of the grade change cannot be greater than three feet of horizontal change for each foot of vertical rise.
        3. The developing property must be located at an elevation lower than the property to be screened and the change in grade achieves a similar screening effect as the wall or fence.
    5. Use-Specific Requirements
      1. Animal Care (Outdoor)
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along any exterior areas used to exercise, walk, or keep animals that abut a residential use.
      2. Civic Uses in a Residential or Manufactured Housing District- Other than Cemeteries, Colleges, Community Colleges, Universities and Schools, Public or Private (K-12)
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along any side of the property abutting a residential use.
      3. Day Care Center in a Residential District
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along any side of the property abutting a residential use.
        2.  A Type C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
      4. Parking Use Category in all Residential Districts, RX-, OP- and IH Districts
        1. Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along any side of the property abutting a residential use.
      5. Resource Extraction Use Category
        1. A type B3 transitional protective yard with a berm (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all outer perimeter property lines except where the property abuts an IH District or is used for industrial uses listed in Article 6.5. Industrial Uses.
        2. For lawful resource extraction facilities established prior to September 1, 2013 that adjoin uses other than household living as listed in Sec. 6.2.1., existing woodland vegetation at least 25 feet in width may be used, in whole or in part, to satisfy the transitional protective yard, provided any gap in woodland vegetation 20 feet or more in width shall be planted with evergreen hollies that have a mature height of at least 25 feet tall.
        3. A type C4 street protective yard with a berm (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right of-way.
        4. Except for properties in an IH District or used for industrial uses listed in Article 6.5. Industrial Uses, there shall be provided between overburden storage areas and adjoining properties not owned or leased by the operator, (a) walls, closed fences, berms or any combination equal or greater in height than the height of the overburden or (b) planted vegetation containing the following characteristics:
          1. Newly planted landscaping shall be of the following varieties: loblolly pine, genetically improved stock, Japanese cryptomeria ‘Yoshino’ and ‘Nellie Stevens’ holly;
          2. Newly planted pine trees shall be planted double filed with a linear triangle configuration with 20 foot spacing. Yoshino and Nellie Stevens shall be installed in the middle of the tree plantings, with at least 25 percent of each variety being planted; and
          3. The planted pine trees shall be at least 6 feet tall and the planted Yoshino and Nellie Stevens shall be at least 4 feet tall.
        5. Existing woodland vegetation, at least 25 feet in width, which meets or exceeds the screening characteristics of the planted material may be used, in whole or in part, to satisfy the vegetative planting requirements.
        6. If planted or existing vegetation is used to screen the overburden, the overburden may not exceed a height of 70 feet or other City ordinances, whichever is more stringent.
        7. A property shall be considered “adjoining” if it is separated from the area where overburden is deposited by a street right-of-way 100 feet wide or less.
        8. Upon the completion of any deposit of overburden material in any area, the deposit shall be covered with grass or other ground cover.
      6. School, Public or Private (K-12) in a Residential District
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along any side of the property abutting any residential use.
        2. A Type C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
      7. Self-Service Storage Facility in an CX- District
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all shared property lines, except for an adjacent self service storage, heavy industrial use, waste-related service or residential use.
        2. A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all shared property lines abutting a residential use.
        3. A Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
      8. Self-Service Storage Facility in an IX- District
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all shared property lines, except for an adjacent self service storage, heavy industrial use, waste-related service or residential use.
        2. A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all property lines abutting a residential use.
        3. A Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
      9. Self-Service Storage Facility in an OP- District
        1. A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all property lines abutting a residential use.
      10. Telecommunication Tower (less than 250 feet)
        1. The area adjoining street rights-of-way shall contain a Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) installed parallel to the street right-of-way. No protective yard is required along street frontage located a distance from the tower of more than 200% of the tower height.
        2. A protective yard that contains the same plantings required in a Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be installed within all the yard areas required by Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.b) and Sec. 6.3.3.C.2.d.i.c). The installation of any fence, wall, planting or berm shall not reduce or lessen this requirement.
      11. Telecommunication Tower (250 feet and more)
        1. The area adjoining street rights-of-way shall contain a Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) installed parallel to the street right-of-way. No protective yard is required along street frontage located a distance from the tower of more than 200% of tower height.
        2. A protective yard that contains the same plantings required in a Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be installed within all the yard areas required by Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.ii. or Sec. 6.3.3.D.2.d.iii. The installation of any fence, wall, planting or berm shall not reduce or lessen this requirement.
      12. Towing Yards for Vehicles
        1. A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all shared property lines, except for an adjacent heavy industrial use or waste- related service.
        2. A Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.
      13. Vehicle Fuel Sales (including gasoline and diesel fuel) in a NX-, CX-, DX or IX- District
        1. Where a fuel pump island is located within 100 feet of a Residential District or a residential use, a Type 2: Medium protective yard, in accordance with Sec. 3.5.3, must be established along the side or rear property lines if the property abuts a Residential District or a residential use. The protective yard must include a wall at least 6.5 feet in height.
      14. Vehicle Repair (Commercial Vehicle, Major and Minor) except in IX- and IH- Districts
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all property lines abutting a residential use.
      15. Vehicle Sales Use Category except in IH- District
        1. A Type A1 or A2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all property lines abutting a residential use.
        2. All vehicular display area with frontage on any portion of a street right-of of way (not including an alley) must be screened along the street edge by a Type C3 street protective yard under Sec. 7.2.4.B.
      16. Warehouse and Distribution Use Category except in IH-District
        1. A Type B1 or B2 transitional protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.A.) must be established along all shared property lines, except for an adjacent warehouse and distribution use, heavy industrial use or waste-related service.
        2. A Type C1 or C2 street protective yard (see Sec. 7.2.4.B.) must be established along all property lines abutting a public right-of-way.

    Sec. 7.2.5. Screening

    Sec. 7.2.5. Screening aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:23
    1. Drive-Thru Facilities
      Where allowed, drive-thru windows and lanes must be designed to adhere to the following standards:
      1. In the DX- District and on any Urban Frontage, drive-thru windows and lanes may not be placed between the right-of-way of the street and the associated building. Drive-thru windows and lanes associated with buildings must be placed to the side or rear of the building.
      2. Where drive-thru windows and lanes are allowed to be placed between the right-of-way of the street and the associated building, the entire length of the drive-thru lane, located between the drive-thru lane and the adjacent right-of-way (not including an alley), must be screened.
      3. Screening must be a continuous compact evergreen hedge. At the time of installation, such screening must be at least 36 inches in height and reach a height of 48 inches within 3 years of planting.
      4. The following options may be used in lieu of compact evergreen hedge: (1) a combination of plants within GSI practices proposed to be part of an approved stormwater management plan and evergreen plants outside such GSI practices that together, at the time of planting, provide screening at least 36 inches above the level of the ground adjacent to the GSI practice, and reach a height at least 48 inches above adjacent ground level within 3 years of planting; or (2) a screening wall with a minimum height of 48 inches may be installed. The wall must be compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material, and color.
      5. No drive-thru window is permitted on the side of a building facing any Residential District.
    2. Loading Areas
      1. Outdoor loading areas 50 square feet or larger not screened by an intervening building must be screened from view from adjacent property or public street right-of way for their entire length.
      2. Enclosed loading areas must be screened with a roll down door or other opaque screen.
      3. Unenclosed loading areas must be screened by a wall totaling 8 feet in height. Walls shall be compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      4. Planting material must be provided so that no more than two-thirds of the surface area of the screening wall is visible at the time of maturity of the plants.
      5.  Screening may also be accomplished with evergreen plant material that can be expected to reach a height of 8 feet with a spread of 4 feet within three years of planting.
    3. Service Areas
      1. Trash collection, trash compaction, recycling collection and other similar service areas shall be located to the side or rear of buildings and must be screened from view from adjacent property or public street right-of-way (not including an alley).
      2. Service areas that are fully integrated into a building must be screened with a roll down door or other opaque screen.
      3. Service areas that are not integrated into a building shall be screened from three sides by a wall at least 6 feet in height and on the fourth side by a solid gate at least 6 feet in height. The gate and wall shall be maintained in good working order and shall remain closed except when trash pick-ups occur. The wall and gate shall be compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
    4. Mechanical Equipment
      1. Exemptions
        The following types of equipment are exempted from these screening requirements:
        1. Free-standing or roof-mounted sustainable energy systems; and
        2. Mechanical equipment associated with a single-unit living, two-unit living or townhouse building type used for multi-unit living.
      2. Roof-Mounted Equipment
        1. Roof-mounted equipment shall be screened from ground level view from adjacent property or adjacent public street right-of-way (not including an alley).
        2. New buildings shall provide a parapet wall or other architectural element that screens roof-mounted equipment from view.
        3. For existing buildings with no or low parapet walls, roof-mounted equipment shall be screened on all sides by an opaque screen compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      3. Wall-Mounted Equipment
        1. Wall-mounted equipment shall not be located on any surface that directly faces a public right-of-way (not including an alley).
        2. Wall-mounted equipment located on any surface that is visible from a public right-of-way (not including an alley) must be fully screened by landscaping or an opaque screen compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      4. Ground-Mounted Equipment
        1. Ground-mounted equipment screening shall be as high as the highest point of the equipment being screened.
        2. Screening shall consist of landscaping or an opaque screen compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
    5. Utility Service Areas
      1. Utility service areas located outside of the public right-of-way that exceed 42 inches in height and 42 inches in any other dimension must be screened from the public right-of-way.
      2. Screening shall consist of landscaping or a wall or fence compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      3. Utility service areas must be located an adequate distance from the public right-of-way to allow for any required screening to be installed without encroaching into the public right-of-way.
      4. Screening is not required for utility service areas located more than 50 feet from the public right-of-way.
    6. Parking Structures
      1. Applicability
        1. Any façade facing towards, and located within 150 feet, of any of the following areas shall have openings screened with active uses or screening elements:
          1. Public street
          2. Off-site public park
          3. Off-site amenity area
          4. Residential district
          5. Residential use
        2. For properties zoned DX-, or with a Shopfront or Urban General Frontage, or -TOD, all facades shall have openings screened with active uses or screening elements.
      2. Allowable Screening Elements
        1. Allowable screening elements include mesh, tensile fabric, perforated or decorative panels, tinted or sandblasted opaque spandrel glass, or materials compatible with the associated principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
        2. Mesh or perforated screening elements shall have a maximum open area of 40%. Chain link fencing shall be prohibited as an allowable mesh or similar screening element.
        3. Non-residential buildings, walls, or fences, located on-site, and within 30 feet of the parking structure façade, shall qualify as allowable screening elements.
        4. Alternative screening elements such as a green walls or louvers may be considered as part of a design alternate (see Section 7.2.3.)
      3. Design Standards
        1. Screening elements shall have a gap of no more than 18 inches from the frame of the screening element to the wall opening.
        2.  For parking structures located on properties not zoned DX-, or with a Shopfront or Urban General Frontage, or -TOD, screening elements may have a maximum lateral spacing of no more than 18 inches.
        3. On all levels where parking is provided adjacent to an exterior wall of the parking structure, all façades shall have exterior opaque walls a minimum height of 42 inches above any finished grade and any finished floor.
      4. Exemptions
        The following openings are not required to be screened:
        1. Vehicular ingress and egress openings at a maximum width of 30 feet for two driveways.
        2. Vehicular ingress and egress openings at a maximum width of 40 feet for three or more driveways.
        3. Pedestrian access openings at a maximum width of 8 feet.
        4. Openings required by Section 903.2.11. of the Fire Code.
    Image
    7-2-5-f-4

    Sec. 7.2.6. Stormwater Retention Ponds & Detention Basins

    Sec. 7.2.6. Stormwater Retention Ponds & Detention Basins aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:23
    1. Applicability
      All stormwater retention ponds and detention basins permitted, constructed or modified to a cumulative extent greater than 50% of their original size shall be screened for their entire length as set forth in Sec. 7.2.6.C. When amenity features are provided as set forth in Sec. 7.2.6.B., no screening of the stormwater control facility is required.
    2. Amenity Provisions
      Permanent stormwater retention ponds and detention basins may be supplemented with certain features which enable the facility to function as an amenity in addition to its primary function as a stormwater device. In situations where amenity features are provided consistent with these provisions, no screening of the stormwater control facility from on-site or off-site views shall be required. In the event a permanent stormwater retention pond or detention basin loses a feature by which the facility qualifies as an amenity, the feature shall be restored within 30 days or the facility shall be subject to the screening provisions listed in Sec. 7.2.6.C.
      1. Basic Amenity Features
        To qualify as an amenity, the following basic amenity features must be provided within any stormwater control facility.
        1. Integration of the permanent stormwater retention pond or detention basin into the design of public areas within the site or development through the use of appropriate placement, common building materials, textures, features or other treatments intended to lend architectural significance to the stormwater control facility. For the purposes of this section, "integration" shall mean at least two of the following 3 elements:
          1. Proximate placement of the stormwater facility to the principal structure;
          2. Provision of pedestrian access to the facility through installation of a delineated walk or trail from the principal structure; or
          3. Utilization of similar planting materials and building materials as used in the principal structure.
        2. No fence may be installed around the permanent stormwater retention pond or detention basin that acts to prevent pedestrian access to the facility from the site or development where it is located; in cases where a fence is needed to restrict access, the fence shall be screened in accordance with the screening provisions described in Sec. 7.2.6.C.
        3. Rock riprap or other "hard armoring" is limited to 10% or less of the entire surface area of the stormwater control facility above the low pool line.
        4. Permanent stormwater retention ponds and detention basins must incorporate features designed to reduce mosquito populations through provision of non-chemical mosquito mitigation measures, including but not limited to: cyclical alteration of the pond level, installation of aeration/agitation features to disrupt larval growth, providing nesting boxes for mosquito-predacious birds or bats or stocking ponds with mosquito-predacious fish (e.g. Gambusia affinis holbrooki).
      2. Supplemental Amenity Features
        In addition to the basic requirements described above, a permanent stormwater retention pond or detention basin must also provide supplemental features to be considered an amenity. The types of supplemental amenity features differ based upon the type of stormwater control facility.
        1. Permanent Retention (Wet) Ponds To be considered as an amenity feature, permanent retention ponds must;
          1. Retain water within a permanent pool;
          2. Maintain slopes of 4:1 or shallower to a distance of 10 feet below the median pool line (beyond which slopes may become steeper); alternatively, a retaining wall may be incorporated into a portion of the facility, provided the design of walls are compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color;
          3. Include horizontal curves or other sculptural elements within the shape of the facility so as to avoid a simple square or round shape; and
          4. Provide at least two of the following 4 features:
            1. Inclusion of an active water feature (i.e., aerator/fountain/ waterfall) within or adjacent to a permanent pool;
            2. Pedestrian access trails to and around the stormwater control facility from the existing proposed pedestrian network associated with the site or development. Trails are not required to meet the minimum specifications for sidewalks or multipurpose trails as described within the City's standard specifications and details and may be constructed of any discernible, leveled, and stable surface material, including but not limited to: brick or masonry, gravel, mulch, wood chips, mowed grass or low groundcover;
            3. Provision of riparian plant materials throughout the stormwater control facility to prevent erosion and add visual interest and additional perimeter plantings consisting of at minimum 3 understory trees or 2 shade trees totaling 8 inches in caliper at time of planting, and four shrubs for every 100 linear feet equivalent to the pond's maximum pool circumference and located no more than 75 feet from the pond's maximum pool line; or
            4. Inclusion of other permanent, pedestrian-oriented features,including but not limited to: seating, dining tables and mounted trash cans, in areas around or proximate to the stormwater control facility.
        2. Detention (Dry) Basins
          To be considered as an amenity feature, detention ponds must:
          1. Not contain water on a permanent basis;
          2. Provide a 100% vegetative cover capable of withstanding extended periods of inundation, except in spaces designed for specific recreational uses (e.g., baseball fields);
          3. Maintain slopes of 4:1 or shallower; alternatively, a retaining wall may be incorporated into a portion of the facility, provided the design of provided the design of walls are compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color; and
          4. Provide at least 2 of the following 3 features:
            1. Pedestrian access trails to the stormwater control facility from the existing and/or proposed pedestrian network associated with the site or development. Trails are not required to meet the minimum specifications for sidewalks or multipurpose trails as described within the City's standard specifications and details and may be constructed of any discernible, leveled, and stable surface material, including but not limited to: brick or masonry, gravel, mulch, wood chips, mowed grass;
            2. Inclusion of other permanent, pedestrian-oriented features, including but not limited to: seating, dining tables and mounted trash cans, in areas around or proximate to the stormwater control facility; or
            3. Grading and slopes of 8:1 or shallower which will allow utilization of the facility as an area for recreation when not in use as a detention facility (except on the dam structure and as is necessary to tie the dam back to existing grades); alternatively, a retaining wall may be incorporated into a portion of the facility, provided the design of walls are compatible with the principal building in terms of texture, quality, material and color.
      3. Incentives
        When a permanent stormwater retention pond or detention basin provides amenity features in compliance with the minimum requirements of this UDO, then the following provisions may also apply:
        1. The permanent stormwater retention pond and detention basin and related facilities, including amenity features, may be placed within required landscaping areas, including but not limited to: street protective yards, transitional protective yards and parking lot landscaping areas, (except in tree conservation areas adjoining thoroughfares, within areas zoned for resource management, tree protection areas and in natural protective yards); and
        2. When a permanent stormwater retention pond or detention basin is located within a required landscaping area, the portion of land associated with or adjacent to the stormwater control facility is only required to meet 80% of the minimum planting requirements of the required landscaping area.
    3. Screening Requirements
      When amenity features are not provided as set forth in Sec. 7.2.6.B., screening of the stormwater control facility is required as set forth below.
      1. All vegetative screening shall be 75% locally-adapted evergreen species.
      2. All vegetative material shall be planted so as to attain a screen occupying at least 75% of a vertical plane around the perimeter of the facility to an average mature height of 6 feet above grade.
      3. Screening shall be required around the base of the dam structure (as applicable), but not on the dam structure, with those plant materials in immediate proximity to the dam characterized by shallow, non-invasive root systems.
      4. Screening shall not be required within required facility inlets or facility outlets or within a maintenance access path provided that such path does not exceed 12 feet in  width; in all other instances, at an average mature height of planting, the maximum open horizontal space between vegetative screening materials shall not be more than 2 feet in width.
      5. Vegetative material composing the screen shall be selected and installed so as to exhibit variety in texture, color, spread and height by using ornamental or deciduous shade trees in combination with evergreen materials.
      6. In some cases, vegetative material may be placed in clusters or groups to add additional visual interest as well as to achieve intermittent levels of vertical height; and
      7. In situations where the stormwater control facility utilizes a fence, all vegetative material associated with screening the facility shall be located outside the fence.
      8. In situations where a fence and gate are proposed, the fence and gate shall be colored black, forest green, dark brown or similar dark color, unless the fence is constructed of masonry, wood or similar natural material, in which case it may be left to weather naturally.

    Sec. 7.2.7. Design and Installation

    Sec. 7.2.7. Design and Installation aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:24
    1. Certificate of Compliance Required
      1. The Development Services Director cannot issue a certificate of compliance until all landscaping has been installed in accordance with the requirements of this UDO.
      2. A temporary certificate of compliance may be issued when the Development Services Director determines that due to the unavailability of plant material or weather concerns, planting landscaping would jeopardize the health of plant materials for a period of up to 1 year following the date of application for a certificate of compliance. The applicant shall make the following arrangements to secure a temporary certificate of compliance.
        1. Produce a contract binding for 1 year from the date approved by the City, for the completion of the landscape work. Such contract shall specify that the work shall be completed before or during the year immediately following the date of application for a certificate of compliance. The City shall not be a party or a third party beneficiary to the contract.
        2. The applicant shall also agree in writing that they, their successors or assigns, shall provide the required planting within the one-year period, as a condition for obtaining a certificate of compliance for the principal use so long as the principal use shall continue. The applicant shall also agree that the principal use shall be discontinued if the required planting is not provided. Violations of these provisions shall constitute an unauthorized illegal occupancy of the principal use.
    2. Sight Triangle
      1. Landscaping shall not obstruct the views of motorists using any street, driveway, parking aisles or the approach to any street intersection.
      2. All landscaping installations must comply with the sight triangle requirements of the Raleigh Street Design Manual.
    3. Plant Material
      1. General Provisions
        1. Plant materials must be hardy to zone 7 in accordance with the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Plant Hardiness Zone Map.
        2. Plant materials must be able to survive on natural rainfall once established with no loss of health.
        3. Tree height is measured from the top of the root ball to the tip of the main stem.
        4. Trees cannot be planted within a tree conservation area or the critical root zone of an existing tree.
      2. Shade Trees
        1. All shade trees planted to meet the landscaping requirements must be a locally adapted species with an expected mature height of 35 feet or greater and an expected mature crown spread of at least 30 feet or greater unless subject to an overhead power line in which case the mature height may be less.
        2. All shade trees planted to meet the landscaping requirements must have a minimum caliper of 3 inches and be at least 10 feet tall at time of planting.
      3. Understory Trees
        1. Understory trees planted to meet the landscaping requirements must be a locally-adapted species with an expected mature height of at least 15 feet and an expected mature crown spread of at least 15 feet.
        2. Single-stem understory trees planted to meet the landscaping requirements must have a minimum caliper of 1½ inches and be at least 6 feet tall at time of planting.
        3. Multi-stem understory trees planted to meet the landscaping requirements must be at least 6 feet tall at time of planting.
      4. Additional Requirements for Trees in a Protective Yard
        1. In a protective yard, 50% of required trees shall be locally-adaptive evergreen species, except where an approved GSI practice is within a protective yard.
        2. Trees shall be distributed so that there are no horizontal gaps between trees greater than 30 feet, measured along the property line.
      5. Shrubs
        1. Parking Area
          In a parking area, all shrubs planted to meet the landscaping requirements shall be of a species that under typical conditions can be expected to reach a height and spread of 3 feet within three years of planting. All shrubs shall be a minimum of 18 inches tall when planted.
        2. Protective Yard
          1. In a protective yard, all shrubs planted to meet the landscaping requirements shall be evergreen and be of a species that under typical conditions can be expected to reach a height and spread of three feet within 3 years of planting. All shrubs shall be a minimum of 18 inches tall when planted.
          2. Shrubs planted in a Type C2 street protective yard shall be of species that under typical conditions can be expected to reach a height and spread of 5 feet within three years of planting. All shrubs shall be a minimum of three feet tall when planted.
          3. In a street protective yard, shrub planting must form at least 1 continuous row of shrubs spaced five feet on center across the entire protective yard except for driveways.
          4. Shrubs cannot be planted within the critical root zone of any tree.
          5. Where a protective yard is also a tree conservation area, shrubs must be planted adjacent to and outside the tree conservation area.
          6. To accommodate multi-functional GSI practices as part of an approved stormwater management plan, the number of shrubs may be reduced in Protective Yards by 10%, non-evergreen species may be used in lieu of up to 35% of evergreen shrubs, and all shrubs may be 24 inches when planted.
      6. Planting in Easements
        No required landscaping or screening shall be planted inside utility and drainage easements, excluding overhead easements, without the consent of the City and the easement holder.
    4. Maintenance of Landscaping
      1. Responsibility
        The owner or tenant is responsible for maintaining all required landscaping in good health. Any dead, unhealthy or missing landscaping must be replaced with landscaping that conforms to this UDO within 30 days (or within 180 days where weather concerns would jeopardize the health of plant materials). In the event that required landscape is severely damaged due to an unusual weather occurrence or other act of nature, the owner or tenant may have 2 years to replace the required landscaping.
      2. Soil Erosion
        All planting areas must be stabilized from soil erosion immediately upon planting and must be maintained for the duration of the use.
      3. Pruning and Trimming
        1. All required landscaping shall be allowed to reach its required size and shall be maintained at that required size.
        2. Except for trimming and pruning done in strict accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of a permit issued by the Parks and Cultural Resources Department or pruning and trimming done under an issued permit in strict accordance with the line clearance policies and standards governing such activities established pursuant to Part 9, chapter 8, required landscaping shall not be cut or excessively trimmed or otherwise damaged so that their natural form is impaired.
        3. A violation of this section shall subject the violator to a civil penalty of a minimum of $1,000 for the first tree plus $100 per caliper inch of any other tree unlawfully pruned damaged or excessively trimmed.
        4. This civil penalty shall be processed as set forth in Sec. 10.4.2. In addition to this civil penalty, if more than 50% of the crown of a tree is removed within a continuous five-year period or more than 40% of the critical root zone of the tree is subjected to tree disturbing activity or if more than one-third of the circumference of the tree is exposed by pruning cuts, the owner of real property, where a violation has occurred, shall replace each unlawfully pruned or other mechanically wounded, damaged, excessively trimmed or removed tree with a tree or trees of equal diameter.
        5. Any replacement tree shall have a minimum caliper of three inches and be at least 10 feet tall at time of planting. Any replacement tree not planted in the original location shall be planted in a planting area of at least 200 square feet in area with minimum dimension of 10 feet.
        6. If the property of which the violation has occurred fails to contain sufficient land area to replant the required replacement trees and replacement trees cannot be planted on adjoining street right-of-way, then in lieu of such replacement trees, a fee equal to $100 per caliper inch of replacement trees shall be paid to the City.
        7. The Parks and Cultural Resources Director may require crown restoration and crown reduction for any unlawfully pruned damaged or excessively trimmed tree. All such corrective pruning shall be done under the supervision of a certified arborist.
      4. Excessively Trimmed
        The pruning, cutting or otherwise damaging of the natural form of a tree when it meets one or more of the following.
        1. Removes more than 25% of the crown system of a tree within a continuous 5-year period.
        2. Removes, cuts or covers more than 25% of the root system of a tree within a continuous five-year period.
        3. Fails to conform to the pruning cuts methods set forth in the current edition of "Tree, Shrub and Other Woody Plant Maintenance—Standard Practices" of the American National Standards Institute.
        4. Is made for a purpose other than "hazard pruning," or "utility pruning," or "maintenance pruning" as set forth in the current edition of "Tree, Shrub and Other Woody Plant Maintenance—Standard Practices" of the American National Standards Institute.
        5. Is crown reduction, heading, vista pruning or pollarding as set forth in the current edition of "Tree, Shrub and Other Woody Plant Maintenance— Standard Practices" of the American National Standards Institute.
    5. Credit for Existing Vegetation
      1. Existing trees and shrubs that meet the requirements of this Article may be preserved to satisfy the landscaping requirements.
      2. Credit toward the required number of trees or shrubs will be given on a tree-for-tree basis for each preserved tree or shrub. Where existing native vegetation does not meet the required landscaping standards, landscaping that meets the requirements of this Article must be installed.
      3. No credit is allowed for any tree or shrub if the tree or shrub is unhealthy or dead or is hazardous. The death of or replacement of any preserved tree or shrub which was used for credit requires the owner to plant new trees equal to the number of credited trees; such plantings must meet the requirements of this Article.
      4. In the event that existing native habitat or vegetation has been credited and is subsequently removed or dies, it shall be replaced with landscaping that meets the requirements of this Article.
      5. Supplemental landscaping may be required, if it can be reasonably inferred that after five years, the existing native habitat or vegetation will not continually provide a year-round foliage screen between properties.
      6. The critical root zone of each preserved tree must be entirely protected with no tree disturbing activity within any critical root zone.
      7. During construction, tree protection fences must be used.
    6. Replacement by Condemnor
      Whenever any condemnor acquires property through eminent domain it shall be the responsibility of the condemnor to replace, in accordance with the provisions of this UDO, those complying elements which were removed unless a less stringent standard is required.

    Sec. 7.2.8. Walls and Fences

    Sec. 7.2.8. Walls and Fences aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:24
    1. Applicability
      The following requirements apply to walls and fences located outside of a protective yard or required screening area.
    2. General Standards
      1. Fences and walls must be constructed of high quality materials including 1 or a combination of the following: decorative blocks; brick; stone; cast-stone; architectural block; split-faced block; stucco over standard concrete masonry blocks; glass block; wood; wrought iron; composite fencing; wire; PVC vinyl; aluminum; or metal.
      2. No wall or fence can be located within any tree conservation area.
      3. No wall or fence can be located within any City of Raleigh utility easement without prior written approval of the Public Utilities Director.
      4. No wall or fence can be located within any required drainage easement without prior written approval of the Engineering Services Director.
      5. Barbed wire or concertina wire may be allowed in accordance with Sec. 13-3011.
      6. Except in an IH district, chain-link fences are not allowed in any front or side street setback.
      7. The maximum length of a continuous, unbroken and uninterrupted fence or wall plane shall be 100 feet. Breaks shall be provided through the use of columns, landscaped areas, transparent sections or a change in material.
      8. Except in an IH district, a wall or fence not more than 6 and one half feet in height may be located in a front or side street setback, provided the opacity of the wall or fence above 4 feet in height does not exceed 50%.
      9. A wall or fence may not exceed 8 feet in height in a side or rear setback unless it is located adjacent to a street, in which case it may be no more than 6 and one half feet in height, provided the opacity of the wall or fence above 4 feet in height does not exceed 50%.

        Cross reference: The Public Utilities Director may approve structures within City of Raleigh utility easements, Sec. 8-2012(d).
    3. Fences and Walls Adjacent to Thoroughfares
      1. A fence or wall located within 20 feet of a Thoroughfare right-of-way shall either be less than 42 inches in height or situated at least 15 feet from the edge of the right-of-way and be screened with evergreen planting materials, so that no more than one-fourth of the fence or wall surface area will be visible from the Thoroughfare within 3 years of erection of the fence or wall.
      2. All fences and walls that are more than 42 inches in height and are located between 20 and 40 feet from any Thoroughfare right-of-way shall be installed with planting materials, so that no more than one-third of the fence or wall surface area will be visible from the Thoroughfare within three years of erection of the fence or wall. 40% of this plant material may be deciduous. Decorative fences that are more then 50% open shall be exempt from these provisions.
    4. Retaining Walls
      Retaining walls that are generally parallel to, facing towards, and located within 30 feet of any public right of way shall be required to adhere to the following.
      1. A freestanding retaining wall may not exceed a continuous, uninterrupted height of 10 feet above grade or adjacent curb level (or if no curb exists, from the center crown of the street), whichever is higher. Average grade shall not be applied in determining the maximum height in this instance. Additional height above 10 feet may be permitted, provided the wall contains a minimum 2-foot step back for each additional 10 feet of wall height. A type C2 Street Protective Yard shall be required for any freestanding retaining wall of at least 10 feet in height. Where the retaining wall gains additional height with a step back, the step back area shall provide the quantity of shrubs equal to a type C3 Street Protective Yard.
      2. This regulation shall not apply to walls associated with culverts or stream crossings or to transportation improvements, such as bridge overpass structures for streets or railroads.
    5. Building Foundation Walls
      A building foundation wall that is integrated into an apartment, general, civic, or mixed use building type and facing any public right of way must meet the following standards:
      1. The blank wall standards enumerated for the building type shall include the building foundation wall.
      2. When the building foundation wall is located within 30 feet of any public right of way, it shall have a maximum height of 5 feet above grade. Average grade shall not be applied in determining the maximum height in this instance.
      3. The building foundation wall shall be constructed or finished with the same primary materials as the building.
      4. Building foundation walls within 30 feet of a right of way may exceed 5 feet in height if any of the following treatments are applied. Treatments must cover 75% of the building foundation wall area, either singularly or collectively. Maximum height, including treatments, may not exceed 8’. All treatments must be located within 4 feet of the foundation wall unless integrated or connected thereto:
        1. Foundation planting—Except for DX-, -TOD overlay areas, Shopfront, Urban General, and Urban Limited frontages, a 3-foot-tall evergreen shrub planted at a rate of 3 shrubs per 10 feet. Species must meet the requirements of Section 7.2.7.
        2. Planter – A permanent planter of not more than 4 feet in height. Maximum spacing between planters shall be no more than 5 feet and planted and maintained with species that meet the requirements of Section 7.2.7.
        3. Access — Any portion of a stairway or ramp that is less than 4 feet in height providing access to a street-facing entrance. Stairs and ramps may exceed 4 feet in height, however, any portion above 4 feet in heightbshall not qualify as a treatment described herein.
        4. Seating – A permanent structure intended for seating between 18 inches and 3 feet in height and a minimum of 18 inches deep. Seating shall be a minimum of 5 feet and a maximum of 30 feet in length. In no instance shall seating exceed 50% of the linear length of the foundation wall. Seating must be accessible to the pedestrian.
        5. Transit Improvements – Transit improvements accepted by the City of Raleigh.

    Sec. 7.2.9. Construction Safety Barrier Fences

    Sec. 7.2.9. Construction Safety Barrier Fences aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:25
    1. Intent
      Infill construction can introduce potential negative effects on surrounding developed properties, especially when property lines are not clearly delineated. Where new construction has been permitted that involves trenching, excavation, or any other type of construction that disturbs land, a bright orange construction safety/barrier fence shall be installed to highlight the extent of construction activities of the affected area.
    2. Applicability
      Construction Safety Barrier fencing shall be required when:
      1. New construction activity adjacent to property zoned R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6 or R-10 disturbs more than 12,000 square feet of land area; or
      2. New construction activity occurs within 10 feet of the property line of an adjoining developed property zoned R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6 or R-10. A construction safety barrier fence shall not be required on the developing property when the adjacent property is owned by the same entity or person.
    3. General Standards
      1. The construction safety barrier fencing shall be installed prior to the start of any land disturbing, demolition or construction activity on the property.
      2. The construction safety barrier fence shall be orange in color and a minimum height of four feet.
      3. The construction safety barrier fence shall be installed on the developing property and located one foot off the property line directly adjacent to the construction activity.
      4. A sign shall be posted on the construction safety barrier fence stating "Adjacent Property/No Trespassing," in both Spanish and English.
      5. The construction safety barrier fencing may be temporarily removed during the construction process provided it is replaced at the end of each day.
      6. If a silt fence is required along the property line the construction safety barrier fencing is not required.
      7. The construction safety barrier fencing shall be maintained in proper condition and remain in place until the construction is completed and a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued.

    Article 7.3. Signs

    Article 7.3. Signs aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:26

    Sec. 7.3.1. Applicability

    Sec. 7.3.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:26

    No sign may be altered, replaced, converted, changed or otherwise modified except
    in accordance with the requirements of this UDO or an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan. In the event there is an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan that applies to the subject property and that regulates signage, conformance to the adopted plan is required. The standards of the Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan shall apply in lieu of the standards of Article 7.3 as applicable.

    Sec. 7.3.2. Signs Allowed by District

    Sec. 7.3.2. Signs Allowed by District aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:26
      RESIDENTIAL MIXED USE (NO FRONTAGE) SPECIAL FRONTAGE Definition/Standards
    R-1 R-2 R-4 R-6 R-10 RX- OP- OX- NX- CX- DX- IX- CM AP IH R-MP CMP MH -PW -DE -PL -GR -UL -UG -SH
    Building Signs
    Wall Sign -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P P P -- -- P -- P -- P P P P P P P Sec. 7.3.4.
    Projecting Sign -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P P P -- -- -- -- P -- P P P P P P P Sec. 7.3.5.
    Awning, Gallery, Marquee Sign -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P P P -- -- -- -- P -- P P P P P P P Sec. 7.3.6.
    Window Sign -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P P P -- -- P -- P -- P P P P P P P Sec. 7.3.7.
    Ground Signs
    Low Profile -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P -- P -- -- P -- P -- P P P P -- -- -- Sec. 7.3.8.
    Medium Profile -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P -- P -- -- P -- P -- P -- -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 7.3.9.
    High Profile -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P P -- P -- -- P -- P -- P -- -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 7.3.10.
    Tract Identification Sign P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P -- P -- -- -- -- Sec. 7.3.11.
    A-Frame Sign -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P P P -- -- -- -- P -- -- P P P P P P Sec. 7.3.12.
    Advertising Signs
    Off-Premise Sign -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- P -- -- P -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Sec. 7.3.14.
    Vehicular Sign -- -- -- -- -- -- P P P P P P P -- P -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --  
    Key: P = Sign Permitted -- = Sign Not Permitted

    Sec. 7.3.3. Additional Sign Types

    Sec. 7.3.3. Additional Sign Types aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:27

    Additional sign types may be allowed, requirements for additional sign types are located in Sec. 7.3.13.

    Sec. 7.3.4. Wall Signs

    Sec. 7.3.4. Wall Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:30
    Image
    7-3-4-wall-signs
    A. Description
    An on-premise sign attached flat to or mounted away from but parallel to the building wall, typically extending no more than 12 inches from the building wall. A sign permit is required for a wall sign. 
    B. Sign Area Allocation
    Two square feet per lineal foot of each building wall facing a public street or a private drive if lot has no frontage on a public street. 
    C. Height
    1. No portion of a wall sign may extend above the roof line of a building without a parapet wall. 
    2. No portion of a wall sign may extend 2 feet above the roof line of a building with a parapet wall, provided no portion of the sign extends above the parapet. 
    3. No wall sign may extend above the lower eave line of a building with a pitched roof. 
    D. Retaining Wall Signage in DX-
    A sign may be mounted to a functional retaining wall in the DX- District, typically extending no more than 12 inches from the face of the retaining wall. Wall signage may not extend above the top of the retaining wall. Allowable wall signage allocated to the retaining wall in lieu of the building wall shall be in accordance with Sec. 7.3.4.B. 

    Sec. 7.3.5. Projecting Signs

    Sec. 7.3.5. Projecting Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:31
    Image
    7-3-5-projecting-signs
    A. Description
    An on-premise sign attached directly to a supporting building wall and intersecting the building wall at a right angle. A projecting sign typically extends more than 12 inches from the building wall and may be 2 or 3-dimensional. A sign permit is required for a projecting sign. 
    B. Size
    A projecting sign may not exceed 40 square feet in area. A projecting sign which is not internally illuminated and is suspended to allow the sign to swing due to wind action is not allowed to exceed 16 square feet in area. 
    C. Location
    C1 Signs per business (max per street frontage) 1          
    C2 Clear height (min) 9'          
    C3 Projection from wall (max) 6'          
    C4 Distance from curb (min) 18"          
    C5 ROW Encroachment Allowed with Council approval        
      -DE -PL -GR -UL -UG -SH
    D. Frontage Standards            
    D1 Ground story: Sign area per sign face (max) 25 sf 40 sf 40 sf 40 sf 40 sf 40 sf
    D2 Ground story: Height (max) 5' 8' 8' 8' 8' 8'
    D1 Upper story: Sign area per sign face (max) 25 sf 72 sf 72 sf 72 sf 72 sf 72 sf
    D2 Upper story: Height (max) 5' 12' 12' 12' 12' 12'
    E. Miscellaneous
    1. Projecting signs erected at the intersection of building corners when the building corner adjoins the intersection of 2 streets may intersect at a 45 degree angle to the corner of the building, in which case only 1 projecting sign is allowed.
    2. No projecting sign is allowed to extend above the roof line or the parapet wall.
    3. Buildings with 2 or more stories may not have a projecting sign located higher than the second story or 24 feet, whichever is less.

    Sec. 7.3.6. Awning, Gallery, Marquee Signs

    Sec. 7.3.6. Awning, Gallery, Marquee Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:31
    Image
    7-3-6-awning-gallery-signs
    A. Description
    An on-premise sign attached flat to (or extending vertically upward or downward) from an awning, gallery or marquee. A sign permit is not required.
    B. Location
    B1 Clear height (min) 8'
    B2 ROW Encroachment Allowed with Council approval
    C. Size
    C1 Area (max) 2 square feet per linear foot of each building wall facing a public street or facing a private access way if the subject property has no frontage on a public street.  
    C2 No portion of the sign shall exceed a height of 36 inches above the height of the awning, gallery, marquee/canopy.  
    C3 Height of letters (max) 18"
    D. Miscellaneous
    Signs shall not extend outside the overall length or width of an awning, gallery or marquee or extend above the height of the building wall that the awning, gallery or marquee is attached.

    Sec. 7.3.7. Window Signs

    Sec. 7.3.7. Window Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:32
    Image
    7-3-7-windown-signs
    A. Description
    A window sign is an on-premise sign attached flat but parallel to the inside of a window or is within 12 inches of the inside of the window. A sign permit is not required.
    B. Size
    B1 Area per business (max combination of all windows covered by window signs): 50% per side of the building facing along any street per floor and not less than 32 square feet per side of the building facing along any street per floor.

    Sec. 7.3.8. Low Profile Ground Signs

    Sec. 7.3.8. Low Profile Ground Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:32
    Image
    7-3-8-low-ground-signs
    A. Description
    A freestanding sign no more than 3½ feet in height on a supporting structure, post, mast or pole and not attached, supported or suspended to or from any building or structure. A sign permit is required for a ground sign. 
    B. Size
    B1 Area (max) 70 sf
    B2 Height (max) 3.5'
    B3 Size of copy (min) 4"
    B4 Lines of copy (max) 5
    B5 Length in an OP or OX- district (max) 20'
    C. Location
    C1 Signs per site (max per street frontage) 1
    C2 Additional signs for double frontage lots Allowed by Special Use Permit
    C3 Street frontage required (min) n/a
    C4 ROW Encroachment Allowed with Council approval
    D. Miscellaneous
    All ground sign braces or uprights shall be self-supporting structures permanently attached to concrete foundations in or upon the ground.

    Sec. 7.3.9. Medium Profile Ground Signs

    Sec. 7.3.9. Medium Profile Ground Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:33
    Image
    7-3-9-medium-ground-signs
    A. Description
    A freestanding sign no more than 70 square feet in area erected on a supporting structure, mast, post or pole no more than 15 feet in height; or a freestanding sign no more than 100 square feet in area erected on a supporting structure, mast, post or pole no more than 10 feet in height. A ground sign is not attached, supported or suspended to or from any building or structure. A sign permit is required for a medium profile ground sign.
    B. Size
    B1 Option 1: Area (max) 70 sf
    B2 Option 1: Height (max) 15'
    B3 Option 2: Area (max) 100 sf
    B4 Option 2: Height (max) 10'
    B5 Size of copy (min) 4"
    B6 Lines of copy (max) 5
    C. Location
    C1 Number of signs per site (max) 1
    C2 Additional signs for double frontage lots Allowed by Special Use Permit
    C3 Street frontage required (min) 100'
    C4 ROW Encroachment Allowed with Council approval
    D. Miscellaneous
    All ground sign braces or uprights shall be self-supporting structures permanently attached to concrete foundations in or upon the ground.

    Sec. 7.3.10. High Profile Ground Signs

    Sec. 7.3.10. High Profile Ground Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:33
    Image
    7-3-10-high-ground-signs
    A. Description
    A freestanding sign no more than 100 square feet in area erected on a supporting structure, mast, post or pole no more than 15 feet in height not attached, supported or suspended to or from any building or structure. A sign permit is required for a high profile ground sign.
    B. Size
    B1 Area (max) 100 sf
    B2 Height (max) 15'
    B3 Size of copy (min) 4"
    B4 Lines of copy (max) 5
    C. Location
    C1 Number of signs per site (max) 1
    C2 Additional signs for double frontage lots Allowed by Special Use Permit
    C3 Street frontage required (min) 200'
    C4 ROW Encroachment Allowed with Council approval
    D. Miscellaneous
    All ground sign braces or uprights shall be self-supporting structures permanently attached to concrete foundations in or upon the ground.

    Sec. 7.3.11. Tract Signs

    Sec. 7.3.11. Tract Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:34
    Image
    7-3-11-tract-signs
    A. Description
    A freestanding ground sign identifying entry to a residential, commercial or mixed development or a nonresidential establishment in a residential district. A sign permit is required for a tract identification sign.
    B. Size
    B1 Copy area (max) 16 sf
    B2 Copy height (max) 3.5'
    B3 Sign area (max) 160 sf
    B4 Sign height (max) 6'
    C. Location
    C1 Number of signs per street frontage (max)
    C2 Site with more than 400 feet in street frontage 1 additional sign per frontage
    C3 ROW Encroachment Allowed with Council approval
    D. Additional Rules in Mixed Use, IH, CMP District
    D1 Size of development (min) 2.5 acres
    D2 Lot width (min) 60'
    D3 Number of establishments (min) 3
    E. Miscellaneous
    Identifying signs may be placed on a subdivision wall or fence provided that no part of the wall or fence exceeds 6 feet in height or may be placed on a retaining wall greater than 6 feet in height provided that no part of the sign exceeds a height of 5 feet.

    Sec. 7.3.12. A-Frame Signs

    Sec. 7.3.12. A-Frame Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:34
    Image
    7-3-12-a-frame-signs
    A. Description
    A small unlit freestanding on-site portable ground sign that is displayed during business hours and removed when the business is closed. A sign permit is not required.
    B. Size
    B1 Area (max) 6 sf
    B2 Height (max) 5'
    C. Location
    C1 Distance from main pedestrian entrance (max) 5'
    C2 Clear pedestrian space 5'
    C3 ROW Encroachment Allowed with minor encroachment
    C4 Number size per establishment (max) 1
    D. Miscellaneous
    Sidewalk signs must not interfere with pedestrian travel or encroach upon the required accessible path.
    Sidewalk signs may only be displayed during business hours and must be removed when the business is closed.

    Sec. 7.3.13. Special Sign Types

    Sec. 7.3.13. Special Sign Types aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:35
    1. Announcement Signs
      An announcement sign is a small on-premise ground sign permitted as use regulation for specific nonresidential uses in a Residential District as set forth in Chapter 6. Use Regulations
    2. Crown Signs
      An on-premise wall sign located on buildings a least 200 feet in height.
      1. In addition to a permitted wall sign, buildings greater than 200 feet in height may contain a crown sign.
      2. The amount of additional wall signage shall not exceed 4.70 square feet of signage per building side for each foot of building height over 200 feet tall up to a maximum of 750 square feet.
      3. Additional wall signage shall not be transferred from 1 building side to another.
      4. No crown sign shall exceed 750 square feet per sign.
      5. Only 1 crown sign shall be located on any 1 side of a building.
      6. The sign must be located at the top crown of the building and it shall not extend below the top of the upper floor of the building.
      7. The same copy must appear on all additional crown signs.
      8. All sign illumination shall be internal.
      9. Changeable copy is prohibited.
      10. A crown sign shall contain no more than 1 line of copy, excluding symbols.
    3. Changeable Copy Signs
      A sign on which copy is changed manually or automatically and copy is shown on the same sign face such as reader boards with changeable letters or changeable pictorial panels but not limited to the above. Poster panels and painted boards are not changeable copy signs.
      1. For any permitted wall, projecting, ground or tract identification sign up to 50% of the sign area may be changeable copy (automatic or manual).
      2. For tract identification the total area of the changeable copy cannot exceed 8 square feet per sign. Only 1 changeable copy sign may be erected and it must be physically part of that tract identification sign.
      3. No changeable copy sign may contain more than 3 horizontal pieces of information.
      4. Except changeable copy time and temperature signs, no changeable copy sign may change more than 4 times in any 24-hour period.
    4. Directional Signs
      A sign that orients pedestrian and vehicular traffic to different areas within a development of over 100 acres.
      1. Directional signs are only allowed in developments that contain at least 100 acres.
      2. No sign permit shall be issued for a directional sign until a common signage plan has been approved as set forth in Sec. 7.3.16.H.
      3. All directional signs shall be under the maintenance responsibility of a single association or other legal entity.
      4. If any common signage plan amendment is approved, all existing signs that do not comply with the new sign criteria shall be removed within 30 days of approval of such amendment.
      5. There shall be no more than 1 directional sign for every 1,000 feet of frontage along any thoroughfare, commercial or collector street.
      6. No directional sign shall exceed 7 feet in height and 35 square feet of sign area.
      7. The sign may include the name of the overall development and the type of land use subareas that is identified in the approved Master Plan.
      8. Directional signs may be located on the same lot as a ground sign.
    5. Directory Signs
      A on-premise sign that lists the name of activities, businesses, firms or tenants of a unified project or site.
      1. The site shall contain no more than 1 directory sign.
      2. The maximum sign area shall not exceed 3 inches by 15 inches for each identified activity, business, firm or tenant on the site.
      3. The outdoor directory sign may either be a changeable copy sign or fixed professional nameplates; provided that the standards of each are met.
      4. The sign may take the form of any sign permitted in the district provided that the sign complies with the applicable sign requirements. If the directory sign is a ground sign, no other ground sign is allowed unless the directory sign is positioned so that is not visible from any right-of-way and contains no other message, announcement or decoration.
    6. Landmark Signs
      A sign that exhibits unique characteristics that enhance the streetscape or identity of a neighborhood and as such contributes to the historical or cultural character of the area or the community at large.
      1. The sign is an on-premise sign that meets at least 1 of the following criteria:
        1. It was expressly designed for the business, institution or other establishment at that location;
        2. It bears a national emblem, logo or other graphic that is no longer used by the company; or
        3. It is a remnant of an advertising program that is no longer used by the parent company.
      2. The sign complies with Sec. 7.3.16.B. and if any portion is permitted to remain on or over a public right-of-way, a City or State approved encroachment agreement is executed.
      3. The sign complies with the lighting standards of Sec. 7.3.16.G and the prohibited sign requirements of Sec. 7.3.15.
      4. The sign exists or will within 6 months of its designation as a landmark sign be restored and continuously maintained, in its full original condition except for minor changes required for structural enhancements, changes required to comply with paragraphs Sec. 7.3.13.F.1. through Sec. 7.3.13.F.3. above and Federal or State regulations. Where original materials are unavailable, substitute materials, which are as near as possible substitutes for the original material may be used.
      5. The sign was erected prior to January 1, 1973 and has existed continuously in place on the site.
      6. The application requesting landmark designation was completed and submitted within 6 months following an extension of areas in which this UDO is applicable.
      7. The sign is approved by the City Council as a landmark sign.
      8. Other signs that are of the same sign type as a landmark sign are permitted on the site so long as: the maximum area, including the area of landmark signs, of such type of signage, is not exceeded, all other applicable requirements for that type of sign are met and the maximum signage allowed for the site, as determined by Sec. 7.3.16.B., is not exceeded.
    7. Miscellaneous (Omnibus) Signs
      Each site that is not allowed a wall sign or an on-premise sign or off-premises ground sign is allowed to contain a maximum amount of signage of 60 square feet, provided that, no sign is more than 15 square feet in area and 3½ feet in height.
    8. Private Street Signs
      A sign placed on private property that identifies name of a private street.
      Image
      7-3-13-h
      1. Sign Legend
        1. Name and Block
          1. The approved street name and block number must be shown on each sign face.
          2. The street name must be shown in a clear, readable style of print. Cursive letters cannot be used.
          3. Block numbers must be shown in Arabic numerals.
          4. At the point of intersection with public streets, private street signs shall immediately above the name and block contain the word "private."
        2. Abbreviations
          The street name shall not be abbreviated but standard abbreviations may be used for the prefix (north, south, east and west) and for the suffix portion of the legend.
        3. Minimum Letter Size
          Street names shall not be less than 4-inch uppercase, 3-inch lowercase. Block number or building references shall not be less than 2 inches.
      2. Visibility and Reflectivity
        1. Legend and background color selection shall effect clear contrast and visibility for both day and night identification so that the name is easily identifiable for up to 175 feet from the sign.
        2. All legends and backgrounds shall be reflectorized to ensure visibility at night.
      3. Location, Number and Placement
        1. Location
          1. At intersecting private streets, the sign shall be placed as near as possible to the intersection of a line parallel to and 6 feet from each private street.
          2. The private street name marker assembly shall not be placed on the public right-of-way and shall not be closer than 6 feet to the edge of pavement of the private street.
        2. Number
          A sign face for intersecting private street or private street and public streets, shall be required so that the respective street name and block number is displayed to the appropriate direction of travel.
        3. Vertical Position
          The bottom of the sign shall be a minimum of 6 feet above the elevation of the adjacent street.
    9. Product and Information Signs
      1. A product sign is a sign attached to outdoor vending machines, stands, gasoline pumps and display racks that direct attention to dispensed products.
      2. An information sign is an on-premise sign containing no other commercial message, copy, announcement or decoration other than instruction or direction to the public. Such signs include but are not limited to the following: identifying restrooms, public telephones, automated teller machines, for lease, for sale, walkways, entrance and exit drives, freight entrances and traffic direction.
      3. A product sign or information sign may not exceed 6 square feet in area, except in the case of an information sign for a multi-establishment campus.
      4. Individual information signs for a multi-establishment campus may be a maximum of 14 square feet in area with a maximum height of 3½ feet and a maximum width of 4 feet. One primary information sign may be located at each major entrance; provided that, no such sign shall be closer than 100 feet to the public right-of-way, and not exceed a maximum of 35 square feet in area, a maximum height of 7 feet and a maximum width of 5 feet.
      5. The total sign area for all product and information signs located on any site cannot exceed 32 square feet; provided that the total allowable sign area for information signs which are part of a multi-establishment campus may be increased in accordance with the following:
        1. 32 square feet per major entrance drive for any multi-establishment campus with three or more major entrances from a commercial street or a thoroughfare; and
        2. 10 square feet for each acre in excess of 10 acres of the multiestablishment campus.
      6. No commercial message, copy, announcement or decoration can be located on the information sign other than instruction or direction to the public.
      7. A product sign must be attached directly to either the dispensary structure or the product and cannot be located in any Residential District.
    10. Temporary Signs
      After the issuance of a temporary sign permit the following temporary signs may be erected:
      1. Unlit on-premise portable signs, 3-dimensional banners, moored blimps, gas balloons and windblown signs such as pennants, spinners, flags and streamers for special events for a total period not to exceed 30 days.
      2. Construction signs are permitted on a construction site that meet all of the following standards:
        1. The sign area shall not exceed 15 square feet in sign area in CM, AP or a Residential District and shall not exceed 32 square feet in area in all other districts.
        2. No construction sign shall be erected prior to issuance of a grading or building permit and the sign shall be removed within 15 days after issuance of a certificate of compliance.
      3.  Except for government owned signage, temporary signs shall not be permitted within the right of way.
    11. Unit Numbering Identification Sign
      1. All unit numbers shall be uniformly located on the side of the building facing the street within 18 inches of the building entrance or if not possible for architectural or building arrangement reasons prominently displayed on the building wall, easily visible from a public street.
      2. However, unit number signs for detached and attached houses and manufactured homes only may, in lieu of being located on the building wall, be located on the mail box or similar sized surfaces attached to mail boxes.
      3. Units that do not abut and gain access on a public street must locate identification signs containing the name of the court, street or way and the unit numbers on each main entrance to the building.
      4. All unit number signs shall be a minimum of 3 inches in size.
      5. Any unit number identification over 10 inches in height shall comply with all applicable sign regulations of this UDO.
    12. Vehicle Sign
      1. Vehicle signs shall not be located within 40 feet of the right-of-way of any street. Vehicle signs on trailer or box truck type vehicles shall not be located within 100 feet of the right-of-way of any street.
      2. Vehicle signs permitted as part of an approved temporary event or vehicles used in direct connection with the business other than as signage, are not subject to these provisions during the course of their normal business usage.
    13. Windblown Signs
      A banner, flag, pennant, spinner or streamer.
      1. No site shall contain more than 3 windblown signs. Each windblown device erected to a tether, pole, mast, building or any structure shall be deemed to be a separate distinct windblown sign.
      2. The total sign area of all windblown signs on a site located in a mixed or special district shall not exceed 40% of the maximum allowable signage as set forth in Sec. 7.3.16.B.
      3. The total sign area of all windblown signs on a site located in a residential district shall not exceed 35 square feet.
      4. The maximum height of a windblown sign shall not exceed 20 feet or the tallest principal building located on the site, whichever is greater.
      5. The windblown sign limitations do not apply to temporary windblown signs erected pursuant to Sec. 7.3.13.J.
    14. DX Digital Signs
      Notwithstanding the provision of Sec. 7.3.2., signs that use technologies such as LCD, LED and Projection to display content such as digital images, video, streaming media, and information. Digital signs are prohibited except for the following:
      1. Attached, as a wall sign, not exceeding 750 square feet in area, per sign, to a civic building in the DX- zoning district where the civic building contains one or more places of public assembly having a single-room seating capacity of no less than 10,000. No more than one digital sign shall be permitted on a building façade facing the same public street.
      2. As a ground sign, not exceeding 100 square feet in area erected on a supporting structure, mast, post or pole no more than 20 feet in height, on a lot containing (i) a civic building in the DX- zoning district where the civic building contains one or more places of public assembly in the DX- zoning district having a single-room seating capacity of no less than 2,100; or (ii) an outdoor sports or entertainment facility in the DX- zoning district, having a seating capacity of no less than 5,000. No more than one digital ground sign shall be permitted on a lot for each public street abutting the lot. Subject to the prior limitation, multiple signs may face the same public street. A ground sign is not attached, supported or suspended to or from any building or structure.
      3. The digital signage permitted herein is in addition to and shall not be credited against all other signage permitted in Art. 7.3.
      4. DX digital signs are not changeable copy signs and are not subject to Sec. 7.3.13.C. or any minimum copy size described in Art. 7.3.
      5. DX digital signs shall not display any strobe lighting effects. For the purposes of this section, strobe lighting effects are intense flashes of light at a frequency of greater than 1Hz (or 1 flash of bright light per second).
    15. Freestanding Channel Letter Ground Signs
      A freestanding channel letter ground sign that identifies the name of the development or an establishment within the development. The sign may be erected on a supporting structure, but not on a post, mast or pole, and neither the base or channel letters shall be attached, supported or suspended to or from any building. A sign permit is required for a freestanding channel letter ground sign. For purposes of this section, a channel letter sign shall mean a sign comprised of individual letters, numbers, logos, or other graphics that are independently mounted to a surface. Lighting for such signage may include neon tubes, fiberoptics, LED’s, and front and back lit letters.
      1. Freestanding channel letter ground signs are only allowed pursuant to an adopted Custom Signage Plan.
      2. The supporting structure, if one is utilized, shall not exceed 5 feet in height.
      3. Individual channel letters affixed to the supporting structure or to the ground shall not exceed 5 feet in height.
      4. The sign shall not exceed more than 10 feet in height.
      5. The sign shall not exceed more than 100 feet in length.
      6. There shall be no more than 1 line of copy per sign, and the sign shall not exceed 500 square feet in sign area.
      7. All ground sign braces shall be self-supporting structures permanently attached to concrete foundations in or upon the ground.
      8. There shall be no more than 2 freestanding channel letter signs allowed within the designated Custom Signage Plan area
      9. If a freestanding channel letter ground sign faces a public street, the sign shall be set back a minimum of 50 feet from the street, and shall be separated from the street by parking spaces, public or private open space or recreation space, or a 10 foot pedestrian walkway.
      10. Changeable copy is prohibited.
    16. Attached Channel Letter Signs
      An attached channel letter sign that identifies the name of the development or an establishment within the development, where such sign is mounted atop or hanging from an awning, canopy, porte cochere, or building architectural element, including but not limited to, decorative support beams. A sign permit is required for a freestanding channel letter building sign. For purposes of this section, a channel letter sign shall mean a sign comprised of individual letters, numbers, logos, or other graphics that are independently mounted to a surface. Lighting for such signage may include neon tubes, fiberoptics, LED’s, and front and back lit letters.
      1. Attached channel letter signs are only permitted pursuant to an adopted Custom Signage Plan.
      2. No portion of the sign may extend above the building’s main roof line without a parapet wall, or no portion of the sign may extend 2 feet above the building’s main roof line with a parapet wall, provided no portion of the sign extends above the parapet.
      3. The sign shall not exceed 150 square feet in sign area for any building up to five stories in height, and 300 square feet in sign area for any building 6 stories and above.
      4. Individual channel letters shall not exceed 10 feet in height.
      5. There shall be no more than 2 lines of copy per sign.
      6. The sign shall not exceed 20 feet in height.
      7. There shall be no more than 2 attached channel letter signs allowed within the designated Custom Signage Plan area.
      8. Only 1 channel letter building sign shall be located on any 1 side of a building.
      9. Changeable copy is prohibited.

    Sec. 7.3.14. Off-Premise Signs

    Sec. 7.3.14. Off-Premise Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:35
    1. Purpose
      1. For the purpose of regulating excess signage, encouraging the positive economic development of the City, promoting the safety of the traveling public, protecting existing property values in both residential and nonresidential areas, preventing the overcrowding of land, promoting a positive community appearance as part of a concerted City-wide effort to protect and enhance the aesthetics of the Capital City for the enjoyment of all citizens of North Carolina, outdoor advertising signs is controlled and regulated.
      2. The regulations are designed to prevent their overconcentration, improper placement and excessive height, bulk, number and area. It is recognized that, unlike on-premise identification signs which are actually a part of a business, outdoor advertising is a separate and distinct use of the public thoroughfare. With a view to this distinction, outdoor advertising signs are regulated differently from on-premise signs. It is intended that outdoor advertising signs be located away from residential areas and that such signs be regulated to protect the character of the area wherein outdoor advertising signs are located, and to conserve property values in these areas.
    2. General Regulations
      1. All outdoor advertising signs shall be consistent with all definitions and shall comply with all standards and regulations of this UDO.
      2. Except for ordinary maintenance and repair, poster panel replacements, copy, changes or repair not involving structural, material or electrical changes, no outdoor advertising signs or part of an outdoor advertising signs, shall be erected, altered, constructed, changed, converted, re-erected, additionally illuminated, reduced in size, enlarged or moved unless the entire outdoor advertising sign and structure are brought into conformity with this UDO.
      3. This Section does not apply to Intra-Development Signs as set forth in 10.2.21. Custom Signage Plan.
    3. Area of Outdoor Advertising Signs
      1. No outdoor advertising sign facing streets with 4 or more traffic lanes may exceed 150 square feet.
      2. Outdoor advertising signs facing streets with fewer than 4 traffic lanes may not exceed 75 square feet.
      3. The sign area is measured by finding the area of the minimum imaginary rectangle or square of vertical and horizontal lines which fully encloses all extremities of the sign, excluding supports, the base or apron unless the copy message, announcement or decoration appears on the base or apron. The allowable sign area of signs with equal size and shape for both doublefaced (back-to-back) and V-type signs is measured by computing the area of only one side of the sign. Both sides of a double-faced or V-type sign shall be of equal size.
      4. The sign area of signs with 3 or more sides (multiple sided signs) containing a copy, message, decoration or announcement visible from a street, highway or expressway is measured as the sum of the area of any 2 adjacent sides.
    4. Height
      No outdoor advertising sign, including base or apron, supports, supporting structures and trim, may exceed 30 feet in height.
    5. Setback Requirements
      District setback requirements are not applicable to outdoor advertising signs.
    6. Construction Standards
      1. Compliance with Building Codes
        All signs shall comply with the appropriate detailed provisions of the North Carolina and City Building Codes, the National Electric Code and other provisions of the Code of the City of Raleigh.
      2. Clearance from High-Voltage Power Lines
        Outdoor advertising signs shall be located in such a way that they maintain horizontal and vertical clearance of all overhead electrical conductors in accordance with the National Electric Code; provided that, no outdoor advertising sign shall be erected closer than 10 feet in any direction from any conductor or public utility guy wire.
    7. Location and Spacing
      1. Corner Lots
        No part of an outdoor advertising sign may be located within a triangular area formed by the street right-of-way lines and a line connecting them at points 50 feet from the right-of-way intersection.
      2. Spacing of Signs
        1. No part of any outdoor advertising sign shall be located less than 1,000 feet from any part of another outdoor advertising sign when located within either of two 200-foot corridors along each side of a roadway. The 2 corridors shall be delineated by connecting perpendicular measurements from all points along the road rights-of-way. No part of any permitted outdoor advertising sign which is located outside of the 200-foot corridor areas may be located within a 1,000-foot radius of any other outdoor advertising sign.
        2. No part of any outdoor advertising sign is permitted within 400 feet of a district that allows dwellings.
          Image
          7-3-14-g-2-b

    Sec. 7.3.15. Prohibited Signs

    Sec. 7.3.15. Prohibited Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:36

    The following signs are prohibited within all districts.

    1. Any sign which the Transportation Director determines obstructs the view of bicyclists or motorists using any street, private driveway, approach to any street intersection or which interferes with the effectiveness of or obscures any traffic sign, device or signal.
    2. Illuminated, highly reflective signs or spotlights which the Transportation Director determines hampers the vision of motorists or bicyclists.
    3. Signs, lights, rotating disks, words and other devices which resemble traffic signals, traffic signs or emergency vehicle lights.
    4. Signs, lights, rotating disks, words and other devices not erected by public authority which may be erroneously construed as governmental signs or emergency warning signs.
    5. Any sign which interferes with free passage from or obstructs any fire escape, downspout, window, door, stairways, ladder or opening intended as a means of ingress or egress or providing light or air.
    6. Any sign placed on any curb, sidewalk, post pole, hydrant, bridge, tree or other surface located on, over or across any public street, right-of-way, property or thoroughfare, unless authorized by the City Council.
    7. Flashing signs, travelling lights or signs animated by lights or changing degrees of intensity, except signs in public rights-of-way, and DX digital signs as specifically provided in Sec. 7.3.13.N.
    8. Signs that mechanically move, except signs on public rights-of-way.
    9. Roof signs.
    10. The tacking, posting or otherwise affixing of signs of a miscellaneous character visible from a public right-of-way located on the outside walls of buildings, barns, sheds, trees, poles, fences or other structures provided unit numbers, mailbox and paper tube identification signs that do not exceed 1 square foot in area and signs which warn the public against danger shall be allowed.
    11. Any message, copy or announcement, which uses a series of 2 or more signs placed in a line parallel to a street, highway or expressway carrying a single message or copy.
    12. Any sign which pertains to a business, profession, commodity or service which is vacant, unoccupied or discontinued for a period of 1 year or more; any part of a sign which is unused for a period of 1 year or more; or any sign which pertains to an event or purpose which no longer applies shall be deemed abandoned. An abandoned sign is prohibited and shall be removed by the owner of the sign or the owner or tenant of the premise.
    13. Signs attached to, painted on, or otherwise positioned (whether exterior or interior) in or on an inoperable or unlicensed vehicle (motorized or nonmotorized) located in view of the right-of-way.
    14. Signs attached to, painted on, or otherwise positioned in or on a licensed vehicle that is located in view of the street right-of-way when in a location or for a period of time that indicates that the use of the vehicle is for displaying the sign to passing motorists or pedestrians, except that such signs are allowed on a temporary basis in association with a temporary event permit.
    15. Any sign unlawfully erected or maintained.

    Sec. 7.3.16. General Sign Regulations

    Sec. 7.3.16. General Sign Regulations aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:37
    1. Area Computation of Copy and Signs
      1. Individual Letters
        1. The area of copy or the area of a sign which consists of individual letters that are erected directly onto a surface exclusive of any sign face, is measured by finding the area of the minimum imaginary rectangles or squares of vertical and horizontal lines, which fully encloses all sign words, copy or message.
        2. All or a portion of at least 1 side of each rectangle and square must be coterminous with the side of another rectangle or square. At least 75% of the sign area must be enclosed by 1 rectangle or square.
        3. Rectangles and squares cannot be configured to indent within a letter.
      2. Multi-Sided Signs
        The sign area of a sign with three or more sides (multi-sided signs) containing a copy, message, decoration or announcement visible from a street, highway or expressway is equal to the sum of the areas of any 2 adjacent sides.
      3. All Other Signs
        1. The sign area is measured by finding the area of the minimum imaginary rectangles or squares of vertical and horizontal lines which fully enclose all extremities of the sign, exclusive of its supports.
        2. All or a portion of at least 1 side of each rectangle or square must be coterminous with the side of another rectangle or square.
        3. At least 75% of the sign area must be enclosed by 1 rectangle or square.
        4. Rectangles and squares cannot be configured to indent within a letter.
          Image
          7-3-16-a-3
    2. Maximum Signage
      1. The total maximum signage allowed for any single establishment located in a Mixed Use, IH or CMP district, not including an area with an adopted Streetscape Plan or properties with frontage on Fayetteville Street, is 2 square feet per linear foot of side of the building facing along any street up to a maximum of 300 square feet.
      2. If a ground sign or tract identification sign is located on the site, the maximum sign area per establishment is limited 200 square feet.
      3. No premise, including those in a Residential District, is prevented from having at least 32 square feet of on-premise signage, except for properties with frontage on Fayetteville Street as described below. Allowable signage may be allocated among the permitted signs in the district.
      4. The maximum allowable signage limitation does not apply to Landmark signs, product and information signs, unit numbering identification signs under 10 inches, temporary signs and window signs permitted pursuant to Sec. 7.3.7.
      5. No sign or combination of signs shall exceed a total of 3 square feet per linear foot of building frontage for properties with frontage on Fayetteville Street, applies south of Morgan Street and north of South Street.
    3. Adopted Streetscape and Custom Signage Plans
      In the event there is an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan that applies to the subject property and that regulates signage, conformance to the adopted plan is required. The standards of the Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan shall apply in lieu of the standards of Article 7.3 as applicable.
    4. Noncommercial Copy Permitted
      Any sign authorized in this UDO is allowed to contain noncommercial message in lieu of any commercial message.
    5. Construction Standards
      1. Compliance with Building Code
        All signs shall comply with the appropriate provisions of the North Carolina State and City Building Codes, the National Electric Code and other provisions of the City Code.
      2. Clearance from High Voltage Power Lines
        Signs shall be located in such a way that they maintain horizontal and vertical clearance of all overhead electrical conductors in accordance with National Electric Code specifications, provided that no sign, except government traffic signs, shall be installed closer than 10 feet in any direction from any conductor or public utility guy wire.
    6. Sight Triangle
      1. Signs shall not obstruct the views of motorists using any street, driveway, parking aisles or the approach to any street intersection.
      2. All signs must comply with the sight triangle requirements of the Raleigh Street Design Manual.
    7. Illumination of Signs
      Any conforming sign, unless otherwise specifically regulated, may be illuminated provided the following standards are met:
      1. Any light source from any illuminated sign or flood light used to illuminate a sign must not be oriented so as to direct glare or excessive illumination onto streets or sidewalks in a manner that may distract or interfere with the vision of drivers, cyclists or pedestrians, as determined by the Development Services Director.
      2. No illuminated sign shall cast light to exceed 0.5 footcandles measured at the property line of any Residential District and 2.0 footcandles measured at the right-of-way line of a street.
      3. Internal illumination cannot exceed 10 footcandles measured at a distance of 10 feet from the sign.
      4. All electrically illuminated signs shall have a disconnecting switch located in accordance with the provisions of the National Electric Code.
      5. Applications for both a sign permit and an electrical permit shall be submitted and approved by the City prior to the installation.
      6. In any -AOD, all illuminated signs shall be shielded in such a manner that no direct glare can be seen from above.
    8. Common Signage Plan
      1. To achieve congruity, unity of development and to avoid conflicts within any site with more than 1 principal building, no sign permit shall be issued to any development containing more than 1 establishment until a common signage plan has been approved in accordance with Sec. 10.2.12., unless the development is subject to a Custom Signage Plan.
      2. No permit will be issued in violation of the common signage plan. Such criteria shall be as follows:
        1. Specified allowed type script that shall be observed.
        2. Maximum and minimum letter height that shall be observed.
        3. Specified allowed sign types, all other signs shall be prohibited.
        4. Sign placement by specifying sign panel location or elevations.
        5. Specified maximum of 7 colors to be applied to the sign and its background that shall be observed. Colors shall be in addition to black and white.
        6. In addition to the 7 color limit, the colors of black and white or a color that matches the building material color of the wall on which it is attached or the dominant exterior building material such as, but not limited to, brick or marble shall be allowed.
        7. Federal and State registered trademarks or service marks may employ additional colors; provided, they do not exceed the following:
          1. 12¼ square feet for all establishments less than 10,000 square feet;
          2. 18 square feet for establishments greater then 10,000 to 30,000 square feet;
          3. 25 square feet for establishments greater than 30,000 to 100,000 square feet; and
          4. 36 square feet for establishments greater than 100,000 square feet.
        8. The sign includes its casings, supports and backings. Only those signs which are erected or altered after the common sign plan is established shall be affected by the common sign plan

    Sec. 7.3.17. Nonconforming Signs

    Sec. 7.3.17. Nonconforming Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:37
    1. Within 90 days after the effective date of this provision or within 90 days following an extension of areas in which this section is applicable any portable ground sign, temporary sign, vehicle sign or windblown sign not authorized by Sec. 7.3.13.L. shall be removed. Except for signs approved as part of an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan, all other signs which are made nonconforming by an amendment to this UDO or an amendment to the Official Zoning Map or extension of areas in which this UDO is applicable shall be discontinued and removed or made conforming within 5½ years after the date of the amendment or extension, unless explicitly prohibited by state statute.
    2. Nothing in this UDO shall prohibit the ordinary maintenance repair of a nonconforming sign or replacement of a broken part of a nonconforming sign. Whenever any nonconforming sign or part of a nonconforming sign is altered, replaced, converted or changed, the entire sign must immediately comply with the provisions of this UDO and/or an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan.
    3. Nonconforming signs that are destroyed or damaged by 50% or more of their value shall not be rebuilt or repaired except in conformance with this UDO and/or an adopted Streetscape Plan or Custom Signage Plan.
    4. Nothing in this UDO shall prevent a City Council-designated landmark sign from indefinitely remaining on-premise so long as the landmark sign complies with all the standards of Sec. 7.3.15.
    5. Within 90 days after the effective date of this provision or within 90 days following an extension of areas in which this section is applicable:
      1. Any paper, poster board or similar sign or display shall be removed or otherwise made conforming.

    Article 7.4. Site Lighting

    Article 7.4. Site Lighting aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:26
    1. General
      1. This Article does not apply to lighting installed in the public right-of-way or along any greenway.
      2. The installation of site lighting, replacement of site lighting and changes to existing light fixture wattage, type of fixture, mounting or fixture location shall be made in strict compliance with this UDO.
      3. Routine maintenance, including changing the lamp, ballast, starter, photo control, fixture housing, lens and other required components, is permitted for all existing fixtures.
    2. Change in Use
      A change in use does not trigger application of this Article except when there is a specific use standard requiring site lighting for a new use.
    3. Permit Required
      A permit is required for work involving site lighting. Documentation must be submitted that states the proposed site lighting complies with the provisions of this UDO. At a minimum, the documentation submitted must contain the following:
      1. A point-by-point footcandle array in a printout format indicating the location and aiming of illuminating devices. The printout must indicate compliance with required footcandle limitations.
      2. Description of the illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports, reflectors,  poles, raised foundations and other devices, including but not limited to manufacturers or electric utility catalog specification sheets and photometric report indicating fixture classification.
      3. The Development Services Director may waive any or all of the above permit requirements, provided the applicant can otherwise demonstrate compliance with this UDO.

    Sec. 7.4.1. Applicability

    Sec. 7.4.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:42

    Sec. 7.4.2. Light Level Measuring

    Sec. 7.4.2. Light Level Measuring aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:43
    1. Light levels are specified, calculated and measured in footcandles. All footcandles values are maintained footcandles.
    2. Measurements are to be made at ground level, with the light-registering portion of the meter held parallel to the ground pointing up.

    Sec. 7.4.3. Prohibited Sources

    Sec. 7.4.3. Prohibited Sources aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:43

    The following light fixtures and sources cannot be used:

    1. Cobra-head-type fixtures having dished or drop lenses or refractors which contain sources that are not incandescent;
    2. Temporary searchlights and other high-intensity narrow-beam fixtures; and
    3. Light sources that lack color correction or do not allow for uniform site lighting.

    Sec. 7.4.4. Design and Installation Requirements

    Sec. 7.4.4. Design and Installation Requirements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:44

    All light fixtures shall meet the following requirements:

    1. The maximum light level of any light fixture cannot exceed 0.5 footcandles measured at the property line of any Residential District and 2.0 footcandles measured at the right-of-way line of a street.
    2. Lighting must not be oriented so as to direct glare or excessive illumination onto adjacent properties, streets or sidewalks.
    3. Service connections for all freestanding lighting fixtures must be installed underground.

    Sec. 7.4.5. Parking and Pedestrian Areas

    Sec. 7.4.5. Parking and Pedestrian Areas aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:44
    1. Light fixtures within parking and vehicular display areas may be no higher than 30 feet.
    2. Light fixtures within pedestrian areas may be no higher than 15 feet.
      Image
      7-4-5-b
    3. Light fixtures located within 50 feet of the property line of a Residential District may be no higher than 15 feet.
    4. Light fixtures within 25 feet of a street right-of-way must be forward throw fixtures.
    5. Light fixtures in parking and vehicular display areas must be full cutoff. In all other areas, light fixtures with more than 2,000 lumens must be full cutoff unless they meet the following:
      Image
      7-4-5-e
      1. Non-cutoff fixtures can be used when the maximum initial lumens generated by each fixture does not exceed 9,500 lumens;
        Image
        7-4-5-e-1 Lamp Posts Designs
      2. If the unshielded fixture has all metal halide, fluorescent, induction, white high pressure sodium and color-corrected high pressure sodium lamps, the outer lamp envelope must be coated with an internal white frosting to diffuse light;
      3. All metal halide fixtures equipped with a medium base socket must use either an internal refractive lens or a wide-body refractive globe; or
      4. All non-cutoff fixture open-bottom lights must equipped with full cutoff fixture shields.
    6. To the extent possible, as determined by the Development Services Director, internal light sources within structured parking shall not be visible from the adjacent public right-of-way. Rooftop lighting for parking structures shall be mounted a minimum of 15 feet in from the edge of the structure.

    Sec. 7.4.6. Flood Lights and Flood Lamps

    Sec. 7.4.6. Flood Lights and Flood Lamps aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:45
    1. Flood light fixtures must either be aimed down at least 45 degrees from vertical or the front of the fixture shielded so that no portion of the light bulb extends below the bottom edge of the shield. 
      Image
      7-4-6-a
    2. Any flood light fixture located within 50 feet of a street right-of-way must be mounted and aimed perpendicular to the right-of-way, with a side-to-side horizontal aiming tolerance not to exceed 15 degrees.
      Image
      7-4-6-b
    3. All flood lamps emitting 1,000 or more lumens must be aimed at least 60 degrees down from horizontal or shielded so that the main beam is not visible from adjacent properties or the street right-of-way.
      Image
      7-4-6-c

    Sec. 7.4.7. Vehicular Canopies

    Sec. 7.4.7. Vehicular Canopies aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:45

    Lighting under vehicular canopies must be less than 24 maintained foot candles and be designed to prevent glare off-site. Acceptable lighting designs include the following:

    1. Recessed fixture incorporating a lens cover that is either recessed or flush with the bottom surface of the canopy;
      Image
      7-4-7-a
    2. Light fixture incorporating shields or is shielded by the edge of the canopy itself, so that light is restrained to 5 degrees or more below the horizontal plane;
      Image
      7-4-7-b
    3. Surface mounted fixture incorporating a flat glass that provides a cutoff design or shielded light distribution;
      Image
      7-4-7-c
    4. Surface mounted fixture measuring no more than 2 feet by 2 feet, with a lens cover that contains at least 2% white fill diffusion material; or
      Image
      7-4-7-d
    5. Indirect lighting where light is beamed upward and then reflected down from the underside of the canopy, provided the fixture is shielded so that direct illumination is focused exclusively on the underside of the canopy.
      Image
      7-4-7-e

    Sec. 7.4.8. Outdoor Recreation Fields and Performance Areas

    Sec. 7.4.8. Outdoor Recreation Fields and Performance Areas aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:46
    1. The mounting height of lighting fixtures cannot exceed 80 feet from finished grade unless approved as a special use permit in accordance with Sec. 10.2.9.
    2. All fixtures must be equipped with a glare control package, including louvers, shields or similar devices. The fixtures must be aimed so that their beams are directed and fall within the primary playing or performance area.
    3. No illumination, when measured at the property line, shall exceed o.4 maintained footcandle of lighting.
    4. Lights within 100 feet of a Residential District cannot be illuminated after 10 p.m. Sunday through Thursday and 11 p.m. Friday and Saturday.
    5. In all other districts, the hours of operation for the lighting system must not exceed 1 hour after the end of the game or event.

    Sec. 7.4.9. Signs

    Sec. 7.4.9. Signs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:46

    Lighting fixtures illuminating signs must meet the standards of Sec. 7.3.16.G.

    Sec. 7.4.10. Building and Security Lighting

    Sec. 7.4.10. Building and Security Lighting aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:47
    1. Lighting fixtures shall be selected, located, aimed and shielded so that direct illumination is focused exclusively on the building facade, plantings and other intended site features and away from adjoining properties and the street right-of-way.
    2. All wall pack fixtures must be full cutoff fixtures.
      Image
      7-4-10-b
    3. Only lighting used to accent architectural features, landscaping or art may be directed upward, provided that the fixture is located, aimed or shielded to minimize light spill into the night sky.

    Sec. 7.4.11. Parking Structures

    Sec. 7.4.11. Parking Structures aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:47

    Lighting of Parking Structures shall be designed to reduce light spillage outside the parking structure according to the following:

    1. Internal illumination shall be screened so that internal light sources shall not be visible. Internal light fixtures directly visible from outside the structure shall be directed internally upward or shall be shielded to prevent such visibility.
    2. Internal illumination shall conform to the standards of UDO Section 7.4.7.A., 7.4.7.B. and 7.4.7.E. Vehicular Canopies.
    3. Rooftop lighting shall be located at an elevation height less than the top of the nearest exterior perimeter rooftop wall; or shall be setback a minimum of 15 feet from the exterior perimeter of the rooftop wall at a maximum mounted height of 12 feet above finished floor with cutoff light fixtures that have a maximum 90 degree illumination.
    4. Lighting levels measured at the property line of parcels adjacent to the structured parking deck shall not be greater than 0.5 footcandles, excluding property lines within 10 feet of any pedestrian or vehicular ingress or egress.
    5. Lighting elements that do not comply with the above requirements such as motion sensor lighting may be considered as part of a design alternate (see Section 7.4.12.).

    Sec. 7.4.12. Design Alternate Findings

    Sec. 7.4.12. Design Alternate Findings aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:48

    The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), after conducting a duly noticed quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.17., shall approve a design alternate, if all of the following findings are satisfied:

    1. The approved alternate does not substantially negatively impact the comfort and safety of adjacent tenants, property owners, and/or pedestrians.

    Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage

    Article 7.5. Outdoor Display and Storage aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:27

    Sec. 7.5.1. Applicability

    Sec. 7.5.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:49
    1. The requirements of this Article apply to any site where merchandise, material or equipment is stored outside of a completely enclosed building.
    2. Where merchandise, material or equipment is stored outside of a completely enclosed building in an AP District and the storage area lies more than 100 feet from any street right-of-way or property line, the provisions of this Article do not= apply.
    3. Where allowed, the outdoor sale, lease or rental of motor vehicles and heavy equipment as part of a properly permitted use are not subject to the provisions of this Article, but must be screened along the street edge by a Type C3 street protective yard as set forth in Sec. 7.2.4.B.

    Sec. 7.5.2. Outdoor Display

    Sec. 7.5.2. Outdoor Display aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:49
    1. Defined
      1. Outdoor display is the outdoor display of products actively available for sale. The outdoor placement of propane gas storage racks, ice storage bins, soft drink or similar vending machines is considered outdoor display.
      2. Outdoor display does not include merchandise or material in boxes, in crates, on pallets or other kinds of shipping containers (see outdoor storage).
    2. Standards
      Outdoor display is permitted with any nonresidential use in a RX-, OP-, OX-, NX-, CX-, DX- and CMP district following approval of a plan illustrating the extent of the permitted area for outdoor display. The area for outdoor display must meet standards below.
      1. Outdoor display must be removed and placed inside a fully-enclosed building at the end of each business day, except propane gas storage racks, ice storage bins, soft drink or similar vending machines may remain outside overnight.
      2. Outdoor display is permitted adjacent to the primary facade with the principal customer entrance, but cannot extend more than 8 feet from the facade and occupy no more than 30% of the horizontal length of the facade.
      3. Outdoor display may not impair the ability of pedestrians to use the sidewalk or parking areas.

    Sec. 7.5.3. Outdoor Storage

    Sec. 7.5.3. Outdoor Storage aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 11:50
    1. Limited Outdoor Storage
      1. Defined
        Limited outdoor storage includes, but is not limited to:
        1. Overnight outdoor storage of vehicles awaiting repair;
        2. Outdoor storage of merchandise or material in boxes, in crates, on pallets or other kinds of shipping containers;
        3. Outdoor sales area for building supplies, garden supplies or plants;
        4. Outdoor storage of fleet vehicles; and
        5. Outdoor storage of vehicles, boats, recreational vehicles or other similar vehicles at a storage facility.
      2. Standards
        Limited outdoor storage is permitted in the OP-, OX-, NX-, CX-, DX-, IX-, AP, IH and CMP districts following approval of a plan illustrating the extent of the permitted area for limited outdoor storage and provided it meets the standards below.
        1. Limited outdoor storage may not be more than 12 feet in height and must be fully screened from view from the public right-of-way, public parking areas and abutting properties by an evergreen living fence that covers a least two-thirds of the surface area of the fence at the time of maturity or by a Type C1 or C2 street protective yard as set forth in Sec. 7.2.4.B.
        2. Limited outdoor storage cannot be located in an A or B neighborhood transition zone.
        3. Vehicles awaiting repair may be stored up to 14 days within the screened storage area.
    CHAPTER 8. SUBDIVISION & SITE PLAN STANDARDS

    Unified Development Ordinance

    CHAPTER 8. SUBDIVISION & SITE PLAN STANDARDS

    CHAPTER 8. SUBDIVISION & SITE PLAN STANDARDS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:27

    Article 8.1. General Provisions

    Article 8.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:28

    Sec. 8.1.1. Applicability

    Sec. 8.1.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:49
    1. This Chapter applies to all development within the City or within the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction as set forth in Sec. 10.2.5. and Sec. 10.2.8.
    2. No construction shall commence until all required plans, profiles and specifications have been reviewed and approved by the City or other governmental approving agency.
    3. No City services or utilities shall be extended or furnished to any development until the applicant has installed the improvements specified in this UDO or guaranteed their installation as provided for in this UDO.
    4. Variances to this Chapter are heard by the Board of Adjustment pursuant to Sec. 10.2.10. Pursuant to Sec. 10.2.18, design alternates where specifically authorized are heard by either the Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council).
    5. All improvements must conform with all adopted City plans.

    Sec. 8.1.2. Phasing

    Sec. 8.1.2. Phasing aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:49
    1. If not otherwise set out as part of the preliminary subdivision plan, lots may be recorded and public improvements may be constructed in phases.
    2. A phasing plan shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.5.E.7.

    Sec. 8.1.3. Construction Surety

    Sec. 8.1.3. Construction Surety aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:50
    1. If all development-related improvements and installations are not completed and accepted by the City prior to a request to record all or a part of any subdivision or issuance of a building permit for any site plan, whichever first occurs, a security instrument shall be posted, in lieu of completion of the work, in an amount of 125% of the estimated construction cost of the development related improvements which remain incomplete and with surety and conditions satisfactory to the City, providing for and securing to the City the actual construction and installation of improvements. Projects undertaken by the City of Raleigh are exempted from this requirement to provide construction sureties.
    2.  All development-related improvements that are secured by a surety shall be installed prior to the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy within the subdivision phase or prior to the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for the site plan, whichever event first occurs on the property. Except the final coat of asphalt for street improvements and the  installation of sidewalks, street trees, street lights and permitted street furniture may at the option of the applicant be installed within 36 months following the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy provided surety in the amount of 125% of these improvements are first provided to the City. Where improvements are required on a State-maintained road, a 100% construction surety is required. In this instance, proof of bond or surety with the State must be supplied to the City.
    3. Where the Development Services Director determines that circumstances out of the control of the applicant have prohibited substantial progression of construction, an extension of not more than 2 years on the completion of the final coat of asphalt and installation of sidewalks, street trees, street lights and permitted street furniture may be granted. A surety in the amount of 125% of these improvements shall remain in place during the extension and the warranty period shall not commence until the outstanding items have been installed and inspected.
    4. Where the Development Services Director determines that landscaping in the public right-of-way cannot be installed due to inclement weather conditions, a surety in the amount of 125% of the value of the landscaping shall be provided to the City, in accordance with Sec. 8.5.1.B. The landscaping improvements shall be installed within 30 days of the start of the next October  1 to April 30 planting period.

    Sec. 8.1.4. Warranty

    Sec. 8.1.4. Warranty aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:50
    1. All development-related improvements must have a warranty guaranteeing the work against defects for a period of 1 year from the date of warranty period commencement for the respective infrastructure system.
    2. The warranty shall list the City as a beneficiary.
    3. A warranty surety shall be provided in an amount of 15% of the estimated value of the warranted development-related improvements. The surety shall expire 6 months after the expiration of the warranty period.

    Sec. 8.1.5. Acceptance

    Sec. 8.1.5. Acceptance aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:51

    Any development-related improvements shall not be officially accepted until the improvements have been inspected by the City, corrections are made in the field and on the approved infrastructure construction plans, a reproducible copy of the as-built drawings is provided to the Development Services Department and the warranty required in the previous section is completed.

    Sec. 8.1.6. Reservation of Public Land

    Sec. 8.1.6. Reservation of Public Land aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:54
    1. Where a proposed park, greenway, open space, school, fire station or other public use shown in the Comprehensive Plan is located in whole or in part in a development, the City Council may require the reservation of the land for future use.
    2. The reservation shall continue in effect for a period of not more than 1 year from the date of approval of the preliminary plan or site plan. This reservation period may be extended for an additional year upon submission of a letter to the City Council of intent to purchase by the appropriate governmental agency. Further extensions may be permitted upon mutual agreement between the land owner and the City Council, each of which shall not exceed 2 years.

    Sec. 8.1.7. Easements

    Sec. 8.1.7. Easements aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:54
    1. Platted easements and deed of easements shall be provided in the locations and dimensions required by the City in order to:
      1. Allow for adequate storm drainage facilities;
      2. Allow for proper installation of water and sewer lines, whether immediately proposed or necessary for adequate service in the future;
      3. Allow for cross-access between properties;
      4. Allow for adequate transit facilities and access;
      5. Allow for adequate pedestrian and bicycle access;
      6. Allow for adequate right-of way for street types;
      7. Allow for adequate public access; and
      8. Allow for adequate slope for roadway construction.
    2. Easement widths shall be specified by the City as necessary to accommodate existing and future needs as well as construction and repair of facilities. for drainage easements, the widths should be sufficient to accommodate areas anticipated to be inundated by stormwater. 

    Sec. 8.1.8. Names and Numbering

    Sec. 8.1.8. Names and Numbering aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:55
    1. The proposed name of a subdivision, site plan and proposed street names shall not duplicate or too closely approximate, phonetically, the name of any other subdivision, site plan or street.
    2. Words that are part of a name and are generic in their meaning (e.g. “river,” “woods,” “hills”) shall not be considered as  duplicates of other similar uses of words.
    3. House or building numbers shall conform to the system established for the City.

    Sec. 8.1.9. Subdivision Monuments

    Sec. 8.1.9. Subdivision Monuments aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:56
    1. Permanent Markers
      1. Permanent markers shall be placed at locations of the subdivision in accordance with Sec. 8.1.9.B.
      2. Permanent markers must be made of concrete at least 3 feet long and 4 inches square or in diameter with appropriate markings on top. The location and coordinates of each of these markers shall be shown on the subdivision plat.
    2. Coordinate System
      1. Permanent markers shall be placed at one or more corners of the subdivision that are coordinated with a horizontal control monument of some United States or State agency survey system, such as the North Carolina Geodetic Survey System, where such monument is within 2,000 feet of a corner.
      2. Where the North Carolina Grid System coordinates of the monument are on file with the state, the coordinates of both the referenced corner and the monuments used shall be computed and shown in X (easting) and Y (northing) coordinates on the map.
      3. The coordinates shall be identified as based on “NAD 83” indicating North American datum of 1983, or as “NAD 27,” indicating North American datum of 1927. Where such a monument is not available, the tie shall be made to some pertinent and permanent recognizable landmark or identifiable reference point.
    3. Corner Markers
      Corner markers shall be set at the corners of all lots and shall consist of metal pipes not less than ¾ of inch in diameter and 2 feet long.
    4. Reference Mark
      1. Whenever any portion of any lot in the subdivision lies within a special flood hazard area, a reference mark in the form of an “X” indicating the elevation in relation to mean sea level to the nearest 1/10 of 1 foot shall be located on a permanent marker or structure such as a culvert, bridge, head wall or wing wall or as otherwise approved by the Engineering Services Director.
      2. The elevation and a description of the location of the reference mark shall be indicated on the subdivision plats, which contain lots in special flood hazard areas.

    Sec. 8.1.10. Fee in Lieu

    Sec. 8.1.10. Fee in Lieu aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:56

    Where the Development Services Director determines that construction of public improvements would not be feasible, a fee in lieu may be permitted. In this instance, right-of-way dedication and all necessary easements shall be dedicated to the City. Infrastructure construction plans may be required to determine the extent of public improvements and easements.

    Article 8.2. Infrastructure Sufficiency

    Article 8.2. Infrastructure Sufficiency aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:28

    Sec. 8.2.1. In General

    Sec. 8.2.1. In General aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:58
    1. To lessen congestion in the streets and to facilitate the efficient and adequate provision of transportation, water and sewage and to secure safety from fire, every subdivision plan and site plan shall be subject to a determination of the sufficiency of infrastructure, as defined below according to the established levels of service in this Article.
    2. Infrastructure shall be considered sufficient where it is demonstrated to have available capacity to accommodate the demand generated by the proposed development as well as other approved developments and PD Master Plans.
    3. In order to avoid undue hardship, the applicant may propose to construct or secure sufficient funding for the facilities necessary to provide capacity to accommodate the proposed development at the adopted level of service. The commitment for construction or advancement of necessary facilities shall be included as a condition of development.

    Sec. 8.2.2. Streets

    Sec. 8.2.2. Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:58
    1. Required street capacity shall be measured based on the methodology of the Highway Capacity Manual.
    2. The impact of proposed development shall be measured by AM and PM peak trips based on the methodology of the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE).
    3. Adequate streets shall be provided consistent with the requirements of this Chapter provided a level of service E or better is maintained.
    4. There are 3 required traffic impact assessment thresholds:
      1. Trip Generation Report (a test of AM/PM peak hour traffic);
      2. Traffic Assessment (where the AM/PM peak hour traffic fails to meet adequate levels of service, this study reviews queueing and delays); and
      3. Traffic Impact Analysis (where queueing and delays are unacceptable, this full analysis includes calculation of trips, delay, queueing and capacity at intersections).
    5. Where a trip generation report or traffic impact analysis demonstrates a degradation of overall intersection level of service below level of service E or impacts to an existing intersection operating at level of service F, the proposed site plan may be approved provided that:
      1. The residential density does not exceed 50 units per acre; or
      2. The office floor area ratio does not exceed 0.5; or
      3. The floor area ratio for commercial uses does not exceed 0. 25; or
      4. The peak hour delay at the intersection does not exceed what would be produced by development consistent with paragraphs 1., 2. or 3. above as shown by a Traffic Impact Analysis.
      5. Where paragraphs Sec. 8.2.2.E.1., Sec. 8.2.2.E.2., Sec. 8.2.2.E.3. or Sec. 8.2.2.E.4. are selected, the applicant shall prepare and submit a traffic mitigation plan to the Transportation Director. The mitigation plan shall identify capital projects and phasing strategies that would bring the development impact to within the acceptable threshold specified in paragraph E.4 above. This plan may identify improvements undertaken by the private sector, the public sector or both. Site plan approval shall not be granted until the Transportation Director determines that the plan
        provides reasonable and adequate mitigation. Factors to be considered by the Transportation Director include whether: the cost of the mitigation measures exceeds the value of the proposed development; transportation
        demand management strategies including multi-modal improvements are included; alternative access strategies are considered; and new street connections are evaluated.
    6. An exception to Sec. 8.2.2.E. shall be granted for one or more of the following situations:
      1. The City has a capital improvement project within the adopted 5-year Capital Improvement Program that would improve the level of service above level F;
      2. NCDOT has proposed a project within the first 4 years of the adopted 7-year Transportation Improvement Program that would improve the level of service above level F;
      3. There is within ¼ mile of the site plan an existing or funded transit stop that is served by one of the following: fixed or dedicated-guideway transit, 5 vehicles an hour on a single route in 1 direction during peak commuting hours or 10 vehicles an hour in any direction during peak commuting hours;
      4. The site is mapped with a conditional district approved within the prior 20 years that includes a trip budget as a zoning condition; or 5. If the property is zoned Downtown Mixed Use (DX-).
      5. If the property is zoned Downtown Mixed Use (DX-).

    Sec. 8.2.3. Water Supply

    Sec. 8.2.3. Water Supply aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 12:59
    1. Water supply shall be determined based on system capacity and average and peak flows.
    2. The minimum size of any water line shall meet current Public Utilities Handbook requirements and may require off-site improvements. 

    Sec. 8.2.4. Wastewater Disposal

    Sec. 8.2.4. Wastewater Disposal aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:00
    1. Wastewater disposal shall be determined based on system capacity and average and peak flows.
    2. The minimum size of any wastewater line shall meet current Public Utilities Handbook requirements and may require off-site improvements.

    Sec. 8.2.5. Fire Suppression

    Sec. 8.2.5. Fire Suppression aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:00
    1. Required fire flow shall be determined using the methodology of the Insurance Services Office (ISO).
    2. In determining the impact of the proposed development on fire suppression, the City shall consider water pressure available to the development.

    Sec. 8.2.6. Stormwater

    Sec. 8.2.6. Stormwater aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:01
    1. The minimum configuration of any stormwater facility shall meet current Stormwater Manual requirements and may require off-site improvements.
    2. When development of an area changes the flow regime from sheet flow to concentrated flow, the drainage system shall be designed to minimize impacts of the flow on adjoining properties.

    Sec. 8.2.7. Transit Infrastructure

    Sec. 8.2.7. Transit Infrastructure aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:03
    1. Transit infrastructure shall be provided in accordance with Article 8.11.
    2. The size and type of the infrastructure required shall be in accordance with Sec.8.11.3.

    Article 8.3. Blocks, Lots, Access

    Article 8.3. Blocks, Lots, Access aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:29

    Sec. 8.3.1. Intent

    Sec. 8.3.1. Intent aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:07
    1. The intent of the maximum block perimeter and connectivity regulations is to provide a well-connected street network.
    2. Large blocks with limited connectivity discourage walking, contribute to street congestion and add driving distance that can negatively impact emergency services. New streets should be designed to consider future development.
    3. The access regulations are intended to provide a means for safe, efficient and convenient vehicular and pedestrian access within developments and between adjacent developments and to lessen traffic congestion. Pedestrian, bike and vehicular access should be safe, direct and convenient.
    4. A conditional zoning applicant may in accordance with Sec 10.2.4 E.2 offer zoning conditions and supporting documents sufficient to demonstrate to the City Council that development plans submitted to the City will provide for safe, efficient and convenient vehicular, bicycle and pedestrian circulation.

    Sec. 8.3.2. Blocks

    Sec. 8.3.2. Blocks aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:08
    1. Block Perimeters
      1. Applicability
        1. Except as set forth in Section 8.3.2.A.1.b. below, the block perimeter standards apply to preliminary subdivision plans, final plats and site plans submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.5. and Sec. 10.2.8. These standards can be modified by a zoning condition contained in an adopted conditional zoning ordinance, or a design alternate authorized in this UDO.
        2. Except where a street connection traversing the subject property is shown on the Raleigh Street Plan or an adopted Area Plan, compliance with the maximum block perimeter standards, including maximum dead-end street length, shall not be required when one or more of the following conditions are met:
          1. The site to be developed is below the minimum applicable site area established in the table found in Sec. 8.3.2.A.2.b
          2. The resulting street connection, if completed, would neither reduce the perimeter of the oversized block by at least 20 percent nor result in conforming block perimeters.
          3. The resulting street connection, if completed, would result in a new block perimeter less than 50 percent of the maximum block perimeter length.
          4. The new street or street stub right-of-way, including utility placement easement, would consume more than 15 percent of either the area of the impacted adjacent property or the property to be developed
          5. A sealed traffic study is submitted substantiating that the street connection would lead to an intersection level of service within a residential zoned area of Level of Service (LOS) E or F, exclusive of intersections with major streets as designated on the City's adopted street plan.
          6. The creation (on the property to be developed) or continuation (on an adjacent property) of any new street or street stub would be obstructed by any of the following:
            1. existing improvements where the value of such improvements is more than the land value of the parcel on which the improvements are located;
            2. railroad, or controlled access highway;
            3. watercourse that has one (1) square mile of drainage area or more; or 
            4. previously established tree conservation area, open space or public park.
          7. Blocks recorded on or before September 1, 2013, whose block perimeter length does not exceed 150% of the maximum established in Sec. 8.3.2.A.2.b. 
          8. North Carolina Department of Transportation denies a driveway permit necessary to make the street connection.
          9. The property to be developed or the adjacent property to which any new street or stub street would be continued contains one or more of the following land uses: historic landmark, cemetery, landfill, hospital, school (public or private (k-12)), college, community college, university, places of worship, police station, fire station, EMS station, prison or any residential use in an Attached, Tiny House, or Detached building type on lots no larger than 2 acres.
          10. If any of the following exceptions are used for an exemption to block perimeter standards for new street connectivity, a pedestrian passage meeting the specifications of Sec. 8.5.8 must be incorporated as shown below: i; ii, iii, iv, v, vi.a, vi.d, vii, viii, ix for the following uses: historic landmark, hospital, school (public or private (K-12)), college, community college, university, places of worship.

            1. The passage must be in a location that would meet block perimeter standards if it were a full street connection. 

            2. If the passage extends through a Secondary Tree Conservation Area, the dimensions shall be reduced to 5’ of paved surface within a 10’ easement. 

            3. If the continuation of the pedestrian passage on the adjacent property would be obstructed by either of the following, compliance is not required: Primary Tree Conservation Area; Existing improvements where the value of such improvements is more than twice the land value of the parcel on which the improvements are located. 

      2. Block Standards
        1. Residential blocks must have sufficient width to provide for 2 tiers of residential lots, except where single tier lots are required to accommodate single-loaded streets where across from a public park
          or open space, to allow for unusual topographical conditions or when adjacent to the outer perimeter of a subdivision.  
        2. The following table establishes the maximum block perimeter and maximum length for a dead-end street by zoning district. In the event that a single block contains more than 1 zoning district, the least
          restrictive requirement applies.
           
            Block Perimeter (max) Dead-End Street (max) Min. Site Area Applicable (acres)
          R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6: By Average Lot Size on Block
          40,000+ sf 8,000' 1,000' 34
          20,000 - 39,999 sf 6,000' 750' 19
          10,000 - 19,999 sf 5,000' 600' 13
          6,000 - 9,999 sf 4,500' 550' 11
          up to 5,999 sf 3,000' 400' 5
          R-10: By District
          R-10 2,500' 300' 3
          Mixed Use Districts
          DX-, -TOD 2,000' Not allowed 2
          RX-, NX-, CX-, OX-: up to 4 stories 3,000' 400' 5
          RX-, NX-, CX-, OX-: 5+ stories 2,500' 300' 3
          OP-, IX- 4,000' 500' 9
          Special Districts
          CM, AP n/a n/a n/a
          IH n/a n/a n/a
          MH 3,000' 400' 5
          CMP, PD 4,000' unless established in master plan 500' unless established in master plan 9
          Image
          8-3-2-a-2
    2. Block Measurement
      1. A block is bounded by a public right-of-way (not including an alley). All public rights-of-way proposed as part of a development must be improved with a street.
      2. Block perimeter is measured along the edge of the property adjoining the public right-of-way. Dead-end streets are measured from intersecting centerlines. 
      3. The maximum block perimeter shall be permitted to extend by 50% where the block includes a pedestrian passage (see Sec. 8.4.8.) or an alley (Sec. 8.4.7.) that connects the two streets on opposing block faces including pedestrian passages and alleys that connect dead-end streets.  
      4. A block shall be permitted to be broken by a civic building or open lot, provided the lot is at least 50 feet wide and deep and provides a pedestrian passage meeting the requirements of Sec. 8.4.8. that directly connects the two streets on each block face.
      5. Within a single phase of any subdivision or development, individual block perimeters shall be permitted to exceed the maximum by 25% provided that the average of all block perimeters in the phase does not exceed the maximum. 
      6. Where the block pattern is interrupted by public parkland, including greenways, that is open and accessible to the public, pedestrian access points shall be provided with a minimum spacing equal to ½ of the maximum block perimeter.
        Image
        8-3-2-b-6

    Sec. 8.3.3. Lots

    Sec. 8.3.3. Lots aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:08
    1. Lot Frontage
      Every lot shall have frontage on a public street, with the following exceptions:
      Lots as part of a development which was approved for private streets prior to the effective date of this UDO.
      1. Individual lots within a Cottage Court that meet the requirements of Sec. 2.6.1.
      2. A townhouse lot or townhouse building/structure may front on parking lots or drive aisles, provided that the entrance of each townhouse unit is located within 300 feet of the intersection of an access point and a dedicated public street.

        Except as otherwise stated in this UDO, all lots must front on a street that has a pavement width of at least 20 feet.
    2. Lot Arrangement
      1. Lots shall be subdivided to permit conformance with all laws and ordinances and to ensure for orderly urban growth, proper building arrangement and to provide City services and facilities.
      2. Lot dimensions shall provide for the potential development of all lots and future compliance with the development standards of this UDO.
    3. Principal Structures Per Lot
      In the R-1, R-2, R-4 and R-6 districts, only 1 principal structure is permitted per lot. This does not include cottage courts, townhomes and apartments, condominiums or specifically allowed nonresidential uses as set forth in Sec. 6.1.4.
    4. Lot Dimensions
      Lots that are occupied or are intended to be occupied shall conform with the minimum lot size, lot width and lot depth requirements provided under Chapter 2. Residential Districts, Chapter 3. Mixed Use Districts and Chapter 5. Overlay  Districts.
    5. Recombination of Lots
      The recombination of lots shall be done in accordance with Sec. 10.2.6.

    Sec. 8.3.4. Subdivision Access

    Sec. 8.3.4. Subdivision Access aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:09
    1. Open Access
      Subdivisions must provide roadways that remain permanently open to the public and provide community-wide access as part of an overall connected street network.
    2. Connectivity Required
      Proposed streets must be interconnected and must connect with adjacent streets external to the subdivision in order to provide multiple routes for pedestrian and vehicle trips from, to and within the subdivision.
    3. Stub Streets
      1. The following stub street standards listed below shall apply, unless:
        1. The standards described in Sec. 8.3.2.A.1.b are applicable, except for subsections b.i and b.vii;
        2. An adopted conditional zoning ordinance contains a zoning condition as allowed in Sec. 10.2.4.E.2.c; or
        3. A design alternate has been granted.
      2. Where a development adjoins unsubdivided land, stub streets within the new subdivision shall be extended to the meet maximum block perimeter standards of Sec. 8.3.2.
      3. The stub street must be extended to the boundary of the abutting property to the point where the connection to the anticipated street is expected.
      4. Stub streets must be located so that the portion of the block perimeter located on the subject property does not exceed 50% of the applicable block perimeter maximum.
      5. If a stub street exists on an abutting property, the street system of any new development plan must connect to the stub street to form a through street.
      6. When the entirety of a creek crossing is in the subdivision, the crossing must be in a single phase in its entirety.
      7. When stubbing to the edge of the site, the stub street will be built to the furthest point possible without NCDEQ approval and a fee in lieu of construction is paid for the remainder. Any right-of-way and slope easements needed to build the connection shall be dedicated.
        Image
        8-3-4-c-7
      8. Where a stub street is provided, a barricade using a design approved by the Development Services Director must be constructed at the end of the stub street, pending the extension of the street into abutting property. A sign noting the future street extension shall be posted at the applicant’s expense.
    4. Greenway Connections 

      Subdivisions containing or adjacent to a property containing existing greenway trails must provide at least one pedestrian access connection from the internal pedestrian network, vehicle parking area, or driveway to the existing greenway trail, except in situations listed in subsection 4 below. 

      1. Pedestrian access connections are required based on the length that the subdivision parallels the greenway: 

        1. 1’-1,320’: One connection

        2. 1,320’-2,640’: Two connections, plus one additional connection for each additional 1,320’ 

      2. Pedestrian access connections shall conform to City of Raleigh greenway standard design details. The pedestrian access surface shall be constructed of concrete, asphalt or other fixed, firm and nonslip material as approved by the Development Services Director. Connections must be ADA compliant unless impractical due to the existence of slopes in excess of 25% within 10 feet of the property line.

      3. If the greenway trail is not on the subject property, an access stub to the property on which the greenway trail is located shall be provided if requested by the City of Raleigh. 

      4. No connections are required in the following cases: 

        1.  In the R-1, R-2, Heavy Industrial, and Agriculture Productive zoning districts.

        2. For any subdivision smaller than two acres. 

        3. A subdivision in a Residential (R-) district where there are fewer than four lots per acre. 

        4. If the connection would require crossing a USGS blueline stream

    Sec. 8.3.5. Site Access

    Sec. 8.3.5. Site Access aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:09
    1. General Access Requirements
      1. All existing and proposed development must provide vehicular, pedestrian and bicycle ingress and egress to and from a street or an abutting site.
      2. All on-site parking areas must have vehicular access from a street, an alley, a drive aisle or a cross-access easement.
      3. All on-site parking areas must be designed to allow vehicles to enter and exit the parking area in a forward motion, unless otherwise approved by the Development Services Director. An improved alley may be used as maneuvering space for access to on-site parking areas.
      4. The requirements of Sec. 8.3.4.C. shall apply to site plans submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.8
    2. Pedestrian Access
      1. All existing and proposed development must provide ADA compliant pedestrian access connecting main entrances of buildings, establishments or uses on a site that allows for public access, with all other public entrances and with available access points including parking, streets, sidewalks and transit stops with the exception of the following uses which are exempt:
        1. Single- or two-unit living;
        2. Multi-unit living with 6 or fewer dwelling units;
        3. Agricultural use;
        4. Parks, open space and greenways;
        5. Cemetery;
        6. Telecommunication tower;
        7. Off-premise sign;
        8. Minor utilities;
        9. Prisons; and
        10. Other uses not containing a principal building on the premise (with the exception of a parking facility).
      2. Pedestrian access shall consist of an accessible, easily-discernible and ADA compliant walkway or multi-use path with a minimum width of 5 feet.
      3. The pedestrian access surface located on private property shall be constructed of concrete, asphalt or other ADA approved fixed, firm and nonslip material as approved by the Development Services Director.
      4. Pedestrian access routes between buildings and public rights-of-way shall be physically separated from vehicular surface areas, except where required to cross a drive aisle; such crossings shall be perpendicular wherever practicable.
      5. Site plans containing multiple principal buildings shall submit a phasing plan. The phasing plan shall include all necessary elements to address phasing of walkway construction for the existing principal buildings and uses on the site as new buildings and building expansion occurs in the future.
    3. Driveways
      1. All Driveways
        1. All driveway design and construction must comply with the Raleigh Street Design Manual, or the Fire Code when conflict exists.
        2. Driveway dimensions measured at the street right-of-way shall be in accordance with the following table:
            Width (min) Width (max) Radius (max)
          Residential on a local street, up to 6 off-street parking spaces 10' 18' 10'
          Residential 7+ off-street parking spaces (one way) 12' 16' 10'
          Residential 7+ off-street parking spaces (two-way) 20' 24' 10'
          Mixed Use/Commercial (one-way) 12' 18' 12'
          Mixed Use/Commercial (two-way) 20' 32' 15'
          Industrial/Service 30' 40' 30'
        3. Wider driveways shall be allowed where:
          1. required by the turning radii of vehicles accessing the site or to accommodate existing topography as certified by a licensed design or engineering professional; or
          2. a traffic report certified by a licensed design or engineering professional indicates the need for a wider driveway.
        4. Nothing in this section shall prevent all site access to any property.
      2.  Driveways for Residential Uses
        Residential driveway spacing standards are only applicable to driveways serving a maximum of two dwelling units. All other development types are subject to Nonresidential standards. Unless modified by a zoning condition
        contained in an adopted conditional zoning ordinance or a design alternate authorized in this UDO, the regulations in subsection C.2 shall apply.
        1. When an improved alley with a width of at least 20 feet is provided, all vehicular access shall take place from the alley. Access may be taken from the side street on corner lots.
        2. Except for townhouse lots, tiny house lots and flag lots (including their residual lots), all lots 40 feet or less in width platted after the effective date of this UDO are required to take vehicular access from an alley or a driveway shared with another lot.
        3. No residential lot may have more than 2 driveways on the same street. Multiple driveways that service 1 lot may be no closer than 40 feet to each other.
        4. Non-alley loaded driveways may intersect a street no closer than 20 feet from the intersection of 2 street rights-of-way.
        5. Parking and driveway areas shall not constitute more than 40% of the area between the front building line and the front property line with the exception of lots used for Tiny Houses (including Flag Lots).
        6. A driveway serving a tiny house lot or flag lot (including their residual lots) shall either be shared with another lot or meet the minimum spacing requirements as specified in the Raleigh Street Design Manual.
      3. Driveways for Mixed Use and Nonresidential Uses
        Unless modified by a zoning condition contained in an adopted conditional zoning ordinance or a design alternate authorized in this UDO, the regulations in subsection C.3 shall apply.
        1. If on-site parking areas can be accessed from an improved alley with a right-of-way of at least 24 feet in width, access from the alley is required and new curb cuts along the public right-of-way are not allowed.
        2. Driveways are allowed based on the property frontage of any street. Additional driveways require approval from the Development Services Director.
        3. Driveways accessing up to 80-foot wide street rights-of-way must be spaced 200 feet apart centerline to centerline and driveways accessing more than an 80-foot wide street right-of-way must be spaced 300 feet apart centerline to centerline.
        4. A driveway serving any non-residential use or multi-unit living shall not be permitted to access neighborhood yield or neighborhood local streets unless the proposed access point is the lesser of 300’ from an avenue, boulevard or parkway, or the intersection of another public street.
        5. Offers of cross-access shall be prohibited where a proposed non residential use or multi-unit living may potentially obtain access from a neighborhood or residential street, unless the resulting access meets the
          provisions of subsection d above.
        6. Driveways may intersect a street no closer than 50 feet from the intersection of two street rights-of-way, not including an alley.
        7. Service and loading driveways integrated into a building or parking structure are exempt from the driveway spacing requirements. Parking structure driveways for passenger vehicle ingress/egress are subject to spacing requirements consistent with Raleigh Street Design Manual -Chapter 3, shown on each street cross-section.
    4. Cross-Access
      All lots abutting a street other than a local street shall comply with the following standards:
      1. Internal vehicular circulation areas shall be designed and installed to allow for cross-access between abutting lots.
      2. When an abutting owner refuses in writing to allow construction of the internal vehicular circulation on their property, a stub for future cross-access shall be provided as close as possible to the common property line.
      3. Rights of vehicular and pedestrian access shall be granted to all abutting properties contemporaneously with the recording of the final subdivision plat or prior to issuance of a building permit for an approved site plan,
        whichever event first occurs on the property after September 1, 2013. This right of cross-access shall be recorded by plat in the register of deeds office in the county where the property is located. By the end of the next business
        day following the recordation, the applicant shall provide to Development Services evidence of recordation of the cross-access agreement. No building permit will be issued until evidence of recordation of the cross-access
        agreement is provided to the City.
      4. The content of the cross-access agreement required by the City shall be as follows:
        1.  Pedestrian and vehicular access is granted to all properties on the same block face as the property owner establishing the cross-access. The owner may make the pedestrian and vehicular access contingent upon
          the granting of reciprocal vehicular and pedestrian access right to the granting property.
        2. The location of the pedestrian and vehicular access is described as over all sidewalks, vehicular drives and driveways located on the property which are designated to be used by the public or by specific metes and bounds.
        3. The beneficiaries granted access rights include the lot owners, their successors, heirs and assigns, tenants and subtenants, lenders, employees, customers and guests.
        4. Each lot owner is required to maintain the vehicular and pedestrian access areas on their lot. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to repair, fixing potholes and repaving.
        5. All lot owners and tenants granted vehicular and pedestrian access rights shall have the right together with their contractors, but not obligation, to maintain all portions of pedestrian vehicular and access ways. If such owners, tenants and their contractors engage in any maintenance activities off their lot, they shall have the right of contribution to be reimbursed for their actual expenses from the defaulting lot owner, provided at least 30 days prior written notice is first provided to the defaulting lot owner.
        6. A temporary construction easement is granted to the abutting lot owner and tenants and their contractors to enter the adjoining property to install connecting internal drives not previously extended to the property line.
        7. A notice provision explaining how and where to send written notice.
        8. A provision prohibiting the erection of fences walls and other obstructions that prevent the use of vehicular and pedestrian access ways.
        9. A statement that the cross access agreement runs with the land and it is binding on all successors, heirs and assigns and that the easement rights are perpetual.
        10. A statement that the cross access agreement is a requirement of the Raleigh City Code and that it may not be terminated or amended without the written consent of the Transportation Director and such amendments and terminations that are in violation of the Raleigh City Code are void ab initio.
        11. The cross access agreement shall be signed by all of owners of the granting property.
        12. All lenders and their trustees with interests in the granting property shall subordinate their security interests to the cross access agreement.
        13. The cross access agreement must be certified by an attorney licensed to practice law in the State of North Carolina, confirming compliance with all of all provisions of Sec. 8.3.5.D.
      5.  Cross-access requirements described in Sec. 8.3.5.D. shall not apply when one or more of the following conditions are met:
        1. The abutting property (to which a driveway is to be stubbed) is in a residential zoning district (except for R-10) or occupied by an Attached, Detached or Townhouse building type.
        2. The creation (on the property to be developed) or continuation (on an adjacent property) of any cross access driveway or driveway stub would be obstructed by any of the following:
          1. existing improvements where the value of such improvements is more than the land value of the parcel on which the improvements are located;
          2. railroad, or controlled access highway;
          3. steep slopes in excess of 25% within 10 feet of the property line,
          4. watercourse that has one (1) square mile of drainage area or more; or
            1. previously established tree conservation area, open space or public park.
        3.  The property to be developed or the adjacent property to which any cross access driveway or driveway stub would be continued contains one or more of the following land uses: historic landmark, cemetery, landfill, hospital, school (public or private (k-12)), college, community college, university, places of worship, police station, fire station, EMS station or prison.
    5. Greenway Connections 

      Sites containing or adjacent to a property containing existing greenway trails must provide at least one pedestrian access connection from the internal pedestrian network, vehicle parking area, or driveway to the existing greenway trail, except in situations listed in subsection 5 below. 

      1. Pedestrian access connections are required based on the length that the site parallels the greenway: 

        1. 1’-1,320’: One connection

        2. 1,320’-2,640’: Two connections, plus one additional connection for each additional 1,320’ 

      2. Pedestrian access connections shall conform to City of Raleigh greenway standard design details. The pedestrian access surface shall be constructed of concrete, asphalt or other fixed, firm and nonslip material as approved by the Development Services Director. Connections must be ADA compliant unless impractical due to the existence of slopes in excess of 25% within 10 feet of the property line. 

      3. If the greenway trail is not on the subject property, an access stub to the property on which the greenway trail is located shall be provided if requested by the City of Raleigh. 

      4. The area used for the pedestrian access connection may count toward Outdoor Amenity Area requirements, if any. 

      5. No connections are required in the following cases: 

        1. In the R-1, R-2, Heavy Industrial, and Agriculture Productive zoning districts.

        2. For a site in a Residential (R-) district that is smaller than two acres or where density is below four units per acre.

        3. For a site in district other than a Residential (R-) district that is smaller than a half acre or where the primary use is in the Industrial use category. 

        4. If the connection would require crossing a USGS blueline stream. 

    Sec. 8.3.6. Design Alternates Relating to Blocks, Lots and Access

    Sec. 8.3.6. Design Alternates Relating to Blocks, Lots and Access aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:10
    1. The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) shall conduct a duly noticed, evidentiary hearing, in accordance with Sec. 10.2.18, and approve a design alternate from the provisions of Sec. 8.3.2, 8.3.4 and 8.3.5 relating to blocks, lots and access, upon a showing of all of the findings set forth below:
      1. The approved design alternate is consistent with the intent of Sections 8.3.28.3.4 and 8.3.5;
      2. The approved design alternate does not increase congestion or compromise safety;
      3. The approved design alternate does not conflict with an approved or built roadway construction project adjacent to or in the vicinity of the site (no design alternate shall be approved when the City Council has authorized a roadway project in the vicinity, where the roadway design has not yet been finalized); and
      4. The design alternate is deemed reasonable due to one or more of the following:
        1. Given the existing physical environment, compliance is not physically feasible;
        2. Compliance would not meaningfully improve connectivity;
        3. Compliance is not compatible with adjacent use[s]; or
        4. The burden of compliance is not reasonable given the size of the site or intensity of the development.

    Article 8.4. New and Existing Streets

    Article 8.4. New and Existing Streets aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:29

    Sec. 8.4.1. General Provisions

    Sec. 8.4.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:11

    This Article describes regulations for the construction and acceptance of streets and streetscapes throughout the City. It is intended to address when street and streetscape improvements are appropriate through the application of the identified street types in Article 8.5. The City has adopted a separate Street Design Manual which provides further details.

    1. Intent
      1. The intent of these regulations is to provide the method of application and installation of new streets and streetscapes or expansion of existing streets and streetscapes.
      2. Design adjustments approved by the Planning Commission pursuant to Sec. 10.2.18 may be appropriate when the applicant can prove the showings identified in Sec. 10.2.18 in a quasi-judicial public hearing.
    2. Applicability
      1. Any new development activity and any addition or repair subject to the requirements of Sec. 10.2.5. and Sec. 10.2.8. must meet street type and streetscape standards of this Article 8.4, Article 8.5, or adopted Streetscape Plan, as applicable, for streets abutting the subject property. When a development plan proposes the construction of a new street or expansion of an existing street the requirements of this Article apply. In the event there is an adopted Streetscape Plan that applies to the subject property, the standards of the Streetscape Plan shall apply in lieu of the standards of Articles 8.4 and 8.5.

      2. Sidewalks, streets, and street trees must be installed and constructed in accordance with this Article and the Raleigh Street Plan Map. The streetscape types identified in Article 8.5 shall be applied based on the zoning and frontage type applied to the property

      3. In the downtown area bounded at the northern edge by a line beginning at the northwest corner of the intersection of W. North Street and N. West Street; running east to the northeast corner of the intersection of E. North Street and N. Person Street; running north to the northeast corner of the intersection of N. Person Street and Oakwood Avenue; running east to the northeast corner of the intersection of Oakwood Avenue and N. East Street; and bounded at the eastern edge by a line beginning at the northeast corner of the intersection of Oakwood Avenue and N. East Street, running south to the southeast corner of the intersection of S. East Street and E. South Street; and bounded at the southern edge by a line beginning at the southeast corner of the intersection of S. East Street and E. South Street, running west to the southwest corner of the intersection of W. South Street and S. West Street; and bounded at the western edge by a line beginning at the southwest corner of the intersection of W. South Street and S. West Street, running north to the place of beginning, at the northwest corner of the intersection of W. North Street and N. West Street, inclusive of same, application of this Article and Article 8.5 shall not require dedication of additional right-of-way width, utility placement easement, or maintenance strip or widening of the back of curb to back of curb width for existing streets. Compliance with all remaining elements of the designated streetscape shall be required. If a proposed street is shown in the Comprehensive Plan within this geographic area, the street shall be required at time of development plan review in accordance with Articles 8.4 and 8.5.
      4. Image
        8-4-1-b-3
      5. A payment in lieu of installation shall be required where the construction of improvements would:
        1. Result in less than 1/2 of a block of improvements and where the block has no other improvements; and
        2. Result in a disconnected section of public improvements, where the new public improvements are not contiguous to any other public improvements.
        3. Notwithstanding the forgoing, right-of-way dedication shall be required to meet the applicable street cross section.
      6. Where application of this Article results in installation of a sidewalk on private property, an easement for public access over such sidewalk shall be conveyed to the City.
    3. Letter of Acceptance Required
      1. Sidewalks, streets and street trees must be installed prior to the issuance of a letter of final acceptance.
      2. A letter of acceptance may be issued in accordance with Sec. 8.1.3. where the City of Raleigh determines that landscaping in the public right-of-way cannot be installed within the adopted planting period (October 1st to April 30th) or where the Parks Recreation and Cultural Resources Director determines that due to inclement weather conditions, a landscape agreement and a surety in the amount of 125% of the value of the landscaping shall be provided to the City. The landscaping improvements shall be installed within the next planting period from the issuance of the landscape agreement.
    4. Streetscape Tree Planting
      1. Unless otherwise noted below, all trees planted in accordance with this Article and Article 8.5 must be shade trees.
      2. Where overhead utilities exist, one understory tree shall be planted every 20 feet on center, on average. Required understory trees may be installed within GSI practices. Up to 20% of required understory trees may be offset by installing vegetated GSI practices, such as stormwater planter boxes. A maintenance plan must be approved for the GSI practice according to Sec. 9.2.2.D.
      3. All required street trees must meet the design and installation requirements of Sec. 7.2.7. If a GSI practice is part of an approved stormwater management plan for the site, required street trees may be installed within the GSI practice. A maintenance plan must be approved for the GSI practice according to Sec. 9.2.2.D.
      4. Where development abuts a street controlled by the North Carolina Department of Transportation, and when permitted by the North Carolina Department of Transportation, the location priority for street trees shall be
        highest to lowest as follows:
        1. As set forth in the respective typical street type cross-section described in Article 8.5;
        2. If at least 3.5 feet exist between the sidewalk and back of curb, street trees shall be placed between the sidewalk and back of curb;
        3. If no building is constructed within ten feet of the right-of-way line; and if there exists no less than 3.5 feet between the sidewalk and outer right of-way, street trees shall be placed between the sidewalk and the outer right-of-way line;
        4. If none of the above can be met, or if the North Carolina Department of Transportation does not allow the location of street trees in the right-of way, street trees shall be placed on private property within fifteen feet of the right-of-way line, where the utility easement is no longer required. 
      5. Where development abuts a street controlled by the City of Raleigh, the location priority for street trees shall be highest to lowest as follows:
        1. As set forth in the respective typical street type cross-section described in Article 8.5;
        2. If at least 3.5 feet exist between the sidewalk and back of curb, street trees shall be placed between sidewalk and back of curb;
        3. If at least 3.5 feet exist between sidewalk and right-of-way line and no building is constructed within ten feet of the right-of-way line, then between the sidewalk and right-of-way line; and
        4. If none of the above conditions are met, street trees shall be placed on private property within fifteen feet of the right-of-way line.

          ​​If an existing obstruction prevents the installation of street trees in priority levels (a), (b), or (c) above, and the cost of relocating such obstruction exceeds the fee-in-lieu cost for installing street trees, then street trees shall be placed in the next highest priority location.
      6. If street trees are placed on private property in accordance with subsections D.4 and D.5 above, the five foot general utility easement shall not be required. The utilities that would otherwise be placed within this easement
        shall be located within the landscape strip within the right-of-way.
      7. No installation of street trees shall be required where application of Sec. 8.4.1.D.4. or Sec. 8.4.1.D.5 requires installation of street trees on private property where the site is subject to any one or more of the following:
        1. Parkway (PK) or Green Plus (GP) frontage zoning designation;
        2. SHOD-1 or SHOD-2 zoning designation;
        3. Metro Park Overlay zoning designation;
        4. Any watershed protection overlay zoning designation;
        5. Tree conservation area along street frontage;
        6. The application of a zoning condition requires buffering along the street frontage at a standard width and vegetative density that is equal or greater to the width and vegetative density standards of a Type C2  street protective yard; or
        7. The proposed use of the property requires installation of a Type C2 street protective yard.
    5. Non-conforming Streetscapes
      1. Reduce the planting area. If necessary, replace large canopy trees with trees that are more appropriate for the reduced area.
      2. If the planting zone is eliminated, create a bump out to provide for tree planting.
      3. Eliminate the planting area.
      4. Reduce the sidewalk to the minimum.
    6. Where the installation or expansion of a streetscape along an existing street is  constrained by an existing building, the streetscape standard dimensions shall be reduced to the minimum extent to accommodate the existing area between
      the face of the building and back of curb. The standards shall be modified in the following order:
    7. Existing Private Streets
      1. No new private streets are allowed.
      2. All existing private streets must remain under maintenance of the homeowners' association and must be  maintained to equivalent public street standards.
      3. Private alleys must be constructed to the standards in Sec. 8.5.6. and the construction standards specified in the Raleigh Street Design Manual.
      4. Private alleys are not dedicated to the public and shall not be publicly maintained.
      5. In no case shall the City be responsible for failing to provide any emergency or regular fire, police or other public service when such failure is due to lack of access to such areas due to inadequate design or construction, blocking of access routes, inadequate maintenance or any other factor within the control of the developer, homeowners' association or occupants.
      6. In no case shall any approval, permit or certificate granted be valid unless the homeowners' association documents clearly indicate the limitations of governmental responsibility and unless all conveyances indicate those limitations provided, however, the provisions of this section and all other provisions of the homeowners' declaration are applicable to the portions of the development conveyed and the owners of the conveyed portion,
        whether or not any such provisions are incorporated into the conveying documents.
      7. Any private street in existence or approved prior to September 1, 2013 may be considered for gated access.
      8. All private streets and drives with access limited by locked gates or similar devices must provide a pass-key and lock-box of a type, at a location and installed in a manner as may be required by the City Fire Department for the
        provision of emergency access.
      9. The owner, including any homeowners' association, shall maintain the lockbox, gate and gate lock in a working order so as to ensure accessibility by emergency personnel and vehicles.
      10. The City and other applicable governmental entities and their respective emergency personnel shall be granted in writing the right, without liability, to break the locked gate or such similar device when emergency personnel
        reasonably believe that doing so is necessary to save life, prevent serious bodily harm, put out a Fire, to prevent a crime or to apprehend an apparent lawbreaker or to avert or control a public catastrophe.
      11. It shall be the responsibility of the homeowners' association to establish speed limits and to maintain uninterrupted traffic flow along all private streets. If it is necessary for "no parking" signs to be erected, for street lights to be installed, for repairs to be made or towing of vehicles to be undertaken, this is all to be done at the expense of the homeowners' association.
      12. All private streets must contain identification as required in Sec. 7.3.13.H.
      13. All private streets shall be treated as public street rights-of-way for purposes of determining required setbacks and lot widths.
      14. The final plat shall be conditioned as follows:
        1. Require perpetual maintenance of private streets by a homeowners' association to the same standards as connecting public streets for the safe use of persons using the streets; and
        2. State that the City has absolutely no obligation or intention to ever accept such streets as public right-of-way.
    8. Design Alternates Relating to New and Existing Streets (Article 8.4).
      The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) shall, in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8, approve a design alternate from the provisions of
      Article 8.4 relating to streets, upon a showing of all of the findings set forth below:
      1. The approved design alternate is consistent with the intent of Article 8.4;
      2. The approved design alternate does not increase congestion or compromise safety;
      3. The approved design alternate does not create additional maintenance responsibilities for the City;
      4. The approved design alternate has been designed and certified by a Professional Engineer, or such other design professional licensed to design, seal and certify the alternate;
      5. The approved design alternate will not adversely impact stormwater collection and conveyance; and
      6. The design alternate is deemed reasonable due to one or more of the following:
        1. Given the existing physical environment, including but not limited to the following, compliance is not physically feasible:
          1. an existing building would impede roadway expansion; or
          2. transitioning from a different street section; or
        2. The burden of compliance is not reasonable given the size of the site or intensity of the development.

    Article 8.5. Street Cross Sections

    Article 8.5. Street Cross Sections aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:30

    Sec. 8.5.1. General Provisions

    Sec. 8.5.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:11

    This Article provides the dimensional standards for streets and streetscapes throughout the City. The City has adopted a separate Street Design Manual which provides further details.

    1. Intent
      1. The intent of these regulations is to provide a palette of street typologies and design elements that reflect the character of different areas within the City and provide the application of the street typology map contained within the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. 
      2. The street regulations provide adequate travel lanes for vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians.
      3. Design Alternates approved by the Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) shall be approved when the applicant can prove the showings in a evidentiary hearing.
    2. Design Alternates Relating to Street Cross Sections
      The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) shall, in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8, approve a design alternate from the provisions of Article 8.5 relating to street cross sections, upon a showing of all of the findings set forth in below:
      1. The approved design alternate is consistent with the intent of Article 8.5;
      2. The approved design alternate does not increase congestion or compromise safety;
      3. The approved design alternate does not create additional maintenance responsibilities for the City;
      4. The approved design alternate has been designed and certified by a Professional Engineer, or such other design professional licensed to design, seal and certify the alternate; 
      5. The approved design alternate will not adversely impact stormwater collection and conveyance; and
      6. The design alternate is deemed reasonable due to one or more of the following:
        1. Given the existing physical environment, including but not limited to the following, compliance is not physically feasible:
          1. an existing building would impede roadway expansion; or
          2. transitioning from a different street section; or
        2. The burden of compliance is not reasonable given the size of the site or intensity of the development.

    Sec. 8.5.2. Street Types

    Sec. 8.5.2. Street Types aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:11
    1. Sensitive Area Streets
      1. Sensitive Area Parkway
      2. Sensitive Area Avenue
      3. Sensitive Area Residential Street
    2. Local Streets
      1. Neighborhood Yield
      2. Neighborhood Local
      3. Neighborhood Street
      4. Multifamily Street
    3. Mixed Use Streets
      1. Avenue 2-Lane, Undivided
      2. Avenue 2-Lane, Divided
      3. Avenue 3-Lane, Parallel Parking
      4. Main Street, Parallel Parking
      5. Main Street, Angle Parking
    4. Major Streets
      1. Avenue 4-Lane, Parallel Parking
      2. Avenue 4-Lane, Divided
      3. Avenue 6-Lane, Divided
      4. Multi-Way Boulevard, Parallel Parking
      5. Multi-Way Boulevard, Angle Parking
      6. Busway 2-Lane
      7. Busway 4-Lane
      8. Busway 6-Lane
    5. Industrial and Service Streets
      1. Industrial Street
      2. Alley, Residential
      3. Alley, Mixed Use
    6. Accessways
      1. Primary Internal Access Drive
      2. Pedestrian Passage

    Sec. 8.5.3. Sensitive Area Streets

    Sec. 8.5.3. Sensitive Area Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:12
    1. Sensitive Area Parkway
      Image
      8-5-3-a-sensitive-area-parkway
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 154'
      B Pavement width 32'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      D Multi-use trail (min) 10'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Drainage (min) 10'
      Travelway
      G Grassed shoulder 2'
      H Paved shoulder/bicycle lane 8'
      I Travel lane 11'
      J Paved shoulder 2'
      K Median (min) 30'
      General
        Walkway type Multi-use path
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 50' o.c. avg
    2. Sensitive Area Avenue
      Image
      8-5-3-b-sensitive-area-avenue
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 80'
      B Pavement width 30'
      Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 5'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      G Drainage (min) 10'
      Travelway
      H Grassed Shoulder 2'
      I Paved Shoulder 4'
      J Travel lane 11'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 50' o.c. avg
    3. Sensitive Area Residential Street
      Image
      8-5-3-c-sensitive-area-residential-street
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 70'
      B Pavement width 20'
      Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 5'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      G Drainage (min) 10'
      Travelway
      H Grassed Shoulder 2'
      I Travel lane 10'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 50' o.c. avg

    Sec. 8.5.4. Local Streets

    Sec. 8.5.4. Local Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:12
    1. Neighborhood Yield
      Image
      8-5-4-a-neighborhood-yield
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 55'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 27'
      Streetscape  
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      G Parallel parking/travel lane 13.5'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel
    2. Neighborhood Local
      Image
      8-5-4-b-neighborhood-local
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 59'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 31'
      Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      G Parallel parking/travel lane 15.5'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel
    3. Neighborhood Street
      Image
      8-5-4-c-neighborhood-street
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 64'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 36'
      Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      G Parallel parking/travel lane 8'
      H Travel lane 10'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel
    4. Multifamily Street
      Image
      8-5-4-d-multifamily-street
        Width
      A Right-of-way width 22'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb varies
        Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
        Travelway
      G Parking lane  
           Parallel (either side) 8'
           Head-in (either side) 18'
           60⁰ angle (either side) 19.8'
      H Travel lane 11'
        General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel, head-in, angle​​​​​​​
      Building setbacks are measured from the “maintenance strip, easement” noted in “D”. This street can only be used in conjunction with townhouse and apartment building types.

    Sec. 8.5.5. Mixed Use Streets

    Sec. 8.5.5. Mixed Use Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:13
    • Avenue 2-Lane, Undivided
      Image
      8-5-5-a-ave-2-lane-undivided
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 66'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 27'
      Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Buffer (min; paved or paver) 1.5'
      G Bike Lane (min) 5'
      H Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      I Travel lane 11'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Minimum Driveway Spacing 200'
      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the side walk (E) and the travelway,
      • That street trees are not placed between the bike lane (G) and the travelway within 20 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (D) is at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (E) is adjacent to the maintenance strip (D),
      • That the bike lane (G) be located at least 1.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (E) and bike lane (G) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.
    • Avenue 2-Lane, Divided
      Image
      8-5-5-b-ave-2-lane-divided
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 81'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 38'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Bike Lane (min) 5'
      G Buffer (min; planted, paved or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Center lane median or turn lane 11'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Minimum Driveway Spacing 200'
      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (D) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (F) and the travelway within 20 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (D) remains adjacent to the maintenance strip (C),
      • That the bike lane (F) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (D) and bike lane (F) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.
    • Avenue 3-Lane, Parallel Parking
      Image
      8-5-5-c-ave-3-lane-parallel
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 95'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 50'
      Streetscape
      C Sidewalk (min) 8'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      E Bike Lane (min) 5'
      F Buffer (min; planted, paved or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      G Parallel parking lane 8.5'
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Center lane median or turn lane 11'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Minimum Driveway Spacing 300'
      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (C) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (E) and the travelway within 20 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the sidewalk (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the bike lane (E) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (C) and bike lane (E) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.
    • Main Street, Parallel Parking
      Image
      8-5-5-d-main-street-parking-parallel
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 73'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 41'
      Streetscape
      C Sidewalk (min) 10'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      E Parallel parking lane 8.5'
      F Travel lane 12'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel
    • Main Street, Angle Parking
      Image
      8-5-5-e-main-street-angle-parking
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 96'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 64'
      Streetscape
      C Sidewalk (min) 10'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      E 60° angle parking lane 20'
      F Travel lane 12'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type 60° angle

    Sec. 8.5.6. Major Streets

    Sec. 8.5.6. Major Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:13
    1. Avenue 4-Lane, Parallel Parking
      Image
      8-5-6-a-ave-4-lane-parallel
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 121'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 72'
      Streetscape
      C Sidewalk (min) 10'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      E Bike lane 5'
      F Buffer (min; planted, paved, or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      G Parallel parking lane 8.5'
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Median 11'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel 
        Minimum Driveway Spacing 300'

      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (C) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (E) and the travelway within 20 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the sidewalk (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the bike lane (E) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (C) and bike lane (E) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.
       

    2. Avenue 4-Lane, Divided

      Image
      8-5-6-b-ave-4-lane-divided
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 109'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 66'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Bike lane 5'
      G Buffer (min; planted, paved, or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Median 17'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Minimum Driveway Spacing 300'

      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (D) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (F) and the travelway within 40 feet of a driveway or intersection, un
      less the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (D) remains adjacent to the maintenance strip (C),
      • That the bike lane (F) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (D) and bike lane (F) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.

    3. Avenue 6-Lane, Divided

      Image
      8-5-6-c-ave-6-lane-divided
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 131'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 88'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Bike lane 5'
      G Buffer (min; planted, paved, or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Median 17'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Minimum Driveway Spacing 300'

      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (D) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (F) and the travelway within 40 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (D) remains adjacent to the maintenance strip (C),
      • That the bike lane (F) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (D) and bike lane (F) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.

    4. Multi-Way Boulevard, Parallel Parking

      Image
      8-5-6-d-multi-way-boulevard-parallel-parking
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 154'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 66'
      Streetscape
      C C Sidewalk (min) 10'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      Access Lane
      E Parallel parking 8.5'
      F Access lane 11'
      G Median 11'
      Travelway
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Median 17'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel in access lane
    5. Multi-Way Boulevard, Angle Parking
      Image
      8-5-6-e-multi-way-boulevard-angle-parking
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 177'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 66'
      Streetscape
      C Sidewalk (min) 10'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      Access Lane
      E Parallel parking 8.5'
      F Access lane 11'
      G Median 11'
      Travelway
      H Travel lane 11'
      I Median 17'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type 60°angle in access lane
    6. Busway 2-Lane
      Image
      8-5-6-f-busway-2-lane
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 126'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 83'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Bike Lane (min) 5'
      G Buffer (min; planted, paved, or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      H Curb and Gutter 2.5'
      I Travel lane 11'
      J Median 16'
      Busway
      K Busway 24'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg

      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (D) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (F) and the travelway within 20 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral
      • feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (D) remains adjacent to the maintenance strip (C),
      • That the bike lane (F) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (D) and bike lane (F) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.
    7. Busway 4-Lane
      Image
      8-5-6-g-busway-4-lane
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 144'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 101'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Bike Lane (min) 5'
      G Buffer (min; planted, paved, or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      H Curb and Gutter 2.5'
      I Travel lane 10'
      J Median 16'
      Busway
      K Busway 24'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg

      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (D) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (F) and the travelway within 40 feet of a driveway or
      intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (D) remains adjacent to the maintenance strip (C),
      • That the bike lane (F) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (D) and bike lane (F) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.
    8. Busway 6-Lane
      Image
      8-5-6-h-busway-6-lane
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 164'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 121'
      Streetscape
      C Maintenance strip (min) 1'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      F Bike Lane (min) 5'
      G Buffer (min; planted, paved, or paver) 3.5'
      Travelway
      H Curb and Gutter 2.5'
      I Travel lane 10'
      J Median 16'
      Busway
        K Busway 24'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg

      The position of streetscape elements may be changed, provided that all of the following are met:
      • No streetscape element is removed,
      • That street trees are planted between the sidewalk (D) and the travelway,
      • That street trees not be placed between the bike lane (F) and the travelway within 40 feet of a driveway or intersection, unless the bikeway crosses the driveway 20 lateral feet or more from the nearest turn or travel lane,
      • That the maintenance strip (C) remains at the outside edge of the right-of-way,
      • That the sidewalk (D) remains adjacent to the maintenance strip (C),
      • That the bike lane (F) be located at least 3.5’ from the back of curb, and
      • That the sidewalk (D) and bike lane (F) tie to any existing bikeways and/or sidewalks on adjacent sites.

    Sec. 8.5.7. Industrial and Service Streets

    Sec. 8.5.7. Industrial and Service Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:14
    1. Industrial Street
      Image
      8-5-7-a-industrial-street
      Width
      A Right-of-way width 69'
      B Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 41'
      Streetscape
      C Utility placement, easement (min) 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      Travelway
      G Parallel parking lane 8.5'
      H Travel lane 12'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        Parking type Parallel
    2. Alley, Residential
      Image
      8-5-7-b-alley-residential
      Width
      A Easement width 20'
      Travelway
      B Travel lane 16'
      B Travel lane, fire service route 20'
    3. Alley, Mixed Use
      Image
      8-5-7-c-alley-mixed-us
      Width
      A Easement width 24'
      Travelway
      B Travel lane 20'

    Sec. 8.5.8. Private Accessways

    Sec. 8.5.8. Private Accessways aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:14
    1. Primary Internal Access Drive
      Image
      8-5-8-a-primary-internal-access-drive
      Width
      A Back-of-curb to back-of-curb 36'
      Streetscape
      B Planting strip (min) 5'
      C Sidewalk (min) 6'
      Travelway
      D Parallel parking lane 8'
      E Travel lane 10'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Parallel
    2. Pedestrian Passage
      Image
      8-5-8-b-pedestrian-passage
      Width
      A Public access easement (min) 20'
      Travelway
      B Paved area (min) 10'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk

    Sec. 8.5.9. Streetscape Types

    Sec. 8.5.9. Streetscape Types aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:15

    The required streetscape type is determined by the zoning district or by the designated frontage. Where there is conflict between a designated frontage and the zoning district, the designated frontage standard applies. Dimensional standards for planting area, tree spacing, and utility placement and the planting type may be varied to accommodate an approved stormwater plan implementing GSI practices and showing such varied dimensional standards pursuant to Chapter 7.

    1. Main Street
      Image
      8-5-9-a-main-street
      Frontages
        Applicable frontages -SH, -UG, -UL, -GR, -PL
      Zoning Districts
        Applicable zoning districts Mixed use districts
      Width
      A Streetscape width (max) 35'
      Streetscape
      B Sidewalk (min) 10'
      C Planting area (min) 6'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
    2. Mixed Use
      Image
      8-5-9-b-mixed-use
      Frontages
        Applicable frontages -UG, -UL, -GR, -PL
      Zoning Districts
        Applicable zoning districts Mixed use districts
      Width
      A Streetscape width (max) 35'
      Streetscape
      B Sidewalk (min) 8'
      C Planting area (min) 6'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
    3. Commercial
      Image
      8-5-9-c-commercial
      Frontages
        Applicable frontages -GR, -PL
      Zoning Districts
        Applicable zoning districts Mixed use districts
      Width
      A Streetscape width (max) 65'
      Streetscape
      B Building setback (min/max) 20'/50'
      C Utility placement 5'
      D Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      E Sidewalk (min) 6'
      F Planting area (min) 6'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
        No on-site parking permitted between the building and the street  
    4. Residential
      Image
      8-5-9-d-residential
      Frontages
        Applicable frontages -DE
      Zoning Districts
        Applicable building types All districts: detached & attached house
        Applicable zoning districts Residential Districts, MH
      Streetscape
      A Building setback (min/max) varies
      B Utility placement 5'
      C Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      D Sidewalk (min) 6'
        Typical Sensitive area 5'
      E Planting area (min) 6'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
    5. Multi-Way
      Image
      8-5-9-e-multi-way
      Frontages
        Applicable frontages -PL
      Zoning Districts
        Applicable zoning districts Mixed Use Districts
      Width
      A Streetscape width (max) 65'
      Streetscape
      B Building setback (min/max) 10'
      C Planting area (min) 6'
      D 60° angle parking 20'
      E Access lane 11'
      F Median (min) 11'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
    6. Parking
      Image
      8-5-9-f-parking
      Frontages
        Applicable frontages -PL
      Zoning Districts
        Applicable zoning districts Mixed Use Districts
      Width
      A Streetscape width (max) 120'
      Streetscape
      B Sidewalk (min) 8'
      C Planting area (min) 6'
      D 90° head-in parking (min) 18'
      E Access lane (min) 22'
      F Planting area (min) 10'
      G Utility placement 5'
      H Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      I Sidewalk (min) 6'
      J Planting area (min) 6'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Area F planting type 36" min hedge/wall (see Sec. 7.2.4.)
        Areas C & J Planting type Tree grate / lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg
    7. Sidewalk and Tree Lawn
      Image
      8-5-9-g-sidewalk-tree-lawn
      Zoning Districts
        Required zoning districts All districts: Existing streets where no other streetscape applies
      Streetscape
      A Utility placement 5'
      B Maintenance strip (min) 2'
      C Sidewalk (min) 6'
      D Planting area (min) 6'
      General
        Walkway type Sidewalk
        Planting type Tree lawn
        Tree spacing 40' o.c. avg

    Article 8.6. Reimbursements

    Article 8.6. Reimbursements aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:30

    Sec. 8.6.1. Greenways

    Sec. 8.6.1. Greenways aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:16
    1. Required Greenway Dedication
      Subject to the limitations of Sec. 8.6.1.C. below, whenever a tract of land included within any proposed residential subdivision or residential site plan includes any part of a greenway designated on the Comprehensive Plan, the greenway shall be platted and dedicated as a greenway easement.
    2. Greenway Easement Width
      Subject to the limitations of Sec. 8.6.1.C. below, the greenway required to be platted shall at a minimum, be the product of the following dimensions:
      1. Minimum standard width multiplied by the length of the boundary along the banks of the adjoining watercourse;
      2. Plus that portion of the watercourse contained within the development when property lines extend to the centerline of the watercourse:
        1. Neuse River: 150 feet from each bank.
        2. b. Crabtree & Walnut Creeks: 100 feet from each bank.
        3. c. All other tributaries: As established by the current City Council-approved Raleigh Parks Plan.
    3. Limitation on Dedication
      1. No dedication shall be required for greenway lying outside of any special flood hazard area, but such area shall be reserved in accordance with Sec. 8.1.6. for possible City acquisition.
      2. The amount of greenway required to be dedicated shall not exceed the total obligation of the development to pay an open space facility fee, as determined by Article 8.9. Facility Fees, the number and type of dwelling units allowed by law for the development and the schedule of greenway land values listed in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule, kept on file by the City and is updated and adopted by the City Council.
    4. Method and Conditions of Reimbursement
      1. The City Council may, in its discretion, change the general term of payment for individual projects and authorize payment in 1 sum immediately or in fixed payments.
      2. No payment will be allowed if the dedicated open space is being used to satisfy a requirement for open space based on the underlying zoning district. Reimbursements will be reduced by any open space facility fee credits.
      3. The dedicators shall waive their statutory right to withdraw the dedication prior to receiving any payment.
      4. Reimbursements shall be fixed at the rate in effect when the dedication occurs.

    Sec. 8.6.2. Minor Utility Lines

    Sec. 8.6.2. Minor Utility Lines aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:16

    Reimbursement for utility lines shall be made in accordance with §8-2075, §8-2076, §8-2077, §8-2091, §8-2094 and §8-2095 of the Raleigh City Code.

    1. Inside City Limits
      1. For developments inside the corporate limits of the City or developments which have agreed to be annexed by the City, the City will reimburse the developer for costs incurred over and above those required to serve the immediate development.
      2. The reimbursement shall be made in 10 equal annual installments with interest at 4% per annum beginning January 1 following the time of final inspection and final acceptance of the improvement by the City, but the first installment payment shall not become payable until the second January 1 following final inspection and final acceptance or contract execution, whichever is later.
      3. The City Council may in its discretion authorize reimbursement to be paid in one sum immediately or in  installments over a period of less than 10 years. 
      4. The following installations are subject to reimbursement:
        1. Differential unit costs between a water main 6 inches in diameter and a water main 12 inches in diameter when required by the City and not necessary to serve the subject property.
        2. Differential unit costs between a sewer main over 8 inches in diameter and sewer mains 12 inches in diameter, when required by the City and not necessary to serve the subject property.
        3. Unit cost of off-site utility lines less than 12 inches in diameter constructed by the developer to reach the boundary of the development whether the lines are installed inside or outside the corporate limits of the City.
    2. Outside City Limits
      1. For developments outside the corporate limits of the City, the City will reimburse the developer for the unit cost of off-site utilities less than 12 inches in diameter constructed within the corporate limits of the City by the developer to reach the boundary of the development.
      2. The  reimbursement shall be made in 10 annual equal installments, without interest. The first payment to become due and payable on the second January 1 following the date of final inspection and final acceptance of the improvement and approval of the cost by City Council.
      3. Current reimbursement fees are listed in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule, kept on file by the City and are updated and adopted by the City Council. 
    3. Procedural Conditions for Reimbursement
      1. Following completion of the improvements acceptable to the City, the developer shall furnish the City an itemized list of costs identified in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule to be reimbursed by the City. The City Council shall approve a contract with the developer, setting forth the terms for reimbursement.
      2. The City shall pay such other costs incidental to the development of the general area which, in the opinion of the City Council, should properly be borne by the City. The City shall set forth the terms of such payment.

    Sec. 8.6.3. Streets

    Sec. 8.6.3. Streets aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:17
    1. Improvements Eligible for Reimbursement
      1. The City will pay to the developer unit costs in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule for development-related improvements over and above the unit costs for applicable streets.
      2. The following installations are eligible for reimbursement:
        1. Any street construction in excess of the minimum standard needed to serve the development;
        2. Any right-of-way dedication in excess of the minimum standard needed to serve the development; and
        3. Right-of-way for controlled-access freeways.
      3. Reimbursements are subject to availability of funds and eligibility for reimbursement through the City’s facility fee program.
    2. Method and Conditions of Reimbursement
      1. All general and development-related improvement costs shall be based on the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule, provided that the City Council shall grant alternative mitigation when the total expenditures for both the thoroughfare facility fees and road improvement costs in excess of the applicable street improvements exceed the costs attributable to the development for Thoroughfare construction within the benefit area as indicated in Article 8.9. Facility Fees
      2. Current reimbursement fees are listed in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule, kept on file by the City and are updated and adopted by the City Council.
      3. No monetary payments will be allowed if the developer utilizes the dedicated right-of-way for impervious surface coverage in the -FWPOD, -SWPOD or -UWPOD.
      4. The dedicators shall waive their statutory right to withdraw dedications prior to receiving any payment.
      5. Reimbursements shall be paid at the rate in effect when dedication occurs or construction costs are incurred.
      6. The City shall pay such other costs incidental to the development of the general area which, in the opinion of the City Council, should properly be borne by the City. The City Council shall set forth the terms of such payment.

    Sec. 8.6.4. Expiration of Reimbursement

    Sec. 8.6.4. Expiration of Reimbursement aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:17

    Any request for reimbursement for street, greenway or utility installation must be submitted to the City within 2 years of completion and final acceptance by the City or State, whichever is applicable.

    Sec. 8.6.5. Stormwater Infrastructure

    Sec. 8.6.5. Stormwater Infrastructure aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:17
    1. Improvements Eligible for Reimbursement
      The City may reimburse a developer for stormwater infrastructure improvements that are over and above improvements needed for the development to comply with any ordinance or regulation.
      1. The following improvements may be eligible for reimbursement:
        1. Stormwater treatment practices, including GSI practices, for treating stormwater otherwise conveyed within street rights-of-way; and
        2. Stormwater conveyances, including pipes, culverts, ditches, swales, and channels, associated with and needed for such stormwater treatment practices.
      2. Eligibility for reimbursement shall be subject to availability of funds and to prior determination of eligibility for reimbursement by the Engineering Services Director or a designee in accordance with the requirements of G.S.
        160A-309.
    2. Method and Conditions of Reimbursement
      The obligations of the parties and reimbursement schedule shall be established in a written agreement between the developer and the City.

    Article 8.7. Utilities

    Article 8.7. Utilities aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:31

    Sec. 8.7.1. Water Supply

    Sec. 8.7.1. Water Supply aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:18
    1. All Public Water Mains
      All public water mains shall be installed in all public road rights-of-way, except as allowed by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director to address existing water quality problems or severe topographic or subsurface constraints.
    2. Within City Limits
      1. When a development is located within the corporate limits of the City, the developer shall connect with the City water system and install all water lines, in accordance with this UDO, required to provide public water service to every lot within the development.
      2. The developer shall extend water lines along the public road frontage of the tract to the periphery of the development unless otherwise approved by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director.
    3. Outside City Limits
      1. When a development is located outside the corporate limits of the City, but water facilities are available or are made available at the boundary of the development within 1 year after approval, the developer shall connect to the City water system and install all water lines required to provide water service to every lot within the development, as required in Raleigh City Code §8-2063(b).
      2. If connection is made, the developer shall extend water lines along the public road frontage of the tract to the periphery of the development unless otherwise approved by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director.
    4. Construction Inside a CM District or Protective Yard
      1. Water lines that traverse a CM District or a protective yard for a distance of at least 50 feet or more shall be built with a bend to prevent direct sight view through the district or yard provided that such bend does not exceed a 90-degree angle.
      2. The requirement of a bend within a CM District or a protective yard may be waived or modified by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director where the CM District or a protective yard fails to contain a vegetative screen.
    5. Community Water Systems
      1. Developments located outside the corporate limits of the City but within the extra-territorial jurisdictional area of Raleigh and located within the utility service area as shown on Map PU-1 of the Raleigh 2030 Comprehensive Plan that install or propose to install community sanitary sewer systems must install the system in accordance with the City design, materials and construction standards and methods.
      2. The design, materials and construction standards and methods are subject to the same regulations as if the community water system was connected to the City of Raleigh water system.
      3. If the conditions of N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-806 are met by the City, full dedication of a community water system, including all wells, pumps and utility lines, is required.

    Sec. 8.7.2. Sewage Disposal

    Sec. 8.7.2. Sewage Disposal aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:19
    1. Within City Limits
      1. When a development is located within the corporate limits of the City, the developer shall connect to the City sewer system of the City in accordance with this UDO and install all sewer lines required to provide sewer service to every lot within the development.
      2.  The developer shall extend sewer lines to the periphery of the development as required by the Public Utilities Director.
    2. Outside City Limits
      1. When a development is located outside the corporate limits of the City, but sewer facilities are available or are made available at the boundary of the development within 1 year after approval, the developer shall connect to the City sewer system and install all sewer lines required to provide sewer service to every lot within the development, unless:
        1. Grades are such that the sewer facilities would not be of service to the development; or
        2. There is insufficient off-site sewer capacity to serve the development.
      2. If a connection is made, the developer shall extend sewer lines to the periphery of the development unless otherwise approved by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director.
    3. Crossing a CM District or Protective Yard
      1. Sewer lines that traverse a CM District or a protective yard for a distance of at least 50 feet or more shall be built with a bend to prevent direct sight view through the district or protective yard provided that such bend does not
        exceed a 90-degree angle.
      2. All sewer lines 12 inches or less within a CM District or a protective yard shall be constructed of ductile iron.
      3. The requirement of a bend within a CM District or a protective yard may be waived or modified by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director where the gradient will not permit gravity flow or where the CM District or a protective yard fails to contain a vegetative screen.
    4. Community Sewer System
      1. Development located outside the corporate limits of the City but within the extra-territorial jurisdictional area of Raleigh and located within the utility service area as shown on Map PU-1 of the Raleigh 2030 Comprehensive Plan, developers that install or propose to install community sanitary sewer system must install the system in accordance with the City design, materials and construction standards and methods.
      2. The design, materials and construction standards and methods are subject to the same regulations as if the community sewer system was connected to the system of the City of Raleigh.

    Sec. 8.7.3. Public Water and Sewer Stubs

    Sec. 8.7.3. Public Water and Sewer Stubs aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:19
    1. In a residential development or subdivision located in a Residential District, the developer shall extend water and sewer service stubs to the property line on each side of the development where the locations of the service stub connections are known before the streets are paved.
    2. If curbs are installed, the location of service stubs shall be stamped on the curbs. 
    3. In all other developments, the  responsibility for making and paying for water and sewer service stub extensions shall be borne by the owner of the property to be served by the extension.
    4. Extensions shall be made according to City standards and specifications.

    Sec. 8.7.4. Underground Utilities

    Sec. 8.7.4. Underground Utilities aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:20
    1. Extension of Utility Systems
      Electrical and telephone service shall be extended by the developer to each lot within a development.
    2. Primary Services
      All new primary electrical, telephone, fiber optic and cable distribution lines installed to serve a project shall be placed underground within the entire development to serve each parcel or building, without expense to the City.
    3. Secondary Services
      1. Within the development, all new secondary utilities installed to serve the project shall be placed underground without expense to the City.
      2. Secondary utilities shall be underground from the point they enter the site and shall include but not be limited to pad mounted or subterranean transformers, secondary electrical, telephone, fiber optic and cable distribution lines.
      3. Underground secondary electrical services shall originate from a ground mounted or subterranean electrical transformer. Ground mounted transformers shall not be located in the public right-of-way.
    4. Street Lights
      1. When installing underground electrical and telephone service, underground terminal facilities for street lighting shall be installed along public streets. All street light designs must follow the Standards for Roadway Illumination as established by the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.
      2. The average maintained footcandle level for outlying and rural roads as defined by Illuminating Engineering Society of North America shall be no less than 3/10 and the uniformity ratio shall be no greater than 64.
      3. The City will not take responsibility for any street lighting system until it meets the above standards.
    5. Inside a CM District or Protective Yard
      1. ​​​​​​​Underground utilities that traverse a CM District or a protective yard for a distance of at least 50 feet or more shall be built with a bend to prevent direct sight view through the district or yard provided that such a bend does not exceed a 90-degree angle.
      2. The requirement of a bend may be waived or modified by the Raleigh Public Utilities Director where the gradient will not permit gravity flow or where the CM District or protective yard fails to contain a vegetative screen.
      3. In tree conservation areas adjacent to the street that are zoned -MPOD, CM or -SHOD, or contain a Parkway Frontage, utilities serving the development shall be located within driveways and other authorized incursions of the tree protected area.

    Article 8.8. Surface Water Drainage

    Article 8.8. Surface Water Drainage aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:31

    Sec. 8.8.1. Connection to Sanitary Sewer Prohibited

    Sec. 8.8.1. Connection to Sanitary Sewer Prohibited aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:21

    No surface water drainage shall empty into a sanitary sewer.

    Sec. 8.8.2. Piping of Watercourses

    Sec. 8.8.2. Piping of Watercourses aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:21
    1. This section applies to all storm drainage piping of watercourses except those crossing public or private streets.
    2. The City encourages retaining stormwater onsite through rainwater harvesting, infiltration, and/or evaporation and through preserving natural drainage features. All natural watercourses shall remain open and unaltered unless piping, enclosing or altering is requested and justified by the developer or required by the Engineering Services Director, but then only when the following conditions are met:
      1. Where the Engineering Services Director has determined that an existing public or private storm drainage system is reasonably available, the developer must either connect the development pipe system to said storm drainage system or, during the administrative site review meeting for the development, propose options for using GSI practices as a part the site’s stormwater management plan;
      2. The developer must do all grading and provide all structures necessary to properly connect to the existing storm drainage system;
      3. All design and construction must be to City standards;
      4. Pipes and open channels must be designed in accordance with the Stormwater Management Design Manual;
      5. Storm drains and culverts used in conjunction with streets must meet the standards of Sec. 9.3.8. and Sec. 9.3.9.;
      6. To preserve the screening function of CM Districts and protective yards, pipes which traverse any CM District or protective yard for a distance of at least 50 feet or more shall be built with a bend to prevent direct sight view through the yard provided that the bend must not exceed a 90-degree angle. The requirement of a bend within a CM District or a protective yard may be waived or modified waived or modified by the City Council where the
        gradient will not permit gravity flow or where the CM District or a protective yard fails to contain a vegetative screen;
      7. Where natural drainage systems are used or where an approved pipe drainage system cannot be connected to an existing public pipe drainage system, a developer must grade to assure positive flow of runoff from design storms and provide drainage structures that are necessary to properly carry stormwater to locations which are acceptable to the Engineering Services Director. Such grading shall not preclude the use of practices that retain the stormwater onsite;
      8. The watercourse is located outside natural resource buffer yards of a -FWPOD, -SWPOD, UWPOD, -MPOD or CM District and outside riparian water surface buffers unless a variance is granted; and
      9. The watercourse buffer standards of Sec. 9.2.3., whenever applicable, are met.

    Sec. 8.8.3. Stormwater Control Plans

    Sec. 8.8.3. Stormwater Control Plans aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:22
    1. For all subdivisions subject to Article 9.2. Stormwater Management through Article 9.5. Watershed Protection Areas, a stormwater control plan must be submitted and approved as part of the preliminary plan.
    2. This requirement may not apply to a subdivision where all proposed lots exceed 1 acre in size.
    3. If all lots exceed 1 acre in size, a stormwater control plan must be submitted for the streets, utilities and storm drainage areas for the entire subdivision, but no stormwater control plan is required to be submitted for each lot within the subdivision.
    4. A stormwater control plan must be approved for each individual lot within a subdivision at the time any permit is requested.

    Article 8.9. Facility Fees

    Article 8.9. Facility Fees aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:32

    Sec. 8.9.1. Facility Fees Imposed on New Construction

    Sec. 8.9.1. Facility Fees Imposed on New Construction aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:22
    1. No person shall make any improvement until all applicable thoroughfare or open space facility fees have been paid in full.
    2. No building permit or other City permit for those improvements not requiring a building permit, shall be issued for any activity requiring the payment of a facility fee until the required facility fees have been paid in full.
    3. Current facility fees are listed in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule, kept on file by the City and are updated and adopted by the City Council.

    Sec. 8.9.2. Facility Fee Exceptions

    Sec. 8.9.2. Facility Fee Exceptions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:23

    Facility fees shall not be imposed in the following circumstances.

    1. Governmental authorities that are exempted by law from paying the fees.
    2. Alterations, repairs, renovations or expansion of a residential building where no additional residential units are created and use, as shown within the fee schedule, is not changed.
    3. Replacement of a building or structure or manufactured home with a new building or structure or manufactured home of the same dwelling type or non residential use. Nonresidential alterations, repairs, renovations or replacement buildings or structures must be of the same size and use as the original building or structure and must meet the same parking, acreage, bed or other fee basis requirements. If the alterations or replacement change of use or alteration or expansion payment rule in Sec. 8.9.3.A. or Sec. 8.9.3.B. shall apply. No facility fee credit will be given under this section or under Sec. 8.9.3.A. or Sec. 8.9.3.B. unless the structure for which the credit is sought was standing at some time in the 6 year period immediately preceding the date on which the facility fee for the new project is calculated.
    4. The construction of walls, fences, monuments, billboards, poles, pipelines antennas, transmission lines, advertising signs, unmanned utility stations or substations, wells, water towers, off-street parking decks, parking garages or parking lots as the primary use on the lot or similar structures and improvements.
    5. Accessory uses listed in Sec. 6.7.3.
    6. Incidental water sports, play courts, play fields provided that there is no solicitation of off-site traffic or business, there is no separate charge or membership fee associated with the use of such facilities and no special use permit is required.
    7. Temporary structures or uses.
    8. Croplands or pasturelands and incidental sheds and barns. But processing facilities and residences shall pay their respective industrial and residential facility fees.

    Sec. 8.9.3. Computation of Fees

    Sec. 8.9.3. Computation of Fees aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:23

    The Development Services Director shall compute and collect all facility fees.

    1. Alterations, Expansions or Redevelopment
      In the case of an alteration, expansion, renovation or redevelopment of an existing development, facility fees shall be levied based upon the net increase, if any, above that which the existing development would pay.
    2. Change of Use or the Addition of Other Uses
      1. In the case of a change of use, which increases the fee rate or total fee above that which the existing use would pay, facility fees shall be paid based upon the net increase in the fee for the new use as compared to the previous use.
      2. There shall be no reimbursement of any facility fee due to a change of use which has a lower fee than the current use, nor shall there be any reimbursement if a use is terminated.
    3. Change of Use Status from Illegal to Legal
      In the case of a use that was previously illegal under the Raleigh City Code being made legal other than by terminating the use, the use shall be liable for the payment of a facility fee equal to the fee that would be paid if the use were a new use.
    4. Mixed Use
      In the case of mixed use developments or multiple tenants or unit owners each separate occupancy of tenant space shall be charged a fee based on the prevailing use or function of that space.
    5. Shell/Foundation Permits
      1. In the case of a “shell or foundation” permit, the facility fee amounts shall be based on the building permit.
      2. If it is found during review of the “fit-up” permit that the uses differ from these uses for the shell, a determination shall be made as to whether or not an additional fee or refund is due. If any additional fee is due, it shall be paid prior to the issuance of the fit-up permit.
    6. Size of Retail Establishments
      In the case of retail uses which share common drives or parking areas, all such retail uses, including those located on separate outparcels, shall pay a thoroughfare facility fee based on the appropriate square footage range of all the retail uses located within the development even if this is a greater fee than for any single retail use or other combinations of retail uses.
    7. Unscheduled Activity
      1. ​​​​​​​If the type of new construction activity is not specified on the thoroughfare fee schedule, the Development Services Director shall use the thoroughfare fee applicable to the most nearly comparable type of land use on the thoroughfare fee schedule.
      2. If the applicant disagrees with the determination of the Development Services Director, then the applicant shall use the alternate thoroughfare facility fee calculation, except that the cost per trip end factor shall be the same referred to in the alternative thoroughfare fee calculation schedule.

    Sec. 8.9.4. Funds Collected

    Sec. 8.9.4. Funds Collected aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:24
    1. Creation of Trust Funds
      1. The facility fees collected by the City shall be kept separate from other revenue of the City.
      2. There shall be 1 trust fund established for each of the benefit areas, shown on maps labeled “Thoroughfare and Collector Street Benefit Areas” and “Open Space Benefit Areas,” respectively; copies are on file with the City Clerk and are made a part of this UDO.
      3. All facility funds collected shall be properly identified by the appropriate benefit area and transferred for deposit in the appropriate trust account.
      4. A portion of these funds shall be allocated and assigned to a separate account for each benefit area for the purpose of providing funds for reimbursements required per Sec. 8.9.1. and Sec. 8.9.3.
      5. These funds shall be allocated into the appropriate reimbursement accounts as follows:
        1. Thoroughfare and collector street fees as defined in this UDO:
          1. Benefit Zone 1: 50% of the funds collected.
          2. Benefit Zone 2: 27% of the funds collected.
          3. Benefit Zone 3: 27% of the funds collected
        2. Open space fees: All Benefit Zones: 20% of the funds collected.
      6. Funds may be transferred from reimbursement accounts to project accounts for each benefit area at the end of each fiscal year, to the extent that the account balance in each benefit area exceeds the contractual reimbursement
        obligations for the area.
    2. Limitation on Expenditure of Funds Collected
      1. Funds expended from facility fee trust accounts shall be made for no other purpose than for thoroughfare and collector street capital costs or open space capital costs associated with projects undertaken by the City or by the City in conjunction with other units of government.
      2.  No funds shall be used for periodic or routine maintenance or for administration of the facility fee program.
      3. Expenditures from the trust fund shall be matched by an equal sum of money approved from non-fee sources and shall be spent for projects located in the same zone in which the fees were collected.
      4. All funds shall be used exclusively for capital improvements within the benefit area from which the funds were collected.
      5. A report of the collection activity from application of facility fees shall be made to City Council and once every 2 years.
      6. The report shall show where fees have been collected and what projects have been constructed or reimbursed with fee monies.
      7. The City Council shall review this report and consider whether within each benefit area fees are being spent so that no area of new construction is not being benefited by the fees.
      8. If the City Council determines that areas of new construction within benefit areas are not being benefited, then it shall readjust capital improvements program to correct this condition.
      9. Funds shall be expended in the order in which they were collected. But in no event shall funds not be expended within 6 years after their collection except when the City, in conjunction with any other unit of government, provides the facility; in such cases, the funds must be expended within 10 years after their collection.
    3. Disbursal of Funds
      Funds withdrawn from these trust accounts must be used solely in accordance with the provisions of this UDO. The disbursal of funds require the approval of the City Council upon recommendation of the City Manager.
    4. Interest on Funds
      1. Any funds on deposit not immediately necessary for expenditure shall be invested as allowed in N.C. Gen. Stat. §159-30 for other public monies.
      2. All income derived shall be deposited in the applicable trust account.
    5. Return of Fees
      1. If the development for which the fees were paid was never begun or if begun, the property is restored to an undeveloped state, a reimbursement will be allowed within 7 months following the issuance of a building permit provided such permit is surrendered to the City or within 7 months following the payment of the facility fee in the case when no building permit is required.
      2. Any funds not expended within the time limits established in Sec. 8.9.4.B.9. above shall be returned to the feepayor or the landowner if the address of the feepayor provided to the City is not current with interest at the rate of
        6% per annum. A refund of permit fees is allowed for shell permits if it is determined during review of the “fit-up” permits, the uses have changed to a use with a lower fee then a refund is owed.

    Sec. 8.9.5. Penalties

    Sec. 8.9.5. Penalties aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:24
    1. In addition to any other remedy allowed by N.C. Gen. Stat. §160A-175, the failure to pay a facility fee is a civil penalty.
    2. The amount of the penalty shall equal the amount of the unpaid facility fee, plus an interest charge of ½ % per month compounded monthly and a service charge of $100.
    3. The City may assess the penalty against the developer or the landowner where new construction has occurred without payment of a facility fee; but no service charge will be assessed when City staff has made an error in the fee calculations.
    4. No penalty shall be assessed until the person or persons alleged to be in violation are served by registered mail, certified mail—return receipt requested or personal service with notice to pay.
    5. The City Attorney is authorized to institute a civil action in the name of the City, in the appropriate division of the general court of justice in Wake County for recovery of the penalty.
    6. All monies recovered shall be deposited in the appropriate trust fund.

    Article 8.10. Enforcement

    Article 8.10. Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:33

    Sec. 8.10.1. Violations and Violators

    Sec. 8.10.1. Violations and Violators aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:25

    Each of the following are declared to be violations of the Raleigh City Code.

    1. It shall be unlawful for any person to design, construct or open, any street, drainage structure or utility line unless and until such street, drainage structure or utility line shall be platted, laid out, graded and improved in accordance with the provisions of this UDO, plans approved under this UDO and conditions of approval.
    2. Any owner, tenant, architect, attorney, contractor, designer, engineer, lender, real estate broker, surveyor, agent or any other person who acts in concert, participates, directs or assists in the creation or continuation of a violation of this Chapter, any regulation, rule, order or condition of approval adopted pursuant to this Chapter, or contrary to any plan approved under this UDO are each declared to be violators of the Raleigh City Code.
    3. It shall be unlawful for any person to record a plat without the approval of the City, to make any change to an approved plat or to record a document beyond its expiration date for recording without the specific written consent of the City. The Clerk of the Superior Court of Wake County shall not order or direct the recording of a plat where such recording would be in conflict with this Chapter.
    4. It shall be unlawful for any person to subdivide real property by deed, will, security instrument, partition or by map, contrary to this Chapter, any rule, regulation, order, condition of approval adopted pursuant to this Chapter, or any plan approved under this UDO.
    5. It shall be unlawful for any person to fail, neglect or refuse to make any dedication as required by this UDO, any rule, regulation, order or condition of approval adopted pursuant to this UDO or any plan approved under this UDO.
    6. It shall be unlawful for any person to own, manage, lease or occupy real property, the subdividing of which is an unlawful subdivision by virtue of this UDO, when such person knows or has reasonable grounds to believe that the property was subdivided contrary to this UDO, any regulation, rule, order or condition of adopted approval or contrary to any plan approved under this UDO. The enumeration of these declared violations shall not be deemed exclusive or all-inclusive. All persons who shall commit violations shall be held responsible and shall be subject to the penalties and remedies provided in Sec. 1.1.10. and Sec. 8.10.2. Each day's continuing violation shall be a separate and distinct violation or offense.

    Sec. 8.10.2. Remedies and Penalties

    Sec. 8.10.2. Remedies and Penalties aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:25

    Enforcement may be by any one or more of the following provisions and the institution of any action under any of these provisions shall not relieve any person from any other civil or criminal proceeding prescribed for violations and prohibitions.

    1. Unauthorized Streets Closed
      The Transportation Director is authorized and directed to take necessary action to cause to be closed any street opened and constructed in violation of this Chapter.
    2. Water and Sewer Service Not Provided to Violating Property 
      No water or sewer service shall be furnished by the City to any lot, owner or occupant of any land abutting upon any street or connected to a City public utility which is opened, not opened, laid out or constructed contrary to any plan approved under this UDO or in violation of this Chapter.
    3. Construction Permits Withheld
      1. Development Services shall not issue any construction permit for any proposed structure upon any land abutting upon any street which is opened, not opened, laid out or constructed contrary to any plan approved under this UDO or in violation of this Chapter and written policies which are approved by the City Council and filed with the City Clerk
      2. The filing or recording of a deed, a will, a security interest, a plat of a subdivision, other division or land or recombination contrary to this Chapter shall not be recognized by the City. All administrative actions relating to such land, including the issuance of any grading, construction, building or occupancy permit will be suspended. To properly enforce the provisions of this Chapter, prior to the beginning of any construction, grading, reconstruction, use or alteration of any land, building or structure, Development Services shall first determine that the requirements of this Chapter are met.
    4. Assessment of 100% Cost of Incomplete Improvements
      1. In the event the developer either fails to install any improvement required under this UDO or under a plan approved under this UDO or makes an installation contrary to this UDO or plan approved under this UDO, the City may assess 100% of the costs of the incomplete improvements required to some or all of the owners of the property within the subdivision or development and make the required installations.
      2. Assessments must follow the procedures of N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 160A, Article 10 or other statutory authorization where the City may do the work and assess the costs to the landowners inside and outside the corporate limits of the City.
      3. When deciding which lots to assess, the City Council shall consider, among other things, the extent to which the lots are benefitted by the assessment project, the extent to which the lots may have paid for the improvement and the extent the improvements were installed by the developer.
    5. Forfeiture of Reimbursements
      Failure by the developer to comply with all requirements of the regulations in this Chapter shall result in forfeiture of any and all reimbursements of Article 8.6. Reimbursements
    6. Civil Penalty
      1. General
        1. Any act constituting a violation of this Chapter shall subject the offender to a civil penalty to be recovered by the City in a civil action in the nature of a debt.
        2.  All violations shall be subject to a civil penalty in the amount of $50 per day of continuous violation. In addition, the City Manager may authorize a civil penalty of up to $250 per day if it is determined that this larger penalty will contribute toward correction of the violation.
      2. Citation Contents
        1. No civil penalty shall be assessed until the person alleged to be in violation is served by either registered mail, certified mail-return receipt requested, personal service notice or other means reasonably calculated to give actual notice.
        2. The notice shall set forth in detail a description of the violation for which the penalty has been invoked.
        3. The notice shall also set forth the measures needed to come in compliance and shall state the time within such measures must be completed.
        4. The notice shall state that failure to correct the violation within the specified time will result in the assessment of a civil penalty and other enforcement action.
        5. If, after the allotted time period has expired, corrective action has not been completed, the penalty shall be assessed from the date of receipt of notice of violation and each day of continuing violation thereafter shall constitute a separate violation against those persons who have the ability to correct this violation and fail to do so.
      3. Collection
        1. The City Manager is authorized to accept payment in full and final settlement of the claim or claims right or rights of action which the City may have to enforce such penalty by civil action in the nature of debt. Acceptance of a penalty shall be deemed a full and final release of any and all claims or right of action arising out of contended violations, only if the activities or non-activities which gave rise to the violations are abated or otherwise made lawful.
        2. If the payment is not received or equitable settlement reached within 30 days after demand for payment is made, the matter shall be referred to the City Attorney for institution of a civil action in the name of the City in the appropriate division of the General Court of Justice in Wake County for recovery of the penalty

    Article 8.11. Transit Infrastructure

    Article 8.11. Transit Infrastructure aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:33

    Sec. 8.11.1. General Provisions

    Sec. 8.11.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:26
    1. Intent
      In order to maintain and improve access to the local and regional transit systems, development subject to site plan review per Sec. 10.2.8. and located along existing or planned transit routes is required to provide for new transit amenity infrastructure. The required improvements may include a transit easement, shelter, bench or other amenities as described in Sec. 8.11.3.
    2. Applicability
      1. Where a Tier 2 or Tier 3 plan is proposed on lots with frontage on an existing near-term planned or long-term planned transit route the requirements of this Article shall apply.
      2. The type, quantity and location of transit infrastructure to be provided are based upon trip generation rate of the proposed development. When a suitable location for the transit stop cannot be provided on-site due to
        physical constraints, a fee in lieu of construction shall be paid to the City for the design and construction of a comparable stop location nearby. Physical constraints are defined as:
        1. Steep slopes in excess of 15%;
        2. Potential intersection or driveway sight distance conflicts; or,
        3. The proposed location poses an unsafe condition for the transit system, motor vehicles, or pedestrians.
    3. Land Use and Daily Trips
      Accepted trip generation standards will be analyzed to determine whether or not dedication or installation of a transit stop and associated infrastructure shall be required. These standards are a function of land use, size of building or use and total daily site trips. This determination will be made pursuant to Sec. 8.11.3.
    4. Operational Considerations
      A transit stop will be constructed on-site when it facilitates the efficient and safe operation of the transit service and allows for safe vehicular and pedestrian
      movements.

    Sec. 8.11.2. Requirement Thresholds

    Sec. 8.11.2. Requirement Thresholds aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:26
    1.  Transit infrastructure, in accordance with Sec. 8.11.3., is required when all of the following conditions are present:
      1. The site has frontage along an existing public transit route operated either by a public transit agency, or the site has frontage along a planned transit route as illustrated in the City's adopted Comprehensive Plan; and
      2. The site will generate a minimum of 500 daily vehicular trips as calculated per the current edition of the Institute of Transportation Engineers' Trip Generation Handbook.
      3. If site development generates a minimum of 2,500 daily vehicular trips as calculated per the current edition of the Institute of Transportation Engineers' Trip General Handbook, and the site has frontage on more than one public street and is served by more than one public transit, two transit stops with infrastructure will be required.
    2. A new transit stop shall not be required if an existing transit stop is within a walking distance of 1,320 feet and located on the same side of the street with the same facilities that a new transit stop would be required to provide. This exemption shall not be allowed for Tier 2 or Tier 3 site plans that serve a hospital, senior housing, life care community or congregate care facility.

    Sec. 8.11.3. Determining the Required Transit Infrastructure

    Sec. 8.11.3. Determining the Required Transit Infrastructure aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:27

    When the provisions of Sec. 8.11.1.B. are met, the following transit infrastructure will be required. The infrastructure elements shall meet the typical specifications as shown in the Raleigh Street Design Manual.

    1. Transit Easement
      When the transit stop is located outside of the right-of-way, a permanent 15' x 20' transit easement dedicated to the City of Raleigh shall be required on the development site.
    2. Landing Pad
      A concrete pad is required in all cases between the public sidewalk and the back of curb. The minimum width of the landing pad requirement for a transit stop (the area from which passengers board the bus and onto which passengers alight from the bus) is 30 feet. Landing pads shall fill the entire depth between the back of the curb and the public sidewalk. In cases where the depth of this area exceeds 10 feet, or in cases where curb does not exist, special accommodations may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Where placement of the landing pad conflicts with an existing or proposed street tree, the installation of a landing pad shall take precedence.
    3. Transit Stop Pad
      A concrete pad measuring 15' x 20' behind the public sidewalk, upon which all transit infrastructure is permanently installed.
    4. Sidewalk Connectivity
      Sidewalks should be constructed to connect the transit stop to the nearest existing sidewalk or public street intersection.
    5. Trash Receptacle
      Trash receptacles shall be provided at the transit stop in all cases.
    6. Seating
      Seating shall be provided in all cases where a transit stop is required.
    7. Transit Shelter
      A transit shelter shall be provided at the required transit stop. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transportation Director may approve an equivalent alternate design.

    Sec. 8.11.4. Determining the Location of the Required Transit Stop

    Sec. 8.11.4. Determining the Location of the Required Transit Stop aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:27
    1. The Transportation Director shall make a final determination of stop location suitability in accordance with this section and in consideration of the following:
      1. A suitable transit stop shall allow for safe connectivity with the pedestrian network including access to sidewalks, the presence of crosswalks within 1,320 feet from the stop, and suitable visibility.
      2. A suitable transit stop shall be designed to accommodate efficient bus operations including bus stop spacing, curb clearance, placement in relation to the roadway, abutting property owner/tenant parking restrictions and regulations at and near the stop, vehicle turning radii, roadway lane width and surfaces, intersection design topography and other physical constraints as specified in Sec. 8.11.1.B.2.
    2. When required, a transit stop and required infrastructure shall be provided and installed on the development site by the developer in all cases except for the following:
      1. When the site is located in a DX use district, or
      2. The site is zoned with an Urban Limited, Urban General or Shopfront frontage. 

    In these instances, the transit stop and infrastructure shall still be required, but may be installed within the public right-of-way. If a suitable location cannot be identified by the Transportation Director in accordance with the Raleigh Street Design Manual either on the development site or in the adjacent right-of-way, a fee in lieu of construction of the subject transit amenities shall be required in accordance with Sec. 8.11.5.

    Sec. 8.11.5. Fees In Lieu of Construction

    Sec. 8.11.5. Fees In Lieu of Construction aaron.sheppard… Tue, 05/23/2023 - 13:28
    1. Where the Transportation Director determines that construction of a transit stop and infrastructure would not be feasible, a fee in lieu of construction may be permitted in accordance with Sec. 8.1.10.
    2. If the development site is within 1,320 feet of an existing and accessible bus stop on the same side of the street, the Transportation Director shall determine if the developer shall pay a fee in lieu towards the upgrading of the existing stop, or
      if the existing stop shall be relocated onto or adjacent to the development site. This determination shall be made based on which site has the best balance of the following criteria:
      1. Pedestrian and vehicular safety.
      2. Operational safety and efficiency.
      3. Proximity to the transit trip generators.
    CHAPTER 9. NATURAL RESOURCE PROTECTION

    Unified Development Ordinance

    CHAPTER 9. NATURAL RESOURCE PROTECTION

    CHAPTER 9. NATURAL RESOURCE PROTECTION aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:34

    Article 9.1. Tree Conservation

    Article 9.1. Tree Conservation aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:34

    Sec. 9.1.1. Intent

    Sec. 9.1.1. Intent aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:42

    The intent of the tree conservation regulations is to preserve tree coverage, mature trees and natural resource buffers, and lessen the impact of development on the surrounding properties. The most significant trees, greater basal area tree stands and healthy trees in the most appropriate locations, should be considered when granting an alternate.

    Sec. 9.1.2. Applicability

    Sec. 9.1.2. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:42

    Prior to approval of any subdivision of any tract 2 acres or greater in size or Tier 2 or Tier 3 site plan for a parcel 2 acres or greater, tree conservation areas must be provided in accordance with the requirements of this UDO, provided that delineation of tree conservation areas for a site subject to either condemnation or the threat of condemnation shall be delayed until a Tier 2 or Tier 3 site plan or further subdivision of the parcel first occurs.

    Sec. 9.1.3. Tree Conservation Required

    Sec. 9.1.3. Tree Conservation Required aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:43
    1. Tree Conservation
      1. Tree conservation area requirements by district are set forth below. The eligibility for tree conservation is based on the gross site area. The amount of conservation area required is calculated as a percentage of the net site area.
        District Conservation Area Required (min)
        R-1, R-2 15%
        All other districts 10%
      2. Any eligible tree conservation priority in conflict with a build-to requirement established by a zoning frontage is not required to be protected. Unless a zoning frontage exists, there is no maximum setback for the Townhouse and Apartment building types when a tree conservation area occupies the build-to area.
      3. Tree conservation requirements shall not apply to sites in the -TOD less than 4 acres in size. Sections 9.1.4.A.8. and 9.1.4.B.1 shall not apply to sites in the -TOD.

    Sec. 9.1.4. Tree Conservation Area Allocation

    Sec. 9.1.4. Tree Conservation Area Allocation aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:44
    1. Primary Tree Conservation Areas
      The following are primary tree conservation areas and must be the first areas saved to meet the tree conservation requirement. All primary tree conservation areas on the site must be established even if doing so exceeds the minimum required percentage.
      1. -SHOD-1 and -SHOD-2 protective yards (see Sec. 5.3.1.).
      2. Parkway Frontage protective yards (see Sec. 3.4.3.)
      3. CM primary tree conservation areas (see Article 4.2. Conservation Management (CM)).
      4. -MPOD protective yards (see Sec. 5.2.2.).
      5. A healthy, champion tree and its critical root zone.
      6. Zone 2 of Neuse River Riparian Buffers, as established in title 15A of the North Carolina Administrative Code Subarticle 2B Section .0233.
      7. Areas with a gradient of 45% or greater that are adjacent to or within floodways.
      8. An undisturbed area adjoining a Thoroughfare varying in width between 0 and 100 feet; provided that the total undisturbed area is equal to an area measured 50 feet perpendicular to the Thoroughfare.
    2. Secondary Tree Conservation Areas
      1. The following secondary tree conservation areas, listed in priority order from highest to lowest, must be included once the primary tree conservation areas are exhausted.
        1. A minimum 65-foot wide perimeter buffer when the adjoining or adjacent property is not a Thoroughfare or is not vacant.
        2. A minimum 32-foot wide perimeter buffer when the adjoining or adjacent property is vacant.
        3. The critical root zone of any tree 10 inches or greater in DBH that is located within 50 feet of a Thoroughfare or within 65 feet of any non-vacant property boundary or roadway that is not a Thoroughfare.
        4. The critical root zone of any tree 10 inches or greater in DBH that is located within 32 feet of a vacant property boundary.
      2. Secondary tree conservation areas described in Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.a. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.b. above and their alternates must be at least 32 feet in all directions and be a minimum of 4,000 square feet in area.
      3. The critical root zone of a saved tree in Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.c. or Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.d. above must be preserved in entirety even if it extends beyond 65 feet or 32 feet. When a landscape easement is obtained from the adjoining land that prohibits all tree disturbing activity, off-site areas for protected critical root zones may be included as tree conservation areas provided that such areas are not under any circumstances to be counted as tree conservation area on both properties.
      4. As an alternative to Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.a. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.b. above, secondary tree conservation areas of undisturbed areas are allowed elsewhere on the site provided that they are a minimum of 32 feet in all directions and that the square footage of the substituted areas is at least 4,000 square feet. No portion of Zone 1 of Neuse River Riparian Buffers as established in Title 15A of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Subarticle 2B Section .0233, shall be designated an alternate undisturbed area.
      5. As an alternate means of compliance with Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.c. or Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.d. above, secondary tree conservation areas of individual trees 10 inches or greater in DBH and their critical root zones are allowed anywhere on the site that is not otherwise tree conservation area provided that the critical root zone area in the alternate locations is not less than the critical root zone area that would have been required for priorities in Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.c. or Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.d. above and that no alternate saved tree is less than 10 inches in DBH.
    3. Excluded Areas
      Tree conservation areas must exclude the following.
      1. Sight triangles.
      2. Slope easements.
      3. Drainage easements.
      4. Cross access easements.
      5. Governmental and utility easements that prohibit trees.
      6. Any easement that authorizes tree disturbing activities.
      7. Any area devoted or to be devoted to streets, future right-of-way reservations, sidewalks, driveways, walkways, transit easements and storm drainage facilities, including without limitation, pipes, energy dissipaters and stormwater control measures which require the removal of vegetation.
      8. Water-related activity areas located in, over, under or adjacent to a lake or natural watercourse shown on the site plan may not be included as Zone 2 areas of Neuse River Riparian Buffers.
      9. Any tree 10 inches DBH and larger that has 30% or more of its critical root zone traversed in part or in entirety by any of the excluded areas in Sec. 9.1.4.C.1. through Sec. 9.1.4.C.7. above, by impervious surface or by any adjacent property.
    4. General Conservation Area Requirements
      1. Size
        For primary tree conservation areas numbered 1 through 7 in Sec. 9.1.4.A, the minimum dimension of a primary tree conservation area is 20 feet, measured in all directions. For primary tree conservation area number 8 in Sec. 9.1.4.A, the minimum dimension is 32 feet, measured in all directions.
      2. Greenways
        1.  City of Raleigh greenways may be included as tree conservation areas, provided that an area of 25 feet multiplied by the length of the greenway is excluded as tree conservation for trail construction.
        2. Greenways can only be established as tree conservation areas after establishment of primary tree conservation areas.
      3. Tree Quality
        No tree may be used to meet the requirements of this Article if it is unhealthy or a hazardous tree.
      4. Heritage Trees
        A heritage tree and its critical root zone may be established as an optional tree conservation area after establishment of primary tree conservation areas. The area of critical root zone for a heritage tree conservation area shall be double credited toward the tree conservation requirement only when all of the following conditions are met.
        1. The critical root zone shall be protected in entirety by, either being entirely on the developing property or the property owner shall obtain a landscape easement that prohibits all tree disturbing activity for the portion of the critical root zone on an adjacent property. The off-site area for protected critical root zone may be included as tree conservation area provided that such area shall not under any circumstances be counted as tree conservation area on both properties.
        2. Any portion of the critical root zone within another tree conservation area shall not be eligible for double credit.
        3. The condition of the heritage tree shall be a rating of “Good” or higher as determined by an arborist certified by the International Society of Arboriculture using the Guide for Plant Appraisal, latest edition, published by the International Society of Arboriculture and verified by the Parks and Cultural Resources Director.
        4. A report of the tree condition shall be prepared on an evaluation form provided by the City and it shall be provided to the Parks and Cultural Resources Director.
        5. An active tree preservation plan prepared by an arborist, certified by the International Society of Arboriculture, must be approved by the Parks and Cultural Resources Director and implemented by the developer under the supervision of the certified arborist.
    5. Tree Cover Required
      1. Tree conservation areas proposed for -SHOD-1, -SHOD-2, Parkway Frontage, and undisturbed areas adjoining a Thoroughfare protective yard (Sec. 9.1.4.A.1., Sec. 9.1.4.A.2. and Sec. 9.1.4.A.8.) and secondary priority areas (Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.a. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.b.) and their alternates, which consist of groups of trees and their critical root zones, must contain a basal area of at least 30 square feet per acre as measured in increments of 50 lineal feet.
      2. Any required protective yard for a -SHOD 1, -SHOD-2 or Parkway Frontage that does not contain a basal area of at least 30 square feet shall be planted in accordance with the overlay district landscaping standards and portions of the protective yard cannot be established as a tree conservation area.
      3. For those developments that fulfill any of their tree conservation area requirement using a -SHOD-1, -SHOD-2, Parkway Frontage or undisturbed areas adjoining a Thoroughfare protective yard or with secondary tree conservation areas from Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.a. or Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.b. and their alternates, the following must be submitted:
        1. Photo panoramic panels of the intended area to be conserved. The photo panel shall equal 50 feet of the length of the tree conservation area to be saved;
        2. A tree cover report prepared by a North Carolina registered forester or North Carolina licensed landscape architect or certified arborist that, inventories each 50-foot length of proposed tree conservation area as shown in the photo panels, to identify all eligible trees 3 inches DBH and larger, by species, DBH, basal area calculations and a determination of the general health of the tree stand. The report and photo panels shall be correlated; and
        3. The most recent aerial photograph of the subject tract.
      4. A survey of all eligible trees and computation of basal area may be substituted in lieu of Sec. 9.1.4.E.3.a. and Sec. 9.1.4.E.3.c. above, provided that no dead, unhealthy or hazardous tree is included in the survey.
      5. An optional method to determine basal area for tree conservation areas is allowed when a North Carolina registered forester certifies in writing that the basal area is 60 square feet per acre or greater, provided all the following conditions are met:
        1. The contiguous tree conservation area that can consist of primary and secondary is at least 8,700 square feet in size, excluding easements and consists of undisturbed wooded areas with a basal area of 60 square feet per acre or greater comprised of trees 3 inches DBH and larger;
        2. All dimensions of tree conservation areas are at least 65 feet in all directions;
        3. Land area that does not contain trees must be excluded unless it contains critical root zones of trees being preserved;
        4. Any area of tree disturbing activity is excluded as a tree conservation area; and
        5. A legible copy of the latest Wake County/City of Raleigh aerial photograph must be included with the registered forester’s certification.
      6. Within each 50-foot linear increment of Zone 2 of Neuse River Riparian Buffers, MPOD natural resource buffer yards or greenway tree conservation areas that do not contain trees, a minimum of 2 shade trees to enhance the riparian buffer must be planted prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy. Planted shade trees must be at least 10 gallon container size and free of circling roots at time of planting. If the area without trees will be used as shown on the approved site plan for either a tree disturbing activity allowed by Sec. 9.1.6. or a water-related activity located in, over, under or adjacent a lake or natural watercourse, no planting of new trees shall be required.
      7. Within each 50 linear feet of watercourse buffer of the -MPOD that does not contain trees, a minimum of two 10 gallon container size shade trees, free of circling roots, must be planted to enhance the riparian buffer prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
      8. Alternatively, areas that do not contain trees in Neuse Zone 2, greenways or -MPOD watercourse buffers may be established as permanently undisturbed primary tree conservation areas to allow natural regeneration of trees, provided such areas are not located on individual lots developed for single unit living. Permanently undisturbed primary tree conservation areas shall not be cleared of any vegetation or subjected to any tree disturbing activity and shall be delineated with signs as specified by the City. Required signs must remain in place for a period of 7 years. Unlawful disturbance of any permanently undisturbed primary tree conservation area shall subject the violator to a civil penalty of a minimum of $1,000 plus 35 cents for every square foot of disturbed area and unlawfully disturbed areas shall be planted with twice the number of 10 gallon container shade trees as described above. Unlawful removal of any required signs shall subject the violator to a civil penalty of $100 for each removed sign and each removed sign shall be replaced. Civil penalties shall be processed as set forth in Sec. 10.4.2.

    Sec. 9.1.5. Documentation of Tree Conservation Areas

    Sec. 9.1.5. Documentation of Tree Conservation Areas aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:44
    1. Tree Conservation Permit Required
      1. After the tree conservation areas have been determined and prior to any tree disturbing activity, a map with metes and bounds descriptions of all tree conservation areas must be given to Parks and Cultural Resources Department and a tree conservation permit must be obtained from the City and tree protective fencing placed on the site.
      2. After the tree conservation areas have been determined and a tree conservation permit has been obtained and prior to or concurrent to any subdividing of the property and prior to issuance of a building permit, the landowners shall record with the local County Register of Deeds the following:
        1. A plat with metes and bounds descriptions of all tree conservation areas;
        2. An easement that allows current and future lot owners access to otherwise inaccessible tree conservation areas to perform tree maintenance activities including required replacement plantings;
        3. A homeowners' association declaration prepared in conformity with N.C. Gen. Stat., Chapter 47F for the maintenance and protection of the trees within recorded tree conservation areas; and
        4. One or more deeds conveying all tree conservation areas in fee or in easement to the homeowners' association.
    2. Neuse River Riparian
      1. Metes and bounds descriptions of Neuse River Riparian Zone 2 shall include only the outer boundary of Zone 2 with a notation that the inner boundary is 20 feet parallel to the outer boundary.
      2. The outer boundary of Zone 2 may optionally be surveyed as a series of tangents that shall be no more than 5 feet from the actual Zone 2 boundary.
      3. When the tangent survey is used, metes and bounds descriptions of the tangent lines and the actual outer boundary of Neuse River Riparian Zone 2 (without metes and bounds) shall be shown on the recorded plat. Tree disturbing activities are prohibited and unlawful in the area between the tangent Zone 2 boundary and the actual Zone 2 boundary to the same extent as tree disturbing activities are within Zone 2 areas, but these areas shall not count toward the percentage tree conservation requirements of Sec. 9.1.3., Sec. 9.1.4.A. and Sec. 9.1.4.B. as demonstrated to the Parks and Cultural Resources Director.
    3. Secondary Conservation Areas
      1. Where secondary tree conservation areas (Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.a. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.b.) abut one another, metes and bounds descriptions shall not be required for the boundary line between abutting tree conservation areas.
      2. Previously recorded tree conservation areas and greenways may be shown without metes and bounds provided that the correct Book of Maps is referenced and greenways are re-recorded as greenway tree conservation areas.
    4. Replacement by Condemnor
      Whenever any private condemnor acquires property through eminent domain it shall be the responsibility of the private condemnor to replace, in accordance with the provisions of this UDO, those complying elements which were removed unless a less stringent standard is required.
    5. Payment In Lieu of Compliance
      1. Requests for fee-in-lieu payments will be considered, but not limited to, the following cases:
        1. Site conditions caused by man-made or natural topography that would require use of a retaining wall where the cost of wall construction would be greater than the fee-in-lieu for the area being relieved from compliance. In such cases, justification must be provided to demonstrate there are no alternate methods of construction other than use of a retaining wall. Quotes from 3 independent design firms or contractors must be provided to estimate the construction cost of the retaining wall; and
        2. Site conditions where the existence of priority areas under Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.c. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.d. render a site undevelopable.
      2. General conditions for all fee-in-lieu requests.
        1. No primary tree conservation area is eligible for a fee-in-lieu payment.
        2. Fee-in-lieu payments for tree conservation area will not be considered when the objective is to develop the site without regard for the tree conservation priorities of Sec. 9.1.4.
        3. Fee-in-lieu payments for tree conservation area will not be considered when the objective is to achieve increased site visibility at the expense of tree conservation.
        4. Prior to requesting a monetary payment in lieu of compliance, the applicant must examine alternate methods to preserve the required tree conservation priority areas. Upon submittal of a fee-in-lieu request, the applicant must provide proof of consideration of alternatives and justification why the alternatives are not feasible. The City may require that additional alternate methods be examined.
        5. Alternative methods to preserve tree conservation areas include but are not limited to: re-design of the subdivision or site plan, use of retaining walls, alternate methods of construction (such as trex decking in place of concrete sidewalk) and arboricultural practices that include active tree preservation (such as root pruning of no more than 30% of the root zone with active tree preservation aftercare) performed under supervision of a certified arborist.
        6. Secondary tree conservation areas approved for a fee-in-lieu payment shall be paid at a rate equal to the tax value of the land.
        7. All fee-in-lieu payments shall be as indicated on the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule and adjusted on an annual basis using the percent change Dec-Dec column of the Consumer Price Index chart available through the US Department of Labor.
      3. All collected monies, including any income derived from such monies, shall be spent either for acquisition of lands where trees will be preserved or for tree planting. The City Council shall set forth specific eligible activities for tree preservation and tree plantings. All collected monies must be spent within the same open space fee zones from which the payments were collected.

    Sec. 9.1.6. Permitted Tree Disturbing Activities

    Sec. 9.1.6. Permitted Tree Disturbing Activities aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:50

    No tree disturbing activity shall take place in designated tree conservation areas except in conformity with the following.

    1. Within Zone 2 of Neuse River Riparian Buffers and in watercourse buffers in a -MPOD, permitted tree disturbing activities are allowed for:
      1. Any work that is ancillary to activities allowed by the North Carolina Division of Water Quality in Zone 1 that is approved by the City;
      2. Any sanitary sewer installation when an existing permanent structure or any part of an existing permanent structure that is to remain on the site is within the width of the proposed permanent and temporary construction sanitary sewer easement plus 10 feet; and
      3. More than 50% of a reach of sanitary sewer main will be over 12 feet deep.
    2. Within primary tree conservation areas and secondary tree conservation areas tree disturbing activities are allowed when all of the following are met.
      1.  A tree conservation permit is obtained from the City. Tree conservation permits may be issued for one or more of the following:
        1. A certified arborist, registered forester or a licensed landscape architect certifies to the City in writing that the tree is either unsafe or is unhealthy. No certification is required if it can be shown that the tree died of natural causes and the dead tree is replaced in accordance with the replacement standards of this Article.
        2. Tree removal or grading is being done to remove a visual obstruction from a sight triangle as set forth in the North Carolina Department of Transportation’s Policy on Street and Driveway Access to North Carolina Highways Manual and all subsequent amendments.
        3. The removal or grading is being done to install public improvements made pursuant to this UDO.
        4. Where existing vegetation meets the minimum applicable tree conservation requirements for an applicable district or meets applicable transitional yard requirements, a tree conservation permit may be issued for wooded area clean-up of shade trees less than 2 inches DBH and understory trees less than 1 inch in DBH.
        5. No permit for such removal may be issued until a plan is submitted showing the nature and extent of all tree work, how the work will be undertaken without compacting soils and damaging preserved trees and maintaining minimum applicable requirements.
      2. When a tree conservation permit is issued in accordance with Sec. 9.1.6.B.1., the property owner must install replacement trees for any tree situated within the limits of the tree disturbing activities in one of the following ways:
        1. One or more undisturbed areas of equal size containing vegetation similar in size and quantity as that which is being removed is preserved in alternate undisturbed areas meeting the requirements of Sec. 9.1.4.B. through Sec. 9.1.4.E. for priority areas Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.a. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.b.
        2. For each 200 square feet of tree disturbed land area, a 2-inch caliper shade tree is either planted between the principal building and the roadway or is planted in approved alternate areas of the site.
        3. Whenever a tree of priority area under Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.c. and Sec. 9.1.4.B.1.d. is removed after being certified as a hazardous tree, unhealthy or dead; it shall be replaced with 10 caliper inches of new shade trees. Any replacement tree shall be planted within the tree conservation area previously recorded for the removed tree. The minimum size of any replacement tree shall be 2 caliper inches.
        4. All substituted natural areas and newly planted areas must be designated as tree conservation areas on plats with metes and bounds descriptions recorded with the local County Register of Deeds.
      3. All portions of critical root zones of trees situated inside a designated tree conservation area that adjoin proposed tree disturbing activities shall remain undisturbed areas for trees with 10 inches or greater DBH.
      4. Prior to commencing any tree disturbing activity, the boundaries of such activities shall be delineated by a protective fence in the field.

    Sec. 9.1.7. Penalties

    Sec. 9.1.7. Penalties aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:51
    1. A violation of this Article, where unlawful tree disturbing activity has occurred and trees and stumps are absent, shall subject the violator to a civil penalty of a minimum of $1,000 for the first tree plus 35 cents of every square foot of unlawful tree disturbing activity.
    2. Where trees or stumps are present after unlawful tree disturbing activity has occurred, the civil penalty shall instead be calculated as $1,000 for the first tree plus $100 per diameter inch for any other tree or stump 3 inches diameter and larger. Civil penalties shall be processed as set forth in Sec. 10.4.2.

    Sec. 9.1.8. Restoration

    Sec. 9.1.8. Restoration aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:51
    1. In addition to the civil penalty of Sec. 9.1.7., the owner of real property, where a violation has occurred, shall remove each unlawfully disturbed tree and replace with a tree or trees of equal caliper.
    2. Prior to any replanting, the Parks and Cultural Resources Director shall first approve a replacement planting and maintenance plan. Replacement trees shall be 2 inches in caliper and no replacement tree shall be located in those portions of a tree conservation area with a basal area of over 80 square feet per acre.
    3. All replacement trees shall be planted in a planting area of at least 200 square feet in area with minimum dimensions of 8 feet.
    4. If the tree conservation area where the violation has occurred fails to contain sufficient land area to replant the required replacement trees and replacement trees can not be planted on other portions of the property, then in lieu of such replacement trees, a replacement fee equal to $100 per caliper inch of replacement trees shall be paid to the City.

    Sec. 9.1.9. Watershed Protection Overlay Districts

    Sec. 9.1.9. Watershed Protection Overlay Districts aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:52
    1. Except as otherwise provided below, every lot located within a -UWPOD, -FWPOD or -SWPOD must provide and maintain an area set aside for trees equal to at least 40% of the lot area. Within this area, trees must either be preserved or planted in accordance with the following:
      1. Tree areas may be 1 contiguous area or scattered areas throughout the lot, but no required tree area may be less than 1/5 of the total gross land area required to be set aside for trees;
      2. All areas required to be set aside for trees shall be maintained as wooded areas;
      3. Wooded areas may consist of either areas where active tree preservation is observed or tree planting areas;
      4. Each active tree preservation area must contain a minimum of 2 inches of tree caliper per every 100 square feet and within such areas, active tree preservation shall be followed;
      5. Areas that are set aside for trees that do not meet the standards for active tree protection areas must be planted with shade trees; and
      6. The minimum size and planting rate of new tree plantings used to fulfill this requirement shall be either 1 bare-root seedling at least 14 inches tall planted per 100 square feet (10 feet by 10 feet centers) or one 2-inch caliper shade tree planted per 200 square feet.
    2. After wooded areas have been determined and prior to or concurrent to any subdividing of the property or issuance of building permit, the landowner shall record with the local County Register of Deeds a plat with metes and bounds descriptions of all wooded areas.
    3. For lots located within areas designated “New Urban” by the Swift Creek Land Management Plan, the regulations of Sec. 9.1.9.A. above apply with the exception that only 25% of each lot must contain an area set aside for trees.
    4. For lots located within a conservation development, areas set aside for trees may in lieu of being situated on the individual dwelling lots may instead be located within the required open space, provided that the overall acreage set aside for trees is not diminished.
    5. The requirements of this section do not apply to lots devoted exclusively to stormwater control measures or to those lots located in those areas of the Comprehensive Plan designated for impervious surfaces in excess of 30%.
    6. For lots used for governmental water and wastewater treatment plants, the requirements of this section apply, however only 15% of each lot must contain an area set aside for trees.

    Sec. 9.1.10. Lots Without Recorded Tree Conservation Areas

    Sec. 9.1.10. Lots Without Recorded Tree Conservation Areas aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:52
    1. Applicability
      1. Any tree disturbing activity, except a minor tree removal activity, on sites 2 acres and larger in size that do not have an established or recorded tree conservation area shall meet the requirements of this section.
      2. Nothing in this section shall prevent the otherwise lawful grading and installation of streets, utilities or other improvements shown on an approved subdivision plan or site plan.
      3. All applicable laws, including soil erosion and sedimentation control and tree protection regulations, must be obeyed. No champion tree, including its critical root zone, is subjected to any tree disturbing activity.
    2. Tree Protection Plan Required
      1. A tree protection plan must be approved by the Parks and Cultural Resources Director for all applicable tree protected areas.
      2. Tree protection fences must be in place prior to the issuance of any City permit and prior to engaging in any tree disturbing activity.
    3. Perimeter Buffers
      1. No tree disturbing activity, except a minor tree removal activity, shall occur within a 32-foot wide perimeter buffer when the adjoining or adjacent property is vacant.
      2. No tree disturbing activity, except a minor tree removal activity, shall occur within a 65-foot wide perimeter buffer when the adjacent property is roadway other than a Thoroughfare or is not vacant.
      3. No tree disturbing activity, except a minor tree removal activity, shall occur within a 50-foot wide perimeter buffer when the adjoining or adjacent property is a Thoroughfare or higher designation roadway.
      4. No trees 10 inches DBH or larger can be removed, with the exception that a maximum of 5 trees between 10 inches and 22 inches DBH may be removed within the 32-foot wide buffer, the 65-foot wide buffer or 50-foot wide Thoroughfare buffer, within a continuous 5-year period, with a permit issued by the City, provided that such tree removal would not diminish future tree conservation areas that may be required, all as shown on a report submitted to Development Services Department.
      5. In lieu of protecting perimeter buffers, tree conservation areas may be designated in conjunction with an approved development plan, or an approved forest management plan, provided that all tree conservation areas are shown on recorded plats.
    4. Forest Management Activity Allowed
      1. Forest management activity is allowed in the perimeter buffers provided that the landowners first record with the local County Register of Deeds a covenant running with and binding the land stating: "That forest management operations were initiated within regulated perimeter buffers of the real property on ____________ (date and year) and that pursuant to State Law, no building permit, site plan or subdivision plan will be approved by the local governing authority for a period of 5 years following harvesting completion date."
      2. A copy of this covenant recorded with the local County Register of Deeds shall be provided to the to the City.
      3. The allowable hours of operation any given day are between 7 AM and 8:30 PM, other than emergency work for the preservation of public health or safety.
      4. Access ways through perimeter buffers shall not exceed 25 feet in width and all construction entrances of the access ways must be constructed in accordance with the latest City "Guidelines for Land-Disturbing Activities" or latest State of North Carolina "Erosion and Sediment Control Planning and Design Manual", whichever is more stringent.
      5. At least 1 access way shall be permitted and additional access ways may be allowed provided such additional access ways are justified by a North Carolina registered forester and additional access ways fronting the same roadway are spaced at least 1,000 feet apart.
    5. Violations
      1. A violation of this section, where unlawful tree disturbing activity has occurred and trees and stumps are absent, shall subject the violator to a civil penalty equal to $1,000 for the first tree plus 35 cents of every square foot of unlawfully disturbed perimeter buffer.
      2. Where trees or stumps are present after unlawful tree disturbing activity has occurred, the civil penalty shall instead be calculated as $1,000 for the first tree plus $100 per diameter inch for any other tree or stump 3 inches diameter and larger.
      3. No civil penalty shall exceed 1/3 of the current land tax value of the entire site.
      4. The penalty shall be processed as set forth in Sec. 10.4.2. In addition to this civil penalty, within the unlawfully disturbed perimeter buffer, the land owner shall install one 2-inch caliper tree for each 200 square feet of all of the unlawfully disturbed perimeter buffer; provided that, in R-1 and R-2 no more than 15% of the acreage of the entire tract and no more 10% of the acreage of the entire tract of all other districts shall be planted.
      5. Prior to any replanting, the Parks, Recreation and Cultural Resources Director shall first approve a replacement planting and maintenance plan.
      6. The replanting areas shall be designated as tree conservation areas on plats with delineated metes and bounds descriptions recorded with the local County Register of Deeds, however, the replacement planting areas shall not count toward the tree conservation percentage requirements of Sec. 9.1.3. Following the recording of this plat, no tree disturbing activity shall take place within the designated tree conservation areas.
      7. When an unlawful tree disturbing activity violation has occurred, the Parks, Recreation and Cultural Resources Director may require active tree preservation measures instead of tree removal and replacement and the owner shall carry out the active tree preservation measures required.

    Article 9.2. Stormwater Management

    Article 9.2. Stormwater Management aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:35

    Sec. 9.2.1. General Provisions

    Sec. 9.2.1. General Provisions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:59
    1. Applicability
      Prior to any land disturbing activity or subdivision of land, stormwater control measures, watercourse buffers or both must be provided in conformity with the requirements of this Article.
    2. Manual and Guidelines Incorporated
      1. The Raleigh Stormwater Management Design Manual along with the Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities and amendments, on file in the City Clerk’s Office, is adopted by reference as part of this UDO.
      2. If the specifications of the above referenced adopted documents are more restrictive or apply a higher standard than other laws or regulations, that fact shall not prevent application of the specifications in these documents.
    3. Conflict of Laws
      1. This Article is not intended to modify or repeal any other ordinance, rule, regulation, or other provision of law. The requirements of this Article are in addition to the requirements of any other ordinance, rule, regulation, or other provision of law. Where any provision of this Article imposes restrictions different from those imposed by any other ordinance, rule, regulation, or other provision of law, whichever provision is more restrictive or imposes higher protective standards for human or environmental health, safety, and welfare shall control.
      2. Proposed development projects shall demonstrate compliance with the riparian buffer protection requirements set forth in 15A NCAC 02B .0610, .0611, .0612, and .0714.
    4. Authority for Interpretation
      1. The Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee has authority to determine the interpretation of this Article, as set forth in Sec. 10.2.14. Any person may request an interpretation of this Article by submitting a written request to the Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee.
      2. Any appeal of the Engineering Services Director’s and/or his or her designee’s interpretation shall follow the procedures for appeals of administrative decisions, as set forth in Sec. 10.2.11.
    5. Severability
      1. If the provisions of any section, subsection, paragraph, subdivision, or clause of this Article shall be adjudged invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such judgment shall not affect or invalidate the remainder of any section, subsection, paragraph, subdivision, or clause of this Article.
    6. Definitions
      1. ‘Built-upon area’ means impervious surface or partially impervious surface that significantly reduces and prevents natural infiltration of water into the soil. ‘Existing Built-Upon Area’ means built-upon area or impervious surface area that existed on a site prior to May 1, 2001. Built-upon area includes but is not limited to roofs, patios, balconies, decks, streets, parking areas, driveways, sidewalks and any concrete, stone, brick, asphalt or compacted gravel surfaces. The effective impervious coverage for certain surfaces listed below are as follows:
        1. Asphalt, concrete, crusher-run gravel, masonry, marl, wood and other impermeable surfaces that prevent land area from infiltrating stormwater are 100% impervious.
        2. Porous surfaces that permit direct infiltration of unconcentrated stormwater into ground areas which are prepared in accordance with plans approved by the City so that the first one-half inch of stormwater infiltrates into the ground are 70% through 10% impervious, depending on:
          1. Compaction;
          2. Condition of subgrade;
          3. Extent of land disturbance;
          4. Extent of porous openings;
          5. Protection from siltation and clogging;
          6. Slope of the ground area; and
          7. Volume of stormwater stored.
        3. Slatted wood decks that allow the drainage of water through the slats to an unpaved surface below are 50% impervious. If the area covered by the deck is washed gravel, the deck is 30% impervious.
        4. Ungraveled natural footpaths, water surfaces of swimming pools and drainfields are 0% impervious.
        5. All other necessary determinations about impervious surfaces will be based on hydrological tests based on existing subgrade soils, slope, rainfall intensity and rainfall duration.
      2. ‘Common Plan of Development’ means a site where multiple separate and distinct development activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules but governed by a single development plan regardless of ownership of the parcels. Information that may be used to determine a ‘common plan of development’ include plats, blueprints, marketing plans, contracts, building permits, public notices or hearings, zoning requests, and infrastructure development plans.
      3. ‘Development’ means any land-disturbing activity that increases the amount of built-upon area or that otherwise decreases the infiltration of precipitation into the subsoil. When additional development occurs at a site that has existing development, the built-upon area of the existing development shall not be included in the density calculations for additional stormwater control requirements, and stormwater control requirements cannot be applied retroactively to existing development, unless otherwise required by federal law.
      4. ‘Existing Development’ means those projects that are built or those projects that have established a vested right under North Carolina law as of May 1, 2001.
      5. ‘Owner’ means any legal or beneficial owner of land, including but not limited to a mortgagee or vendee in possession, receiver, executor, trustee, or long-term or commercial lessee, or any other person or entity holding proprietary rights in the property or having legal power of management and control of the property. ‘Owner’ shall include long-term commercial tenants; management entities, such as those charged with or engaged in the management of properties for profit; and every person or entity having joint ownership of the property. A secured lender not in possession of the property does not constitute an owner, unless the secured lender is included within the meaning of ‘owner’ under another description in this definition, such as a management entity.
      6. ‘Primary Stormwater Control Measure’ means a wet pond, stormwater wetland, infiltration system, sand filter, bioretention cell, permeable pavement, green roof, rainwater harvesting, or an approved new stormwater technology that is designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality Stormwater Minimum Design Criteria.
      7. ‘Redevelopment’ means any land-disturbing activity that does not result in a net increase in built-upon area and that provides greater or equal stormwater control to that of the previous development.

    Sec. 9.2.2. Active Stormwater Control Measures

    Sec. 9.2.2. Active Stormwater Control Measures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:59
    1. Exemptions
      Subject to the additional runoff controls required in Sec. 9.2.2.E.3 and the impervious surface limitations and other regulations of subsection A.4 below, the following are exempt from the active stormwater control measures required by Sec. 9.2.2:
      1. Grandfathered Lots
        1. Defined
          Any lot which was either recorded prior to May 1, 2001 (the first application of the Stormwater Management Ordinance) or lawfully recorded later as part of a subdivision approved prior to May 1, 2001. Such grandfathering shall apply only to compliance with this Article.
        2. Use Standards
          1. A grandfathered lot of one acre or less, including grandfathered lots that are recombined with other grandfathered lots, used for any detached house or tiny house used for single-unit living or any attached house, tiny house or two unit townhouse development used for two- unit living, including accessory uses and is not part of a larger common plan of development approved after May1, 2001.
          2. A grandfathered lot of greater than one acre, including lots that are recombined with other grandfathered lots, used for any detached house used for single-unit living or any attached house used for two- unit living, including accessory uses that is not part of a larger common plan of development approved after May 1, 2001 and with less than 5% built-upon area coverage in development or expansion of existing development.
          3. A grandfathered lot of one-half acre or less that has not been altered to be larger than one-half acre in size, used for any other lawful use requiring a site plan and is not part of a larger common plan of development approved after May 1, 2001.
      2. Subdivided Lots
        1. Defined
          A lot created by a subdivision approved after May 1, 2001.
        2. Use Standard
          1. Any detached house or tiny house used for single-unit living or any attached house used, tiny house or two unit townhouse development used for two-unit living, including their accessory uses, situated on a subdivided lot that was part of a subdivision of one acre or less in aggregate size, including subdivided lots that are recombined with other similar subdivided lots and are not part of a larger common plan of development approved after May 1, 2001.
          2. Any other lawful use requiring a site plan situated on a subdivided lot that was part of a subdivision of one-half acre or less in aggregate size and is not part of a larger common plan of development approved after May 1, 2001.
      3. Other Exemptions
        1. Existing development or redevelopment shall be exempt from the provisions of this Article.
        2. Substitution of built-upon area when all the standards of Sec. 10.3.4.E are met.
        3. Substitution of built-upon area with approved pervious surfaces.
        4. Except as otherwise allowed in 15A NCAC 02B .0711(4)(f) and .0712, agricultural activities are not exempt from Article 9.2.
      4. Impervious Surfaces Limitations and Other Regulations
        1. Lots exempted by subsections A.1 or A.2 above shall be subject to Sec. 9.2.2 et seq. when the applicable maximum impervious surface area of the lot exceeds:
          Zoning District Maximum Percentage of Impervious Surface Coverage
          R-1 20%
          R-2 25%
          R-4 38%
          R-6 51%
          R-10 and all other base zoning districts 65%

          Where the lot is part of a cluster unit development or townhouse development or planned development approved prior to May 1, 2001, the imputed acreage of the lot shall be calculated by combining the individual lot area with the pro rata lot portion of 85% of the common open space shown on recorded plats of the development.

          Notwithstanding the impervious surface limitations of this subsection, any lot with either an existing detached house used for single-unit living or an existing attached house used for two-unit living shall be entitled to a one-time 400 square foot increase of impervious surface area without providing the additional stormwater control measures required by this subsection. This one-time exemption shall only be allowed if the qualifying structure (i) existed prior to the application of this ordinance, and (ii) the qualifying structure exists when the one- time exemption is applied to the property. However, the exemption once used shall remain with the property even if the qualifying structure is later demolished, voluntarily or involuntarily, from the property. This exemption, if not used, shall be inapplicable if the qualifying structure is voluntarily demolished from the property.
          Editor’s Note: This ordinance was first applied on November 27, 2016.
        2. The impervious surface limitations in this subsection may be exceeded if:
          1. It is demonstrated to the City that (with or without measures) the post-development volume of stormwater leaving the site is equal to or less than the volume of stormwater for the zoning district maximum percentage of impervious surface coverage allowed under subsection a. during the 90th percentile storm. For lots where the existing impervious surface area already exceeds the zoning district maximum percentage of impervious surface coverage limitations listed in subsection a. above, the post-development volume must be equal to or less than the volume of stormwater for the 90th percentile storm for the existing conditions; or
          2. It is demonstrated to the City that (with or without measures) the flood level difference between the pre-development and post-development conditions for the 2-, 10-, 25-, 50- and 100-year storm events is equal to or less than 0.04 foot rise.
        3. For any property owner installing any measure to comply with subsection b.1 or b.2 above, the following additional requirements shall apply:
          1. The property owner must submit an annual inspection report to the Stormwater Management Division of the Engineering Services Department. The inspection report shall contain all of the following:
            1. a) The name and address of the property owner;
            2. b) A statement that an inspection was made of all required stormwater control facilities and/or required open space area;
            3. c) The date of the inspection;
            4. d) A statement that all inspected stormwater control facilities and/or open space areas are performing properly and are in compliance with the approved stormwater control plan, the applicable maintenance manual required by Sec. 9.2.2.D.2 and the Raleigh Stormwater Management Manual. No sampling of pollutant loading is required as part of the inspection;
            5. e) Current photographs of the stormwater control facilities and/or open space areas;
            6. f) The original signature of the owner;
            7. g) All inspection reports shall be on forms supplied by the City beginning from the date of the as-built certification under Sec. 9.2.2.D.3 and each year thereafter on the anniversary date of the certification.
          2. On lots with measures, prior to issuance of a building permit, or recordation of a subdivision plat, whichever first shall occur, the property owner shall deed an access easement and temporary construction easement to the benefit of the City of Raleigh. The easements shall be in the form of a deed that the property owner records in the County in which the property is located. A copy of this recorded deed shall be provided to the Development Services Department.
    2. Nitrogen Reduction
      1. General Requirements
        1. Any new development or expansion of existing development shall not contribute a nitrogen export load exceeding 3.6 pounds per acre per year.
        2. The nitrogen loading standards in this Article are supplemental to, not replacements for, stormwater standards otherwise required by federal, state or local law, including without limitation any riparian buffer requirements applicable to the location of the development.
        3. The project area used for nutrient calculation and stormwater requirements shall be the site area less any existing built-upon area.
        4. The project density used for determining stormwater requirements shall be the amount of the built-upon area subject to this Article at project completion divided by the project area.
        5. A project with existing development may use the calculation method in Sec. 9.2.2.B.1.d. or shall have the option of calculating project density as the total built-upon area for the site divided by the total site area.
        6. The developer shall determine the nitrogen load and loading rate generated from the project area without stormwater control measures and determine the needed nitrogen load reduction to meet nutrient targets by using the approved accounting tool.
        7. Stormwater control measures shall be designed to control and treat the volume of runoff generated from all built-upon area by one inch of rainfall or equivalent runoff volume.
        8. Stormwater runoff from off-site areas and existing development shall not be required to be treated in the stormwater control measure. Runoff from off-site areas or existing development that is not bypassed shall be included in the sizing of the on-site stormwater control measure at its full built-out potential.
        9. When new built-upon area is added to existing development or existing development is replaced with new built-upon area, only the area of net increase shall be subject to this Article.
        10. Compliance with stormwater control master plan must include the installation within the development of all stormwater control measures shown on the stormwater control master plan, payment of fees in lieu of installation, when allowed by the City and payment of any applicable drainage fees.
        11. Stormwater control measures shown on the stormwater control master plan for a new development or expansion of existing development that are demonstrated to control stormwater on a runoff volume basis will be deemed to meet the nitrogen export load requirement, provided that the post-development volume of stormwater leaving the site is equal to or less than the pre-development volume of stormwater leaving the site based on the 90th percentile storm. For the purpose of meeting this requirement for new development sites, the pre-development land cover must be assumed to be forested for the entire development site. For expansion of existing development, any built-upon area added as part of the expansion of existing development must be assumed to be forested in the pre- development condition. In any case, output from appropriate Nutrient Sensitive Waters methodology shall be provided to the City for purposes of recordkeeping and reporting.
      2. Methods to Meet Nutrient Control Requirements
        Projects subject to this Article shall meet nitrogen loading targets through a combination of the following methods:
        1. Projects may reduce export of nitrogen through any combination of stormwater control measures treating runoff on the site, in an approved off-site regional stormwater control measure, or through the acquisition of permanent nutrient off-set credits. The development shall calculate the nitrogen reduction provided by these controls using the approved accounting tool.
          1. Projects with less than or equal to 24% built-upon area may meet nutrient target rates entirely by nutrient off-sets.
          2. Projects with greater than 24% built-upon area shall provide onsite stormwater treatment or shall use dedicated offsite regional stormwater control measures for stormwater treatment covering multiple otherwise unrelated projects. Stormwater control measures shall be designed to control and treat volume of runoff generated from all built-upon area by one inch of rainfall or equivalent runoff volume in one or more primary stormwater control measure. Nutrient reduction needs not achieved following treatment requirements can be covered with nutrient off-sets.
        2. Proposed development undertaken by a local government solely as a public road expansion or public sidewalk project, or proposed development subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board, may meet nitrogen reduction needs for the project entirely through the use of permanent nutrient off-set credits pursuant to the Nutrient Offset Credit Trading Rule, 15A NCAC 02B .0703.
      3. Nutrient Off-set Credits
        The nitrogen export load limitations for a development may be off-set through a payment made to the North Carolina Riparian Buffer Restoration Fund or private mitigation bank. The payment shall be based on the latest fee adopted by the State and shall meet the following requirements.
        1. For subdivisions with an approved stormwater control plan, all payments shall be made prior to issuance of a land disturbance permit. Where no land disturbance permit is required, fees shall be due prior to recording of the plat. For all other developments, payments shall be paid to the North Carolina Riparian Buffer Restoration Fund prior to the issuance of applicable development permits.
        2. Excess permanent nutrient off-set credits acquired beyond what is required for the development shall not be applied to any other development. Stormwater Control Permits
    3. Stormwater Control Permits
      1. No development, expansion of existing development or the placement built-upon area, may occur on a site without an issued stormwater control permit from the City.
      2. No stormwater control permit may be approved until a stormwater control plan is first approved by the City in accordance with Sec. 9.2.2.D.
      3. No stormwater control permit may be issued except in strict conformity with the provisions of this Article, the Raleigh Stormwater Management Design Manual.
      4. No stormwater control permit may be issued until the boundaries of any watercourse buffer, riparian surface water buffer or transitional protective yard in a -MPOD, -UWPOD, -FWPOD or -SWPOD or CM District and permanently protected undisturbed open space areas which are adjacent to or encompass a work site are clearly and accurately demarcated by a protective fence in the field. Protection measures must be field verified by a Professional Land Surveyor.
      5. The stormwater control permit shall govern the design, installation, and construction of stormwater management and control practices on the site, including stormwater control measures and elements of the site design for stormwater management other than stormwater control measures.
    4. Stormwater Control Plans
      1. General Requirements
        1. Stormwater control plans must be prepared by a qualified registered North Carolina professional engineer, surveyor, soil scientist or landscape architect. The engineer, surveyor, soil scientist or landscape architect shall perform services only in their area of competence and shall verify that the design of all stormwater control measures and practices meet the submittal requirements for complete applications, that the designs and plans are sufficient to comply with applicable standards and policies found in adopted documents per Sec. 9.2.1.B., and that the design and plans ensure compliance with this Article.
        2. Stormwater control plans shall be submitted by the landowner, a lessee or person holding an option or contract to purchase or lease land, or an agent of the landowner.
        3. All parts of a stormwater control plan, including data calculation, design and installation of stormwater control measures and devices shall be in compliance with the Raleigh Stormwater Control and Watercourse Buffer Manual.
        4. Stormwater control plans must show how nitrogen reduction and stormwater runoff control requirements are being met and how watercourse buffers are being protected.
        5. A surety equal to 125% of the cost of construction of a stormwater device shall be paid to the City prior to permit issuance. If the amount of built-upon area for the bonded area exceeds 15%, the City may cash the surety.
      2. Maintenance Manual and Budget
        1. The stormwater control plan must be accompanied by a stormwater operations maintenance manual and budget.
        2. Prior to either grading any portion of the development or submitting construction drawing plans of any applicable stormwater control facility to the City, whichever event first occurs, a stormwater operations maintenance and budget shall be submitted to Engineering Service.
        3. The maintenance manual shall contain a narrative describing each installed measure and device and its design specifications.
        4. The maintenance manual shall describe which lots are served by each device.
        5. The maintenance manual shall indicate for each installed measure and device what operation and maintenance actions are needed and what specific quantitative criteria will be used to determine when these actions will be taken. The area considered shall include the stormwater conveyance system, perimeter of the device, inlet(s), pretreatment measures, main treatment area, outlet, vegetation and discharge point.
        6. The maintenance manual must indicate the steps that will be taken to restore a measure or device to the design specifications if a failure occurs.
        7. The maintenance manual must contain a statement about the expected repair life of each stormwater control facility and a replacement schedule derived by dividing the initial construction cost of each stormwater control facility by the expected life of that stormwater control facility.
        8. The maintenance manual shall require the owner to maintain, repair and, if necessary, reconstruct the stormwater control measure(s), and shall state the terms, conditions, and schedule of maintenance for the stormwater control measure(s).
        9. The maintenance manual shall be signed by the owner and notarized. The owner shall keep maintenance records and these shall be available upon the request of the City.
        10. The budget shall include annual costs such as routine maintenance, periodic sediment removal and replenishment of rip-rap, insurance premiums associated with the stormwater control facilities, taxes levied against the stormwater control facilities, mowing and reseeding, replacing vegetation as necessary and required inspections.
      3. As-Built Plans and Certification
        Stormwater control plans must be followed by as-built plans certified under seal, that the stormwater control measures and devices and their installation are in compliance with the Raleigh Stormwater Management Design Manual and the City- approved or modified stormwater control plan. No certificate of compliance or occupancy may be issued by the City without approved as-built plans, except where multiple units are served by the stormwater control measure(s), in which case the City may elect to withhold a percentage of permits or certificates of occupancy until as-built plans are submitted and approved by the City. At a minimum, the as-built plans must contain the following information:
        1. The name and address of the land owner;
        2. The final design specifications for all stormwater control measures and practices;
        3. The field location, size, depth, and planted vegetation (when applicable) of all stormwater control measures and devices, as installed;
        4. The recorded book and page number of the lot of each require stormwater control facility and required open space area;
        5. A statement that all inspected stormwater control facilities and open space areas are in compliance with the approved stormwater control plan, the applicable maintenance manual required and the Raleigh Stormwater Management Design Manual; and
        6. The original signature and seal of the engineer, surveyor or landscape architect.
    5. Stormwater Runoff Controls
      1. Runoff Limitation
        1. After May 1, 2001, the peak stormwater runoff leaving any site for the two-year and 10-year storms shall be no greater at every point of discharge for post-development conditions than pre-development conditions. The same methodologies used to calculate stormwater runoff must be used for both pre-development and post-development conditions.
        2. For any denuded area on sites between 5 and 15 acres in size the peak stormwater runoff leaving the site at each discharge point for the two year storm and 10-year storm shall be no greater during construction than for pre-development conditions. For any land disturbing activity on sites, greater than 15 acres in size the peak stormwater runoff leaving the site at each discharge point for the two-year storm, 10-year storm and 25-year storm shall be no greater during construction than for pre-development conditions. However, this regulation shall not be applicable when the development site conforms to all of the following:
          1. The disturbed acreage is less than 5 acres; and
          2. The two-year peak discharge for the disturbed condition, for all points of discharge, is less than 10% of the peak discharge from the contributing watershed as measured at the nearest receiving watercourse.
      2. Exemptions
        The stormwater runoff control requirements do not apply to sites with any of the following conditions.
        1. The development complies with the stormwater control master plan approved for its drainage basin.
        2. The increase in peak stormwater runoff between pre-development and post-development conditions for the two-year and 10-year and 25-year storms is 10% or less at each point of discharge.
        3. The maximum built-upon area coverage of the lot, including any existing built-upon area surfaces, is no more than 10% and the remaining pervious portions of the lot are utilized to convey and control the stormwater runoff of the lot to the maximum extent practical. In the that the site is subsequently subdivided, reduced by recombination or the built-upon area is equal to or exceeds 15% the site may no longer be exempt.
        4. Compliance with Sec. 9.2.2.E.1. above, would result in greater adverse downstream impact, such as local flooding, as determined by City approved engineering studies.
        5. Compliance with the 10-year storm and 25-year storm runoff limitations in Sec. 9.2.2.E.1. above results in no benefit to current and future downstream development, as determined by City-approved engineering studies.
      3. Additional Runoff Controls
        The City may require the installation of stormwater runoff control measures for projects without any stormwater measures present when the benchmarks contained in the subsections a. through d. below are applicable. The City reserves the right to require additional stormwater runoff control measures for projects which are compliant with Sec. 9.2.2.A or Sec. 9.2.2.E.1. above, if stormwater runoff from the site could cause adverse effects on other properties including, without limitation, public streets, greenways and utility easements.
        1. As part of an application for rezoning, subdivision or site plan for sites at or upstream of documented structural flooding cases, the applicant shall submit a stormwater impact analysis to the Engineering Services Director.
        2. This requirement does not extend to sites initially zoned and added to the territorial coverage of as a result of annexation, extraterritorial jurisdictional expansion or otherwise or application of any overlay district.
        3. The stormwater impact analysis shall look at the flood level differences between pre-development and post-development conditions for the 25-, 50- and 100-year storm events. If the analysis shows an increase greater than 0.04 feet between pre-development and post-development flood levels at the site of structural flooding then mitigation to predevelopment flood conditions will be required to prevent further damage to the affected property.
        4. In the case where the area of the subject property is less than 5% of the drainage area, measured to the location of the documented structural flooding, then this analysis shall not be required.
        5. In the event flood levels are increased, then the affected property owners will be notified in writing of any increase by the applicant.
    6. Preservation of Open Space Areas
      1. Open Space Areas Preserved
        1. Areas designated on approved stormwater control plans as open space to be used for complying with this Article shall be preserved and protected.
        2. The only activities allowed in designated open space areas are those activities allowed by the approved stormwater control plan or allowed in riparian surface water buffers under Title 15A North Carolina Administrative Code Article 2B, section .0233, as amended from time to time. Determinations required by the North Carolina Administrative Code shall be made by the City.
        3. No work in open space areas shall proceed without a written protected watercourse buffer permit from the City.
        4. Permanently protected undisturbed open space areas identified on stormwater control plans shall be recorded on plats recorded with the County Register of Deeds and clearly delineated with a fence.
      2. Exchange of Open Space Areas
        Open space areas may not be subdivided or conveyed by the owner. However, nothing in this section shall prevent the mortgaging and hypothecating of open space areas; provided the mortgage applies to all portions of the tract and not just the open space areas, the mortgagee is informed that the open space areas are used for complying with the requirements of the Article and the rights of the mortgagee are subordinated to the rights of any property owner association and its members. Furthermore, nothing shall prevent the exchanging of open space areas for other properties when all of the following are met:
        1. If the open space area is owned by a homeowners' association, written notice of the exchange is given to each member of the association except in cases where the exchange is done to eliminate an encroachment;
        2. After the notice is given, if required, the owner of the open space area approves the exchange;
        3. The exchanged properties and other considerations are of like value and utility
        4. The acreage and configuration of the remaining open space area including real property to be received in such exchange equal or exceeds the requirements of the City Code; and
        5. The exchange is approved by the Engineering Services Director.
    7. Maintenance of Stormwater Control Measures and Devices
      1. General Requirements
        1. The land owner or person in possession or control of the land shall maintain all on-site stormwater control facilities and all open space areas required by the approved stormwater control plan unless those facilities and open space areas are accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency.
        2. The land owner entitled to the exclusive use of an off-site drainage easement for one or more stormwater control facilities not accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency shall maintain said stormwater control facilities.
      2. Maintenance Covenant
        For off-site stormwater control facilities and all other stormwater control facilities which serve more than 1 lot that are not accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency, the developer shall execute and record with the local county register of deeds office a maintenance covenant. The maintenance covenant shall be on an approved City form, with the contents described below.
        When a stormwater control facility benefits a lot owned by a unit of government, alternate compliance to the Maintenance Covenant may be allowed. This alternate compliance must be in the form of a written agreement and must, to the satisfaction of the Engineering Services Director, address maintenance responsibilities, cost sharing, the City’s right to assess the property, and rights of access to the City. The alternate compliance described herein shall not relieve any lot owner of any other applicable provisions of this UDO.
        1. Location of Stormwater Control Facilities and Drainage Easements
          1. A description of portions of property where stormwater control facilities are located as well as a description of the location of all private drainage easements conveying stormwater to and from the development to the facilities.
          2. A process for relocating private drainage easements, with any relocation to require the prior written consent of the City.
        2. Easement Rights of Lot Owners
          A statement that owners of properties that will be served by the stormwater control facilities are:
          1. Granted perpetual, irrevocable and non-exclusive easement rights and privileges to use, construct, install, inspect, replace, reconstruct, repair and maintain those stormwater control facilities including the right to access those stormwater control facilities, private drainage easements and other portions of the development as reasonably necessary to perform the granted easement rights; and
          2. The granting of perpetual, irrevocable and non-exclusive easement rights and privileges to transport, store and discharge stormwater to and from the stormwater control facilities.
        3. City Easement/Right of Entry/No City Responsibility
          1. i. A grant from the developer, the association (if any) and the lot owners to the City of a permanent non-exclusive irrevocable easement over the lots, stormwater control facilities and private drainage easements for inspection, maintenance, repair, construction, installation, re-construction, replacement and other work on, in and over the stormwater control facilities.
          2. A grant from the developer, the association (if any) and the lot owners to the City of a permanent, irrevocable, nonexclusive right of ingress, egress and regress over and across all public or private easements on the property and through all access easements benefitting the developer, association (if any) and the lot owners through any adjacent properties, including but not limited to private roads, for inspection, maintenance, repair construction, installation, reconstruction, replacement and other work on the stormwater control facilities. The rights granted to the City shall include employees, agents and contractors of the City of Raleigh. The grant of these rights does not obligate the City to exercise them or to take any other action.
        4. Stormwater Operations and Maintenance Manual and Budget
          A stormwater operations and maintenance manual and budget conforming to Sec. 9.2.2.D.2. shall be attached to and incorporated into the maintenance covenant as an exhibit.
        5. Insurance
          The party responsible for maintenance of the stormwater control facilities shall, as part of the routine costs and expenses of maintaining any stormwater control facility, procure and maintain in full force and effect liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 of coverage.
        6. Standards of Maintenance for Stormwater Control Facilities
          A statement that stormwater control facilities shall be maintained in accordance with the attached stormwater operations and maintenance manual and budget and at all times, the stormwater control facilities shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, rules and directives of governmental authorities and that the stormwater control facilities shall perform as designed.
        7. Responsibility for Stormwater Control Maintenance
          1. A statement that the property owners' association or a designated commercial lot owner, shall be responsible for all stormwater control facilities in accordance with the attached stormwater operations and maintenance manual and budget.
          2. A statement that the failure to maintain any stormwater control facility in accordance with the terms of the maintenance covenant and this UDO is a violation of the City Code, potentially subjecting each lot owner subject to the maintenance covenant to significant daily civil penalties and other enforcement actions.
        8. Stormwater Control Facilities Maintained by an Association
          1. If a property owners' association is delegated maintenance responsibilities for the stormwater control facilities, then membership into the association shall be mandatory for the owner of each parcel served by the facility, such membership shall be appurtenant to the parcel and shall run with ownership of the parcel.
          2. The property owners' association shall have the power to levy assessments for the operation and maintenance of the stormwater control facilities and all unpaid assessments levied by the association shall become a lien on the individual parcel.
          3. The calculation of the assessment charge shall be set forth in a subsequent recorded document.
          4. Any property owners’ association responsible for maintenance of stormwater control facilities shall be established in accordance with N.C. Gen. Stat., Chapter 47C and Chapter 47F and the property owners’ association declaration (or equivalent) shall conform to all applicable provisions of the City Code.
          5. The common expenses of the property owners' association shall include, without limitation, costs and expenses for operation and maintenance of stormwater control facilities, all costs for insurance premiums and any other costs listed in the stormwater operations maintenance manual and budget.
        9. Stormwater Control Facilities Maintained by a Commercial Lot Owner
          1. If a commercial lot owner is responsible for the maintenance of the stormwater control facilities, said owner is responsible for making all repairs and replacements of the stormwater control facilities in accordance with the construction drawings approved by the City.
          2. Each owner of a parcel served by the stormwater control facility shall be subject to an assessment charge levied by the designated responsible lot owner.
          3. The assessment charge shall include, without limitation, the actual costs for repairing and maintaining the stormwater control facility, all costs for insurance premiums associated with the stormwater control facility, all costs of required inspections of the stormwater control facility and any other costs listed in the stormwater operations maintenance manual and budget.
          4. The calculation of the assessment charge shall be set forth in a subsequent recorded document.
          5. Any assessment charge levied against a lot and remaining unpaid for a period of 30 days after the payment due date shall be delinquent and shall constitute a default of this covenant entitling the lot owner responsible for maintenance of the stormwater control facilities to bring an action at law against the defaulting party plus interest charges, together with all costs and expenses of collection incurred, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney fees actually incurred.
          6. Each parcel owner served by the stormwater control facility shall have the right to maintain, repair and replace the facility if, after 45 days written notice, the commercial lot owner responsible for maintenance, repair and replacement fails to faithfully discharge its responsibility.
          7. The parcel owner performing any maintenance or repair of the facility shall have the same rights as the designated commercial lot owner to assess all other parcels served by the stormwater control facility.
          8. At any time, the commercial lot owner responsible for the maintenance of stormwater control facility may assign its responsibilities and rights to a property owners’ association established in accordance with N.C. Gen. Stat., Chapter 47C and Chapter 47F. In such instance, the owners of the parcels served by the stormwater control facility shall be members of the property owners’ association.
        10. City Right to Maintain and Repair Stormwater Control Facilities and City’s Right of Reimbursement
          1. If the stormwater control facilities are not performing adequately or as intended or are not properly maintained or replaced, the City, in its sole discretion, may, after written notice sent to the lot owners and any association, enter the development and perform such construction, installation, repair, reconstruction, replacement and maintenance of the stormwater control facilities as is necessary to remedy the situation.
          2. If the City undertakes the activities listed above, the City shall be fully reimbursed for its costs of inspecting, monitoring, designing, constructing, repairing, reconstructing, replacing and/or installing the stormwater control facility or facilities. Such costs shall include the City’s costs of administration, overhead, contracting and public advertising.
          3. In addition to any other rights the City has to be reimbursed for its costs, the City may levy an assessment against each lot served by the noncompliant stormwater control facility. No assessment will be levied by the City without prior notice to affected lot owners. Any unpaid assessment levied by the City shall be, as allowed by law, a lien against the delinquent lot.
        11. City’s Right To Private Assessments
          1. In addition to all of the remedies set forth herein, if the City has not been fully repaid for the work the City performed on any stormwater control facility owned, in fee or easement, by either a property owners' association or a commercial lot owner with the power to assess lot owners for maintenance of the stormwater control facility, the property owners' association and the private commercial lot owner shall assign to the City their right to receive common expense assessments, including stormwater assessments.
          2. The association and private commercial lot owner shall designate and appoint the City as attorney in fact for the expressed and limited purpose of assessing and pursuing collection of such unpaid reimbursement owed to the City.
          3. No assignment of assessment rights shall become effective without 60 days prior written notice to the applicable private commercial lot owner, property owners' association and its members.
        12. Action for Specific Performance
          1. That, recognizing the consequences to the City of noncompliance with the obligations of the maintenance covenant, the City shall have the right to seek, in any court of appropriate jurisdiction, judicial action for specific performance of any of the obligations and remedies established in this maintenance covenant.
          2. The rights of the City within the maintenance covenant shall not limit any other remedies or enforcement options available to the City under the maintenance covenant, the City Code or State law.
        13. No Public Adoption
          1. A statement that the City’s exercise of its rights under this maintenance covenant, its abatement of public nuisance or its repair of unsafe structures shall not constitute adoption of any stormwater control facility by the City.
          2. A statement that the legal authority of the City is not intended to impede or prohibit the property owners' association or lot owners from taking all necessary actions to inspect, maintain, repair, replace and reconstruct stormwater control facilities so that they function safely, perform the function for which they were created and comply with the provisions of this maintenance covenant and the City Code.
        14. City’s Right of Non-Action
          A statement that the maintenance covenant shall not obligate the City to monitor, maintain, repair, reconstruct, install or replace any stormwater control facility or measure and that the City shall not be liable for the condition or operation of stormwater control facilities.
        15. Governmental Functions; Superseding Regulations
          1. A statement that nothing contained in the maintenance covenant shall be deemed or construed to, in any way, stop, diminish, limit or impair the City from exercising or performing any regulatory, policing, legislative, governmental or other powers or functions.
          2. A statement that the maintenance covenant shall not restrict or prevent the application of later adopted ordinances or other enactments which may supplement or supersede the provisions of the maintenance covenant.
        16. Joint and Several Liability
          1. A statement that each lot owner served by one or more stormwater control facilities is jointly or severally responsible for repairs, replacement and maintenance of the stormwater control facilities, including payment of any unpaid ad valorem taxes, public assessments for improvements and unsafe building and public nuisance abatement liens charged against the stormwater control facility and/or the lots served by the facility, including all interest charges thereon, together with all cost and expenses of collection incurred, such as, without limitation, court costs and attorney’s fees incurred.
          2. The maintenance covenant shall establish a right of contribution in favor of each owner who pays more than the owner’s pro rata share of costs and expenses against all other owners whose real property is served by the same stormwater control facility.
          3. A statement that pro rata sharing may be established either by maintenance assessment provisions for stormwater control facilities in subsequently recorded documents or by dividing the acreage of such owner’s portion of the real property served by the stormwater control facilities by the total acreage of the portion of the development served by the same stormwater control facility when no maintenance assessment covenants apply to the property.
          4. A statement that failure to maintain the stormwater control facilities in accordance with the terms of the maintenance covenant and the City Code is a violation of the City Code potentially subjecting each parcel owner subject to the maintenance covenant to significant daily civil penalties and other enforcement actions.
        17. Permanently Protected Undisturbed Open Space Areas
          A statement that within permanently protected undisturbed open space areas there shall be no land-disturbing activity, no tree disturbing activity, no placement of impervious surface, no removal of vegetation, no encroachment or no construction or erection of any structure shall occur except in accordance with a permit first being issued by the City.
        18. Severability
          The sections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses and phrase of the maintenance covenant are severable and if any phrase, clause, sentence, paragraph or section of the maintenance covenant is declared invalid by a valid judgment, order or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect the remaining phrases, clauses, sentences, paragraphs and sections of the maintenance covenant.
        19. Completion and Recording of Maintenance Covenant Form
          1. The maintenance covenant shall be binding on all current and subsequent owners of property served by the stormwater control facilities. To protect the interests of the City and the public at large, any existing deed of trust, mortgage or lien encumbering the property, other than tax liens for the current tax year or governmental improvement assessments, must be subordinated to the maintenance covenant.
          2. Prior to recording the maintenance covenant, the attorney who prepared the maintenance covenant shall certify in writing to the City that the maintenance covenant was prepared on a City form that contains all the contents required by Sec. 9.2.2.G.2. Certifications shall be on forms approved by the City and shall accompany the maintenance covenant forms.
          3. The maintenance covenant shall be recorded with the local county register of deeds office immediately following the recording of any new lot served by the stormwater control facility or prior to the issuance of any building permit for any existing lot except for improvements made pursuant to Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards The maintenance covenant must be the first encumbrance recorded subsequent to the recording of the subdivision plat.
          4. A recorded copy of the maintenance covenant shall be given to the Engineering Services Department within one business day following recordation. No building permit shall be issued for the property subject to the maintenance covenant until a recorded copy of the maintenance covenant is provided to the Development Services Department.
      3. Payment to Stormwater Facility Replacement Fund
        1. At the time of either recording a subdivision plat or issuance of a building permit for a lot not established by subdivision, whichever event first occurs, the developer shall pay to the City a stormwater facility replacement fund payment, which payment shall equal 24% of the estimated cost of constructing all stormwater control facilities shown on applicable development plans.
        2. The purpose of the stormwater replacement fund is to ensure that adequate funds are available to the City for the maintenance, repair replacement and reconstruction of stormwater control facilities required by this UDO. Funds expended from the stormwater facility replacement fund shall be used only for the repair, maintenance, reconstruction and/ or replacement of stormwater control facilities, together with the costs incurred by the City associated with any work and/or redesign of the facilities.
        3. No funds from the stormwater facility replacement fund shall be used for administration of this fee program. Monies collected from the stormwater replacement fund may be spent for maintenance, repair, reconstruction and replacement of any stormwater control facility required by this UDO and located within the City limits or its extraterritorial jurisdiction.
        4. Payments collected by the City pursuant shall be kept separate from other revenues of the City. Any funds on deposit not immediately necessary for expenditure shall be invested as allowed in N.C. Gen. Stat. §159-30; all income derived shall be deposited in the separate account and may only be used for repair, maintenance, reconstruction and replacement of stormwater control facilities together with the costs incurred by the City associated with any work or redesign of the facilities.
        5. Monies expended from the stormwater facility replacement fund, together with interest, may be recouped by the City from lot owners served by stormwater control facilities maintained, repaired, reconstructed and replaced by the City or its contractors. All recouped monies and interest shall be returned to the stormwater facility replacement fund.
        6. The payment of stormwater facility replacement fees is not intended as a substitute for security to ensure the construction of the facilities, which security may be required at such point in the development process as specified in City ordinances and policies.
    8. Annual Inspections and Inspection Report Required
      The responsible party for maintenance of the stormwater control measures or devices must submit an annual inspection report from a qualified registered North Carolina professional engineer, surveyor or landscape architect to the Engineering Services Department. The inspections report shall contain all of the following:
      1. The name and address of the land owner;
      2. The recorded book and page number of the lot of each required stormwater control facility and required open space area;
      3. A statement that an inspection was made of all required stormwater control facilities and open space areas;
      4. The date of the inspection;
      5. A statement that all inspected stormwater control facilities and open space areas are performing properly and are in compliance with the approved stormwater control plan, the applicable maintenance manual required by Sec. 9.2.2.D.2. and the Raleigh Stormwater Control and Watercourse Buffer Manual. No sampling of pollutant loading is required as part of the inspection;
      6. The original signature and seal of the engineer, surveyor or landscape architect; and
      7. All inspection reports shall be on forms supplied by the City. An original inspection report shall be given to the Development Services Department beginning from the date of the as-built was first certified under Sec. 9.2.2.D.3. and each year thereafter on the anniversary date of the certification.

    Sec. 9.2.3. Watercourse Buffers

    Sec. 9.2.3. Watercourse Buffers aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 08:59
    1. Natural Resource Buffers
      1. General Rules for All Natural Resource Buffers
        Natural resource buffers are intended to provide an area where stormwater flows in a diffuse manner so that the stormwater runoff does not become channeled and infiltration of the stormwater and filtering of pollutants can take place. The following rules apply to all required natural resource buffers.
        1. Natural resource buffers shall be delineated on recorded final subdivision plats or at the time of development of the property.
        2. The City Council may reduce the width of natural resource buffers when it determines that the extent of the natural resource buffer yard will deprive the landowners of reasonable use of their property.
        3. The width of the natural resource buffer shall be measured perpendicularly to the flow of the watercourse and horizontally from the edge of the watercourse banks. When no watercourse banks exist, the centerline of the watercourse shall be used.
        4. Open space requirements for Conservation Development and Compact Development (Sec 2.5), and Planned Development (Sec. 4.7) may receive an open space bonus if the site exceeds the minimum natural resource buffer requirement. The open space bonus shall be based on a sliding scale factor from 0.9 (10% greater than required buffer) to 0.5 (100% greater than required buffer). The open space credit factor shall be determined as follows: (Area of required natural resource buffer)/(Area of proposed natural resource buffer) = Credit Factor. See required buffer area in Section 2.5.2.A.2. This credit factor may be multiplied times the required open space area and may meet up to 50% of Conservation Development, Compact Development, and Planned Development open space requirements. This bonus does not apply to open space requirements in Section 9.2, Stormwater Management.
      2. Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District, Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District and Conservation Management District Watercourse Buffers
        Natural resource buffers shall be established along primary and secondary watercourses in a -FWPOD, -SWPOD or CM District.
        1. Primary Watercourse Natural Resource Buffers
          Natural resource buffers along primary watercourses must meet the following standards.
          1. The buffer must be a minimum of 60 feet wide along each side of any watercourse draining 25 or more acres.
          2. The buffer must be a minimum of 35 feet wide along each side of any watercourse draining 5 or more acres but less than 25 acres.
          3. The buffer must be a minimum of 35 feet wide along each side of any watercourse which is a stream draining less than 5 acres.
          4. In the event that the property or subdivision contains impervious surface lot coverage in excess of 24% in a secondary reservoir watershed protection area, the buffer shall be no less than 100 feet wide along each side of the watercourse.
        2. Secondary Watercourse Natural Resource Buffers
          Unless part of a primary watercourse natural resource buffer, the secondary watercourse natural resource buffers consists of one or more of the following:
          1. Lands within special flood hazard areas (SFHAs) that adjoin primary watercourse natural resource buffers; or
          2. Lands with slopes 15% or greater, adjoining a primary watercourse natural resource buffers or a SFHA.
      3. Metro-Park Overlay District Watercourse Buffers
        Natural resource buffers shall be established as primary tree conservation areas pursuant to Sec. 5.2.2.C.2. and Article 9.1. Tree Conservation along primary and secondary watercourses in a -MPOD. Required tree conservation areas shall meet the following standards.
        1. The primary tree conservation area must be a minimum of 50 feet wide along each side of any watercourse draining 25 or more acres.
        2. The primary tree conservation area must be a minimum of 25 feet wide along each side of any watercourse draining 5 or more acres but less than 25 acres.
      4. Urban Water Supply Watershed Protection Overlay District Watercourse Buffers
        Natural resource buffers shall be established along primary and secondary watercourses in a -UWPOD. Required natural resource buffers shall meet the following standards.
        1. A minimum 30 foot wide natural resource buffer is required for all perennial waters indicated on the most recent versions of USGS 1:24,000 (7.5 minute) scale topographic maps.
        2. A minimum 100-foot wide natural resource buffer is required for all new development activities that exceed:
          1. Two dwelling units per acre or 20,000 square foot lot excluding roadway right-of-way; or
          2. 24% lot coverage for all other residential and nonresidential development.
        3. Within -UWPOD, these natural resource buffers do not apply to:
          1. New detached houses on a nonconforming lot of record;
          2. Expansion of existing development of on lots containing detached houses; and
          3. Activity in a single development that disturbs less than 1 acre.
    2. Uses Allowed Within Natural Resource Buffers
      No development, expansion of development or change in use may occur within a required natural resource buffer except as allowed below.
      1. Property outside of a riparian water surface buffer, but situated within a required natural resource buffer, shall comply with all of the following.
        1. Driveways and vehicular surface areas, not including public streets, are allowed; provided that, all of the following are met:
          1. Any crossing is as close to perpendicular as practicable and insures minimal impact to the surrounding buffer; and
          2. The driveway or vehicular use area does not constitute more than 40% of the front yard area of any detached house.
        2. Fences, walls, statuary, monuments, fountains or signs shall be located outside any primary watercourse buffer.
        3. Garden crops involving cultivation shall be located outside any primary watercourse buffer.
        4. Greenways, sidewalks and walkways shall be located outside of a primary watercourse buffer and meet the requirements of Sec. 9.2.3.C.2. or shall be unpaved.
        5. New drainage ditches, roadside ditches and stormwater outfalls shall meet the requirements of Sec. 8.8.2.and Sec. 9.2.3.C.2.
        6. Playground equipment on single-unit or two-unit living lots.
        7. Ponds, stormwater management ponds, reservoirs, provided that, the standards of Sec. 9.5.1.C., Sec. 9.5.2.C.or Sec. 9.5.3.C. are met.
        8. Public streets, provided that the standards of Sec. 9.3.8., Sec. 9.3.9. and the Raleigh Street Design Manual are met.
        9. Railroad crossings.
        10. Stormwater control facilities and stormwater outfalls shall meet the requirements of Sec. 9.2.3.C.2. if there is no feasible alternate location.
        11. Utility lines.
          1. Non-electric utility lines are allowed, but if located in a -UWPOD,-FWPOD, -SWPOD or CM District, the utility lines must meet the standards of Sec. 9.2.3.C. if situated within a primary watercourse buffer area.
          2. Underground electrical utility lines are allowed, but if located in a -UWPOD, -FWPOD, -SWPOD or CM District, the underground utility lines must meet the standards of Sec. 9.2.3.C. if situated within a primary watercourse buffer area.
          3. Overhead electric utility lines are allowed, but if located in a -UWPOD, -FWPOD, -SWPOD or CM District, the overhead utility lines must meet the standards of Sec. 9.2.3.C. if situated within a primary watercourse buffer area.
        12. With the exception of any display area or any gasoline pump island, accessory structures and uses are allowed within a secondary watercourse of a -FWPOD, -SWPOD or CM District, provided that the following standards are met.
          1. i. No land-disturbing activity for any allowed use shall affect more than 12% of the portion of a lot within a secondary watercourse natural resource buffer.
          2. Land-disturbing activity on slopes between 15% and 20% may occur no closer than 80 feet to the edge of a watercourse.
          3. Land-disturbing activity on slopes greater than 20% may occur no closer than 95 feet to the edge of a watercourse.
          4. Upon a recommendation of the Stormwater Management Advisory Commission and approval by the City Council, land-disturbing activities may exceed the standards above; provided that the person submitting the request shows that the potential for stormwater infiltration within a site, the control of stormwater velocity and the restriction of sedimentation both during and after construction are equal to or greater than that which would have been achieved following standards in this Article. The applicant must also show that maintenance provisions are made to maintain the level of infiltration, velocity control and sedimentation on the site.
      2. Property located within a riparian water surface buffer and within a required natural resource buffer, must also comply with Title 15A of the North Carolina Administrative Code Subarticle 2B, section .0233, as amended from time to time.
      3. Property located inside of a riparian water surface buffer and outside a required natural resource buffer is subject to Title 15A of the North Carolina Administrative Code Subarticle 2B, section .0233, as amended from time to time.
    3. Regulations Applied to Uses Allowed in Watercourse Buffers
      1. Regulations Applying to All Natural Resource Buffers
        Persons who install utility mains shall submit a plan to the City proving that sediment loss during and after installation is less than would have been achieved if other locations outside the buffer were used.
      2. Regulations Applying to Both Primary and Secondary Buffer Areas
        1. Stormwater Control Facilities in Primary or Secondary Areas
          Stormwater control facilities may be allowed within a primary or secondary area only if the following requirements are met:
          1. The constructed uses within the buffer area require the use of such facilities;
          2. The provisions of Sec. 9.4.4.G.4. require facilities in the buffer area;
          3. A wet pond is required by Sec. 9.5.1., Sec. 9.5.2.or Sec. 9.5.3.; or
          4. A lake or wet pond is created or preserved.
        2. Stormwater Control Facilities in Required Buffers
          Stormwater control facilities may be allowed within required buffer areas only if the following requirements are met.
          1. The velocity of the stormwater shall not exceed a non-erodible velocity, according to Sec. 9.4.4.G.3., beyond the outlet of the storm control facilities.
          2. Trees over 2-inch DBH which:
            1. a) Would be destroyed by installation of storm control facilities, but not including lakes or wet ponds;
            2. b) Lie within the greater distance of either a 7-foot radius or 1 foot in diameter for each inch of circumference of the tree measured from the outer edge of the grading limits of a storm drainage project shall be replaced by 1 new tree planted in the same general location, all to achieve the same effect as shown on an approved site plan. The planting must be a minimum caliper of 2 inches and be at least 8 feet tall at time of planting; and
            3. c) This provision shall not require trees to be planted on cleared land forming the basin of a wet pond or lake.
          3. Stormwater control facilities, which are permitted in the primary and secondary buffer area, shall comply with Sec. 9.5.1.C., Sec. 9.5.2.C. or Sec. 9.5.3.C.
    4. Diffuse Stormwater Flow Required
      1. All stormwater runoff from new man-made stormwater control facilities, including new ditches or canals, which flow into a watercourse natural resource buffer or into riparian surface water buffer shall be diffused flow so as not to concentrate stormwater or form gullies.
      2. Diffuse flow shall be maintained.
      3. The landowner or person in possession or control of the land shall be responsible for dispersing concentrated flow of stormwater runoff.
      4. The landowner shall take corrective action to prevent the formation of erosion gullies and the landowner shall take corrective action to restore diffuse flow.
      5. When diffuse flow is impractical to achieve, stormwater control facilities that attenuate the flow of stormwater runoff and control nitrogen may be approved by the City as an alternative means of compliance.
    5. Watercourse Buffer Permits
      1. No development, expansion of development or change in use may occur on a lot containing a natural resource buffer or open space area required as part of an approved stormwater control plan, without first being issued a written watercourse buffer permit from the City.
      2. The City may not issue a watercourse buffer permit until the boundaries of any required natural resource buffer, riparian surface water buffer or permanently protected undisturbed open space areas that are adjacent to or encompass a work site are demarcated by a protective fence in the field.
      3. No watercourse buffer permit may be issued for work in a riparian surface water buffer regulated by the State pursuant to Title 15A of the North Carolina Administrative Code Subarticle 2B, Section .0233 unless:
        1. The North Carolina Division of Water Quality has determined that surface waters are not present;
        2. The applicant provides sufficient documentation to demonstrate that the requested work is exempt under the rule;
        3. The North Carolina Division of Water Quality has determined that the requested work is allowable with mitigation under the rule; or
        4. The North Carolina Environmental Management Commission has issued a variance under the rule.
      4. Before receiving a watercourse buffer permit, the applicant must present to the Engineering Services Department with a copy of the applicable determination of the North Carolina Division of Water Quality or a copy of the variance issued by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission.

    Sec. 9.2.4. Inspections

    Sec. 9.2.4. Inspections aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:00
    1. Agents and officials of the City shall have the right to inspect sites subject to the requirements of this Article to determine whether the measures, devices and open space areas required by this Article to control the rate and quality of stormwater are installed and operating as approved, whether such measures, devices and open space areas are being maintained and to determine if any encroachments or activities in any watercourse buffer area not permitted by this Article have occurred.
    2. Notice of this right to make inspections shall be included in the stormwater control and watercourse buffer permits.
    3. No person shall obstruct, hamper, delay, resist or interfere with City agents or officials while in the process of carrying out their official duties.

    Sec. 9.2.5. Enforcement

    Sec. 9.2.5. Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:00
    1. Civil Penalties
      1. Any person who violates any of the provisions of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article; or who undertakes or continues any activity for which a stormwater control plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan shall be subject to the specific civil penalties set forth in Sec. 9.2.5.F.
      2. The penalties shall be assessed by the Engineering Services Department. The initial civil penalty shall be assessed from the date of the violation. No penalty shall be assessed until the person alleged to be in violation is served by registered mail, certified mail-return receipt requested, personal service notice of violation or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4.
      3. The notice shall specify a time by which the person must comply with this Article or any regulation, rule or order, duly adopted pursuant to this Article and inform the person of the actions that need to be taken to comply.
      4. In setting the time for compliance, the City shall take into consideration the quantity and complexity of the work, the consequences of delay, the effectiveness of action taken by the violator and the staff investigative costs, but in no event shall the specified time limits be more than 10 calendar days for compliance, except a shorter time period may be required by the City inspector for an imminent threat to either severely degrade a watercourse or cause severe runoff.
      5. The notice shall state that failure to correct the violation within the specified time period will result in the additional civil and criminal penalties for a continuing violation. If, after the allotted time period has expired, corrective action has not been completed, the additional civil penalties shall be assessed from the date of the initial violation. Each day of continuing violation thereafter shall constitute a separate violation.
      6. The Engineering Services Department shall make written demand for payment upon the person in violation and shall set forth the amount of the penalty and the reason for assessing the penalty. Notice of the assessment shall be by registered or certified mail or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-a, Rule 4. If the payment is not received within 30 days after demand for payment is made, the matter shall be referred to the City Attorney for institution of a civil action in the name of the City, in the appropriate division of the general court of justice in Wake County for recovery of the penalty. Such civil actions must be filed within 3 years of the date the assessment was due.
    2. Stop-Work
      1. A stop-work order may be issued if an activity is being conducted or was conducted in violation of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article or is being undertaken or continued for which a stormwater control plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan and that either:
        1. The activity is being conducted without an approved plan, a permit or both;
        2. The violation endangers life, property or both or that such endangerment is imminent; and
        3. The activity is being conducted without installing all protective measures and devices in accordance with the approved stormwater control plan.
      2. All stop-work orders shall be in writing served on and directed to the person doing the work and shall state the specific work to be stopped, the specific reasons for the stoppage and the conditions under which the work may be resumed.
      3. The stop-work order shall be rescinded by written notice if all the violations for which the stop-work order were issued are corrected, no other violations have occurred and all measures necessary to abate the violations have been taken.
    3. Criminal Penalties
      1. Any person who knowingly or willfully violates any provision of this Article, rule, regulation, order duly adopted or issued pursuant to this Article or who knowingly or willfully undertakes or continues an activity for which a stormwater control plan is required, except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment not to exceed 90 days or by a fine not to exceed $5,000 or both, in the discretion of the court.
    4. Injunctive Relief
      1. Whenever the City Council has reasonable cause to believe that any person is violating or threatening to violate this Article, rule, regulation or order duly adopted or issued pursuant to this Article or any term, condition or provision of an approved stormwater control plan, the City may, either before or after the institution of any other action or preceding authorized by this UDO, institute a civil action to restrain the violation or threatened violation. The action shall be brought in the Superior Court of Wake County.
      2. Upon determination by a court that an alleged violation is occurring or is threatened, the court shall enter any order or judgment that is necessary to abate the violation, to ensure that restoration is performed or to prevent the threatened violation. The institution of an action for injunctive relief under this Subsection shall not relieve any party to the proceeding from any civil or criminal penalty prescribed for violations to this UDO.
    5. Restoration
      1. Any person who violates any of the provisions of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article; or who undertakes or continues an activity except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved stormwater control plan is required to restore the waters, land and vegetation affected by the violation so as to minimize detrimental effects.
      2. The restoration plan shall first be approved by the City. This authority is in addition to any other civil or criminal penalty or injunctive relief authorized under this section. The owner of any land on which unauthorized tree clearing or tree damaging, in whole or in part has occurred within a watercourse buffer or within a permanently protected undisturbed open space area, shall re-stabilize the land and plant 9 inches of tree circumference for every 100 square feet of disturbed land area or disturbed vegetative area. All replacement trees shall be native woodland species. Any watercourse that has been unlawfully piped, relocated or otherwise unlawfully disturbed shall be re-established. These plantings shall be installed within the time limit specified by the Engineering Services Director. In setting the time limit for compliance, the Engineering Services Director shall take into consideration the quantity of work, planting season and the consequences of delay.
    6. Specific Civil Penalties
      Civil penalties for specific violations of Article 9.2. Stormwater Management shall be assessed as follows.
      1. Work without a Permit
        $5,000 per day for failure to secure a valid required stormwater control permit or watercourse buffer permit prior to conducting any land-disturbing activity, any development or expansion of existing development, any placement of built-upon area or impervious surfaces or any new use or construction.
      2. Failure to Follow Plan
        $3,000 per day for failure to conduct a land-disturbing activity, placement of built-upon area or impervious surfaces, development or expansion of existing development in accordance with the provisions of an approved stormwater control plan.
      3. Failure to Maintain Stormwater Control Facilities
        $2,500 per day for failure to maintain stormwater control facilities.
      4. Failure to File Inspections Report
        $2,500 per day for failure to file required inspection report.
      5. Failure to Submit As-Built Plans
        $2,500 per day for failure to submit required as-built plans.
      6. Failure to Certify
        $2,500 per day for failure to certify that installed stormwater measures and devices are in compliance with the Raleigh Stormwater Control and Watercourse Buffer Manual and City approved the stormwater control plan, including modifications thereto approved by the City.
      7. Falsified Certification
        $3,000 for making a falsified certification.
      8. Failure to Record
        $2,500 per day for failure to record or timely record with the local register of deeds required plats identifying stormwater control facilities or required maintenance covenants or required escrow agreements.
      9. Failure to Revise Plan
        $2,500 per day for failure to file an acceptable, revised stormwater control plan within the established deadline after being notified of the need to do so.
      10. Failure to Correct a Violation
        $5,000 per day for failure to correct a violation within the time limitations established in a notice of violation.
      11. Failure to Obey a Stop-Work Order
        $5,000 per day for a violation of a stop-work order.
      12. Any other Action
        $2,500 per day for any other action or failure to act that constitutes a violation of the Article.
      13. Repeated Violation
        An additional civil penalty of $1,000 per day shall be charged to any person assessed a civil penalty for any violation of this Article within the prior 2 years. No initial civil penalty shall exceed $5,000; this limitation shall be inapplicable to continuous violations.

    Sec. 9.2.6. Variances and Appeals

    Sec. 9.2.6. Variances and Appeals aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:01
    1. Any variance request or appeal of an administrative decision of a regulation contained within this Article must be presented before the Board of Adjustment. All procedural requirements of Sec. 10.2.10 and Sec. 10.2.11, respectively, shall apply.

    Article 9.3. Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations

    Article 9.3. Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:35

    Sec. 9.3.1. General Purpose and Intent

    Sec. 9.3.1. General Purpose and Intent aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:02
    1. Special Flood Hazard Areas (SFHAs) within the City’s planning jurisdiction are subject to periodic inundation which results in loss of life, property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce and governmental services, extraordinary public expenditures of flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the public health, safety, and general welfare. These flood losses are caused by the cumulative effect of obstructions in SFHAs causing increases in flood heights and velocities, and by the occupancy in flood hazard areas by activities vulnerable to floods or hazardous to other lands which are inadequately elevated, floodproofed, or otherwise unprotected from
    2. The purpose of SFHA regulations is to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific areas by provisions designed to:
      1. Restrict or prohibit activities which are dangerous to health, safety, and property due to water or erosion hazards, or which result in damaging increases in erosion or in flood heights or velocities;
      2. Require that activities vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such activities, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction;
      3. Control the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers which are involved in the accommodation of flood waters;
      4. Control filling, grading, dredging, and other development which may increase erosion or flood damage; and,
      5. Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert flood waters, or which may increase flood hazards to other lands.
    3. Specific objectives of flood damage prevention provisions are as follows:
      1. To protect human life and health;
      2. To minimize expenditure of public money for costly flood control projects;
      3. To minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public;
      4. To minimize prolonged business losses and interruptions;
      5. To minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains, electric, telephone and sewer lines, streets, and bridges located in SFHAs;
      6. To minimize damage to private and public property due to flooding;
      7. To make flood insurance available to the community through the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP);
      8. To maintain the natural and beneficial functions of SFHAs;
      9. To help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of SFHAs; and,
      10. To insure that potential home buyers are aware that property is in a SFHA.

    Sec. 9.3.2. Applicability

    Sec. 9.3.2. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:02
    1. A flood permit to develop in any regulated SFHA shall be required in conformance with the provisions of this Article and Sec. 11.4.1. prior to commencement of any development within a SFHA.
    2. Unless otherwise exempt from compliance pursuant to Sec. 9.3.6. or Sec. 9.3.7., no structure or land shall hereafter be located, extended, converted, or structurally altered without full compliance with the terms of this Article and other applicable federal, state, and local regulations.

    Sec. 9.3.3. Special Flood Hazard Areas

    Sec. 9.3.3. Special Flood Hazard Areas aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:03
    1. Types of Special Flood Hazard Areas
      There are three (3) primary SFHAs within the City.
      1. FEMA designated SFHA
        If FEMA designated SFHA boundaries overlap with the boundaries of another SFHA, FEMA designated SFHA boundary interpretations and standards shall prevail.
      2. Drainage Basin Study Maps
      3. Flood Hazard Soils
        A City accepted detailed boundary study shall supersede the boundaries of the flood hazard soils if the boundaries conflict.
    2. Establishing Special Flood Hazard Areas
      1. FEMA Designated SFHA
        1. FEMA designated SFHAs are those identified under the Cooperating Technical State (CTS) agreement between the State of North Carolina and FEMA in its flood insurance study (FIS) and its accompanying FIRM for Wake County or Durham County, whichever is applicable.
        2. The most recent FEMA SFHA maps and FIRMs officially adopted by the State of North Carolina and/or FEMA, with accompanying supporting data, including Letters of Map Amendment or Revision, are adopted by reference and declared to be a part of the UDO. Copies of the effective versions of these maps shall be maintained for public inspection as provided in N.C. Gen. Stat. § 160D-105.
        3. FEMA SFHAs are areas that have the potential to be inundated with flood waters during the 100-year storm event or the 1% annual chance. These SFHAs include contributing drainage areas of at least 1 square mile (640 acres).
        4. FEMA designated SFHAs are divided into three (3) primary areas:
          1. Floodway areas;
          2. Floodway fringe areas; and
          3. Future conditions flood hazard areas.
      2. SFHA Based on Drainage Basin Study Maps
        1. SFHAs also include City prepared drainage basin studies. These studies are defined through standard engineering analysis by the City’s Engineering Services Department, but which have not been incorporated in the FIRM. This includes detailed flood information generated as a requirement of Sec. 9.3.3.B.1.a.
        2. Drainage basin studies are completed by the City (or their designee) and accepted by the City to produce maps that supplement the FIRMs. These drainage basin study maps use the same FEMA SFHA criteria but for contributing drainage areas of less than 1 square mile (640 acres) and at least 100 acres.
        3. The most recent drainage basin study maps approved by the City’s Engineering Services Department with accompanying supporting data are adopted by reference and declared to be part of the UDO.
        4. Drainage basin study maps designated SFHAs are divided into two (2) primary areas:
          1. Floodway areas; and
          2. Floodway fringe areas.
      3. SFHA Based on Flood Hazard Soils
        1. Flood hazard soils are illustrated on maps published in the Wake County or Durham County, North Carolina Soil Survey, whichever is applicable, prepared by the U.S. Soil Conservation Service and the North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station. Flood hazard soil types are listed in the definition of flood hazard soils in Chapter 12, Definitions.
        2. Maps depicting flood hazard soils with all explanatory matter attached to them are adopted by reference and declared to be part of the UDO.
        3. Flood hazard soils SFHAs are divided into two (2) primary areas:
          1. Floodway areas; and
          2. Floodway fringe areas.

    Sec. 9.3.4. Rules for Interpretation of SFHA Boundaries

    Sec. 9.3.4. Rules for Interpretation of SFHA Boundaries aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:04
    1. Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation
      The Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation (RFPE), fully defined in Chapter 12, is an elevation at which structures and uses within SFHAs are required to be elevated or floodproofed. If there is a conflict between the RFPE definition in Chapter 12 and the provisions of this Article, the definition in Chapter 12 shall control.
    2. FEMA Designated SFHA
      1. The boundaries of FEMA SFHAs shown on the FIRMs are initially determined from information obtained from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and presented in the FIRMs and FIS by FEMA.
      2. These boundaries are based on the engineering data that most accurately reflects actual field and hydrologic conditions. Field and hydraulic conditions shall prevail over mapped boundaries shown on FIS profiles.
      3. In areas of official cross-sections, FEMA SFHAs boundaries shall be determined by scaling distances on the FIRMs. Where interpretation of the lateral location of scaled distances is needed to determine the actual field location of these boundaries, the Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee is directed to make the necessary interpretation of FIRMs applying the following:
        1. The RFPE shall be the controlling factor in determining the location of the outer limits of the floodway fringe or future conditions flood hazard area boundaries; and
        2. Interpretations of floodway boundaries on FIRMs shall be based on the current procedures for interpreting floodways in accordance with FEMA guidelines.
      4. The RFPE for FEMA designated SFHAs is the BFE plus two (2) vertical feet.
      5. When BFE data or floodway data has not been established by FEMA in accordance with Sec. 9.3.3.B.1.b., the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee must obtain, review, and reasonably utilize any BFE data and floodway data available from a federal, state, or other source, including data developed pursuant to Sec. 9.3.6.C. in order to administer the provisions of this Article.
    3. SFHA Based on Drainage Basin Study Maps
      1. Upon approval by the Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee, drainage basin study maps may supersede flood hazard soil maps or North Carolina licensed soil scientist (NCLSS) determinations. SFHA and flood elevation data shall be obtained from the most current drainage basin study maps or flood studies.
      2. The boundaries of SFHAs shown on drainage basin study maps are determined from information obtained or produced by the City as part of watershed master planning process.
      3. These boundaries are based on the engineering data that most accurately reflects actual field and hydrologic conditions. Field and hydraulic conditions shall prevail over mapped boundaries shown on drainage basin study maps.
      4. In areas of official cross-sections, drainage basin study map SFHA boundaries shall be determined by scaling distances between official cross sections. Where interpretation of the lateral location of scaled distances is needed to determine the actual field location of these boundaries, the Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee is directed to make the necessary interpretation of drainage basin study maps applying the following:
        1. The RFPE shall be the controlling factor in determining the location of the outer limits of the floodway fringe or future conditions flood hazard area boundaries; and
        2. Interpretations of floodway boundaries on drainage basin study maps shall be based on the current procedures for interpreting floodways in accordance with FEMA guidelines.
      5. The RFPE for drainage basin study map designated SFHAs is the BFE plus two (2) vertical feet.
    4. SFHA Based on Flood Hazard Soils
      1. The outer limits of flood hazard soils may be specifically described by metes and bounds or other means from detailed surveys of a property on which they lie.
      2. When flood hazard soils are present on a property and no encroachment is proposed within flood hazard soils, the extent of the flood hazard soils can be determined one of two ways:
        1. When the extent of the flood hazard soil(s) depicted on the published Wake County or Durham County Soil Survey, whichever is applicable, is not disputed by the applicant, the applicable soil data from the soil survey shall be utilized.
        2. When the extent of the flood hazard soil(s) depicted on the published Wake County or Durham County Soil Survey, whichever is applicable, is disputed by the applicant the outer limit of the flood hazard soil boundary shall be determined by the following:
          1. A NCLSS shall verify the presence and extent of the flood hazard soils on a property as depicted on the published Wake County or Durham County Soil Survey map, whichever is applicable.
            1. When flood hazard soils are present on the property the NCLSS must identify the extent of the flood hazard soils on the property by sealing a statement on a survey (completed by a registered land surveyor licensed in the State of North Carolina) of the property which shall include the RFPE, as further defined and outlined in Chapter 12, and one of the following criteria as applicable:
              1. When the watercourse associated with the flood hazard soil drains one (1) square mile or more, the RFPE shall be the outermost boundary elevation of the flood hazard soils plus five (5) vertical feet; or
              2. When the watercourse associated with the flood hazard soil drains less than one (1) square mile, the RFPE shall be the outermost boundary elevation of the flood hazard soils plus two (2) vertical feet.
            2. When it is determined by a NCLSS that flood hazard soils are not present on the property a report sealed by a NCLSS must be provided to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee with appropriate supporting evidence including, but not limited to, soil boring locations and soil profiles.
      3. When flood hazard soils are present on a property and an encroachment, including fill, is proposed within flood hazard soils the following shall apply:
        1. The floodway and floodway fringe boundaries shall be identified based upon a flood study provided by the property owner to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee which consists of an analysis and hydraulic routing methods used by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers to establish FIRMs. These methods are contained in the FIS for Wake County or Durham County, whichever is applicable, as published by FEMA. Approved interpretations of flood hazard soils boundaries may be described by bearings and distances and drawn with elevations in mean sea level datum given for each cross-section used in the routing computations.
        2. If the property owner chooses not to complete a flood study the entire flood hazard soil area on the property as depicted on the Wake County or Durham County Soil Survey, whichever is applicable, shall be considered floodway and the provisions of Sec. 9.3.7.A. shall apply.
    5. SFHA Boundary Interpretation Requests
      1.  If uncertainty exists with respect to SFHA boundaries, the property owner shall submit a written interpretation request to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee. The Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee is authorized to interpret SFHA boundaries and shall do so pursuant to the methods for delineating SFHA boundaries set forth in this Article.
      2. Any appeal of the Engineering Services Director’s and/or his or her designee’s interpretation shall follow the procedures prescribed by law for appeals of administrative decisions, as set forth in Sec.10.2.11.
      3. All final interpretations of SFHA boundaries shall be described on a map(s) or plat(s), which shall then be filed with the Clerk of the Superior Court and with the Register of Deeds of Wake County or Durham County, whichever is applicable. The map(s) or plat(s) shall show the locations of all cross-sections, the elevation at the boundary of the floodway fringe areas, future conditions flood hazard area and flood storage area at the cross-section, the location of a benchmark used for vertical control, its elevation in reference to mean sea level datum, all SFHA boundaries and the source of the SFHA. The map(s) or plat(s) shall also bear the name, title, and professional seal of the person who supplied the survey and the calculation(s) as well as the date the interpretation was finalized, whether by the Engineering Services Director’s and/or his or her designee’s interpretation or appeal thereof.

    Sec. 9.3.5. Flood Hazard Reduction Standards

    Sec. 9.3.5. Flood Hazard Reduction Standards aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:04
    1. General SFHA Standards
      Work permitted within all SFHAs shall meet the following general standards:
      1. The permitting and enforcement provisions set forth in Article 11.4, Enforcement Provisions.
      2. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be designed (or modified) and adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement of the structure.
      3. All new construction and substantial improvements shall be constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage in accordance with the FEMA Technical Bulletin 2, Flood Damage-Resistant Materials Requirements (the most recent document shall be utilized).
      4. All new electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, air conditioning equipment, and other service facilities shall be designed and/or located at or above the RFPE to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding. Such service facilities or equipment shall include, but are not limited to, HVAC equipment, ductwork, electric/gas meters panels/boxes, utility/cable boxes, appliances (washers, dryers, refrigerators, freezers, etc.), hot water heaters, and electric outlets/switches.
        1. When an existing service facility and/or equipment is proposed to be replaced and is part of a substantial improvement, the electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, air conditioning equipment, and/or other service equipment shall meet the above standards in Sec. 9.3.5.A.4.
        2. When an existing service facility and/or equipment is proposed to be replaced and is not part of a substantial improvement, the service facility and/or equipment may be installed at the original location provided the addition and/or improvements comply with the standards for new construction consistent with the City Code and requirements for the original structure.
      5. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system.
      6. All new and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharges from the systems into flood waters.
      7. All new and replacement on-site waste disposal systems shall be located and constructed to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding.
      8. Nothing in this Article shall prevent the repair, reconstruction, or replacement of a building or structure existing on July 19, 2022 and located totally or partially within the floodway, non-encroachment area, or stream setback, provided there is no additional encroachment below the RFPE in the floodway, non-encroachment area, or stream setback, and provided that such repair, reconstruction, or replacement meets all of the other requirements of this Article and Article 11.4.
      9. No chemical storage facilities which store or process acetone, acetylene gas, ammonia, benzene, calcium carbide, carbon disulfide, celluloid, chlorine, gasoline, hydrochloric acid, hydrocyanic acid, magnesium, materials or fuel which are flammable or explosive, nitric acid, oxides of nitrogen, petroleum products, phosphorus, potassium, sodium, sulfur, or any other items which in time of flooding are buoyant or could be injurious to human, animal, or plant life are allowed in any SFHA.
      10. No new solid waste disposal facilities, hazardous waste management facilities, and salvage yards are allowed in any SFHA.
      11. All subdivision proposals and other development proposals shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage.
      12. All subdivision proposals and other development proposals shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems located and constructed to minimize flood damage.
      13. All subdivision proposals and other development proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards.
      14. All subdivision proposals and other development proposals shall have received all necessary permits from those governmental agencies for which approval is required by federal or state law, including, but not limited to, Section 404 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, 33 U.S.C. 1334.
      15. For new construction and substantial improvements, when a structure is partially located within a SFHA, the entire structure shall meet the SFHA standards for new construction and substantial improvements.
      16. For new construction and substantial improvements, when a structure is in a flood hazard risk zone with multiple BFEs, the standards for the more restrictive flood hazard risk zone and the highest BFE shall apply.
      17. For new construction and substantial improvements, buildings and structures that are in more than one SFHA shall comply with the standards associated with the most restrictive SFHA.
    2. Specific SFHA Standards
      Work permitted within all SFHAs shall meet the following specific standards:
      1. Residential Construction
        New construction and substantial improvement of any residential structure (including manufactured homes) shall have the reference level, including basement, elevated no lower than the RFPE and meet the provisions of Sec. 11.4.6 and this Article.
      2. Non-Residential Construction
        New construction and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial, or other non-residential structure shall have the reference level, including basement, elevated no lower than the RFPE. Structures may be floodproofed to the RFPE in lieu of elevation provided that all areas of the structure, together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, below the RFPE are watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water, using structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and the effect of buoyancy. A registered professional engineer or architect licensed in the State of North Carolina shall certify that the floodproofing standards of this Article and provisions of Sec. 11.4.6. are satisfied.
      3. Manufactured Homes
        1. All new and replacement manufactured homes placed within a SFHA shall be elevated so that the reference level of the manufactured home is no lower than the RFPE.
        2. All new and replacement manufactured homes placed within a SFHA shall be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement, either by certified engineered foundation system, or in accordance with the most current edition of the State of North Carolina Regulations for Manufactured Homes adopted by the Commissioner of Insurance pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. § 143-143.15. Additionally, when the elevation would be met by an elevation of the chassis thirty-six (36) inches or less above the grade at the site, the chassis shall be supported by reinforced piers or engineered foundation. When the elevation of the chassis is above thirty-six (36) inches in height, an engineering certification signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of North Carolina is required.
        3. For new and replacement manufactured homes placed within a SFHA, all enclosures or skirting below the lowest floor shall meet the requirements of Sec. 9.3.5.B.5.
        4. An evacuation plan must be developed for the evacuation of all residents of all new, substantially improved, or substantially damaged manufactured home parks or subdivisions located within a SFHA. This plan shall be filed with and approved by the Floodplain Administrator and the City Emergency Management coordinator.
      4. Recreational Vehicles
        Recreational vehicles placed within a SFHA shall either be for:
        1. Temporary placement and be on site for fewer than 180 consecutive days and be fully licensed and ready for highway use (a recreational vehicle is ready for highway use if it is on wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick-disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions); or
        2. Permanent placement and meet the requirements for new construction and permitting pursuant to Article 11.4, Enforcement Provisions.
      5. Elevated Buildings
        Fully enclosed areas of new construction and substantially improved structures within a SFHA, which are below the lowest floor:
        1. Shall not be designed or used for human habitation, but shall only be used for parking of vehicles, building access, or limited storage of maintenance equipment used in connection with the premises. Access to such enclosed areas shall be the minimum necessary to allow for parking of vehicles (garage door) or limited storage of maintenance equipment (standard exterior door), or entry to living areas (stairway or elevator).
          The interior portions of such enclosed areas shall not be finished or partitioned into separate rooms, except to enclose storage areas;
        2. Shall not be temperature-controlled or conditioned;
        3. Shall be constructed entirely of flood resistant materials at least to the RFPE; and
        4. Shall include flood openings to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters. To meet this requirement, the openings must either be certified by a professional engineer or architect licensed in the State of North Carolina or meet or exceed the following minimum design criteria:
          1. A minimum of two (2) flood openings in at least two (2) sides of each enclosed area subject to flooding;
          2. The total net area of all flood openings must be at least one (1) square inch for each square foot of enclosed area below the RFPE;
          3. The bottom of all required flood openings shall be no higher than one (1) foot above the higher of the interior or exterior adjacent grade;
          4. Flood openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, or other coverings or devices, provided they permit the automatic flow of floodwaters in both directions; and
          5. Enclosures made of flexible skirting are not considered enclosures for regulatory purposes, and, therefore, do not require flood openings. Masonry or wood underpinning, regardless of structural status, is considered an enclosure and requires flood openings as outlined above.
      6. Additions/Improvements
        1. The following standards apply to additions and/or improvements to structures located entirely or partially within a SFHA:
          1. If the work proposed is not a substantial improvement, then only the addition and/or improvement shall comply with the standards for new construction as set forth in Sec. 9.3.5 and Sec. 11.4.6.
          2. If the work proposed is a substantial improvement, then both the existing structure and the addition and/or improvement shall comply with the standards for new construction as set forth in Sec. 9.3.5 and Sec. 11.4.6.
        2. The addition and/or improvement standards listed above do not apply to the following:
          1. Any project for improvement of a structure required to correct existing health, sanitary, or safety City Code violations identified by a City inspector and that are the minimum necessary to assume safe living conditions; or
          2. Any alteration of a historic structure provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure’s continued designation as a historic structure.
      7. Temporary Non-residential Structures
        Prior to the issuance of a flood permit for a temporary structure proposed to be placed within a SFHA, the following requirements must be met:
        1. All applicants must submit to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee prior to the issuance of the flood permit a plan for the removal of such structure(s) in the event of a hurricane or flash flood warning notification. The plan must include the following information:
          1. A specified time period for which the temporary structure will be permitted. Time specified may not exceed three (3) months, renewable up to one (1) year;
          2. The name, address, and phone number of the individual responsible for the removal of the temporary structure;
          3. The time frame prior to the event at which a structure will be removed (i.e., minimum of 72 hours before landfall of a hurricane or immediately upon any flood warning notification);
          4. A copy of the contract or other suitable instrument with the entity responsible for physical removal of the structure; and
          5. Designation, accompanied by documentation, of a location outside the SFHA, to which the temporary structure will be moved.
      8. Accessory Structures
        When new accessory structures (such as sheds and detached garages) are proposed to be placed within a SFHA, the following criteria shall be met:
        1. Accessory structures shall not be used for human habitation (including work, sleeping, living, cooking or restroom areas);
        2. Accessory structures shall not be temperature-controlled;
        3. Accessory structures shall be designed to have low flood damage potential;
        4. Accessory structures shall be constructed and placed on the property to offer the minimum resistance to the flow of floodwaters;
        5. Accessory structures shall be firmly anchored in accordance with Sec. 9.3.5.A.2.;
        6. All service facilities such as electrical shall be installed in accordance with Sec. 9.3.5.A.4.; and
        7. Flood openings to relieve hydrostatic pressure during a flood shall be provided below the RFPE in conformance with Sec. 9.3.5.B.5.d.
      9. Tanks
        When gas and liquid storage tanks are proposed to be placed within a SFHA, the following criteria shall be met:
        1. Underground Tanks
          Underground tanks in a SFHA shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads during conditions of the design flood, including the effects of buoyancy assuming the tank is empty.
        2. Above-Ground Tanks, Elevated
          Above-ground tanks in a SFHA shall be elevated to or above the RFPE on a supporting structure that is designed to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral movement during conditions of the design flood. Tank-supporting structures shall meet the foundation requirements of the applicable SFHA.
        3. Above-Ground Tanks, Not Elevated
          Above-ground tanks that do not meet the elevation requirements of Sec. 9.3.5.B.2. shall be permitted in SFHAs provided the tanks are designed, constructed, installed, and anchored to resist all flood-related and other loads whether such tanks are empty or contain contents, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood and without release of contents in the floodwaters or infiltration by floodwaters into the tanks.
        4. Tank Inlets and Vents
          Tank inlets, fill openings, outlets, and vents shall be:
          1. At or above the RFPE or fitted with covers designed to prevent the inflow of floodwater or outflow of the contents of the tanks during conditions of the design flood; and
          2. Anchored to prevent lateral movement resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood.

    Sec. 9.3.6. FEMA Designated SFHA Standards

    Sec. 9.3.6. FEMA Designated SFHA Standards aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:05
    1. FEMA Floodway and FEMA Non-Encroachment Area Standards
      Areas designated as FEMA floodways or FEMA non-encroachment areas are located within SFHAs. These floodways and non-encroachment areas are extremely hazardous areas due to the velocity of flood waters which carry debris and potential projectiles and have erosion potential. The following provisions shall apply within such areas:
      1. No encroachments, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements, and other developments shall be permitted unless:
        1. It is demonstrated that the proposed encroachment would not result in any increase in the flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge, based on hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practice and presented to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee prior to issuance of flood permit; or
        2. A Conditional Letter of Map Revision (CLOMR) has been approved by FEMA. A Letter of Map Revision (LOMR) also must be obtained within six (6) months of completion of the proposed encroachment.
      2. If Sec. 9.3.6.A.1. is satisfied, all proposed development within FEMA floodways and FEMA non-encroachment areas shall comply with Sec. 11.4.6. and all applicable flood hazard reduction standards in Sec. 9.3.5.
      3. Provided they are not otherwise restricted activities per Sec. 9.3.6.A.1., the following structures and activities are allowed within FEMA floodway and FEMA non- encroachment areas.
        1. General farming, pasture, outdoor plant or nurseries, horticulture, forestry, wildlife sanctuary, game preserves and other similar agricultural wildlife and related activities.
        2. Lawns, yards, gardens, parking areas, play areas and other similar uses.
        3. Golf courses, tennis courts, driving ranges, archery ranges, picnic grounds, parks, greenways, bikeways, hiking or horseback-riding trails, botanical gardens, open space and other similar private and public recreational activities.
        4. Any other activity not employing a structure and not subject to floating away during a flood.
        5. Any activity employing a structure, provided all portions of any structure, including foundation and supports, shall be located outside the floodway area and that any structure which overhangs the floodway is elevated above the depth of the 500-year flood.
      4. Legally permitted structures existing and lying within a FEMA floodway or FEMA non- encroachment area may be repaired, improved, strengthened and enlarged; provided that no construction is permitted which will:
        1. Enlarge the foundation area of the structure within the floodway or nonencroachment area;
        2. Increase the bulk of the building or structure within the floodway below the base flood or future conditions flood level; or
        3. Enlarge the surface area perpendicular to the direction of flow of the watercourse to which the floodway relates.
    2. FEMA Floodway Fringe and FEMA Future Conditions Flood Hazard Area Standards
      Areas designated as FEMA floodway fringe or FEMA future conditions flood hazard areas are located within SFHAs. The following provisions shall apply to such areas:
      1. New development applications received after July 19, 2022 proposing development within FEMA floodway fringe areas and FEMA future conditions flood hazard areas are subject to the FEMA Floodway and FEMA Non-Encroachment Area Standards in Sec. 9.3.6.A., unless they qualify for exempt status under Sec. 9.3.6.B.1.a.
        1. New development within the FEMA floodway fringe or FEMA future conditions flood hazard areas are exempt from Sec. 9.3.6.B.1. if one of the following applies:
          1. Any lot 0.5 acre or less in size which was recorded prior to July 19, 2022.
          2. Any lot with existing development that is not subdivided or created by subdivision after July 19, 2022.
          3. Any lots that each individually fall under i. or ii. above may be recombined and maintain exempt status regardless of the size of the lot created.
        2. A variance to Sec. 9.3.6.B.1. may be sought by an applicant following the procedures prescribed in Sec.10.2.10.
      2. New development within the FEMA floodway fringe and FEMA future conditions flood hazard areas must comply with Sec. 9.3.5., Sec. 11.4.6. and the following:
        1. When a structure is constructed on fill and the lowest floor is above the RFPE, the top of the fill shall be no lower than one (1) foot below the RFPE and shall extend in all directions at least fifteen (15) feet beyond the limits of the structure.
        2. Open storage materials subject to floating away during a flood must be placed on fill at least one (1) foot above the RFPE.
      3. For all lots recorded prior to July 19, 2022 or for lots with new development applications received after July 19, 2022 which are exempt lots per Sec.9.3.6.B.1.a., the lot coverage may not exceed 50% of the portion of the FEMA floodway fringe or FEMA future conditions flood hazard areas on that lot, with the following exceptions:
        1. Any lot ½ acre or less in size which was recorded prior to May 2, 2006;
        2. Activities allowed in FEMA floodways or FEMA non-encroachment areas as outlined in Sec. 9.3.6.A.3.; or
        3. Existing or approved structures, for which a building permit has been issued prior to July 19, 2022 are subject to the following:
          1. In the event of damage to such a structure which requires a substantial improvement of said structure, the structure may be repaired or rebuilt with one of the following administrative approvals:
            1. a) An administrative approval by the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee, if all the following are met:
              1. The land use existing at the time of the flood or other casualty remains the same;
              2. The use existing at the time of the flood or other casualty remains the same;
              3. There is no rise in the BFE or, if there is any rise in the BFE, as determined by a flood study identifying upstream and downstream structures that will be impacted, it will:
                1. Not raise the levels of the base flood or future conditions flood onto impacted structures; and
                2. Not redirect velocities of water onto impacted structures.
            2. An administrative approval by the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee for any redevelopment that does not increase the flood elevation and that decreases the bulk of an existing building or structure below the BFE or future conditions flood level by at least 25% of the portion exceeding 50% of the FEMA floodway fringe or FEMA future conditions flood hazard areas. Any additional fill or material being added as a part of the redevelopment shall be included for calculation of the bulk of the proposed redevelopment. A written request for an administrative approval shall be submitted to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee.
        4. Notwithstanding the preceding exceptions, a variance from the 50% lot coverage threshold in Sec. 9.3.6.B.3. may be sought by an applicant following the procedures prescribed in Sec.10.2.10.
    3. Standards for FEMA Designated SFHAs without FEMA Established BFEs and/or Floodways
      If development is proposed within a FEMA designated SFHA established in accordance with Sec. 9.3.3.B.1., where no BFE data has been provided by FEMA on the FIRM, the following provisions, in addition to the provisions of Sec. 9.3.5., shall apply:
      1. No encroachments, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements or new development shall be permitted within a distance of twenty feet (20’) each side from top of bank or five times the width of the stream whichever is greater, unless certification with supporting technical data by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of North Carolina is provided to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee demonstrating that such encroachments shall not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge.
      2. The BFE used in determining the RFPE shall be determined based on the following criteria:
        1. When BFE data is available from other sources, all new construction and substantial improvements within areas without FEMA established BFEs shall comply with all applicable provisions of this Article and shall be elevated or floodproofed in accordance with the standards in Sec. 11.4.6. and Sec. 9.3.5.
        2. When data is available from a federal, state, or other City-accepted source for unestablished FEMA floodway and non-encroachment areas all new construction and substantial improvements within these floodway and non-encroachment areas established from available data shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 9.3.6.A.
        3. All subdivision, manufactured home park and other development proposals shall provide BFE data if development is greater than five (5) acres or has more than fifty (50) lots/manufactured home sites. Such BFE data shall be adopted by reference in accordance with Sec. 9.3.3.B.1. and utilized in implementing this Article.
        4. When BFE data is not available from a federal, state, or other Cityaccepted source as outlined above, the reference level shall be elevated or floodproofed (nonresidential) to or above the RFPE. All other applicable provisions of Sec. 9.3.5. shall apply.

    Sec. 9.3.7. SFHA Based on Drainage Basin Study and Flood Hazard Soils Standards

    Sec. 9.3.7. SFHA Based on Drainage Basin Study and Flood Hazard Soils Standards aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:06
    1. Drainage Basin Study and Flood Hazard Soils Floodway Standards
      The following provisions shall apply to those areas designated as floodways based on drainage basin studies or flood hazard soils:
      1. No encroachments, including fill, new construction, substantial improvements, and other developments shall be permitted unless:
        1. It is demonstrated that the proposed encroachment would not result in any increase in the flood levels during the occurrence of the base flood discharge, based on hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practice and presented to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee prior to issuance of flood permit.
      2. If Sec. 9.3.7.A.1. is satisfied, all proposed development shall comply with all applicable flood hazard reduction standards in Sec. 9.3.5.
      3. Provided they are not otherwise restricted activities per Sec. 9.3.7.A.1., the following structures and activities are allowed within drainage basin study and/or flood hazard soils-based floodway.
        1. General farming, pasture, outdoor plant or nurseries, horticulture, forestry, wildlife sanctuary, game preserves and other similar agricultural wildlife and related activities.
        2. Lawns, yards, gardens, parking areas, play areas and other similar uses.
        3. Golf courses, tennis courts, driving ranges, archery ranges, picnic grounds, parks, greenways, bikeways, hiking or horseback-riding trails, botanical gardens, open space and other similar private and public recreational activities.
        4. Any other activity not employing a structure and not subject to floating away during a flood.
        5. Any activity employing a structure, provided all portions of any structure, including foundation and supports, shall be located outside the floodway area and that any structure which overhangs the floodway is elevated above the depth of the 500-year flood.
      4. Legally permitted structures existing and lying within a drainage basin study and/or flood hazard soil-based floodway may be repaired, improved, strengthened and enlarged; provided that no construction is permitted which will:
        1. Enlarge the foundation area of the structure within the floodway;
        2. Increase the bulk of the building or structure within the floodway below the base flood; or
        3. Enlarge the surface area perpendicular to the direction of flow of the watercourse to which the floodway relates.
    2. Drainage Basin Study and Flood Hazard Soils Floodway Fringe Standards
      The following provisions shall apply to those areas designated as floodway fringe based on drainage basin studies or flood hazard soils:
      1. New development within the drainage basin study and/or flood hazard soils-based floodway fringe must comply with Sec. 9.3.5., Sec. 11.4.6. and the following:
        1. When a structure is constructed on fill and the lowest floor is above the RFPE, the top of the fill shall be no lower than one (1) foot below the RFPE and shall extend in all directions at least fifteen (15) feet beyond the limits of the structure.
        2. Open storage materials subject to floating away during a flood must be placed on fill at least one (1) foot above the RFPE.
      2. The lot coverage of any lot may not exceed 50% of the portion of the drainage basin study and/or flood hazard soils-based floodway fringe on that lot, with the following exceptions:
        1. Any lot ½ acre or less in size which was recorded prior to May 2, 2006;
        2. Activities allowed in drainage basin study and flood hazard soils-based floodways as outlined in Sec. 9.3.7.A.3.; or
        3. Existing or approved structures, for which a building permit has been issued prior to July 19, 2022 shall be subject to the following:
          1. In the event of damage to such a structure which requires a substantial improvement of said structure, the structure may be repaired or rebuilt with one of the following administrative approvals:
            1. a) An administrative approval by the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee if all the following are met:
              1. 1) The land use existing at the time of the flood or other casualty remains the same;
              2. 2) The use existing at the time of the flood or other casualty remains the same;
              3. 3) There is no rise in the BFE or, if there is any rise in the BFE, as determined by a flood study identifying upstream and downstream structures that will be impacted, it will:
                1. Not raise the levels of the base flood or future conditions flood onto impacted structures; and
                2. Not redirect velocities of water onto impacted structures.
            2. b) An administrative approval by the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee for any redevelopment that does not increase the flood elevation and that decreases the bulk of an existing building or structure below the BFE by at least 25% of the portion exceeding 50% of the floodway fringe. Any additional fill or material being added as a part of the redevelopment shall be included for calculation of the bulk of the proposed redevelopment. A written request for an administrative approval shall be submitted to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee.
        4. Notwithstanding the preceding exceptions, a variance from the 50% lot coverage threshold in Sec. 9.3.7.B.2. may be sought by an applicant following the procedures prescribed in Sec.10.2.10.

    Sec. 9.3.8. Streets Crossing Watercourses

    Sec. 9.3.8. Streets Crossing Watercourses aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:07
    1. All streets and driveways or any bridge or culvert associated with any street or driveway, crossing a watercourse, shall be designed and constructed in accordance with City standards.
    2. Street crossings of natural resource buffer yards shall be as close to a perpendicular angle as possible.
    3. Any street, driveway, bridge or culvert associated with any street or driveway, which is located in a SFHA draining less than one (1) square mile and not shown on a FEMA map or located outside a SFHA, may either increase the flow levels and area of flooding of the 10 through 100 year frequency floods or redirect floodwaters if the following is met:
      1. Copies of recorded flood easements or flood easements on recorded plats adequate to contain the increased flow levels are first submitted to the City; and
      2. Land areas contained within the easement boundaries shall be delineated as flood storage areas.
    4. The following additional standards shall apply to all streets and driveways crossing watercourses draining ten (10) acres or more and which are located inside SFHAs.
      1.  Any street, driveway, bridge or culvert associated with any street or driveway shall pass the 100-year flood crest, under free flow conditions that will not result in any increase in the elevation of the 10- through 100-year floods above those specified in the FIS for Wake County or Durham County, whichever is applicable, as published by FEMA.
      2. If the drainage areas exceed one (1) square mile, the maximum rise allowed for the 100- year flood shall not exceed a total of 0ne (1) foot above the BFE established for flood hazard soil areas or those elevations specified either in the drainage basin study maps or in the FIS for Wake County or Durham County, whichever is applicable, as published by FEMA.
      3. BFEs for return periods of less than 100-years may be increased to exceed one (1) foot, provided that the portion of the flood increase which is greater than one (1) foot is either limited to the site boundaries of the property of the owner requesting this increase or restricted to flood storage areas shown on a recorded plat.

    Sec. 9.3.9. Streets in Special Flood Hazard Areas

    Sec. 9.3.9. Streets in Special Flood Hazard Areas aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:07
    1. All streets in SFHAs shall be designed and constructed to provide a minimum of two (2) feet of vertical freeboard, as measured from the predicted 10-year flood peak water surface elevation to the low point of the top of curb or edge of pavement for streets without curbs. The following are exceptions to this standard:
      1. Those portions of streets within allowable vertical and horizontal controls which act as a transition to existing streets.
      2. When the City Council finds that the public benefit derived from the construction of the thoroughfare or collector street would be better served if these standards were varied.
      3. All thoroughfares in SFHAs shall be designed and constructed so as not to be overtopped during the predicted 50-year storm. All other streets in SFHAs shall be designed and constructed so as not to be overtopped during the predicted 25-year storm.
    2. For any street in SFHAs, any proposed increase above floodway levels specified in the FIS for Wake County or Durham County, whichever is applicable may be allowed, provided that the change is approved by the Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration.
    3. Any proposed street or driveway, bridge or culvert associated with a street or driveway (including fill), located in a SFHA must be accompanied by a sealed written statement by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of North Carolina certifying that such structure is designed and constructed in accordance with this section and shall specify which provision applies.
    4. Outside of regulated discharge floodplain areas, the maximum depth of any overtopping flow during the predicted 100-year flood shall not exceed one (1) foot for a privately maintained street. For all public streets located outside of the regulated discharge floodplain areas, no overtopping is allowed during the predicted 100-year flood. The downstream slope of the roadway section shall be protected from erosion due to the overtopping flow. Public streets located within regulated discharge floodplain areas must be located at or above the 100- year flood elevation, consistent with the regulations of Sec. 9.3.6.B.

    Sec. 9.3.10. Warning & Disclaimer of Liability

    Sec. 9.3.10. Warning & Disclaimer of Liability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:08
    1. The degree of flood protection required by this Article is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on scientific and engineering considerations. Larger floods can and will occur on rare occasions. Flood heights may be increased by man-made or natural causes.
    2. This Article does not imply that areas outside the boundaries of SFHAs or land uses permitted within such areas will be free from flooding or flood damages.
    3. This Article shall not create liability on the part of the City or by any officer or employee for any flood damages that result from reliance on this Article or any administrative decision lawfully made.

    Sec. 9.3.11. Sec. Permit and Inspection Procedures

    Sec. 9.3.11. Sec. Permit and Inspection Procedures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:08
    1. Once a flood permit is obtained and prior to commencement of work authorized by the flood permit, a benchmark of the RFPE shall be set on the property by a registered land surveyor licensed in the State of North Carolina. Once the benchmark is set, an initial inspection shall be scheduled with a City inspector.
    2. The Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee shall inspect as work authorized by the flood permit progresses to ensure that the work is being done according to the SFHA provisions of this Article, Article 11.4. and the terms of the flood permit. In exercising this power, the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee has the right, upon presentation of proper credentials, to enter on any premises within the City’s planning jurisdiction at any reasonable time for the purposes of inspection or other enforcement action. Notice of this right to make inspection shall be included in the flood permits. No person shall obstruct, hamper, delay, resist or interfere with City agents or officials while in the process of carrying out their official duties.
    3. After construction is complete and prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Compliance or Occupancy the following permit conditions must be satisfied, when applicable:
      1. A final Finished Construction Elevation Certificate (FEMA Form 086-0-33) or City Lowest Floor Elevation Certificate must be completed and submitted to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee. This elevation certificate must be for the final as-built construction of the elevation of the reference level and all attendant utilities. The Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee shall review the data submitted in the certificate. If deficiencies are detected by such review the permit holder must correct the deficiencies of construction and/or revise the elevation certificate correcting the as-built construction condition.
      2. A final Finished Construction Floodproofing Certificate (FEMA Form 086-0-34) must be completed and submitted to the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee with supporting data, an operation plan, and an inspection and maintenance plan. This certificate must be for the floodproofed design elevation of the reference level and all attendant utilities, in relation to NAVD 1988. The Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee shall review the certificate data, the operational plan, and the inspection and maintenance plan. If deficiencies are detected by such review the permit holder must re- construct in accordance with the certified design and/or revise the floodproofing certificate.

    Sec. 9.3.12. Penalties

    Sec. 9.3.12. Penalties aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:09
    1. Civil Penalties
      1. When the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee finds violations of applicable SFHA regulations in the UDO, it shall be his or her duty to notify any ‘person’ as described in Sec. 9.3.12.A.3. of the violation. The ‘person’ shall immediately remedy each of the violations of law for which he or she has been notified.
      2. If any ‘person’ shall fail to take prompt corrective action, the City shall provide written notice, by registered mail-return receipt requested, certified mail-return receipt requested, personal service or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4. The notice shall set forth a description of the violation for which the penalty has been invoked.
      3. Any person controlling or managing any building or land where there is placed or there now exists anything in violation of this Article; or any person who shall commit or assist in the commission of any violation of this Article; or any person who shall build contrary to this Article after plans and specifications have been submitted to and approved by the Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee; or any person who shall omit, neglect, or refuse to do any act provided for in this Article shall be subject to a civil penalty of $100 per day of continuing noncompliance.
      4. Each day such violation continues shall be considered a separate offense.
      5. No penalty shall be assessed until the person alleged to be in violation is served a notice to comply by registered mail-return receipt requested, certified mail-return receipt requested, personal service or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4. The notice shall set forth a description of the violation for which the penalty has been invoked.
      6. As an additional remedy or in lieu of other remedies, the City Council may either before or after the institution of any other action or proceeding authorized by this section, institute any appropriate action or proceeding to restrain or prevent any violation of this Article or the City Council may direct the removal or abatement pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. § 160A-193 of any obstruction which violates this Article.
      7. The institution of an action for abatement or injunctive relief shall not relieve any party to such proceeding from any civil or criminal penalty prescribed for violations of this Article.
      8. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the City from taking such other lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation.
    2. Criminal Penalties
      1. Any person controlling or managing any building or land where there is placed or there now exists anything in violation of this Article; or any person who shall commit or assist in the commission of any violation of this Article; or any person who shall build contrary to this Article after plans and specifications have been submitted to and approved by the Engineering Services Director and/or his or her designee; or any person who shall omit, neglect, or refuse to do any act provided for in this Article shall be guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. § 143-215.58.
      2. Failure to correct an identified violation shall constitute a separate violation for each ten (10) days that such failure continues after written notice has been received.

    Sec. 9.3.13. Stop Work Orders

    Sec. 9.3.13. Stop Work Orders aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:10
    1. Whenever a building or part thereof is being constructed, reconstructed, altered, or repaired in violation of this Article or any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article, the Floodplain Administrator and/or his or her designee may order the work to be immediately stopped.
      1. The stop-work order shall be in writing and directed to the person doing the work.
      2. The stop-work order shall state the specific work to be stopped, the specific reasons for the stoppage, and the conditions under which the work may be resumed.
      3. The stop-work order shall be rescinded by written notice if all the violations for which the stop-work order were issued are corrected, no other violations have occurred, and all measures necessary to abate the violations have been taken.
    2. Any appeal of a stop-work order shall follow the procedures prescribed by law for appeals of administrative decisions as set forth in Sec. 10.2.11.
    3. Violation of a stop-work order issued pursuant to this section constitutes a violation of this Article.

    Sec. 9.3.14. Variances and Appeals

    Sec. 9.3.14. Variances and Appeals aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:11
    1. Any variance request or appeal of an administrative decision of a regulation contained within this Article must be presented before the Board of Adjustment. All procedural requirements of Sec. 10.2.10 and Sec. 10.2.11, respectively, shall apply.

    Article 9.4. Erosion & Sedimentation Control

    Article 9.4. Erosion & Sedimentation Control aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:36

    Sec. 9.4.1. Applicability

    Sec. 9.4.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:11
    1. This Article applies to all land-disturbing activities with the following exclusions:
      1. Land-disturbing activities, including but not limited to, the breeding and grazing of lifestock undertaken on agricultural land for the production of plants and animals useful to man, including but not limited to:
        1. Forages and sod crops, grains and feed crops, tobacco, cotton and peanuts;
        2. Dairy animals and dairy products;
        3. Poultry and poultry products;
        4. Livestock, including beef cattle, sheep, swine, horses, ponies, mules or goats;
        5. Bees and apiary products; and
        6. Fur-producing animals.
      2. Land-disturbing activities undertaken on forest land for the production and harvesting of timber and timber products and conducted in accordance with Forest Practice Guidelines Related to Water Quality, Title 15A North Carolina Administrative Code, Subarticle 11, sections 1.010-.0209, as adopted by the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources. If land-disturbing activity undertaken on forestland for the production and harvesting of timber and timber products is not conducted in accordance with best management practices set out in Forest Practice Guidelines Related to Water Quality, Title 15A North Carolina Administrative Code, Subarticle 11, sections 1.010-.0209, the provisions of this Article shall apply to such activity and any related land-disturbing activity on the tract.
      3. Activities for which a permit is required under the Mining Act of 1972, N.C. Gen Stat., Chapter 74, Article 7.
      4. Land-disturbing activities undertaken for the duration of an emergency, activities essential to protection of human life.
    2. This Article does not apply to the following land-disturbing activities, as such activities are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the North Carolina Sediment Control Commission:
      1. Activities conducted by the State of North Carolina;
      2. Activities conducted by the United States;
      3. Activities conducted by persons having the power of eminent domain;
      4. Activities conducted by local governments, except that the City Council of the City of Raleigh hereby declares its intent that all of the departments and agencies of the City, its contractors and subcontractors shall also comply with the regulations set forth in this Article; and
      5. Activities funded in whole or in part by the State of North Carolina or the United States.

    Sec. 9.4.2. Guidelines Incorporated

    Sec. 9.4.2. Guidelines Incorporated aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:12

    The Raleigh Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities and amendments, on file in the City Clerk’s Office, is adopted by reference as part of this UDO.

    Sec. 9.4.3. Objectives

    Sec. 9.4.3. Objectives aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:12
    1. The objectives to be considered in planning, developing, implementing and maintaining adequate erosion and sedimentation controls and undertaking land-disturbing activities are to.
      1. Identify Critical Areas
        Identify on-site areas which are subject to erosion and off-site areas which are vulnerable to damage from erosion or sedimentation and provide special attention to these areas.
      2. Limit Time of Exposure
        Limit time of exposure of all land-disturbing activities so that such activities are planned and conducted to limit uncovered soil surfaces to the shortest feasible time.
      3. Limit Exposed Areas
        Limit exposure of all land-disturbing activities so that these activities are planned and conducted to minimize the size of the uncovered area at any 1 time.
      4. Control Surface Water
        Control surface water runoff originating upgrade from uncovered soil surfaces to reduce erosion and sediment during the period of exposure.
      5. Control Sedimentation
        Control all land-disturbing activities so that such activities are planned and undertaken to prevent off-site sedimentation damage.
      6. Manage Stormwater Runoff
        Manage stormwater runoff when the increase in the velocity of stormwater runoff resulting from a land-disturbing activity can cause accelerated erosion at the point of discharge or receiving watercourse, plans are to include measures to control the velocity at the point of discharge so as to minimize accelerated erosion of the site and sedimentation of the receiving watercourse.
      7. Control Operations in Lakes or Natural Watercourses
        Control land-disturbing activities in connection with construction in, on, over or under a lake or natural watercourse so that such activities are planned and undertaken to minimize the extent and duration of disturbance of the lake or natural watercourse. Natural watercourses should be preserved.
    2. An erosion and sedimentation control plan may be disapproved if the plan fails to address the foregoing control objectives.
    3. When deemed necessary by the approving authority, a pre-construction conference shall be held.

    Sec. 9.4.4. Standards for Land-Disturbing Activity

    Sec. 9.4.4. Standards for Land-Disturbing Activity aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:13

    No land-disturbing activity shall occur except in accordance with the following standards; wherever there is a conflict between two or more of these standards, the more stringent regulation is controlling.

    1. General Requirements
      1. Prior Plan Approval
        1. An erosion and sedimentation control plan must be approved by the Engineering Services Director at least 30 days prior to any regulated land-disturbing activity. This does not restrict the initiation of land disturbing activities when the plan is approved and the permit is issued in less than 30 days from initial submission. Failure to approve, approve with modifications, or disapprove a completed draft erosion and sedimentation control plan within 30 days of receipt shall be deemed approval of the plan.
        2. When determining the area of land-disturbance, the square footage of land-disturbance of all land and bodies of water disturbed or to be disturbed shall be aggregated, regardless of whether under single or diverse ownership.
        3. A surety equal to the cost of clearing, grubbing and reseeding a site shall be paid to the City prior to grading permit issuance. If the property is subject to a continuing violation the City may cash the surety.
        4. An approved erosion and sedimentation control plan is required for any land-disturbing activity of 12,000 square feet or greater.
        5. An approved erosion and sedimentation control plan is required for any land-disturbing activity below 12,000 square feet for the following:
          1. Land-disturbing activity in any Watershed Protection Area;
          2. Relocation of any natural watercourse;
          3. Upon the occurrence of off-site sedimentation; or
          4. When a person conducting a land-disturbing activity has been issued two or more Notices of Violation, within the last 2 years, for failure to comply with the provisions of Article 9.4. For purposes of this subsection, an applicant's record is considered for the 2 years prior to the development permit application date.
      2. Protection of Property
        Persons conducting land-disturbing activity must take all reasonable measures to protect all public and private property from damage caused by land-disturbing activity.
      3. NPDES Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity
        Documentation required under the site National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit for construction activity shall be submitted to the City.
    2. Adequate Erosion Control Measures
      Adequate erosion control measures shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 9.2.2.E.
    3. Design and Performance Standards and Guidelines
      1. Copies of design and performance standards which are contained in Guidelines for Land-Disturbing Activities will be published by the City and placed on file in the Office of the City Clerk and the Engineering Services Director.
      2. All erosion control plans, erosion control measures, ground covers, maintenance and calculations must be in accordance with the applicable Guidelines for Land-Disturbing Activities and State of North Carolina Erosion and Sediment Control Planning and Design Manual; in the event of any conflict, the more stringent regulation applies.
    4. Buffer Zones
      1. Buffer Zones Generally
        1. No land-disturbing activity during periods of construction or improvement to land are allowed in proximity to a lake or natural watercourse unless a buffer zone is provided along the watercourse to confine visible siltation within 25% of the buffer zone nearest the landdisturbing activity.
        2. Unless otherwise provided, the width of a buffer zone is measured from the edge of the watercourse to the nearest edge of the disturbed area.
      2. Buffer Zone Exceptions
        This section does not apply to a land-disturbing activity in connection with the construction of facilities to be located on, over or under a lake or natural watercourse. No land-disturbing activity, except as permitted in Sec. 9.2.3.B. and Sec. 9.2.3.C. or Article 9.5. Watershed Protection Areas, shall take place:
        1. Within any watercourse buffer area unless it conforms to the requirements of Sec. 9.2.3.B. and Sec. 9.2.3.C. and the provisions of this Article; and
        2. Within any high-quality water zone unless it conforms to the requirements of Article 9.5. Watershed Protection Areas and the provisions of this Article.
    5. Graded Slopes and Fills
      The angle for graded slopes and fills shall be no greater than the angle which can be retained by vegetative cover or other adequate erosion control devices or structures. In any event, slopes left exposed shall be provided with ground cover, devices or structures sufficient to restrain erosion. For all areas of moderate or steep slopes, temporary ground cover shall be provided if the slope has not been disturbed for a period of 14 days.
    6. Ground Cover
      1. Whenever a land-disturbing activity occurs, the person undertaking the activity shall install such ground cover, devices or structures sufficient to restrain erosion and retain sediment within the boundaries of the tract at all times.
      2. Any portion of a site upon which further land-disturbing activity is not being undertaken shall be provided with ground cover sufficient to restrain erosion within 14 calendar days of temporarily or permanently suspending the land disturbing activity. Permanent ground cover shall be installed within 14 calendar days following completion of construction or development.
    7. Downstream Protection of Discharge Points and Receiving Watercourses
      1. Permanent Protection
        Any area of a land-disturbing activity and all receiving watercourses or discharge point must be permanently protected from accelerated erosion caused by increased velocity of stormwater runoff resulting from a land disturbing activity.
      2. Post Construction Velocity
        For any land-disturbing activity, the post construction velocity of the 10-year storm runoff in the receiving water-course to the discharge point does not exceed the greater of:
        1. The velocity of the 10-year storm runoff in the receiving watercourse prior to a development;
        2. The velocity specified according to the following table for a discharge point into a receiving watercourse with bare soil or rock bed or banks; or
            Maximum Permissible Velocities
          Material (F.P.S.) (M.P.S.)
          Fine sand (noncolloidal) 2.5 0.8
          Sandy loam (noncolloidal) 2.5 0.8
          Silt loam (noncolloidal) 3.0 0.9
          Ordinary firm loam 3.5 1.1
          Fine gravel 5.0 1.5
          Stiff clay (very colloidal) 5.0 1.5
          Graded, loam to cobbles (noncolloidal) 5.0 1.5
          Graded, silt to cobbles (colloidal) 5.5 1.7
          Alluvial silts (noncolloidal) 3.5 1.1
          Alluvial silts (colloidal) 5.0 1.5
          Course gravel (noncolloidal) 6.0 1.8
          Cobbles and shingles 5.5 1.7
          Shales and hard pans 6.0 1.8
        3. The velocity specified according to the following for a discharge point
          into a vegetated receiving watercourse.
          Group No. Vegetation Depth of Flow (feet) Maximum Permissible Velocity* (F.P.S.)
          1 Bermudagrass t1 4
          u1 6
          2 Tall fescue t1 3
          Reed canarygrass Kentucky bluegrass u1 6
          3 Grass and legumes, mixed t1 3
          Weeping lovegrass u1 4
          4 Lespedeza, sericea t1 2.5
          Red fescue, Red top u1 2.5
          5 Annuals:** Annual lespedeza (KOBE) t1 2.5
          Sundangrass Small grain (rye, oats, barley): Ryegrass u1 2.5
      3. General Velocity Standard
        Any area of a land-disturbing activity or receiving watercourses subject to stormwater runoff velocities in excess of those specified in Sec. 9.4.4.G.2. above from accelerated erosion by provision of an erosion-resistant lining of vegetation in accordance with Sec. 9.4.4.G.2.c. above provided, armored, paved or otherwise nonvegetative watercourse lining shall be provided
        anywhere the velocity in the receiving watercourse exceeds Sec. 9.4.4.G.2.c. and the prior development velocity by 10%.
      4. Critical Soils
        When the following soils (as defined and described in the soil survey of Wake County North Carolina Soil Conservation Service, United States Department of Agricultural, November, 1970) which are especially vulnerable to erosion from stormwater discharge from land-disturbing activities, occur between a point of stormwater discharge and the next confluence of concentrated stormwater runoff, such areas, on- or off-site shall be protected from accelerated erosion by diverting the stormwater discharge from those soil surfaces. The application of this section may not prevent discharge of
        stormwater from a land-disturbing activity site. Diversion may include the provision of piped, paved or armored storm drainage facilities:
        1. Applying sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (ApP);
        2. Cecil sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (CeD);
        3. Cecil sandy loam, 15% to 45% slopes (CeF);
        4. Creedmore sandy loam, 10% to 20% slopes (CrE);
        5. Enon fine sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (EnD2);
        6. Georgeville silt loam, 10% to 15% slopes (GeD2);
        7. Granville sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (GrD);
        8. Helena sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (HeD);
        9. Herndon silt loam, 10% to 25% slopes (HrD2);
        10. Herndon silt loam, 15% to 25% slopes (HrE);
        11. Lloyd loam, 10% to 15% slopes (LdD2);
        12. Louisburg loamy sand, 10% to 15% slopes (LoD);
        13. Made land, (Ma) greater than 4% slopes under actual field conditions;
        14. Madison sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (MdD2);
        15. Madison sandy loam, 15% to 25% slopes (MdE2);
        16. Mayodon sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (MfD2);
        17. Mayodan sandy loam, 15% to 25% slopes (MfE);
        18. Mayodan silt loam, 10% to 15% slopes (MyD);
        19. Pinkston sandy loam, 10% to 45% slopes (PkF);
        20. Wake, 10% to 25% slopes (WkE);
        21. Wedowee sandy loam, 10% to 15% slopes (WmD2);
        22. Wedowee sandy loam, 15% to 25% slopes (WmE);
        23. White Store sandy loam, 10% to 20% slopes (WsE);
        24. White Store clay loam, 2 to 15% slopes (WvD3);
        25. Wilkes, 10% to 20% slopes (WwE);
        26. Wilkes, 20% to 45% slopes (WwF); and
        27. Wilkes, 15% to 25% slopes (WxE).
      5. Armored
        Armored or otherwise non-vegetatively lined watercourse lining shall, in addition to the requirements of Sec. 9.4.4.G.3. above, be provided at the storm outlet and for those portions of the receiving watercourse which have undergone land-disturbing activity.
      6. Exception
        Where piped, paved or armored storm drainage facilities connect to existing off-site piped, paved or armored storm drainage facilities or where it can be demonstrated that stormwater discharge velocities will not create an erosion problem in the receiving watercourse, none of the foregoing provisions of this section shall apply.
      7. Equivalent Alternatives
        The management of stormwater runoff to minimize or control downstream channel and bank erosion is a developing technology. Innovative techniques and ideas will be considered and may be used when shown to have the potential to produce successful results. Alternatives include, but are not limited to:
        1. Avoid increases in surface runoff volume and velocity by including measures to promote infiltration to compensate for increased runoff from areas rendered impervious;
        2. Avoid increases in stormwater discharge velocities by using vegetated or roughened swales and waterways in lieu of closed drains and high velocity paved sections;
        3. Provide energy dissipators at outlets of storm drainage facilities to reduce flow velocities to the discharge point. These may range from simple rip-rapped sections to complex structures; and
        4. Protect watercourses subject to accelerated erosion by improving cross-sections or providing erosion-resistant lining.
    8. Operations in Lakes or Natural Watercourses
      1. Any land-disturbing activity in connection with construction in, on, over or under a lake or natural watercourse shall be planned and conducted in such a manner so as to minimize the extent and duration of disturbance of the stream channel and to prevent off-site sedimentation.
      2. The relocation of a natural watercourse must meet the provisions of Sec. 9.4.4.G. and must minimize changes to the stream flow characteristics. The relocation of a natural watercourse may not occur in natural resource buffer yards of a -UWPOD, -FWPOD, -SWPOD, -MPOD or CM District.
    9. High-Quality-Water Zones
      Within high-quality-water (HQW) zones the following additional design standards shall apply.
      1. Uncovered areas in HQW zones shall be limited at any time to a maximum total area within the boundaries of the tract of 20 acres. Only the portion of the land-disturbing activity within an HQW zone shall be governed by this section. Larger areas may be uncovered within the boundaries of the tract with the written approval of both the Director of the Division of Land Resources of the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources and the City Council.
      2. Sediment basins shall be designed and constructed such that the basin will have a settling efficiency of at least 85% for the 40 micron size soil particle transported into the basin by the runoff of that two-year storm which produces the maximum peak rate of runoff as calculated according to procedures required by this Article.
      3. Newly constructed open channels in HQW zones shall be designed and constructed with side slopes no steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical if vegetative cover is used for stabilization unless soil conditions permit a steeper slope or where the slopes are stabilized by using mechanical devices, structural devices or other acceptable ditch liners. In any event, the angle for side slopes shall be sufficient to restrain accelerated erosion.
    10. Keep Dirt and Mud Off Public Streets
      The accumulation of more than 1/32 inch of dirt, mud or both on any public street, measured 6 feet from an entrance or exit of any land disturbing activity, is prohibited.

    Sec. 9.4.5. Maintenance

    Sec. 9.4.5. Maintenance aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:13
    1. During the development of a site, any person undertaking the land-disturbing activity must install and maintain all temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures as required by the approved plan, any provision of this Article, the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973 or any order adopted pursuant to this Article or the Sedimentation Pollution Control Act.
    2. After site development, the land owner or person in possession or control of the land shall install and/or maintain all necessary permanent erosion and sediment control measures, except those measures installed within a road or street rightof-way or easement accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency.
    3. Whenever a permanent erosion and sediment control measure is washed out or is otherwise disabled the land owner or person in possession or control of the land shall replace the permanent erosion and sediment control measure within 15 working days or 30 calendar days, whichever period is shorter, unless a longer period of time is allowed in writing by the Engineering Services Director.
    4. When energy dissipators or other adequate erosion control measures serve more than 1 lot and are located on private property, they shall be located on a lot or lots which are as large or larger in size than the typical lot size within the development. There shall be recorded, after approval by the City, in the Wake County Registry a map of those lots and said map shall bear the following note: "The energy dissipator which controls stormwater velocities, stormwater retention or detention devices and other erosion control measured located on this lot are required to be maintained by the property owner or owners for that portion of the device on his lot in accordance with the requirements of the Raleigh City Code.”
    5. Whenever stormwater control facilities serve more than 1 lot that are not accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency, prior to recording any lot served by the facility a maintenance covenant conforming with Sec. 9.2.2.G.2. shall be recorded with the local county register of deeds offices.

    Sec. 9.4.6. Land Disturbing Activity Permit & Control Plans Required

    Sec. 9.4.6. Land Disturbing Activity Permit & Control Plans Required aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:13
    1. All land-disturbing activity permits shall be obtained from the City.
    2. No person shall initiate any land-disturbing activity in a -FWPOD or -SWPOD in any watercourse natural buffer yard established pursuant to Sec. 9.2.3. in open space areas or to relocate any natural watercourse or in any other area if more than 12,000 square feet is to be uncovered unless, 30 or more days prior to the anticipated date for initiating the activity, an erosion and sedimentation control plan for such activity is filed with and approved by the City; but this shall not restrict the initiation of land-disturbing activities when the plan is approved and the permit is issued in less than 30 days from initial submission.
    3. No permit authorized by this UDO shall be issued until the boundaries encompassing a work site adjacent to any -FWPOD, -SWPOD, watercourse natural resource buffer, trout water buffer, watercourse natural resource buffers in a -MPOD or in a CM District, a high-quality water zone, any tree protection limits of any -MPOD, CM and -SHOD- or any area where vegetation is required to be maintained by a conditional district or an approved site plan are clearly and accurately demarked by a protective fence in the field. The location and extent of all authorized land-disturbing activities shall be similarly demarcated for so long as any land-disturbing activity continues.
    4. The following table summarizes the plan approval process required:
        Size of Site
      Plan required to be prepared and filed with: Less than 12,000 sq. ft. Between 12,000 sq. ft. and 1 acre Greater than 1 acre
      City of Raleigh No Yes Yes
      Plan approval required prior to commencement of land disturbance No Yes Yes

    Sec. 9.4.7. Additional Measures

    Sec. 9.4.7. Additional Measures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:14
    1. Whenever the City determines that off-site sedimentation may occur or is occurring as a result of a previous or on-going land-disturbing activity, despite application and maintenance of protective practices, the person undertaking the land-disturbing activity or the person responsible for maintenance will be required to and shall provide further adequate erosion control measures.
    2. The City shall serve one or more of the following: any person undertaking a land disturbing activity or the person responsible for maintenance or any of their appointed agents, written notice of violation with this section, specifying the noncompliance.
    3. Service shall be done in any of the following ways: Registered mail, certified mail return receipt requested, personal service or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4.
    4. The notice shall set forth the measures needed to come into compliance and shall state the time within which such compliance must be completed and warn that failure to correct the violation within the time period will result in the additional civil and criminal penalties for a continuing violation. Alternative equivalent measures may be submitted and, if approved by the City, must be completed within the time period stated for compliance.
    5. In determining the measures required and the time allowed for compliance, the City shall take into consideration the economic feasibility, technology, quantity of work required and extent of damage; it shall then set reasonable and attainable time limits for compliance.
    6. The failure to comply with the notice or approved alternate equivalent measures within the time specified shall be a further violation of this UDO.

    Sec. 9.4.8. Appeals

    Sec. 9.4.8. Appeals aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:15
    1. Except as provided in Sec. 9.4.8.D. below, the disapproval or required modification of any proposed erosion control plan or the refusal to issue a grading or other necessary permit by the City shall entitle the person who submitted the plan or applied for the permit to appeal this decision to the Board of Adjustment pursuant to Sec. 10.2.11. Where the deadlines and procedures set forth in Sec. 10.2.11. conflict with the deadlines and procedures of this Sec. 9.4.8., the deadlines and procedures of this Sec. 9.4.8. shall prevail.
    2. Appeal must be made in writing to the City Clerk and the Engineering Services Director within 15 days of written notice of disapproval or modification of plan or refusal to issue a permit.
    3. No appeal, other than to reduce the width of the natural resource buffer yards, that would be inconsistent with either the Standards of the Water Supply Watershed Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. §143-214.5 or the regulations adopted pursuant thereto shall be granted without the prior approval of the Environmental Management Commission.
    4. Upon receipt of an appeal, the City shall notify in writing and in sufficient time to allow a reasonable comment period, all other local governments having jurisdiction within the water supply watershed. Each year the City will transmit to the Environmental Management Commission a report on each appeal it receives.
    5. Hearings held pursuant to this section shall be held by the Board of Adjustment within 30 days from the date the appeal is filed in the City Clerk’s office. The Board of Adjustment shall then render a decision no later than 21 days following said hearing.
    6. If the Board of Adjustment upholds the disapproval or modification of a proposed soil erosion and sedimentation control plan following the hearing, the person submitting the plan shall within 15 days following the decision of the Board of Adjustment be entitled to appeal the Board of Adjustment’s action to the Sedimentation Control Commission pursuant to Title 15 4B.0018(b) of the North Carolina Administration Code and N.C. Gen. Stat. §113A-61(c).
    7. In the event that an erosion control plan is disapproved, the City shall notify the Director of the Division of Land Resources of the North Carolina Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources of such disapproval within 10 days. The City shall advise the applicant and the Engineering Services Director in writing as to the specific reasons that the plan was disapproved. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 9.4.8.A. through Sec. 9.4.8.C. above, the applicant may appeal the City’s disapproval of the plan directly to the Sedimentation Control Commission.
    8. Judicial review of the final action of the erosion plan review committee of the Sedimentation Control Commission may be had in Superior Court of Wake County.

    Sec. 9.4.9. Compliance with Plan Requirements

    Sec. 9.4.9. Compliance with Plan Requirements aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:15
    1. Any person who fails to file a plan in accordance with this UDO or who undertakes a land-disturbing activity except in accordance with provisions of a plan approved under this UDO shall be deemed in violation of this UDO.
    2. If it is determined that any person who undertakes a land-disturbing activity has failed to comply with the provisions of this Article, any regulation, rule or order, duly adopted pursuant to this Article, a notice of violation shall be served upon that person or his appointed agent. The initial civil penalty shall be assessed from the date of the violation.
    3. The notice shall be served by registered mail, certified mail return receipt requested or by any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4. The notice shall specify a date by which the person must comply with this Article or any regulation, rule or order, duly adopted pursuant to this Article and inform the person of the actions that need to be taken to comply.
    4. In setting the time for compliance, the City shall take into consideration the quantity and complexity of the work, the consequences of delay, the effectiveness of action taken by the violator and the staff investigative costs, but in no event shall the specified time limits be more than 10 consecutive calendar days for compliance, except a shorter time period may be required by the City inspector for an imminent threat to either severely degrade a watercourse or cause severe off-site sedimentation.
    5. The notice shall state that failure to correct the violation within the specified time period will result in the additional civil and criminal penalties for a continuing violation.
    6. If, after the allotted time period has expired, corrective action has not been completed, the additional penalties shall be assessed from the date of initial violation and each day of continuing violation thereafter shall constitute a separate violation under this section.
    7. The notice shall explain the type of enforcement procedures which may be issued for violations. If the person undertaking the land-disturbing activity fails to comply within the time specified, such person shall be in further violation of this UDO.

    Sec. 9.4.10. Inspections

    Sec. 9.4.10. Inspections aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:16
    1. Agents and officials of the City shall inspect the land-disturbing activities at reasonable times to ensure whether the activities are being conducted in accordance with the approved plan or the requirements of this UDO and to determine whether the measures implemented are effective in controlling accelerated erosion and preventing off-site sedimentation.
    2. Notice of this right to make inspections shall be included in the certificate of approval of each soil erosion and sedimentation control plan.
    3. No person shall obstruct, hamper, delay, resist or interfere with City agents or officials while in the process of carrying out their official duties.

    Sec. 9.4.11. Enforcement

    Sec. 9.4.11. Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:16
    1. Civil Penalties
      1. Any person who violates any of the provisions of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article; or who undertakes or continues a land-disturbing activity for which a soil erosion and sedimentation control plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan shall be subject to the specific civil penalties set forth in Sec. 9.4.11.F.
      2. The initial civil penalty shall be assessed from the date of the violation.
      3. No penalty shall be assessed until the person alleged to be in violation or their appointed agent is served by registered mail, certified mail-return receipt requested, personal service notice of violation or any other means authorized under N.C Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4.
      4. The notice shall specify a time by which the person must comply with this Article or any regulation, rule or order, duly adopted pursuant to this Article and inform the person of the actions that need to be taken to comply and shall direct the violator to either pay the assessment or contest the assessment within 30 days by filing a petition for a contest case under N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 150B, Article 3.
      5. In setting the time for compliance, the City shall take into consideration the quantity and complexity of the work, the consequences of delay, the effectiveness of action taken by the violator and the staff investigative costs, but in no event shall the specified time limits be more than 10 consecutive calendar days for compliance, except a shorter time period may be required by the City inspector for an imminent threat to either severely degrade a watercourse or cause severe off-site sedimentation.
      6. The notice shall state that failure to correct the violation within the specified time period will result in the additional civil and criminal penalties for a continuing violation. If, after the allotted time period has expired, corrective action has not been completed, the additional civil penalties shall be assessed from the date of the initial violation. Each day of continuing violation thereafter shall constitute a separate violation.
      7. The Revenue Collector of the City shall make written demand for payment upon the person in violation and shall set forth the amount of the penalty and the reason for assessing the penalty; the Revenue Collector, for continuous violations, shall send within each 10 day period additional notice to the person in violation.
      8. Notice of the assessment shall be by registered or certified mail or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4. If the payment is not received within 30 days after demand for payment is made, the matter shall be referred to the City Attorney for institution of a civil action in the name of the City, in the appropriate division of the general court of justice in Wake County for recovery of the penalty. Such civil actions must be filed within 3 years of the date the assessment was due.
      9. Civil penalties collected pursuant to this provision shall be used or disbursed as directed by law.
    2. Stop-Work
      A stop-work order may be issued if a land-disturbing activity is being conducted or was conducted in violation of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article or is being undertaken or continued for which a soil erosion and sedimentation control plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan and that either:
      1. The land-disturbing activity is being conducted without an approved plan, a permit or both;
      2. The violation endangers life, property or both or that such endangerment is imminent; and
      3. The land-disturbing activity is being conducted without installing all protective measures in accordance with the approved soil erosion and sedimentation control plan.
      4. All stop-work orders shall be in writing served on and directed to the person doing the work and shall state the specific work to be stopped, the specific reasons for the stoppage and the conditions under which the work may be resumed. The stop-work order shall be rescinded by written notice if all the violations for which the stop-work order were issued are corrected, no other violations have occurred and all measures necessary to abate the violations have been taken.
    3. Criminal Penalties
      Any person who knowingly or wilfully violates any provision of this Article, rule, regulation, order duly adopted or issued pursuant to this Article or who knowingly or willfully undertakes or continues a land-disturbing activity for which an erosion control plan is required, except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment not to exceed 90 days or by a fine not to exceed $5,000 or both, in the discretion of the court.
    4. Injunctive Relief
      1. Whenever the City Council has reasonable cause to believe that any person is violating or threatening to violate this Article or rule, regulation, order duly adopted or issued pursuant to this Article or any term, condition or provision of an approved soil erosion and sedimentation control plan, the City may, either before or after the institution of any other action or preceding authorized by this UDO, institute a civil action in the name of the City for injunctive relief to restrain the violation or threatened violation. The action shall be brought in the Superior Court of Wake County.
      2. Upon determination by a court that an alleged violation is occurring or is threatened, the court shall enter any order or judgment that is necessary to abate the violation, to ensure that restoration is performed or to prevent the threatened violation. The institution of an action for injunctive relief shall not relieve any party to the proceeding from any civil or criminal penalty prescribed for violations to this UDO.
    5. Restoration
      Any person who undertakes a land-disturbing activity and who fails to retain sediment generated by the activity, as required by N.C. Gen. Stat. §113A-57(3), is required to restore the waters and land affected by the failure so as to minimize the detrimental effects of the resulting pollution by sedimentation. This authority is in addition to any other civil or criminal penalty or injunctive relief authorized under this section.
    6. Specific Civil Penalties
      Civil penalties for specific violations of this Article shall be assessed as follows:
      1. Grading without a permit. $5,000 per day for failure to secure a valid required grading permit prior to conducting a land-disturbing activity.
      2. Grading beyond the limits of a grading plan. $1,000 per day per 1/10 of a graded acre beyond the limits of an existing grading permit without the approval of an amended grading permit, but not to exceed $7,000 per day.
      3. Failure to protect. $5,000 per day for failure to take all reasonable measures to protect public property or private property, from damage caused by the failure to retain sediment on-site for the design storm.
      4. Failure to follow plan. $3,000 per day for failure to conduct a land-disturbing activity in accordance with the provisions of an approved erosion and sedimentation control plan.
      5. Failure to install devices. $5,000 per day for failure, when more than 1 acre is disturbed, $2,500 per day when 1 acre or less than 1 acre is disturbed, to install erosion and sedimentation control devices sufficient to retain the sediment generated by the land-disturbing activity within the boundaries of the tract(s) and prevent off-site sedimentation.
      6. Failure to maintain permanent and/or temporary measures. $2,500 per day for failure to maintain adequate erosion control measures.
      7. Failure to properly maintain slopes and fills. $2,500 per day for failure on graded slopes and fills to maintain an angle sufficient to retain vegetative cover or other adequate erosion control measures.
      8. Failure to protect exposed slopes. $2,500 per day for failure, within 15 working days or 30 calendar days of completion of any phase of grading, whichever period is shorter, to plant or otherwise provide exposed, graded slopes or fills with ground cover, devices or structures sufficient to restrain erosion.
      9. Failure to provide adequate cover. $2,500 per day for failure on a tract when more than 1 acre is disturbed, $1,200 dollars per day when 1 acre or less than 1 acre is disturbed, to plant or otherwise provide ground cover sufficient to restrain erosion within 15 working days or 60 calendar days, whichever period is shorter, following completion of construction or development.
      10. Failure to revise plan. $2,500 per day for failure to file an acceptable, revised erosion and sedimentation control plan within the established deadline after being notified of the need to do so.
      11. Failure to correct a violation after notice. $5,000 dollars per day for failure to correct a violation within the time limitations established in a notice of violation.
      12. Failure to obey a stop-work order. $5,000 per day for a violation of a stopwork order.
      13. Any other action or failure to act that constitutes a violation of this Article. $2,500 per day for any other action or failure to act that constitutes a violation of this Article.
      14. Failure to keep dirt and mud off public streets. $1,000 per day for failure to prevent the accumulation of dirt, mud or both on public streets in violation of this Article plus 1 dollar per every 6 linear feet of street if cleaned by the City, its employees or its contractors.
      15. An additional civil penalty of $1,000 per day shall be charged to any person assessed a civil penalty for any violation of this Article within the prior 2 years. No initial civil penalty shall exceed $7,500; this limitation shall be inapplicable to continuous violations.

    Sec. 9.4.12. Revisions

    Sec. 9.4.12. Revisions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:17

    The City of Raleigh shall incorporate revisions required by the Sedimentation Control Commission within 8 months following receipt of the required revisions. If standards and provisions of this UDO currently meet or exceed the required revisions, the Sedimentation Control Commission must be notified within 90 days of their receipt.

    Article 9.5. Watershed Protection Areas

    Article 9.5. Watershed Protection Areas aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:37

    Sec. 9.5.1. Urban Watershed Protection Overlay District (-UWPOD)

    Sec. 9.5.1. Urban Watershed Protection Overlay District (-UWPOD) aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:18
    1. Natural Resource Buffer Yards
      Natural resource buffer yards consistent with Sec. 9.2.3. must be established along all perennial watercourses.
    2. Impervious Surface Coverage
      1. All lots or portions of lots in existence prior to April 19, 2005 or lots established outside the subdivision process after that date, no additional impervious surface may be added to the property, which would result in greater coverage by impervious surface than allowed by the following table:
        Area No Stormwater Control Measures Retention, Detention or Capture First 1/2 Inch of Runoff
        Primary water supply watershed protection areas 24% or 2 units of a single-unit living per acre or 20,000 square foot lot. 50%
        Secondary water supply watershed protection areas 24% or 2 units of a single-unit living per acre or 20,000 square foot lot or 3 dwellings per acre or 36% built upon area for projects without curb and gutter street systems. 70%
      2. Land will be deemed compliant with the intensity requirements if the intensity of all existing development at the time of reclassification does not exceed the density requirement when densities are averaged throughout the area.
      3. Impervious surfaces include all proposed streets within the development approved after April 19, 2005 and all impervious surfaces on any lot and common area.
      4. Calculation of the area of the development includes all lots, street rights of- way and common areas within the watershed. Calculation of the area of the development must exclude any widening of existing street rights-of way, existing street rights-of-way and new street rights-of-way reserved in accordance with the Roadway Corridor Official Map Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 136 Article 2E.
      5. Redevelopment is permitted when the activity does not result in a net increase of impervious surface and provides equal or greater stormwater control than the previous development and substitutions of impervious surfaces is done in accordance with Sec. 10.3.5.A.
      6. Any lot of record existing prior to October 12, 2008, that does not conform to the area or impervious surface coverage regulations of this section and which contains a detached house is exempt from the regulations of this overlay district, except there may be no exemption if the lot is contiguous to any other lot owned by the same person. Additions and expansions to existing structures must comply with the requirements of this overlay district, however, impervious surfaces existing prior to the initial application of these regulations must not be included in the impervious surface coverage calculations.
    3. Required Stormwater Measures
      1. Stormwater Retention, Detention and Capture
        Within any primary or secondary watershed protection area, lots which are connected to both City water and sewer utilities and have a total maximum impervious surface of more than 24%, provided that the first ½ inch of stormwater which directly or indirectly runoff off the surface in excess of 24%, from the lot is:
        1. Retained for water harvesting and use on the site, infiltration into the soil, evaporation into the air, or a combination of these;
        2. Detained for at least a 12-hour period
        3. Captured by an approved stormwater treatment device; or
        4. A combination of the above.
      2. Stormwater Runoff From Streets
        Where impervious surface coverage is greater than 24%, the first inch of stormwater which directly or indirectly runs off any street must be contained within the development in accordance with the retention or detention or capture methods set forth above.
    4. Maintenance of Stormwater Control Measures
      When retention devices, detention devices or wet ponds serve more than 1 lot and are located on private property, a maintenance covenant which complies with Sec. 9.2.2.G.2. for sharing the maintenance costs must be recorded. After approval by the City, a map must be recorded in the Wake County Registry, showing the location of the retention device, detention device or wet pond on the lot; the map must bear the following note: " The stormwater control facilities, which serve more than 1 lot, that are not accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency are required by the Raleigh City Code to be owned and maintained by a property owners association for which all lot owners shall be a member.”
    5. Exemptions
      1. The impervious surface coverage limitations and stormwater retention, detention and capture requirements within the secondary water supply watershed protection area of the -UWPOD are inapplicable to any street, right-of-way, lot or improvement if its stormwater runoff flows by gravity to a watercourse located outside the overlay district. All gravity flow drainage plans shall be approved by the Engineering Services Department.
      2. Any lot of record existing prior to October 12, 2008, that does not conform to the area or impervious coverage regulations contained in the schedule of Maximum Impervious Surface Limits in a -UWPOD and Required Measures and which lot contains a dwelling used for single-unit living is exempt from the regulations of this overlay district, except there shall be no exemption if the lot is contiguous to any other lot owned by the same person. Additions and expansions to existing structures shall comply with the requirements of this overlay district, however, impervious surfaces existing prior to the initial application of these regulations shall not be included in the impervious surface coverage calculations.
      3. For all lots or portions of lots in existence prior to October 12, 2008 or lots established outside the subdivision process after that date, the impervious surface coverage limitations and stormwater retention, detention and capture requirements within the -UWPOD are inapplicable to any single development that disturbs less than 1 acre.

      Sec. 9.5.2. Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District (-FWPOD)

      Sec. 9.5.2. Falls Watershed Protection Overlay District (-FWPOD) aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:18
      1. Natural Resource Buffer Yards
        Natural resource buffer yards consistent with Sec. 9.2.3. must be established.
      2. Impervious Surface Coverage
        1. For all lots or portions of lots in existence prior to March 1, 1988 or lots established outside the subdivision process after that date, no additional impervious surface may be added to the property which would result in greater coverage by impervious surface or by built area than allowed by the following table:
          Area No Stormwater Control Measures Retention, Detention or Capture First Half Inch of Runoff Management of First Inch of Rainfall
          Primary water supply watershed protection areas 6% impervious surface; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 12% impervious surface N/A N/A
          Secondary water supply watershed protection areas not connected to both City water and sewer utilities 12% impervious surface; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 24% impervious surface N/A N/A
          Secondary water supply watershed protection areas with connections to both City water and sewer utilities 12% impervious surface; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 24% impervious surface 24% impervious surface 30% built area; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 50% built area; 70% built area in areas designated in the Comprehensive Plan for higher impervious surfaces
        2. Impervious surfaces and built areas include all proposed public and private streets within the development approved after June 20, 1993 and all impervious surfaces and built areas on any lot and common area.
        3. Calculation of the area of the development includes all subdivision lots, new street rights-of-way established after June 20, 1993 and common areas within the watershed. Calculation of the area of the development excludes any widening of existing street rights-of-way, existing street rights-of-way and new street rights-of-way reserved in accordance with the Roadway Corridor Official Map Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 136 Article 2E.
        4. All lots established after June 20, 1993 must comply the impervious surface coverage standards and the built area coverage standards of the Article.
        5. Substitutions of impervious surfaces done in accordance with Sec. 10.3.5.A. are allowed.
      3. Required Stormwater Measures
        1. Stormwater Retention, Detention and Capture
          1. Within any secondary watershed protection area, lots which are connected to both City water and sewer utilities and have a total maximum impervious surface of more than 3,500 square feet may have an impervious coverage of more than 12% and less than 24%; provided that the first ½ inch of stormwater which directly or indirectly runs off the surfaces in excess of 12%, from the lot is:
            1. Retained for water harvesting and use on the site, infiltration into the soil, evaporation into the air, or a combination of these;
            2. Detained for at least a 12-hour period;
            3. Captured by an approved stormwater treatment device; or
            4. A combination of the above.
          2. Built area coverage of 24% or higher is allowed in secondary reservoir watershed protection areas when the first inch of rainfall (including the amount from the first 24% built area coverage) is captured by an approved stormwater treatment device. Such runoff must be managed in accordance with Sec.9.5.2.C.3 below.
        2. Stormwater Runoff From Streets
          1. Where impervious surface coverage is equal to or less than 12% in any primary water supply watershed protection area or equal to or less than 24% in any secondary water supply watershed protection area, the first ½ inch of stormwater which runs off any street must be contained within the development capture methods set forth in Sec. 9.5.2.C.1. above.
          2. Where impervious surface coverage is greater than 12% in any primary water supply watershed protection area or greater than 24% in any secondary water supply watershed protection area, the first inch of rainfall from streets must be managed in accordance with Sec. 9.5.2.C.3. below.
        3. Use of GSI in Secondary Watershed Protection Areas
          1. When built area exceeds 24% in secondary reservoir watershed protection areas, runoff from the entire development site must be controlled on a runoff volume basis such that the post-development volume of stormwater leaving the site is equal to or less than the predevelopment volume of stormwater leaving the site based on the 90th percentile storm. For the purpose of meeting this requirement for new development sites, the pre-development land cover must be assumed to be forested for the entire development site. The developer may request, and the City may approve, a design exception to this requirement based on one or more of the following criteria:
            1. Low infiltration rates of native soils on the site.
            2. Shallow depth to seasonally high groundwater table on the site.
            3. Shallow depth to bedrock on the site.
            4. Other hardship approved by the Engineering Services Director based on site conditions.
              In requesting a design exception to this requirement, the developer must demonstrate that runoff resulting from the first inch of rainfall over the entire development site will be detained or retained using conventional stormwater treatment practices, GSI practices, or a combination.
          2. Except where located in areas designated in the Comprehensive Plan for higher impervious surfaces, the maximum percent of impervious surface coverage in those portions of the secondary reservoir watershed protection areas connected to both City water and sewer utilities shall not exceed 30% unless the impervious surface coverage is 3,500 square feet per lot or less; in such instances the maximum impervious surface coverage allowed shall not exceed 50%.
          3. When the development is located in portions of secondary reservoir watershed protection areas that are specifically designated in the Comprehensive Plan for higher impervious surfaces, the maximum impervious surface coverage may not exceed 70%; provided that the property is connected to both City water and sewer utilities. No more than 5% of the land area within any 1 secondary reservoir watershed protection area may be developed with an impervious surface coverage in excess of 50% unless approved by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission.
          4. The design of wet ponds must meet the specifications and requirements found within the Stormwater Management Design Manual.
      4. Nitrogen and Phosphorous Loading
        1. New Development
          1. Applicability
            1. The following regulations apply to new development and expansions to impervious surfaces occurring on or after June 1, 2011.
            2. Substitutions of impervious surface done in accordance with Sec. 10.3.5.A. are allowed provided there is no net increase in impervious surface and equal or greater stormwater control is provided.
            3. Lots and structures existing prior to June 1, 2011 are not to be considered nonconforming solely because of the application of these regulations. Additions and expansions to existing impervious surfaces, uses and structures must comply with the requirements of these regulations; however, impervious surfaces existing prior to the initial application of these regulations are not to be included in the nitrogen and phosphorous loading calculations.
            4. All stormwater management plans required for new development on properties located within a -FWPOD must comply with the following regulations.
          2. Requirement
            1. Nitrogen and phosphorous loads contributed by the proposed new development activity may not exceed the unit-area mass loading rates as follows:
              1. a) Nitrogen: 2 2/10 pounds per acre per year; and
              2. b) Phosphorus: 33/100 of a pound per acre per year.
            2. The developer’s stormwater management plan must determine the load reductions necessary to comply with the above maximums by utilizing the loading calculation method prescribed in the Stormwater Control and Watercourse Buffer Manual.
            3. Developments that comply with the watershed stormwater control master plan approved for its watershed protection area are exempted from the requirements of this section. Compliance with watershed stormwater control master plan must include:
              1. a) The installation within the development of all stormwater control measures shown on the watershed stormwater control master plan;
              2. b) The payment of fees in lieu of installation, when allowed by the State; and
              3. c) The payment of any applicable drainage fees if the facilities prescribed by the master plan are constructed.
          3. Option for Offsetting a Portion of Nutrient Loading
            1. The developer shall have the option of offsetting a portion of the nitrogen and phosphorous load by implementing or funding offsite management measures. Prior to utilizing any off-site option, the developer’s stormwater management plan must implement structural stormwater controls that attain a minimum of 60% reduction in increased post-construction nitrogen loading rate and a minimum of 60% in increased post-construction phosphorus loading rate on-site and, when applicable, implementing all engineered stormwater controls for compliance with National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System requirements and any other State-mandated stormwater regulation.
            2. Offsetting measures provided off-site by the developer must achieve at least equivalent reductions in nitrogen and phosphorus loading as needed on-site to comply with the maximum loading rates specified above. Offsetting measures provided off-site must meet the requirements of State Administrative Rule 15A NCAC 02B .0282, which may include the following:
              1. Payments to the NC Ecosystem Enhancement Program contingent upon acceptance of payments by that program;
              2. A City approved offset program prescribed in the Raleigh Stormwater Control and Watercourse Buffer Manual; or
              3. An offset program proposed by the property owner which is located within the applicable reservoir watershed protection area basin subject to final approval by the Public Works Director.
          4. Maintenance of Stormwater Control Measures and Devices
            1. The land owner or person in possession or control of the land must maintain, repair, reconstruct, replace and make payments for all stormwater control measures and devices and open space areas required by the stormwater control plan in accordance with Sec. 9.2.2.G., unless those measures, devices and open space areas are accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency.
      5. Maintenance of Stormwater Control Measures
        1. When retention devices, detention devices or wet ponds serve more than 1 lot and are located on private property, a maintenance covenant which complies with Sec. 9.2.2.G.2. for sharing the maintenance costs must be recorded.
        2. After approval by the City, a map must be recorded in the Wake County Registry, showing the location of the retention device, detention device or wet pond on the lot; the map must bear the following note: " The stormwater control facilities, which serve more than 1 lot, that are not accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency are required by the Raleigh City Code to be owned and maintained by a property owners association for which all lot owners shall be a member.”
      6. Exemptions
        1. ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​The impervious surface coverage limitations and stormwater retention, detention and capture requirements within the secondary watershed protection area of a -FWPOD are inapplicable to any street, right-of-way, lot or improvement where its stormwater runoff flows by gravity to a watercourse located outside the overlay district. All gravity flow drainage plans must be approved by the Engineering Services Department.
        2. The impervious surface coverage limitations and stormwater retention, detention and capture requirements are inapplicable to a lot separated by deed conveyance prior to June 20, 1993; provided that, the lot is developed for single-unit living with no more than 3,500 square feet of impervious surfaces and the owner does not own any other contiguous real property which could be recombined.
      7. Forestation of Lots
        Except as otherwise provided, every lot located within a -FWPOD must provide and maintain an area set aside for trees equal to at least 40% of the lot area in accordance with Sec. 9.1.9.

      Sec. 9.5.3. Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District (-SWPOD)

      Sec. 9.5.3. Swift Creek Watershed Protection Overlay District (-SWPOD) aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:18
      1. Natural Resource Buffer Yards
        Natural resource buffer yards consistent with Sec. 9.2.3. must be established.
      2. Impervious Surface Coverage
        1. For all lots or portions of lots in existence prior to March 1, 1988 or lots established outside the subdivision process after this date, no additional impervious surface may be added to the property which would result in greater coverage by impervious surface or by built area than allowed by the following table:
          Area No Stormwater Control Measures Retention, Detention or Capture First Half Inch of Runoff Management of First Inch of Rainfall
          Primary water supply watershed protection areas 6% impervious surface; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 12% impervious surface N/A N/A
          Secondary water supply watershed protection areas not connected to both City water and sewer utilities 12% impervious surface; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 24% impervious surface N/A N/A
          Secondary water supply watershed protection areas with connections to both City water and sewer utilities 12% impervious surface; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 24% impervious surface 24% impervious surface 30% built area; or 3,500 sq. ft. if this is not more than 50% built area; 70% built area in areas designated in the Comprehensive Plan for higher impervious surfaces
        2. Impervious surfaces and built areas include all proposed public and private streets within the development approved after June 20, 1993 and all impervious surfaces and built areas on any lot and common area.
        3. Calculation of the area of the development includes all subdivision lots, new street rights-of-way established after June 20, 1993 and common areas within the watershed. Calculation of the area of the development excludes any widening of existing street rights-of-way, existing street rights-of-way and new street rights-of-way reserved in accordance with the Roadway Corridor Official Map Act, N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 136 Article 2E.
        4. All lots established after June 20, 1993 must comply the impervious surface coverage standards and the built area coverage standards of the Article.
        5. Substitutions of impervious surfaces done in accordance with Sec. 10.3.5.A. are allowed.
      3. Required Stormwater Measures
        1. Stormwater Retention, Detention and Capture
          1. Within any secondary watershed protection area, lots which are connected to both City water and sewer utilities and have a total maximum impervious surface of more than 3,500 square feet may have an impervious coverage of more than 12% and less than 24%; provided that the first ½ inch of stormwater which directly or indirectly runs off the surfaces in excess of 12%, from the lot is:
            1. Retained for water harvesting and use on the site, infiltration into the soil, evaporation into the air, or a combination of these;
            2. Detained for at least a 12-hour period;
            3. Captured by an approved stormwater treatment device; or
            4. A combination of the above.
          2. Built area coverage of 24% or higher is allowed in secondary reservoir watershed protection areas when the first inch of rainfall (including the amount from the first 24% built area coverage) is captured by an approved stormwater treatment device. Such runoff must be managed in accordance with Sec. 9.5.3.C.3 below.
        2. Stormwater Runoff From Streets
          1. Where impervious surface coverage is equal to or less than 12% in any primary water supply watershed protection area or equal to or less than 24% in any secondary water supply watershed protection area, the first ½ inch of stormwater which runs off any street must be contained within the development capture methods set forth in Sec. 9.5.3.C.1. above.
          2. Where impervious surface coverage is greater than 12% in any primary water supply watershed protection area or greater than 24% in any secondary water supply watershed protection area, the first inch of rainfall from streets must be managed in accordance with Sec. 9.5.3.C.3 below.
        3. Use of GSI in Secondary Watershed Protection Areas
          1. When built area exceeds 24% in secondary reservoir watershed protection areas, runoff from the entire development site must be controlled on a runoff volume basis such that the post-development volume of stormwater leaving the site is equal to or less than the predevelopment volume of stormwater leaving the site based on the 90th percentile storm. For the purpose of meeting this requirement for new development sites, the pre-development land cover must be assumed to be forested for the entire development site. The developer may request, and the City may approve, a design exception to this requirement based on one or more of the following criteria:
            1. Low infiltration rates of native soils on the site.
            2. Shallow depth to seasonally high groundwater table on the site.
            3. Shallow depth to bedrock on the site.
            4. Other hardship approved by the Engineering Services Director based on site conditions.
              In requesting a design exception to this requirement, the developer must demonstrate that runoff resulting from the first inch of rainfall over the entire development site will be detained or retained using conventional stormwater treatment practices, GSI practices, or a combination.
          2. Except where located in areas designated in the Comprehensive Plan for higher impervious surfaces, the maximum percent of impervious surface coverage in those portions of the secondary reservoir watershed protection areas connected to both City water and sewer utilities shall not exceed 30% unless the impervious surface coverage is 3,500 square feet per lot or less; in such instances the maximum impervious surface coverage allowed shall not exceed 50%.
          3. When the development is located in portions of secondary reservoir watershed protection areas that are specifically designated in the Comprehensive Plan for higher impervious surfaces, the maximum impervious surface coverage may not exceed 70%; provided that the property is connected to both City water and sewer utilities. No more than 5% of the land area within any 1 secondary reservoir watershed protection area may be developed with an impervious surface coverage in excess of 50% unless approved by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission.
          4. The design of wet ponds must meet the specifications and requirements found within the Stormwater Design Manual.
      4. Nitrogen and Phosphorous Loading
        1. New Development
          1. Applicability
            1. The following regulations apply to new development and expansions to impervious surfaces occurring on or after June 1, 2011.
            2. Substitutions of impervious surface done in accordance with Sec. 10.3.5.A. are allowed provided there is no net increase in impervious surface and equal or greater stormwater control is provided.
            3. Lots and structures existing prior to June 1, 2011 are not to be considered nonconforming solely because of the application of these regulations. Additions and expansions to existing impervious surfaces, uses and structures must comply with the requirements of these regulations; however, impervious surfaces existing prior to the initial application of these regulations are not to be included in the nitrogen and phosphorous loading calculations.
            4. All stormwater management plans required for new development on properties located within a -SWPOD must comply with the following regulations.
          2. Requirement
            1. Nitrogen and phosphorous loads contributed by the proposed new development activity may not exceed the unit-area mass loading rates as follows:
              1. a) Nitrogen: 2 2/10 pounds per acre per year; and
              2. b) Phosphorus: 33/100 of a pound per acre per year.
            2. The developer’s stormwater management plan must determine the load reductions necessary to comply with the above maximums by utilizing the loading calculation method prescribed in the Stormwater Management Design Manual.
            3. Developments that comply with the watershed stormwater control master plan approved for its watershed protection area are exempted from the requirements of this section. Compliance with watershed stormwater control master plan must include:
              1. a) The installation within the development of all stormwater control measures shown on the watershed stormwater control master plan;
              2. b) The payment of fees in lieu of installation, when allowed by the State; and
              3. c) The payment of any applicable drainage fees if the facilities prescribed by the master plan are constructed.
          3. Option for Offsetting a Portion of Nutrient Loading
            1. The developer shall have the option of offsetting a portion of the nitrogen and phosphorous load by implementing or funding offsite management measures. Prior to utilizing any off-site option, the developer’s stormwater management plan must implement structural stormwater controls that attain a minimum of 60% reduction in increased post-construction nitrogen loading rate and a minimum of 60% in increased post-construction phosphorus loading rate on-site and, when applicable, implementing all engineered stormwater controls for compliance with National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System requirements and any other State-mandated stormwater regulation.
            2. Offsetting measures provided off-site by the developer must achieve at least equivalent reductions in nitrogen and phosphorus loading as needed on-site to comply with the maximum loading rates specified above. Offsetting measures provided off-site must meet the requirements of State Administrative Rule 15A NCAC 02B .0282, which may include the following:
              1. a) Payments to the City of Raleigh to implement the City-approved offset program;
              2. b) A City approved offset program prescribed in the Raleigh Stormwater Management Design Manual; or
              3. c) An offset program proposed by the property owner which is located within the applicable reservoir watershed protection area basin subject to final approval by the Engineering Services Director.
          4. Maintenance of Stormwater Control Measures and Devices
            The land owner or person in possession or control of the land must maintain, repair, reconstruct, replace and make payments for all stormwater control measures and devices and open space areas required by the stormwater control plan in accordance with Sec. 9.2.2.G., unless those measures, devices and open space areas are accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency.
      5. Maintenance of Stormwater Control Measures
        1. When retention devices, detention devices or wet ponds serve more than 1 lot and are located on private property, a maintenance covenant which complies with Sec. 9.2.2.G.2. for sharing the maintenance costs must be recorded.
        2. After approval by the City, a map must be recorded in the Wake County Registry, showing the location of the retention device, detention device or wet pond on the lot; the map must bear the following note: " The stormwater control facilities, which serve more than 1 lot, that are not accepted for maintenance by a governmental agency are required by the Raleigh City Code to be owned and maintained by a property owners association for which all lot owners shall be a member.”
      6. Exemptions
        1. The impervious surface coverage limitations and stormwater retention, detention and capture requirements within the secondary watershed protection area of a -SWPOD are inapplicable to any street, right-of-way, lot or improvement where its stormwater runoff flows by gravity to a watercourse located outside the overlay district. All gravity flow drainage plans must be approved by the Engineering Services Director.
        2. The impervious surface coverage limitations and stormwater retention, detention and capture requirements are inapplicable to a lot separated by deed conveyance prior to June 20, 1993; provided that, the lot is developed for single-unit living with no more than 3,500 square feet of impervious surfaces and the owner does not own any other contiguous real property which could be recombined.
      7. Forestation of Lots
        Except as otherwise provided, every lot located within a -SWPOD must provide and maintain an area set aside for trees equal to at least 40% of the lot area in accordance with Sec. 9.1.9.

      Sec. 9.5.4. Inspections

      Sec. 9.5.4. Inspections aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:19
      1. Agents and officials of the City shall have the right to inspect sites subject to the requirements of this Article to determine whether the measures, devices and open space areas required by this Article to control the rate and quality of stormwater are installed and operating as approved, whether such measures, devices and open space areas are being maintained and to determine if any encroachments or activities in any watercourse buffer area not permitted by this Article have occurred.
      2. Notice of this right to make inspections shall be included in the stormwater control and watercourse buffer permits.
      3. No person shall obstruct, hamper, delay, resist or interfere with City agents or officials while in the process of carrying out their official duties.

      Sec. 9.5.5. Enforcement

      Sec. 9.5.5. Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:19
      1. Civil Penalties
        1. Any person who violates any of the provisions of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article; or who undertakes or continues any activity for which a stormwater control plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan shall be subject to the specific civil penalties set forth in Sec. 9.5.5.F.
        2. The penalties shall be assessed by the City. The initial civil penalty shall be assessed from the date of the violation. No penalty shall be assessed until the person alleged to be in violation is served by registered mail, certified mail-return receipt requested, personal service notice of violation or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4.
        3. The notice shall specify a time by which the person must comply with this Article or any regulation, rule or order, duly adopted pursuant to this Article and inform the person of the actions that need to be taken to comply.
        4. In setting the time for compliance, the City shall take into consideration the quantity and complexity of the work, the consequences of delay, the effectiveness of action taken by the violator and the staff investigative costs, but in no event shall the specified time limits be more than 10 calendar days for compliance, except a shorter time period may be required by the City inspector for an imminent threat to either severely degrade a watercourse or cause severe runoff.
        5. The notice shall state that failure to correct the violation within the specified time period will result in the additional civil and criminal penalties for a continuing violation. If, after the allotted time period has expired, corrective action has not been completed, the additional civil penalties shall be assessed from the date of the initial violation. Each day of continuing violation thereafter shall constitute a separate violation.
        6. The City shall make written demand for payment upon the person in violation and shall set forth the amount of the penalty and the reason for assessing the penalty. Notice of the assessment shall be by registered or certified mail or any other means authorized under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1Aa, Rule 4. If the payment is not received within 30 days after demand for payment is made, the matter shall be referred to the City Attorney for institution of a civil action in the name of the City, in the appropriate division of the general court of justice in Wake County for recovery of the penalty. Such civil actions must be filed within 3 years of the date the assessment was due.
      2. Stop-Work
        1. A stop-work order may be issued if an activity is being conducted or was conducted in violation of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article or is being undertaken or continued for which a stormwater control plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan and that either:
          1. The activity is being conducted without an approved plan, a permit or both;
          2. The violation endangers life, property or both or that such endangerment is imminent; and
          3. The activity is being conducted without installing all protective measures and devices in accordance with the approved stormwater control plan.
        2. All stop-work orders shall be in writing served on and directed to the person doing the work and shall state the specific work to be stopped, the specific reasons for the stoppage and the conditions under which the work may be resumed.
        3. The stop-work order shall be rescinded by written notice if all the violations for which the stop-work order were issued are corrected, no other violation have occurred and all measures necessary to abate the violations have been taken.
      3. Criminal Penalties
        1. Any person who knowingly or willfully violates any provision of this Article, rule, regulation, order duly adopted or issued pursuant to this Article or who knowingly or willfully undertakes or continues an activity for which a stormwater control plan is required, except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved plan, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment not to exceed 90 days or by a fine not to exceed $5,000 or both, in the discretion of the court.
      4. Injunctive Relief
        1. Whenever the City Council has reasonable cause to believe that any person is violating or threatening to violate this Article, rule, regulation or order duly adopted or issued pursuant to this Article or any term, condition or provision of an approved stormwater control plan, the City may, either before or after the institution of any other action or preceding authorized by this UDO, institute a civil action to restrain the violation or threatened violation. The action shall be brought in the Superior Court of Wake County.
        2. Upon determination by a court that an alleged violation is occurring or is threatened, the court shall enter any order or judgment that is necessary to abate the violation, to ensure that restoration is performed or to prevent the threatened violation. The institution of an action for injunctive relief under this Subsection shall not relieve any party to the proceeding from any civil or criminal penalty prescribed for violations to this UDO.
      5. Restoration
        1. Any person who violates any of the provisions of this Article, any regulation, rule or order duly adopted pursuant to this Article; or who undertakes or continues an activity except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of an approved stormwater control plan is required to restore the waters, land and vegetation affected by the violation so as to minimize detrimental effects.
        2. The restoration plan shall first be approved by the City. This authority is in addition to any other civil or criminal penalty or injunctive relief authorized under this section.
      6. Specific Civil Penalties
        Civil penalties for specific violations of this Article shall be assessed as follows.
        1. Work without a Permit
          $5,000 per day for failure to secure a valid required stormwater control permit and/or watercourse buffer permit prior to conducting any land disturbing activity, any development or expansion, any placement of impervious surfaces or any new use or construction.
        2. Failure to Follow Plan
          $3,000 per day for failure to conduct a land-disturbing activity, placement of impervious surfaces, development or expansion in accordance with the provisions of an approved stormwater control plan.
        3. Failure to Maintain Stormwater Control Facilities
          $2,500 per day for failure to maintain stormwater control facilities.
        4. Failure to File Inspections Report
          $2,500 per day for failure to file required inspection report.
        5. Failure to Submit As-Built Plans
          $2,500 per day for failure to submit required as-built plans.
        6. Failure to Certify
          $2,500 per day for failure to certify that installed stormwater measures and devices are in compliance with the Raleigh Stormwater Management Design Manual and City approved the stormwater control plan, including modifications thereto approved by the City.
        7. Falsified Certification
          $3,000 for making a falsified certification.
        8. Failure to Record
          $2,500 per day for failure to record or timely record with the local register of deeds required plats identifying stormwater control facilities or required maintenance covenants or required escrow agreements.
        9. Failure to Revise Plan
          $2,500 per day for failure to file an acceptable, revised stormwater control plan within the established deadline after being notified of the need to do so.
        10. Failure to Correct a Violation
          $5,000 per day for failure to correct a violation within the time limitations established in a notice of violation.
        11. Failure to Obey a Stop-Work Order
          $5,000 per day for a violation of a stop-work order.
        12. Any other Action
          $2,500 per day for any other action or failure to act that constitutes a violation of the Article.
        13. Repeated Violation
          An additional civil penalty of $1,000 per day shall be charged to any person assessed a civil penalty for any violation of this Article within the prior 2 years. No initial civil penalty shall exceed $5,000; this limitation shall be inapplicable to continuous violations.
      CHAPTER 10. ADMINISTRATION

      Unified Development Ordinance

      CHAPTER 10. ADMINISTRATION

      CHAPTER 10. ADMINISTRATION aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:37

      Article 10.1. Review Bodies

      Article 10.1. Review Bodies aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:37

      Sec. 10.1.1. City Council

      Sec. 10.1.1. City Council aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:20
      1. General Authority
        1. The City Council may exercise any and all powers prescribed by North Carolina general and local law, including the City Charter, and as described in this UDO and in the City Code.
        2. The City Council shall approve the rules of procedure and bylaws for all City Boards and Commissions.
        3. The City Council may adopt rules of ethics for all City Boards and Commissions.
      2. Specific Approval Authority
        The City Council is responsible for final action regarding:
        1. Comprehensive Plan amendments;
        2. Text Amendments to this UDO;
        3. Rezonings;
        4. Historic landmark designations; and
        5. Amendments to floodprone area maps.

      Sec. 10.1.2. Planning Commission

      Sec. 10.1.2. Planning Commission aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:20
      1. In General
        1. Establishment
          The Planning Commission is established and may exercise any and all powers prescribed by North Carolina general and local law, including the City Charter, and as described in this UDO and in the City Code, and perform duties as lawfully directed by the City Council.
        2. Composition
          1. The Planning Commission shall consist of 10 members.
          2. Nine members shall reside within the corporate limits of the City. The 9 members shall be appointed by the City Council for terms of no more than 2 years.
          3. One member shall reside outside the corporate limits of the City but reside within the limits of the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City. This member shall be appointed by the Chairman and Board of Commissioners of Wake County for a term of no more than 2 years.
          4. Vacancies on the Planning Commission will be filled in the same manner and by the same governing body as the original appointment.
        3. Rules of Procedure
          1. The Planning Commission shall establish its own rules of procedure, subject to approval by the City Council.
          2. The rules, regulations, minutes and actions of the Planning Commission shall be maintained at the office of the City Clerk.
      2. Specific Review Authority
        The Planning Commission is responsible for review and recommendation regarding:
        1. Rezonings
        2. Comprehensive Plan Amendments
        3. Text Changes
        4. Zoning Condition Text Changes (TCZ)
        5. Major modifications to development plans approved using previously applicable quasi-judicial subjective standards, or by some other procedure with standards no longer available in this UDO;
        6. Streetscape Plans; and
        7. Custom Signage Plans
      3. Specific Approval Authority
        The Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) is responsible for final action regarding:
        1. Design Alternates

      Sec. 10.1.3. Board of Adjustment

      Sec. 10.1.3. Board of Adjustment aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:21
      1. In General
        1. Establishment
          The Board of Adjustment is established and may exercise any and all powers prescribed by North Carolina general and local law, including the City Charter, and as described in this UDO and in the City Code, and perform duties as lawfully directed by the City Council.
        2. Composition
          1. The Board of Adjustment shall consist of 5 regular members and 3 alternate members. Four of the regular members and 2 of the alternate members shall reside within the corporate limits of the City. They shall be appointed by the City Council for terms of 2 years.
          2. One of the regular members and one of the alternate members shall reside outside the corporate limits of the City but within the limits of the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City. They shall be appointed by the Chairman and Board of Commissioners of Wake County.
          3. Vacancies on the Board of Adjustment will be filled in the same manner and by the same governing body as the original appointment.
          4. An alternate member whose place of residence is within the City’s corporate limits may vote on the Board of Adjustment only in the absence of a regular member residing within the City's corporate limits or the inability of the regular member to vote.
          5. The alternate member from the extraterritorial jurisdiction may vote only in the absence of the Board of Adjustment regular member from the extraterritorial jurisdiction or the inability of the regular member to vote.
          6. When serving on the Board of Adjustment, alternate members have the same powers and responsibility as the regular members they are replacing.
        3. Vote Required and Jurisdiction
          The concurring vote of 4/5 of the members of the Board of Adjustment is necessary to approve a variance request. All other matters may be approved by an affirmative vote of a simple majority.
        4. Rules of Procedures
          1. The Board of Adjustment shall establish its own rules of procedure, subject to approval by the City Council.
          2. The rules of procedure shall at minimum provide for selection of officers of the Board of Adjustment, responsibilities of Board of Adjustment members, order for the conduct of quasi-judicial public hearings and times for filing appeals and holding public hearings.
          3. The rules, regulations, minutes and actions of the Board of Adjustment shall be maintained at the office of the City Clerk.
      2. Specific Approval Authority
        The Board of Adjustment is responsible for final action regarding:
        1. Special use permits;
        2. Variances;
        3. Appeals from administrative decisions; and
        4. Appeals from decisions or orders related to minimum housing code standards pursuant to the terms of Section 11.6.11.

      Sec. 10.1.4. Historic Development Commission

      Sec. 10.1.4. Historic Development Commission aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:21
      1. In General
        1. Purpose
          1. The City is authorized by the North Carolina General Statutes to safeguard the heritage of the City by preserving any property or district that embodies important elements of its culture, history, architectural history or prehistory and to promote the use of and conservation of historic districts and historic landmarks for the education, pleasure and enrichment of the residents of the City and state as a whole.
          2. The purpose of the Historic Development Commission is to provide the organizational vehicle by which certain areas, structures, buildings and objects within the City's planning jurisdiction that have special significance in terms of history, prehistory, architecture, archaeology and culture and possess integrity of design, setting, materials, feeling and association may be preserved and protected.
        2. Composition
          1. The Historic Development Commission consists of 12 members, appointed by City Council for uniform overlapping 2-year terms.
          2. A majority of the members shall have demonstrated special interest, experience or education in history, architecture, archaeology or related fields.
          3. All members shall reside either within the City’s corporate limits or within its extraterritorial jurisdiction area.
          4. At least ¼ of the membership shall either reside or own property in a Historic Overlay District or that is designated as a Raleigh Historic Landmark.
          5. The Historic Development Commission may appoint advisory bodies and committees as appropriate.
          6. In event of a vacancy, the City Council shall appoint a new member within 60 days; members shall serve until their successors have been appointed.
        3. Rules of Procedure
          1. The Historic Development Commission may establish its own rules of procedure, subject to approval by the City Council.
          2. The rules of procedures shall at minimum provide for selection of the officers of the Commission, the time and place of its regular meetings which shall at least be held monthly, the calling of special meetings and the procedures for the conduct of public hearings and voting.
          3. The Historic Development Commission shall elect from its membership a chairperson and vice-chairperson, who shall serve for terms of 1 year, who shall be eligible for reelection and who shall have the right to vote. The chairperson shall preside over the Commission.
          4. In the absence or disability of the chairperson, the vice-chairperson shall perform the duties of the chairperson.
          5. The rules, regulations, minutes and actions of the Historic Development Commission shall be maintained as a separate document as a public record at the office of the Commission.
      2. General Authority
        The powers of the Historic Development Commission are as follows.
        1. Undertake an inventory of properties of historical, prehistorical, architectural, archaeological or cultural significance.
        2. Recommend to the City Council districts or areas to be designated as a Historic Overlay District and recommend individual structures, buildings, sites, areas or objects to be designated as Historic Landmarks.
        3. Recommend to the City Council that designation of any area as a Historic Overlay District or part of a Historic Overlay District be revoked or removed for cause and recommend that designation of individual structures, buildings, sites, areas or objects as Historic Landmarks be revoked or removed for cause.
        4. Restore, preserve and operate historic properties.
        5. Conduct an educational program with respect to historic properties and districts within its jurisdiction.
        6. Cooperate with the State, Federal and local governments. The City Council or the Historic Development Commission, when authorized by the City Council, may contract with the State or the United States of America or any agency of either or with any other organization provided the terms are not inconsistent with State or Federal law.
        7. Request the advice and assistance of any officer or agency of the City Council with respect to any matter arising under its purview.
        8. Enter, solely in performance of its official duties and only at reasonable times, upon private land for examination or survey. However, no member, employee or agent of the Historic Development Commission may enter any private building or structure without either the express consent of the owner or occupant or authority of law.
        9. Conduct any meetings or hearings necessary to carry out the responsibilities of the Historic Development Commission.
        10. Acquire by any lawful means the fee or any lesser included property interest, including options to purchase, to properties within any established Historic Overlay District or to any properties designated as Historic Landmarks, to hold, manage, preserve, restore and improve the same and to exchange or dispose of the property by public or private sale, lease or otherwise, subject to covenants or other legally binding restrictions that will secure appropriate rights of public access and promote the preservation of the property. All lands, buildings or structures acquired by the Historic Development Commission from funds other than those appropriated by the City Council may be acquired and held in the name of the Historic Development Commission, the City or both.
        11. Recommend to the City Council acquisition of the fee or any lesser included property interest (including public access), preservation easements other covenants of historic property. The City Council may make appropriations and own such property under the following conditions:
          1. Acquisition. Within the limits of its jurisdiction for planning and regulation of development the City Council may acquire properties within Historic Overlay Districts and/or properties designated as Historic Landmarks. In the event the property is acquired but is not used for some other governmental purpose, it shall be deemed to be “museum” under the provisions of General Statutes notwithstanding the fact that the property may be or remain in private use, so long as the property is made reasonably accessible to and open for visitation by the general public;
          2. Ownership. All lands, buildings, structures, sites, areas or objects acquired by funds appropriated by the City Council shall be acquired in the name of the City unless otherwise provided by the City Council. So long as owned by the City, historic properties may be maintained by or under the supervision and control of the City; and
          3. Negotiate at any time with the owner of a building, structure, site, area or object for its acquisition or its preservation, when such action is reasonably necessary or appropriate.
        12. Take steps, during the period of postponement of demolition of any Historic Landmark or property within a Historic Overlay District, to ascertain what the City Council can or may do to preserve such property, including consultation with private civic groups, interested private citizens and other public boards or agencies and including investigation of potential acquisition by the City Council when the preservation of a given historic property is clearly in the interest of the general welfare of the community and such property is of certain historic and architectural significance.
        13. Propose to the City Council changes to the Historic Overlay District regulations or any other ordinance and propose new ordinances or laws relating to Historic Landmarks and the Historic Overlay District or relating to a total program for the protection or development of the historic resources of the City.
        14. Study and recommend to the City Council means by which historic preservation efforts can be coordinated and strengthened.
        15. Study and recommend revisions to the Historic Preservation Element of the Comprehensive Plan.
        16. Review and act upon proposals for restoration, alteration, reconstruction, relocation, demolition or new construction within a Historic Overlay District, pursuant to procedures established in this UDO and for proposals for alteration, reconstruction, restoration, relocation, new construction or demolition of designated Historic Landmarks outside a Historic Overlay District, pursuant to procedures outlined in this UDO. Report violations of Historic Landmark and Historic Overlay District regulations or other ordinances affecting Historic Landmarks and properties within Historic Overlay Districts, to the appropriate enforcement agency.
        17. Accept funds to be used for preservation purposes that are granted to the Historic Development Commission by private individuals, organizations and local governing bodies.
        18. Receive appropriations as may be made to the Historic Development Commission by the City Council.
        19. City Planning shall provide such technical, administrative and clerical assistance as required by the Historic Development Commission.
      3. Specific Review Authority
        1. The Historic Development Commission is responsible for review and recommendation regarding:
          1. Historic district rezoning; and
          2. Historic landmark designation.
        2. The Historic Development Commission is responsible for review regarding Non-Subdivision Final Plat and Recorded Instruments.
      4. Specific Approval Authority
        The Historic Development Commission is responsible for final action regarding:
        1. Certificates of appropriateness that are subject to summary proceedings or to a quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing; and
        2. Subdivision approvals in a Historic Overlay District or for a designated Historic Landmark. These decisions are subject to a quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing.

      Sec. 10.1.5. Design Review Commission

      Sec. 10.1.5. Design Review Commission aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:22
      1. In General
        1. Establishment
          The Design Review Commission is the appearance commission established pursuant to N.C.G.S. § 160D-304 to exercise any and all powers prescribed by North Carolina general and local law under N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 160D, Article 9, Part 5, including the City Charter, and to perform duties as lawfully directed by the City Council. When acting as a quasi-judicial board, the Design Review Commission preforms the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission, as lawfully directed by the City Council, pursuant to N.C.G.S. § 160D-301 and §160D-705.

        2. Composition
          1. Except as provided in Sec. 10.1.5.A.2.b., the Design Review Commission shall be composed of 15 members who shall reside either within the City corporate limits or within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City; however, at least one member shall reside outside of the City corporate limits, but within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City.
          2. When the Design Review Commission is performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission, it shall be composed of 9 regular members and 6 alternate members, as appointed by the City Council. At least one regular member shall reside outside of the City corporate limits, but within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City.
          3. Members of the Design Review Commission residing within the City corporate limits, including those designated as alternates, shall be appointed by the City Council. Members of the Design Review Commission residing outside the City corporate limits, but within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City, including those designated as alternates, shall be appointed by the Board of Commissioners of Wake County. Each member shall be appointed for a term of 2 years.
          4. Where possible, appointments to the Design Review Commission shall be made in such manner as to maintain a majority of members with special training or experience in a field of design such as architecture, landscape design, horticulture, city planning, urban design or a closely-related field.
          5. Vacancies on the Design Review Commission will be filled in the same manner and by the same governing body as the original appointment.
          6. When the Design Review Commission is performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission, alternate members so serving have the same powers and responsibility as the regular members they are replacing.
        3. Rules of Procedure
          1. The Design Review Commission shall establish its own rules of procedure, subject to approval by the City Council.
          2. The Design Review Commission shall, no later than April 15 of each year, submit to the City Council a written report of its activities, a statement of its expenditures to date for the current fiscal year and its requested budget for the next fiscal year. All accounts and funds of the Design Review Commission shall be administered in accordance with the requirements of all applicable State and local laws.
          3. The Design Review Commission may receive contributions from private agencies, foundations, organizations, individuals and the State or Federal government or any other source in addition to any sums appropriated for its use by the City Council. It may accept and disburse these funds for any purpose within the scope of its authority as specified in this section and under all applicable State and local laws.
          4. The rules, regulations, minutes and actions of the Design Review Commission shall be maintained by City Planning.
      2. General Authority
        1. The Design Review Commission shall make a careful study of the visual aspects of the City and its planning and zoning jurisdiction and shall make plans and carry out programs that will enhance and improve the visual quality and aesthetic characteristics of such areas within the Design Review Commission's scope of the powers.
        2. The Design Review Commission may recommend to the City Council suitable arrangements for the procurement or provision of staff or technical services for the Commission and may establish an advisory council or other committee to aid it in its work.
      3. Specific Review Authority
        The Design Review Commission when performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) is responsible for review and recommendation regarding:
        1. Streetscape Plans; and
        2. Custom Signage Plans
      4. Specific Approval Authority
        The Design Review Commission when performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) is responsible for final action regarding:
        1. Design Alternates

      Sec. 10.1.6. Open Meeting Requirements

      Sec. 10.1.6. Open Meeting Requirements aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:22

      Meetings of the City Council and its Boards and Commissions are subject to all applicable requirements of the North Carolina open meetings law.

      Sec. 10.1.7. Planning Director and Development Services Director

      Sec. 10.1.7. Planning Director and Development Services Director aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:23
      1. Delegation of Authority
        1. Planning Director
          1. The Planning Director serves as the administrator of this UDO unless otherwise stated.
          2. The Planning Director may designate any staff member as their designee in any function assigned by this UDO to the Department of City Planning; the Planning Director remains responsible for any action taken by their designee.
          3. The Planning Director is the administrative director of the Department of City Planning and has the authority to supervise all activities and decisions of the Department of City Planning.
        2. Development Services Director
          1. The Development Services Director may designate any staff member as their designee in any function assigned by this UDO to the Development Services Department; the Development Services Director remains responsible for any action taken by their designee.
          2. The Development Services Director is the administrative director of the Development Services Department and has the authority to supervise all activities and decisions of the Development Services Department.
      2. General Authority
        1. Planning Director
          1. Administration and coordination of the City's Planning program, including liaison information and technical assistance to citizens, community groups, commissions and supervisions of planning studies and reports;
          2. Administration of the technical maintenance of this UDO;
          3. Assembling of data, preparation of maps, maintenance of a complete information system;
          4. Assistance in implementation of plans, studies and coordination of efforts dealing with environment, open space, urban design and historic preservation;
          5. Neighborhood studies and coordination with regard to housing and neighborhood planning;
          6. Assistance to other departments; and
          7. Urban design.
        2. Development Services Director
          1. Administration of land use controls through the review of development plans and permit review;
          2. Assistance to other departments; and
          3. Receive development plans, permit review, schedule inspection and issue permits.
      3. Specific Review Authority
        1. Planning Director is responsible for review and recommendation unless otherwise noted regarding:
          1. Annexation petitions;
          2. Comprehensive Plan amendments;
          3. Text amendments;
          4. Rezonings (review only);
          5. Special Use Permits (review only);
          6. Variances (review only);
          7. Historic Landmark designations (review only),
          8. Major certificates of appropriateness (review only), and
          9. Design Alternates (review only).
        2. Development Services Director is responsible for review unless otherwise noted regarding;
          1. City Council approved subdivisions (review only);
          2. Subdivision waivers (review only);
      4. Specific Approval Authority
        Subject to any right of appeal, the Planning Director or Development Services Director is responsible for final action regarding:
        1. Planning Director
          1. Minor certificate of appropriateness;
          2. [Reserved]
        2. Development Services Director
          1. Preliminary subdivision plans except for subdivision approvals, other than single unit living in the Metro-Park Overlay, subdivision approvals in any Historic District Overlay District or for a designated Historic Landmark or when a subdivision waiver is requested;
          2. Final subdivision plats;
          3. Zoning permit;
          4. Site plans; and
          5. Temporary use permits.

      Sec. 10.1.8. Summary of Review Authority

      Sec. 10.1.8. Summary of Review Authority aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:23

      The following table summarizes the review and approval authority of the various review bodies with regard to this UDO.

        ADMINISTRATION REVIEW BODIES PUBLIC NOTICE
      APPROVAL PROCESS X-ref City Official Historic Development Commission Design Review Commission Board of Adjustment Planning Commission City Council Neighbor- hood Meeting Web Site Posted Mailed Published
      Comprehensive Plan Amendment Sec. 10.2.2. RR       RR D-PH   Y   Y(2) Y(3)
      Text Amendment to UDO Sec. 10.2.3. RR       RR D-PH   Y     Y(3)
      Rezoning Map Amendment and TCZ Sec. 10.2.4. R RR     RR D-PH Y Y Y(6) Y Y(3)
      Subdivision Review Sec. 10.2.5.                      
      Preliminary Subdivision Plan   D RR           Y   Y  
      Final Subdivision Plat   D                    
      Subdivisions in a -HOD-G or -HOD-S or properties with Historic Landmarks   R D-QH           Y Y Y Y
      Other Map Approvals   D             Y      
      Non-Subdivision Final Plat and Recorded Instruments Sec. 10.2.6. D R(1)   A-QH       Y      
      Site Plan Review Sec. 10.2.8.C.1.d D     A-QH       Y Y Y  
      Special Use Permit Sec. 10.2.9. R     D-QH       Y Y Y  
      Variance Sec. 10.2.10. R     D-QH       Y Y Y  
      Common Signage Plan Sec. 10.2.12. D     A-QH              
      Temporary Use Permit Sec. 10.2.13. D     A-QH       Y      
      Written Interpretation of UDO Sec. 10.2.14. D     A-QH       Y Y(5) Y(5)  
      Certificate of Appropriateness Sec. 10.2.15.                      
      Minor   D A-QH           Y      
      Major   R D-QH           Y Y Y Y
      Historic Landmark Designation Sec. 10.2.16. R RR       D-JH   Y Y   Y
      Design Alternate Sec. 10.2.17. R   D-QH(4)   D-QH(4)     Y Y Y  
      Vested Rights Sec. 10.2.18. R         D-QH   Y Y Y Y
      Development Agreements Sec. 10.2.20. R         D-PH   Y Y Y  
      Major Modification Development Plans approved using previously applicable quasi-judicial subjective standards, or by some other procedure with standards no longer available in this UDO R       D-QH            
      Miscellaneous Zoning Permit   D     A-QH              
      Streetscape Plan   RR   RR     D-PH Y Y Y Y Y
      Custom Signage Plan   RR   RR     D-PH Y Y Y Y Y

      KEY: R = Review RR = Review & Recommendation, D = Final Decision, A = Appeal, PH = Public Hearing, QH = Quasi-Judicial Public Hearing, JH = Joint Public Hearing with Historic Development Commission, Y = Required

      (1) Historic Development Commission reviews applications in -HOD-G, -HOD-S or properties with Historic Landmarks.
      (2) Staff to provide mailed notice to non-applicant property owners of proposed future land use map alterations in accordance with Comprehensive Plan.
      (3) Published notice is only required for the Public Hearing.
      (4) Planning Commission or Design Review Commission, performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council).
      (5) Site posting and mailed notice provided only for written interpretations associated with a specific site plan or subdivision.
      (6) Site posting is only required for Public Hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.4.
      (7) Reserved

      Sec. 10.1.9. Conflicts of Interest

      Sec. 10.1.9. Conflicts of Interest aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:24
      1. City Council
        A City Council member shall not vote on any legislative decision regarding a development regulation adopted pursuant to this UDO where the outcome of the matter being considered is reasonably likely to have a direct, substantial, and readily identifiable financial impact on the member. A City Council member shall not vote on any zoning amendment if the landowner of the property subject to a rezoning petition or the applicant for a text amendment is a person with whom the member has a close familial, business, or other associational relationship.
      2. Appointed Boards and Commissions
        Members of appointed boards and commissions shall not vote on any advisory or legislative decision regarding a development regulation adopted pursuant to this UDO where the outcome of the matter being considered is reasonably likely to have a direct, substantial, and readily identifiable financial impact on the member. An appointed board member shall not vote on any zoning amendment if the landowner of the property subject to a rezoning petition or the applicant for a text amendment is a person with whom the member has a close familial, business, or other associational relationship.
      3. Administrative Staff
        No staff member shall make a final decision on an administrative decision required by this UDO if the outcome of that decision would have a direct, substantial, and readily identifiable financial impact on the staff member or if the applicant or other person subject to that decision is a person with whom the staff member has a close familial, business, or other associational relationship. If a staff member has a conflict of interest under this section, the decision shall be assigned to the supervisor of the staff person or such other staff person as may be designated by the development regulation or other ordinance. No staff member shall be financially interested or employed by a business that is financially interested in a development subject to regulation under this UDO unless the staff member is the owner of the land or building involved. No staff member or other individual or an employee of a company contracting with a local government to provide staff support shall engage in any work that is inconsistent with his or her duties or with the interest of the local government, as determined by the local government.
      4. Quasi-Judicial Decisions
        A member of any board exercising quasi-judicial functions pursuant to this UDO shall not participate in or vote on any quasi-judicial matter in a manner that would violate affected persons' constitutional rights to an impartial decision maker. Impermissible violations of due process include, but are not limited to, a member having a fixed opinion prior to hearing the matter that is not susceptible to change, undisclosed ex parte communications, a close familial, business, or other associational relationship with an affected person, or a financial interest in the outcome of the matter.
      5. Resolution of Objection
        If an objection is raised to a council, board or commission member's participation at or prior to the hearing or vote on a particular matter and that member does not recuse himself or herself, the remaining members of the council, board or commission shall by majority vote rule on the objection.
      6. Familial Relationship
        For purposes of this section, a "close familial relationship" means a spouse, parent, child, brother, sister, grandparent, or grandchild. The term includes the step, half, and in-law relationships.

      Article 10.2. Review Procedures

      Article 10.2. Review Procedures aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:38

      Sec. 10.2.1. Common Review Procedures

      Sec. 10.2.1. Common Review Procedures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:25
      1. Applicability
        The following requirements are common to many of the procedures contained in this UDO and apply to applications submitted under this Chapter. Additional details may be included for each specific procedure.
      2. Application Requirements
        1. Initial Application Submittal
          All applications for development approval shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of this UDO and shall be filed with the City.
        2. Forms
          Applications required under this UDO must be submitted, fully completed, on forms and in such numbers as required by the City. For required application forms, as may be found on the City’s web portal, see Sec. 10.2.2. through Sec. 10.2.18.
        3. Fees Schedule
          1. The City of Raleigh Fee Schedule is maintained by the Budget and Management Services Department and is updated annually, with fees to be effective the first day of the fiscal year, July 1. Except as otherwise provided within the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule, fee increases shall be based on the average annual prior calendar year United States Department of Labor Consumer Price Index - All Urban consumers and as may be modified from time to time by the City Council.
          2. Before review of an application, including applications for re-hearings, all filing fees must be paid in full. No refund of the fee or any part of the fee shall be made unless the application is withdrawn prior to a hearing.
          3. A fee shall not be required if the application is made by the City or any agency created and appointed by the City Council to perform governmental functions.
        4. Application Deadline
          Complete applications shall be submitted in accordance with the City’s filing calendar. A calendar indicating submittal dates shall be developed by the City each year and shall be maintained and updated by the City.
      3. Public Notice Requirements
        For public notice, meeting and hearing requirements applicable to each procedure, see Sec. 10.1.8. Any defective notification of a required City procedure, not otherwise required by State or Federal law, does not invalidate the proceedings if the defect is determined to be harmless error by the City.
        1. Mailed Notice
          1. Whenever mailed notice is required by Sec. 10.1.8. or elsewhere in this UDO, at the time of submission of the application, the applicant shall deliver to the City first class stamped envelopes addressed to the property owners of the property included in the proposed application and the owners of all property within 100 feet on all sides of the subject property at the time of submittal. If a portion of a property is requested for rezoning, the notification radius shall be calculated from the property lines, and not the requested zoning boundary. For zoning map amendments, the mailing radius shall be increased to 500 feet. The mailing radius for neighborhood meetings is that set forth in Section 10.2.4.D. For zoning map amendments that directly affect more than 50 properties owned by a total of at least 50 different property owners, the applicant may elect to provide mailed notice of the Planning Commission public meeting by postcard instead of firstclass mail. Envelopes shall be provided, and notice given to non-owner tenants in accordance with subsection b.
          2. Mailed notice shall be provided to all property owners and tenants as reflected in the Wake County tax records at the time of submittal. Additionally, all property owners and tenants in the area of request shall receive mailed notice.
          3. Where the tax records reflect a mailing address for an owner of property under subsection a. to be different than the address of the property owned, then notification shall also be mailed to the address of the property itself. The applicant shall comply with the Section 10.2.1.C.1.a. requirements, except if the individual mailing addresses of tenants in any type multi-tenant properties are not readily available, the multi-tenant property shall be posted in accordance with Section 10.2.1.C.4(f).
          4. When mailed notice is required for pre-submittal public meetings, the applicant may provide to the City return receipts from the mailing notification by the applicant to the required property owners and tenants by certified mail, returned receipt requested.
          5. Mailed notices must be sent to the addressees at least 10 calendar days prior and not more than 25 calendar days prior to the date of any public meeting.
          6. Except as otherwise directed by the City Council, the City Board or Commission reviewing the matter shall not require additional notification.
          7. For zoning map amendments that directly affect more than 50 properties owned by a total of at least 50 different property owners, the City may elect to forego mailed notice and instead give notice of the public hearing by publication provided that the newspaper advertisement is not less than ½ of a newspaper page in size. Property owners who reside outside of the newspaper circulation area, according to the addresses listed in the most recent property tax listing for the affected properties, shall be notified by first class mail.
          8. Except for a City-initiated zoning map amendment, when an application is filed to request a zoning map amendment and that application is not made by the owner of the parcel of land to which the amendment would apply, the applicant shall certify to the City Council that the owner of the parcel of land, as shown on the county tax listing, has received actual notice of the proposed amendment and a copy of the notice of public hearing. The applicant shall certify to the City Council that proper notice has been provided in fact and such certification shall be deemed conclusive in the absence of fraud. Actual notice shall be achieved as follows:
            1. Actual notice of the proposed amendment and a copy of the notice of public hearing shall be by any manner permitted under N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4(j).
            2. If notice with due diligence cannot be achieved by personal delivery, registered or certified mail or by a designated delivery service, notice may be given by publication consistent with N.C. Gen. Stat. §1A-1, Rule 4(j1). (See N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-601).
          9. For quasi-judicial hearings, mailed notice shall be provided to all other persons with an ownership interest in the subject property as set forth in all applicable State and local laws.
        2. Published Notice
          1. When published notice is required, notice of the public hearing shall be published by the City at least once in a newspaper having general circulation in the City not more than 25 or less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of the public hearing.
          2. In the case of any ordinance adopting, amending or repealing any provision of this UDO, including zoning map amendments, notice of a public hearing shall be published once a week in a newspaper having general circulation within the City for 2 successive calendar weeks.
          3. In determining the time period, the day of publication is not to be included but the day of the hearing shall be included.
        3. Web Notice
          1. When web notice is required, notice shall be posted on the City’s web portal within 5 business days following acceptance of a complete application; required web notice of the decision shall be posted on the City’s web portal no later than 3 business days from the date of decision.
          2. When web notice of any public meeting is required, notice of the public meeting shall be posted on the City’s web portal not less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of the public hearing.
          3. In determining the time period, the day of posting on the City’s web portal is not to be included but the day of the hearing shall be included.
        4. Posted Notice
          1. When posted notice of any public meeting is required, signage shall be posted by the City on the property at a point visible from the nearest public street or streets if the property fronts on multiple streets.
          2. In the case of multiple parcels, a posting on each individual parcel is not required, but sufficient signage shall be posted to provide reasonable notice to interested persons.
          3. The sign shall not measure less than 18 inches x 24 inches, and constructed of durable materials sufficient to withstand the effects of weather. Signage shall be posted at least 10 calendar days prior to the date of the public meeting.
          4. The posted sign shall be returned to the City by the applicant either at the public meeting or within 3 business days following the public meeting.
          5. Posted notice shall not be required for Planning Commission meetings for zoning map amendments that directly affect more than 50 properties owned by a total of at least 50 different property owners.
          6. When multi-tenant properties are required to be posted pursuant to Sec. 10.2.1.C.1. b., signage shall be posted by the applicant, and shall comply with the following:
            1. Signage shall be posted in the right-of-way immediately adjacent to the multi-tenant property at a conspicuous location visible from the nearest public street or streets if the property fronts on multiple streets.
            2. The sign shall not measure less than 18 inches x 24 inches, and constructed of durable materials sufficient to withstand the effects of weather. Signage shall be posted at least 10 calendar days prior to the date of the meeting.
            3. The content of the required posted notice shall be as follows:
              1. a case number (if one has been assigned);
              2. a description of application type;
              3. the address to the City's web portal where more information about the application can be obtained; and
              4. a phone number and email to contact the Applicant.
            4. The Applicant shall provide the City with documentation (photo and attestation as to date of posting) establishing compliance with the posting requirements of this subsection.
        5. Content of Notice
          1. Published, Web or Mailed Notice
            The content of required published, web or mailed notice shall be as follows:
            1. A case number;
            2. The address or Parcel Identification Number of the subject property (if available). Zoning map amendments that directly affect more than 50 properties owned by a total of at least 50 different property owners are exempted from this specific content requirement.
            3. The general location of the land that is the subject of the application, which may include a location map;
            4. A description of the action requested and nature of the questions involved;
            5. The time, date and location of the public hearing, public meeting or the neighborhood meeting if applicable and the name of the reviewing body;
            6. A phone number and e-mail address to contact the City;
            7. The address for the City’s web portal;
            8. A statement that persons may appear at the public hearing, public meeting or at the neighborhood meeting if applicable or make written comments to the City as applicable; and a statement that more specific information is available at the City.
          2. Posted Notice
            Required posted notice of a public meeting or public hearing shall provide at least the following:
            1. A case number;
            2. A description of the action requested;
            3. The address for the City’s web portal; and
            4. A phone number and e-mail address to contact the City.
        6. Notice of Decision
          1. Except when notice is provided by permit issuance, notice of decision shall provide at least the following:
            1. A case number;
            2. The address of the subject property (if available and relevant);
            3. The general location of the land (if relevant) that was the subject of the application, which may include a location map;
            4. A description of the application;
            5. The date the application was decided;
            6. A description of whether the application was approved, approved with conditions or denied;
            7. A phone number and e-mail address to contact the City; and
            8. The address for the City’s web portal.
          2. Unless otherwise stated by general law, this UDO or by the rules of procedure adopted by the applicable reviewing body, within 10 business days following the effective date of a decision, a copy of the decision shall be sent by either electronic notification or first class mailing to the applicant and the property owner (if the property owner is not the applicant) and filed with the City, where it shall be made available for public inspection during regular office hours. In the case of permit issuance, receipt of the permit by the applicant, contractor, property owner or their representative shall constitute written notice of the decision.
          3. In the case of a quasi-judicial decision, notice of the decision shall also be given to the applicant, the property owner (if the property owner is not the applicant) and each person who has filed a written request for notice with the presiding officer or secretary of the reviewing body (if any) at the time of the hearing of the case, with such notice to be delivered to the requesting party by either personal service or by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested.
      4. Additional Requirements
        1. Quasi-Judicial Public Hearing Requirements
          For notice and hearing requirements applicable to each quasi-judicial procedure see Sec. 10.1.8.
          1. Rules of Procedure
            1. In all quasi-judicial hearings, rulings must be based only upon the evidence received by the reviewing body at the hearing.
            2. The review body shall act as an impartial decision-maker. See Sec. 10.1.9.D. for additional requirements of an impartial decision maker.
            3. The reviewing body shall act as a fact-finding body and shall approve or disapprove the application in accordance with the evidence presented before it which is substantial, competent, relevant and material.
            4. The burden of proof is upon the party who files the application and if the party fails to meet its burden, the reviewing body shall deny the request.
          2. Conduct of Hearing
            1. The presiding officer of the reviewing body shall call the proceedings to order and announce that the hearing has begun.
            2. All witnesses who are to testify at the hearing shall be sworn in.
            3. The City's officer shall briefly describe the applicant’s request, introduce and review all relevant City Code provisions and answer questions from the reviewing body.
            4. The applicant (if acting in a pro se capacity) or their legal counsel shall present the case in support of its application.
            5. Parties in interest, including the City, shall have the right to present evidence and cross-examine witnesses, as to any competent, material and relevant facts, inspect documents and make oral argument.
            6. Counsel for the reviewing body may advise the reviewing body as to the applicable law and the findings of fact that must be made to approve or deny the request.
            7. The reviewing body shall conduct open deliberation of the application. The presiding officer of the reviewing body shall have the discretion to reopen proceedings for additional testimony or argument by the parties when the reviewing body determines that a decision cannot be made with the testimony at hand.
            8. Reasonable and appropriate conditions and safeguards may be imposed as part of any approval. A condition offered by the reviewing body for an approval must be related to the evidence received by the reviewing body at the hearing as provided for under all applicable State and local laws.
            9. Every decision shall include the vote, abstention from voting or absence of each member. The decision, including findings of fact and conclusions of law, shall be filed with the City Clerk. A written copy of the decision shall be delivered in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.6.
            10. The presiding officer of the reviewing body shall rule on the admissibility of evidence and make determinations on whether evidence is competent, material, relevant or redundant.
          3. Examination
            Members of the reviewing body may ask questions of persons presenting testimony or evidence at any time during the proceedings until commencement of deliberation.
          4. Cross-Examination of Witnesses
            After each witness testifies, testimony is subject to cross-examination.
          5. Rules of Evidence
            1. Competent evidence shall not preclude reliance by the decision-making board on evidence that would not be admissible under the rules of evidence as applied in the trial division of the General Court of Justice if;
              1. The evidence was admitted without objection; or
              2. The evidence appears to be sufficiently trustworthy and was admitted under such circumstances that it was reasonable for the reviewing body to rely upon it.
            2. Competent evidence shall not be deemed to include the opinion testimony of lay witnesses as to any of the following:
              1. a) The use of property in a particular way would affect the value of other property;
              2. b) The increase in vehicular traffic resulting from a proposed development would pose a danger to the public safety; and
              3. c) Matters about which only expert testimony would generally be admissible under the rules of evidence.
            3. Documentary business records may be presented in the form of a copy or the original. Upon request, parties shall be given an opportunity to compare the copy with the original.
          6.  Statements of Counsel
            Statements of counsel, or any individual acting in a pro se capacity, shall only be considered as argument and not testimony unless counsel or the individual is sworn in and the testimony is based on actual personal knowledge of the matters which are the subject of the statements.
          7. Continuances and Deferrals
            The reviewing body shall consider requests for continuances and may grant continuances in its sole discretion. If, in the opinion of the eviewing body, any testimony or documentary evidence or information presented at the hearing justifies allowing additional research or review in order to properly determine the issue presented, then the reviewing body may continue the matter to a time certain to allow for such research or review.

      Sec. 10.2.2. Comprehensive Plan Amendment

      Sec. 10.2.2. Comprehensive Plan Amendment aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:25
      Image
      10-2-2
      1. Applicability
        1. The City Council shall consider amendments to the Comprehensive Plan.
        2. Amendments to the Comprehensive Plan shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this section.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment, an applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Planning Director.
      3. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment shall be submitted in accordance with the general application requirements of Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. An application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment will only be accepted in accordance with the City's filing calendar.
        3. A Comprehensive Plan Amendment form must be filled out completely to initiate a change.
      4. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          1. The Planning Director shall review the application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment in accordance with Planning Director Review in Sec. 10.2.2.E. and provide a report and recommendation to the Planning Commission of a completed application.
          2. The Planning Director shall also provide a report and recommendation to the City Council when the City Council considers authorizing a public hearing on the proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment.
        2. Planning Commission Action
          1. Within 45 days following submission of a completed application and City approval of all required technical documents, the Planning Commission shall hold a public meeting on the proposed amendment which shall be noticed in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. and Sec. 10.2.1.C.
          2. The Planning Commission may refer the proposed amendment to a work session of the Planning Commission or one of its committees for additional consideration or the Planning Commission may act upon the application.
          3. Within 90 days after its receipt of the proposed amendment, the Planning Commission shall make its recommendation to the City Council. Within this time period, the Planning Commission may request extensions of time which may be granted by the City Council. If no recommendation is made within this time period and if no extension is granted, the City Council may take action on the application without further involvement of the Planning Commission.
          4. The Planning Commission shall make its recommendation to the City Council in writing. The Planning Commission shall recommend that the request be approved, approved as revised, denied or request further study.
        3. Public Hearing by City Council
          1. Following the recommendation of the Planning Commission or expiration of the applicable Planning Commission review period without recommendation, the City Council shall conduct a public hearing. Notice of the public hearing shall occur within 60 days of receiving the request from the Planning Commission.
          2. The public hearing shall be noticed in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. and Sec. 10.2.1.C.
        4. City Council Public Hearing and Action
          1. Before taking final action on a proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment, the City Council may consider the recommendations of the Planning Commission and Planning Director and comments made at the public hearing.
          2. The City Council may review the application in light of the considerations in Sec. 10.2.2.E.
          3. The City Council shall approve, approve as revised, deny, send the proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment back to the Planning Commission or Planning Director for additional consideration.
          4. Approval by the City Council shall include the adoption of a statement describing how the City Council considers the action taken to be reasonable and in the public interest.
          5. All enactments, amendments and changes must be in the form of a resolution. Copies of Comprehensive Plan amendments shall be kept on file at the office of the City Clerk.
      5. Considerations for Planning Director Review
        The following lists of considerations for the Planning Director’s review and recommendations regarding a proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment are not all-inclusive. Review and recommendations of proposed Comprehensive Plan amendments may consider whether:
        1. The proposed amendment corrects an error or meets the challenge of some changing condition, trend or fact;
        2. The proposed amendment is in response to changes in state law;
        3. The proposed amendment constitutes a substantial benefit to the City as a whole and is not solely for the good or benefit of a particular landowner or owners at a particular point in time; and
        4. The proposed amendment is consistent with other identified Plan policies and adopted area plans;
        5. The impact of the proposed amendment has with regard to:
          1. Established property or proposed development in the vicinity of the proposed amendment;
          2. Existing or future land use patterns;
          3. Existing or planned public services and facilities;
          4. Existing or planned roadways;
          5. The natural environment, including air, water, noise, stormwater management, wildlife and vegetation; and
          6. Other policies of the Comprehensive Plan.

      Sec. 10.2.3. UDO Text Changes

      Sec. 10.2.3. UDO Text Changes aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:26
      Image
      10-2-3
      1. Applicability
        1. Text changes are legislative decisions. There are two types of text changes:
          1. a text change to the provisions of this UDO (a "TC"); and
          2. a text change to a conditional use zoning condition, including an amendment to any Planned Development Master Plan (a "TCZ").
        2. Requests for TC's may be made by the City Council, the City staff or members of the public.
        3. Requests for TCZ's can only be made by the owner of the property that is the subject of the TCZ. A request for a TCZ shall follow the procedures for conditional use rezoning applications under Sec. 10.2.4.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before a member of the public may submit an application for a text change, the applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Planning Director.
      3. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a TC shall be submitted in accordance with the general application requirements of Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. A request for a TC by a member of the public must obtain Council authorization. To initiate that process, the applicant must submit an application describing the request to City Planning. Within 90 days of submission, the Planning Director shall provide a report and recommendation and place the request on the City Council's agenda. If Council authorizes the request, the applicant shall thereafter follow the process set forth in this Section.
      4. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          The Planning Director shall review the TC application in accordance with Sec. 10.2.3.E. and provide a report and recommendation to the Planning Commission.
        2. Planning Commission Action
          1. Upon acceptance of the TC application, the Planning Commission or one of its committees shall hold a legislative hearing on the request. Public notice of the legislative hearing shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8.
          2. When conducting a review of a TC application, the Planning Commission shall advise and comment on whether the proposed action is consistent with any comprehensive plan that has been adopted, and any other applicable adopted plan.
          3. Within 60 days after receipt of the proposed amendment, the Planning Commission shall provide a written report to the City Council. If no recommendation is made within this time period and if no extension is granted, the City Council may nonetheless take action on the application without further involvement of the Planning Commission.
          4. The Planning Commission's written report to the City Council shall contain its recommendation, which addresses the proposed text amendment's plan consistency and other matters it deems appropriate.
        3. City Council Legislative Hearing and Action
          1. Following the recommendation of the Planning Commission or expiration of the applicable Planning Commission review period without a recommendation, the City Council shall conduct a legislative hearing.
          2. Notice of the public hearing shall occur within 60 days of receiving the Planning Commission's written report.
          3. Notice of the hearing shall be given in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8.
          4. At the hearing, the Planning Director shall present the request, including the recommendation and comments of the Planning Commission, if any. If the request was submitted by a member of the public, those in favor of the TC will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their support and those opposed shall be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their opposition. The Council, in its discretion, may grant an equal amount of additional time to each side.
          5. The City Council shall approve, approve as revised, deny or send the proposed TC back to the Planning Commission or Planning Director for additional consideration.
          6. When adopting or rejecting any TC, the City Council shall approve a brief statement describing whether its action is consistent or inconsistent with the Comprehensive Plan.
      5. Considerations for Planning Director Review
        The following is a non-exclusive list of considerations for the Planning Director to take into account when reviewing a TC request. The Planning Director may consider whether:
        1. The proposed TC corrects an error or meets the challenge of some changing condition, trend or fact;
        2. The proposed TC is in response to changes in state law;
        3. The proposed TC is generally consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and other applicable adopted plans;
        4. The proposed TC is generally consistent with the stated purpose and intent of this UDO;
        5. The proposed TC provides a benefit to the City as a whole and is not solely for the good or benefit of a particular landowner or owners at a particular point in time;
        6. The proposed TC significantly impacts the natural environment, including air, water, noise, stormwater management, wildlife and vegetation; and
        7. The proposed TC significantly impacts existing conforming development patterns.

      Sec. 10.2.4. Rezoning

      Sec. 10.2.4. Rezoning aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:26
      Image
      10-2-4
      1. Applicability
        This Section applies to requests to change the City’s Official Zoning Map (“rezonings”) and TCZ’s as defined in Sec. 10.2.3. Rezonings and TCZ’s are legislative decisions.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for a rezoning or TCZ, an applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the applicable procedures, standards and regulations. This requirement may be waived by the Planning Director.
      3. Neighborhood Meetings
        1. Pre-Submittal Neighborhood Meeting.
          1. A pre-submittal neighborhood meeting is required for all rezoning and TCZ applications, except where the City is the applicant. The applicant shall provide an opportunity to meet with property owners of the development site and property owners and tenants within the mailing radius described in Sec. 10.2.1.C.1. The location of the neighborhood meeting must be at, or in reasonable proximity to, the subject property.
          2. The required pre-submittal neighborhood meeting must be conducted prior to submittal of the rezoning or TCZ application. The meeting may not occur more than 6 months prior to the submittal of the application. Notice of the neighborhood meeting must be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.1.
          3. A written report of the meeting, made by the applicant, shall be included with the application  given to City Planning. The report shall include at a minimum, a list of those persons and organizations contacted about the neighborhood meeting, the date, time and location of the meeting, a roster of the persons in attendance at the meeting and a summary of issues discussed at the meeting.
        2. Second Neighborhood Meeting.
          1. A second neighborhood meeting shall be required for applications requiring a pre-submittal neighborhood meeting, which meet any of the following criteria:
            1. The subject property is five acres or more;
            2. The proposed change increases the maximum building height to 5 stories or more, or increases the maximum building height by 5 stories or more;
            3. The proposed change increases residential density by an additional 10 dwelling units per acre;
            4. The request is to change from a Residential or Conservation Management (CM) zoning district to a mixed use or special zoning district (other than CM); or
            5. The request seeks to create any type of PD district.
          2. The second required neighborhood meeting must be conducted in a manner consistent with Sec. 10.2.4.C.1.a. and after City Planning has confirmed that the application is complete, but no earlier than thirty days following the application submittal date. Notice of the second required neighborhood meeting must be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.1.; however, the notice radius shall be one thousand feet. In addition, the property shall be posted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.4.
          3. A report of the second meeting, made by the applicant, shall be delivered to City Planning no less than ten days prior to the first Planning Commission meeting at which the application is considered. The report shall include at a minimum, a list of those persons and organizations contacted about the neighborhood meeting, the date, time and location of the meeting, a roster of the persons in attendance at the meeting and a summary of issues discussed at the meeting. Any other person attending the second neighborhood meeting may submit written comments following the meeting; however, the written comments must be received by City Planning within the same time frame described above in order to be included in the Planning Commission agenda packet.
      4. Application Requirements
        1. General Requirements
          1. An application for any rezoning or TCZ shall be submitted in accordance with the application requirements of Sec. 10.2.1.B.
          2. Where practicable, rezonings should correspond with the boundary lines of existing tracts and lots.
          3. No rezoning that down-zones property shall be initiated without the written consent of all property owners whose property is the subject of the proposed down-zoning, unless the down-zoning amendment is initiated by the City. "Down-zoning" means a zoning amendment that affects an area of land in one of the following ways:
            1. By decreasing the development density of the land to be less dense than was previously allowed; or
            2. By reducing the permitted uses of the land to fewer uses than were previously allowed.
          4. If the change in intensity from the proposed rezoning or TCZ meets or exceeds the thresholds for a traffic impact analysis (“TIA”) as described in the Street Design Manual, then submittal and staff review of a TIA shall be required as a part of completing the application.
          5. No application shall be deemed complete until all the applicable documentation described in Sec. 10.2.4.D. has been submitted
          6. An application for any rezoning or a TCZ may be, but is not required to be, submitted concurrently with an application for a Comprehensive Plan amendment, and the two applications may be processed and reviewed concurrently.
          7. Should the property subject to the application not include an entire tax parcel, a survey-based metes and bounds of the subject property shall be required.
          8. If an application is placed on hold at the request of the applicant for a period of six (6) consecutive months or more, or the applicant fails to respond to comments or provide additional information requested by the City for a period of six (6) consecutive months or more, the application review shall be discontinued and the application will be considered administratively withdrawn. A new application and fee shall be required to resume the rezoning effort. The development regulations in effect at the time the new application is submitted shall be applied to the application.
        2. Additional Requirements for Conditional Rezoning and TCZ Applications
          1. Conditional rezoning and TCZ applications must contain conditions which propose greater restrictions on development and use of the property than would apply in the corresponding general use district, and this UDO. The conditions may specify the use or uses prohibited or the use or uses allowed, including the maximum number of dwelling units and all development regulations which are requested for the property submitted for rezoning; however, the requested use or uses must be permitted in the corresponding general use district.
          2. All those regulations which apply to the corresponding general use zoning district are the minimum requirements in the conditional district.
          3. The City Council may accept zoning conditions that alter the maximum block standards in Sec. 8.3.2., the stub streets standards in Sec. 8.3.4.C. and the driveway standard for Residential Uses, Mixed Use and Nonresidential Uses in Sec. 8.3.5.C.2. and 3. 
            1. If this provision is used in a zoning condition, a pedestrian passage meeting the standards of 8.5.8.b must be provided in the future site plan or subdivision that maintains the same connectivity that the block perimeter standard would have required. A pedestrian passage is not required if it would be obstructed by any of the following: i. existing improvements where the value of such improvements is more than twice the land value of the parcel on which the improvements are located; railroad, controlled access highway, steep slopes in excess of 25% within 10 feet of the property line, or watercourse that has one (1) square mile of drainage area or more. 

            2. No such zoning conditions shall be accepted for applications within the -TOD unless the means of providing for safe, efficient and convenient vehicular, bicycle and pedestrian circulation are demonstrated in a site plan, rendering or other image included with the conditional rezoning application per Sec. 10.2.4.D.2.g. Such zoning conditions may be approved by the City Council when the offered zoning conditions provide for safe, efficient and convenient vehicular and pedestrian access within developments and between adjacent developments and do not adversely affect traffic congestion. When these zoning conditions are included, the application shall be accompanied by additional information addressing how safe, efficient, and convenient vehicular and pedestrian access within developments and between adjacent developments is being achieved.

          4. Zoning conditions associated with a lot line common to the subject property and an adjacent property shall reference the Deed Book/Page Number or recorded Book of Maps/Page Number of the associated adjacent property.
          5. Exclusionary conditions which discriminate based on race or religion, specify ownership status or a minimum value of improvements shall not be submitted as a part of the petition.
          6. No condition shall be submitted that proposes to regulate right-of-way reimbursement values or prohibit submittal of a traffic impact analysis. Any condition that prohibits street access or public street connections or extensions shall comply with subsection c above.
          7. Site plans, renderings or other images may be submitted as part of the conditional rezoning application provided all elements of the site plan, rendering or image graphically illustrate the written text of the conditions in which case the written zoning conditions shall remain as the controlling instrument.
          8. No condition may be made part of the petition which specifies the establishment and protection of tree conservation areas or tree protection areas unless the condition ensures that 100% of the critical root zones of trees proposed for protection and located on the subject rezoned property shall also be undisturbed areas.
          9. No condition may be made part of the petition which specifies the authorization or consideration of a Design Alternate.
          10. No variance shall be allowed to a zoning condition that is approved in conjunction with a conditional rezoning or TCZ.
        3. Additional Requirements for CMP and PD District Application
          In addition to a Rezoning Application, a Master Plan Application must be submitted in complete form to initiate a Campus (Sec. 4.6.3. Campus (CMP)) or Planned Development (Sec. 4.7.4. Planned Development (PD)) rezoning.
        4. Additional Requirements for -HOD-G and -HOD-S Applications
          1.  Any application for rezoning property to an -HOD-G and or -HOD-S districts, not filed by the City, must be signed by all of the property owners within the area proposed to be rezoned to an historic overlay district.
          2. An investigation and report describing the significance of the buildings, structures, features, sites or surroundings included in any proposed -HOD-G and -HOD-S and a description of the boundaries of the district, changes in boundaries or de-designation due to loss of significance, shall be prepared and/or reviewed by the Historic Development Commission. The City Council shall refer the report to the North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources.
          3. The Department of Cultural Resources, acting through an agent or employee designated by its Secretary, may analyze and make recommendations concerning such report and description of proposed boundaries. Failure by the Department of Cultural Resources to submit its written analysis and recommendations to the City within 30 calendar days after a written request for such analysis has been received by the Department of Cultural Resources shall relieve the City of any responsibility for awaiting such analysis (N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-944(b)(2).
          4. The City Council shall refer the report and proposed boundaries to the Planning Commission, in accordance with Sec. 10.2.4.F.4.
          5. The City Council may refer the report to any other interested body for its recommendations prior to taking action to amend the Official Zoning Map.
        5. Additional Requirements for -NCOD Applications
          1. Except for applications filed by the City, City Planning is instructed not to accept -NCOD applications unless the application meets all the following:
            1. Is requesting that either at least a minimum of 15 contiguous acres be zoned -NCOD or that an existing -NCOD be extended. If allowed in the underlying zoning district, all uses in the civic use category shall be excluded when determining the minimum 15-acre requirement; however, such civic uses may be used in determining contiguity of the area.
            2. Is signed by all of the property owners within the area proposed to be rezoned -NCOD.
            3. Is applied to an area where at least 75% of the lots are developed.
            4. Is located in an area in which the City Council has adopted into Sec. 5.4.3.F. specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations.
          2. Within four years following the City Council adoption of specific neighborhood built environmental characteristics and regulations, City Planning may accept an application rezone property to a -NCOD.
          3. If the City Council accepts a rezoning petition to apply a -NCOD, staff shall provide direct mailed notice to all property owners in the proposed overlay district. Additional mailed notice shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.1.
        6. Additional Requirements for DX- District Applications
          New applications requesting a DX- District must be for property located contiguous to or directly across the street from an existing DX- District.
        7. Additional Requirements for TOD- Applications
          Except for applications initiated by the City, new applications requesting a TOD District must be for property located contiguous to or directly across the street from an existing TOD- District or within 1,320 feet of a bus rapid transit (BRT) route.
      5. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          1. The Planning Director shall review the application for a proposed rezoning or TCZ in light of the considerations for Planning Director Review in Sec. 10.2.4.E. In reviewing any required CMP or PD master plan, the Planning Director shall consult with the heads of the departments of Public Utilities, Transportation, Engineering Services, Parks and Cultural Resources, Development Services and Fire to check the proposed master plan against the requirements of the UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
          2. Following review, the Planning Director shall prepare a report and forward the application to the Planning Commission.
        2. Planning Commission Action
          1. The Planning Commission, or one of its committees shall hold a legislative hearing on the application. The legislative hearing shall be noticed in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 10.2.1.C.
          2. During the review and deliberations of the Planning Commission, conditions may be removed, added, or modified, zoning districts changed and/or zoning boundaries altered, no more than one (1) time.
          3. No changes to the conditions shall be considered and deliberated on by the Planning Commission unless the following limitations are met:
            1. Unsigned conditions must be submitted to City Planning at least 10 calendar days before the date of the next meeting at which the Planning Commission discussion of the application is scheduled;
            2. The unsigned conditions must be signed by all owners of the property sought to be rezoned and submitted to City Planning at least two business days before the date of the next meeting at which the Planning Commission discussion of the application is scheduled; and
            3. The signed conditions cannot modify the unsigned conditions except to respond to staff comments or to make non-substantive or clerical corrections.
          4. Within 60 days after its receipt of the proposed rezoning, the Planning Commission shall make its recommendation to the City Council. Within this time period, the Planning Commission may request extensions of time which may be granted by the City Council. If no recommendation is made within this time period and if no extension is granted, the City Council may take action on the application without further involvement of the Planning Commission.
          5. When conducting a review of proposed rezoning or TCZ pursuant to this section, the Planning Commission shall advise and comment on whether the proposed action is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and any other officially adopted plan that is applicable.
          6. The Planning Commission shall make its recommendation to the City Council in writing. The Planning Commission shall recommend that the request be approved, approved as revised or denied. A written recommendation shall address plan consistency and other matters as deemed appropriate by the Planning Commission.
          7. In no case shall changes to the conditions be accepted following an action by the Planning Commission and prior to the Planning Commission's written recommendation being received by the City Council, other than non-substantive, technical revisions to the text of the conditions, in which case such revised conditions must be signed by all of the property owners of the land proposed to be rezoned to a conditional district and must be submitted to City Planning at least 2 business days before the date the City Council schedules the matter for public hearing.
        3. Legislative Hearing by City Council
          1. Following the recommendation of the Planning Commission or expiration of the applicable Planning Commission review period without a recommendation, the City Council shall conduct a legislative hearing. City Council shall act to schedule the hearing within 60 days of receiving the request from the Planning Commission, and notice shall be given in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8.
          2. Changes to the conditions may be made following City Council’s receipt of the Planning Commission recommendation subject to the following limitations:
            1. Unsigned conditions with the changes must be submitted to City Planning at least 10 calendar days before City Council acts to schedule the matter for public hearing;
            2. The unsigned conditions must be property sought to be rezoned and submitted to City Planning at least two business days before the date the City Council acts to schedule the public hearing; and
            3. The signed conditions cannot modify the unsigned conditions except to respond to staff comments or to make non-substantive or clerical corrections.
        4. Conduct of the Legislative Hearing
          1. The Planning Director shall provide a report describing the application, including analysis of the considerations listed in Sec. 10.2.4.F. as deemed appropriate.
          2. The presiding officer shall open the legislative hearing. Those in favor of the rezoning will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their support and those against the rezoning will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their opposition. Additional time may be allowed by the City Council, but must be the same amount of time for those in support and against.
        5. City Council Action
          1. Revisions may be made to proposed conditions in conditional rezoning and TCZ cases during the legislative hearing or within 30 days following the date on which the hearing is closed subject to the following limitations:
            1. Unsigned conditions with the changes must be submitted to City Planning at least 10 calendar days before the date of the next meeting at which the City Council discussion of the application is scheduled;
            2. The unsigned conditions must be signed by all owners of the property sought to be rezoned and submitted to City Planning at least two business days before the date of the next meeting at which the City Council discussion of the application is scheduled; and
            3. The signed conditions cannot modify the unsigned conditions except to respond to staff comments or to make non-substantive or clerical corrections.
          2. Signed conditions may be submitted electronically so long as the original signed petition is received by the Planning Director at least 24 hours before the date of the meeting where final City Council action is taken; provided that the electronic signature is (1) unique to the person using it; (2) capable of certification; (3) under the sole control of the person using it; and (4) linked to the same page as the petition.
          3. Should the applicant wish to revise the zoning conditions to be less restrictive or revise the request to a less restrictive zoning district, the City council shall schedule a new legislative hearing and provide notice in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 10.2.1.C. The applicant shall be responsible for the cost of legal advertisement of the new legislative hearing. The City Council may, in its sole discretion, refer such an application to the Planning Commission before scheduling the new legislative hearing. If the City Council refers an application that will be subject to a new legislative hearing back to the Planning Commission for review, the applicant shall conduct a neighborhood meeting in accordance with Sec. 10.2.4.C 2.
          4. When approving or denying any rezoning or TCZ, the City Council shall approve a brief statement describing whether its action is consistent or inconsistent with the Comprehensive Plan.
          5. If a rezoning or TCZ is adopted and the action was deemed inconsistent with the adopted plan, the zoning amendment shall have the effect of also amending the future land-use map, and no additional request or application for a plan amendment shall be required.
          6. A statement analyzing the reasonableness of the proposed rezoning or TCZ shall also be approved by the City Council. This statement of reasonableness may consider, among other factors:
            1. the size, physical conditions, and other attributes of the area proposed to be rezoned;
            2. the benefits and detriments to the landowners, the neighbors, and the surrounding community;
            3. the relationship between the current actual and permissible development on the tract and adjoining areas and the development that would be permissible under the proposed amendment;
            4. why the action taken is in the public interest; and
            5. any changed conditions warranting the amendment.
          7. The statement of reasonableness and the plan consistency statement may be approved as a single statement.
      6. Considerations for Planning Director Review
        The following is a non-exclusive list of considerations the Planning Director may take into account when reviewing a rezoning or TCZ application:
        1. The application corrects an error or meets the challenge of some changing condition, trend or fact;
        2. The application is generally consistent with the Comprehensive Plan;
        3. The application is generally consistent with the stated purpose and intent of this UDO;
        4. The application will reinforce the existing or planned development pattern of the area;
        5. The site is appropriate for the development allowed in the proposed district;
        6. The application is reasonable and in the public interest;
        7. The City and other service providers will be able to provide sufficient public facilities and services including schools, roads, recreation facilities, wastewater treatment, water supply and stormwater facilities, police, fire and emergency medical services, while maintaining sufficient levels of service to existing development; and
        8. The application will not have a significant adverse impact on property in the vicinity of the subject property.
      7. Time Lapse between Applications
        1. Limitations Between Applications
          1. In the absence of a special waiver approved by the City Council, the Planning Director is not authorized to accept an application for a rezoning or a TCZ on the same property that was the subject of an application advertised for a City Council legislative hearing unless 24 months has passed since the date of the withdrawal or denial of the prior application.
          2. The 24-month waiting period does not apply to any City Council-initiated rezoning.
        2. Special Waiver
          City Council may grant a waiver of the 24-month waiting period for one or more of the following grounds:
          1. Materially changed circumstances;
          2. Clerical correction as the basis for the previous rezoning;
          3. Newly discovered evidence of adverse impact of the current zoning which by due diligence could not have been discovered in time for the earlier public hearing;
          4. Substantially changed zoning request; or
          5. For any other circumstance determined by the City Council to be reasonable and in the public interest.
      8. Modification of Previously-Approved Conditions or PD Master Plan
        When a property has been rezoned into a conditional district, including PD and CMP, the property owner can request subsequent modifications to the zoning conditions or Master Plan. Modifications can be minor or major; however, only PD and CMP districts are eligible for minor modifications.
        1. Minor modifications to PD that can be administratively approved are described in Sec. 4.7.6.A.
        2. Minor modifications to CMP that can be administratively approved are described in Sec. 4.6.4.A.
        3. If multiple parcels or land are subject to a conditional zoning, the owners of individual parcels may apply for modification of the conditions so long as the modification would not result in other properties failing to meet the terms of the conditions. Any modifications approved shall only be applicable to those properties whose owners petition for the modification.
        4. Modification that do not qualify as minor are major and shall require a new zoning or TCZ application.

      Sec. 10.2.5. Subdivision Review

      Sec. 10.2.5. Subdivision Review aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:27
      Image
      10-2-5
      1. Applicability
        Except as expressly exempted below, no land shall be subdivided within the City or within the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction until:
        1. A preliminary subdivision plan has been submitted and approved as provided in Sec. 10.2.5.E.; and
        2. Infrastructure Construction Plans have been submitted and approved; and
        3. A final plat has been submitted and approved as provided in Sec. 10.2.5.F.; and
        4. The approved final plat has been filed and recorded with the local register of deeds office where the property is located.
      2. Exemptions
        The following are exempt and are not subject to subdivision review under this section and the requirements of Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards, unless otherwise provided.
        1. The combination or recombination of portions of previously subdivided and recorded lots where the total number of lots is not increased and the resultant lots are equal to or exceed the standards of the applicable zoning district.
        2. The division of land into parcels greater than 10 acres where no right-of-way dedication is involved.
        3. The public acquisition by purchase of strips of land for the widening or opening of streets or for public transportation system corridors.
        4. City of Raleigh right-of-way easement acquisition plats.
      3. Limitations on Subdivision Approval
        1. No subdivision shall be approved on any parcel of a parent tract when general forestry has occurred on the parent tract and the perimeter buffers under Sec. 9.1.10.C. were removed or substantially removed within the last 5 years.
      4. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for subdivision approval, an applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Development Services Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Development Services Director.
      5. Preliminary Subdivision Plan Approval Process
        1. Application Requirements
          1. An application for preliminary subdivision plan approval shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
          2. The following forms must be filled out completely in order to process an application for preliminary subdivision plan approval:
            1. Preliminary Subdivision Plan Application;
            2. Design Adjustment Request, if applicable (see Sec. 10.2.18.); and
            3. Any Waiver Request.
        2. Development Services Department Action
          1. Development Services has the authority to approve preliminary subdivision plans without review by either the Historic Development Commission or the Board of Adjustment except in the following situations in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8.:
            1. The preliminary subdivision plan is within a Historic Overlay District or of a designated Historic Landmark; or
            2. A Variance Request is filed.
          2. After an application has been determined complete, Development Services shall give notice of pending review in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. If subsequent to the filing of a completed application, a waiver from the Board of Adjustment is requested, Development Services shall give notice of the requested waiver in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8.
          3. In reviewing the preliminary subdivision plan, Development Services shall consult with the Public Utilities, City Planning, Engineering Services, Parks and Cultural Resources, Transportation and Fire Departments to check the proposed preliminary subdivision plan against the requirements of the City Code and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
          4. Following review of the preliminary subdivision plan for compliance with the City Code and other applicable technical requirements of the City, Development Services shall approve, approve with conditions or deny the preliminary subdivision plan. Development Services shall keep written records of any action taken.
        3. Action Following Development Services Department Decision
          1. Following the date of the final action, notice of a decision on an administratively reviewed preliminary subdivision plan shall be provided as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.C.6.
          2. Within 30 days after the date of the decision on a preliminary subdivision plan, an appeal of Development Services' action may be filed with the Board of Adjustment as set forth in Sec. 10.2.11.
        4. Action Following Preliminary Subdivision Plan Approval
          1. A copy of the preliminary subdivision plan, conforming to all conditions of approval, shall be submitted to Development Services, which shall distribute copies to other City departments as necessary.
          2. An application for infrastructure construction plan approval shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B. The following forms must be filled out completely in order to process an application for construction drawing approval:
            1. Infrastructure Construction Plan Application; and
            2. A Phasing Plan in accordance with the standards of Sec. 10.2.5.E.7.
          3. No construction of development-related improvements shall commence until all required construction drawing plans, profiles and specifications have been reviewed and approved by the City or other governmental approving agency and all necessary permits issued.
        5. Revisions to an Approved Preliminary Subdivision Plan
          1. Minor revisions to an approved preliminary subdivision plan that reflect the same basic street and lot configurations as used for the original approval may be approved by the Development Services Director.
          2. Any request for a revision to an approved preliminary subdivision plan that increases the number of building lots, decreases the amount of common open space or alters a road pattern shall be initiated and processed as a new application for preliminary subdivision plan approval.
        6. Phasing
          1. If not otherwise set out as part of the preliminary subdivision plan, lots may be recorded and public improvements may be constructed in phases.
          2. The Development Services Director shall ensure that the phasing plan is in accordance with the approved preliminary subdivision plan, this UDO, resolutions of the City Council, and conditions of approval.
          3. The phasing plan shall indicate timing of the construction of public improvements in such a way that the number of lots in each phase is reasonably proportional to the amount of development-related improvements in each phase and that rights-of-way and utility easements are extended in the initial phase of development to all adjacent lots that do not have public street access or access to public utilities.
          4. The number of dwelling units in recorded phases complies with the density requirements of this UDO.
          5. In the recorded phase, all setbacks, neighborhood transition zones, transitional protective yards and other special yard areas are met.
          6. In the recorded phase, off-street parking requirements for the developed portion are observed.
          7. In the recorded phase, the amount of required open space is proportionate to the percentage of land being recorded.
          8. The recorded phase conforms to all of the requirements for a legal lot.
          9. Unrecorded phases may contain inappropriate densities, setbacks, offstreet parking spaces and required open space, provided any such phase at the time of its recordation is combined with other recorded phases of the development so that the combined properties together conform to the density, setback, off-street parking and open space requirements of this UDO.
          10. Any residual portion of development complies with the requirements of a legal lot, including its authorization as a subdivided lot and the following:
            1. Total acres (gross) recorded;
            2. Total acres of right-of-way approved;
            3. Total acres of right-of-way dedicated;
            4. Total acres (net) approved;
            5. Total acres (net) recorded;
            6. Total acres of open space approved; and
            7. Total acres of open space recorded.
          11. Amendments to the phasing plan may be made in conjunction with the review of construction plans, but an updated copy of the new phasing plan must be submitted and placed in the case file maintained by the Development Services Director. If the extent of the amendments has an impact on more than one phase, then a revised preliminary plan will be required.
        7. Sunsetting of a Preliminary Subdivision Plan
          1. Within 3 years after approval of the preliminary subdivision plan, at least ½ of the gross land area shown on the preliminary subdivision plan must have a final subdivision plat recorded in the local register of deeds office where the property is located and all remaining portions of the preliminary subdivision plan shall have the final subdivision plat recorded in the local register of deeds office where the property is located within five years from the approval date of the preliminary subdivision plan.
          2. Failure to record final subdivision plats for an approved preliminary subdivision plan within the required time constraints shall automatically void the unrecorded portions of the preliminary subdivision plan unless the Development Services Director finds that all of the following are met:
            1. A written request for an extension has been made to the Development Services Director prior to the expiration period;
            2. Unrecorded portions of the preliminary subdivision plan shall conform to all ordinances, laws and City Council resolutions in effect at the time of the requested extension;
            3. The preliminary subdivision plan considers and respects the practical limits of public facilities and services such as stormwater, water and sewer lines, streets, fire, public safety and trash collection;
            4. The applicant has provided the most recent City of Raleigh inspection report from the Engineering Services Department demonstrating that the site is currently in compliance and that any previously graded or cleared portion of the site which is not currently under construction is currently and appropriately stabilized to prevent erosion and sediment erosion control problems during the requested extension period; and
            5. No other extension has been granted.
          3. If all the requirements of Sec. 10.2.5.E.7.b. above are met, the Development Services Director shall permit only one 3-year extension calculated from the date the request for extension is approved by the Development Services Director.
      6. Final Subdivision Plat Approval Process
        1. Applicability
          1. All divisions of land not exempted in Sec. 10.2.5.B. shall require final subdivision plat approval as set forth below.
          2. The final subdivision plat shall constitute one or more phases of the approved preliminary subdivision plan.
          3. Approval of the final subdivision plat shall be subject to the installation, acceptance, warranty and as-built drawing of the improvements required in Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards or the posting of a construction surety as set forth in Sec. 8.1.3.
        2. Submittal Requirements
          1. An application for final subdivision plat approval shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
          2. The following forms must be filled out completely in order to process an application for final subdivision plat approval:
            1. Recorded Map Application; and
            2. Recorded Map Checklist.
          3. The final plat submission shall contain all of the following.
            1. The inclusion of all required items as provided in the Recorded Map Application, Recorded Map Checklist and any other checklist contained within the final subdivision plat application forms.
            2. Compliance with all requirements of N.C. Gen. Stat. §47-30.
            3. A metes and bounds description of all required easements.
            4. Executed copies of all legal instruments required by the City in association with development approval.
            5. Posting of a construction surety as set forth in Sec. 8.1.3. for improvements which are not accepted for public maintenance by the City.
            6. Tree conservation plats for approved preliminary subdivisions 2 or more acres in size.
            7. The final plat and all dedication plats shall contain a ownership certification that certifies and warrants that the undersigned is (are) the sole owner(s) of the property shown on the map or plat and any accompanying sheets having acquired the property in fee simple by deed(s) recorded in the county register of deeds office where the property is located and as such has (have) the right to convey the property in fee simple and that the dedicator(s) hereby agree to warrant and defend the title against any claims of all persons whomsoever excepted as specifically listed herein and that by recording this plat or map I ( we) do irrevocably dedicate to the City of Raleigh for public use all streets, easements, rights-of-way, parks and greenways (as those interests are defined in the City Code) and as the same are shown on the plat for all lawful purposes to which the City may devote or allow the same to use and upon acceptance thereof, in accordance with all City policies, ordinances, regulations or conditions of the City of Raleigh, for the benefit of the public provided any dedication of easements for storm drainage not specifically labeled City of Raleigh or public are not made to the City of Raleigh, but are irrevocably made to the subsequent owners of any and all properties shown hereon for their use and benefit.
            8. Delineations of watercourse buffers and impervious surface area limitations for properties located in a -UWPOD, -FWPOD, -SWPOD, -MPOD or CM District.
            9. Signature of an official from the North Carolina Department of Transportation if public street right-of-way is involved for lands located outside the City limits.
            10. Stormwater control facilities, including without limitation, detention facilities, retention facilities, wet ponds, sand filters, wetlands, bio-retention measures, swales and storm pipes required by Article 9.2. Stormwater Management, permanently protected undisturbed open space areas, together with showing the means of transporting stormwater runoff to and from any nitrogen reduction and stormwater runoff control measures or facilities.
            11. A statement on the plat which lots, by number, are served by which stormwater control facility; the stormwater control facility shall be indicated by type and by its general location.
            12. A notation that the dedicators and their successors waive their statutory rights to withdraw dedications of the right-of-way when the public has made reimbursement for the right-of-way or when density has been transferred from the right-of-way.
          4. The applicant shall submit all information, maps and data required by the City to properly review the final subdivision plat for conformity with all City ordinances, standards and regulations. For example, building envelopes may be required to show the development potential of any lot and if the lot can not be reasonably developed in accordance with Article 8.3. Blocks, Lots, Access, the lot shall not be recorded notwithstanding any prior preliminary subdivision plan approval of the lot.
        3. Development Services Director Action
          1. After an application has been determined complete, Development Services shall review the final subdivision plat for compliance with the approved preliminary subdivision plan and conditions of approval.
          2. In reviewing the final subdivision plat, Development Services Department shall consult with the Public Utilities, City Planning, Engineering Services, Parks and Cultural Resources, Transportation and Fire Departments.
          3. Upon completion of the review, the Development Services Director may meet with the applicant to discuss any changes in development design.
          4. If the final subdivision plat contains the dedication of streets and public easements, the construction of development-related improvements or the establishment of private drainage easements, then Development Services shall forward copies of the final subdivision plat to the appropriate City departments for review.
          5. Development Services shall complete the review of the final subdivision plat and notify the applicant of nonconformities, omissions or required corrections. If the final subdivision plat is disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval shall be stated in writing, specifying the provisions of the UDO with which the final subdivision plat does not comply. A revised final subdivision plat may be submitted to Development Services for further consideration.
          6. Within 20 days after the date of the decision on a final subdivision plat, an appeal of the Development Services Director's action may be filed with the Board of Adjustment as set forth in Sec. 10.2.11..
          7. Development Services shall approve the final subdivision plat if it conforms with the approved preliminary subdivision plan and conditions of approval, N.C. Gen.Stat. §30-47 and the content requirements for the plat and recorded map checklist.
          8. No final subdivision plat shall be approved until all required public improvements are accepted for public maintenance and completely installed or a construction security is posted with the City as set forth in Sec. 8.1.3.
        4. Action Following Final Approval of the Plat
          1. After a final subdivision plat is approved, the Development Services Director shall certify the plat for recording after the required signatures for recordation have been provided. 
          2. The City may, as a precondition for recording lots, require the recording of legal instruments.
          3. The subdivider shall present to the county register of deeds office where the property is located the appropriate number of signed mylar copies of the final plat, as specified on the Recorded Map application and Recorded Map checklist.
          4. Plats presented to and approved for recordation by the City must be recorded on or before the 14th day following the certification of the Development Services Director. The expiration date shall be clearly indicated on the plat. By the end of the next business day following the recordation of the final plat, the subdivider shall provide to Development Services evidence of a recorded copy of the certified final plat and the recordation of all legal instruments required by the City in association with development approval.
        5. Revisions to an Approved and Signed Final Subdivision Plat Not Yet Recorded Following certification of the Development Services Director, in accordance with Sec. 10.2.5.F.4., no final plat shall be revised, except with the consent of Development Services:
          1. When revisions are proposed to an approved final subdivision plat, the applicant shall submit a written request to Development Services delineating the revisions and requesting authorization for the revisions.
          2. Revisions to an approved final subdivision plat may only be approved if still in conformance with the approved preliminary plan.
          3. Changes to an approved final subdivision plat not in conformance with the approved preliminary plan must be resubmitted as a new preliminary plan application.
          4. In addition to the written request for revising the final plat and the submittal of a revised final subdivision plat, in all instances the applicant shall submit the required fees to Development Services for processing and recording the revised final plat.
      7. Subdivisions in Historic Overlay District or for designated Historic Landmark
        For preliminary subdivision plans within a Historic Overlay District or of a designated Historic Landmark, following the administrative review described in Sec. 10.2.5.E.2, above, the application shall be referred to the Historic Development Commission. The Historic Development Commission shall conduct a quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing in accordance with Sec. 10.2.15. The Commission shall take no action except to prevent the subdivision of land that would be incongruous with the special character of the district or the landmark.

      Sec. 10.2.6. Non-Subdivision Final Plat and Recorded Instruments

      Sec. 10.2.6. Non-Subdivision Final Plat and Recorded Instruments aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:27
      Image
      10-2-6
      1. Applicability
        The provisions of this section apply to the following:
        1. The combination or recombination of portions of previously subdivided and recorded lots where the total number of lots is not increased and the resultant lots conform with, or exceed, the standards of Sec. 8.3.3., but if the standards of Sec. 8.3.3. are not met, the recombination may still be approved if the recombined lots more closely conform to the minimum standards of Sec. 8.3.3. than do the existing conditions.
        2. The division of land into parcels greater than 10 acres where no right-of-way dedication is involved.
        3. The public acquisition by purchase or dedication of strips of land for the widening or opening of streets or for public transportation system corridors.
        4. City of Raleigh right-of-way or easement acquisition plats.
        5. All other plats or maps, other than subdivision plats, where the existing property boundaries or street rights-of-way are changed or new street rights-of way are created.
        6. All other maps or plats, other than subdivision plats, that are required by State Law to contain a City certification.
        7. Except as expressly exempted below, no map or plat shall be filed and recorded with the local register of deeds office for lands within the City or within the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction unless and until it has been submitted and approved as provided in this section.
      2. Exemptions
        The following are exempt and are not subject to this section and to the requirements of Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards unless otherwise provided.
        1. A survey of an existing parcel or parcels of land that does not create a new street or change an existing street or property boundary.
        2. A survey of an existing building or other structure or natural feature, such as a watercourse.
        3. A control survey.
        4. North Carolina Department of Transportation rights-of-way plans or roadway corridor official maps.
        5. Easement plats prepared by utility companies granted the power of eminent domain by N.C. Gen. Stat. §40A-3(a)(1).
        6. A map attached to a deed or other instrument submitted for recording in a form for illustrative purposes only that meets the requirements of N.C. Gen. Stat. §47-30(n) and does not convey fee simple property in violation of this UDO.
      3. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for any division of land greater than 10 acres where no right-of-way dedication is involved, an applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Development Services Director to discuss the consequences for development of a tract without a road network. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Development Services Director.
      4. Requirements for Recombinations
        1. Recombination by Recorded Maps
          The requirements for recombination by recorded map include all of the following:
          1. The resultant lots conform with, or exceed, the standards of Sec. 8.3.3., but if the standards are not met, the recombination may still be approved if the recombined lots more closely conform to the minimum standards of Sec. 8.3.3. than do the existing conditions;
          2. The total number of lots is not increased;
          3. The title block contains the word "Recombination";
          4. Structures on the affected lots are shown and the requested recombination does not violate the setback requirements of this UDO and the North Carolina Building Code;
          5. The amount of impervious surface per lot is indicated before and after the recombination. All impervious surfaces and lot areas within a -UWPOD, -FWPOD, -SWPOD, -MPOD or CM District shall be calculated from the adjoining street right-of-way; provided if an expansion of an existing right-of-way or new right-of-way has been established in the Comprehensive Plan, impervious surface and lot areas within the overlay district shall be calculated from the expanded or new right-of-way;
          6. The recombination plat is certified by the Development Services Director and contains the appropriate authorization number to ensure the proper mapping of the resultant lots on the applicable county and City Geographic Information Systems;
          7. The recombination indicates that all resultant lots have the same water and sewer utility access that existed prior to the recombination;
          8. The recombination is certified by the county health department where the property is located that the recombination will not create a violation of setback standards or other standards of the county health department regarding private wells and septic systems;
          9. The recombination does not create the potential of new access points on a Major Street, Mixed Use Street or Thoroughfare in violation of the of the UDO and the Raleigh Street Design Handbook or render any existing driveway access point nonconforming;
          10. The recombination plat conforms to all laws and ordinances for the recordation of maps and includes all information listed in the Recorded Map Checklist form except for information that is uniquely necessary for subdivision plats;
          11. The resultant lots, if located within floodway fringe areas as set forth in Article 9.3. Floodprone Area Regulations, conform to the lot coverage limitations of Sec. 9.3.5.C.; and
          12. The recombination plat will be processed in accordance with this section and Sec. 10.1.8.
        2. Recombination by Recorded Instrument
          The requirements for recombination by recorded instrument include all of the following:
          1. The resultant lots conform with, or exceed, the standards of Sec. 8.3.3., but if the standards of Sec. 8.3.3. are not met, the recombination may still be approved if the recombined lots more closely conform to the minimum standards of Sec. 8.3.3. than do the existing conditions;
          2. The total number of lots is not increased;
          3. The instrument contains a metes and bounds description of the new recombined lots or reference is made to a recorded plat;
          4. The instrument contains a statement as to the total acreage of the affected lots;
          5. The title of the instrument contains the word "Recombination";
          6. The instrument contains a certification that the recombination does not violate the setback requirements of this UDO and the North Carolina Building Code;
          7. The amount of impervious surface per lot is indicated before and after the recombination. All impervious surfaces and lot areas within a -UWPOD, -FWPOD, -SWPOD, -MPOD or CM District shall be calculated from the adjoining street right-of-way; provided if an expansion of an existing right-of-way or new right-of-way has been established in the Comprehensive Plan, impervious surface and lot areas within the overlay district shall be calculated from the expanded or new right-of-way;
          8. The recombination instrument is signed by all property owners;
          9. If the number of lots is reduced, the instrument is to indicate which lots are eliminated;
          10. The recombination instrument is certified by the Development Services Director and the appropriate authorization number is attached to ensure the proper mapping of the resultant lots on the applicable county and City Geographic Information Systems;
          11. The instrument indicates that all resultant lots have the same water and sewer utility access that existed prior to the recombination;
          12. The instrument contains a certification by the county health department where the property is located that the recombination will not create a violation of setback standards or other standards of the county health department regarding private wells and septic systems;
          13. The recombination does not create the potential of new access points on a Major Street, Mixed Use Street or Thoroughfare in violation of the of the UDO and the Raleigh Street Design Manual or render any existing driveway access point nonconforming;
          14. The resultant lots, if located within floodway fringe and/or future conditions flood hazard areas as set forth in Article 9.3. Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations, conform to the lot coverage limitations of Sec. 9.3.6.B.3. and Sec. 9.3.7.B.2.; and
          15. The recombination instrument will be processed in accordance with this section and Sec. 10.1.8.
        3. Limitations on Recombination Approval
          No recombination of any property shall be approved pending any application for the rezoning of property unless the recombination is permitted under the existing zoning district of the property and also under the zoning district which is proposed for the property.
      5. Non-subdivision Maps, Plats and Instruments of Recombination Approval Process
        1. Application Requirements
          1. An application for approval of a non-subdivision final map, plat or recombination instrument shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
          2. The following forms and documents must be completed in order to process an application for non-subdivision final map, plat or recombination instrument recordation approval:
            1. A Recorded Map Application (recorded plat only);
            2. One or more deeds of conveyance, when a recombination changes the boundaries of properties owned by different persons (recorded plat and recombination instrument); and
            3. A preliminary plat or an instrument of recombination (recorded plat and recombination instrument).
        2. Development Services Director Action
          1. After an application has been determined to be complete, Development Services shall review the proposed application for compliance with this UDO and the requirements of N.C. Gen. Stat. §47-30.
          2. Upon completion of the review of the initial non-subdivision map, plat or recombination instrument, Development Services either shall approve or approve with conditions or reject the application depending on whether it conforms to the applicable UDO provisions and the requirements of N.C. Gen. Stat. §47-30.
          3. An appeal of Development Services’ decision may be filed with the Board of Adjustment as set forth in Sec. 10.2.11.
        3. Action Following Approval
          1. After a non-subdivision final map, plat or recombination instrument is approved, the Development Services Director shall certify the final map, plat or recombination instrument as exempt from the subdivision regulations of the UDO.
          2. The City may, as a precondition for recording non-subdivision maps, plats and recombination instruments, require the recording of legal instruments.
          3. Non-subdivision plats and recombination instruments presented to and approved for recordation by the City must be recorded on or before the 14th day following the signature of the Development Services Director. The expiration date shall be clearly indicated on the recording plat and on the recombination instrument.
          4. By the end of the next business day following the recordation of the non-subdivision final plat or recombination instrument, the applicant shall provide to Development Services evidence of a recorded copy of the recombination instrument or certified final plat and the recordation of all legal instruments required by the City in association with the approval.

      Sec. 10.2.7. Miscellaneous Zoning Permits

      Sec. 10.2.7. Miscellaneous Zoning Permits aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:28
      1. Purpose and Applicability
        1. Purpose. A miscellaneous zoning permit is a type of zoning permit. The purpose of the miscellaneous zoning permit review process is to ensure compliance with the standards and provisions of this UDO for uses that have minor impacts on the environment, public infrastructure and neighboring properties.
        2. Applicability. The following structures and uses shall require a miscellaneous zoning permit:
          1. A change to a Permitted or Limited Use (excluding those with use standards or use specific requirements that require a site plan to ensure compliance) where the Site Plan Group as shown in Section. 7.1.2.C, remains in the same group or decreases from:

            Group C to any other group or

            Group B to Group A, and

            where the applicant does not propose any changes to the exterior of the building, or site, that require compliance with any requirement set forth in 10.2.8.B.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, permitted signage may still be erected or altered.
          2. any structures, improvements, and/or uses that do not require site plans pursuant to Sec. 10.2.8 and are not exempted pursuant to Sec. 10.2.7.A.3.
        3. Permit Exemptions. Because of their de minimis impacts, certain structures, uses and signs, otherwise regulated by this UDO, shall not require a site plan under Sec. 10.2.8 or a miscellaneous zoning permit under this section:
          1. Structures:
            1. Playset
            2. Flag Pole
          2. Uses:
            1. Home Occupation
          3. Signs
            1. A-Frame signs on private property
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for a miscellaneous zoning permit approval, an applicant may schedule a pre-application conference with the Development Services Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for such approval.
      3. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a miscellaneous zoning permit approval shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. The following forms must be filled out completely in order to process an application for a miscellaneous zoning permit approval:
          1. Miscellaneous Zoning Permit Submittal Checklist; and
          2. Miscellaneous Zoning Permit Application.
      4. Development Services Director Action
        1. City Planning shall review the proposed application against the applicable requirements of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
        2. In reviewing the application, City Planning shall consult with the Public Utilities, Engineering Services, City Planning, Parks, Recreation and Cultural Resources, Transportation and Fire Departments as may be appropriate.
        3. Following review, the City shall approve, approve with conditions that bring the application into conformance with this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City or deny the application.
        4. If the application is disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval shall be stated in writing and provided to the applicant, specifying the provisions of which the application does not comply. A revised application may be submitted to Development Services for further consideration.
        5. Notice of a decision on a miscellaneous zoning permit shall be provided to the applicant within 3 days following the date of the final action as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.C.6.
        6. Any appeal of this section shall be in accordance with Sec. 10.2.11.
      5. Expiration
        An approved miscellaneous zoning permit shall expire 1 year after the date of approval if a building permit application has not been filed.

      Sec. 10.2.8. Site Plan Review

      Sec. 10.2.8. Site Plan Review aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:28
      Image
      10-2-8
      1. Applicability
        1. A site plan is required for the construction, reconstruction, extension, repair, renovation or alteration of any building, structure, parking facility, change of use or use of land, not otherwise approved as a zoning permit. A site plan application shall be submitted to and approved by the City in accordance with the provisions of this section.
        2. Site plan applications fall under one of the three tiers. The tier category indicates which UDO provisions shall be applicable in the review and approval of a specific site plan application. If a site plan application meets the qualifications of multiple tier categories, the more restrictive tier category shall apply.
        3. A zoning or other permit may be required for activities regulated by this UDO, not described as site plan.
        4. Establishment of a new use on a vacant property is a Tier Three Site Plan except for 10.2.8.B.1.a.iv, v, vi, viii, xiii, and xv, and 10.2.8.B.2.a.iii and v.
      2. Site Plan Tier Categories
        1. Tier One Site Plans
          1. Description – A Tier One Site Plan is required to comply with the regulations noted in See Table of Applicable Standards in Sec. 10.2.8.B.4. for any of the following types of improvements:
            1. The construction, reconstruction, addition, repair, alteration, demolition, and or replacement of any building, structure, or parking facility where the increase of square footage is no greater than 4,000 square feet or 10% of the existing square footage, whichever is greater.
            2. A change of use, excluding those that qualify as a Miscellaneous Zoning Permit, of a gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or less in an existing building.
            3. A change of use, excluding those that qualify as a Miscellaneous Zoning Permit, where the Site Plan Group as shown in Sec. 7.1.2.C, remains in the same group or decreases from:
              Group C to any other group or
              Group B to Group A.
            4. Construction of new commercial parking lot or reuse of an existing parking lot as a principal use up to 25 spaces.
            5. The construction, reconstruction, addition, repair, alteration, demolition, and or replacement of a building having a cumulative gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or less, with civic use as its principal use.
            6. The construction, reconstruction, addition, repair, alteration, demolition, and or replacement of  public parks, Open space and Greenways and associated uses per 6.3.2.
            7. An addition of up to 25 parking spaces or a 25% expansion whichever is greater, to an existing parking surface or parking facility that is not required parking as determined in Article 7.1 or is unrelated to an improvement described in subsection B.1.a.i. above.
            8. The construction of an accessory structure in accordance with Article 6.7.
            9. Tree removal, except a minor tree removal activity, in accordance with 9.1.10.
            10. The construction of a gazebo, carport, home swimming pool, deck, patio, terrace, stoop, porch, or other improvements listed under Section 1.5.4.D.
            11. The construction of a telecommunication tower.
            12. The expansion of existing parking surfaces and driveways for one and two unit living dwellings.
            13. The construction of a detached, tiny house, or attached building type used for one or two unit living as defined in Section 6.2.1. including additions, reconstruction, addition or renovation for a live-work use, or an accessory structure located on any vacant lot that was lawfully established.
            14. The construction of an accessory dwelling unit.
            15. The establishment of a community garden.
            16. The expansion of a government owned and/or operated water/ wastewater treatment plant.
          2. Application of UDO Standards. See Table of Applicable Standards in Sec. 10.2.8.B.4. In the event of conflict with other provisions of the code, the Table of Applicable Standards shall control. If there are additional UDO provisions which apply to a site plan application which are not covered by this Table, compliance with those provisions is still required.
          3. No approval of a Tier 1 site plan shall be conditioned to require public improvements, tree conservation, amenity area, open space, drainage, utility dedication, neighborhood transitions, or 40% forestation unless specifically otherwise stated in Table of Applicable Standards in Sec. 10.2.8.B.4.
          4. No approval of a Tier 1 site plan shall locate structures in an area designated for future right of way per the Raleigh Street Type Plan.
          5. The Public Notice described in Sec. 10.2.8.C.1. shall not apply to Tier 1 site plans.
        2. Tier Two Site Plans
          1. Description – A Tier Two Site Plan is required for any of the following types of improvements:
            1. The construction, reconstruction, addition, repair, alteration, demolition, or replacement of any building, structure, or parking facility where the increase in square footage is more than 4,000 square feet but less than 10,000 square feet or more than 10%, but less than 25% of the existing square footage, whichever is greater.
            2. A change in use, excluding those that qualify as a Miscellaneous Zoning Permit, of a gross floor area of more than 10,000 square feet and less than 25,000 square feet in an existing building excluding a change of use where the Site Plan Group, as shown in Section 7.1.2.C, remains in the same group or decreases from:

              Group C to any other group or
              Group B to Group A
            3. The construction, reconstruction, addition, repair, alteration, demolition, and or replacement of a building having a cumulative gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or less, with civic use as its principal use, except for schools and places of worship.
            4. An addition of more than 25 parking spaces or 25%, whichever is greater, and up to 50 parking spaces or a 50% expansion whichever is greater, to an existing parking surface or parking facility that is not required parking as determined in Article 7.1 or is unrelated to an improvement described in subsection B.2.a.i. above.
            5. New commercial parking lot or reuse of an existing parking lot as a principal use greater than 25 spaces and no more than 50 spaces.
          2. Application of UDO Standards. See Table of Applicable Standards in Sec. 10.2.8.B.4. In the event of conflict with other provisions of the code, the Table of Applicable Standards shall control. If there are additional UDO provisions which apply to a site plan application which are not covered by this Table, compliance with those provisions is still required.
          3. No approval of a Tier 2 site plan shall be conditioned to require public right of way dedication or improvements unless specifically otherwise stated in Table of Applicable Standards in Sec. 10.2.8.B.4.
          4. No approval of a Tier 2 site plan shall locate improvements in an area designated for future right of way per the Raleigh Street Type Plan.
        3. Tier Three Site Plans
          1. Description – A Tier Three Site Plan is required for all improvements not categorized as a Tier One or Tier Two Site Plan.
          2. Application of UDO Standards. See Table of Applicable Standards in Sec. 10.2.8.B.4. If there are additional UDO provisions which apply to a site plan application which are not covered by this Table, compliance with those provisions is still required.
          3. Establishment of a new use on a vacant property is a Tier Three Site Plan
        4. Table of Applicable Standards

          Standard

          UDO Sections

          Tier 1

          Tier 2

          Tier 3

          Amenity

          Sec. 1.5.3; 7.2.6

          --

          e

          Setbacks

          Chapters 2, 3

          a, d

          a, d

          Build-To

          Chapters 1, 2, 3

          a, d

          a, d

          Height

          Chapters 1, 2,
          3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11

          a, d

          a, d

          Pedestrian Access

          Chapters, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10

          a, d

          a, d

          Transparency

          Chapters 1, 3, 7

          a, d

          a, d

          Blank Wall

          1.1.11.; 1.5.10; Chapter 3

          a, d

          a, d

          Ground Floor Elevation

          Chapters 1, 2, 3

          a, d

          a, d

          Parking Setbacks

          Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

          a

          a

          Transition

          Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

          --

          a, c

          Landscaping

          Chapters 5, 6, 7

          g

          Protective Yard

          Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

          Parking

          Chapters 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

          Parking Structure Design and Screening

          Chapters 3 and 7

          a, d

          a, d

          Lighting

          Chapters 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10

          a, d

          a, d

          Site Access

          Chapter 8

          a, d

          a, d

          Driveway

          Chapters 1, 2,
          3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9

          a, d

          a, d

          Signage

          Chapters 6, 7, 10

          a

          a

          a

          Tree Conservation/Preservation

          Article 9.1

          --

          Forestation

          9.1.9

          c

          c

          Stormwater

          9.2

          Public Improvements

           

           

           

           

          Right of way dedication

          Chapter 8

          --

          --

          Road widening/construction/utilities

          Chapter 8

          f

          f

          Curb and gutter

          Chapter 8

          --

          --

          Sidewalk

          Chapter 8

          b

          b

          Tree lawn/Street trees

          Chapter 8

          b

          b

          Transit infrastructure

          Article 8.11

          --

          c

          Bus Shelter

          Article 8.11

          --

          c

          Key: -- = Not Applicable • = Applicable

          Footnotes:

          a - Not applicable to the existing improvements on the site at the time of site plan review.

          b - Required only when the site is located in the DX district or subject to an urban frontage.

          c - Not applicable to a change in use of an existing building[s].

          d - Applicable if demolition and reconstruction of an entire structure is proposed.

          e - Applicable to establishing a civic use on vacant property and any Tier One or Two Site Plan involving the total demolition of all buildings on site, excluding like-for-like reconstruction.

          f - Art. 8.7 Utilities is applicable if the development is voluntarily connecting to city water or city sewer for the first time.

          g - Screening requirements as described in Sec. 7.2.5 and Sec. 7.2.6 are applicable.

        5. Pre-Application Conference
          Before submitting an application for site plan review, an applicant may schedule a pre-application conference with the City to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval.
        6. Approval Process
          1. Site Review
            1. An application for site review approval shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B. The following forms must be filled out completely in order to process an application for site review approval:
              1. Site Review Application;
              2. Site Review Checklist; and
              3. Design alternate requests (see Sec. 10.2.17.)
            2. The City shall complete the site review in accordance with Sec. 10.2.8.B. above and notify the applicant of nonconformities, omissions or required corrections. If the site review plan is disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval shall be stated in writing, specifying the provisions of the UDO with which the site review plan does not comply. A revised site review plan may be submitted to the City for further consideration.
            3. Following site review, Development Services shall approve, approve with conditions that bring the site review plan into conformance with this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City or deny the site review plan. Development Services shall keep written records of any action taken.
            4. Beginning the day of issuance of a zoning permit or site permit by the property owner or the next working day, mailed notice shall be required pursuant to Sec. 10.2.1.C.1. and a sign shall be posted by the property owner on the property for 30 consecutive days pursuant to Sec. 10.2.1.C.4. for the following administrative approvals:
              1. Where the new building is 25,000 square feet or more in size or any addition that represents an increase of more than 10% of the building area or 25,000 square feet whichever is greater; and
              2. Where the property of the approved administrative site plan is located within 100 feet of a property that is zoned R-1, R-2, R-4, R-6 or R-10.
            5. Notice of a decision on an administratively reviewed site plan shall be provided within 3 days following the date the application was decided, as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.C.6.
            6. An appeal as set forth in Sec. 10.2.11. shall be filed by persons within 30 days of permit issuance or when a permit is not issued, the decision of approval or denial; this time period is applicable to all representatives of such persons, including without limitation their tenants and option holders.
            7. Upon acceptance of a completed application, the Development Services Director will provide mailed notice to the State of North Carolina for any site plan located within the Metro-Park Overlay District.
          2. Infrastructure Construction Plans
            1. An application for construction drawing approval shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B. The following forms must be filled out completely in order to process an application for construction drawing approval:
              1. Infrastructure Construction Plan Application;
              2. A Phasing plan in accordance with the standards of Sec. 10.2.5.E.7.;
              3. If applicable, a Waiver Request is filed; and
              4. If applicable, an Administrative Design Adjustment request is filed.
            2. After an application has been determined complete, the City shall review the request in accordance with the provisions of this UDO.
            3. No construction of development-related improvements shall commence until all required construction drawing plans, profiles and specifications have been reviewed and approved by the City or other governmental approving agency and all necessary permits issued.
            4. In reviewing the infrastructure construction plan, Development Services shall consult with the Public Utilities, City Planning, Engineering Services, Parks and Cultural Resources, Transportation and Fire Departments to review the infrastructure construction plan against the requirements of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City. The collective review shall consider the adequacy of public facilities, as described in Article 8.2. Infrastructure Sufficiency.
            5. Following review, Development Services shall approve, approve with conditions that bring the infrastructure construction plan into conformance with requirements of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City,or deny the infrastructure construction plan. Development Services Director shall keep written records of any action taken.
          3. Building Review
            1. An application for building or construction permit issuance shall be submitted to Development Services in accordance with Sec. 11.2.1.B.
            2. A Permit Application must be filled out completely in order to process an application for building review.
            3. No building or construction permit shall be issued for development requiring a site plan until the site review has been approved.
            4. No review of building or construction plans shall occur until a copy of the approved site review plan conforming to all conditions of approval has been received by Development Services or the Board of Adjustment has granted a variance authorizing the use of a non-complying site plan element.
            5. In reviewing the building permit application, the Development Services Department shall consult with the Public Utilities, City Planning, Engineering Services, Transportation, Parks and Cultural Resources and Fire Departments to check the proposed building plans against the requirements of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
            6. The Development Services shall complete the review of the building plans and notify the applicant of nonconformities, omissions or required corrections. If the building plans are disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval shall be stated in writing, specifying the provisions of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City with which the building plans do not comply. Revised building plans may be submitted to the Development Services for further consideration.
            7. Following building review, the Development Services shall approve, approve with conditions that bring the building plans into conformance with this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City or deny the building plans. The Development Services shall keep written records of any action taken.
            8. Prior to the issuance of any building or construction permit for the site, the applicant shall have installed all required improvements as specified in Chapter 8. Subdivision & Site Plan Standards or guaranteed their installation as provided in Sec. 8.1.3.
            9. An issued building permit expires 6 months after the date of issuance if the work authorized by the permit has not commenced. If after commencement, the work is discontinued for a period of 12 months, the permit shall immediately expire. No work authorized by any permit that has expired shall be performed until a new permit has been obtained.
            10. The approval process for site plans of infrastructure construction plans, final site and building review may at the option of the applicant be done sequentially as listed or combined all in 1 review process or in 2 different review processes provided that order of these processes are not reversed.
        7. Modifications to an Approved Site Plan
          After a site plan has been approved, no deviations shall be made until written approval of the proposed changes or deviations has been obtained. Modifications are categorized as either minor or major and are reviewed pursuant to this section. Modifications shall be applicable as long as the approved site plan remains active under the sunset provisions of this UDO. At such time a site plan is no longer valid, a new site plan application is required.
          1. Minor Modifications
            Modifications that can be made to an approved site plan (including plot plans approved prior to November 19, 2020), that meet the following are considered minor modifications and shall be administratively approved without additional notice:
            1. Up to a 15% increase or any decrease in gross floor area of any building;
            2. Up to a 15% reduction in the approved setbacks from exterior property lines for any approved structures on a site;
            3. Up to a 15% increase or any decrease in the number of dwelling units, rooming units, hotel rooms, or seats (in principal places of assembly);
            4. Up to a 15% increase in building height shown on the approved site plan, not to exceed the maximum height standards of Article 3.3;
            5. An increase in the number of parking spaces provided to accommodate any allowable expansion or change of use to comply with the parking requirements of Sec. 7.1.2, or any decrease in the number of provided parking spaces, so long as the reduction continues to comply with parking minimums or maximums;
            6. The relocation of parking areas, internal driveways or structures where such relocation occurs more than 50 feet from exterior property lines. But if the parking areas, internal driveways or structures were approved closer than 50 feet from exterior property lines in compliance with the UDO, the relocation may occur so long as it is no closer to the exterior property lines than where originally approved;
            7. Any decrease or an increase in the number of bedrooms within dwelling units of a building used for multi-unit living;
            8. Change in the edge or the curb treatment of private streets and parking areas, or paving materials;
            9. Minor alterations of other features onsite, provided the same general orientation, building relationships, setback patterns and landscaping is maintained including, the following and similar features:
              1. The elimination of any buildings or structures;
              2. Relocation or addition of walls, fences, or stairs;
              3. Relocation or addition of private sidewalks and pedestrian access points so long as the same degree of access is provided;
              4. Relocation or addition of hydrants, meter vaults, fire lines, standpipes, or grease traps;
              5. Relocation or addition of outdoor lighting;
              6. Relocation of public utility easements; and
              7. Relocation or addition of transit infrastructure;
            10. Change in exterior features of buildings including, but not limited to, the architectural style, general design, and general arrangement of the exterior of a building or other structure, including the kind and texture of the building material, the size, color and scale of the building, and the type, color, style of all windows, doors, light fixtures, signs and other appurtenant fixtures. In the case of outdoor signs, exterior features shall be construed to mean style, material, size, color, and location of all such signs;
            11. Relocation of public utility line easements that do not involve relocation into CM zoning districts, TCA's protective yards, city easements or other buffer area shown on an approved site plan;
            12. Changes to, including the deletion of, any item or feature not required by the UDO, such as recreational facilities, materials of private sidewalks and ornamental plantings, shown on an approved site plan;
            13. A substitution or change of use(s) which:
              1. Is within the same use category (i.e. - Residential, Commercial, Industrial, Open);
              2. Uses the same building type;
              3. Does not require a Special Use Permit; and
              4. Does not trigger any use standard that would require any additional Transitional Protective Yards or where the Site Plan Group, as shown in Section 7.1.2.C, remains in the same group or decreases from:
                Group C to any other group
                Group B to Group A ;
          2. Major Modifications
            Major modifications include all requested site plan revisions which are not minor. Major modifications shall be reviewed using the same review and approval process that was required for issuance of the original approval. Major modifications to a plot plan approved prior to November 19, 2020, shall be reviewed using the same review and approval process for Tier 1 site plans. However, in the event the site plan was approved using previously applicable quasi-judicial subjective standards, or by some other procedure with standards no longer available in this UDO, major modifications shall be allowed, if following a quasi-judicial hearing, the Planning Commission makes the following findings:
            1. The proposed modification complies with all applicable provisions of this UDO unless otherwise expressly modified in accordance with this UDO; however, that those portions of the previously approved site plan, not included in the modification request, need not comply with current UDO standards.
            2. The proposed modification complies with any applicable specific use standard listed in Chapter 6 without the granting of any variance to the specific use standard.
            3. The proposed modification is compatible with adjacent uses in terms of the location, scale, site design, hours of operation and operating characteristics.
            4. Any adverse impacts to the surrounding area resulting from the proposed modification in the affected area will be effectively mitigated or offset or the modification is denied.
            5. Access with respect to pedestrian, bicycle and automotive safety, traffic flow and emergency service is adequate; and
        8. Expiration of a Site Plan
          A building permit must be obtained from the Development Services within 3 years from the date of site plan approval. The site plan shall expire 3 years from the approval date of the site plan unless an applicant has been granted vested rights or unless a valid building permit has been issued by Development Services. One 2-year extension to submit a building permit shall be granted by the Development Services Director provided all of the following are met:
          1. A written request for an extension has been made to the Development Services Director prior to the expiration period;
          2. Unconstructed portions of the approved site plan conform to all ordinances, laws, City policies and provisions of the Comprehensive Plan and other City Council adopted plans in effect at the time of the requested extension;
          3. Adjacent streets have not been reclassified the Comprehensive Plan;
          4. The plan addresses the adequacy of public facilities and services such as stormwater, water and sewer lines, streets, fire, public safety and trash collection;
          5. There shall only be 1 extension permitted, not to exceed a time period of 2 years from the date of receipt by the Development Services Director of the original written request for extension; and
          6. Within 4 years after the issuance of the first building permit for the site plan, the construction of the entire site plan must be completed unless an applicant has been granted vested rights. Failure to complete construction within this specified time frame shall automatically void the approved site plan for which no building permits have been issued.

      Sec. 10.2.9. Special Use Permit

      Sec. 10.2.9. Special Use Permit aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:33
      Image
      10-2-9
      1. Applicability
        1. Special uses within each zoning district are uses that may be appropriate in a particular zoning district, but because of the increased potential for incompatibility with adjacent uses, require individual review by the Board of Adjustment.
        2. A special use permit is required for all special uses as set forth in Chapter 6. Use Regulations.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for a special use permit, an applicant shall schedule a preapplication conference with the Planning Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Planning Director.
      3. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a special use permit shall be submitted with in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. A Special Use Permit Application must be filled out to initiate a request for a special use permit.
      4. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          Planning Director shall review the application for a special use permit in light of the showings of Sec. 10.2.9.E. and applicable requirements of Chapter 6. Use Regulations and advise the applicant.
        2. Board of Adjustment Action
          Following notice as required in Sec. 10.1.8. the Board of Adjustment shall hold a quasi-judicial public hearing as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.D.1.
      5. Showings
        Before a request for a special use permit is granted, the Board of Adjustment must show that all of the following are met:
        1. The proposed use complies with all applicable provisions of this UDO unless otherwise expressly modified in accordance with this UDO;
        2. The proposed use is allowed as a special use in the respective zoning district (see Chapter 6. Use Regulations);
        3. The proposed use complies with any specific use standard listed in Chapter 6. Use Regulations without the granting of any variance to the specific use standard;
        4. The proposed use is compatible with adjacent uses in terms of location, scale, site design, hours of operation and operating characteristics;
        5. Any adverse impacts resulting from the proposed use in the affected area will be effectively mitigated or offset or the special use is denied;
        6. Access with respect to pedestrian, bicycle and automotive safety, traffic flow and emergency service is adequate;
        7. Signage is suitable and appropriate; and
        8. Any appropriate dedications of streets and utilities to the public will be made prior to the issuance of a building permit.
      6. Limits on Approval
        Whenever the Board of Adjustment approves a special use permit, approval shall not change the zoning of the property or give the property status as a nonconformity as set forth in Article 10.3. Nonconformities.
      7. Revisions to an Approved Special Use Permit
        An approved special use permit shall not without prior approval of the Board of Adjustment:
        1. Change to another use for more than 30 days;
        2. Increase its density or intensity;
        3. Enlarge, expand or increase its size;
        4. Substantially change the exterior appearance of buildings; or
        5. Add new outdoor equipment and machinery.
      8. Expiration
        1. A special use permit shall expire after 1 year from the date of approval by the Board of Adjustment unless a completed building permit application is submitted or a zoning permit is submitted when no building permit is required, including payment of all fees has been filed by the applicant and accepted by the City.
        2. Any appeal of the issuance of the special use permit to Superior Court shall freeze the running of this 1 year period from commencement of the legal challenge until the end of all appeals. Once the use is constructed, the special use permit runs with the land and does not expire except:
          1. When the Board of Adjustment conditioned the special use permit to a limited defined time period;
          2. When the special use permit is revoked in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.D.1.; or
          3. When the special use is changed to another use for more than 30 days, other than that for which the special use permit was issued or the special use is discontinued or ceased for a continuous period of 365 days or more without the re-approval of the Board of Adjustment. Without the re-approval of the Board of Adjustment, the special use permit is null and void and continuation of the special use is a violation of this UDO.

      Sec. 10.2.10. Variance

      Sec. 10.2.10. Variance aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:33
      Image
      10-2-10
      1. Applicability
        The Board of Adjustment has the authority to authorize variances from the provisions of this UDO, subject to the requirements of this section. Provided, however, no variance shall be allowed to any provision of this UDO, which would result in an amendment to the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, the Street Plan, or any other adopted City plan. Any change or amendment to such plans or maps must be done in accordance with the process set forth in Sec. 10.2.2. for 2030 Comprehensive Plan amendments.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting an application for a variance, an applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Planning Director.
      3. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a variance shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. A Variance Application must be signed and notarized by the property owner in order to initiate a request for variance.
      4. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          City Planning shall review the application for a variance in light of the showings of Sec. 10.2.10.D.3. below and advise the applicant.
        2. Board of Adjustment Action
          Following notice as required in Sec. 10.1.8. and Sec. 10.2.1.C., the Board of Adjustment shall hold a quasi-judicial public hearing as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.D.1..
        3. Showings
          ​​​​​​​Before a variance request is granted, the Board of Adjustment shall show all of the following:
          1. Unnecessary hardship would result from the strict application of the ordinance. It shall not be necessary to demonstrate that, in the absence of the variance, no reasonable use can be made of the property.
          2. The hardship results from conditions that are peculiar to the property, such as location, size or topography. Hardships resulting from personal circumstances, as well as hardships resulting from conditions that are common to the neighborhood or the general public, may not be the basis for granting a variance.
          3. The hardship did not result from actions taken by the applicant or the property owner. The act of purchasing property with knowledge that circumstances exist that may justify the granting of a variance shall not be regarded as a self-created hardship.
          4. The requested variance is consistent with the spirit, purpose and intent of the ordinance, such that public safety is secured and substantial justice is achieved.
      5. Approval Limitations and Conditions
        1. Absent specific authority from this UDO, the Board of Adjustment may not grant a variance which would modify, alter, change or suspend any requirement of a use standard as set forth in Chapter 6. Use Regulations.
        2. In granting a variance, the Board of Adjustment is authorized to attach safeguards and conditions to the approved variance as is necessary and appropriate and reasonably related to the circumstances that gave rise for the need of the variance.
      6. Expiration of Variance
        A variance shall expire after 12 months from the date of approval by the Board of Adjustment unless: (i) a completed building permit application, including payment of all fees has been filed by the applicant and accepted by the City; or (ii) the use and structure were previously in existence prior to the requested variance. Any appeal of the issuance of the variance to Superior Court shall freeze the running of this 12-month period from commencement of the legal challenge until the end of all appeals. Once the use is constructed or established, the variance runs with the land and does not expire except:
        1. When the Board of Adjustment conditioned the variance to a limited defined time period; or
        2. When the variance is revoked in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.D.1.

      Sec. 10.2.11. Appeal of an Administrative Decision

      Sec. 10.2.11. Appeal of an Administrative Decision aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:34
      Image
      10-2-11
      1. Applicability
        Any person with standing under N.C. Gen. Stat. § 160D-1402(c), or the City of Raleigh, may file an appeal of any decision, order, requirement or determination relating to the interpretation, compliance or application of this UDO made by an administrative official charged with the administration and enforcement of these provisions of the UDO. All appeals shall be filed in accordance with the provisions of this section.
      2. Reviewing Body
        Appeals of an administrative decision are heard by the Board of Adjustment except for Minor Work Certificates of Appropriateness, which are heard by the Raleigh Historic Development Commission.
      3. Stay of Proceedings
        An appeal of a notice of violation or other enforcement order stays enforcement of the action appealed from unless the official who made the decision certifies to the Board of Adjustment after notice of appeal has been filed that because of the facts stated in an affidavit, a stay would cause imminent peril to life or property or because the violation is transitory in nature, a stay would seriously interfere with enforcement of the ordinance. In that case, enforcement proceedings shall not be stayed except by a restraining order, which may be granted by a court. If enforcement proceedings are not stayed, the appellant may file with the official a request for an expedited hearing of the appeal, and the Board of Adjustment shall meet to hear the appeal within 15 days after such a request is filed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, appeals of decisions granting a permit or otherwise affirming that a proposed use of property is consistent with the ordinance shall not stay the further review of an application for permits or permissions to use such property; in these situations, the appellant may request and the Board may grant a stay of a final decision of permit applications or building permits affected by the issue being appealed.
      4. Notice of Decision and Filing An Appeal
        1. The official who made the decision shall give written notice of the decision to the owner of the property that is the subject of the decision and to the party who sought the decision, if different from the owner. The written notice shall be delivered by personal delivery, electronic mail, or by first-class mail.
        2. The owner or other party shall have 30 days from receipt of the written notice within which to file an appeal. Any other person with standing to appeal shall have 30 days from receipt from any source of actual or constructive notice of the decision within which to file an appeal.
        3. An appeal is taken by filing a notice of appeal along with an appeal application stating the grounds for appeal and containing all other required information with the City Clerk.
        4. The Department of City Planning shall provide the notices required in Sec. 10.2.1.C.
      5. Hearing and Board Action
        1. The official who made the decision shall transmit to the Board all documents and exhibits constituting the record upon which the action appealed from is taken. The official shall also provide a copy of the record to the appellant and to the owner of the property that is the subject of the appeal if the appellant is not the owner.
        2. Within 90 days after a completed application of an appeal of an administrative decision is filed, the reviewing body shall hold a quasi-judicial public hearing as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.D.1. and provide notice of the decision as required in Sec. 10.2.1.C.6.
        3. The official who made the decision shall be present at the hearing as a witness. The appellant shall not be limited at the hearing to matters stated in the notice of appeal. If any party or the city would be unduly prejudiced by the presentation of matters not presented in the notice of appeal, the Board shall continue the hearing.
        4. The Board of Adjustment may reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or may modify the decision appealed from and shall make any order, requirement, decision, or determination that ought to be made. The Board shall have all the powers of the official who made the decision.
      6. Appeals from the Board of Adjustment are to Wake County Superior Court pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. § 160D-1402.

      Sec. 10.2.12. Common Signage Plan

      Sec. 10.2.12. Common Signage Plan aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:35
      Image
      10-2-12
      1. Applicability
        Prior to the issuance of a sign permit for one or more buildings or businesses in the same project, a common signage plan approved by the Development Services Director in accordance with the requirements of this section shall be required.
      2. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a common signage plan shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. A Common Signage Plan Application must be filled out in order to process an application for a common signage plan.
      3. Development Services Director Action
        1. The Development Services Director shall check the proposed application against the requirements of Sec. 7.3.16.H. and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
        2. In reviewing the application, the Development Services shall consult with the Public Utilities, City Planning, Engineering Services, Transportation, Parks and Cultural Resources and Fire Departments.
        3. Following review, the Development Services Director shall approve, approve with conditions that bring the application into conformance with this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City or deny the application.
        4. If the application is disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval shall be stated in writing and provided to the applicant, specifying the provisions with which the application does not comply. A revised application may be submitted to the Development Services Director for further consideration.
        5. The Development Services Director may allow modifications to the lettering style to accommodate state and federally registered trademarks (logos) if the Development Services Director feels that the intent of the common signage plan requirements is maintained. In allowing modifications, the Development Services Director may limit the logo size. The requirements of a common signage plan shall apply to all tenants within a related project, even if the properties have been subdivided.
        6. Within 30 days after the date of the decision, an appeal of the Development Services Director's action may be filed with the Board of Adjustment in accordance with Sec. 10.2.11.
      4. Revisions to an Approved Plan
        1. Revisions to an approved common signage plan shall require documentation from all tenants on the property prior to approval.
        2. It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to enforce the terms of the common signage plan and a current copy of such plan, including any amendments, must be kept on file by the Development Services Director.
      5. Existing Signs Not Conforming to Common Signage Plan
        All signs not conforming to the proposed common signage plan shall be required to comply at the time of application for a new sign permit.
      6. Binding Effect
        After approval of a common signage plan, no sign shall be erected, placed, painted or maintained, except in conformance with the common signage plan.

      Sec. 10.2.13. Temporary Use Permit

      Sec. 10.2.13. Temporary Use Permit aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:36
      Image
      10-2-13
      1. Applicability
        As listed in Article 6.8. Temporary Uses, temporary uses occurring on private property outside of the public right-of-way shall be allowed upon the issuance of a temporary use permit by the Development Services Director in accordance with requirements of this section.
      2. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a temporary use permit shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. A Temporary Use Permit Application must be filled out in order to process an application for temporary use permit.
      3. Development Services Director Action
        1. The Development Services Director shall check the proposed application against the requirements of this UDO, all other applicable technical requirements of the City and the approval criteria of Sec. 10.2.13.D.
        2. In reviewing the application, the Development Services Director may consult with the heads of the departments of Public Utilities, Public Works, Transportation, Parks and Recreation, Inspections and the Fire Department.
        3. Following review, the Development Services Director shall approve, approve with conditions that bring the application into conformance with this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City or deny the application.
        4. If the application is disapproved, the reasons for such disapproval shall be stated in writing and provided to the applicant, specifying the provisions with which the application does not comply. A revised application may be submitted to the Development Services Director for further consideration.
        5. Within 30 days after the date of the decision, an appeal of the Development Services Director's action may be filed with the Board of Adjustment in accordance with Sec. 10.2.11.
      4. Approval Criteria
        Before a request for temporary use permit is granted, the Development Services Director must find the following:
        1. The temporary use complies with any specific standard listed in Article 6.8. Temporary Uses;
        2. No lighting or electrical service shall be provided without an electrical permit;
        3. No structure associated with the temporary use shall be erected without a building permit;
        4. All structures shall be cleared from the site within 5 days after the use is terminated;
        5. No temporary use structure shall block fire lanes or pedestrian or vehicular access;
        6. The site of the temporary use shall be cleared of all debris at the end of the use;
        7. Written permission of the property owner for the temporary use shall be provided;
        8. Adequate parking shall be provided;
        9. Evidence that adequate traffic control measures shall be provided;
        10. Evidence that adequate provisions for trash disposal and sanitary facilities shall be provided; and
        11. When appropriate, adequate provisions for crowd control shall be provided.
      5. Revocation of Temporary Use Permit
        If any conditions of a temporary use permit are violated, the temporary use permit may be revoked by the Development Services Director.

      Sec. 10.2.14. Written Interpretation

      Sec. 10.2.14. Written Interpretation aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:36
      Image
      10-2-14
      1. Applicability
        The Zoning Administrator is authorized to make interpretations concerning the provisions of this UDO.
      2. Application Requirements
        1. An application for an interpretation of this UDO shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. A Written Interpretation Application must be completed in order to process a request for a written interpretation.
      3. Zoning Administrator Action
        1. The Zoning Administrator shall review and evaluate the request for written interpretation in light of the text of this UDO, the Official Zoning Map and any other relevant information.
        2. Following review, the Zoning Administrator shall render a written opinion within 5 working days after a completed application for a written interpretation is filed. Pursuant to Sec. 10.2.1.C.6., the Zoning Administrator shall notify the applicant and the property owner (if the property owner is not the applicant and the question of interpretation relates to a specific tract of land) of the interpretation.
        3. All appeals of the Zoning Administrator's written interpretation shall be made to the Board of Adjustment in accordance with Sec. 10.2.11.
      4. Official Record
        The Planning Director shall maintain an official record of all interpretations. The record of interpretations shall be available for public inspection during regular office hours.

      Sec. 10.2.15. Certificate of Appropriateness

      Sec. 10.2.15. Certificate of Appropriateness aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:36
      Image
      10-2-15
      1. Jurisdiction
        1. The Historic Development Commission has jurisdiction for certificates of appropriateness for the exterior of all properties within the -HOD-G and -HOD-S.
        2. The Historic Development Commission has jurisdiction for certificates of appropriateness for the exterior of Historic Landmarks within Raleigh’s zoning jurisdiction.
        3. The Historic Development Commission has jurisdiction for certificates of appropriateness for all designated interior spaces of Historic Landmarks within Raleigh’s zoning jurisdiction.
      2. Expiration of Certificate of Appropriateness
        1. A certificate of appropriateness shall expire 6 months after the date of issuance if the work authorized by the certificate has not been commenced.
        2. If after commencement the work is discontinued for a period of 12 months, the permit shall immediately expire.
        3. A certificate of appropriateness authorizing demolition shall expire if the work has not been commenced within 6 months after the authorization date set by the Commission. If after commencement the demolition work is discontinued for a period of 12 months, the approval shall immediately expire.
        4. No work authorized by any certificate that has expired shall thereafter be performed until a new certificate has been secured.
      3. Application
        1. All applications for a certificate of appropriateness are to be filed in the location noted on the current application form provided by the City.
        2. The application shall be filed in accordance with the City's filing calendar on the form provided by the City.
        3. The application must be accompanied by sketches, drawings, photographs, specifications, descriptions and other information of sufficient detail to clearly show the proposed exterior alterations, alterations to designated interior features of Historic Landmarks, additions, changes or new construction. The names and mailing addresses of property owners filing or subject to the application and the addresses of property within 100 feet on all sides of the property which is the subject of the application must also be filed. Multiple copies of the application shall be provided when so required by the instructions on the form provided by the City. No incomplete applications will be accepted.
        4. Staff may advise the applicant and make recommendations with regard to appropriateness based upon the adopted historic development standards.
      4. Action on Application for Certificate of Appropriateness
        1. Deadline
          Applications for certificates of appropriateness shall be acted upon within 90 days after the complete application is filed, otherwise the application shall be deemed to be approved and a certificate of appropriateness shall be issued; provided however, that the Commission may take the matter under advisement for a total period of up to 180 days to receive additional evidence or memoranda of authority requested by the Commission for its consideration. Nothing in this paragraph shall prohibit an extension of time where mutual consent is given.
        2. Minor Works
          Upon receipt of a completed application, the Planning Director may issue a certificate of appropriateness for minor works.
          1. Defined
            Minor works are defined as those changes that do not involve substantial alterations, additions or removals that could impair the integrity of the Landmark property or the Historic Overlay District as a whole. Minor works are limited to those listed in the “Bylaws and Rules of Procedure” of the Historic Development Commission.
          2. Procedure
            1. Applications for minor works shall be reviewed by the Planning Director according to the applicable historic development standards.
            2. A report describing all certificates of appropriateness for minor works shall be forwarded to the Historic Development Commission, for its information, at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
            3. Failure to approve the requested minor work by the Planning Director shall in no way interfere with the applicant’s right to be heard by the Historic Development Commission—no application for a certificate of appropriateness may be denied without formal action by the Historic Development Commission.
            4. Appeals of administrative decisions to approval a Minor Work are heard by the Historic Development Commission. Notice of appeal shall be filed with the Department of City Planning within 30 days after the date the application for Minor Works was affirmatively decided. An appeal stays all work on the approved Minor Work during the review period of the Historic Development Commission.
        3. Notice
          1. Whenever a hearing on the application is to be heard by the Commission, City Planning shall make a reasonable attempt to identify and notify by mail the owners of property within 100 feet on all sides of the property that is the subject of the pending application.
          2. Mailed notices are for the convenience of the property owners and occupants and any defect or their omission shall not impair the validity of issuing a certificate of appropriateness or any following action.
        4. Hearing
          1. City Planning shall transmit the application for a certificate of appropriateness, together with the supporting material, to the review body for its consideration.
          2. Prior to the issuance or denial of a certificate of appropriateness by the Commission, the applicant and persons meeting the criteria for standing in G.S. 160D-1402 shall be given the opportunity to be heard at the hearing.
          3. All meetings of the Historic Development Commission shall be open to the public in accordance with the North Carolina open meetings law, N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 143, Article 33B.
          4. Interior arrangement shall not be considered by the review body and no certificate of appropriateness is required for interior repairs or renovations, except for designated interior features of Historic Landmarks as allowed in Sec. 10.2.16.D.2.
          5. The review body shall not refuse to issue a certificate of appropriateness except for the purpose of preventing the construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration, moving or demolition of buildings, structures, appurtenant features, outdoor advertising signs or other significant features in the –HOD-G, -HOD-S or for Historic Landmarks, which would be incongruous with the special character of the district or Landmark.
          6. The Commission shall render its decision in written form, including its reasons for issuing or denying the certificate and a summary of any citation to the evidence, testimony, studies or other authority upon which it based its decision.
          7. Without objection from any interested parties, the Historic Development Commission may hold summary proceedings on Certificates of Appropriateness. Such proceedings shall be a public meeting and the Commission’s decision shall be rendered in written form.
          8. In all proceedings or public hearings before the Historic Development Commission with regard to an application for a certificate of appropriateness, the burden of producing substantial evidence or testimony is upon the applicant and if the applicant fails to do so, the Commission shall deny the certificate.
          9. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this UDO, the Historic Development Commission may require additional evidence or memoranda of authority to be submitted and may take the matter under advisement until such evidence or memoranda have been submitted and considered up to the 180-day limit established above.
          10. As part of its deliberation, the Commission may view the premises and seek the advice of the North Carolina Division of Archives and History or such other expert advice as it may deem necessary under the circumstances.
          11. The Commission’s action on the application shall be approval, approval with conditions, deferral or denial.
          12. Notice of decision shall be provided as required in Sec. 10.2.1.C.6.
      5. Demolition of Buildings, Structures and Sites
        1. General
          An application for a certificate of appropriateness authorizing the demolition or destruction of a building, structure or site within any Historic Overlay District or Historic Landmark may not be denied except as provided below for Statewide Significance. However, the authorization date of such a certificate may be delayed for a period of up to 365 days from the date of issuance. The maximum period of delay authorized by this section shall be reduced by the Commission where it finds that the owner would suffer extreme hardship or be permanently deprived of all beneficial use of or return from such property by virtue of the delay. During such period of delay the Commission may negotiate with the owner and with any other parties in an effort to find a means of preserving the building, structure or site. If the Commission finds that the building, structure or site has no particular significance or value toward maintaining the character of the Historic Overlay District or Historic Landmark, it shall waive all or part of such period and authorize earlier demolition or removal.
        2. Pending Historic Landmark and within a Pending -HOD-G or -HOD-S
          1. Where the Historic Development Commission has voted to recommend designation of a property as a Historic Landmark or an area as a -HOD-G or -HOD-S and final designation has not been made by the City Council, the demolition or destruction of any building, site or structure proposed as a Landmark or located in the proposed district may be delayed by the Commission for a period of up to 180 days or until the City Council takes final action on the designation, whichever occurs first.
          2. Should the Council approve the designation prior to the expiration of the 180-day delay period, an application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition must then be filed; however, the maximum period of authorization date delay for such demolition certificate shall be reduced by the Commission equal to the period of delay while the designation was pending.
        3. Statewide Significance
          An application for a certificate of appropriateness authorizing the demolition or destruction of a building, structure or site determined by the State Historic Preservation Officer as having statewide significance as defined in the criteria of the National Register of Historic Places may be denied except where the Commission finds that the owner would suffer extreme hardship or be permanently deprived of all beneficial use or return by virtue of the denial.
        4. Compliance with Other Law
          Issuance of a certificate of appropriateness shall not relieve the applicant, contractor, tenant or property owner from obtaining any other permit required by this UDO or any law.
      6. Appeals
        1. Appeals from the Historic Development Commission are to Wake County Superior Court pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-1402
        2. The State of North Carolina shall have a right of appeal to the North Carolina Historical Commission or any successor agency. Notice to the Historic Development Commission shall be served on the same day and in the same manner as for the North Carolina Historical Commission unless oral notice of appeal is given to the Historic Development Commission during the meeting at which the decision is rendered. The decision of the North Carolina Historical Commission shall be final and binding upon both the state and the Historic Development Commission.
      7. Effect of Conflict with Other Ordinances
        Whenever any ordinance adopted pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. Part 4, Article 9, Chapter 160D requires a longer waiting period or imposes other higher standards with respect to a designated historic landmark or designated –HOD-G or –HOD-S than are established under any other statute, charter provision or regulation, Part 4 shall govern. Whenever the provisions of any other statute, charter provision, ordinance or regulation require a longer waiting period or impose other higher standards than are established under general statute such other statute, charter provision, ordinance or regulation shall govern.

      Sec. 10.2.16. Historic Landmark Designation

      Sec. 10.2.16. Historic Landmark Designation aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:37
      Image
      10-2-16
      1. Applicability
        1. The City Council shall designate Historic Landmarks.
        2. Designations and amendments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this section. Removing the designation from a Historic Landmark shall also follow the provisions of this section.
      2. Application Requirements
        1. Designation Reports
          The Historic Development Commission shall make, or cause to be made, an investigation and report on the historical, prehistorical, architectural, archaeological and cultural significance of each building, structure, site, area or object proposed for designation. Applications prepared by owners will be judged by the same criteria as those prepared by the commission. Such reports shall contain the following information:
          1. The name of the property to be considered for designation—both common and historic names, if they can be determined;
          2. The name and address of the current property owner;
          3. The location of the property proposed to be designated historic, including the street address and County tax map and parcel numbers or the parcel identification number;
          4. The date of construction and of any later alterations, if any;
          5. An assessment of the significance of the site or structure based on the criteria for designation cited below;
          6. An architectural or archaeological description of the area of the site or structure proposed to be designated. If outbuildings or other appurtenant features are proposed to be designated, the report shall contain a description of those features;
          7. A historical discussion of the site or structure within its type, period and locality;
          8. Archival photographs and/or digital images that clearly depict the property proposed to be designated, including views of all facades, pertinent details and siting, as outlined in the supporting information requirements of the current form for Historic Landmark Designation provided by the City; and
          9. A map showing the location of the property, including any outbuildings and appurtenant features.
        2. Elements of Ordinances Designating Historic Landmarks:
          Ordinances designating historic landmarks shall contain the following elements which shall:
          1. Describe each property designated in the ordinance, including the approximate area of the property so designated;
          2. List the name or names of the owner or owners of the property;
          3. Describe those elements of the property that are integral to its historical, prehistorical, architectural, archaeological and/or cultural significance;
          4. Describe the nature of the commission's jurisdiction over the interior, if any and those interior features of the property to be reviewed for certificates of appropriateness if they are to be changed;
          5. Require, for each building, structure, site, area or object designated as an historic landmark that the waiting period set forth in the general statutes be observed prior to its demolition;
          6. Provide, for each designated historic landmark, a suitable sign or plaque indicating that the property has been so designated. If the owner consents, the sign or plaque shall be placed upon the property; if the owner objects, the sign or plaque shall be placed on a nearby public right-of-way; and
          7. Recite any other information the governing body deems necessary within the authority conferred by the General Statutes.
      3. Approval Process
        Ordinances designating Historic Landmarks shall be adopted and amended according to the following procedure.
        1. Planning Director Action
          ​​​​​​​The Planning Director shall review the designation report and ordinance for conformance to the Application Requirements and provide a report to the Historic Development Commission and City Council that the documents are in conformance with this UDO’s requirements.
        2. Historic Development Commission Recommendation
          The Commission shall forward its recommendation on the report to the City Council. The Council shall refer the report to the State Department of Cultural Resources, Office of Archives and History.
        3. Department of Cultural Resources Action
          ​​​​​​​The Department of Cultural Resources, acting through the State Historic Preservation Officer or designee, may make an analysis of and recommendations concerning the report. If the Department does not submit its written comments or recommendations in connection with any proposed designation within 30 days following a written request for such analysis has been received by the department, the Commission and the City Council shall be relieved of any responsibility to consider such comments.
        4. Historic Development Commission and City Council Joint Public Hearing
          1. The Historic Development Commission and the City Council shall hold a joint public hearing on the report and proposed ordinance.
          2. Notice of the hearing shall be published at least once in a newspaper generally circulated within the City. Written notice of the hearing shall also be mailed by the Historic Development Commission to all owners and occupants of properties whose identity and current mailing address can be ascertained by the exercise of reasonable diligence.
          3. All such notices shall be published or mailed not less than 10 nor more than 25 days prior to the date set for the public hearing.
          4. The mailed notices in this subsection are for the convenience of property owners and occupants and any defect or their omission therein shall not impair the validity of the public hearing or any action following therefrom.
          5. Following the Joint Public Hearing, the City Council shall refer the proposed ordinance to the Commission for final review and recommendation.
        5. Historic Development Commission Action
          1. Taking into consideration the written comments and recommendations of the Department of Cultural Resources and information received during the Public Hearing, if any, the commission shall make a final recommendation to City Council. The commission may recommend any amendments to the report or ordinance.
          2. Upon adoption of the ordinance or any amendments, the commission shall give written notification of such designation to the owners and occupants of each designated historic property, insofar as reasonable diligence permits.
          3. One copy of the ordinance and each amendment shall be filed by the Historic Development Commission in the office of the County Register of Deeds. Each historic property designated as a historic landmark in the ordinance shall be indexed according to the name of the owner of the property in the grantee and grantor indexes in the Register of Deeds office and the Historic Development Commission shall pay a reasonable fee for filing and indexing. A second copy of the ordinance and of each amendment shall be kept on file in the City Clerk's office and shall be made available for public inspection at any reasonable time. A third copy of the ordinance and each amendment shall be given to the director of the Inspections Department.
          4. Upon adoption of the ordinance or any amendments, the Historic Development Commission shall give notice to the County tax assessor. The designation and any recorded restrictions upon the property limiting its use for preservation purposes shall be considered by the assessor in appraising it for tax purposes. The fact that a building, structure, site, area or object has been designated a Historic Landmark shall be clearly indicated on all tax maps maintained by the County or City for such period as the designation remains in effect.
        6. City Council Action
          Following the joint public hearing and upon receipt of the Commission’s final recommendation, the City Council may adopt the ordinance as proposed, adopt the ordinance with any amendments it deems necessary or reject the proposal. If the City Council rejects a designation report, a copy of the minutes of the meeting at which such a decision to reject the report was made shall be mailed to the owner of the property proposed for designation.
      4. Considerations for Approval
        1. Criteria for Designation
          ​​​​​​​No building, structure, site, area or object shall be recommended for designation as a historic landmark unless it is deemed and found by the Historic Development Commission to be of special significance in terms of its historical, prehistorical, architectural, archaeological and cultural importance and to possess integrity of design, setting, workmanship, materials, feeling and association.
        2. Limitations on Interior Designation and Review
          Jurisdiction of the commission over interior spaces shall be limited to specific interior features of architectural, artistic or historical significance in publicly owned historic landmarks and of privately owned historic landmarks for which consent for interior review has been given by the owner. If an owner's consent has been filed in the office of the County Register of Deeds and indexed according to the name of the owner of the property in the grantee and grantor indexes, such consent shall bind future owners and/or successors in title. The ordinance establishing the historic designation shall specify the interior features to be reviewed and the specific nature of the commission's jurisdiction over those features.

      Sec. 10.2.17. Design Alternate

      Sec. 10.2.17. Design Alternate aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:37
      Image
      10-2-17
      1. Applicability
        The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) has the authority to approve a request for a design alternate as set forth in this UDO. Additionally, the Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasijudicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) has the authority to approve a request for a design alternate to standards contained within the Raleigh Street Design Manual. All design alternates shall be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of the UDO, including this section and the applicable design alternate findings. Any design alternate approved pursuant to this section shall be incorporated into its corresponding site plan or subdivision approval, and shall expire, if at all, upon expiration of such corresponding site plan or subdivision approval. Design alternates are not available for anything set forth in a zoning condition.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before applying for a design alternate, an applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the applicable Department Director or their designee to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Department Director or their designee.
      3. Application Requirements
        1.  An application for a design alternate shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B. A request for a design alternate must be submitted after the first round of review for a development plan or infrastructure construction plans.
        2. An application for a design alternate must be signed and notarized by the property owner in order to initiate a request
        3. The applicant shall submit pertinent material necessary for review; in addition to the submittal material required for a subdivision or site plan. This may include detailed landscape plans, roadway cross-sections, site or subdivision layout, architectural renderings, material samples or other project-specific information.
      4. Approval Process
        1. In reviewing the design alternate, the applicable Department Director or their designee shall consult with the heads of the Public Utilities, Engineering Services, Transportation, Parks and Cultural Resources, Development Services and Fire Departments to check the proposed request against the requirements of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
        2. Following the submission of a completed application, the Planning Commission or Design Review Commission, performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council), shall hold a quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing on the design alternate request that shall be noticed in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 10.2.1.C.
        3. The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission, performing the quasi-judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) may approve, approve with conditions, or deny a design alternate request. Each design alternate decision shall be based on the competent, material, and substantial evidence in the record establishing compliance with the standard applicable to the design alternate request. The standards required for the approval of design alternates from the UDO are set forth in the following sections:
          1. Sec. 1.5.6.D (Build-To)
          2. Sec. 1.5.8.C. (Pedestrian Access)
          3. Sec. 1.5.9.C. (Transparency)
          4. Sec. 1.5.10. (BlankWall)
          5. Sec. 1.5.12.C. (Garage)
          6. Sec. 3.3.3.C. (Building Massing)
          7. Sec. 7.1.7.I. (Vehicle Parking Lot) and
          8. Sec. 7.2.3. (Landscaping and Screening).
          9. Article 7.4. (Site Lighting)
          10. Sec. 8.3.2., 8.3.4. and 8.3.5. (Blocks, Lots and Access)
          11. Section 8.4 (New and Existing Streets)
          12. Section 8.5 (Street Cross Sections)
      5. Showings for the Raleigh Street Design Manual
        The Planning Commission or Design Review Commission performing the quasi judicial duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by the City Council) shall conduct a duly noticed, quasi-judicial evidentiary hearing and approve a design alternate from the provisions of the Raleigh Street Design Manual upon a showing of all of the findings set forth below:
        1. The approved design alternate is consistent with the intent of the Raleigh Street Design Manual (if applicable);
        2. The approved design alternate does not increase congestion or compromise safety;
        3. The approved design alternate does not create additional maintenance responsibilities for the City;
        4. The approved design alternate has been designed and certified by a Professional Engineer, or such other design professional licensed to design, seal and certify the alternate;
        5. The approved design alternate will not adversely impact stormwater collection and conveyance; and
        6. The design alternate is deemed reasonable due to one or more of the following:
          1. Given the existing physical environment, including but not limited to the following, compliance is not physically feasible:
            1. an existing building would impede roadway expansion; or
            2. transitioning from a different street section; or
          2. The burden of compliance is not reasonable given the size of the site or intensity of the development.

      Sec. 10.2.18. Vested Rights

      Sec. 10.2.18. Vested Rights aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:38
      Image
      10-2-18
      1. Applicability
        Those landowners desiring the protections granted by N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-108.1 may, at their own option, request the City Council to hold a public hearing on a site plan.
      2. Application Requirements
        An application for a vested right determination shall be submitted in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.B.
      3. City Council Action
        1. Following notice as required in Sec. 10.1.8., the City Council shall hold a quasi-judicial public hearing as set forth in Sec. 10.2.1.D.1.
        2. The City Council may impose conditions and terms on any site plan for which a vested rights hearing has been requested by the landowner.
        3. Before a request for a vested right is granted, the City Council must find that all of the following are met:
          1. The approved site plan complies with all applicable provisions of this UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
          2. If the approved site plan was conditionally approved upon the obtaining of any governmental approval and or street closing, such governmental approvals and street closings were in fact obtained.
          3. Access with respect to pedestrian, bicycle and automotive safety, traffic flow and emergency service is adequate.
          4. The lot upon which the site plan is located complies with approved subdivision plans for the site.
          5. The site plan coordinates with existing and planned public facilities, such as and without limitation:
            1. Stormwater drainages structures;
            2. Public utilities;
            3. Street and sidewalk and on-street parking;
            4. Parks, greenways and governmental recreational facilities;
            5. Fire stations and community service facilities;
            6. Trash collection; and
            7. Transit stops and facilities.
        4. Approval of a vested rights site plan with the condition that a variance or special use permit be obtained shall not confer a vested right unless and until the necessary variance or special use permit is obtained. In all other instances, the approved plan shall be deemed vested upon approval by the City Council. The City Council shall not require landowners to waive their vested rights as a condition of approval of the plan.
      4. Action Following Approval
        1. Following the vesting of a site plan, the landowners and their successors shall be entitled to submit to Development Services, final plans, together with any valid building permit applications of the total area of any section or phase of the approved vested plan, within a period of not more than 2 years after the approval of the vested site plan.
        2. If submissions were timely made and if within 3 years after approval of building permit applications, at least ½ of the total floor area gross shown on the vested plan is completed, building permit applications for the remaining portions of the vested site plan for which no previous valid building permit applications has been filed, shall be processed by the City for an additional period not exceeding 5 years from the approval date of the plan.
        3. Following the approval or conditional approval of a vested site plan, nothing in this section shall exempt such plan from subsequent reviews and approvals to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the original approval, the UDO existing at the time of approval and subsequent laws as permitted in Sec. 10.2.19.D.5. below.
        4. If noncompliance is discovered, revocation of the site plan and remedies authorized by Article 10.4. Enforcement may be undertaken by the City, notwithstanding the vesting of the site plan.
        5. Site plans which are vested under this section shall be subject to new or amended zoning regulations as allowed by State law and such vested rights shall terminate for any of the reasons stated in N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-108.1(e).

      Sec. 10.2.19. Streetscape Plan

      Sec. 10.2.19. Streetscape Plan aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:38
      1. Definition
        1. A Streetscape Plan sets forth specific roadway and streetscape requirements within a defined geographic area.
      2. Applicability
        1. Requests for a Streetscape Plan may be made by the City Council or a property owner within the intended area of application.
        2. The entirety of the right-of-way width up to the centerline along the property’s frontage shall be included as part of the Streetscape Plan request.
        3. Any new development activity and any addition or repair subject to the requirements of Sec. 10.2.5. and Sec. 10.2.8. must meet street type and streetscape standards of any adopted Streetscape Plan for streets abutting the subject property within the adopted Streetscape Plan. When a development plan proposes the construction of a new street or expansion of an existing street the requirements of the adopted Streetscape Plan apply.
      3. Modification of Standards
        1. An adopted Streetscape Plan allows for the modification of any standard set forth in Articles 8.4 and 8.5, however no Streetscape Plan can be used to modify regulations related to Private Streets.
        2. The requirements of Articles 8.4 and 8.5 are intended to serve as minimum standards. Where a Streetscape Plan adopted before September 1, 2013 sets a lesser width standard for any streetscape component, the standard in Articles 8.4 and 8.5 shall prevail.
      4. Pre-Application Conference
        Before a member of the public may submit an application for a Streetscape Plan, the applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Planning Director.
      5. Pre-Submittal Neighborhood Meeting
        1. A pre-submittal neighborhood meeting is required for all applications for a Streetscape Plan except where the City is the applicant. The applicant shall provide an opportunity to meet with nearby property owners and residents. The location of the neighborhood meeting must be at, or in reasonable proximity to, the proposed Streetscape Plan area.
        2. The required neighborhood meeting must be conducted prior to submittal of the Streetscape Plan. The meeting may not occur more than 6 months prior to the submittal of the application.
        3. Notice of the neighborhood meeting must be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.1., however the applicable radius shall be measured 100 feet from the right-of-way boundary along both sides of the street for the entire length of the proposed Streetscape Plan area.
        4. A report of the meeting, made by the applicant, shall be included with the Streetscape Plan application given to Planning. The report shall include at a minimum, a list of those persons and organizations contacted about the neighborhood meeting, the date, time and location of the meeting, a roster of the persons in attendance at the meeting and a summary of issues discussed at the meeting.
      6. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a Streetscape Plan shall be submitted in accordance with the general application requirements of Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. At a minimum the application shall include:
          1. Map showing the geographic extent of the Streetscape Plan, including:
            1. Street names;
            2. Address and/or tax parcel identification numbers (PINs) for all abutting properties;
            3. Zoning designations for all included properties; and
            4. Location and description of existing conditions that may be impacted by the streetscape plan improvements such as infrastructure, buildings, structures, utilities, and easements.
          2. Written description of proposed Streetscape Plan including purpose and intent;
          3. Comprehensive street cross-section(s) detailing components and minimum widths of sidewalks, travel lanes, bike lanes, multi-use paths, etc.;
          4. Plan detailing the application of specific street cross-sections and other relevant elements;
          5. Maintenance plan for the care of non-standard streetscape elements (if applicable); and
          6. Other information or documentation as requested by staff.
        3. In addition to any modification set forth in 10.2.19.C., the application may include and/or specify:
          1. Sidewalk and/or pavement materials;
          2. Construction details;
          3. Street furniture types, including sidewalk light fixtures, benches, garbage receptacles, tree guards and grates, and other furnishings if applicable; and
          4. Planting species, planting detail, and location of plantings.
        4. Except for Streetscape Plans initiated by the City, signature of all property owners of the linear property frontage abutting all rights-of-way included in the designated Streetscape Plan area.
      7. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          1. The Planning Director shall review the Streetscape Plan application in accordance with subsections b. and c. below and provide a report and recommendation to the Design Review Commission.
          2. The Planning Director shall consult with the heads of the departments of Public Utilities, Transportation, Engineering Services, Parks, Recreation, and Cultural Resources, and Fire to check the proposed Streetscape Plan against the requirements of the UDO and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
          3. The following is a non-exhaustive list of considerations the Planning Director may consider when reviewing a Streetscape Plan application:
            1. Consistency with the Comprehensive Plan;
            2. Consistency with the stated purpose and intent of the UDO and Raleigh Street Design Manual;
            3. Consistency with other right-of-way programs and adopted plans;
            4. Impact on property in the vicinity of the Streetscape Plan area;
            5. Impact on the maintenance responsibilities of the City;
            6. Impact on congestion;
            7. Impact on functionality of transportation network for all users;
            8. Impact on stormwater collection and conveyance;
            9. Safety of roadway and streetscape users;
            10. Compatibility with adjacent or nearby roadway and streetscape projects;
            11. Compatibility with existing infrastructure and development patterns;
            12. Appropriate transitions between adjacent street and roadway elements;
            13. Contribution to the unique character or identity of an area through use of public art, landscaping, and/or other treatments;
            14. Inclusion and consideration of environmentally responsible development practices; and
            15. The application is reasonable and in the public interest.
        2. Planning Commission Action
          1. Upon acceptance of the Streetscape Plan application, the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) shall hold a legislative hearing on the request. Public notice of the legislative hearing shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. For mailed notice, the applicable radius shall be measured 100 feet from the right-of-way boundary along both sides of the street for the entire length of the proposed Streetscape Plan area.
          2. When conducting a review of a Streetscape Plan application, the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) shall advise and comment on whether the proposed action is consistent with any comprehensive plan that has been adopted, and any other applicable adopted plan.
          3. Within 60 days after receipt of the proposed application, the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) shall provide a written report to the City Council. If no recommendation is made within this time period and if no extension is granted, the City Council may nonetheless take action on the application without further involvement of the Design Review Commission.
          4. The Commission’s written report to the City Council shall contain its recommendation, which addresses the proposed plan’s consistency and other matters it deems appropriate.
        3. City Council Legislative Hearing and Action
          1. Following the recommendation of the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) or expiration of the applicable Design Review Commission review period without a recommendation, the City Council shall schedule a legislative hearing.
          2. A public hearing date shall be set within 60 days of receiving the Commission's written report.
          3. Notice of the hearing shall be given in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. For mailed notice, the applicable radius shall be measured 100 feet from the right-of-way boundary along both sides of the street for the entire length of the proposed Streetscape Plan area.
          4. At the hearing, the Planning Director shall present the request, including the recommendation and comments of the Commission, if any. If the request was submitted by a member of the public, those in favor of the Streetscape Plan will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their support and those opposed shall be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their opposition. The Council, in its discretion, may grant an equal amount of additional time to each side.
          5. The City Council shall approve, approve as revised, deny or send the proposed Streetscape Plan back to the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) or Planning Director for additional consideration.
          6. When adopting or rejecting any Streetscape Plan, the City Council shall approve a brief statement describing whether its action is consistent or inconsistent with the Comprehensive Plan.
        4. Modifications to a Submitted Streetscape Plan Application
          The applicant may modify the regulations and/or specifications contained in the Streetscape Plan application at any time, however, an expansion of the geographic extent of the Streetscape Plan area shall be considered a new application requiring full compliance with this section. 
      8. Modifications to an Adopted Streetscape Plan
        1. Except as listed in subsection 2. below, modifications to an adopted Streetscape Plan shall be considered a new application requiring full compliance with this section.
        2. Modifications to the signage elements of an adopted Streetscape Plan may be allowed as a minor amendment and shall follow the process set forth in Section 10.2.21. Custom Signage Plan, excluding the applicability criteria set forth in 10.2.21.B.2. and 3. Upon approval of the minor amendment, the signage elements of the adopted Streetscape Plan shall be replaced by the adopted Custom Signage Plan.
      9. Design Alternates to an Approved Streetscape Plan
        Pursuant to Sections 10.2.17.E., Design Alternates are permitted to the standards of any Streetscape Plan adopted before June 4, 2024.

      Sec. 10.2.20. Development Agreements

      Sec. 10.2.20. Development Agreements aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:39
      1. Definitions and Applicability
        1. Definitions. The following definitions apply in this Sec. 10.2.20:
          1. Development - The planning for or carrying out of a building activity, the making of a material change in the use or appearance of any structure or property, or the dividing of land into two or more parcels. When appropriate to the context, "development" refers to the planning for or the act of developing or to the result of development. Reference to a specific operation is not intended to mean that the operation or activity, when part of other operations or activities, is not development. Reference to particular operations is not intended to limit the generality of this item.
          2. Public facilities – Major capital improvements, including, but not limited to, transportation, sanitary sewer, solid waste, drainage, potable water, educational, parks and recreational, and health systems and facilities.
        2. Applicability. The City may enter into a development agreement with a developer for the development of property as provided in this section for developable property of any size. Development agreements shall be for a reasonable term specified in the agreement.
      2. Pre-Application Conference
        Before submitting a draft development agreement, an applicant should schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the scope of the proposed development agreement.
      3. Development Agreement Provisions and Requirements
        1. The development agreement shall, at a minimum, include the following:
          1. A description of the property subject to the agreement and the names of its legal and equitable property owners.
          2. The duration of the agreement. However, the parties are not precluded from entering into subsequent development agreements that may extend the original duration period.
          3. The development uses permitted on the property, including population densities and building types, intensities, placement on the site, and design.
          4. A description of public facilities that will serve the development, including who provides the facilities, the date any new public facilities, if needed, will be constructed, and a schedule to assure public facilities are available concurrent with the impacts of the development. In the event that the development agreement provides that the City shall provide certain public facilities, the development agreement shall provide that the delivery date of such public facilities will be tied to successful performance by the developer in implementing the proposed development, such as meeting defined completion percentages or other performance standards.
          5. A description, where appropriate, of any reservation or dedication of land for public purposes and any provisions agreed to by the developer that exceed existing laws related to protection of environmentally sensitive property.
          6. A description, where appropriate, of any conditions, terms, restrictions, or other requirements for the protection of public health, safety, or welfare.
          7. A description, where appropriate, of any provisions for the preservation and restoration of historic structures.
          8. A specified term of years governing the duration and expiration of the agreement.
          9. Identify the adopted plan or adopted CIP project included in the proposed development agreement.
        2. A development agreement may also provide that the entire development or any phase of it be commenced or completed within a specified period of time. If required otherwise in this UDO, or in the agreement, the development agreement shall provide a development schedule, including commencement dates and interim completion dates at no greater than five year intervals. The developer may request a modification in the dates as set forth in the agreement.
        3. If more than one local government is made party to an agreement, the agreement must specify which local government is responsible for the overall administration of the development agreement. A local or regional utility authority may also be made a party to the development agreement.
        4. The development agreement also may cover any other matter, including defined performance standards, not inconsistent with this this UDO or state law. The development agreement may include mutually acceptable terms regarding provision of public facilities and other amenities and the allocation of financial responsibility for their provision, provided any impact mitigation measures offered by the developer beyond those that could be required by the City pursuant to G.S. 160D-804 shall be expressly enumerated within the agreement, and provided the agreement may not include a tax or impact fee not otherwise authorized by law.
        5. The development agreement may, by ordinance, be incorporated, in whole or in part, into any development regulation adopted by the City. A development agreement may be considered concurrently with a rezoning or TCZ affecting the property and development subject to the development agreement. A development agreement may be concurrently considered with and incorporated by reference with a preliminary plat required under a subdivision regulation or a site plan or other development approval required under this UDO. If incorporated into a conditional district, the provisions of the development agreement shall be treated the same as UDO requirements in the event of the developer's bankruptcy.
        6. Consideration of a proposed major modification of the agreement shall follow the same procedures as required for initial approval of a development agreement. What changes constitute a major modification may be determined by Sec. 10.2.4.H.1., 2., and 3. or as provided for in the development agreement.
        7. Any performance guarantees under the development agreement shall comply with Art. 8.1. of this UDO.
      4. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          1. The Planning Director shall review the proposed development agreement in light of the considerations for Planning Director Review in Sec. 10.2.4.F. In reviewing the proposed development agreement, the Planning Director shall consult with the heads of the departments of Public Utilities, Transportation, Engineering Services, Parks and Cultural Resources, Development Services, Fire and the City Attorney to check the proposed development agreement against the requirements of the UDO, state law and other applicable technical requirements of the City.
          2. Following review, the Planning Director shall prepare a report and forward the proposed development agreement to the City Council for setting the legislative hearing.
        2. Legislative Hearing by City Council
          1. Following the review and report from the Planning Director, the City Council shall conduct a legislative hearing on the proposed development agreement. Notice of the hearing shall be given in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. and must specify the location of the property subject to the development agreement, the development uses proposed on the property, and must specify a place where a copy of the proposed development agreement can be obtained.
          2. The presiding officer shall open the legislative hearing. Those in favor of the development agreement will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their support and those against the development agreement will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their opposition. Additional time may be allowed by the City Council, but must be the same amount of time for those in support and against.
        3. City Council Action
          1. During and following, the legislative hearing, revisions may be made to the proposed development agreement within 30 days following the public hearing date, provided that any change to the development agreement is submitted to City Planning at least 10 calendar days before the date of the meeting at which the City Council’s final vote.
          2. If the development agreement is being considered concurrently with and incorporated into a conditional district ordinance or TCZ, then the procedures set forth in Section 10.2.4 shall be followed, in addition to those required by this section, including, but not limited to, Planning Commission review.
      5. Reserved for future codification
      6. Recordation
        The developer shall record the agreement with the register of deeds in the county where the property is located within 14 days after the City and developer execute an approved development agreement. No development approvals may be issued until the development agreement has been recorded. The burdens of the development agreement are binding upon, and the benefits of the agreement shall inure to, all successors in interest to the parties to the agreement.
      7. Vesting
        1. Unless the development agreement specifically provides for the application of subsequently enacted laws, the laws (including this UDO) applicable to development of the property subject to a development agreement are those in force at the time of execution of the agreement.
        2. Except for grounds specified in G.S. 160D-108(c) or G.S. 160D-108.1(f), the City shall not apply subsequently adopted ordinances or development policies to a development that is subject to a development agreement.
        3. In the event State or federal law is changed after a development agreement has been entered into and the change prevents or precludes compliance with one or more provisions of the development agreement, the City may modify the affected provisions, upon a finding that the change in State or federal law has a fundamental effect on the development agreement.
      8. Expiration
        1. An approved development agreement shall expire as provided in the agreement, including any extension thereof, approved in writing consistent with this section.

      Sec. 10.2.21. Custom Signage Plan

      Sec. 10.2.21. Custom Signage Plan aaron.sheppard… Tue, 08/27/2024 - 10:57
      1. Definition
        1. A Custom Signage Plan sets for specific signage regulations within a defined geographic area. The Custom Signage Plan can identify sign types, dimensions, locations, quantities, materials, technologies, and other elements/characteristics.
      2. Applicability
        1. A request for a Custom Signage Plan can only be initiated by a property owner within the intended area of application.
        2. The property or properties subject to the Custom Signage Plan must be zoned Planned Development District or Campus District or satisfy a. through c. below:
          1. Minimum of 8 acres in size; and
          2. A development constructed to accommodate at least:
            1. 3 non-residential establishments; and
            2. 100 dwelling units as part of a Household Living use or 100 rooms as part of an Overnight Lodging use.
          3. Meet at least one of the following criteria:
            1. Zoned with an Urban Frontage; or
            2. Front on an approved Streetscape Plan; or
            3. Located within a City Growth Center or Frequent Transit Area as designated in the Comprehensive Plan.
        3. A Custom Signage Plan may be submitted prior to satisfying all of the applicability criteria in subsection 2, however, in no instance shall a sign permit be issued pursuant to the Custom Signage Plan until all criteria are satisfied.
        4. Within the defined geographic area, new signage and signage that is no longer legally nonconforming under Sec. 7.3.17 must comply with the Custom Signage Plan.
      3. Modification of Standards
        1. A Custom Signage Plan allows for the modification of any of the following sign regulations:
          1. Section 7.3.2., Signs Allowed by District (excluding Off-Premise signs)
          2. Section 7.3.4., Wall Signs
          3. Section 7.3.5., Projecting Signs
          4. Section 7.3.6. Awning, Gallery, Marquee Signs
          5. Section 7.3.7., Window Signs
          6. Section 7.3.8., Low Profile Ground Signs
          7. Section 7.3.9., Medium Profile Ground Signs
          8. Section 7.3.10., High Profile Ground Signs
          9. Section 7.3.11., Tract Signs
          10. Section 7.3.12., A-Frame Signs
          11. Section 7.3.13., Special Sign Types, excluding subsections F., H., J., L., and N.
          12. Section 7.3.16.B., Maximum Signage
        2. A Common Signage Plan is not required in conjunction with a Custom Signage Plan.
        3. All other standards of this UDO shall control unless otherwise included in the Custom Signage Plan.
      4. Pre-Application Conference
        Before a member of the public may submit an application for a Custom Signage Plan, the applicant shall schedule a pre-application conference with the Planning Director to discuss the procedures, standards and regulations required for approval. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Planning Director.
      5. Pre-Submittal Neighborhood Meeting
        1. A pre-submittal neighborhood meeting is required for all applications for a custom signage plan except where the City is the applicant. The applicant shall provide an opportunity to meet with nearby property owners and residents. The location of the neighborhood meeting must be at, or in reasonable proximity to, the proposed Custom Signage Plan area. 
        2. The required neighborhood meeting must be conducted prior to submittal of the Custom Signage Plan. The meeting may not occur more than 6 months prior to the submittal of the application.
        3. Notice of the neighborhood meeting must be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.2.1.C.1., however the applicable radius shall be measured 100 feet from the proposed Custom Signage Plan area.
        4. A report of the meeting, made by the applicant, shall be included with the Custom Signage Plan application given to Planning and Development. The report shall include at a minimum, a list of those persons and organizations contacted about the neighborhood meeting, the date, time and location of the meeting, a roster of the persons in attendance at the meeting and a summary of issues discussed at the meeting.
      6. Application Requirements
        1. An application for a Custom Signage Plan shall be submitted in accordance with the general application requirements of Sec. 10.2.1.B.
        2. At a minimum the application shall include:
          1. Map showing the geographic extent of the Custom Signage Plan, including:
            1. Street names;
            2. Address and/or tax parcel identification numbers (PINs) for all included properties;
            3. Zoning designations for all included properties; and
            4. Location and description of existing conditions.
          2. Written description of proposed Custom Signage Plan including purpose and intent;
          3. Inventory of existing signage;
          4. Permitted Sign Types including the following elements as applicable:
            1. Dimensions;
            2. Quantities;
            3. Locational criteria;
            4. Materials;
            5. Technology; and
            6. Other elements/characteristics
          5. Maximum Signage;
          6. Prohibited Sign Types;
          7. Comparison of Custom Signage Plan to the base allowances of the UDO; and
          8. Treatment of existing and/or nonconforming signage.
        3. Signature of all property owners within the designated Custom Signage Plan area. 
      7. Additional Limitations
        1. No low, medium or high profile ground sign, or tract identification sign shall exceed 15 feet in height, or have more than 5 lines of copy per sign.
        2. No low, medium or high profile ground sign, or tract identification sign shall exceed 100 square feet in sign area.
        3. For wall signs; projecting signs; awning, gallery and marquee; crown signs; no maximum sign area, size or height may be increased more than 100% from the maximums established in Article 7.3. Signs for that sign type.
        4. Public street signs are allowed to have non-standard supports if a written agreement is submitted to and approved by the City.
      8. Intra-Development Signs
        1. An adopted Custom Signage Plan may provide for a sign to a business, commodity, attraction, profession, service or entertainment conducted, sold, offered, manufactured, existing or provided at a location other than the premises where the sign is located or to which it is affixed, so long as:
          1. The sign and the business, commodity, attraction, profession, service or entertainment so advertised are both located within the same development;
          2. The sign is within 1/8 mile or 660 feet from the business, commodity, attraction, profession, service or entertainment (determined by a straight line from the sign to the establishment); and
          3. The sign is maintained by a property owners association for which the owners of both the advertising lot and the lot upon which the sign or structure is located or affixed are members. Such signage or structures shall be designated as common property under the governing documents of the property owners association, and are designated on-premise signs for purposes of this UDO.
      9. Approval Process
        1. Planning Director Action
          1. The Planning Director shall review the Custom Signage Plan application in accordance with subsection b. below and provide a report and recommendation to the Design Review Commission.
          2. The following is a non-exhaustive list of considerations the Planning Director may consider when reviewing a Custom Signage Plan application:
            1. Consistency with the Comprehensive Plan;
            2. Consistency with the stated purpose and intent of the UDO;
            3. Impact on property in the vicinity of the Custom Signage Plan area;
            4. Safety of roadway and streetscape users;
            5. Compatibility with existing development and signage in the Custom Signage Plan area;
            6. Sign types permitted or prohibited as compared to the underlying zoning district(s); 
            7. Maximum signage increase or decrease as compared to the underlying zoning district(s);
            8. Use of color, materials, and technologies;
            9. Unique character or quality of the Custom Signage Plan area justifying the request;
            10. Contribution to the unique character, history, or identity of an area through cohesive design; and
            11. The application is reasonable and in the public interest.
        2. Planning Commission Action
          1. Upon acceptance of the Custom Signage Plan application, the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) shall hold a legislative hearing on the request. Public notice of the legislative hearing shall be provided in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. For mailed notice, the applicable radius shall be measured 100 feet from the centerline of the street for the entire length of the proposed Custom Signage Plan area.
          2. When conducting a review of a Custom Signage Plan application, the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) shall advise and comment on whether the proposed action is consistent with any comprehensive plan that has been adopted, and any other applicable adopted plan.
          3. Within 60 days after receipt of the proposed application, the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) shall provide a written report to the City Council. If no recommendation is made within this time period and if no extension is granted, the City Council may nonetheless take action on the application without further involvement of the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council).
          4. The Commission's written report to the City Council shall contain its recommendation, which addresses the proposed plan’s consistency and other matters it deems appropriate.
        3. City Council Legislative Hearing and Action
          1. Following the recommendation of the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) or expiration of the applicable Commission review period without a recommendation, the City Council shall schedule a legislative hearing.
          2. A public hearing date shall be set within 60 days of receiving the Commission's written report.
          3. Notice of the hearing shall be given in accordance with Sec. 10.1.8. For mailed notice, the applicable radius shall be measured 100 feet from the centerline of the street for the entire length of the proposed Custom Signage Plan area.
          4. At the hearing, the Planning Director shall present the request, including the recommendation and comments of the Commission, if any. If the request was submitted by a member of the public, those in favor of the Custom Signage Plan will be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their support and those opposed shall be allowed a total of 8 minutes to explain their opposition. The Council, in its discretion, may grant an equal amount of additional time to each side.
          5. The City Council shall approve, approve as revised, deny or send the proposed Custom Signage Plan back to the Planning Commission, or Design Review Commission performing the review duties of the Planning Commission (as designated by City Council) or Planning Director for additional consideration.
          6. When adopting or rejecting any Custom Signage Plan, the City Council shall approve a brief statement describing whether its action is consistent or inconsistent with the Comprehensive Plan.
        4. Modifications to a Submitted Custom Signage Plan Application
          The applicant may modify the regulations and/or specifications contained in the Custom Signage Plan application at any time during the review process. However, an expansion of the geographic extent of the Custom Signage Plan area shall be considered a new application requiring full compliance with this section.
      10. Modifications to an Adopted Custom Signage Plan
        Modifications to an adopted Custom Signage Plan shall be considered a new application requiring full compliance with this section.

      Article 10.3. Nonconformities

      Article 10.3. Nonconformities aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:38

      Sec. 10.3.1. In General

      Sec. 10.3.1. In General aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:40
      1. Public Safety
        Repairs required for public safety because of unsafe conditions or by either the Housing Code or North Carolina State Building Code may be made in any amount unless the repairs are caused by a casualty, in which case the provisions of Sec. 10.3.2.G. or Sec. 10.3.3.G. shall apply in lieu of this provision.
      2. Reservation of Authority
        Notwithstanding the policies and provisions of this Article with respect to nonconformities, the City expressly reserves its authority to initiate criminal and civil proceedings against unlawful uses, buildings, structures and lots, including those which unlawfully existed here before and to control or abate noxious uses, to require the repair or demolition of unsafe buildings or structures or to control or eliminate public health nuisances through the exercise of any powers authorized by the City Code and the North Carolina General Statutes.
      3.  Right-of-Way and Easement Acquisition
        Public acquisition of rights of way and easements for government initiated projects shall not render a property, including any existing improvements or site elements nonconforming such that their replacement alteration, expansion would be regulated by Art. 10.3. (By way of example, should the public acquisition result in a structure being located closer to a public right-of-way than permitted by the applicable building setback, the review of any development permit application for the replacement, alteration and/or expansion shall impose a setback equal to the new distance of the structure from the expanded right-of-way.) Existing site elements shall include landscaping, tree conservation, forestation, open space, protective yards and those site elements listed in Sec.10.3.4., located on the property at the time of right-of-way or easement acquisition by the government
      Supplement Number
      28

      Sec. 10.3.2. Nonconforming Uses

      Sec. 10.3.2. Nonconforming Uses aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:40
      1. Authority to Continue
        1. Subject to the provisions of this Article or any amortization provision, any lawfully existing nonconforming use may continue in operation on the same land area and on the same floor area of the structure that was occupied by the nonconforming use on the date the use first became a nonconforming use. The continuation of a nonconforming use shall not be constructed to permit an increase in the number of dwelling units or a reduction of land area to the number of dwelling units.
        2. Subject to the provisions of this Article or any amortization provision, any lawfully existing nonconforming structure may continue to occupy the same land area within the existing configuration and size of the structure which existed on the date the structure first became a nonconforming structure.
      2. Ordinary Repair and Maintenance
        Normal maintenance and incidental repair or replacement, installation or relocation of non-bearing walls or non-bearing partitions, adding facilities to improve handicapped accessibility, painting, energy conservation, fencing and landscaping, wiring or plumbing, may be performed on any structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a nonconforming use; provided, however, that this paragraph shall not be deemed to authorize any violation of Sec. 10.3.2.C. through Sec. 10.3.2.G. Expenditures in any amount may be to either bring the nonconformity into full compliance with this UDO or to amortize the nonconformity.
      3. Extensions
        A nonconforming use shall not be extended, expanded, enlarged or increased in intensity, unless a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such extension or expansion. Such prohibited activity shall include, without being limited to:
        1. Extension of the use to any structure or land area other than that occupied by the nonconforming use on September 1, 2013, or any amendment to this UDO that causes a use of the property to become otherwise nonconforming.
        2. Extension of the use within a building or other structure to any portion of the floor area that was not occupied by the nonconforming use on September 1, 2013, or when an amendment to this UDO causes the use to become otherwise nonconforming.
        3. Operation of the nonconforming use in such a manner as to conflict with this UDO, or to further conflict with this UDO, if already conflicting as of September 1, 2013, or any amendments to this UDO is applied to the property, any use limitations established for the district in which the use is located.
        4. New construction, reconstruction or structural alteration except those described as ordinary repair and maintenance in Sec. 10.3.2.B. above.
        5. Extensions of the use to any new construction, enlargement or additions other than that occupied by the nonconforming use on September 1, 2013, or any amendment to this UDO that causes a use of the property to become otherwise nonconforming.
      4. Relocation
        1. No structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a nonconforming use shall be relocated in whole or in part to any other location on the same or any other tract or lot unless the entire structure and the use of the structure shall
          conform to all the regulations of the district to which the structure and use are relocated.
        2. No nonconforming use of land shall be relocated in whole or in part to any other location on the same or any other lot unless such use conforms to all the regulations of the district to which the use of land is relocated.
      5. Change in Use
        A nonconforming use of land or of a structure shall not be changed to any use other than a use permitted in the zoning district in which the land or structure is located. When a nonconforming use has been changed to a permitted use, it
        shall only be used thereafter for a use permitted in the zoning district in which it is located. For purposes of this paragraph, a use shall be deemed to have been changed when an existing nonconforming use has been terminated and the permitted use has commenced and continued for a period of 7 days.
      6. Abandonment or Discontinuance
        1. When a nonconforming use of land or a nonconforming use of part or all of a structure is discontinued, vacated or abandoned for a period of 365 consecutive days or more, the use shall not be reestablished or resumed.
        2. Operation of any nonconforming use without a license or permit required of the owner or operator, for 365 consecutive days, shall constitute a termination of the nonconforming use.
        3. Following the abandonment or discontinuation of a nonconforming use, any subsequent use or occupancy of land or structure shall comply with the regulations of the zoning district in which the land or structure is located.
      7. Damage or Destruction
        1. In the event that a conforming structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a nonconforming use is damaged or destroyed, by any means, to the extent of more than 50% of the replacement cost of the structure immediately prior to such damage, such structure shall not be restored unless the structure and the use will conform to all regulations of the district in which the structure and use are located or unless a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such restoration.
        2. In the event that a conforming structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a nonconforming use is damaged or partially destroyed, by exercise of eminent domain riot, fire, accident explosion, flood, lightning, wind or other
          calamity or natural cause to the extent of 50% or less of the replacement cost of the structure immediately prior to such damage, such structure may be repaired and reconstructed and used for the same purposes and degree as it was before the damage or destruction, provided that such repair or reconstruction is commenced with a valid building permit within 12 months of the date of such damage or destruction.
        3. If a nonconforming use is located within an Airport Overlay District, the following shall apply:
          1. No renovation, maintenance or repair shall be made if the damage or destruction is more than 80% of its replacement cost immediately prior to such damage, unless the nonconformity is brought into  compliance with this UDO; or
          2. A special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such restoration and the restoration does  not create a greater hazard to navigation than the previously existing nonconformity.
        4. Replacement cost shall be determined by either:
          1. The median value based Square Foot Costs established by the most recent edition of Building Construction Cost Data published by R.S. Means; or 
          2. The most recent tax value for building as reported in the county tax office where the property is located. The property owner shall decide which of the 2 methods for determining replacement cost is to be used.
        5. The percent of damage shall be calculated by using the selected replacement value of the entire structure as the denominator and by using the selected replacement value of the damaged portion of the structure as the numerator. The same method used to determine replacement value for the denominator must be used.
      Supplement Number
      28

      Sec. 10.3.3. Nonconforming Principal Structures

      Sec. 10.3.3. Nonconforming Principal Structures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:41
      1. Applicability
        This section applies to all nonconforming principal structures and not to nonconforming accessory buildings, accessory structures, fences, signs, off-street parking, vehicular surface areas, private access points and outdoor lighting (see Sec. 10.3.4.).
      2. Authority to Continue
        Subject to the provisions of this Article or any amortization provision, any lawfully existing nonconforming structure may continue to occupy the same land area within the existing configuration and size of the structure which existed on the date the structure first became a nonconforming so long as it remains otherwise lawful.
      3. Ordinary Repair and Maintenance
        1. Normal maintenance and incidental repair or replacement, installation or relocation of non-bearing walls or non-bearing partitions, adding facilities to improve handicapped accessibility, energy conservation, painting, fencing and landscaping, wiring or plumbing, may be performed on any nonconforming structure; provided, however, that this paragraph shall not be deemed to authorize any violation of Sec. 10.3.3.C. through Sec. 10.3.3.F. Expenditures in any amount may be to either bring the nonconformity into full compliance with this UDO or to amortize the nonconformity.
        2. Repairs maintenance and renovations to nonconforming residential buildings (detached house, attached house, townhouse and apartment) used exclusively for household living as set forth in Sec. 6.2.1. may be made in any
          amount and for any purpose except as restricted by Sec. 10.3.3.D. or Sec. 10.3.3.G.1. below.
      4. Enlargement
        Any nonconforming structure used for a conforming use may be enlarged or altered in any amount; provided, however, that no enlargement, maintenance, repair or alteration shall either create an additional nonconformity or increase the degree of the existing nonconformity of all or any part of such structure, and the enlargement or alteration complies with all requirements and regulations of this UDO.
      5. Relocation
        No nonconforming structure shall be relocated in whole or in part to any other location on the same or any other lot unless the entire structure conforms to the regulations of the district to which such structure is relocated.
      6. Voluntary Demolition
        Nothing shall be deemed to permit the reconstruction of any part of a nonconforming structure or building that has been voluntarily demolished except in full conformity with the provisions of the UDO.
      7. Damage or Destruction
        1. In the event that a nonconforming structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a conforming use is damaged or partially destroyed, by exercise of eminent domain, riot, fire, accident, explosion, flood, lightning, wind or other calamity or natural cause to the extent of more than 50% of the replacement cost of the structure immediately prior to such damage, such structure shall not be restored unless the structure and the use will conform to all regulations of the district in which the structure and use are located or unless a special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such restoration.
        2. In the event that a nonconforming structure that is devoted in whole or in part to a conforming use is damaged or destroyed, by any means other than voluntary demolition, to the extent of 50% or less the replacement cost of the structure immediately prior to such damage, such structure may be repaired and reconstructed and used for the same purposes and degree as it was before the damage or destruction, provided that such repair or reconstruction is commenced with a valid building permit within 12 months of the date of such damage or destruction.
        3. If the nonconforming structure is located within an Airport Overlay District, the following shall apply:
          1. No renovation, maintenance or repair shall be made if the damage or destruction is more than 80% of its replacement cost immediately prior to such damage, unless the nonconformity is brought into compliance with this UDO; or 
          2. A special use permit is issued by the Board of Adjustment for such restoration and the restoration does not create a greater hazard to navigation than the previously existing nonconformity.
        4. Replacement cost shall be determined by either:
          1. The most recent edition of Building Construction Cost Data published by R.S. Means; or
          2. The most recent tax value for building as reported in the county tax office where the property is located.  The property owner shall decide which of the 2 methods for determining replacement cost is to be used.
        5. The percentage of damage shall be calculated by using the selected replacement value of the entire structure as the denominator and by using the selected replacement value of the damaged portion of the structure as the numerator. The same method used to determine replacement value for the denominator must be used.
        6. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the rebuilding, reconstruction or restoration of the same structure because such structure fails to conform to the standards of a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay District.
      8. Replacement of Manufactured Homes
        Replacement of nonconforming manufactured homes that fail to meet the minimum standards of the National Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards shall be permitted, provided that all of the following are met:
        1. The replacement manufactured home meets the current minimum required standards as prescribed by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).
        2. The newly installed manufactured home, if located in a special flood hazard area, complies with the provisions of Article 9.3. Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations.
        3. That the period of time between the time the nonconforming manufactured home is removed and the time it is replaced with a standard manufactured home is less than 365 days.
        4. The number of manufactured homes is not increased.
        5. The floor area gross of the new manufactured home does not exceed the floor area gross of the manufactured home it replaced by more than 25%.
      Supplement Number
      28

      Sec. 10.3.4. Nonconforming Site Elements

      Sec. 10.3.4. Nonconforming Site Elements aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:41

      Subject to the provisions contained in this section and all other applicable provisions of this UDO, one or more of the following activities and improvements can be made to nonconforming accessory buildings, accessory structures, outdoor lighting, fences, walls, signs, off-street parking, vehicular surface areas and private access points. Improvements and activities that are not explicitly authorized by in this section are not allowed. The following allowed activities and improvements can be initiated without the issuance of a special use permit by the Board of Adjustment.

      1. Renovation, Ordinary Maintenance and Repair
        1. The cost of renovation and ordinary maintenance and repair to any nonconforming accessory building, accessory structure, fence, walls, vehicular surface area, private access point and outdoor lighting shall not during any 1 calendar year exceeds 15% of the tax value of the zoning nonconforming site element in the county where the property is located, or the original cost of the nonconforming site element if there is no listed tax value.
        2. The limitation on expenditures established here does not apply to Sec. 10.3.4.B. through Sec. 10.3.4.G. below.
        3. Ordinary maintenance and repair shall be limited to work necessary to maintain and correct any damage, other than caused by casualty, or deterioration to the structural soundness or features of an accessory building, accessory structure, fence, vehicular surface area, private access point or outdoor lighting.
        4. For damage to any nonconformity that is caused by any casualty, the provisions of Sec. 10.3.4.B. below apply in lieu of this provision.
        5. The regulations for ordinary maintenance and repair of nonconforming signs are set forth in Sec. 7.3.17.
      2. Casualties
        The rebuilding, reconstruction or restoring of any nonconforming accessory building, accessory structure, fence, walls, vehicular surface area, private access point and outdoor lighting which was damaged or partially destroyed by a casualty, which includes the exercise of eminent domain, riot, fire, accident, explosion, lightning, flood, wind or other calamity or natural act, is allowed provided all of the following conditions are met: 
        1. The cost of rebuilding, reconstructing and restoring the nonconforming site element is less than 50% of either its listed property tax value of the nonconforming site element in the county where the property is located or, if there is no listed property tax value, the original cost of the nonconforming site element.
        2. The nature and degree of the nonconformity is not expanded, extended or increased from that which existed prior to the damage or destruction, nor is it altered or changed except as otherwise allowed as a renovation in Sec. 10.3.4.A. above.
          1. Reconstruction and repair is commenced with a valid building permit within 12 months of the date of such damage or destruction.
          2. If the cost of the rebuilding, reconstruction or restoration will be 50% or more of either the listed property tax value of the nonconforming site element in the county where the property is located or if there is no listed property tax value the original cost of the nonconforming site element, the nonconforming accessory building, accessory structure, fence, vehicular surface area, private access point or outdoor lighting shall not be rebuilt, reconstructed or restored except in compliance with this UDO.
      3. Expansions
        Additions to the number of off-street parking spaces and expansions to vehicular surface areas shall be governed by Article 7.1. Parking. In addition, expansions to vehicular surface areas to serve any zoning nonconforming use shall in addition to these standards be subject to all the requirements of Sec. 10.3.6.A.3.
      4. Resumptions
        Any nonconforming site element which is discontinued, unused or unoccupied for a continuous period of 365 days or more may not be restarted, resumed or reoccupied. Unless the owner has been compensated for the total loss of the nonconforming site element, and notwithstanding anything contained herein this UDO to the contrary, including the foregoing, where such discontinuance is due to a government funded and initiated project, nonconforming site elements may be reinstalled, or replaced, like-for-like, subject to the safety standards of this UDO pertaining to site triangles, pedestrian safety and flood prevention, provided the site element reinstallation or replacement occurs within 180 days of project completion. 
      5. Substitution of Impervious Surfaces 
        Substitution of impervious surfaces for 1 use, facility, building or structure, vehicular surface area or access point to another provided all of the following are met:
        1. The amount and extent of impervious surfaces is not increased.
        2. The placement of those new impervious surfaces conforms to the requirements of this UDO.
        3. The impervious surface is for a lawful activity.
      6. Zoning Nonconformities Brought Into Compliance
        Expenditures to bring any nonconforming accessory building, accessory structure, fence, wall, sign, off-street parking, vehicular surface areas, private access point or outdoor lighting into full compliance with the City Code are allowed in any amount. The owner may secure any permit or approval and make any alteration that will bring the zoning nonconformity into full compliance.
      7. Amortizing a Nonconformity
        Expenditures required by this UDO to remove a nonconforming site element or bring it into conformity with the UDO are permitted in any amount.
      Supplement Number
      28

      Sec. 10.3.5. Nonconforming Lots of Record

      Sec. 10.3.5. Nonconforming Lots of Record aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:41
      1. Authority to use For Single-Unit Living or Two-Unit Living
        In any district in which a single-unit living detached house or two-unit living attached house is allowed as a permitted use, notwithstanding the regulations imposed by any other provisions of this UDO, a single-unit living detached house, or tiny house, or two-unit living attached house or tiny house which complies with the restrictions of Sec. 10.3.5.B. below may be erected on a nonconforming lot that:
        1. Has less than the prescribed minimum lot area, depth, or width; and
        2. Is shown by a recorded plan or deed to have been a lot of record owned separately and individually from adjoining tracts of land at a time when the creation of a lot or tract of such area, width, and depth at such location would not have been prohibited by any building type requirement, zoning or other ordinance.
      2. Regulations for Single- Unit Living or Two-Unit Living Use of Nonconforming Lots
        A nonconforming lot authorized to be used pursuant to Sec. 10.3.5.A. above may be used for a single-unit living detached house or tiny house, or two-unit living attached house or tiny house and permitted accessory uses and structures. Construction of the single-unit living detached house or tiny house, or two-unit living attached house or tiny house shall comply with all the regulations, except lot area, depth, or width, applicable to the detached, tiny or attached house in the district in which the lot is located, unless a variance is granted pursuant to Sec. 10.2.10
      Supplement Number
      27

      Sec. 10.3.6. Special Use Permits for Nonconformities

      Sec. 10.3.6. Special Use Permits for Nonconformities aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:42
      1. Special Use Permit Required
        All special use permits authorized in this section shall be processed, noticed and heard in accordance with Sec. 10.2.9. After the issuance of a special use permit by the Board of Adjustment in accordance with Sec. 10.3.6.B., one or more of the
        following activities can be made to a zoning nonconformity.

        1. Repair and maintenance work not authorized by either Sec. 10.3.2.B. or Sec. 10.3.3.C.

        2. Fixing and replacing damage and destruction authorized by Sec. 10.3.2.G.1. and Sec. 10.3.2.G.3. and by Sec. 10.3.3.G.1. and Sec. 10.3.3.G.3.b.

        3. The expansion, extension or alteration of a nonconforming use or vehicular surfaces serving a nonconforming use (including nonconforming principal use parking facilities) when all of the following are met:
          1. ​​​​The expansion, extension or alteration complies with all requirements of this UDO including but not limited to: height, bulk, setback, off-street parking, impervious surface coverage and access.

          2. The expansion, of a nonconforming use does not, singularly or collectively, exceed 25% of the total gross area occupied by the original nonconforming use. If the original nonconforming use occupied a portion of a building and that building has not been enlarged since the establishment of the nonconformity, that original nonconforming use may be extended beyond 25% within the interior portions of the building.

        4. The change of an existing nonconforming use to another nonconforming use provided that all of the following are met:

          1. The use will have no greater adverse effect on the surrounding property in terms of automobile or truck traffic, on-street parking, noise, stormwater, vibration and hours of nighttime operation than the existing use.

          2. Any change to a limited use or special use complies with applicable requirements of Chapter 6. Use Regulations.

          3. The proposed substitute nonconforming use is allowed in the zoning district of the highest classification in which the existing nonconforming use would be a conforming use. The determination of the classification of the use shall be based on Planning Director.

          4. Once a nonconforming use is changed to a higher classification, it may not thereafter be changed to a nonconforming use of a lower classification, including a change back to the original nonconforming use.

          5. The substitution of a nonconforming impervious surface for another, the replacement of a substandard nonconforming manufactured home and the change of use of a nonconforming use to a conforming use may all be done without a special use permit from the Board of Adjustment if the applicable provisions of Sec. 10.3.4.E., Sec 10.3.3.H., Sec. 10.3.3.C.1. and Sec. 10.3.2.B. are met.

        5. The relocation onto its same premise of either a nonconformity or a nonconforming private access point, is allowed; provided the relocation reduces the extent of the nonconformity and more closely conforms to the standards contained in this UDO.

        6. The enlargement or alteration of any nonconforming structure used for a conforming use that creates an additional nonconformity or increases the degree of the existing nonconformity is allowed provided the enlargement or alteration of all or any part of such structure, does not exceed, singularly or collectively, 25% of the floor area gross of the original nonconforming structure, and the enlargement or alteration complies with all other requirements and regulations of this UDO.

      2. ​​​​​​​Showings for Granting Special Use Permit for Nonconformities

        1. ​​​​​​​Before a request for the special use permit is granted, the Board of Adjustment must show that all of the following are met:

          1. ​​​​​​​The applicable standards of this section have been met;

          2. All of the showings of Sec. 10.2.9.E. have been met; and

          3. The requested repair, reconstruction, expansion, change of use to a different nonconforming use or relocation will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.

        2. ​​​​​​​In acting upon a petition for a special use permit, the Board cannot order the discontinuance or termination of the nonconformity.

        3. If a special use petition is denied, the continuation of the nonconformity and the activities allowed in Sec. 10.3.2. and Sec. 10.3.3. without a special use permit is still allowed unless otherwise prohibited by law. This policy is adopted to encourage the owners of nonconformities to apply for special use permits to improve and bring into conformance to the extent possible their property

           

      Supplement Number
      28

      Article 10.4. Enforcement

      Article 10.4. Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:39

      Sec. 10.4.1. Violations and Violators

      Sec. 10.4.1. Violations and Violators aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:42
      1. Each of the following are declared to be violations of the Raleigh City Code:
        1. Any person owning, leasing, using, managing or occupying any building, sign, structure or land where there is placed, removed, altered, expanded or there now exists any thing contrary to Chapter 1. Introductory Provisions through Chapter 7. General Development Standards and Chapter 11. Building and Housing Code; any regulation, rule or order adopted pursuant to the applicable chapter; any certificate of appropriateness, conditional use, special use permit or variance issued pursuant to this UDO; or a lawful plan approved under this UDO.
        2. Any architect, designer, engineer, agent or any other person who acts in concert, participates, directs or assists in the creation or continuation of a violation of Chapter 1. Introductory Provisions through Chapter 7. General Development Standards and Chapter 11. Building and Housing Code; any regulation, rule or order adopted pursuant to this UDO; any certificate or appropriateness, conditional use, special use permit or variance issued pursuant to this UDO; or a lawful plan approved under this UDO.
        3. Any builder, contractor or any other person who shall erect, expand, relocate, reconstruct, alter or use any land, structure, sign, tree or building contrary to Chapter 1. Introductory Provisions through Chapter 7. General Development Standards and Chapter 11. Building and Housing Code; any regulation, rule or order adopted pursuant to this UDO; any certificate of appropriateness, conditional use, special use permit or variance issued pursuant to this UDO; or a lawful plan approved under this UDO.
        4. Any person, who shall fail, neglect or refuse to do any act as required by Chapter 1. Introductory Provisions through Chapter 7. General Development Standards and Chapter 11. Building and Housing Code; any regulation, rule or order adopted pursuant to this UDO; any certificate of appropriateness, conditional use, special use permit or variance issued pursuant to this UDO; or a lawful plan approved under this UDO.
      2. The term “lawful plan” as used here shall mean a site plan, Master Plan, Neighborhood Plan, Streetscape Plan, or Custom Signage Plan. 
      3. The terms contrary to or violation of a lawful plan include the establishment, creation, expansion, alteration, relocation, occupancy or continuation of any use, building or structure for which a plan is required except in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions of the approved lawful plan.
      4. The enumeration of these declared violations shall not be deemed exclusive or all-inclusive. All persons who shall commit violations shall be held responsible and shall be subject to the penalties and remedies provided in Sec. 1.1.10. and Sec. 10.4.2. Each day’s continuing violation shall be a separate and distinct violation or offense.
      Supplement Number
      28

      Sec. 10.4.2. Civil Penalty

      Sec. 10.4.2. Civil Penalty aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:43
      1. General
        1. Any act constituting a violation of Chapter 1. Introductory Provisions through Chapter 7. General Development Standards and Chapter 11. Building and Housing Code shall subject the offender to a civil penalty to be recovered by the City in a civil action in the nature of a debt or as otherwise provided herein if the offended fails to pay the penalty within 48 hours from and after receipt of a citation of a violation.
        2. All violations shall be subject to a civil penalty in the amount of $100 unless a higher amount is otherwise specified in this UDO; continuous violations shall be subject to a civil penalty in the amount specified in subsection E., below.
      2. Citation Contents
        A zoning violation citation shall, among other things:
        1. State upon its face the amount of the penalty for the specific violation if the penalty is paid within 48 hours from and after issuance of the citation.
        2. Notify the offender that a failure to pay the penalty within the prescribed time shall subject the offender to a civil action in the nature of debt for the stated penalty plus any additional penalties, together with the cost of the action to be taxed by the court.
        3. Further provide that the offender may answer the City zoning citation by mailing the citation and the stated penalty to Post Office Box 590, Raleigh, North Carolina 27602 or may pay the amount at the cashier's window on the fourth floor, One Exchange Plaza.
        4. That the penalty must be either paid or the failure to pay must be cleared with the City, within 48 hours of the issuance of the citation. The notice shall further state that if the zoning violation citation is not cleared within 48 hours, court action by the filing of a civil complaint for collection of the penalty may be taken. As used upon the zoning violation citation, the word "cleared" shall mean either:
          1. Payment;
          2. Arrangement for payment to be made; or
          3. A prima facie showing to the City that the zoning citation was received as a result of mistake,  inadvertence or excusable neglect.
      3. Settlement of Civil Claim
        1. The City is authorized to accept payment in full and final settlement of the claim or claims, right or rights of action which the City may have to enforce such penalty by civil action in the nature of debt.
        2. Acceptance of a penalty shall be deemed a full and final release of any and all claims or right of action arising out of contended violations, only if the activities or non-activities which gave rise to the violations are abated or otherwise made lawful.
      4. Additional Penalty
        A penalty of $25, in addition to the one imposed for payment within 48 hours, shall apply in those cases in which the penalties prescribed in this section have not been paid within the prescribed 48 hour period and in which a civil action shall have been instituted.
      5. Civil Penalties for Continuing Violations
        1. No civil penalty shall be levied against the same person for the same continuing violation at the same location more than once unless and until the City shall provide to the person to be assessed continuing civil penalties a written notice containing the following:
          1. The nature of the violation;
          2. An order directing corrective action;
          3. The date when corrective measures must be completed; and 
          4. A statement that failure to correct the violation by the specified date will result in the assessment of additional civil penalties and other enforcement action.
        2. If after the allotted time period for corrective measures has expired and corrective action has not been completed, a civil penalty shall be assessed in the amount of $500 per day of continuing violation. Each day's continuing violation shall be a separate and distinct violation or offense.
        3. Written notices may be served by personal service or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. When service is made by registered or certified mail, a copy of the notice may also be sent by first class mail. Service by first class mail shall be deemed sufficient if:
          1. The registered or certified mail is unclaimed or refused, but the first class mail is not returned by the post office within 10 days after the mailing; and
          2. The City has reasonable grounds to believe that the address used for the first class mailing is an address that will actually reach the person to be served.
        4. If first class mail is used, a notice of the pending proceedings shall also be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises where the violation exists.
        5. If the identities or whereabouts of persons are unknown and cannot be ascertained by the City in the exercise of reasonable diligence, then the notice may be served by publication in a newspaper having general circulation in the City. The notice shall be published at least once and publication shall occur no less than 30 days prior to the deadline for corrective action contained in the notice. When the notice is served by publication, a copy of the notice shall also be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises where the violation exists.
      Supplement Number
      28

      Sec. 10.4.3. Administrative Fee

      Sec. 10.4.3. Administrative Fee aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:43

      Any person who shall commit a violation of Chapter 1. Introductory Provisions through Chapter 7. General Development Standards and Chapter 11. Building and Housing Code, receives official notice from the City of the violation and fails to remedy the violation within the time period specified such that a zoning violation citation is issued shall be subject to an administrative fee of $100 in addition to any other charge. The enlargement or alteration of any nonconforming structure used for a conforming use that creates an additional nonconformity or increases the degree of the existing nonconformity is allowed provided the enlargement or alteration of all or any part of such structure, does not exceed, singularly or collectively, 25% of the floor area gross of the original nonconforming structure, and the enlargement or alteration complies with all other requirements and regulations of this UDO.

      1. Showings for Granting Special Use Permit for Nonconformities
        1. Before a request for the special use permit is granted, the Board of Adjustment must show that all of the following are met:
          1. The applicable standards of this section have been met;
          2. All of the showings of Sec. 10.2.9.E. have been met; and
          3. The requested repair, reconstruction, expansion, change of use to a different nonconforming use or relocation will not be injurious to property or improvements in the affected area.
        2. In acting upon a petition for a special use permit, the Board cannot order the discontinuance or termination of the nonconformity.
        3. If a special use petition is denied, the continuation of the nonconformity and the activities allowed in Sec. 10.3.2. and Sec. 10.3.3. without a special use permit is still allowed unless otherwise prohibited by law. This policy is adopted to encourage the owners of nonconformities to apply for special use permits to improve and bring into conformance to the extent possible their property.
      Supplement Number
      28
      CHAPTER 11. BUILDING AND HOUSING CODE

      Unified Development Ordinance

      CHAPTER 11. BUILDING AND HOUSING CODE

      CHAPTER 11. BUILDING AND HOUSING CODE aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:39

      Article 11.1. Adoption of Codes by Reference

      Article 11.1. Adoption of Codes by Reference aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:40

      Sec. 11.1.1. Scope of Chapter and Codes

      Sec. 11.1.1. Scope of Chapter and Codes aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:44

      The provisions of this Chapter, technical codes and of the regulatory codes adopted here shall apply to the following:

      1. The location, design, materials, equipment, construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, maintenance, moving, demolition, removal, use, and occupancy of every building or structure or any appurtenances connected, attached, or used in connection with any such building or structure;
      2. The installation, erection, alteration, repair, use and maintenance of plumbing systems consisting of building sewers, building drains, waste and vent systems, hot and cold water supply systems, and all fixtures and appurtenances;
      3. The installation, erection, alteration, repair, use and maintenance of mechanical systems consisting of heating, ventilating, air conditioning or refrigeration systems, fuel burning equipment, and appurtenances; and
      4. The installation, erection, alteration, repair, use and maintenance of electrical systems and appurtenances.

      Sec. 11.1.2. Jurisdiction of Chapter and Codes

      Sec. 11.1.2. Jurisdiction of Chapter and Codes aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:46
      1. The provisions of this chapter, technical codes and of the regulatory codes adopted here shall be in effect and apply within the corporate limits of the City and beyond and surrounding the corporate limits within a line which constitutes the boundary of the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction, as described on the map maintained in the office of the City Clerk, as the same may be amended from time to time, as provided by law.
      2. The provisions of the Fire Prevention Code as adopted in Part 5, Chapter 2, Article B, "Fire Prevention," of this UDO shall apply within the corporate limits of the City. The provisions that relate to the design, construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, demolition or removal of buildings or structures or any appurtenances connected or attached, shall apply within the corporate limits and beyond and surrounding the corporate limits within a line which constitutes the boundary of the City's extraterritorial jurisdiction, as described on the map maintained in the office of the City Clerk, as the same may be amended from time to time, as provided by law.

      Sec. 11.1.3. Technical Codes

      Sec. 11.1.3. Technical Codes aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:51

      The term technical codes as used here shall mean the collective provisions of the North Carolina: Building, Accessibility, Plumbing, Electrical, Mechanical, Fire Prevention, Fuel Gas, Energy, Existing Buildings and Residential codes as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council, and the North Carolina Rehabilitation Code. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Building Code, as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council is adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here to the extent such code is applicable for safe and stable design, methods of construction, minimum standards, and use of materials in building or structures erected, enlarged, altered, repaired, or otherwise constructed or reconstructed after adoption of this chapter.

      1. In addition, Appendix D-Fire Districts, of the North Carolina Building Code is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here and shall be enforced as part of this UDO.
      2. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of Volume I-C, "Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Persons with Disabilities," the Accessibility Code, as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      3. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of "State of North Carolina Regulations for Manufactured/Mobile Homes" as adopted by the North Carolina Commissioner of Insurance is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      4. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of North Carolina Fire Prevention Code, as adopted by the North Carolina State Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      5. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of "Floodproofing Regulations" as prepared and published by the office of the Chief of engineers, ShapeU.S. Army, Washington, D.C. is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here to the extent said regulations are applicable for safe and stable design, methods of construction, minimum standards, and use of materials in buildings or structures hereafter erected, enlarged, altered, repaired, or otherwise constructed or reconstructed in special flood hazard areas.
      6. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina State Building Code, Volume IX, Existing Buildings, as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      7. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of North Carolina Energy Code, as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      8. The most recent Edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Residential Code, as adopted by the North Carolina State Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      9. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Rehabilitation Code (NCRC) is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      10. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Plumbing Code, as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      11. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Mechanical Code, as adopted by the North Carolina State Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      12. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Electrical Code, as adopted by the North Carolina State Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      13. The National Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 U.S.C. §5401 et seq. and the regulations in 24 CFR Part 3280 adopted pursuant thereto, including all their subsequent amendments, are hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.
      14. The most recent edition, including all subsequent amendments, of the North Carolina Fuel Gas Code, as adopted by the North Carolina Building Code Council, is hereby adopted by reference as fully as though set forth here.

      Sec. 11.1.4. Compliance With Codes

      Sec. 11.1.4. Compliance With Codes aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:52
      1. All buildings or structures and connected appurtenances which are constructed, reconstructed, erected, altered, extended, enlarged, repaired, altered, occupied, used, demolished, or moved shall conform to the requirements, minimum standards, and other provisions of either the North Carolina Building Code, or the North Carolina Residential Code, whichever is applicable, or both if both are applicable. Where the provisions of this UDO conflict with any of the technical codes listed above, the more restrictive provisions shall apply.
      2. Every building or structure intended for human habitation, occupancy, or use shall have plumbing, plumbing systems, or plumbing fixtures installed, constructed, altered, extended, repaired, or reconstructed in accordance with the minimum standards, requirements, and other provisions of the North Carolina Plumbing Code.
      3. All mechanical systems consisting of heating, ventilating, air conditioning or refrigeration systems, fuel-burning equipment, incinerators, and other energy related systems, their fittings, appliances, fixtures, and appurtenances shall be installed, erected, altered, replaced, repaired, used, and maintained in accordance with the minimum standards, requirements, and other provisions of the North Carolina State Mechanical Code.
      4. All electrical wiring, installations and appurtenances shall be erected, altered, repaired, used, and maintained in accordance with the minimum standards, requirements, and other provisions of the North Carolina Electrical Code.
      5. All construction, alterations, repairs, replacement, equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings, and appurtenances made or installed to any building or structure, other than one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses, shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Accessibility Code.
      6. The installation of gas piping systems extending from the point of delivery to the inlet connections of equipment served, and the installation and operation of residential and commercial gas appliances and related accessories shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Fuel Gas Code.
      7. All manufactured housing shall be constructed, repaired, altered, installed, erected, replaced, or moved to another site in conformance with the provisions of the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act and the State of North Carolina procedural and reference codes for mobile homes, modular dwelling units, and other factory building structures, and all regulations adopted pursuant thereto.
      8. All construction, alterations, repairs, replacement, equipment, and maintenance hereinafter made or installed to any building or structure, other than one- and two-family dwelling and townhouses, shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Fire Prevention Code.
      9. The thermal envelope of the building and installation of energy systems, including alterations, repairs, replacement, equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings, and appurtenances, ventilation, cooling, air conditioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators, and other energy-related systems shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Energy Code.
      10. All alterations, repairs, replacement, rehabilitation or change of occupancy of any existing building shall conform to applicable provisions of the North Carolina Building Code Volume IX - Existing Buildings or other applicable technical codes.

      Sec. 11.1.5. Copies of Codes Filed With City Clerk

      Sec. 11.1.5. Copies of Codes Filed With City Clerk aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:53

      An official copy of each regulatory code, and technical codes adopted in this chapter, and official copies of all amendments, shall be kept on file in the office of the City Clerk. Such copies shall be the official copies of the codes and amendments.

      Article 11.2. Development Services Department

      Article 11.2. Development Services Department aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:41

      Sec. 11.2.1. Functions and Duties

      Sec. 11.2.1. Functions and Duties aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:56
      1. It shall be the duty of the Development Services Department to enforce all the provisions of this Chapter; any regulatory and technical codes adopted in this Chapter; Part 12, Chapter 7. Removal and Disposal of Junked and Abandoned Motor Vehicles; Part 12, Chapter 2. Probationary Rental Occupancy Permit and Rental Dwelling Registration and PROP Notification; and Part 12, Chapter 6. Health, Sanitation and Public Nuisances; and to make all inspections necessary to determine the compliance with the provisions and to exercise all duties and powers imposed or given by applicable General Statutes or any other applicable act of the General Assembly of the State of North Carolina.
      2. All inspectors shall give such bond for the faithful performance of their duties as may be required by the Council.
      3. The administration and enforcement of this Chapter shall be the duty of the Development Services Department unless otherwise stated, which department is hereby authorized and directed to take such lawful action as may be necessary to enforce the provisions of this UDO.
      4. The Development Services Department, through the appointment of inspectors, shall have the full power, authority and duties prescribed by the general laws and ordinances applicable to the City to make inspections and to perform all other functions which are authorized or directed by law.
      5. Members of the Development Services Department shall have the right to enter public or private property at such reasonable times as may be necessary for the performance of their duties. Should the owner or occupant of any property refuse to permit such reasonable access, the Development Services Department shall proceed to obtain an administrative search warrant pursuant to G.S. 15- 27.2. No person shall obstruct, hamper or interfere with any such representative while in the process of carrying out his lawful duties.
      6. The City shall also have the power to require written statements, or the filing of reports under oath, with respect to pertinent questions relating to land disturbing activity.

      Sec. 11.2.2. Inspection Procedure

      Sec. 11.2.2. Inspection Procedure aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:56
      1. Inspections
        The Development Services Department shall inspect all buildings and structures and work therein for which a permit of any kind has been issued as often as necessary in order to determine whether the work complies with the Code of the City of Raleigh and the laws of the State of North Carolina.
        1. When deemed necessary by the Development Services Department, it may require the permit holder to have materials and assemblies inspected at the point of manufacture or fabrication, or inspections or tests to be made by approved and recognized inspection organizations; provided, no approval shall be based upon reports of such organizations unless the same are in writing and certified by a responsible officer of such organization.
        2. When deemed necessary by the Development Services Department, it may require the permit holder to submit to the Development Services Department surveys by a registered land surveyor; the survey shall show the location of the structure including projections with reference to: property lines, special flood hazard and flood-storage areas on the property, rightsof- way, easements on the property, such as greenway, drainage, utility, slope easements along rights-of-way, and when applicable by other Code requirements: minimum distances between buildings, minimum distances between buildings and parking spaces and drives, minimum distances between any outdoor living areas and parking or drives, and minimum distances of parking and drives from any public right-of-way line. No further inspections nor permits will be undertaken or issued by the City for that structure until the requested survey is submitted to and approved by the City.
        3. All holders of permits, or their agents, shall notify the Development Services Department at each stage of construction and shall give inspectors free access to the premises for the purpose of making inspections. Approval shall be obtained from the Development Services Department before subsequent work can be continued. The inspections required shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirements Code and technical codes.
      2. Calls for Inspection
        1. When work is ready for inspection, requests for inspections shall be made to the office of the Development Services Department. The Development Services Department shall give priority to those requests where delays would possibly create or prolong hazardous situations or would possibly be detrimental to the work, including but not limited to foundations, pouredin- place concrete structural elements, and electrical inspections necessary before accidentally disconnected electrical installations can be reenergized. It is the intent of this section that inspections be made as soon as practicable after requests are received, with standing priority inspections, an obligation to honor the chronological order of requests received, and the necessity for scheduling an efficient route and sequence of inspections.
        2. Reinspections shall be made as soon as practicable subject to the completion of inspections for which requests had theretofore been received. No work shall be inspected or approved until it is in a proper and completed condition ready for inspection. All work which has been concealed before the inspection and approval shall be uncovered at the request of the City, at no expense to an inspector or the City, and shall be placed in condition for proper inspection. Approval or rejection of the work shall be furnished by the department of inspection in the form of a notice posted at the site or written notice given to the permit holder or to his agent. Failure to call for inspections or proceedings without approval of each stage of construction shall be deemed a violation of this chapter.
        3. The provisions of this subsection relating to requests for inspections shall apply to the administration of all of the technical codes adopted in this chapter.

      Sec. 11.2.3. Oversight Not to Legalize Violation

      Sec. 11.2.3. Oversight Not to Legalize Violation aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:57

      No oversight or dereliction of duty or issuance of a permit on the part of any inspector or other official or employee of the City shall be deemed to legalize or waive the violation of any provisions of the Code of the City of Raleigh or the laws of the State of North Carolina.

      Sec. 11.2.4. Administrative Liability

      Sec. 11.2.4. Administrative Liability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:58

      No officer, agent or employee of the City shall render himself personally liable for any damage that may accrue to persons or property as a result of any act required orpermitted in the discharge of his duties under this chapter.

      Sec. 11.2.5. City Liability

      Sec. 11.2.5. City Liability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:58

      This chapter shall not be construed to relieve from or lessen the responsibility or liability of any party owning, operating, controlling or installing any electric wiring, devices, appliances, or equipment for damages to persons or property caused by any defect therein nor shall the City be held as assuming any such liability by reason of the inspection or the examination authorized herein or the certificate therefor issued as provided here, or by reason of the approval of any materials, devices, appliances or equipment authorized here.

      Article 11.3. Examining Boards & Licensing

      Article 11.3. Examining Boards & Licensing aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:41

      Sec. 11.3.1. Registration of Contractors

      Sec. 11.3.1. Registration of Contractors aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:59

      The registration of contractors shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirement Code, North Carolina General Statutes, and City privilege license regulations.

      Sec. 11.3.2. Electrical

      Sec. 11.3.2. Electrical aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 09:59
      1. Board Established; Personnel
        There is hereby established an electrical examining board (hereinafter referred to as the board) to consist of a North Carolina registered professional engineer specializing in electrical work, 2 electrical contractors, 1 journeyman electrician, and 1 representative of the public electrical utility, all of whom must reside within the territorial jurisdiction of this UDO. The Development Services Director shall serve as ex officio secretary to the board. The members of the board shall be appointed for 2-year terms by the City Council as provided in §1-4002 of the City Code. The board shall elect from its membership a Chairman and Vice-Chairman. The members shall serve without compensation.
      2. Purpose of the Board
        1. It shall be the duty of the board to examine applicants for certificates as to their knowledge of the rules and regulations for the installation and operation of electrical wiring, devices, appliances and equipment as set forth in the statutes of the State of North Carolina, the ordinances of the City, and the North Carolina Electrical Code; and to determine the general qualifications and fitness of each applicant for performing the class of work covered by a journeyman's certificate.
        2. The board shall perform other duties relating to electrical wiring, contracting, electrical installations, or advise on any electrical questions referred to them by the Council.
      3. Meetings of the Board
        The board shall meet at such intervals as may be necessary for the proper performance of its duties, but in no case less than twice each year. All meetings shall be called by the Chairman.
      4. Standards and Procedures for Certifying Electricians
        The board shall establish standards and procedures for the qualifications, examinations and licensing of journeyman electricians, and shall issue an appropriate license with no expiration date to each person who meets the qualifications thereof and successfully passes the examination given by the board.
      5. Examinations
        Examinations for journeyman certificates shall be by written form and a complete record of each shall be maintained by the secretary for a period of 2 years. Examinations are to be held the last Tuesday in each of the following months: March, June, September and December. A grade of 75 percent is required for passage of the examination.
      6. Reexamination
        Any applicant failing an examination may, upon payment of the regular examination fee, be reexamined after 90 days or more shall have elapsed. After 3 successive failures, an applicant shall not be reexamined for a period of 12 months following.
      7. Examination Fee
        Any person desiring to be licensed as a journeyman electrician shall make written application to the board and include a fee in the amount of $35.00. Such fees shall be made payable to the City of Raleigh and are not refundable. All fees shall be collected by the secretary and promptly remitted to the Revenue Collector. The secretary shall be approved by the Revenue Collector to collect the fees for the examinations.
      8. Temporary Journeyman Working Card
        Between the regular periods of required examinations given by the board, any journeyman electrician, if the board secretary deems it an emergency or hardship, who first presents himself to the secretary and indicates he is employed by an electrical contractor licensed by the City, may have a temporary journeyman electrician working permit issued to him for that period before the next regular examination and upon payment of a fee of $10.00, provided he can satisfy the secretary that he is duly qualified to perform such work. Temporary journeyman electrician working permits so issued may be canceled and recalled by the secretary if the holder thereof fails to conduct his work consistent with the applicable laws and codes. The recall of the temporary permit shall not exclude the holder from taking an examination at the regular period as required by this UDO.
      9. Revocation of Certificate
        Any certificate issued by the board may, after a hearing, be suspended or revoked if the person holding such certificate repeatedly violates any provision of this chapter relating to the installation, maintenance, alteration or repair of electrical wiring devices and equipment.
      10. Certificate Required to Perform Electrical Work
        No person shall install, alter, repair or extend any electrical system or part thereof or connect any current-consuming device, appliance or equipment (except lamps, fuse renewals and other appliances connected by means of attachment plugging devices, maintenance on small motors and on controls for heating/air conditioning equipment), on any electrical wiring used for light, heat or power within or without any building or structure whether employed by a licensed contractor or not until he shall have first passed an examination to be conducted by the City of Raleigh electrical examining board or by the electrical examining or advisory board of any City or County which is a member of the North Carolina Committee for Journeyman Electricians and until he shall have secured a certificate of competency as a certified electrician from any such examining or advisory board; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed as to require the Chief electrical inspector to permit any person who may have a journeyman electrician certificate of competency issued by the advisory or examining board of any City, town or County who is a member of the North Carolina Committee for Journeyman Electricians to start or remain on any job as the qualified electrician when, in the opinion of the Chief electrical inspector, by past experience said person is not qualified under local standards to do the necessary work or when by past experience it is the opinion of the Chief electrical inspector that the person will not cooperate with the Development Services Department by not calling for inspections at the proper time, or by making or supervising installations not in conformity with applicable state and local codes.

      Article 11.4. Enforcement Provisions

      Article 11.4. Enforcement Provisions aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:41

      Sec. 11.4.1. Permit Requirements

      Sec. 11.4.1. Permit Requirements aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:00
      1. Building Permit
        The permit required shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirement Code.
      2. Plumbing Permit
        The permit required shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirement Code and requirements of the City of Raleigh Public Utilities Handbook.
      3. Mechanical Permit
        The permit required shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirement Code.
      4. Electrical Permit
        The permit required shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirement Code.
      5. Fire Protection Permit
        The permit required shall conform to the provisions of the North Carolina Administration and Enforcement Requirement Code.
      6. Flood Permit
        1. No person shall change the existing condition of any land or part thereof, or place, erect, construct, enlarge, reconstruct, move or alter any building or structure or driveway, manufactured home pad, or dike, levee, or fence wall or automobile parking area, or outdoor play equipment, or pole (lighting, etc.) or storage facility (above or below ground), or part thereof within a special flood hazard area (SFHA) without a flood permit. Excavating, filling, drilling, dredging, grading, quarrying, paving, or improving the land is a change in the existing condition of land.
        2. No permit will be issued until the applicant certifies that all necessary permits required by Federal or state law have been received; provided nothing herein shall be deemed to require a permit for agricultural land production of plants and fibers, forestland production and harvesting, and activities undertaken by the State, railroads, and utility companies allowed in N.C. Gen. Stat. §143-215.54.
        3. Three sets of detailed plans and specifications shall accompany each application for a flood permit or building permit when the fill, building or structure is located within a SFHA, or when the estimated reasonable cost of the building or structure is in excess of $20,000.00, or for any other building or structure when plans and specifications are deemed necessary by the Development Services Department in order for it to determine whether the proposed work complies with the City Code and the laws of the State.
        4. Plans shall be drawn to scale with sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work proposed; and the plans and specifications together shall contain information sufficient to indicate that the work proposed will conform to the provisions of this chapter, the appropriate regulatory and technical codes, the City Code, and the laws of the State.
      7. Stub Permit
        The permit shall conform to the provisions of the City of Raleigh Public Utilities Handbook.
      8. Zoning Permit
        A zoning permit is required for all site plans.
      9. Permit Expiration
        Any permit issued pursuant to Sec. 11.4.1., unless otherwise provided, shall expire 6 months after the day of issuance if the work authorized by the permit has not commenced. If after commencement, the work is discontinued for a period of 12 months, the permit shall, therefore, immediately expire. A permit shall not expire or be revoked because of the running of time while a vested right under Sec. 10.2.19. is outstanding. The duration of a land-disturbing activity permit shall be exempt from this section.
      10. Stormwater Control Permit
        A stormwater control permit is required for projects with a change in built-upon area or impervious surface.

      Sec. 11.4.2. Application for Permit

      Sec. 11.4.2. Application for Permit aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:00

      Written application shall be made for all permits required by this Chapter and shall
      be made on forms provided by the City of Raleigh. Such application shall be made
      by the owner of the building or structure affected or by his authorized agent or
      representative. The owner shall authorize any work for which a building permit is
      required.

      Sec. 11.4.3. Plans and Specifications

      Sec. 11.4.3. Plans and Specifications aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:01

      Where plans and specifications are required, a permittee's copy of the same marked
      "approved" by the Development Services Department shall be available at the work
      site for all inspections requested by the permittee and shall be made available for
      any inspection upon request by the Development Services Department.

      Sec. 11.4.4. Limitations on Issuance of Permits

      Sec. 11.4.4. Limitations on Issuance of Permits aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:01

      No building permit shall be issued for work on any new or existing dwelling unless the plans and specifications thereof contain information sufficient to indicate that the work proposed will conform to the provisions of Article 11.6. Housing Code.

      1. No building permit shall be issued for new construction where City water or sewer mains are not available without written approval by the Wake County Health Department of the required water supply or waste disposal systems.
      2. No permit shall be issued to any person who has failed after notice to remedy defective work, or has failed to pay a civil penalty assessed pursuant to this UDO which is due and for which no appeal is pending, or to otherwise comply with the Code of the City of Raleigh, the regulatory codes adopted therein, or the laws of the State of North Carolina.
      3. No licensed contractor shall secure a permit from the Development Services Department for any other person or persons not qualified in accordance with the provisions of the technical codes to do any work covered by the regulatory codes.
      4. No building or flood permit shall be issued during the pendency of an application for the revision of a SFHA boundary of such property unless the proposed construction or filling is permitted under the existing SFHA regulations and also under the revision proposed for the property.
      5. No permit authorized by this UDO shall be issued until the boundaries of any natural resource buffer yard, any open space area, any riparian surface waterbuffers, and any tree protection adjacent to or encompassing a work site
        are clearly and accurately demarked by a protective fence in the field. The
        location and extent of all authorized land-disturbing activities shall be similarly
        demarcated for so long as any land-disturbing activity continues.
      6. Reserved for future use.
      7. If the Raleigh Historic Development Commission has voted to recommend designation of an area as an Historic Overlay District, or if the Wake County Historic Preservation Commission has voted to recommend designation of a property as an historic landmark (or, to the extent that the Wake County Historic Preservation Commission does not have jurisdiction, if the Raleigh Historic Development Commission has voted to recommend designation of a property as an historic landmark), the demolition or destruction of any building, site, or structure located in the proposed district or on the property of the proposed historic landmark may be delayed by the commission with jurisdiction for a period of up to 180 days or until the City Council takes final action on the designation, whichever occurs first. Should the Council approve the designation prior to the expiration of the 180-day delay period, an application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition must then be requested.
      8. No building permit will be issued on any parcel of a parent tract when forestry has occurred on the parent tract within the last 5 years and the 32-foot and 65-foot wide perimeter buffers set forth in Article 9.1. Tree Conservation, were not preserved.

      Sec. 11.4.5. Reserved for Future Use

      Sec. 11.4.5. Reserved for Future Use aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:02

      Sec. 11.4.6. Limitation on Issuance of Permits for Construction in Floodprone Areas

      Sec. 11.4.6. Limitation on Issuance of Permits for Construction in Floodprone Areas aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:02
      1. No building permit shall be issued for any and all new construction or substantial improvement of residential structures located or to be located in a SFHA, delineated as provided in Article 9.3.Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations, unless the lowest floor (including basement) and attendant mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning equipment, and any other service facility is elevated at least to the regulatory flood protection elevation. A registered professional engineer or architect shall certify on the building plans that all parts of the structure below the regulatory flood protection elevation are designed to withstand the flood depths, pressure, velocities, impact and uplift forces associated with the one-hundred-year flood at the location of the structure. All new construction and substantial improvements that fully enclose areas below the regulatory flood protection elevation which are usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage in an area other than a basement and which are subject to flooding shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of flood waters. Designs for meeting this requirement must be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect. Prior to the use or occupancy of the structure, a registered land surveyor shall certify to the nearest 1/10 of 1 foot in mean sea level datum the elevation of the lowest floor.
      2. No building permit shall be issued for any and all new construction or substantial improvement of nonresidential structures or residential accessory structures located or to be located in a SFHA, delineated as provided in Article 9.3. Special  Flood Hazard Area Regulations, unless:
        1. The provisions of subsection A. above are met and attendant utility and sanitary facilities are floodproofed. Except in the case of accessory uses to dwellings with a cost of less than $5,000.00, prior to the use or occupancy of a structure, a registered land surveyor shall certify to the nearest 1/10 of 1 foot in mean sea level datum the elevations of the lowest floor; or
        2. The provisions for an essentially dry floodproof class (W2) contained in "Floodproofing Regulations," most recent edition, published by the Office of the Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C., are met. Except in the case of accessory uses to dwellings with a cost of less than $5,000.00, prior to the use or occupancy of a structure, a registered land surveyor shall certify to the nearest 1/10 of 1 foot in mean sea level datum the elevations of the lowest floor; or
        3. A registered professional engineer or architect certifies on the building plans that the walls and any parts of the structure below the regulatory flood protection elevation are substantially impermeable to the passage of water and that floodproofing methods used for a specified elevation in relation to mean sea level are adequate to withstand the flood depths, pressures, velocities, impact and uplift forces, and other factors associated with the 100-year flood at the location of the structure and that the structure is watertight, and attendant utility and sanitary facilities are floodproofed. Except in the case of accessory uses to dwellings with a cost of less than $5,000.00, prior to the use or occupancy of a structure, a registered land surveyor shall certify to the nearest 1/10 of 1 foot in mean sea level datum the elevations of the lowest floor; or
        4. For nonresidential structures only, a registered professional engineer or architect certifies on the building plans that the portions of any structure below the regulatory flood protection elevation comply with alternate wet floodproofing methods that are acceptable to FEMA as variances to the essentially dry floodproofing measures required in subsection B.2. above provided said alternate methods comply with the standards set forth in the FEMA Technical Standards Bulletin 85-1, and that such measures are adequate to withstand the flood depths pressures, velocities, impact and uplift forces and other factors associated with the one-hundred-year flood at the location of the structures and that the attendant utility and sanitary facilities are floodproofed and that the requirements for the issuance of the variance comply with the provisions of §44 CFR 60.6 of the FEMA National Flood Insurance Program and related regulations.
      3. The provisions of subsections A. and B. above shall be inapplicable to the following:
        1.  Any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations of state or local health, sanitary, or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions.
        2. Any reconstruction, rehabilitation or restoration of structures listed on the National Register of Historic Places, the State inventory of historic places or certified by the secretary of the interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district; provided that, the alteration will not preclude the structure's continued designation as an historic structure.
      4. No permit authorized in this chapter shall be issued for new construction or substantial improvements located in a SFHA, delineated as provided in Article 9.3. Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations, unless all utility, water and sanitary facilities, mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air conditioning equipment and other service systems are designed, located or both to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding.
        1. All backflow preventers or devices must be installed on potable water service lines at all building entry locations to protect the system from backflow or back siphonage of floodwaters or other contaminants; such devices shall be installed within floodproofed structures or at an elevation 1 foot above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
        2. All sanitary sewer systems that have openings below the regulatory flood protection elevation shall be equipped with automatic backwater valves or other automatic backflow devices which are installed in each discharge line passing through a building exterior wall. Devices shall be installed at locations accessible for maintenance; and
        3. All sewer system vents, and nonwatertight manholes, shall be constructed to a height at least 1 foot above the regulatory flood protection elevation; provided nothing herein shall prevent the construction of watertight manholes below the regulatory flood protection elevation.

      Sec. 11.4.7. Issuance of Permit

      Sec. 11.4.7. Issuance of Permit aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:03

      When proper application for a permit has been made, and the City has determined that the application and the proposed work comply with the provisions of the code, the appropriate regulatory and technical codes adopted herein, and the laws of the State of North Carolina, it shall issue such permit, upon receipt of the proper fees.

      Sec. 11.4.8. Permit Fees

      Sec. 11.4.8. Permit Fees aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:03
      1. Working Without a Permit
        1. Any person who performs work without a permit when a permit is required shall be subject to an administrative fee equal to the amount of the fee specified for the work. This administrative fee shall be paid in addition to the fee specified for the work. The administrative fee shall not be construed as a penalty, but as a charge for additional administrative expense.
        2. If a person performs work without a permit twice in a 12 -month period, then for the second violation, that person shall pay both the administrative fee specified in Sec. 11.4.8.A.1. above and a civil penalty in the amount of $100.00 per trade.
        3. If a person performs work without a permit 3 or more times in a 12-month period, then for the third and for each subsequent violation, that person shall pay both the administrative fee specified in Sec. 11.4.8.A.1. above and a civil penalty in the amount of $500.00 per trade.
      2. Extra Inspection
        The fees in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule entitle the permittee to the appropriate number of inspections for the work performed. For each inspection in excess of these, there shall be an additional charge.
      3. Specific Fees Enumerated
        The specific fees due for any permit are listed in the City of Raleigh Fee Schedule.
      4. Voiding of Permit
        1. Upon a request by a property owner, any type permit may be voided; however, refunds will be made only when the permit is valid. An administrative fee in the amount equal to a minimum fee shall be deducted from the refund payment. In the event the cost of the permit to be voided was a minimum fee or less, no refund shall be made.
        2. Revisions to a construction project which require permits to be voided and reissued will be charged an administrative fee per permit when the cost of the permit is other than a minimum fee. The administrative fee charged for minimum fee permits will equal the minimum fee. Single application projects that have been reviewed and are pending pick up but are abandoned prior to permit issuance will be charged an administrative fee equal to the minimum fee for each permit approved. Projects with multiple applications will be charged an administrative fee per application. This fee will equal the cost of a minimum fee per permit.
      5. Computations
        All permit fees derived in this schedule will be rounded to the nearest dollar.
      6. Re-Review Fee
        When, in the processing of a permit, it becomes necessary to review the plans for a project on more than 2 occasions for items previously identified or when the plan documents are poorly conceived and prepared, a re-review fee shall be issued for each review beyond 2.

      Sec. 11.4.9. Violations

      Sec. 11.4.9. Violations aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:04

      It shall be unlawful for any person to violate any provision, standard, occupancy content, or other requirement of this chapter or the regulatory and technical codes herein adopted or to refuse or fail to comply with any order of the City or of any inspector made in accordance with this chapter or the regulatory codes herein adopted. Each day shall be a subsequent violation.

      Sec. 11.4.10. Civil Penalty

      Sec. 11.4.10. Civil Penalty aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:04
      1. Generally
        Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, any act constituting a violation of the building code as adopted herein shall subject the offender to a civil penalty in the amount of $50.00 to be recovered by the City in a civil action in the nature of a debt or as otherwise provided herein if the offender fails to pay the penalty within 48 hours from and after receipt of a citation of a violation.
      2. Additional Penalty
        Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, a penalty of $25.00, in addition to the 1 imposed for payment within 48 hours, shall apply in those cases in which the penalties prescribed in this section have not been paid within the prescribed 48- hour period and in which a civil action shall have been instituted.
      3. Settlement of Civil Claim
        The City is authorized to accept full payment of all monies owed in full and final settlement of the claim or claims, right or rights of action which the City may have to enforce such penalty by civil action in the nature of debt. Acceptance of any and all claims, or right of action arising out of contended violations only if the activities or non-activities which gave rise to the violations are abated or otherwise made lawful.
      4. Continuing Violations
        Each day's continuing violation shall be a separate offense. No civil penalty for continuing violations shall be levied against the same person for the same continuing violation at the same location more than once unless and until the City shall deliver a written notice by personal service, registered mail or certified mail — return receipt requested or as otherwise permitted by law— to the property owner or other person responsible for such violation indicating the nature of the violation and ordering corrective action. The notice shall also set forth the time period when corrective measures must be completed. The notice shall state that failure to correct the violation within the specified time period will result in the assessment of additional civil penalties and other enforcement action. If after the allotted time period has expired and after the hearing of any appeal, if any, the corrective action has not been completed, a civil penalty shall be assessed in the amount of $100.00 per day of continuing violation unless otherwise stated in this UDO.
      5. Additional Civil Penalty for Occupancy Without Certificate
        Any person who occupies or allows the occupancy of a building or space without first receiving a Certificate of Occupancy or a Temporary Certificate of Occupancy shall be subject to an initial civil penalty of $250.00 and to continuing penalties of $100.00 for each day's violation thereafter. This penalty shall be in addition to other civil penalties or remedies available under the City Code.

      Article 11.5. Unsafe Buildings

      Article 11.5. Unsafe Buildings aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:42

      Sec. 11.5.1. Short Title

      Sec. 11.5.1. Short Title aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:05

      This Article is adopted and shall be known as the "Unsafe Building Code of the City of Raleigh."

      Sec. 11.5.2. Buildings and Structures Declared Unsafe; Notice Affixed

      Sec. 11.5.2. Buildings and Structures Declared Unsafe; Notice Affixed aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:05
      1. An inspector may declare any residential building or nonresidential building or structure unsafe if it appears that the building or structure is especially dangerous to life because:
        1. The building or structure is especially liable to risk of fire including, but not limited to, those which are unoccupied and are not adequately secured against entry by unauthorized persons, or contain unsafe wiring or an unsafe heating system, or have inadequate means of egress; or
        2. The building or structure has overloaded floors, defective construction, decay, or parts thereof which are so attached or in such bad condition that they may fall and injure members of the public or damage public or private property; or
        3. The building or structure is unsanitary or unsafe and poses an immediate health or safety risk to the public; or
        4. The building or structure is in a condition that is especially dangerous to life, health, or other property as specified in writing by the inspector.
      2. In addition to the authority granted in subsection 11.5.2.A, an inspector may declare any nonresidential building or structure within a community development target area unsafe if the building or structure:
        1. Appears to the inspector to be vacant or abandoned; and
        2. Appears to the inspector to be in such dilapidated condition as to cause or contribute to blight, disease, vagrancy, fire or safety hazard, to be a danger to children, or to tend to attract persons intent on criminal activities or other activities that would constitute a public nuisance.
      3. When an inspector declares a building unsafe, the inspector shall affix a notice of the unsafe condition to a conspicuous place on the exterior wall of the building or structure.

      Sec. 11.5.3. Designation of Community Development Target Area

      Sec. 11.5.3. Designation of Community Development Target Area aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:06

      A "community development target area" means an area that has characteristics of an urban progress zone under G.S. 143B-437.09, characteristics of a nonresidential redevelopment area under G.S. 160A-503(10), or an area with similar characteristics designated by the Council as being in special need of revitalization for the benefit and welfare of citizens. Before an inspector declares a building or structure unsafe under subsection 11.5.2.B, the Council shall adopt a resolution, with appropriate findings, that designates the community development target area.

      Sec. 11.5.4. Emergency Cases

      Sec. 11.5.4. Emergency Cases aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:06

      In cases where it appears that there is an imminent danger to life or safety of any person unless an unsafe building as defined in Sec. 11.5.2. is immediately repaired, vacated, closed or demolished, the Housing and Neighborhoods Director shall order its immediate repair, evacuation, closing or demolition as he may deem necessary, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article. The City may take the temporary measures necessary to safeguard persons from immediate danger of collapse of such building and is authorized to close temporarily sidewalks, streets, buildings and structures in places adjacent to such unsafe building and prohibit the same from being used, pending the removal of the danger. The cost of the emergency measures taken shall become a lien against the premises upon which the emergency condition existed upon confirmation of the cost thereof by the Council. The confirmation shall take place only after 10 days' written notice to the owner of the premises where the emergency condition existed. Charter reference: Building inspection, abatement of unsafe conditions. State law reference: G.S. 160A-193.

      Sec. 11.5.5. Notice and Hearing; Order to Take Corrective Action

      Sec. 11.5.5. Notice and Hearing; Order to Take Corrective Action aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:07
      1. If the owner of a building or structure that has been declared unsafe shall fail to take prompt corrective action, the inspector shall give the owner written notice, by certified or registered mail to the last known address or by personal service that:
        1. The building or structure is in a condition that appears to meet one or more of the following conditions:
          1. Constitutes a fire or safety hazard;
          2. Is dangerous to life, health, or other property;
          3. Is likely to cause or contribute to blight, disease, vagrancy, or danger to children; or
          4. Has a tendency to attract persons intent on criminal activities or other activities which would constitute a public nuisance.
        2. A hearing will be held before the inspector at a designated place and time, not later than 10 days after the date of the notice, at which time the owner shall be entitled to be heard in person or by counsel and to present arguments and evidence pertaining to the matter; and
        3. Following the hearing, the inspector may issue such order to repair, close, vacate, or demolish the building or structure as appears appropriate.
      2. If the name or whereabouts of the owner cannot after due diligence be discovered, the notice shall be considered properly and adequately served if a copy thereof is posted on the outside of the building or structure in question at least 10 days prior to the hearing and a notice of the hearing is published in a newspaper having general circulation in the City at least once not later than one week prior to the hearing. An inspector may also send a notice by first-class mail to an owner's last known mailing address but is not required to do so.
      3. The inspector shall issue findings after the hearing. If the inspector finds that the building or structure is in a condition that constitutes a fire or safety hazard or renders it dangerous to life, health, or other property, the inspector shall issue a written order to take corrective action to the owner requiring the owner to remedy the defective conditions within a specified period not less than 60 days from the date of the order by repairing, closing, vacating, or demolishing the building or structure or taking other necessary steps as the inspector may prescribe; provided, that where the inspector finds in the order that there is imminent danger to life or other property, the inspector may order that corrective action be taken in such lesser period as may be feasible.

      Sec. 11.5.6. Appeal; Finality of Order if Not Appealed

      Sec. 11.5.6. Appeal; Finality of Order if Not Appealed aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:07

      Any owner who has received an order to take corrective action under this Article may appeal to the City Council by giving notice of appeal in writing to the Housing and Neighborhoods Department Director and to the City Clerk within 10 days after the inspector issues the order. The City Council shall hear and render a decision on an appeal within a reasonable time. The City Council may affirm, modify and affirm, or revoke the order. In the absence of an appeal, the inspector's order to take corrective action shall be final.

      Sec. 11.5.7. Administrative Liability

      Sec. 11.5.7. Administrative Liability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:08

      No officer, agent or employee of the City shall render himself personally liable for any damage that may accrue to persons or property as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of his duties under this Article.

      Sec. 11.5.8. Unlawful to Disregard Notices or Orders

      Sec. 11.5.8. Unlawful to Disregard Notices or Orders aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:08

      When a building or structure is posted as unsafe, it shall be unlawful for any person to occupy or knowingly allow the occupancy of a building or structure so posted.

      Sec. 11.5.9. Enforcement

      Sec. 11.5.9. Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:09
      1. Criminal Violation.
        If any person shall violate any provision of this Article, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished as allowed by law.
      2. Injunctive or Other Relief.
        The City may initiate any appropriate action or proceedings to prevent, restrain, correct, or abate the violation or to prevent the occupancy of the building or structure involved.
      3. City's Option to Remove Unsafe Building or Structure.
        1. If an appeal is not taken within 10 days and the owner fails to comply with the order issued, the Housing & Neighborhoods Director or his designee shall report such facts and conditions of the building or structure to the Council for action at a meeting at which time the owner and other interested parties may be heard. The Council may direct by ordinance that the City repair, remove, or demolish the building or structure, the cost of which shall become a lien against the premises upon confirmation of the cost thereof by the City Council. The confirmation shall take place only after 10 days' written notice mailed by first-class mail to the owner at the address shown on county tax records. The lien shall be filed, have the same priority, and be collected in the same manner as liens for special assessments provided in Chapter 160A, Article 10 of the General Statutes.
        2. If the building or structure is removed or demolished by the City, the City shall sell the usable materials of the building and any personal property, fixtures, or appurtenances found in or attached to the building. The City shall credit the proceeds of the sale against the cost of the removal or demolition. Any balance remaining from the sale shall be deposited with the Clerk of Superior Court of the county where the property is located.
        3. The amounts incurred by the City in connection with the removal or demolition shall also be a lien against any other real property owned by the owner of the building or structure and located within the city limits or within one mile of the city limits, except for the owner's primary residence. The lien shall be filed, have the same priority, and be collected in the same manner as liens for special assessments provided in Chapter 160A, Article 10 of the General Statutes, except that this additional lien is inferior to all prior liens and shall be collected as a money judgment.
      4. Civil Penalties.
        1. Any owner of a building or structure who fails to comply with an order to repair, vacate and close, demolish or remove any building or structure declared unsafe pursuant to the provisions contained in this Article, or by state law, shall be subject to a civil penalty of $500.00 upon the first day following the expiration of any deadline as set forth within said order to repair, vacate and close, or demolish said building or structure.
        2. Continuing Civil Penalty. A continuing civil penalty of $100.00 per day shall be imposed for each subsequent day that any unsafe building or structure remains in violation of any duly issued order issued pursuant to this Article.
        3. Any person who shall reoccupy or any person who shall permit the reoccupancy of any building or structure declared unsafe, once vacated, shall be subject to a civil penalty of $500.00 upon the determination that the building or structure has been reoccupied in violation of this UDO. Each day's occupancy shall be a distinct and separate offense.
        4. If a person fails to pay the civil penalty within 30 days after being notified of the amount due, the City may recover the penalty together with all costs by filing a civil action in the general court of justice in the nature of a suit to collect a debt.

      Sec. 11.5.10. Alternate Remedies

      Sec. 11.5.10. Alternate Remedies aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:09

      The City, either in addition to or in lieu of other remedies, may initiate any appropriate action or proceedings pursuant to this UDO, or in accordance with State law, to prevent, restrain, correct, or abate the violation or to prevent the occupancy of the building or structure involved, or to prevent any illegal act, conduct or use in or about the premises of the building or the structure.

      Nothing in this section shall be construed to impair or limit the power of the City to define and declare nuisances and to cause their removal or abatement by summary proceedings, or otherwise.

      Sec. 11.5.11. Lis Pendens

      Sec. 11.5.11. Lis Pendens aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:10
      1. At any time after an inspector issues a written notice under Sec. 11.5.5, any inspector may file a Notice of Lis Pendens with the Clerk of Superior Court of the county where the property is located. A copy of the written notice or a copy of the order to take corrective action shall be attached to the Lis Pendens. When the Lis Pendens is filed with the Clerk, it shall also be served on the owners and parties in interest in the building or dwelling, including any lien holders and tenants who may be determined by the exercise of reasonable diligence.
      2. Any inspector may cancel the Lis Pendens upon a determination by that inspector that the property is no longer unsafe and that the owner has fully complied with the inspector's order to take corrective action. Cancellation must be made in a writing signed by the inspector and provided to the Clerk of Court.

      Sec. 11.5.12. Administrative Fee and Costs

      Sec. 11.5.12. Administrative Fee and Costs aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:10
      1. In addition to any other charge, any owner of a building or structure located within the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction shall be subject to an administrative fee of $325.00 upon the finding at the hearing held pursuant Sec. 11.5.5, that the building or structure is in an unsafe condition as defined by this Article or State law.
      2. Any owner who has had any previous findings of an unsafe building or structure within the City or its extraterritorial jurisdiction within a 12-month continuous period, shall be subject to an administrative fee of $650.00 upon the finding at the hearing held pursuant Sec. 11.5.5, that the building or structure is in an unsafe condition as defined by this Article or State law.
      3. The owner may also be assessed any actual costs incurred by the City in obtaining service including but not limited to, legal publication and personal delivery costs for notices, and orders.

      Article 11.6. Housing Code

      Article 11.6. Housing Code aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:43

      Sec. 11.6.1. Preamble; Definitions

      Sec. 11.6.1. Preamble; Definitions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:11
      1. Pursuant to G.S. §160D-1201, it is hereby found and declared that there exist in the City of Raleigh and its extraterritorial jurisdiction dwellings which are unfit for human habitation due to dilapidation, defects increasing the hazards of fire, accidents or other calamities, lack of ventilation, light or sanitary facilities, or due to other conditions rendering such dwellings unsafe or insanitary, or dangerous or detrimental to the health, safety or morals, or otherwise inimical to the welfare of the residents of the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction.
      2. This Article establishes minimum requirements for the initial and continued occupancy of all buildings used for human habitation and does not replace or modify requirements otherwise established for the construction, repair, alteration or use of buildings, equipment or facilities except as provided in this Article.
      3. All building construction and residential properties shall comply with the North Carolina Building Code, North Carolina Residential Code and all applicable technical codes.

      Sec. 11.6.2. Conflict With Other Provisions

      Sec. 11.6.2. Conflict With Other Provisions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:11

      In any case where a provision of this Article is found to be in conflict with a provision of any zoning, building, fire, safety or health provision of this UDO or ordinances or codes of the City, the provision which establishes the higher standard for the promotion and protection of the health and safety of the people shall prevail.

      Sec. 11.6.3. Minimum Standards for Basic Equipment and Facilities

      Sec. 11.6.3. Minimum Standards for Basic Equipment and Facilities aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:12

      No person shall occupy or let to another for occupancy, any dwelling unit for the purpose of human habitation which does not comply with the following minimum requirements:

      1. Basic Equipment and Facilities
        1. Kitchen Sink
          Every dwelling unit shall contain a kitchen sink, free from corrosion and leaks, in good working condition and properly connected to a water and sewer system approved by the City. The kitchen sink shall have hot and cold running water.
        2. Toilet and Sink
          Every dwelling unit shall contain a room separate from the habitable rooms which affords privacy with a door and operable lockable door hardware, and which is equipped with a flush toilet and a sink in good working condition and properly connected to a water and sewer system approved by the City. The sink shall have hot and cold running water, and be free from corrosion and leaks. Access to such room shall be through a weathertight area.
        3. Bathtub and Showers
          Every dwelling unit shall contain a room separate from the habitable rooms which affords privacy with a door and operable lockable door hardware, and which is equipped with a bathtub or shower in good working condition and properly connected to a water and sewer system approved by the City. The bathtub or shower shall have hot and cold running water, and be free from corrosion and leaks.
        4. Hot Water Facilities
          Water heating facilities shall be properly installed, maintained and capable of providing an adequate amount of hot water to be drawn at every required sink, bathtub, shower and laundry facility at a temperature between 110 and 140 degrees.
        5. Heating
          Every dwelling unit shall have heating facilities installed and maintained according to Sec. 11.6.3.C.15.
      2. Light and Ventilation
        1. Every existing habitable room shall be provided with a window with a minimum of 6 square feet or a gravity or mechanical ventilation system capable of providing one air change every 30 minutes approved by the City.
        2. Basements and cellars with habitable space and every sleeping room shall have at least 1 operable emergency escape and rescue window or an exterior door opening for escape and rescue.
        3. Every habitable room shall have at least 1 window or skylight which can easily be opened directly to the outside, or such other device as will adequately ventilate the room. The total of operable window area in every habitable room shall be equal to at least 45 percent of the minimum window area size or minimum skylight-type window size, as required in Sec. 11.6.3.B.1. above, except where there is supplied some other device affording adequate ventilation and approved by the City.
        4. Every habitable room of every building shall contain at least 2 separate floor and/or wall-type electric convenience outlets and every toilet compartment, bathroom, laundry room, furnace room, entrance, exitway, and public hall shall contain at least 1 supplied ceiling or wall-type electric light fixture. Every such outlet and fixture shall be connected to the source of electric power in a safe manner. The electrical service serving a dwelling unit shall be of sufficient capacity to carry the demand load as determined by the State adopted Electrical Code.
        5. Every public hall and stairway in every multiple dwelling serving 5 or more dwelling units shall be adequately lighted at all times. Every public hall and stairway in structures devoted solely to dwelling occupancy and containing not more than 4 dwelling units may be supplied with conveniently located light switches, controlling an adequate lighting system which may be turned on when needed, instead of full-time lighting.
        6. Bathrooms, toilet compartments and similar rooms shall be provided with aggregate glazing area in windows of not less than 3 square feet, one-half of which must be operable, except that a window shall not be required in such spaces equipped with a mechanical ventilation system. Air exhausted by a mechanical ventilation system from a bathroom or toilet shall discharge to the outdoors and shall not be re-circulated.
      3. Sanitary Maintenance, Safety and Structural Standards
        No person shall occupy as owner-occupant, or let to another for occupancy, any dwelling or dwelling unit for the purpose of living therein which does not comply with the following requirements:
        1. Screening for Insects and Rodents
          1. For protection against mosquitoes, flies and other insects, every door opening directly from a dwelling or dwelling unit to outdoor space shall have a screened door with a self-closing device; and every window or other device with openings to outdoor space used, designed or intended to be used for ventilation shall be likewise provided with screens. Screens shall be not less than 16 mesh per inch. Dwelling units containing central air conditioning equipment or window-type air conditioning units which will satisfactorily cool and ventilate the dwelling unit are not required to have screens in door and window openings.
          2. Every basement or cellar window used or intended to be used for ventilation and every other opening which might provide an entry for rodents, shall be supplied with a screen or such other device as will effectively prevent their entrance.
          3. Screens shall be provided for all enclosed crawl space vents.
          4. Screens shall fit openings snugly and shall not be torn or otherwise defective.
          5. Screens shall not be permanently fixed to the window frame or sash by nail, staples, screws or any other permanently fixed means. Screens shall be attached so as to be easily removed.
        2. Foundations
          1. A foundation wall shall support the building at all points and shall be free of holes and cracks which would admit rodents, water or dampness to the interior of the building or which lessen the capability of the foundation to support the building.
          2. Crawl space shall be graded so as to prevent any standing water.
          3. Footings shall be sound and have adequate bearing capacity.
          4. Piers shall be sound with no loose mortar or masonry.
          5. No pier in which the plumb line from top center falls outside the middle 1/3 of the pier base shall be allowed.
          6. No stiff knees shall be used in place of footing and pier requirements in paragraphs c. and d. above.
        3. Floors
          1. There shall be no decayed, insect-damaged, termite-damaged, fire damaged, broken, overloaded or sagging girders, floor joists or sills that adversely affect the structural integrity of the building framing system.
          2. Girders, floor joists and sills shall be properly supported and reasonably level.
          3. Girders, floor joists and sills shall not be decayed, overloaded, sagging or broken so as to adversely affect the structural integrity of the floor framing system.
          4. Flooring shall be weathertight without holes or cracks which permit excessive air to penetrate rooms.
          5. Flooring shall be reasonably smooth. There shall be no decayed or fire damaged material so as to adversely affect the structural integrity of the flooring system.
          6. There shall be no loose flooring.
          7. Floors shall be reasonably level.
          8. Every toilet compartment, bathroom, kitchen and other similar floor surface shall be constructed and maintained so as to permit such floor to be easily kept in a clean and sanitary condition. The floor surfaces shall be covered with a non-absorbent material and be made watertight.
        4. Walls, Exterior
          1. There shall be no wall in which the plumb line from the top to the floor exceeds 3 inches out of plumb.
          2. Walls shall be structurally sound.
          3. There shall be no broken, cracked or fire damaged structural members.
          4. There shall be no decayed, insect-damaged or termite-damaged studs.
          5. All siding shall be weathertight, with no holes or excessive cracks or decayed boards which permit excessive air or moisture to penetrate rooms.
          6. There shall be no loose siding.
          7. All exterior surfaces, including but not limited to, doors, door and window frames, cornices, porches, trim, balconies, decks, and fences shall be maintained in good condition. Exterior surfaces not inherently resistant to deterioration shall be treated with a protective coating or covering and maintained in good repair to prevent deterioration. Exterior wood surfaces other than decay-resistant woods shall be protected from the elements and decay by painting or other protective covering or treatment. Peeling, flaking and chipped paint shall be eliminated and surfaces repainted. All siding and masonry joints as well as those between the building envelope and the perimeter of windows, doors and skylights shall be maintained weather resistant and watertight. All metal surfaces subject to rust or corrosion shall be stabilized and coated to inhibit future rust and corrosion. Oxidation stains shall be removed from any exterior surfaces, except for surfaces designed to be stabilized by oxidation.
          8. Approved corrosion-resistant flashing shall be provided in the exterior wall envelope in such a manner to prevent entry of water into the wall cavity or penetration of water to the building structural framing components. Aluminum flashing may not be used in contact with cementitious material or treated woods.
          9. Only standard building materials deemed acceptable by general building standards as set forth by this UDO, the North Carolina Building Code, the North Carolina Residential Code, and as confirmed by the Inspector, shall be used to repair exterior walls.
        5. Walls, Interior
          1. The interior finish shall be free of holes and cracks which permit excessive air or moisture to penetrate rooms.
          2. No loose plaster, loose boards or other loose wall materials shall be allowed.
          3. Only standard building materials deemed acceptable by general building standards as set forth by this UDO, the North Carolina Building Code, the North Carolina Residential Code, and as confirmed by the Inspector, shall be used on a wall to prevent air or moisture intrusion.
          4. There shall be no decayed, insect-damaged or termite-damaged studs.
          5. There shall be no broken or cracked studs or other broken or cracked structural members allowed.
          6. Only standard building materials deemed acceptable by general building standards as set forth by this UDO, the North Carolina Building Code, the North Carolina Residential Code, and as confirmed by the Inspector, shall be used to repair interior walls.
        6. Ceilings
          1. There shall be no joists which are decayed, broken, sagging, or improperly supported.
          2. There shall be no holes or excessive cracks which permit air or moisture to penetrate rooms.
          3. There shall be no loose plaster, boards, gypsum wall board, or other ceiling finish.
          4. Ceiling joists shall be structurally sound.
          5. Only standard building materials deemed acceptable by general building standards as set forth by this UDO, the North Carolina Building Code, the North Carolina Residential Code, and as confirmed by the Inspector, shall be used on a ceiling to prevent air or moisture intrusion.
        7. Roofs
          1. There shall be no rafters which are decayed, broken, or improperly supported.
          2. No rafters shall be damaged by fire.
          3. Sheathing shall not be loose and shall be structurally sound.
          4. No loose roof covering shall be allowed, nor shall there be any holes or leaks which could cause damage to the structure.
          5. There shall be proper flashing at walls and roof penetrations. The roof and flashing shall be sound, tight, and have no defects that admit rain.
          6. Roof drainage shall be adequate to prevent dampness or deterioration in the walls or interior portion of the structure. Roof drains, gutters and downspouts shall be maintained in good repair and free from obstructions.
          7. Roof water shall not be discharged in a manner that creates a public nuisance.
          8. No live or dead vegetation, tree branches or other debris that affects roof drainage or future roof degradation shall be allowed to remain on the roof structure.
          9. New roof coverings shall not be installed without first removing existing roof covering where any of the following conditions exist:
            1. The existing roof or roof covering is water-soaked or has deteriorated to the point that the existing roof or roof covering is not adequate as a base for additional roofing;
            2. The existing roof covering is wood shake, slate, clay tile, cement tile or asbestos-cement tile; or
            3. The existing roof has 2 or more applications of any type of roof covering.
        8. Exterior and Interior Windows and Doors
          1. All exterior windows and doors shall be reasonably weathertight, shall have no broken glass, and shall have adequate operable locks and hardware. Clasp locks and hasp locks are not acceptable locks and hardware.
          2. All interior doors and hardware shall be in good repair.
          3. Every window, skylight, door and frame shall be kept in sound condition and good repair. All glazing materials shall be maintained free from cracks and holes. Every window, other than a fixed window, shall be easily operable and capable of being held in position by window hardware.
          4. Plastics (plexiglass) shall not be used as glazing unless in compliance with ASTM requirements ASTM 84, ASTM D 2843 and combustibility classifications CC1 and CC2.
          5. Covers, screens or similar devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosures, or window wells that serve such openings, provided such devices are capable of being released or removed from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force greater than that required for normal operation of the opening.
          6. Bars, grills or similar devices are not permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosures or window wells that serve such openings.
        9. Means of Egress
          1. There shall be a minimum of 1 exit from each dwelling unit for one or two family dwellings or townhomes, in accordance with the North Carolina State Building Code.
          2. The exit provisions shall conform to the requirements established for multi-family dwellings, excluding one or two family dwellings or townhomes, in accordance with the North Carolina Residential Building Code.
          3. Every exterior stairway, deck, porch and balcony, exits, and all attached appurtenances, shall be maintained structurally sound, in good repair, with proper anchorage and capable of supporting the imposed loads.
          4. Platforms, steps, and/or handrails provided to serve exits shall be structurally sound, in good repair, with proper anchorage and capable of supporting any imposed loads.
          5. There shall be a safe, continuous and unobstructed exitway from the interior of the building to the exterior at street or grade level.
        10. Porches and Decks
          1. Foundation, floor, ceiling and roof shall be equal to standards set forth above, except sills, girders and joists need not be level if providing drainage of floors; floors need not be weathertight; ceiling height shall be not less than 7 feet.
          2. Roof post and attached railings if provided, shall be structurally sound.
          3. Every porch, terrace or entrance platform located at least 30 inches above the adjacent finished grade shall be equipped with guardrails not less than 36 inches high. Required guardrails on open sides of stairways, raised floor areas, balconies and porches shall have intermediate rails or ornamental closures that do not allow passage of an object 6 inches or more in diameter. Horizontal spacing between the vertical members in required guardrails shall be a maximum of 4 inches at the nearest point between members. Triangular openings formed by the riser, tread and bottom rail of a guard at the open side of a stairway may be of such a size that a 6-inch sphere cannot pass through.
        11. Stairs and Steps
          1. Stairs and steps shall not be decayed and shall be in good repair. Exterior repairs shall be made with materials for exterior use application, no interior building materials shall be allowed for exterior stairs, steps, decks, rails, treads or similar exterior appurtenances.
          2. Every rail shall be firmly fastened and maintained in good condition.
          3. No flight of stairs more than 1 inch out of its intended position or pulled away from supporting or adjacent structures shall be allowed.
          4. Supports shall not sag and shall be structurally sound.
          5. Every stair tread shall be sound and securely fastened.
          6. Open sides of stairs with a total rise of more than 30 inches above the floor or grade below shall have guardrails not less than 34 inches in height measured vertically from the nosing of the treads. Required guards on open sides of stairways, raised floor areas, balconies and porches shall have intermediate rails or ornamental closures that do not allow passage of an object 6 inches or more in diameter. Horizontal spacing between the vertical members in required guardrails shall be a maximum of 4 inches at the nearest point between members. Triangular openings formed by the riser, tread and bottom rail of a guard at the open side of a stairway may be of such a size that a 6-inch sphere cannot pass through.
        12. Electrical
          1. No outlets, receptacles, luminaries, smoke detectors, carbon monoxide detectors, switches or other fixtures shall be broken or hanging loose.
          2. All outlets, receptacles, luminaries, smoke detectors, carbon monoxide detectors, switches and other fixtures shall be safely operable.
          3. Receptacle replacements for existing dwellings shall comply with the State adpoted National Electrical Code.
          4. Every habitable room of every building shall contain not less than 2 separate floor or wall-type electric convenience outlets and every toilet compartment, bathroom, laundry room, furnace room, entrance, exitway, and public hall shall contain at least 1 supplied ceiling or walltype electric light fixture as required by Sec. 11.6.3.B.4. Every such outlet and fixture shall be connected to the source of electric power in a safe manner.
          5. There shall be installed in every habitable room, bathroom, laundry room, hallway, stairway and furnace room at least 1 supplied ceiling or wall type electrical light fixture provided, further, that the ceiling light fixture may be omitted in living room and bedrooms, provided 3 electrical convenience receptacles are installed, one of which is controlled from a wall switch.
          6. All new wiring shall comply with manufacturer's installation requirements and the NEC requirements as approved by State of North Carolina.
          7. Luminaries (light fixtures) shall be of such construction or installed in such a way that the conductors in outlet boxes shall not be subjected to temperatures greater than that for which the conductors are rated.
          8. All wiring shall be safe. No circuits shall be overloaded. All circuits shall be provided with proper over-current protection; no over-current protection shall be bridged; there shall be no bare wires, open joints or open spliced cables; there shall be no open spaces in the panel box.
          9. The electric service, including the wiring serving every dwelling, shall be of sufficient capacity to carry the demand load as determined by the current adopted electrical code.
          10. All wiring shall be properly protected from physical damage.
          11. All metal components of the electrical system shall be properly bonded and grounded.
          12. Main or distribution panel boxes shall not be double lugged, shall have no open unused openings, shall utilize proper connectors, be properly labeled, utilize only approved over-current devices and be properly grounded and bonded.
          13. Where it is found that the electrical system in a structure constitutes a hazard to the occupants of the structure by reason of inadequate service, improper fusing, insufficient receptacle and lighting outlets, improper wiring or installation, deterioration or damage, or for other similar reasons, the code official shall require the defects to be corrected to eliminate the hazard.
          14. All appliances shall be properly installed and function for the purpose intended
          15. A 20-amp branch circuit and receptacle shall be provided as a laundry circuit.
          16. Extension cords shall not be used to replace permanent wiring methods.
          17. Every occupied building shall be provided with an electrical system in compliance with the requirements of this Section.
        13. Plumbing
          1. All plumbing fixtures and waste pipes shall be properly installed and maintained in good sanitary working order, and be kept free from obstructions, leaks and defects, and be capable of performing the function for which such plumbing fixtures are designed.
          2. Every sink, lavatory, bathtub and shower, water closet or plumbing fixture shall be properly connected to either a public water system or to an approved private water system.
          3. The water supply shall be maintained free from contamination, and all water inlets for plumbing fixtures shall be located above the flood-level rim of the fixture.
          4. Fixtures, including water closets, shall not be cracked, broken, leaking or loose from the floor or wall, as applicable.
          5. Tub and shower stall floors and walls shall be watertight.
          6. The water supply system shall be installed and maintained to provide a supply of water to plumbing fixtures, devices and appurtenances in sufficient volume and at pressures adequate to enable the fixtures to function properly, safely, and free from leaks and defects.
          7. There shall be adequate facilities for furnishing hot and cold water to each tub or shower, lavatory, and kitchen sink. Water heating facilities shall be properly installed, maintained and capable of providing an adequate amount of water to be drawn at every required sink, lavatory, bathtub, shower and laundry facility at a temperature between 110 and 140 degrees Fahrenheit. An approved combination temperature and pressure-relief valve and relief valve discharge pipe shall be properly installed and maintained on water heaters. New installations shall also require a means of disconnection in accordance with the Electrical Code.
          8. There shall be installed a toilet, tub or shower, lavatory and kitchen sink for each dwelling unit.
          9. There shall be separate toilet facilities for each dwelling except as provided in Sec. 11.6.3.D.1. for room units or bed and breakfast inns.
          10. Toilet and bathing facilities shall be protected from the weather.
          11. All water piping shall be protected from freezing by proper installation in protected space.
          12. Sewer and water lines shall be properly supported, with no broken or leaking lines. Every plumbing stack, vent, waste and sewer line shall function properly and be kept from obstructions, leaks and defects.
          13. Every supplied facility required under this UDO shall be so constructed, installed or connected that it will function safely and effectively and shall be maintained in a satisfactory working condition. It shall be unlawful for any person to willfully or maliciously deposit any material in any toilet, bathtub or other plumbing fixture which may result in the obstruction of any sanitary sewer. Any liability on the part of the occupant shall not relieve the owner of the responsibility of cleaning any resulting blockage.
        14. Heating
          1. All occupied dwelling units shall have heating facilities, central or as otherwise deemed acceptable by the North Carolina Building Code.
          2. Heating facilities shall be properly installed and maintained in good and safe working condition and capable of safely and adequately heating all habitable rooms, bathrooms and toilet compartments.
          3. Every occupied dwelling unit shall have a heating appliance with a minimum capacity of 12,000 BTU output so as to heat all habitable rooms to a minimum temperature of 65 degrees Fahrenheit, measured 3 feet above the floor with an outside temperature of 25 degrees Fahrenheit. As an alternative, a professional engineer or a North Carolina licensed HVAC contractor may provide calculations that the room designated can be heated accordingly by a heating unit with lesser capacity.
          4. Every bathroom or toilet compartment which does not open directly from a room having a source of heat shall be provided with a heating source deemed acceptable by this UDO, the North Carolina Building Code, the North Carolina Residential Code and as confirmed by the Inspector.
          5. All electric, gas and oil burning equipment installed on the premises shall be of a type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or by American Gas Association and shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the manufacturers' recommendations or listing.
          6. Chimneys shall have no loose bricks or mortar; flues shall have no holes.
          7. Gas appliances shall not be located in, or obtain combustion air from, sleeping rooms, bathrooms, toilet rooms or storage closets. This shall not apply to:
            1. Direct vent appliances that obtain all combustion air directly from the outdoors;
            2. Vented room heaters, wall furnaces, vented decorative appliances and decorative appliances for installation in vented solid fuel-burning fireplaces; provided that the room is not a confined space and the building is not of unusually tight construction;
            3. A single wall-mounted unvented room heater equipped with an oxygen depletion safety shutoff system and installed in a bathroom, provided that the input rating does not exceed 6,000 BTU per hour and the bathroom is not a confined space; and
            4. Appliances installed in a dedicated enclosure in which all combustion air is taken directly from the outdoors. Access to such enclosures shall be through a solid door that is weather-stripped and equipped with an approved self-closing device.
          8. There shall be no hanging masonry chimneys.
          9. Thimbles shall be grouted in tight.
          10. Thimbles shall be installed high enough for the stovepipe to rise ¼ inch per foot minimum.
          11. Fireplaces shall be used only for supplemental heat and not for basic heating.
          12. Hearth extension shall be at least 16 inches deep and 8 inches beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
          13. Combustible materials shall not be within 6 inches of either side of the fireplace opening or within 12 inches above the fireplace opening.
          14. If the fireplace opening is closed, the closure shall be of noncombustible material and airtight.
          15. Any stove shall be within 6 feet of the thimble serving it.
          16. No stovepipe shall be routed through combustible walls unless specifically approved for installation in combustible walls.
          17. No combustible materials shall be within 12 inches of the stovepipe.
          18. All mechanical appliances, fireplaces, solid-fuel burning appliances, cooking appliances and water heating appliances shall be properly installed and maintained in a safe working condition, and shall be capable of performing the intended function.
          19. A supply of air for complete combustion of fuel and for ventilation of the space containing the fuel-burning equipment shall be provided for the fuel-burning equipment.
          20. Dryer exhaust ducts for clothes dryers shall terminate on the outside of the building and shall be equipped with a back-draft damper. Screens shall not be installed at the duct termination. Ducts shall not be connected or installed with sheet metal screws or other fasteners that will obstruct the exhaust flow. Clothes dryer ducts shall not be connected to a vent connector, vent or chimney.
          21. Portable heaters are not acceptable as a permanent source of heat but they may be used as a supplementary unit in one- and two-family dwelling units. No owner shall be held to be in violation of this UDO when an occupant is using a portable heater as a source of heat as long as the owner has complied with paragraph c. above.
        15. Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Detectors
          1. Every owner of a rental residential dwelling unit shall comply with G.S. 42-42 for smoke detectors and carbon monoxide detectors and shall install a smoke detector mounted on the ceiling or wall on every level, at a point centrally located in the corridor or area giving access to each group of rooms used for sleeping purposes and in common stairwells in each dwelling unit as provided in §5-2041 of the Raleigh City Code.
          2. Every owner of an existing residential dwelling shall comply with North Carolina Residential Code Section 313. In existing dwellings, where interior alterations, repairs, fuel-fired appliance replacements, or additions requiring a permit occurs, or where one or more sleeping rooms are added or created, carbon monoxide alarms shall be installed outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms as directed by the alarm manufacturer.
          3. The owner of every residential dwelling unit where a smoke detector is installed pursuant to §5-2041 shall maintain and insure that the smoke detector is kept in good working order at all times. If a battery-operated smoke detector is used, the batteries shall be replaced at least once per year.
        16. Kitchens and Bathrooms
          1. Kitchen and bathroom counter tops and cabinets shall be constructed and maintained so as to permit the counter top and cabinets to be easily kept clean and in a sanitary condition.
          2. Counter tops and cabinets shall be made or covered by a non-absorbent material and shall be free from rot, water damaged wood, and broken or decayed materials which would affect the integrity of the counter top or cabinet.
          3. All cabinet doors and drawers shall be operable and have functional hardware to allowed proper operation.
          4. Kitchen and bathroom sinks shall be properly secured and sealed to prevent leakage.
        17. Temporary Interruption of Service
          No owner, operator or occupant shall cause any service, facility, equipment or utility which is required under this chapter to be removed, shut off or disconnected from any occupied dwelling, except for such temporary interruption as may be necessary while actual repair or alterations are in process or during temporary emergencies when discontinuances of services are approved by the City.
      4. Space, Use and Location
        No person shall occupy or let to another for occupancy any dwelling or dwelling unit, for the purpose of living therein, which does not comply with the following requirements:
        1. Required Space in Dwelling Units
          1. Every dwelling unit shall comply with the following Schedule of Required Minimum Habitable Room Floor Area.
            Schedule of Required Minimum Habitable Room Floor Area
            Number of Persons Required Minimum Floor Area in Square Feet
            1 150
            2 260
            3 370
            4 480
            5 590
            6 700
            7 780
            8 850
            9 950
            10 1,050
            11 1,560
            12 1,670
            13 1,780
            14 1,890
            15 2,000
            16 and greater an additional 150 for each additional occupant
          2. A living or principal room is required and shall contain not less than 120 square feet, and any bedroom shall contain not less than 70 square feet each. The above floor areas shall be calculated only for habitable rooms.
          3. Each habitable room shall have at least 70 square feet, with the exception of kitchens.
        2. Height of Ceiling
          At least ½ of the floor area of every habitable room shall have a ceiling height of at least 7 feet; and the floor area of that part of any room where the ceiling height is less than 5 feet shall not be considered as part of the floor area in computing the total floor area of the room for the purpose of determining the maximum permissible occupancy thereof.
        3. Access to Bath and Bedrooms
          No dwelling or dwelling unit constructed after adoption of this chapter, containing 2 or more sleeping rooms, shall have such room arrangements that access to bathroom or toilet compartment intended for use by occupant of more than 1 sleeping room can be had only by going through another sleeping room; nor shall room arrangements be such that access to a sleeping room can be had only by going through another sleeping room or a bathroom or toilet compartment.
        4. Cellars
          No cellar space shall be used as a habitable room or dwelling unit, except in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 11.6.3.D.2. above and all of the requirements for basements set forth in Sec. 11.6.3.D.5. below.
        5. Basement
          No basement space shall be used as a habitable room or dwelling unit, unless:
          1. The floor and walls are impervious to leakage of underground and surface runoff water.
          2. The total window area in each room is equivalent to the minimum window area size as identified in Sec. 11.6.3.B.3.
          3. Such required minimum window area is located entirely above the grade of the ground adjoining such window area.
          4. The total of operable window area in such habitable room is equivalent to at least the minimum required under Sec. 11.6.3.B.3.
          5. Basements with habitable space and every sleeping room shall have at least 1 operable emergency escape and rescue window or exterior door opening for emergency escape and rescue.
        6. Access Limitation of Dwelling Units to Commercial Uses
          No habitable rooms, bathroom or toilet compartment which is accessory to a dwelling unit shall open directly into or shall be used in conjunction with any room used for commercial or public purposes.
        7. Rubbish Storage Facilities
          Every dwelling, multi-family dwelling and dwelling unit shall be supplied with approved containers and covers for storage of rubbish as required by Chapter 2, "Solid Waste Collection" of Part 7 of the Raleigh City Code, and the owner, operator or agent in control of such dwelling or multi-family dwelling shall be responsible for the removal of such rubbish.
        8. Garbage Storage or Disposal Facilities
          Every dwelling or multi-family dwelling and every dwelling unit shall be supplied with an approved garbage disposal facility as required by Chapter 2, "Solid Waste Collection," Part 7 of the Raleigh City Code.
      5. Minimum Standards for Rooming Houses or Bed and Breakfast Inns
        Every person who operates a rooming house or bed and breakfast inn or who occupies or lets to another for occupancy any rooming unit in any rooming house or bed and breakfast inn shall comply with all the provisions set forth within this Article, except as otherwise provided in this section.
        1. At least 1 toilet, lavatory basin, and bathtub or shower properly connected to an approved water and sewer system and in good working condition shall be supplied for each 3 rooms within a rooming house or bed and breakfast inn wherever the facilities are shared. Every lavatory basin and bathtub or shower shall be supplied with hot and cold water at all times. Such required facilities shall not be located in a cellar.
        2. Every toilet, lavatory basin and bathtub or shower required by paragraph 1. shall be located within the rooming house or bed and breakfast inn and within a room or rooms which afford privacy, with a door and lockable hardware, and are separate from the habitable rooms.
        3. Access for every toilet, lavatory basin and bathtub or shower required by paragraph 1. shall be not more than 1 story removed from any of the persons sharing such facilities and from a common hall and without going outside the rooming house or bed and breakfast inn. Access to every toilet, lavatory basin and bathtub or shower shall comply with Sec. 11.6.3.D.3.
        4. Every room occupied for sleeping purposes by 1 occupant shall contain at least 70 square feet of floor area, and every room occupied for sleeping purposes by more than 1 person shall contain at least 50 square feet of floor area for each occupant thereof. Access to every sleeping room shall comply with Sec. 11.6.3.D.3.
        5. The operator of every rooming house or bed and breakfast inn shall be responsible for the sanitary maintenance of all walls, floors, and ceilings, and for the sanitary maintenance of every other part of the rooming house or bed and breakfast inn; and he shall be further responsible for the sanitary maintenance of the entire premises where the entire structure or building within which the rooming house or bed and breakfast inn is contained is leased or occupied by the operator.
        6. Every rooming house or bed and breakfast inn owner shall provide a resident management. The resident manager's name and room number shall be placed on the primary entrance of the dwelling. The resident manager shall be required to maintain an up-to-date floor plan of the rooming house or bed and breakfast inn. This floor plan shall be posted in a conspicuous location.
        7. Every rooming house or bed and breakfast inn shall have a public telephone located within a central area of the dwelling.
        8. Every rooming house shall have a kitchen facility in compliance with Sec. 11.6.3.C.17.
        9. There shall be no living or principal room required.
        10. Every rooming house operator shall conform to the license requirements set forth in §12-2156 of the Raleigh City Code.

      Sec. 11.6.4. Responsibilities of Persons

      Sec. 11.6.4. Responsibilities of Persons aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:12

      Occupants of dwellings, multi-family dwellings, and dwelling units, and owners or operators of rooming houses shall be responsible for maintenance thereof as provided in this section.

      1. Responsibilities of Occupants
        1. Disposal of Rubbish
          Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall dispose of all rubbish in a clean and sanitary manner as required by this UDO and Chapter 2, Part 7 of the Raleigh City Code.
        2. Disposal of Garbage
          Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall dispose of garbage in a clean and sanitary manner by placing it in the garbage disposal facilities as required by Sec. 11.6.3.D. and Chapter 2, Part 7 of the Raleigh City Code.
        3. Use and Operation of Supplied Plumbing Fixtures
          Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall keep the supplied plumbing fixtures therein clean and sanitary and shall be responsible for the exercise of reasonable care in their proper use and operation.
        4. Installation and Care of Plumbing Fixtures Furnished by Occupant
          Every plumbing fixture furnished by the occupant of a dwelling unit shall be properly installed and shall be maintained in good working condition, kept clean and sanitary, and free of defects, leaks or obstructions.
        5. Extermination of Dwelling Units
          The occupants of a dwelling unit in a dwelling or multi-family dwelling shall be responsible for such extermination as when required by Sec. 11.6.4.B.2.d.
      2. Responsibilities of Property Owners
        1. Exterior Property Areas
          No person shall occupy as owner-occupant or let to another for occupancy any dwelling unit for the purpose of living therein, or premises, which does not comply with the following requirements:
          1. Sanitation
            All exterior property areas shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition free from any accumulation of rubbish or garbage.
          2. Grading and Drainage
            All premises shall be graded and maintained so as to prevent the accumulation of stagnant water thereon, or within any building or structure located thereon.
          3. Noxious Weeds
            All exterior property areas shall be kept free from species of weeds or plant growth which are noxious or detrimental to the public health.
          4. Insect and Rodent Harborage
            Every owner of a dwelling or multi-family dwelling shall be responsible for the extermination of insects, rodents, vermin or other pests in all exterior areas of the premises; except that the occupant shall be responsible for such extermination in the exterior areas of the premises of a single-family dwelling. Whenever infestation exists in the shared or public parts of the premises of the other than a single-family dwelling, extermination shall be the responsibility of the owner.
          5. Accessory Structures
            All accessory structures including detached garages shall be maintained structurally sound and in good repair.
        2. Interior Areas
          No person shall occupy as owner-occupant, or let to another for occupancy, any dwelling, multi-family dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, rooming unit or portion thereof, for the purpose of living therein which does not comply with the following requirements:
          1. Sanitation
            The interior of every dwelling and multi-family dwelling used for human habitation shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition free from any accumulation of rubbish or garbage. Rubbish, garbage, and other refuse shall be properly kept inside temporary storage facilities as required under Sec. 11.6.3.E.6. and Sec. 11.6.3.E.7.
          2. Insect and Rodent Harborage
            Buildings used for human habitation shall be kept free from insect and rodent infestation, and where insects or rodents are found they shall be promptly exterminated by acceptable processes which will not be injurious to human health.
          3. Extermination from Buildings
            Every owner of a dwelling or multi-family dwelling shall be responsible for the extermination of insects, rodents, vermin or other pests whenever infestation exists in two or more of the dwelling units, or in the shared or public parts of the structure.
          4. Extermination of Dwelling Units
            The occupants of a dwelling unit in a dwelling or multi-family dwelling shall be responsible for such extermination within the unit occupied by him whenever the occupants dwelling unit is the only unit in the building that is infested.
          5. Responsibility of Owner
            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, whenever infestation of rodents is caused by failure of the owner to maintain any dwelling or multi-family dwelling in a rodent-proof condition, extermination of such rodents shall be the responsibility of the owner.

      Sec. 11.6.5. Powers of Department

      Sec. 11.6.5. Powers of Department aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:13
      1. The City is hereby designated to exercise the powers.
      2. The City is authorized to exercise such powers as may be necessary or convenient to carry out and effectuate the purpose and provisions of this Article, including the following powers in addition to others herein granted:
        1. To investigate the dwelling conditions in the City in order to determine which dwellings therein are unfit for human habitation;
        2. To investigate the dwelling conditions in the City in order to determine which dwellings therein are unsafe;
        3. To administer oaths, affirmations, examine witnesses and receive evidence;
        4. To enter upon premises for the purpose of making examinations, provided such entries shall be made in such manner as to cause the least possible inconvenience to the persons in possession; and
        5. To appoint and fix the duties of such officers, agents and employees as he deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this Article, or to impose such duties upon the regularly appointed plumbing, environmental, heating and air conditioning, and electrical inspectors, as approved by the City.

      Sec. 11.6.6. Inspections

      Sec. 11.6.6. Inspections aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:13
      1. The inspector is hereby authorized and directed to make inspections to determine the condition of dwellings, dwelling units, rooming units and premises located within the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction in order that the inspector may perform the duty of safeguarding the health and safety of the occupants of dwellings and of the general public. Should the owner or occupant of any dwelling refuse to permit the inspector reasonable access, such inspector shall proceed to obtain a search warrant pursuant to G.S. 15-27.2.
      2. It shall be unlawful for any owner or the agent of any owner to occupy, rent or offer for occupancy or rent as a dwelling any structure or part thereof, upon which an order to repair, alter or improve, or to vacate and close, or to demolish, has been issued without said owner or agent receiving the authority to do so by the City after confirmation of the dwelling compliance with the Housing Code. If the dwelling is vacant as a result of prior inspector orders, the owner or agent must first file application for and secure a certificate of housing code compliance from the City. The City shall issue a certificate of housing code compliance when, after examination and inspection, it is found that the structure conforms to the provisions of this chapter. No fee shall be charged for the first inspection following the expiration of an order to repair, alter or improve, or to vacate and close, or to demolish a dwelling in order to ascertain compliance with inspection orders or for one inspection request following the issuance of an order to repair, alter or improve, or one inspection due to a request for inspection in order to obtain a certificate of housing compliance. For each inspection in excess of this, there shall be a charge of $60.00.
      3. The following conditions are necessary for the issuance of a certificate of housing code compliance:
        1. The owner or authorized agent of any dwelling unit vacated after an order to repair or vacate and close has been issued shall apply to the City for a certificate of housing code compliance prior to the dwelling unit being reoccupied.
        2. After the repairs have been completed the property owner or agent shall make application for a certificate of housing code compliance. The City shall cause an inspection to be made of the dwelling unit specified in the application.
        3. If after examination and inspection the dwelling unit is found to conform to the provisions of this Chapter 11, a certificate of housing code compliance shall be issued to the owner of the dwelling unit.
        4. If after examination and inspection the dwelling is not found to conform to the provisions of this Chapter 11, the owner of the dwelling unit shall be provided a list of violations that must be corrected before a certificate of housing code compliance may be issued or the dwelling unit occupied.
        5. The certificate of housing code compliance shall state:
          1. The date of issue.
          2. The address of the dwelling or dwelling unit.
          3. The name of the person to whom it is issued.
          4. The certification that the dwelling or dwelling unit complies with all applicable provisions of this Chapter 11.

      Sec. 11.6.7. Abatement; Hearing on Charges; Filing; Petition and Charges; Investigation; Time and Conduct of Hearing

      Sec. 11.6.7. Abatement; Hearing on Charges; Filing; Petition and Charges; Investigation; Time and Conduct of Hearing aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:14

      Whenever a petition is filed with the inspector charging that any dwelling is unfit for human habitation or whenever it appears to the inspector (on his own motion) that any dwelling is unfit for human habitation, the inspector shall, if his preliminary investigation discloses a basis for such charges, issue and cause to be served upon the owner of and parties having an interest in such dwelling including lien holders and tenants, if any, as the same may be determined by reasonable diligence, a complaint setting forth the charges, The complaint shall contain a notice that a hearing will be held before the inspector (or his designated agent) at a place within the County in which the property is located therein fixed not less than 10 days nor more than 30 days after the serving of such complaint; that the owner and parties in interest shall be given a right to file an answer and to give testimony at the place and time fixed in the complaint; and that the rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or equity shall not be controlling in hearings before the inspector.

      Sec. 11.6.8. Service of Order, Contents

      Sec. 11.6.8. Service of Order, Contents aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:14

      If after notice and hearing, the inspector determines that the dwelling is unfit for human habitation pursuant to the minimum housing code standards of Sec. 11.6.3., he shall state, in writing, his findings of fact in support of such determination and shall issue and cause to be served upon the owner other parties having an interest in the dwelling, an order stating the following:

      1. If the repair, alteration or improvement of the dwelling can be made at a reasonable cost in relation to the value of the dwelling, not to exceed 50 percent of the value, requiring the owner within the time specified, to repair, alter or improve such dwelling to render it fit for human habitation or vacate and close the dwelling as a human habitation; or
      2. If the repair, alteration or improvement of the dwelling cannot be made at a reasonable cost in relation to the value of the dwelling, not to exceed 50 percent of the value, requiring the owner, within the time specified in any event and not less than 90 days, to repair, alter or improve such dwelling to render it fit for human habitation, or remove or demolish such dwelling.
      3. Dwellings ordered vacated and closed shall have all outer doors firmly locked and basement, cellar and first-story windows barred or boarded to prevent entry, and shall not again be used for human habitation until a Certificate of Housing Code Compliance has been issued pursuant to Sec. 11.6.6.C.
      4. If the owner has vacated and closed a dwelling pursuant to an order issued by the inspector as provided in Sec. 11.6.8.A., or if a dwelling is vacated and closed by the owner by the order of an ordinance adopted by Council and remains vacated and closed for a period of 1 year pursuant to the order or ordinance; and if the Council shall find that the owner has abandoned the intent and purpose to repair, alter or improve the dwelling in order to render it fit for human habitation and that the continuation of the dwelling in its vacated and closed status would be inimical to the health, safety, morals and welfare of the municipality in that the dwelling would continue to deteriorate, would create a fire and safety hazard, would be a threat to children and vagrants, would attract persons intent on criminal activities, would cause or contribute to blight and the deterioration of property values in the area, and would render unavailable property and a dwelling which might otherwise have been made available to ease the persistent shortage of decent and affordable housing in this State; then in such circumstances, after the expiration of such 1-year period, the Council may enact an ordinance and serve such ordinance upon the owner, requiring that the owner either:
        1. Repair or demolish and remove the dwelling within 90 days, if the repair necessary to render the dwelling fit for human habitation would cost less than 50 percent of the present value of the dwelling; or
        2. Demolish and remove the dwelling within 90 days if the repair necessary to render the dwelling fit for human habitation would cost in excess of 50 percent of the present value of the dwelling. Such order shall be recorded in the Register of Deeds of Wake County and shall be indexed in the name of the property owner in the grantor index. If the owner fails to comply with this order within the time fixed by such order, then the City shall cause such dwelling to be repaired or demolished and removed pursuant to said order. The cost of such repairs, alterations, improvements, or demolition and removal shall be a lien on the property as prescribed in Sec. 11.6.14.
      5. Whenever a determination is made pursuant to this Article that a dwelling must be vacated and closed, or removed, or demolished, notice of the order shall be given by first class mail to any organization involved in providing or restoring dwellings for affordable housing that has filed a written request with the City for such notices. No removal or demolition by action of the public officer shall occur until a minimum of 45 days has elapsed from the mailing of such notice.

      Sec. 11.6.9. Methods of Service

      Sec. 11.6.9. Methods of Service aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:15
      1. Complaints or orders issued by an inspector shall be served upon persons either personally or by registered or certified mail. When service is made by registered or certified mail, a copy of the complaint or order may also be sent by regular mail. Service shall be deemed sufficient if the registered or certified mail is unclaimed or refused, but the regular mail is not returned by the post office within 10 days after the mailing. If regular mail is used, a notice of the pending proceedings shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises affected.
      2. If the identities of any owners or whereabouts of persons are unknown and the same cannot be ascertained by the inspector in the exercise of reasonable diligence, or if the owners are known but have refused to accept service by registered or certified mail, the inspector shall make an affidavit to that effect, stating the steps taken to determine and locate the persons in interest, then the serving of such complaint or order upon such owners or persons may be made by publication in a newspaper having general circulation in the City at least once no later than the time at which personal service would be required under Sec. 11.6.7. Where such service is by publication, a notice of the pending proceedings shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises thereby affected.

      Sec. 11.6.10. Lis Pendens

      Sec. 11.6.10. Lis Pendens aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:16
      1. After an inspector issues a complaint containing a notice of hearing or issues an order pursuant thereto, any inspector shall file a notice of lis pendens with the Clerk of Superior Court of the county where the property is located. A copy of the complaint containing a notice of hearing or a copy of the order shall be attached to the lis pendens. When the lis pendens is filed with the Clerk, it shall also be served on the owners and parties in interest in the building or dwelling, including any lienholders and tenants who may be determined by the exercise of reasonable diligence.
      2. Any inspector may cancel the lis pendens upon a determination by that inspector that the property fully complies with the Minimum Housing Code, and Article 11.6 of this UDO. Cancellation of the lis pendens must be made in a writing signed by the inspector and filed with the Clerk of Court.

      Sec. 11.6.11. Board of Adjustment to Hear Appeals

      Sec. 11.6.11. Board of Adjustment to Hear Appeals aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:16

      An appeal from any decision or order of the inspector pursuant to this Article may be made by the person aggrieved thereby or by any officer, board or commission of the City. Any such appeal shall be made to the Board of Adjustment and governed by the procedures set forth in G.S. §160D-1208.

      Sec. 11.6.12. Placarding Premises

      Sec. 11.6.12. Placarding Premises aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:17

      If the owner fails to comply with an order to repair, alter or improve or to vacate and close the dwelling, the City may cause such dwelling to be repaired, altered or improved or to be vacated and closed; the City may cause to be posted on the main entrance of any dwelling so closed, a placard with the following words: "This building is unfit for human habitation; the use or occupation of this building for human habitation is prohibited and unlawful." The removal of such placard when posted pursuant hereto shall be unlawful.

      Sec. 11.6.13. Approval by Governing Body of Removal or Demolition of Dwelling

      Sec. 11.6.13. Approval by Governing Body of Removal or Demolition of Dwelling aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:17

      If the owner fails to comply with an order to remove or demolish a dwelling, the City may cause such dwelling to be removed or demolished. Provided that placarding of the premises as set forth in Sec. 11.6.12. shall not be exercised until the Council shall have by ordinance found the property to be unfit for human habitation and which property or properties were so found described in the ordinance. Such ordinance shall be recorded in Register of Deeds of Wake County and shall be indexed in the name of the property owner in the grantor index.

      Sec. 11.6.14. Lien On Premises for Costs; Sale of Materials, etc.

      Sec. 11.6.14. Lien On Premises for Costs; Sale of Materials, etc. aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:17
      1. The amount of the cost of repairs, alterations or improvements to the property; vacating and closing of the property; or removal or demolition of the property by the City of Raleigh shall be a lien against the real property upon which such costs were incurred.
      2. Any lien filed pursuant to this section shall have the same priority and be collected as set forth in G.S. 160A-216 et seq.
      3. If the dwelling is removed or demolished by the City of Raleigh, the materials of the dwelling and any personal property, fixtures or appurtenances found in or attached to the dwelling shall be sold and the proceeds of the sale shall be credited against the cost of the removal or demolition. Any balance remaining after the sale shall be deposited with the Superior Court and shall be secured in such manner as may be directed by the court and shall be disbursed by the court to the persons found to be entitled to the proceeds thereof as established by order or decree of the court.
      4. Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to impair or limit in any way the power of the City to define and declare nuisances and to cause their removal or abatement by any method authorized by this UDO, the Code or the laws of the State of North Carolina.

      Sec. 11.6.15. Alternate Remedies

      Sec. 11.6.15. Alternate Remedies aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:18

      If any dwelling is erected, constructed, altered, repaired, converted, maintained or used in violation of this chapter or of any ordinance or code adopted or any valid order or decision of the City or board made pursuant to any ordinance or code adopted, the City or board may institute any appropriate action or proceedings to prevent such unlawful erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration or use, to restrain, correct or abate such violation, to prevent the occupancy of the dwelling, or to prevent any illegal act, conduct or use in or about the premises of the dwelling.

      Sec. 11.6.16. Penalty

      Sec. 11.6.16. Penalty aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:18
      1. It shall be unlawful for the owner to occupy or to permit the occupancy by others or for anyone to occupy a dwelling which has been posted with the notices authorized by Sec. 11.6.12. after the time prescribed in the notice for the vacation of said dwelling. Each day's occupancy after said date shall be a separate and distinct offense.
      2. If any person shall violate any provision of this chapter, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished as provided by law.
      3. Any owner of a dwelling who fails to comply with an order to repair, vacate and close or demolish any dwelling determined to be unfit for human habitation pursuant to the provisions contained in Sec. 11.6.7.and Sec. 11.6.8., or who permits the reoccupancy of an unfit dwelling in violation of Sec. 11.6.6. shall be subject to a civil penalty of $500.00 for the first day following the expiration of an order to repair, vacate and close or demolish any dwelling or following a determination that an unfit dwelling has been reoccupied in violation of Sec. 11.6.6.B. In each instance, a penalty of $100.00 per day shall be imposed for each subsequent day that the unfit dwelling remains in violation of an order issued pursuant to Sec. 11.6.7. and Sec. 11.6.8. or in violation of Sec. 11.6.6.B. If a person fails to pay the civil penalty within 30 days after being notified of the amount due, the City may recover the penalty together with all costs by filing a civil action in the general court of justice in the nature of a suit to collect a debt.
      4. Any owner of a dwelling whose property shall be subject to an order to repair, vacate and close, or demolish said dwelling or who permits the reoccupancy of an unfit dwelling as provided in subsection (c) shall on the second offense occurring within 1 year be subject to an additional civil penalty of $1,000.00 for the first day following the expiration of the order to repair, vacate and close or demolish said dwelling or the unlawful re-occupancy of the unfit dwelling. In each instance, a penalty of $250.00 per day shall be imposed for each subsequent day that the unfit dwelling remains in violation of the order or remains unlawfully occupied. If a person fails to pay the civil penalty within 30 days after being notified of the amount due, the City may recover the penalty together with all costs by filing a civil action in the general court of justice in the nature of a suit to collect a debt.
      5. Any owner of a dwelling who fails to comply with an order to repair, vacate and close or demolish any dwelling determined unfit for human habitation pursuant to the provisions contained in Sec. 11.6.12. and Sec. 11.6.13. shall be subject to an additional civil penalty of $1,000.00 for the first day following the effective date of a City Council Ordinance declaring said dwelling to be unfit for human habitation or ordering it to be repaired or demolished. In each instance, a penalty of $250.00 per day shall be imposed for each subsequent day that the unfit dwelling remains in violation of the Ordinance or remains unlawfully occupied. If a person fails to pay the civil penalty within 30 days after being notified of the amount due, the City may recover the penalty together with all costs by filing a civil action in the general court of justice in the nature of a suit to collect a debt.

      Sec. 11.6.17. Administrative Fee

      Sec. 11.6.17. Administrative Fee aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:19

      In addition to any other charge, any owner of a dwelling, dwelling unit or rooming unit located within the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction shall be subject to an administrative fee of $325.00 upon an inspection hearing disclosing violations of minimum housing code standards Sec. 11.6.3. In addition to any other charge, any owner of a dwelling, dwelling unit or rooming unit located within the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction shall be subject to an administrative fee of $650.00 upon any additional inspection hearing disclosing violations of minimum housing code standards Sec. 11.6.3. within the same 12-month period. The property owner may also be assessed any costs incurred in obtaining service including legal publication of notice of complaint charges, hearing notice and findings of fact and orders related to the dwelling.

      Article 11.7. Manufactured Homes

      Article 11.7. Manufactured Homes aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:43

      Sec. 11.7.1. Inspection of Manufactured Homes Certificate Required

      Sec. 11.7.1. Inspection of Manufactured Homes Certificate Required aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:20
      1. All manufactured homes manufactured after September 1, 1971, shall bear permanently attached thereto a label attesting to compliance with the provisions of G.S. 143-149.
      2. The Development Services Department shall inspect each manufactured home to determine whether the manufactured home complies with this section. Such inspection shall be as follows:
        1. Manufactured Home
          The inspector shall inspect each manufactured home for physical damage and determine that conditions of health and sanitation are met. Each manufactured home shall comply with Title 11, Chapter 8, §.0900, et seq. of the North Carolina Administrative Code.
        2. Electrical
          Upon receipt of a certificate signed by a licensed electrician representing a licensed electrical contractor, certifying that the electrical system is properly grounded and free of short circuits, the inspector shall verify that the matters stated in the certificate are true.
        3. Plumbing
          The inspector shall inspect the plumbing of each manufactured home to assure that the plumbing is in a satisfactory working condition. As permitted by visual inspection, without the removal of walls, flooring, ceiling, or roofing, the inspector shall be satisfied that all plumbing fixtures are trapped and vented.
      3. The certificate required by subsection B.2., above shall contain the license number of the electrical contractor and shall be deemed to be in compliance with said requirement if said certificate, upon identifying the manufactured home, contains language substantially as follows:
        "This is to certify that the described unit has been properly grounded and is free of short circuits. The circuitry has been rung out with a meggar and it has been found to ring clear."
      4. All manufactured homes shall be erected or installed in accordance with the
        Set-Up and Installation Standards adopted by the North Carolina Commissioner of Insurance. All manufactured homes shall be connected to the appropriate utilities as approved by the City of Raleigh.

      Sec. 11.7.2. Permit Requirements in Special Flood Hazard Areas

      Sec. 11.7.2. Permit Requirements in Special Flood Hazard Areas aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:20

      No building permits shall be issued for the placement, replacement, or substantial improvement, as defined in Part 12 of this UDO, of manufactured homes, foundations, stands, or pads which are located or to be located in special flood hazard areas, delineated as provided in Article 9.3. Special Flood Hazard Area Regulations, unless:

      1. The provisions of Sec. 11.4.6. are met;
      2. Load-bearing foundation supports such as piers or pilings when used must be placed on stable soil or concrete footings no more than 10 feet apart, and when foundation supports are more than 6 feet above ground level, the support must contain steel reinforcement; and
      3. Over-the-top and frame ties to ground anchors resist flotation, collapse, or lateral movement. Specifically:
        1. Over-the-top ties are provided at each of the 4 corners of the manufactured home, with 2 additional ties per side at intermediate locations; and 1 additional tie per side for manufactured homes less than 50 feet long;
        2. Frame ties are provided at each corner of the manufactured home with 5 additional ties per side at intermediate locations, and 4 additional ties per side for manufactured homes less than 50 feet long; and
        3. All components of the anchoring system are capable of carrying a force of 4,800 pounds.

      Article 11.8. Demolition by Neglect of Historic Landmarks and Structures Within Historic Overlay Districts

      Article 11.8. Demolition by Neglect of Historic Landmarks and Structures Within Historic Overlay Districts aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:43

      Sec. 11.8.1. Applicability

      Sec. 11.8.1. Applicability aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:21
      1. The purpose of this section is to prevent the gradual deterioration of historic resources due to a failure to provide normal and customary maintenance such that the unique attributes and character of the resource or historic district might be lost due to decay, deterioration or structural defects.
      2. The exterior features of any building or structure (including walls, fences, light fixtures, steps, pavement, paths, or any other appurtenant feature), or any type of outdoor advertising sign either designated as a Historic Landmark or found to be a contributing resource to the Historic Overlay District shall be preserved by the property owner against decay and deterioration and kept free from structural defects. For purposes of this section, the term “property owner” shall include such other person who may have interest, legal possession, custody, and/or control of the property
      3. Only Historic Landmarks and contributing resources to Historic Overlay Districts shall be governed by this section.
      4. Only the Raleigh Historic Development Commission may file a petition alleging Demolition by Neglect to a contributing Historic Resource.
      5. Petitions alleging Demolition by Neglect shall be filed and considered in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
      6. Nothing contained within this Article shall diminish the City's power to declare an unsafe building or a violation of the minimum housing code.

      Sec. 11.8.2. Petition and Action

      Sec. 11.8.2. Petition and Action aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:27
      1. Filing of Petition
        1. Petitions charging that a structure is undergoing demolition by neglect shall be filed with the City.
        2. The Historic Development Commission may file a petition on its own initiative.
        3. Any official, commission, or department of the City of Raleigh, any state agency, or any local or state historical, preservation, neighborhood, or business association may request in writing to the Historic Development Commission that it make a preliminary investigation of a structure to determine whether a basis exists for a determination of demolition by neglect.
        4. The Historic Development Commission shall complete an investigation and notify the requestor in writing within 60 days the results of its preliminary investigation. The commission is under no obligation to file a petition on any structure. Should the commission determine that a petition is warranted, the commission shall prepare and file such petition within 90 days of its notification to the requestor.
        5. Petitions shall be filed in a format determined by the Historic Development Commission to clearly describe and illustrate the specific defects citing in each instance the specific standard or standards (as outlined in Sec. 11.8.5.) being violated.
        6. A petition alleging demolition by neglect may not be filed for the same property more frequently than once every 2 years.
      2. Methods of Service
        1. Complaints, notices, or orders issued by the Director shall be served upon property owners either personally or by registered or certified mail.
        2. If the whereabouts of such persons are unknown and the same cannot be ascertained by the Director in the exercise of reasonable diligence, and the Director shall make an affidavit to that effect stating the steps taken to determine and locate the property owners, then the serving of such complaint, notice, or order may be made by publishing the same once each week for 2 successive weeks in a newspaper generally circulated within the City. Where such service is by publication, a notice of the pending proceedings shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises thereby affected.
      3. Hearing on Petition
        1. Whenever a petition is filed with the City charging that a structure is undergoing demolition by neglect, the Director shall make a preliminary investigation of the charges within 21 days of the filing of the petition.
        2. If after preliminary investigation the Director determines that the charges in the aggregate do not rise to the applicability of Sec. 11.8.1.A. and Sec. 11.8.1.B., the Director shall provide written notification to the Historic Development Commission outlining in general terms the reasons for not applying the provisions of this section. The petition shall be returned to the Historic Development Commission.
        3. If the investigation discloses a basis for such charges, within 14 additional days the Director shall issue and cause to be served upon the property owners, as may be determined by reasonable diligence, a complaint stating the charges in that respect, including a copy of the petition and this section of the UDO. The complaint shall contain a notice that a hearing will be held before the Director at a place fixed not less than 30 nor more than 45 days after the serving of such complaint; that the property owners shall be given a right to give testimony at the place and time fixed in the complaint; and that the rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or equity shall not be controlling in hearings before the Director. The Historic Development Commission shall also be given notice of the hearing.
        4. The purpose of the hearing is to receive evidence concerning the charge of deterioration and to ascertain whether the property owner wishes to make a claim of undue economic hardship.
      4. Action on Petition
        1. If after notice and hearing the Director determines that the structure is not undergoing demolition by neglect according to the applicability of Sec. 11.8.1.A. and Sec. 11.8.1.B. as judged by the standards of Sec. 11.8.5., the Director shall within 30 days of the hearing state in writing the findings of fact for not applying the provisions of this section. The written findings and conclusion shall be sent to the property owners and the Historic Development Commission. The petition shall be returned to the Historic Development Commission.
        2. If after notice and hearing the Director determines that the structure is undergoing demolition by neglect because it is deteriorating, or if its condition is contributing to deterioration, according to the applicability of Sec. 11.8.1.A. and Sec. 11.8.1.B. as judged by the standards of Sec. 11.8.5., the Director shall within 30 days of the hearing state in writing the findings of fact in support of such determination and shall issue and cause to be served upon the property owners an order to repair within a reasonable time specified those elements of the structure that are deteriorating, contributing to deterioration, or deteriorated. A copy of the order shall also be sent to the Historic Development Commission.
        3. In the event that the property owners wish to make a claim of undue economic hardship, the Director's order shall be stayed until after the Hardship Review Panel's determination in accordance with the procedures of Sec. 11.8.3., except as provided in Sec. 11.8.4.B.

      Sec. 11.8.3. Safeguards from Undue Economic Hardship

      Sec. 11.8.3. Safeguards from Undue Economic Hardship aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:27
      1. Claim of Undue Economic Hardship
        1. When the property owners believe that they will be unable to obtain a reasonable return on or a reasonable beneficial use from the property owing to the effects of this section, written notice of intent to file a claim of Undue Economic Hardship must be sent to the City postmarked within 10 days following the hearing on the petition, unless oral notice of intent is made to the City during the hearing. The City shall notify the Historic Development Commission within 3 days following receipt of a written notice of intent.
        2. The Economic Documentation outlined in Sec. 11.8.3.C. shall be provided by the claimant to the City within 45 days following the hearing on the petition for transmittal to the Hardship Review Panel.
        3. Under this section, the claimant for economic hardship and the City, the Historic Development Commission, the Hardship Review Panel, and any interested party shall consult in good faith in a diligent effort to seek an alternative that will result in preservation of the property. Such efforts shall be documented by the claimant and presented at the hearings described in Sec. 11.8.3.B.
      2. Hardship Review Panel
        1. A Hardship Review Panel shall be established to analyze documentation submitted in support of claims of undue economic hardship. The panel shall prepare a report of its determination whether the evidence supports a conclusion that the property owners will be unable to obtain a reasonable return on or a reasonable beneficial use from the property owing to the effects of this section. If in the panel’s opinion a hardship exists, the report may also offer recommendations for relief of the economic hardship.
        2. The City shall coordinate the selection of an ad hoc review panel. The panel shall be comprised of real estate and redevelopment experts knowledgeable in real estate economics in general, and more specifically, in the economics of renovation, redevelopment and other aspects of rehabilitation.
        3. The panel shall consist of 3 persons. Two of the persons shall be selected within 30 days of the hearing on the petition – one by the Historic Development Commission and one by the claimant. The third person shall be selected by the first 2 appointees. The City and the claimant shall bear the cost of their respective selectees and shall split the cost of the third person. If the first 2 appointees cannot agree on a third person within 45 days of the date of the hearing on the petition, the third appointee shall be selected by the City within 5 days after the expiration of the 45-day period. Members of the review panel may not be:
          1. A person with financial interest in the property;
          2. An employee of or paid consultant to the claimant, the City, or the Historic Development Commission; or
          3. A person that has generated or been involved with any of the economic documentation outlined in Sec. 11.8.3.C.
        4. The City shall provide the Hardship Review Panel with the Economic Documentation provided by the claimant within 5 days of the panel’s formation or when the documentation is received, whichever occurs later.
        5. Within 90 days of the hearing on the petition for Demolition by Neglect, the Hardship Review Panel shall review the Economic Documentation, hold a hardship hearing, and forward its findings and determination to the City.
          1. The City shall provide notice that a hardship hearing will be held before the panel at a place fixed not less than 30 nor more than 45 days after the panel is formed; that the property owners shall be given a right to give testimony at the place and time fixed in the complaint; and that the rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or equity shall not be controlling in hearings before the Hardship Review Panel. The Historic Development Commission shall also be given notice of the hearing.
          2. The panel shall hold its initial meeting to review the claimant’s submitted Economic Documentation within 10 days of when the panel is formed. The panel may at any time request any additional information as set forth in Sec. 11.8.3.C.
          3. The purpose of the hardship hearing is to review the claimant’s submitted Economic Documentation, receive additional evidence concerning the claim of undue economic hardship, and to ascertain whether additional economic documentation is required.
          4. Following the Hardship Review Panel’s hearing on the claim, the panel shall consider all information received and cause to be made a determination of undue or no undue economic hardship. The panel shall prepare a written report of its determination that shall include findings of fact for such determination.
          5. If in the panel’s opinion a hardship exists, the panel’s report shall establish a monetary value of capital expenditure on the property that the panel believes would yield a return on the investment without economic hardship. If the panel believes the property cannot support any capital expenditure, it shall so state. The panel may also offer recommendations for relief of the economic hardship.
        6. The determination of the Hardship Review Panel shall be final, subject to appeal as noted in Sec. 11.8.4.B.
      3. Economic Documentation
        1. When a claim of undue economic hardship is made owing to the effects of this Article, the property owners must provide evidence describing the circumstances of hardship. The minimum evidence provided by the property owners shall include for all property:
          1. The property owner's knowledge of the landmark or historic overlay designation at the time of acquisition, or whether the property was designated subsequent to acquisition;
          2. Form of ownership or operation of the property (sole proprietorship, for-profit corporation or non-profit corporation, limited partnership, joint venture, etc.) or legal possession, custody, and control;
          3. Amount paid for the property, date of purchase, and party from whom purchased, including a description of the relationship between the owner and the person from whom the property was purchased, or other means of acquisition of title, such as by gift or inheritance, and any terms of financing between buyer and seller;
          4. The annual gross and net income, if any, from the property for the previous 3 years;
          5. Itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous 3 years, including proof that adequate and competent management procedures were followed;
          6. Past capital expenditures during ownership of current owner;
          7. Depreciation deduction and annual cash flow before and after debt service, if any, for the previous 3 years;
          8. Remaining balance on any mortgage or other financing secured by the property and annual debt service, if any, during the previous 3 years;
          9. Real estate taxes for the previous 3 years and assessed value of the property according to the 2 most recent Wake County assessed valuations;
          10. All appraisals obtained within the previous 3 years by the owner or applicant in connection with the purchase, financing or ownership of the property;
          11. Any state or federal income tax returns on or relating to the property for the previous 3 years;
          12. Any listing of the property for sale or lease within the previous 3 years, price asked and any offers received, the name of the any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property, and any advertisements placed for the sale or rent of the property;
          13. A report from a licensed engineer or architect with experience in rehabilitation as to the structural soundness of any structures on the property and their suitability for rehabilitation;
          14. An estimate of the cost of the required construction, alteration, repair, demolition, or removal required by the order;
          15. The estimated market value of the property in its current condition and such value after completion of the required construction, alteration, repair, or removals;
          16. A report from an architect, developer, real estate consultant, appraiser, or other professional experienced in rehabilitation as to the economic feasibility of rehabilitation or reuse of the existing structure on the property;
          17. An analysis of common costs expended in both rehabilitation and comparable new construction immaterial to which type of project is undertaken;
          18. Economic incentives and/or funding available to the applicant through federal, state, city, or private programs.
        2. The review panel may receive and consider studies and economic analyses from other city agencies and from private organizations relating to the property in question.
        3. The review panel may require that the property owners furnish such additional information that is relevant to its determination of undue economic hardship. The review panel may request the City to furnish additional information as it believes is relevant. The review panel shall also state which forms of financial proof it deems relevant and necessary to a particular case.
        4. In the event that any of the required information is not reasonably available to the property owners or the City and cannot be obtained by the owner or the City, the owner or City shall describe the reasons why such information cannot be obtained.
      4. Action on Hardship Review Panel’s Determination
        1. The City shall provide a copy of the Hardship Panel’s report to the property owner and to the Historic Development Commission.
        2. In the event of a determination of no undue economic hardship, the City shall cause to be re-issued the stayed order for such property to be repaired within the time specified.
        3. In the event of a determination that undue economic hardship would result from an order to repair, the Historic Development Commission shall within 60 days of its receipt of the report prepare a Plan for Relief of Economic Hardship.
        4. Should the Historic Development Commission fail to act within 60 days of its receipt of the report, the City shall rescind the order for repair and return the petition to the Historic Development Commission.
      5. Plan for Relief of Economic Hardship
        1. In the event of a determination of undue economic hardship, the Historic Development Commission shall develop a plan to relieve the economic hardship. This plan may include, but is not limited to,
          1. Capital expenditure by the property owner,
          2. Property tax relief as may be allowed under North Carolina law,
          3. Loans or grants from the City, the County, or other public, private, or nonprofit sources,
          4. Acquisition by purchase or eminent domain,
          5. Building code modifications,
          6. Changes in applicable zoning regulations, or
          7. Relaxation of the provisions of this section sufficient to mitigate the undue economic hardship.
        2. The Commission shall give precedence to recommendations for relief of hardship contained in the report of the Hardship Review Panel, if any; the plan should include the Commission’s rationale for not incorporating any Panel recommendations into the Commission’s plan. The plan should also include a statement documenting good faith consultation as outlined in Sec. 11.8.3.A.3.
        3. The Commission’s plan shall utilize the Hardship Review Panel’s estimation of monetary value of capital expenditure outlined in Sec. 11.8.3.B.5.e. (if any) as a budget figure to recommend prioritized repairs that shall to the greatest extent possible stabilize the effects of deterioration upon the property.
        4. The Commission shall report its plan to the City. The City shall provide notice that a hearing will be held before the Director at a place fixed not less than 10 nor more than 25 days after the report is received; that the property owners, the Historic Development Commission, and the Hardship Review Panel shall be given a right to give testimony; and that the rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or equity shall not be controlling in hearings before the Director. The Historic Development Commission and Hardship Review Panel shall also be given notice of the hearing.
        5. Following the hearing, City shall either approve the Plan or refer it to the Historic Development Commission for amendment. Referrals for amendment shall specify items to be amended. The amended report shall be returned to the City by the Historic Development Commission within 15 days. Upon receipt of the approved or amended Plan, the City shall cause to be re-issued the stayed order for such property to be repaired within the time specified, and according to the provisions of the approved plan.

      Sec. 11.8.4. Appeals

      Sec. 11.8.4. Appeals aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:28
      1. Determination of Demolition by Neglect
        Determinations made by the Planning Director may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment. To perfect such an appeal, application must be filed by an aggrieved party with the Board of Adjustment within 10 days following receipt of the order for repair of the property. Appeals shall be in the nature of certiorari.
      2. Determination of Undue Economic Hardship
        Determinations made by the Hardship Review Panel and the Plan for Relief of Economic Hardship prepared by the Historic Development Commission may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment. To perfect such an appeal, application must be filed by an aggrieved party with the Board of Adjustment within 10 days following receipt of the determination or the order for repair of the property. Appeals shall be in the nature of certiorari.

      Sec. 11.8.5. Standards

      Sec. 11.8.5. Standards aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:29
      1. Determination of Demolition by Neglect
        The property owners shall, upon written request by the City, repair such exterior features if they are found to be deteriorating, or if their condition is contributing to deterioration, including but not limited to any of the following defects:
        1. Deterioration of exterior walls, foundations, or other vertical support that causes leaning, sagging, splitting, listing, or buckling.
        2. Deterioration of flooring or floor supports, roofs, or other horizontal members that causes leaning, sagging, splitting, listing, or buckling.
        3. Deterioration of external chimneys that causes leaning, sagging, splitting, listing, or buckling.
        4. Deterioration or crumbling of exterior plasters or mortars.
        5. Ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roofs, and foundations, including broken windows or doors.
        6. Defective protection or lack of weather protection for exterior wall and roof coverings, including lack of paint, or weathering due to lack of paint or other protective covering.
        7. Rotting, holes, and other forms of decay.
        8. Deterioration of exterior stairs, porches, handrails, window and door frames, cornices, entablatures, wall facings, and architectural details that causes delamination, instability, loss of shape and form, or crumbling.
        9. Heaving, subsidence, or cracking of sidewalks, steps, or pathways.
        10. Deterioration of fences, gates, and accessory structures.
        11. Deterioration that has a detrimental effect upon the special character of the district as a whole or the unique attributes and character of the Historic Landmark.
        12. Deterioration of any exterior feature so as to create or permit the creation of any hazardous or unsafe conditions to life, health, or other property.
      2. Determination of Undue Economic Hardship
        1. The determination of undue economic hardship is based solely on the characteristics of the property, independent of the owner or ownership.
        2. When a claim of undue economic hardship is made, the burden of proof is upon the owner and/or parties in interest to demonstrate that:
          1. The hardship is not of their own making; and
          2. The property is incapable of providing a reasonable return on investment, regardless of whether that return represents the most profitable return possible, or the property is incapable of providing a reasonably beneficial use; and
          3. The property cannot be adapted for any other use, whether by the current owner or by a purchaser, which would result in a reasonable return or beneficial use; and
          4. Efforts to find a purchaser interested in acquiring the property and preserving it have failed.

      Article 11.9. Nonresidential Building or Structure Code

      Article 11.9. Nonresidential Building or Structure Code aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:44

      Sec. 11.9.1. Title

      Sec. 11.9.1. Title aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:32

      This Article shall be known and may be cited and referred to as the "Nonresidential Building or Structure Code".

      Sec. 11.9.2. Purpose

      Sec. 11.9.2. Purpose aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:34

      In order to protect the health, safety and welfare of the City and its citizens, it is the purpose of this Article to establish minimum standards of maintenance, sanitation, and safety relating to nonresidential buildings or structures, as expressly authorized by North Carolina General Statute §160D-1129. This Article provides for the repair, closing or demolition of nonresidential buildings or structures as a result of a public necessity caused by conditions that are dangerous to the public health, safety and welfare.

      Sec. 11.9.3. Definitions

      Sec. 11.9.3. Definitions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:34

      The following definitions shall apply in the interpretation and enforcement of this Article:

      1. "Basic structural elements" means the parts of a building which provide the principal strength, stability, integrity, shape and safety of the building, including, but not limited to plates, studs, joists, rafters, stringers, stairs, sub-flooring, flooring, sheathing, lathing, roofing, siding, window frames, door frames, porches, railings, eaves, chimneys, flashing, masonry and all other essential components.
      2. "Nonresidential" means any building or structure or portion of a building or structure occupied or intended to be occupied, in whole or in part, for a use other than a dwelling, home, residing place, living space or sleeping space for one or more human beings, either permanently or transiently.
      3. "Operator" shall mean any person who has charge, care, or control of a nonresidential building or structure, or part thereof."
      4. Parties in interest" means all individuals, associations, and corporations who have interests of record in a nonresidential building or structure and any who are in possession thereof.
      5. "Vacant manufacturing facility" means any building or structure previously used for the lawful production or manufacturing of goods, which has not been used for that purpose for at least 1 year and has not been converted to another use.
      6. "Vacant industrial warehouse" means any building or structure designed for the storage of goods or equipment in connection with manufacturing processes which has not been used for that purpose for at least 1 year and has not been converted to another use.

      Sec. 11.9.4. Applicability and Compliance

      Sec. 11.9.4. Applicability and Compliance aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:34
      1. This Article establishes minimum standards for all nonresidential buildings and structures and does not replace or modify standards otherwise established for the construction, repair, alteration, or use of the building or structure, equipment or facilities.
      2. The provisions of this Article shall apply to all nonresidential buildings or structures which are now in existence or which may be built within the corporate limits of the City. Every nonresidential building or structure, and the premises on which it is situated, shall comply with the provisions of this Article, whether or not such building or structure shall have been constructed, altered, or repaired before or after the enactment of this Article, and irrespective of any permits or licenses which have been issued for the use or occupancy of the building or structure or for the installment or repair of equipment or facilities.

      Sec. 11.9.5. Maintenance Standards for Nonresidential Buildings and Structures

      Sec. 11.9.5. Maintenance Standards for Nonresidential Buildings and Structures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:35

      All nonresidential buildings and structures shall be free of all conditions that are dangerous and injurious to the public health, safety, and welfare of occupants or members of the general public. The existence of any of the following conditions shall be deemed to be dangerous to the public health, safety and welfare for which a public necessity exists for the repair, closing, or demolition of such building or structure and must be corrected in accordance with the provisions of this Article:

      1. Interior walls, vertical studs, partitions, supporting members, sills, joists, rafters, or other basic structural members that list, lean, or buckle to such an extent as to render the building unsafe, that are rotted, deteriorated or damaged, and that have holes or cracks which might admit rodents.
      2. Exterior walls that are not structurally sound or free from defects and damages or capable of bearing imposed loads safely. Where a wall of a building has become exposed as a result of demolition of adjacent buildings, such wall must have all doors, windows, vents, or other similar openings closed with material of the type comprising the wall. The exposed wall shall be painted, stuccoed, or bricked and sufficiently weatherproofed to prevent deterioration of the wall.
      3. Floors or roofs which have improperly distributed loads, which are overloaded, or which have insufficient strength to be reasonably safe for the purpose used. Floors or roofs shall have adequate supporting members and strength to be reasonably safe for the purpose used. Roofs shall be kept structurally sound and shall be maintained in such a manner so as to prevent rain or other objects from penetrating into the interior of the building.
      4. Damage by fire, wind, or other causes rendering the building unsafe.
      5. Dilapidation, decay, unsanitary conditions, or disrepair, dangerous to the health and safety of the occupants or members of the general public.
      6. Lack of adequate ventilation, light, heating, or sanitary facilities to such extent as to endanger the health, safety or general welfare of the occupants or members of the general public.
      7. Buildings and structures including their environs that have accumulations of garbage, trash, or rubbish. All garbage and solid waste shall be in approved containers or stored in a safe and sanitary manner.
      8. Buildings and structures that have loose and insufficiently anchored overhanging objects, posing a danger to persons or property.
      9. Buildings and structures including their environs that have insufficiently protected holes, excavations, breaks, projections, obstructions, and other dangerous impediments on or around walks, driveways, parking lots, alleyways, or other areas accessible to and generally used by persons on or around the premises.
      10. Buildings and structures that have cracked or broken glass, loose shingles, loose wood, crumbling stone or brick, loose or broken plastic, other dangerous objects or similar hazardous conditions. Exterior surfaces shall be maintained in such material or treated in such a manner as to prevent deterioration and shall be repaired or replaced with like or similar material according to its original use.
      11. Buildings and structures that have objects or elements protruding from building walls or roofs, which are unsafe or not properly secured or which can create a hazard such as abandoned electrical boxes and conduits, wires, brackets, and similar objects.
      12. Chimneys, flues, and vent attachments thereto which are not structurally sound. Chimneys, flues, gas vents, or other draft-producing equipment shall provide sufficient draft to develop the rated output of the connected equipment, shall be structurally safe, durable, smoke-tight, and capable of withstanding the action of flue gases.
      13. Exterior porches, landings, balconies, stairs, or fire escapes which are not structurally sound . All exterior porches, landings, balconies, stairs, and fire escapes shall be provided with banisters or railings properly designed and maintained to minimize the hazard of falling, and the same shall be kept sound, in good repair, and free of defects.
      14. Cornices which are not structurally sound or are rotten or weakened. Any rotten or weakened areas shall be repaired and/or replaced. All exposed wood shall be treated or painted.
      15. Improperly attached gutters or down-spouts located so as to cause a hazard to pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or adjacent property.
      16. Advertising sign structures, attached or freestanding awnings, marquees and their supporting members, and other similar attachments or structures that cause a safety hazard to the occupants or members of the general public.
      17. All exterior surfaces that may cause unsafe conditions due to a lack of maintenance. Exterior surfaces shall be painted or sealed to protect the underlying surface from deterioration. All exterior surfaces that have been painted shall be maintained generally free of peeling and flaking. Where 50% or more of the aggregate of any painted surface shall have peeling or flaking or previous paint worn away, the entire surface shall be repainted in order to prevent further deterioration.
      18. Windows containing broken glass or cracked glass that could be in danger of falling or shattering. All windows must be tight-fitting and have sashes of proper size and design and free from rotten wood, broken joints, or broken or loose mullions.
      19. All openings originally designed as windows, doors, loading docks, or other means of egress or ingress which have been temporarily closed by boarding or other manner in a non-secure manner so as to allow unauthorized admittance. If an opening is temporarily closed by boarding to secure the building or structure, the boarding shall be trim fit, sealed to prevent water intrusion, and painted or stained to properly conform with the other exterior portions of the building and the building or structure shall be maintained in a state that secures the building or structure from any unauthorized admittance from humans, animals, or birds.
      20. Any other condition which, by the determination of the code enforcement coordinator or officer renders any building or structure dangerous or injurious to the health, safety, or general welfare of the occupants or members of the general public.

      Sec. 11.9.6. Duties and Powers of Code Enforcement Coordinator or Officer

      Sec. 11.9.6. Duties and Powers of Code Enforcement Coordinator or Officer aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:35
      1. The code enforcement coordinator or officer is hereby designated as the public officer to enforce the provisions of this Article and to exercise the duties and powers herein prescribed. It shall be the duty of the code enforcement coordinator or officer:
        1. To investigate the conditions of nonresidential buildings and structures in the City and to inspect nonresidential buildings and structures located in the City in order to determine which nonresidential buildings and structures are not being maintained so that the health and safety of its occupants or members of the general public are jeopardized and for the purpose of carrying out the objectives of this Article with respect to such nonresidential buildings and structures;
        2. To take such action, together with other appropriate departments and agencies, public and private, as may be necessary to effect the repair or demolition of nonresidential buildings and structures which have not been properly maintained in compliance with minimum standards established by this Article;
        3. To keep a record of the results of inspections made under this Article and an inventory of those non-residential buildings and structures which have not bee properly maintained in compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article; and
        4. To perform such other duties as may be herein prescribed.
      2. The code enforcement coordinator or officer is authorized to exercise such powers as may be necessary or convenient to carry out and effectuate the purpose and provisions of this Article, including the following powers in addition to others herein granted:
        1. To investigate nonresidential buildings and structures in the City to determine whether they have been properly maintained in compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article so that the safety or health of the occupants or members of the general public are not jeopardized;
        2. To administer oaths and affirmations, examine witnesses and receive evidence;
        3. To enter upon premises for the purpose of making examinations and inspections in accordance with law; and
        4. To appoint and fix duties of such officers, agents, and employees as the code enforcement coordinator or officer deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this Article.

      Sec. 11.9.7. Inspections

      Sec. 11.9.7. Inspections aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:36

      For the purpose of making inspections, the code enforcement coordinator or officer is hereby authorized to enter, examine, and survey at all reasonable times, nonresidential buildings and structures. If entry upon the premises for purposes of investigation is necessary, such entry shall be made with permission of the owner, the owner's agent, a tenant, or other person legally in possession of the premises, or if permission is not granted, pursuant to a duly issued administrative search warrant in accordance with G.S. 15-27.2.

      Sec. 11.9.8. Procedure for Enforcement

      Sec. 11.9.8. Procedure for Enforcement aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:36
      1. Preliminary Investigation
        Whenever it appears to the code enforcement coordinator or officer that any nonresidential building or structure has not been properly maintained so that the safety or health of its occupants or members of the general public are jeopardized for failure of the property to meet the minimum standards established by this Article, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall undertake a preliminary investigation, including, but not limited to, an inspection of the premises and discussion with any witnesses.
      2. Complaint and Hearing
        If the preliminary investigation discloses evidence of a violation of the minimum standards established by this Article, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall issue and serve a complaint upon the owner of and any parties in interest, as may be established by reasonable due diligence, of the nonresidential building or structure. The complaint shall set forth and describe the violation and contain a notice stating that a hearing will be held before the code enforcement coordinator or officer at a place and time set forth in the notice; that the hearing shall be held not less than 10 days nor more than 30 days after service of the complaint; that the owner and any parties in interest shall be given the right to answer the complaint and to appear in person and give testimony at the place and time fixed in the complaint; and that the rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or equity shall not control in hearings before the code enforcement coordinator or officer.
      3. Procedure after Hearing
        1. If, after notice and hearing, the code enforcement coordinator or officer determines that the nonresidential building or structure has been maintained in that the property meets the minimum standards established by this Article, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall state in writing findings of fact in support of that determination and shall issue and cause to be served upon the owner thereof a copy of said determination.
        2. If, after notice and hearing, the code enforcement coordinator or officer determines that the nonresidential building or structure has not been properly maintained so that the safety or health of its occupants or members of the general public is jeopardized for failure of the property to meet the minimum standards established by this Article, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall state in writing findings of fact in support of that determination and shall issue and cause to be served upon the owner thereof an order in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3. and 4. below and subject to the limitations set forth in Chapter 6. Use Regulations of this UDO.
        3. If the code enforcement coordinator or officer determines that the cost of repair, alteration, or improvement of the building or structure would not exceed 50 percent of its then current value, then the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall state in writing the findings of fact in support of such determination and issue an order that the owner, within a time specified in the order, either (i) repair, alter, or improve the nonresidential building or structure in order to bring it into compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article or (ii) vacate and close the nonresidential building or structure for any use.
        4. If the code enforcement coordinator or officer determines that the cost of repair, alteration, or improvement of the building or structure would exceed 50 percent of its then current value, then the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall state in writing the findings of fact in support of such determination and issue an order that the owner, within a time specified in the order, either (i) remove or demolish the nonresidential building or structure or (ii) repair, alter or improve the nonresidential building or structure to bring it into compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article.
      4. Failure to Comply with Order and Ordinances
        1. If the owner fails to comply with an order to either (i) repair, alter, or improve the nonresidential building or structure or (ii) vacate and close the nonresidential building or structure, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall submit to the City Council an ordinance ordering the code enforcement coordinator or officer to cause such nonresidential building or structure to be repaired, altered, or improved in order to bring it into compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article or to be vacated and closed for any use. The property shall be described in the ordinance. If City Council adopts the ordinance, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall cause the building or structure to be vacated and closed for any use.
        2. If the owner fails to comply with an order to either (i) remove or demolish the nonresidential building or structure or (ii) repair, alter, or improve the nonresidential building or structure, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall submit to the City Council an ordinance ordering the code enforcement coordinator or officer to cause such nonresidential building or structure to be removed or demolished. No ordinance shall be adopted to require removal or demolition of a nonresidential building or structure until the owner has first been given a reasonable opportunity to bring it into conformity with the minimum standards established by the City Council. The property shall be described in the ordinance. If City Council adopts the ordinance, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall cause the building or structure to be removed or demolished.

      Sec. 11.9.9. Limitations on Orders and Ordinances—Historic Landmark or Historic District

      Sec. 11.9.9. Limitations on Orders and Ordinances—Historic Landmark or Historic District aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:37

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, if the nonresidential building or structure is designated as a local historic landmark, listed in the National Register of Historic Places, or located in a locally designated historic district or in a historic district listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the City Council determines, after a public hearing, that the nonresidential building or structure is of individual significance or contributes to maintaining the character of the district, and the nonresidential building or structure has not been condemned as unsafe, the order issued by the code enforcement coordinator or officer pursuant to Sec. 11.9.11. and the ordinance approved by City Council may only require that the nonresidential building or structure be vacated and closed until it is brought into compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article.

      Sec. 11.9.10. Limitations on Orders and Ordinances—Vacant Manufacturing Facility or Vacant Industrial Warehouse

      Sec. 11.9.10. Limitations on Orders and Ordinances—Vacant Manufacturing Facility or Vacant Industrial Warehouse aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:38

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, an order issued by the code enforcement coordinator or officer pursuant to Sec. 11.9.11. and the ordinance approved by City Council may not require repairs, alterations, or improvements to be made to a vacant manufacturing facility or a vacant industrial warehouse to preserve the original use. The order and/or ordinance may require such building or structure to be vacated and closed, but repairs may be required only when necessary to maintain structural integrity or to abate a health or safety hazard that cannot be remedied by ordering the building or structure closed for any use.

      Sec. 11.9.11. Vacated and Closed Nonresidential Buildings or Structures

      Sec. 11.9.11. Vacated and Closed Nonresidential Buildings or Structures aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:38
      1. If the City Council has adopted an ordinance or the code enforcement coordinator or officer has issued an order requiring the building or structure to be repaired, altered, or improved or vacated and closed and the building or structure has been vacated and closed for a period of 2 years pursuant to the ordinance or order, then if the City Council finds that the owner has abandoned the intent and purpose to repair, alter, or improve the building or structure and that the continuation of the building or structure in its vacated and closed status would be inimical to the health, safety, and welfare of the City in that it would continue to deteriorate, would create a fire or safety hazard, would be a threat  to children and vagrants, would attract persons intent on criminal activities, or would cause or contribute to blight and the deterioration of property values in the area, then City Council may, after the expiration of the 2-year period, adopt an ordinance and serve such ordinance on the owner, setting forth the following:
        1. The ordinance shall require that the owner either (i) demolish and remove the nonresidential building or structure within 90 days or (ii) repair, alter, or improve the nonresidential building or structure to bring it into compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article within 90 days.
        2. The ordinance shall require that if the owner does not either (i) demolish and remove the nonresidential building or structure within 90 days or (ii) repair, alter, or improve the nonresidential building or structure to bring it into compliance with the minimum standards established by this Article within 90 days, then the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall demolish and remove the nonresidential building or structure.
      2. In the case of a vacant manufacturing facility or a vacant industrial warehouse, the building or structure must have been vacated and closed pursuant to an order or ordinance for a period of 5 years before City Council may take action under this section.
      3. If the owner fails to comply with the requirements of the ordinance within 90 days, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall demolish and remove the nonresidential building or structure.

      Sec. 11.9.12. Methods of Service of Complaints and Orders

      Sec. 11.9.12. Methods of Service of Complaints and Orders aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:39
      1. Complaints or orders issued by the code enforcement coordinator or officer under this Article shall be served upon persons by personal service or by registered or certified mail, in conjunction with first class mail. When the manner or service is by first class mail in conjunction with registered or certified mail, and the registered or certified mail is unclaimed or refused, but the first class mail is not returned by the post office within 10 days after mailing, service shall be deemed sufficient. The person mailing the complaint or order by first class mail shall certify that fact and the date thereof, and such certificate shall be conclusive in the absence of fraud. If first class mail is used, a notice of the pending proceedings shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the subject property.
      2. If the identities of any owner or the whereabouts of parties in interest are unknown and cannot be ascertained by the code enforcement coordinator or officer in the exercise of reasonable diligence, and the code enforcement coordinator or officer makes an affidavit to that effect, then the serving of the complaint or order upon the unknown owner or other parties in interest may be made by publication in a newspaper having general circulation in the City at least once no later than the time by which personal service would be required under the provisions of this Article. When service is made by publication, a notice of the pending proceedings shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the subject.

      Sec. 11.9.13. In Rem Action by The Code Enforcement Coordinator or Officer

      Sec. 11.9.13. In Rem Action by The Code Enforcement Coordinator or Officer aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:40

      After failure of an owner of a nonresidential building or structure to comply with an order of the code enforcement coordinator or officer issued pursuant to the provisions of this Article and upon adoption by the City Council of an ordinance authorizing and directing the owner to do so, as provided by G.S. 160D-1129(f), the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall proceed to cause the nonresidential building or structure to be repaired, altered, or improved to comply with the minimum standards established by this Article, or to be vacated and closed or to be removed or demolished, as directed by the ordinance of the City Council. The code enforcement coordinator or officer shall post on the main entrance of any nonresidential building or structure which is to be vacated and closed a placard with the following words: "This building is unfit for any use; the use or occupation of this building for any purpose is prohibited and unlawful." Any person who occupies or knowingly allows the occupancy of a building or structure so posted shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor.

      Sec. 11.9.14. Costs, a Lien on Premises

      Sec. 11.9.14. Costs, a Lien on Premises aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:40
      1. As provided by G.S. 160D-1129(i), the amount of the cost of any repairs, alterations, or improvements, or vacating and closing, or removal or demolition, caused to be made or done by the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall be a lien against the real property upon which such costs were incurred. Such lien shall be filed, have the same priority, and be enforced and the costs collected as provided by Article 10, Chapter 160A of the North Carolina General Statutes. The amount of the costs shall also be a lien on any other real property of the owner located within the City limits except for the owner's primary residence. The additional lien on other real property of the owner, excluding the subject property, as provided in this subdivision is inferior to all prior liens and shall be collected as a money judgment.
      2. If the nonresidential building or structure is removed or demolished by the code enforcement coordinator or officer, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall offer for sale any recoverable materials of the building or structure and any personal property, fixtures, or appurtenances found in or attached to the building or structure and shall credit the proceeds of the sale, if any, against the cost of the removal or demolition. Any balance remaining shall be deposited in the Superior Court by the code enforcement coordinator or officer, shall be secured in a manner directed by the Court, and shall be disbursed by the Court to the persons found to be entitled thereto by final order or decree of the Court. Nothing in this section shall be construed to impair or limit in any way the power of the governing body to define and declare nuisances and to cause their removal or abatement by summary proceedings or otherwise.

      Sec. 11.9.15. Ejectment

      Sec. 11.9.15. Ejectment aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:41

      If any occupant fails to comply with an order to vacate a nonresidential building or structure, a civil action may be filed in the name of the City to remove the occupant. The action to vacate shall be in the nature of summary ejectment and shall be commenced by filing a complaint naming as the defendant any person occupying the nonresidential building or structure. The Clerk of Superior Court shall issue a summons requiring the defendant to appear before a magistrate at a certain time, date, and place not to exceed 10 days from the issuance of the summons to answer the complaint. The summons and complaint shall be served as provided in G.S. 42-29. The summons shall be returned according to its tenor, and if on its return it appears to have been duly served and if at the hearing the code enforcement coordinator or officer produces a certified copy of an ordinance adopted by the City Council pursuant to G.S. 160D-1129(f) and this UDO to vacate the occupied nonresidential building or structure, the magistrate shall enter judgment ordering that the premises be vacated and all persons be removed. The judgment ordering that the nonresidential building or structure be vacated shall be enforced in the same manner as the judgment for summary ejectment entered under G.S. 42-30. An appeal from any judgment entered under this subsection by the magistrate may be taken as provided in G.S. 7A-228, and the execution of the judgment may be stayed as provided in G.S. 7A-227. An action to remove an occupant of a nonresidential building or structure who is a tenant of the owner may not be in the nature of a summary ejectment proceeding pursuant to this subsection unless the occupant was served with notice, at least 30 days before the filing of the summary ejectment proceeding, that the City Council has ordered the code enforcement coordinator or officer to proceed to exercise his duties under G.S. §160D-1129(f) and this UDO to vacate and close or remove and demolish the nonresidential building or structure.

      Sec. 11.9.16. Filing of Ordinances

      Sec. 11.9.16. Filing of Ordinances aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:41

      An ordinance adopted by City Council pursuant to this Article shall be recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds of Wake County and shall be indexed in the name of the property owner in the grantor index, as provided by G.S. §160D-1129(f) and (g).

      Sec. 11.9.17. Alternative Remedies

      Sec. 11.9.17. Alternative Remedies aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:42

      Neither this Article nor any of its provisions shall be construed to impair or limit in any way the power of the City of Raleigh to define and declare nuisances and to cause their abatement by summary action or otherwise, or to enforce this Article by criminal process as authorized by G.S. 14-4, and this Article, and the enforcement of any remedy provided herein or in other ordinances or laws.

      Sec. 11.9.18. Board of Adjustment to Hear Appeals

      Sec. 11.9.18. Board of Adjustment to Hear Appeals aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:43
      1. All appeals which may be taken from decisions or orders of the code enforcement coordinator or officer pursuant to this Article shall be heard and determined by the Board of Adjustment. As the appeals body, the Board shall have the power to fix the times and places of its meetings, to adopt necessary rules of procedure and any other rules and regulations which may be necessary for the proper discharge of its duties.
      2. Appeals shall be subject to the following:
        1. An appeal from any decision or order of the code enforcement coordinator or officer may be taken by any aggrieved party. Any appeal from the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall be taken within 10 days from the rendering of the decision or service of the order, and shall be taken by filing with the code enforcement coordinator or officer, and the Board of Adjustment, a notice of appeal which shall specify the grounds upon which the appeal is based. Upon the filing of any notice of appeal, the code enforcement coordinator or officer shall transmit to the Board all the papers constituting the record upon which the appealed decision was made. When the appeal is from a decision of the code enforcement coordinator or officer refusing to allow the aggrieved party to act, the code enforcement coordinator or officer's decision shall remain in force until modified or reversed. When the appeal is from a decision of the code enforcement coordinator or officer requiring the aggrieved party to act, the appeal shall have the effect of suspending the requirement until the hearing of the appeal by the Board; however, should the code enforcement coordinator or officer certify to the Board, after the notice of appeal is filed, that by reason of the facts stated in the certification, a suspension of the requirement would cause imminent peril to life or property, in which case the requirement shall not be suspended except by a restraining order. The restraining order may be granted for due cause shown upon not less than 1 day's written notice to the code enforcement coordinator or officer, by the Board or by a court of general jurisdiction upon petition made pursuant to G.S. §160D-1208(d) and this UDO.
        2. The Board shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of all appeals, shall give notice to all parties, and shall render its decision within a reasonable time. Any party may appear in person or by agent or attorney. The Board may reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or may modify the decision appealed or order, and may make such decision and order as ought to be made in the matter, and to that end it shall have all the powers of the code enforcement coordinator or officer. The concurring vote of 4/5 of the members of the Board shall be necessary to reverse or modify any decision or order of the code enforcement coordinator or officer. In any case when practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships would result from carrying out the strict letter of this Article, the Board may adapt the application of the Article to the necessities of the case to the end that the spirit of the Article shall be observed, public safety and welfare secured, and substantial justice done.
        3. Every decision of the board shall be subject to review by the Superior Court by proceedings in the nature of certiorari instituted within 15 days of the decision of the Board.

      Sec. 11.9.19. Temporary Injunction Remedy for Aggrieved Person

      Sec. 11.9.19. Temporary Injunction Remedy for Aggrieved Person aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:43

      Any party aggrieved by an order issued by the code enforcement coordinator or officer or a decision rendered by the board of adjustment shall have the right within 30 days after issuance of the order or rendering of the decision, to petition the Superior Court for a temporary injunction pending a final disposition of the cause, as provided by G.S.160D-1208(d).bAny party aggrieved by an order issued by the code enforcement coordinator or officer or a decision rendered by the board of adjustment shall have the right within
      30 days after issuance of the order or rendering of the decision, to petition the Superior Court for a temporary injunction pending a final disposition of the cause, as provided by G.S.160D-1208(d).

      Sec. 11.9.20. Conflict With Other Provisions

      Sec. 11.9.20. Conflict With Other Provisions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:44

      In the event any provision standard, or requirement of this Article is found to be in conflict with any other ordinance or code of the City, the provisions which establishes the higher standard or more stringent requirement for the promotion and protection of health and safety of the citizens of the City shall prevail.

      Sec. 11.9.21. Violations; Penalty

      Sec. 11.9.21. Violations; Penalty aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:45
      1. It shall be unlawful for the owner of any nonresidential building or structure to fail, neglect, or refuse to repair, alter, or improve the same, or to vacate and close and remove or demolish the same, upon order of the code enforcement coordinator or officer duly made and served in accordance with the provisions of this Article, within the time specified in the order. Each day that any such failure, neglect or refusal to comply with such order continues shall constitute a separate and distinct offense. It shall be unlawful for the owner of any nonresidential building or structure, with respect to which an order has been issued, to occupy or permit the occupancy of the same after the time prescribed in such order for its repair, alteration, improvement, or its vacation and closing. Each day that such occupancy continues shall constitute a separate and distinct offense.
      2. The violation of any provision of this Article shall constitute a misdemeanor, as provided by G.S. 14-4.
      3. In addition to or in lieu of the other remedies provided by this Article, any owner of a nonresidential building or structure that fails to comply with an order of the code enforcement coordinator or officer within the time specified therein, shall be subject to a civil penalty in the amount of $50.00 for the first offense, $100.00 for the second offense in the calendar year, and $250.00 for the third and subsequent offenses in the calendar year. Each subsequent offense after the third will be subject to a civil penalty of $250.00. Each 30-day period, or part thereof, in which a violation continues will constitute a separate and distinct offense.
      CHAPTER 12. DEFINITIONS

      Unified Development Ordinance

      CHAPTER 12. DEFINITIONS

      CHAPTER 12. DEFINITIONS aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:44

      Article 12.1. General

      Article 12.1. General aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:45

      Sec. 12.1.1. General Meaning of Words and Terms

      Sec. 12.1.1. General Meaning of Words and Terms aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:46
      1. All words and terms used have their commonly accepted and ordinary meaning unless they are specifically defined in this UDO or the context in which they are used clearly indicates to the contrary.
      2. In the absence of court decisions or Board of Adjustment decisions specifically interpreting a provision in question, specific definitions listed in this UDO or previous interpretations of a provision by the Zoning Administrator, the meaning of provisions shall be based on the following general hierarchy of sources:
        1. For a legal term, definitions in a legal dictionary or if not a legal term, definitions in an ordinary dictionary;
        2. Statements of the purpose and intent of particular sections or background reports and studies adopted or referred to in this UDO, although such documents cannot overrule a specific code provision;
        3. Minutes of discussions of legislative or advisory bodies considering adoption of the provision in question;
        4. Definitions of similar terms contained in Federal and State statutes and regulations; and
        5. Ordinary rules of grammar.
      3. When vagueness or ambiguity is found to exist as to the meaning of any word or term used, any appropriate cannon, maxim, principle or other technical rule of interpretations or construction used by the courts of this State may be employed to resolve vagueness and ambiguity in language.

      Sec. 12.1.2. Graphics, Illustrations, Photographs & Flowcharts

      Sec. 12.1.2. Graphics, Illustrations, Photographs & Flowcharts aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:46

      The graphics, illustrations, photographs and flowcharts used to explain visually certain provisions of this UDO are for illustrative purposes only. Where there is a conflict between a graphic, illustration, photograph or flowchart and the text of this UDO, the text of this UDO controls.

      Sec. 12.1.3. Abbreviations

      Sec. 12.1.3. Abbreviations aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 10:46
      1. BFE: Base Flood Elevation
      2. DBH: Diameter at Breast Height
      3. FAA: Federal Aviation Administration
      4. FC: Footcandle
      5. FEMA: Federal Emergency Management Agency
      6. FIRM: Flood Insurance Rate Map

      Article 12.2. Defined Terms

      Article 12.2. Defined Terms aaron.sheppard… Mon, 05/08/2023 - 10:45

      a

      a aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:07

      Accessory Dwelling Unit
      An Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU) is a self-contained dwelling unit that is located on the same lot as a principal dwelling that meets the regulations identified in Section 2.6.3.D. An Accessory Dwelling Unit may be located above a garage. Accessory Dwelling Units may be detached, attached, or internal to the principal dwelling. Only residential uses are permitted in Accessory Dwelling Units.

      Accessory Structure
      Unless otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere herein, a structure with height greater than 4 feet that is subordinate in both purpose and size that is incidental to and customarily associated with any principal structure that is located on the same lot and detached from the principal structure.

      Accessory Use
      Any use subordinate in both purpose and size that is incidental to and customarily associated with any principal use that is located on the same lot. Accelerated Erosion Any increase over the rate of natural erosion which results from land-disturbing activities.

      Active Tree Preservation
      Arboricultural practices designed to ensure survival of existing trees by the protection of critical root zones from tree disturbing activities and the application of one or more arboricultural maintenance procedures, including but not limited to: watering, fertilizing, pruning of trees, pruning of roots and aeration.

      Addition (to an existing buidling)
      Any walled and roofed expansion to the perimeter of a building in which the addition is connected by a common load-bearing wall other than a fire wall. Any walled and roofed addition which is connected by a fire wall or is separated by independent perimeter load-bearing walls is “new construction.”

      Adequate Erosion Control Measure
      Any structure, device or measure which controls accelerated erosion, retains stormwater and prevents off-site sedimentation.

      Adult Cabaret
      Any place which features topless dancers, go-go dancers, strippers, male or female impersonators or similar entertainers.

      Adult Establishment
      Adult cabarets, adult media centers, sadomasochism centers and any place contained in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-202-10(b), excluding masseurs.

      Adult Media Center
      Any place:

      1. Which receives a majority of its gross income during any calendar month from the sale, rental or both of books, periodicals, magazines, videotapes, CDROM, computer software, movies and other products offered in photographic, print, electronic, magnetic or digital or other imaging medium which are distinguished or characterized by their emphasis on matter depicting, describing or relating to “specified anatomical areas” as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-202.10(10) or “specified sexual activities” as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-202.10(11); or “sexually oriented devices” as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14- 202.10(9) or any combination thereof; or
      2. Having as a preponderance of its books, periodicals, magazines, videotapes, CD-ROM, computer software, movies and other products offered in photographic, print, electronic, magnetic or digital or other imaging medium which are distinguished or characterized by their emphasis on matter depicting, describing or relating to “specified anatomical areas” as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-202.10(10) or “specified sexual activities” as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §14-202.10(11); or “sexually oriented devices” as defined in G.S. 14-202.10(9) or any combination thereof.

      Affected Area
      An area which will potentially suffer special damages, distinct from the rest of the community, by the determination of a quasi-judicial body. The boundaries of an affected area will vary depending on the particular subject matter to be decided by the quasi-judicial body.

      Affordable Housing
      Housing that is affordable to and occupied by families with an annual household income of no greater than 60% of area median income, adjusted for household size, according to the then-current income limits established by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development in accordance with Section 3 of the U.S. Housing Act of 1937, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1437 et seq.) or any successor legislation. An affordable rental housing development has a minimum of 10% affordable rental housing units and has a compliance period of at least 30 years.

      Agricultural Produce
      Fresh farm or garden-produced crops and goods, the majority of which were grown and harvested in North Carolina including, but not limited to, fruits, vegetables, eggs, nuts, honey and fresh-cut flowers.

      Attic
      ​​​​​​​
      An unfinished space between roof framing and the ceiling of rooms below that is accessed by ladder or permanent stairs. This area is used for storage or mechanical equipment and cannot be used as habitable space. If an attic is converted to a habitable space, such conversion shall cause the area to be deemed as an additional story

      b

      b aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:07

      Banner
      Any sign, except an awning sign, made of flexible, fabric-like material.

      Basal Area
      The total cross sectional area, stated in square feet per acre, of trees in a wooded area measured at 4½ feet above ground level.

      Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
      A determination of the water surface elevations of the base flood based on current conditions hydrology or future conditions hydrology as published in the flood insurance study. When the BFE has not been provided in a flood hazard area, it may be obtained from engineering studies available from a Federal or State other source using FEMA approved engineering methodologies. This elevation, when combined with 2 additional vertical feet establishes the regulatory flood protection elevation in flood hazard areas.

      Base Flood
      The flood having a 1% chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

      Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
      A determination of the water surface elevations of the base flood based on current conditions hydrology or future conditions hydrology as published in the flood insurance study. When the BFE has not been provided in a special flood hazard area, it may be obtained from engineering studies available from a Federal or State other source using FEMA approved engineering methodologies. This elevation, when combined with 2 additional vertical feet establishes the regulatory flood protection elevation in special flood hazard areas.

      Basement
      Any area of a building having its floor subgrade (below grade level) on all sides.

      Being Conducted
      A land-disturbing activity has been initiated, but permanent stabilization of the site has not been completed.

      Bicycle parking
      This refers parking spaces and area for bicycles and scooters, whether motorized or not.

      Block
      A an area of land enclosed by streets and occupied by or intended for buildings.

      Building Coverage
      The maximum area of a lot that is permitted to be covered by roofed buildings or structures. Building coverage does not include paved areas such as parking lots, driveways or pedestrian walkways.

      Building Facade
      The face of a building that delineates the edge of conditioned floor space.

      Building Foundation Wall
      A structural portion of a building that serves to retain grade or maintain a continuous ground floor elevation. A building foundation wall is an integral part of the structure of a building.

      Built Area
      The sum of the horizontal areas of materials existing or placed at the ground surface that have impervious surfaces, as defined herein, that are not 0% impervious, including but not limited to permeable and semi-permeable pavements and pavers, green roofs, and living roofs.

      c

      c aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:07

      Caliper
      The diameter of nursery‐grown trees measured at a point on the tree 6 inches above soil line for trees up to 4 inches caliper or measured at a point on the tree 12 inches above soil line for trees greater than 4 inches caliper. Caliper is the measurement used to specify sizes of new or replacement trees planted to meet the requirements of this UDO.

      Casualty
      Damage or destruction which is caused by the exercise of the power of eminent domain; man-made acts such as riot, fire, accident, explosion; or flood, lightning, wind or other calamity or act of nature.

      Champion Tree
      Any tree listed as the champion or co-champion of its species, either on the “National Big Tree” list as compiled by the American Forestry Association or on the “Champion Big Trees of North Carolina” list as compiled by the North Carolina Division of Forest Resources or on the “Capital Trees Program” list as complied by Wake County Keep America Beautiful.

      Charitable Institution
      Establishments that are primarily engaged in administration of programs of financial assistance, training, counseling and other services to individuals or organizations, but not providing housing or shelter.

      Closed Fence or Wall
      A fence or wall which has no openings and contains shiplap or tongue and groove or similar overlapping design if made of wood.

      Civic Club
      A not for profit club for civic, social or fraternal purposes operated by a civic, social or fraternal organization, including offices for local, State and regional officials, not including a political party club.

      Completion of Construction or Development
      No further land-disturbing activity is required on a phase of a project except that which is necessary for establishing a permanent ground cover.

      Comprehensive Plan
      Refers to the 2030 Comprehensive Plan (latest addition) for the City of Raleigh.

      Conservation Development
      A conservation development trades smaller lot sizes (with smaller setbacks) and additional density in exchange for protecting a significant amount of open space.

      Construction Permit
      A zoning permit, grading permit, right-of-way permit, driveway permit, tree conservation area permit or utility plan permit.

      Construction Sign
      Any temporary sign erected during construction which may indicate the project name and the names of architects, contractors, subcontractors, developers, rental agencies, financial institutions or other principals involved in the sponsorship, design and construction of a structure or project.

      Convention Center, Arena
      A place of assembly that charges for meeting or exhibition areas and such areas either contain North Carolina Building Code occupancy limits of more than 800 people or have meeting and exhibition areas that total more than 12,000 square feet.

      Copy
      The wording or pictorial graphics on a sign surface either in permanent or removable form.

      Copy (Area of)
      The square or rectangular area which fully encloses the extreme limits of the message, copy, announcement or decoration on a sign.

      Corner Lot
      A lot that has frontage along two or more intersecting streets. Where a street curves so that any two adjacent 100-foot chords thereof form an angle of 110 degrees or less, measured along the centerline of the street, such curve shall be construed as an intersecting street.

      Courtyard
      An open space, either landscaped, hardscaped or both surrounded by structure(s). Vehicular surface area and parking are not permitted within a courtyard.

      Critical Root Zone
      The area uniformly encompassed by a circle with a radius equal to 1¼ feet per inch of DBH tree trunk of the preserved tree measured at 4½ feet above the ground (measured to the nearest inch), with the trunk of the tree at the center of the circle. The minimum radius shall not be less than 7 feet.

      Current Conditions Hydrology
      The flood discharges associated with the land-use conditions existing within the drainage area of a watercourse at the time a flood study of the watercourse was conducted. Current conditions flood discharges and historical flood study information are published in the flood insurance study.

      Cutoff Fixture
      An outdoor light fixture shielded or constructed in such a manner that no more than 2½ % of the total light emitted by the fixture is projected above the horizontal plane of the fixture.

      d

      d aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:08

      Decorative Fence
      An open or solid fence or wall that matches or complements the adjacent primary structure on the site. This shall not include a fence that is required to satisfy any provision of this UDO, any retaining wall, any security fence such as chainlink and shall not be available for purchase in stores.

      Department of City Planning
      The agency designated and established by City Council to plan, direct and coordinate the operation and application of the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO).

      Developer
      A site planner or subdivider.

      Development
      Any site plan or subdivision.

      Development (in a Special Flood Hazard Area)
      Development in a special flood hazard area is any man-made change to improved or unimproved real estate, including, but not limited to, buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation or drilling operations, or storage of equipment or materials.

      Development‐related Improvements
      Includes streetscape, sidewalk, street, storm drainage, bicycle infrastructure, greenways, transit facilities, utilities, pavement, curb and gutter, turning lanes, acceleration lanes and deceleration lanes.

      Development Services Department
      The agency designated and established by City Council which provides a onestop resource for all development reviews, inspections, and permits from initial application through certificate of occupancy.

      Development Services Director The chief administrator as designated by the City Manager to plan, direct and coordinate the operations of the department, the UDO, and the North Caroline State Building Code.

      Diameter at Breast Height (DBH)
      The diameter of the trunk of a single-trunk tree measured at 4½ feet (breast height) above grade level or the total diameter of all stems of a multi-trunk tree measured at 4½ feet above grade. 

      Discharge Point
      That point at which runoff leaves a tract of land.

      Display Area
      An outdoor open air area where merchandise is stored throughout the day and night and this same stored merchandise is sold or leased, not including the display area for any motor vehicle, trailer or semi-trailer (see vehicular display area).

      Drainage Basin Study Maps
      Flood hazard boundary maps adopted by the City. Special flood hazard areas and the base flood elevations shown on drainage basin study maps are based on future conditions hydrology.

      Dwelling Unit
      A building or portion of a building providing complete and permanent living facilities, including cooking and bathing facilities.

      e

      e aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:08

      Electric Vehicle (EV) Capable Space 
      A vehicle parking space served by infrastructure that can accommodate future EV chargers. It is connected by a continuous electrical conduit or raceway to an electrical panel or panel room with sufficient space to accommodate future charging and wiring. 

      Elevated Building
      An above-ground building built to have the top of the elevated floor above the ground by means of pilings, columns (posts and piers), shear walls parallel to the flow of water; and adequately anchored so as not to impair the structural integrity of the building during a flood up to the magnitude of the base flood. Elevated building also includes a building elevated by means of fill or solid foundation perimeter walls with openings sufficient to facilitate the unimpeded movement of floodwaters.

      Energy Dissipator
      An adequate erosion control measure placed at the outlets of storm drainage facilities or at other points as specified by this chapter to receive and breakdown the energy from high velocity flow.

      Engineering Services Department
      The Engineering Services Department is responsible for overseeing the design and construction of roadway, stormwater and facility improvement projects to ensure the safety and sustainability through diligent review and thorough inspections as well as cost effective maintenance of existing system components. Services include facility construction management, roadway design and construction, facility maintenance, vehicle fleet services, and stormwater management.

      Engineering Services Director
      The chief administrator as designated by the City Manager to plan, direct and coordinate the operations of the department.

      Ephemeral (Stormwater) Stream
      A feature that carries only stormwater in direct response to precipitation with waters flowing only during and shortly after large precipitation events. An ephemeral stream may or may not have a well-defined channel, the aquatic bed is always above the water table and stormwater runoff is the primary source of water. An ephemeral stream typically lacks the biological, hydrological and physical characteristics commonly associated with the continuous or intermittent conveyance of water.

      Excessively Trimmed
      The pruning, cutting, or otherwise damaging the natural form of a tree when it meets one or more of the following:

      1. Removes more than 25% of the crown system of a tree within a continuous five-year period.
      2. Removes, cuts or covers more than 25% of the root system of a tree within a continuous five-year period.
      3. Fails to conform to the pruning cuts methods set forth in the current edition of "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plan Maintenance - Standard Practices" of the American National Standards Institute.
      4. Is made for a purpose other than "hazard pruning," or "utility pruning," or "maintenance pruning," as set forth in the current edition of "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard Practices" of the American National Standards Institute.
      5. Is crown reduction, heading, vista pruning, or pollarding as set forth in the current edition of "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard Practices" of the American National Standards Institute.

      Erosion
      The wearing away of the land surface by the action of wind, water, gravity or any combination thereof.

      Existing Transit Route
      Any fixed-route public transit service operated by or on behalf of a public transit agency and shown on the current system map of the agency.

      Exterior Features
      Important landscape and natural features, significant archaeological features, architectural style, general design and general arrangement of the exterior of a building or other structure, including the kind and texture of the building material, the size, color and scale of the building and the type, color, style of all windows, doors, light fixtures, signs and other appurtenant fixtures. In the case of outdoor signs, exterior features shall be construed to mean style, material, size, color and location of all such signs.

      f

      f aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:08

      Face of Sign (Sign Face)
      The entire surface area of a sign upon, against or through which copy is placed.

      Flashing Sign
      Any sign which contains an intermittent, blinking, scintillating or flashing light source or which includes the illusion of intermittent or flashing light or an externally mounted intermittent light source.

      Flood or Flooding
      The general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from the overflow of streams, rivers or other inland water.

      Flood Hazard Boundary Map
      The official map of the City on which appears a description of the boundaries of special flood hazard areas, including representations of the floodway, floodway fringe, future conditions flood hazard areas. The map is applicable to the community within the corporate limits and within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City. The flood hazard boundary map(s) consist of flood insurance rate maps and drainage basin study maps, flood hazard soils plus additional distances required in this UDO and recorded flood storage areas required by this UDO. The floodway areas, floodway fringe areas and future conditions flood hazard areas shown and illustrated on floodway hazard boundary maps are hereby adopted as official flood hazard boundary maps and floodway maps for the City and extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City. These maps and other data are hereby incorporated herein by reference and duly made a part of this chapter. The most recent maps and data officially approved by the City Council are identified in the evidence of the Council’s action and are kept on file with the City for public inspection.

      Flood Hazard Soils

      Those types of soils in the relatively flat areas associated with natural watercourses which are subject to periodic flooding. The types of soils and their corresponding symbols are as follows:

      Name Map Symbol
      Altavista fine sandy loam, 0% to 4% slopes AfA
      Augusta fine sandy loam Au
      Buncombe soils Bu
      Chewacla soils Cm
      Congaree fine sandy loam Co
      Congaree silt loam Cp
      Mantachie soils Me
      Roanoke fine sandy loam Ro
      Wahee fine sandy loam Wh
      Wehadkee silt loam Wn
      Wehadkee and Bibb soils Wo

      Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM)
      An official map of the city on which appears a description of the boundaries of special flood hazard areas, including representations of the floodway, floodway fringe, future conditions flood hazard areas and a delineation of the risk premium zones applicable to the community within the corporate limits and within the extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City. The flood insurance study, Wake County, Federal Emergency Management Agency, latest publication, consisting of (i) flood insurance rate maps and (ii) other pertinent data furnished by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, to the City, showing and illustrating floodway areas, floodway fringe areas and future conditions flood hazard areas are hereby adopted as official flood hazard boundary maps and floodway maps for the City and extraterritorial jurisdiction of the City. These maps and other data are hereby incorporated herein by reference and duly made a part of this UDO. The most recent maps and data officially approved by the City Council are identified in the evidence of the City Council’s action and are kept on file in Engineering Services for public inspection.

      Flood Insurance Study
      An examination, evaluation and determination of flood hazards, corresponding water surface elevations (if appropriate), flood hazard risk zones and other flood data in a community issued by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The flood insurance study report includes flood insurance rate maps (FIRM).

      Flood Lamp
      A form of lighting designed to direct its output in a specific direction with a reflector formed from the glass envelope of the lamp itself. Such lamps are so designated by the manufacturers and are typically used in residential outdoor area lighting.

      Flood Light
      A form of lighting designed to direct its output in a diffuse, more or less specific direction, with reflecting or refracting elements located external to the lamp.

      Floodplain Administrator
      The individual appointed to administer and enforce special flood hazard area regulations

      Floodplain, Floodprone or Flood Hazard Area The maximum area, adjoining a river, stream, watercourse or lake which is likely to be flooded, by the base flood or the future conditions flood. The flood -plain, -prone and/or -hazard area includes “floodway” areas, “floodway fringe” areas and future conditions flood hazard areas. These areas are illustrated on flood hazard boundary maps, flood hazard soils plus additional distances, recorded flood storage areas required by this UDO and drainage basin study maps.

      Floodproofing
      Any combination of structural and nonstructural features, additions, changes or adjustments to properties and structures in accordance with or comparable to guidelines set forth in “Floodproofing Regulations” June 1972 edition, published by the Office of the Chief Engineers U.S. Army, Washington, D.C. for an essentially dry floodproof class (W2).

      Floodway
      That portion of channels of streams and areas of land adjacent thereto within the City and its extraterritorial jurisdiction necessary to carry and discharge the waters of the base flood without increasing the water surface elevation of that flood more than 1 foot at any point, and those areas illustrated on the maps referred to in the definition of flood hazard boundary map, and those areas adjoining watercourses draining 1 square mile or more of watershed which lie within the outermost boundaries of either the flood hazard soils or the made land which traverse such soils lying along said watercourses, and those areas required by this UDO to be delineated as flood storage areas or are delineated as a special flood hazard areas on the drainage basin study maps.

      Floodway Fringe
      That portion of the special flood hazard area outside the floodway and illustrated on the map referred to in the definition of flood hazard boundary map above. The floodway fringe for watercourses not defined on maps referred to in the definition of flood hazard boundary map above are herein defined for those areas adjoining watercourses draining less than 1 square mile of watershed as the flood hazard soils plus 2 additional vertical feet from the outermost boundaries of either said soils or the made land which traverse such soils lying along said watercourses and the floodway fringe for those areas adjoining watercourses 1 square mile or more is defined as lands which lie 5 vertical feet from the outermost boundaries of either the flood hazard soils or the made land which traverse such soils lying along the watercourse.

      Footcandle (FC)
      A quantitative unit measuring the amount of light cast onto a given point, measured as 1 lumen per square foot.

      Forest Management
      A woodland area where all of the following occur:

      1. The growing of trees;
      2. The harvesting of timber, leaves or seeds;
      3. The regeneration of trees by the replanting of trees at the rate of 1 inch caliper per every 100 square feet of tree disturbing activity area within 220 days of harvesting; and
      4. The application of “best management practices,” including the NC Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources, “Forest Practice Guidelines Related to Water Quality”—Title 15A North Carolina Administrative Code, subchapter 11, sections 1.101—.0209 and all successor documents.
      5. A forest management plan is prepared or approved either by a professional forester registered in the State of North Carolina or by the North Carolina Forest Service. Copies of the forest management plan shall be provided to the City upon request.

      Freestanding Retaining Wall
      A wall that serves to retain soil where the change in ground elevation exceeds to the angle of repose of the soil. A freestanding wall can be completely disconnected from a building. It can also touch a building, but should not be a structural element that is needed to support the building.

      Frontage
      There are 8 frontages, including: Parkway (-PK), Detached (-DE), Parking Limited (-PL), Green (GR), Green Plus (GP), Urban Limited (UL), Urban General (-UG) and Shopfront (-SH). Front Wall Plane The building facade facing the primary street right‐of‐way. If this facade contains wall articulation, the entire length of the articulated wall shall constitute the front wall plane. Bay windows shall not be considered part of the front wall plane.

      Front Yard
      The area located between the front line of a building or structure and the front boundary of a lot or an existing or proposed street right-of-way and extending along the entire width of the lot.

      Full Cutoff Fixture
      An outdoor light fixture shielded or constructed in such a manner that it emits no light above the horizontal plane of the fixture.

      Future Conditions Flood
      The flood having a 1 percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year based on future conditions hydrology.

      Future Conditions Flood Elevation
      A determination of the water surface elevations of the 1 percent annual chance flood based on future conditions hydrology as published in the flood insurance study. This elevation, when combined with 2 additional vertical feet, establishes the regulatory flood protection elevation in future conditions flood hazard areas.

      Future Conditions Flood Hazard Area
      The land area that would be inundated by the 1 percent annual chance flood based on future conditions hydrology as determined in this UDO.

      Future Conditions Hydrology
      The flood discharges associated with projected land use conditions based on Raleigh’s zoning maps or the Comprehensive Plan’s Future Land Use Map or both and without consideration of projected future construction of flood detention structures or projected future hydraulic modifications within a stream or other waterway such as bridge and culvert construction, fill and excavation. Future conditions flood discharges are published in the flood insurance study.

      g

      g aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:09

      Glare
      The effect produced by a light source within the visual field that is sufficiently brighter than the level to which the eyes are adapted, to cause annoyance, discomfort or loss of visual performance and ability.

      Governmental Entity
      Any department, commission, agency or other instrument of the Federal, State, County or municipal government.

      Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI)
      Any of a number of practices that, used individually or collectively, contribute to managing, treating, and reducing stormwater runoff from a development or redevelopment site, as close as possible to the runoff's source, by preserving natural landscape features (such as vegetation, soils, hydrology, and natural processes) and/or by mimicking natural processes through installation and maintenance of structurally engineered devices (such as bioretention cells, bioswales, permeable paving/pavers, green roofs, stormwater street trees, and cisterns). In addition to contributing to stormwater management, GSI practices can enhance site aesthetics, improve air quality, reduce urban heat island impacts, provide shading, create wildlife habitat, reduce energy consumption, reduce infrastructure costs, and increase property values.

      Gross Floor Area
      The sum in square feet of the gross horizontal area of all floors of a building measured from the exterior walls or from the centerline when 2 buildings or units abut. Gross floor area includes basement floor area when more than 50% of the basement height is above the established curb level or above the finished lot grade level where the curb level has not been established. Elevator shafts, stairwells, floor space used for mechanical equipment, attics, internal balconies and mezzanines, and floor area devoted to accessory uses are included in the calculation of gross floor area. However, the following shall not be included: any space devoted exclusively to on-site parking; outdoor loading, display, storage, utility service areas; and/or uninhabited enclosed space on tops of roofs; or attic space having head room of less than 7' 10". Attached garages shall be included in the calculation of gross floor area.

      Ground Cover
      Any living or nonliving material incorporated in or covering the surface of the soil which controls accelerated erosion and prevents off-site sedimentation in accordance with this chapter.

      h

      h aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:09

      Hazardous Tree
      A tree is hazardous when it meets all of the following as determined by a Certified Arborist:

      1. It has a structural defect that predisposes the entire tree, or at least 1/5 or more of the tree's crown, to structural failure;
      2. The DBH of the tree predisposed to structural failure is at least 10 inches, or the diameter of the crown limb(s) predisposed to structural failure is at least 8 inches at the largest point;
      3. The structural defect has a failure potential of "medium" or greater as described in the current edition of A Photographic Guide to the Evaluation of Hazard Trees in Urban Areas, published by the International Society of Arboriculture, and cannot be remedied by an accepted arboricultural practice;
      4. A target exists beneath or adjacent to the tree that could be injured or damaged, including but not limited to: pedestrians, vehicles, streets, sidewalks, buildings and other man-made structures.

      Hazardous Waste Facility
      A facility for the collection, storage, processing, treatment, recycling, recovery or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §130A‑290.

      Heritage Tree
      A single-trunk shade tree that is 24 inches DBH or larger, or a single-trunk understory tree that is 12 inches DBH or larger that is not unhealthy and not a hazardous tree.

      High-Quality Waters
      Waters classified in title 15A North Carolina Administrative Code chapter 2B section .0101(e)(5) - General Procedures and amendments thereto, all of which is incorporated by reference.

      High-Quality-Water (HQW) Zones
      Those areas that are within both 1 mile and drain to high-quality waters.

      Historic Alley
      A publicly dedicated alley that was in existence as of September 1, 2013. Historic Landmark A building, site or object that has been designated by the City Council as either a historic site, property or landmark.

      Hospice
      Any coordinated program of care provided by a medically directed interdisciplinary team designed to provide palliative care and emotional support to the terminally ill in a home or homelike setting so that quality of life is maintained and family members may be active participants in care of the terminally ill family member.

      Hospital
      One or more buildings or structures located on the same lot primarily devoted to the rendering of health, medical and nursing care to persons on an in‐patient basis and which provide facilities and services of a scope and type customarily provided by hospitals, which may include facilities for intensive care and self‐care; clinics and out‐patient facilities; clinical, pathological and other laboratories; health care research facilities; laundries; training facilities for nurses, interns, physicians and other staff members; food preparation and food service facilities; administration buildings, central service and other administrative facilities; medical office facilities owned and operated by the hospital for physicians who are members of the hospital medical staff; and other general hospital facilities.

      Household
      One or more persons occupying a dwelling unit, provided that unless all members are related by blood, marriage or adoption, no household shall contain more than 4 unrelated persons. A household may include 5 or fewer foster children placed in a family foster home licensed by the State of North Carolina.

      i

      i aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:10

      Impervious Surface
      Any material that significantly reduces and prevents natural infiltration of water into the soil. Impervious surfaces include but are not limited to roofs, patios, balconies, decks, streets, parking areas, driveways, sidewalks and any concrete, stone, brick, asphalt or compacted gravel surfaces. The effective impervious coverage for certain surfaces listed below are as follows:

      1. Asphalt, concrete, crusher-run gravel, masonry, marl, wood and other impermeable surfaces that prevent land area from infiltrating stormwater are 100% impervious.
      2. Porous surfaces that permit direct infiltration of unconcentrated stormwater into ground areas which are prepared in accordance with plans approved by the City so that the first one-half inch of stormwater infiltrates into the ground are 70% through 10% impervious, depending on:
        1. Compaction;
        2. Condition of subgrade;
        3. Extent of land disturbance;
        4. Extent of porous openings;
        5. Protection from siltation and clogging;
        6. Slope of the ground area; and 
        7. Volume of stormwater stored.
      3. Slatted wood decks that allow the drainage of water through the slats to an unpaved surface below are 50% impervious. If the area covered by the deck is washed gravel, the deck is 30% impervious.
      4. Ungraveled natural footpaths, water surfaces of swimming pools and drainfields are 0% impervious.
      5. All other necessary determinations about impervious surfaces will be based on hydrological tests based on existing subgrade soils, slope, rainfall intensity and rainfall duration.

      Indigenous/Locally Adapted Species
      Plant and animal life forms which are naturally found in the State of North Carolina.

      Infrastructure
      Transit supportive items including but not limited to seating, shelter, trash receptacles, lighting and real-time transit schedule information provided at a transit stop for the comfort, safety and/or convenience of transit passengers.

      Inspector
      The Appropriate City Official or his authorized inspectors. In addition to the powers and responsibilities granted in this article, the Appropriate City Official or his designee shall exercise the powers and responsibilities given to "public officer" in G.S. Chapter 160D, Article 12.

      Interior Lot
      A lot other than a corner lot.

      Internal Illumination
      A light source concealed or contained within the sign itself, such as a neon tube, which becomes visible in darkness by shining through a translucent surface.

      Internal Refractive Lens
      A glass or plastic lens installed between the lamp and the sections of the outer fixture globe or enclosure. Refractive refers to the redirection (bending) of the light as it goes through the lens, softening and spreading the light being distributed from the light source thereby reducing direct glare.

      l

      l aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:10

      Lake, Watercourses
      Any natural or relocated stream, river, brook, swamp, sound, bay, creek, run, branch, canal, waterway, estuary and any reservoir, lake or pond, natural or impounded, in which sediment may be moved or carried in suspension and which could be damaged by an accumulation of sediment.

      Land-Disturbing Activity
      Any use of the land by any person in residential, recreational, industrial, educational, service, institutional, civic, office or commercial development, highway and road construction and maintenance that results in a change in the natural cover or topography or alters the natural structure of the land mass and that may cause or contribute to sedimentation.

      Landfill (debris from on-site)
      A demolition landfill that is limited to receiving from the site stumps, limbs, leaves, concrete, brick, wood, uncontaminated earth or other uncontaminated solid waste from construction activities on the same site.

      Landing Pad
      A firm, stable and slip-resistant surface typically located between the back of curb and adjacent sidewalk constructed from concrete at a bus stop. The pad provides continuity between the sidewalk and a transit vehicle for all users and allows for the deployment of wheelchair ramps from the transit vehicle. The landing pad may also serve as the foundation to which a bench or shelter is permanently mounted and shall satisfy the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

      Light Source
      The element of a lighting fixture that is the point of origin of the lumens emitted by the fixture.

      Loading Area
      An off-street area, space, dock, door, or berth used for the loading or unloading of cargo, products or materials to or from vehicles. This does not include loading areas used by the general public in association with retail sales or a similar use.

      Locally Adapted Species
      Non‐native species of animal and plant life that are adapted to the climatic conditions of North Carolina.

      Lot Coverage
      The amount of net lot area within designated floodway fringe areas and future conditions flood hazard areas expressed in terms of a percentage that is covered by any obstruction and/or fill restricting or displacing the flow of flood waters.

      Lowest Floor
      The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area (including basement). An unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage in an area other than a basement area is not considered a building’s lowest floor provided that such enclosure is not constructed so as to render the structure in violation of the applicable non-elevation design requirements of this UDO.

      Lumen
      A quantitative unit measuring the amount of light emitted by a light source.

      m

      m aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:11

      Manufactured Home
      A structure, as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. § 143-145(7), transportable in one or more sections that is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling, with or without permanent foundation.

      Manufactured Home Park
      A lot which contains or is intended to contain manufactured home spaces for lease or unit ownership (condominium) pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. Chapter 47C.

      Manufactured Home Space
      A plot of land within a manufactured home park designed for the accommodation of a single manufactured home.

      Manufactured Home Stands or Pads
      That portion of the manufactured home space designed for occupancy by a manufactured home. 

      Major Access Corridor
      A street or highway designed to move large volumes of through traffic from 1 area to another and usually built and maintained with Federal assistance. These corridors usually have separated grades and a minimum of traffic signals. The following are major access corridors: I-40, I-440, 64 By-pass, U.S. 1, U.S. 70, U.S. 64 and U.S. 401, Wade Avenue between I-440 and I-40 and Northern Wake Expressway.

      Maintained Footcandles
      Illuminance of lighting fixtures adjusted for a maintenance factor accounting for dirt build-up and lamp output depreciation. The maintenance factor used in the design process to account for this depreciation cannot be lower than 0.72 for high-pressure sodium and 0.64 for metal halide and mercury vapor.

      Mean Sea Level
      The average height of the sea for all stages of the tide. It is used as a reference for establishing various elevations within special flood hazard areas. The term is synonymous with National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD). Mechanical Equipment Machines and devices, including HVAC units, fans, vents, generators and elevator motors, integral to the regular operation of climate control, electrical and similar building systems.

      Median
      A value or quantity lying at the midpoint of a frequency distribution of observed values or quantities. Where the median includes an even number within the set, the two values closest to the midpoint are averaged.

      Medium Base
      The size of lamp socket designed to accept a medium or Edison base lamp.

      Metro Park
      The following park: William B. Umstead State Park.

      Mezzanine
      An intermediate level or levels between the finished floor and ceiling of a story.

      Minor Tree Removal Activity
      The lawful removal of a tree, other than a champion tree and trees protected in either Resource Management District or natural protective yard, which is unrelated to forestry general or to the installation of any driveway, use, structure, facility improvement, site plan or subdivision, is a minor tree removal activity when it meets one or more of the following:

      1. Unsafe trees are removed within 1 year following a natural disaster declared by the State of North Carolina or City of Raleigh such an ice storm, hurricane or tornado.
      2. Fewer than 16 trees with a DBH of 3 inches or more are lawfully removed from the property within any continuous twelve month period, provided that the subsequent subdivision of the property shall not increase the number of trees which can be removed from the property and that no tree 10 inches or greater in DBH is removed if such tree is located:​​​​​​​​​​​​​​
        1. Within 50 feet of a right-of-way of any thoroughfare; or
        2. Within 32 feet of any vacant adjoining property boundary line; or
        3. Within 65 feet of any other property line or urban forestry.

      3. The term “vacant” means that at the time of application for development there is no building or structure or vehicular surface area within 200 feet from the common property line of the property being developed and the adjoining or adjacent property.

      4. An arborist, certified by the International Society of Arboriculture or a forester registered by the State of North Carolina or a landscape architect licensed by the State of North Carolina first certifies in writing to the City that the tree is either unsafe or is unhealthy and applicable soil erosion and sedimentation laws are obeyed.

      5. The tree is less than 3 inches DBH.

      6. The tree is damaging an existing improvement on the lot.

      7. The lawful removal of trees located on lots of record existing prior to the application of this regulation that are less than 2 acres in size.

      8. The tree to be removed is for a City of Raleigh project to install or maintain public infrastructure and is unrelated to any site plan, subdivision or building permit.

      Mixed Use District
      The following general use or conditional zoning districts: Residential Mixed Use (RX)-, Office Park (OP-), Office Mixed Use (OX-), Neighborhood Mixed Use (NX-), Commercial Mixed (CX-), Downtown Mixed Use (DX-) and Industrial Mixed Use (IX-) 

      Modified Natural Stream
      An on-site channelization or relocation of a stream channel and subsequent relocation of the intermittent or perennial flow as evidenced by topographic alterations in the immediate watershed. A modified natural stream must have the typical biological, hydrological and physical characteristics commonly associated with the continuous conveyance of water.

      Monastery, Convent
      ​​​​​​​A place of residence for bona fide members of a religious order where members are housed in one or more buildings and carry on religious, medical, educational or charitable work in the community.

       

      n

      n aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:11

      Natural Protective Yard
      A landscaped yard area that contains no buildings, vehicular surface area, loading, storage or display service areas, in which no tree disturbing activity or grading shall take place unless in accordance with an approved tree removal permit. No tree removal permit shall be issued if the cumulative grading and tree removal exceeds 30% of any natural protective yard.

      Natural Resource Buffer Yard
      Buffer areas that limit land disturbing activities adjacent to fragile environmental areas, which include, but are not limited to, watercourse buffers.

      New Construction
      Structures for which the “start of construction” commenced on or after the effective date of this UDO and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures.

      Non-Encroachment Area
      The channel of a river or other watercourse, including the area above a bridge or culvert when application, and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than one (1) foot as designated in the Flood Insurance Study report.

      o

      o aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:11

      Off-Premises Sign
      Any sign or structure, pictorial or otherwise, regardless of size or shape that directs attention to a business, commodity, attraction, profession, service or entertainment conducted, sold, offered, manufactured, existing or provided at a location other than the premises where the sign is located or to which it is affixed. Sometimes called non-point-of-sale sign.

      Off-Site Stormwater Control Facilities
      The overall design, construction and maintenance of one or more devices and measures and associated drainage easements, conduits, inlets, channels, pipes and ditches, level spreaders, filters, buffers, bioretention areas, sand filters, detention basins, wetlands and ponds necessary to collect, convey, store and control stormwater runoff and pollutants for more than 1 lot. Stormwater control facilities serving contiguous properties or a subdivision or a portion of a subdivision greater than 1 lot are examples of off-site stormwater control facilities.

      One Hundred-Year Storm
      The stormwater runoff resulting from a rainfall of an intensity expected to be equaled or exceeded, on the average, once in 100 years and of a duration which will produce the maximum peak rate of runoff, for the watershed of interest under average antecedent wetness conditions.

      On-Premise Sign
      Any sign or structure, pictorial or otherwise, regardless of size or shape that directs attention to a business, profession, commodity, attraction, service or entertainment conducted, offered, sold, manufactured, existing or provided at a location on the premises where the sign is located or to which it is affixed. A sign that identifies both an on-premises subsidiary and an off-premises parent company is an off-premises sign.

      On-Site Stormwater Control Facilities
      The overall design, construction and maintenance of one or more devices and measures and associated drainage easement, conduits, inlets, channels pipes, ditches, level spreaders, filters, buffers, bioretention areas, sand, filters, detention basins, wetlands and ponds, necessary to collect, convey, store and control stormwater runoff and pollutants within and for a single lot.

      Open Space, Active
      Improvements to accommodate recreation or activity, such as play fields and play courts, excluding sidewalks and greenways.

      Open Space Area
      Primarily vegetated areas where development is restricted, and no additional impervious surface may be placed without first obtaining a permit from the City. The following are open space areas: active or passive open space areas, greenways, public parks, natural protective yards set forth in conditional zoning districts and permanently protected undisturbed open space areas.

      Orphanage
      A public or private institution providing for the care and protection of children without parents. The care includes physical, medical, psychological, social and educational needs of children often licensed by the state. Orphanage includes children's home and foster care.

      Outdoor Advertising Sign
      Any off-premises, off-site, poster panel, billboard or non-point-of-sale sign.

      Outdoor Mobile Vending Cart
      A non-motorized cart with wheels that is temporarily stored on a premise where goods or merchandise are sold to the general public.

      p

      p aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:12

      Parapet Wall
      That portion of any building wall that rises above the level of the roof line.

      Passive Open Space
      Generally an undeveloped space or environmentally sensitive area that requires minimal development. These open space areas can include pedestrian or bicycle pathways or greenways.

      Pedestrian Area
      An area used primarily for walking, such as a sidewalk or greenway. Phase of Grading One of 2 types of grading, rough or fine.

      Planned Transit Route
      Any fixed route public transit service described or illustrated in the City's adopted Comprehensive Plan or adopted by a local or regional public transit agency.

      Planning Director
      The chief administrator as designated by the City Manager to implement and administer the Department of City Planning and the UDO. This term shall be deemed to include the Planning Director or designee.

      Play Courts
      Recreation facilities that operate and use a court such as tennis, basketball, handball, squash, croquet, shuffleboard, volleyball and racquetball courts and clubs.

      Play Fields
      Areas in which field games are played and that contain less than 250 seats. Play fields include: baseball, field hockey, football, lacrosse, soccer, softball and open play areas.

      Playset
      A freestanding play structure primarily intended for children, including swing sets, tree houses, and slides.

      Portable Ground Sign
      Any sign which rests upon the ground, a structure, frame, building or other surface. Portable ground signs are not affixed to a supporting structure, building or frame. Such signs include but are not limited to the following: trailer signs, sandwich board signs, sidewalk signs, curb signs or A-Frame signs.

      Porch
      A raised structure attached to a building forming a covered entrance. To qualify as a porch, 50% or more of each exterior wall of the porch must be open. For the purposes of this requirement, mesh screens and latticework shall be considered open.

      Post-Development Conditions
      Pre-development conditions together with the land use, drainage and impervious conditions that would exist on the site if all proposed development plans for the site are fully completed. 

      Pre-Development Conditions
      The land use, drainage and impervious surface conditions existing on the site at the time plans are submitted for approval, including any previously approved development plans for the site which has not sunsetted, projects which have an outstanding valid building permit in compliance with N.C. Gen. Stat. §160D-1110, 160D-1111 and §160D-1115 and projects that have obtained a State permit such as landfills, land application of residuals on the site.

      Premises
      The term premises is interchangeable with the term lot.

      Principal Arterial
      Principal arterials are comprised of limited-access freeways, expressway and gateway arterials. Principal arterials are the same roads as major access corridors.

      Principal Building or Use
      The building, structure or land that contains the primary function or activity on a lot.

      Project
      A site under unified control for the purposes of development.

      Protective Yard
      A landscaped yard area which contains no buildings, vehicular surface area, loading, storage or display service areas. For street protective yards, driveways and sidewalks necessary to serve the development may be permitted, provided that they are perpendicular to the protective yard. Protective yards include transitional protective yards, street protective yards and Zone A transition zones.

      Public Transit Agency
      Publicly-funded operators of bus transit systems, including but not limited to the City of Raleigh, GoTriangle, the Town of Cary, and North Carolina State University.

      q

      q aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:14

      Queuing Area
      The space devoted to vehicle waiting areas associated with a drive through or drive up facility. The queuing area begins at the point of service, such as a drive through window.

      r

      r aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:14

      Raleigh Stormwater Control and Watercourse Buffer Manual
      A manual adopted by the City Council by reference, as fully as though set forth in this UDO that includes plan and data submission requirements, presents design procedures and criteria for conducting natural, hydrologic and hydraulic evaluations, best management practice designs, regulations for riparian surface water buffers, standards for managing the volume and quality of stormwater runoff and standards for maintenance.

      Rear Yard
      The area located between the rear line of a building or structure and the rear boundary of a lot or an existing or proposed street right-of-way and extending along the entire width of the lot.

      Receiving Watercourse
      A lake, natural watercourse or other natural or man-made area into which stormwater runoff flows from a land-disturbing activity site.

      Recyclable Material
      Material including, but not limited to, metals (including vehicles which have been crushed off site), glass, rubber (including tires), plastic, paper and scrap, which is intended for reuse or reconstitution for the purpose of using the altered form. Recyclable material shall not include hazardous materials and wastes (as defined in 40 CFR 261.3 to 261.33 or as the same may be amended by law), garbage, biodegradable refuse such as food, medical wastes or other similar material and wrecked, dismantled or partially dismantled automobiles.

      Refereed Journal
      Publications reviewed by expert readers or referees prior to the publication of the material. After reading and evaluating the material, the referee informs the publisher if the document should be published or if any changes should be made prior to publication. Refereed materials are significant to the research and the literature of most academic fields because they assure readers that the information conveyed is reliable and timely.

      Regional Stormwater Control Facilities
      The overall design, construction and maintenance of measures and devices and associated drainage easement, conduits, inlets, channels, pipes, ditches, filters, buffers, bioretention areas and ponds that are necessary to collect, convey, store and control stormwater runoff and pollutants within or outside a development and for one or more developments, as shown on the stormwater control master plans approved by the State of North Carolina.

      Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation
      The elevation to which structures and uses within floodway fringe areas and future conditions flood hazard areas are required to be elevated or floodproofed. Within areas which have approved engineered flood studies, such as the FEMA flood insurance study and floodway fringe areas, this elevation will be the “without floodway” base flood elevation plus 2 additional vertical feet. Base flood elevations are shown in the flood insurance study for Wake County, Volumes 1 through 7. Within future conditions flood hazard areas, this elevation will be the future conditions flood elevation plus 2 additional vertical feet. Future conditions flood elevations are shown in the flood insurance study for Wake County, Volumes 1 through 7. For flood hazard soil areas and for areas without established flood elevations within watercourses which drain 1 square mile or more, this elevation is the topographic contour lying 5 vertical feet from the outermost boundaries of either the flood hazard soils or the made land, which traverse such soils. The regulatory flood protection elevation for flood hazard soil areas and for areas without established flood elevations within watercourses which drain less than 1 square mile is the elevation of the outermost boundaries of either the flood hazard soils or the made land which traverse such soils plus 2 additional vertical feet, or as determined from a flood hazard soil interpretation. The regulatory flood protection elevation shall be the base flood elevation established on the drainage basin study maps plus 2 additional vertical feet.

      Replacement Cost
      Either the median value based Square Foot Costs established by the most recent edition of Building Construction Cost Data published by R.S. Means or the most recent tax value for a building as reported in the County tax office. The property owner shall decide which of the 2 methods for determining replacement cost is to be used.

      Residential District
      The following general use and conditional zoning districts: Residential-1 (R-1), Residential-2 (R-2) Residential-4 (R-4), Residential-6 (R-6) and Residential-10 (R-10).  Includes Manufactured Housing (MH).

      Resource Management District
      The following general use, conditional zoning and overlay zoning districts: Conservation Management (CM), Metro-Park Protection Overlay District (-MPOD), Special Highway Overlay District-1 (-SHOD-1) and Special Highway Overlay District-2 (-SHOD-2).

      Reverse-frontage lot
      A residential lot with more than one frontage, where access from the lot or adjacent lots is taken from a street with a lower classification on the Raleigh Street Plan Map, and rear yards are located adjacent to a street with a higher classification on the Raleigh Street Plan Map.

      Ribbon Driveway
      Also called “strip driveway,” a driveway that consists of two parallel strips of permanent non-erodible material (see Sec. 7.1.9) with groundcover or similar pervious material in between. One of the strips may be no more than 2’wide while the other may be up to 4’ wide to accommodate pedestrian access and a 3’ wide median shall be maintained in either scenario.

      Riparian Surface Water
      Actual surface water that is shown as a feature on either the most recent version of (a) the soil survey map prepared by the Natural Resources Conservation Services of the United States Department of Agriculture or (b) the most recent version of the 1:24,000 scale (7.5 minute) quadrangle topographic maps prepared by the United States Geologic Survey (USGS) except for the following surface waters:
      1. Man-made channels, such as ditches and canals, other than a modified natural stream.
      2. Man-made ponds and lakes that are located outside natural drainage ways.
      3. Ephemeral (stormwater) streams.

      Rooming Unit
      Any room or group of rooms forming a single habitable unit used for living and sleeping, but not for cooking or eating purposes.

       

      s

      s aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:15

      Sadomasochism Center
      Any for profit establishment wherein the practice of flagellation, torture or fettering is used or administered to an individual either by an employee of the establishment or a patron of the establishment.

      Salvage Yard
      Any nonresidential property used for the storage, collection or recycling of any type of equipment, including but not limited to vehicles, appliances and related machinery.

      Sediment
      Solid particulate matter, both mineral and organic, that has been or is being transported by water, wind, gravity or ice from its point of origin.

      Sedimentation
      The process by which sediment resulting from accelerated erosion has been or is being transported off a site of the land-disturbing activity or into a lake or watercourse.

      Senior Housing
      Housing for residents at least 62 years in age. The housing must comply with the Federal Fair Housing Act.

      Service Areas
      An area used for trash collection, trash compaction, recycling collection or other similar functions.

      Shade Tree
      An evergreen or deciduous tree whose mature height can be expected to exceed 35 feet and which has an expected crown spread of 30 feet or more or is considered a shade tree in accordance with “American Standards of Nursery Stock”, set forth by the American Association of Nurserymen.

      Shopping Center
      A planned unified development that contains at least three establishments with commercial or recreational uses and contains at least 25,000 square feet of gross floor area.

      Side Yard
      The area located between the side line(s) of a building or structure and the side boundary of a lot or an existing or proposed street right-of-way and extending along the entire length of the lot.

      Sign
      Any temporary or permanent identification, description, animation, illustration, or device, illuminated or non-illuminated, which is visible from any right-of-way, situated indoors or outdoors, and which directs attention to any realty, product, service, place, activity, person, institution, performance, commodity, firm, business or solicitation, or any emblem, painting, banner, poster, bulletin board, pennant, placard or temporary sign designed to identify or convey information. Signs do not include displays located inside buildings, courts, lobbies, stadiums, or other structures that are not positioned in such a manner so as to be intended to be seen from the exterior of the building or structure.

      Siltation
      The sediment resulting from accelerated erosion which is settleable or removable by properly designed, constructed and maintained control measures and which has been transported from its point of origin within the site of a land-disturbing activity and which has been deposited or is in suspension in water.

      Site Plan
      A scaled drawing and supporting text showing the relationship between lot lines and the existing or proposed uses, buildings, or structures on the lot. The site plan may include site-specific details such as building areas, building height and floor area, setbacks from lot lines and street rights-of-way, intensities, densities, utility lines and locations, parking, access points, roads, and stormwater control facilities that are depicted to show compliance with all legally required development regulations that are applicable to the project and the site plan review.

      Solid Waste Disposal Facility
      Any facility involved in the disposal of solid waste, as defined in N.C. Gen. Stat. §130A-290(a)(35).

      Special District
      The following general use and conditional zoning districts: Conservation Management (CM), Agricultural Productive (AP), Heavy Industrial (IH), Manufactured Home Park (R-MP) and Campus (CMP). 

      Special Flood Hazard Area
      The maximum area, adjoining a river, stream, watercourse or lake which is likely to be flooded, by the base flood or the future conditions flood. The special flood hazard area includes “floodway” areas, “floodway fringe” areas and future conditions flood hazard areas. These areas are illustrated on flood hazard boundary maps flood hazard soils plus additional distances, recorded flood storage areas required by this UDO and drainage basin study maps.

      Start of Construction
      The date a building permit was issued, provided the actual “start of construction,” repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement or other improvement was made within 180 days of the permit date. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of piles, the construction of columns or any work beyond the stage of excavation, or the placement of a “manufactured home” on a foundation. For a substantial improvement, the actual start of construction is the first alteration of any load-bearing wall, ceiling, floor or other structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building.

      Stepback
      The horizontal distance of a building facade that is recessed on a horizontal plane.

      Stormwater Control Devices
      The overall design, construction and maintenance of one or more devices, measures and associated drainage easements, conduits, inlets, channels, pipes and ditches, level spreaders, filters, buffers, bioretention areas, sand filters, detention basins, swales, wetlands and ponds or any other City-approved best management practice necessary to collect, convey, store, treat and control stormwater runoff and pollutants.

      Stormwater Control Facilities
      Off-site stormwater control facilities, on-site stormwater control facilities, regional stormwater control facilities or any combination thereof.

      Stormwater Control Master Plan
      A conceptual plan approved by the City Council which establishes stormwater control policies and recommendations for an entire watershed or region as an alternative to individual site specific stormwater control plans. 

      Storm Drainage Facilities
      The man-made system of inlets, conduits, channels, ditches or other such facilities and appurtenances which collect and convey stormwater.

      Stormwater Runoff
      Runoff of water resulting from precipitation in any form.

      Street Furniture
      Physical improvements required by approved streetscape plans including but not limited to: benches, bicycle racks, pedestrian lighting, trash receptacles, planters, flower boxes/pots or other objects located outdoors.

      Street Protective Yard
      A landscaped protective yard adjacent to a street right-of-way.

      Structural Flooding
      Crawlspace, finished floor, garage and/or basement flooding caused by concentrated stormwater flows and not groundwater infiltration. Structural flooding also occurs in sheds and outbuildings on a permanent, enclosed foundation that cannot be easily moved. Sheds and outbuildings not on permanent, enclosed foundations or that can be easily moved and where moving the structure is the least cost alternative to prevent flood damage to the structure, are not defined as having structural flooding. Structural flooding does not include those portions of residential and commercial structures located in a floodplain area and designed and constructed to flood or a commercial structure that has a City approved floodproofing plan.

      Substantial Damage
      Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or exceed the 50% of the estimated market value of the structure before the damage occurred.

      Substantial Improvement
      Any reconstruction, repair, rehabilitation, addition or other improvement of a structure, the cost of which over a 5 year period singularly or collectively equals or exceeds 50% of the market value of the structure before the “start of construction” of the substantial improvement. This term includes structures which have incurred “substantial damage,” regardless of the actual amount of repair work performed. The term does not include any project for improvement of a structure to correct existing violations of State or local health, sanitary or safety code specifications which have been identified by the local code enforcement official and which are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions.

      Sustainable Energy Systems
      On-site renewable energy generation technologies such as a solar array, solar collection system, wind energy system or geothermal energy system.

      t

      t aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:15

      Ten-Year Storm
      The stormwater runoff resulting from a rainfall of an intensity expected to be equaled or exceeded, on the average, once in 10 years and of a duration which will produce the maximum peak rate of runoff for the watershed of interest under average antecedent wetness conditions.

      Through lot
      A lot with more than one frontage, not located on a corner.

      Thoroughfare
      A street delineated as a major thoroughfare or a minor thoroughfare on the Comprehensive Plan or a major access corridor. Major thoroughfares include: (1) principal arterials, which are either gateways, freeways or expressways; (2) secondary arterials; (3) other major thoroughfares; or (4) any Major Street identified in Article 8.4.

      Transit Easement
      A permanent easement dedicated to the City and recorded with the County where the transit stop is located for the purpose of providing public transit services. The transit easement provides public access to the property, allows construction, installation and maintenance of amenities on the site.

      Transit Shelter
      A permanently installed structure located at a transit stop that provides seating and protection from the weather for people waiting for a transit vehicle.

      Transit Stop
      A designated place where public transit vehicles pause on a scheduled basis to allow for passenger boarding and alighting a public transit vehicle. A transit stop is marked with a City-issued bus stop sign and may include amenities such as shelters, benches and trash receptacles.

      Transit Stop Pad
      A firm, stable and slip-resistant surface constructed from concrete at a bus stop. The transit stop pad provides a permanent location to construct transit amenities and for passengers to wait for an approaching bus, and shall satisfy the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and shall be constructed in conformance with the design standards contained in the Raleigh Street Design Manual.

      Transparency
      The ability to transmit light so objects on the other side of the material are visible. As applied to windows, the transparent material must pierce the building façade with a minimum distance of 4 feet maintained free of building materials, shelving or other impediment so that views are provided into and out of the building.

      Transportation Director
      The chief administrator as designated by the City Manager to plan, direct and coordinate various aspects of the UDO.

      Tree Disturbing Activity
      Any activity that results in one or more of the following:
      1. The movement of earth, compaction of earth, chemical or physical alteration of earth or a change in the existing soil cover (both vegetative and non vegetative) or the existing soil topography in the critical root zone of a tree or within any tree conservation area, including but not limited to: chemical application, clearing, grading, filling, excavation, stabilization of structures and road or walkway construction
      2. Chemical or physical alteration of a tree in any way that diminishes its health and vigor, including but not limited to removal, cutting, root pruning, branch pruning, topping, bark scraping and application of chemical or biological agents.
      3. The placement within the critical root zoneor within any tree conservation area of any permanent or temporary encroachment, including but not limited to application of impervious surfaces, storage of equipment, materials, earth parking or circulation of vehicles or equipment. 

      Twenty Five-Year Storm
      The stormwater runoff resulting from a rainfall of an intensity expected to be equaled or exceeded, on the average, once in 25 years and of a duration which will produce the maximum peak rate of runoff, from the watershed of interest under average antecedent wetness conditions.

      Two-Year Storm
      The stormwater runoff resulting from a rainfall of an intensity expected to be equaled or exceeded, on the average, once in 2 years and of a duration which will produce the maximum peak rate of runoff, for the watershed of interest under average antecedent wetness conditions.

      u

      u aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:15

      Uncovered
      The removal of ground cover from, on or above the soil surface.

      Understory Tree
      An evergreen or deciduous tree whose mature height can be expected to range between 15 feet and 35 feet and which has an expected crown spread range between 15 feet and 25 feet as determined by the latest edition of “American Standards of Nursery Stock” as set forth by the American Association of Nurserymen.

      Undisturbed Area
      An area free of any tree disturbing activity except the planting of required landscaping and plantings required by conditional zoning requirements.

      Unhealthy
      A plant or tree that meets any one or more of the following:
      1. Its foliage and bark have a form and color that is not characteristic of the species similarly located within the city;
      2. Its twig elongation is dissimilar to that of others of the same species and size similarly located within the city;
      3. It is not free from infestation of insects and detrimental diseases; 
      4. More than 10% of its trunk circumference dies in any 1 calendar year;
      5. More than 30% of its crown dies or is lost in any 1 calendar year; and/or
      6. It no longer screens, filters or shades the area for which it was installed.

      Unity of Development
      The visual and functional integration of buildings within a development or area.

      Urban Frontage
      The following frontages: Green (-GR), Green Plus (-GP), Urban Limited (-UL), Urban General (-UG) and Shopfront (-SH).

      Utility Service Area
      An area which contains any utility box, booster box, switching station, transformer, pedestal or backflow preventor or similar above-grade device used to serve underground utilities.

      Utility Service Plan
      A plan associated with a Planned Development Master Plan that provides information for mail distribution and solid waste collection.

      v

      v aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:16

      Vegetated GSI Practices
      GSI practices that are predominantly vegetated at the surface of the practice. Examples of such practices include preserved natural areas, bioretention areas, and green roofs.

      Vehicular Canopy
      A roofed and open drive-through structure designed to provide temporary shelter for vehicles and their occupants while making use of a business’ services.

      Vehicular Surface Area
      An area where motor vehicles are either stored or driven, including private driveways and private streets, parking lots, vehicular display lots, rental lots and depots, but not including parking buildings or areas which are used exclusively as loading areas and service areas.

      Vehicle parking
      This refers to parking spaces and areas for cars, trucks, and similar vehicles. No parking is required for vehicles, but this code regulates the design and other aspects of any vehicular parking spaces that are provided.

      Vehicle Sign
      Any sign attached to or painted on, or otherwise positioned, (whether exterior or interior), in or on, located upon a vehicle or a tractor trailer.

      Velocity
      The average velocity of water flow through the cross-section of an effluent main channel at the peak flow of the storm of interest. The cross-section of the main channel, if any, shall be that area defined by the geometry of the channel plus the area of flow below the flood height defined by vertical lines at the main channel banks. Overbank flows are not to be included for the purpose of computing velocity of flow.

      w

      w aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:16

      Wall Pack
      A type of light fixture typically flush-mounted on a vertical wall surface.

      Wall plate
      A structural element, usually horizontal, situated along the top of a wall at the level of the eaves for bearing the ends of joists or rafters.

      Wide-Body Refractive Globe
      A translucent lamp enclosure used with some outdoor fixtures to provide a decorative look including but not limited to acorn- and carriage light-style fixtures. “Wide-body” refers to a wider than average size globe (greater than 15.75 inches in diameter). “Refractive” refers to the redirection (bending) of the light as it goes through a lens, rendering the light fixture more effective. Wide-body refractive globes are intended to soften and spread the light being distributed from the light source thereby reducing direct glare.

      z

      z aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:16

      Zoning Administrator
      Position in the Department of City Planning as a sworn officer to enforce and administer the regulations found in the City Unified Development Ordinance and associated manuals.

      Housing Code Definitions

      Housing Code Definitions aaron.sheppard… Wed, 05/24/2023 - 11:18

      Agent
      Any person, firm or corporation who is responsible for the management, maintenance, operation, renting, leasing or sale of any property or who makes application for or seeks a permit or certificate on behalf of the owner of any property or who in any other way represents the owner or the property in any particular case.

      Basement
      A portion of a building which is located partly underground, having direct access to light and air from windows located above the level of the adjoining ground.

      Cellar
      A portion of a building located partly or wholly underground having an inadequate access to light and air from windows located partly or wholly below the level of the adjoining ground.

      Dwelling
      Any building, structure, manufactured home, mobile home or part thereof, used and occupied for human habitation or intended to be so used and includes any outhouses and appurtenances belonging thereto or usually enjoyed therewith, except that it does not include any temporary housing as hereinafter defined.

      Duplex
      A structure containing 2 complete and separate dwelling units with a common wall or ceiling and under 1 roof.

      Dwelling unit One or more rooms physically arranged as to create an independent housekeeping establishment with separate facilities for cooking, sleeping and toilet.

      Equivalent dwelling unit.
      For purposes of computing the means of egress required by this chapter, the following shall be considered equivalent to a dwelling unit: any room or rooms not provided with cooking facilities and occupied by 4 persons within a rooming house, fraternity, sorority, rest home or any dwelling however styled.

      Extermination
      The control and elimination of insects, rodents or other pests by eliminating their harborage places; by removing or making inaccessible materials that may serve as their food; by poisoning, spraying, fumigating, trapping or by any other recognized and legal pest elimination methods approved by the inspector.

      Family
      An individual or 2 or more persons related by blood to the third degree lineally or the fourth degree collaterally, marriage or adoption living together in a dwelling unit; or a group of not more than 4 persons, one or more of whom is not related by blood as described above, marriage or adoption to the other. A family may include 5 or fewer foster children placed in a family foster home licensed by the State of North Carolina.

      Garbage
      The animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling, preparation, cooking and consumption of food.

      Habitable room
      A room or enclosed floor space used or intended to be used for living, sleeping, cooking or eating purposes, excluding bathrooms, water closet compartments, laundries, heater rooms, foyers or communicating corridors, closets and storage spaces.

      Infestation
      The presence, within or around a dwelling, of any insects, rodents or other pests in such numbers as to constitute a menace to the health, safety or welfare of the occupants or to the public.

      Inspector
      The Appropriate City Official or his authorized inspectors. In addition to the powers and responsibilities granted in this article, the Appropriate City Official or his designee shall exercise the powers and responsibilities given to "public officer" in G.S. 160A-441 et seq.

      Meaning of certain words
      Whenever the words "dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, rooming unit, premises" are used in this chapter, they shall be construed as though they were followed by the words "or any part thereof."

      Multiple dwelling
      Any dwelling containing more than 2 dwelling units.

      Occupant
      Any person, regardless of age, living, sleeping, cooking or eating in or having actual possession of a dwelling unit or rooming unit.

      Operator
      Any person who has charge, care or control of a building or part thereof, in which dwelling units or rooming units are let.

      Owner
      any person who alone or jointly or severally with others: Shall have title to any dwelling or dwelling unit, with or without accompanying actual possession thereof; or shall have charge, care or control of any dwelling or dwelling unit, as owner or agent of the owner or as executor, executrix, administrator, administratrix, trustee or guardian of the estate of the owner. Any such person thus representing the actual owner shall be bound to comply with the provisions of this chapter and of rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto, to the same extent as if he were the owner. Plumbing and include all of the following supplied facilities and equipment: gas pipes, gas burning equipment, water pipes, garbage disposal units, waste pipes, water closets, sinks, installed dishwashers, lavatories, bathtubs, shower baths, installed clothes washing machines, catch basins, drains, vents and any other similar supply fixtures, together with all connections to water, sewer or gas lines.

      Rooming house or lodging house or tourist home. 
      A type of equivalent dwelling located in a dwelling which contains rooms without cooking facilities that are rented to the general public as a whole to more than 4 persons.

      Rooming unit
      Any room or group of rooms forming a single habitable unit used or intended to be used for living and sleeping, but not for cooking or eating purposes.

      Rubbish
      Combustible and noncombustible waste materials, except garbage and ashes and the term shall include paper, rags, cartons, boxes, wood, excelsior, rubber, leather, tree branches, yard trimmings, tin cans, metals, mineral matter, glass, crockery and dust.

      Supplied
      Paid for, furnished or provided by or under the control of, the owner or operator.

      Temporary housing
      Any tent, trailer or other structure used for human shelter which is designed to be transportable and which is not attached to the ground, to another structure or to any utilities system on the same premises for more than 30 consecutive days.

      Unfit for human habitation
      That conditions exist in a dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house or rooming unit which violate or do not comply with one or more of the minimum standards of fitness or one or more of the requirements established by this article.

      HISTORY TABLE

      Unified Development Ordinance

      HISTORY TABLE

      HISTORY TABLE aaron.sheppard… Fri, 02/23/2024 - 14:21
      Section of UDO Ordinance Number Text Change Number Date of Adoption Supplement
      Number
      1.1.7 563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 29
      1.1.8 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      1.1.9 2015-393-TC-362 TC-5-14 2-3-2015 1
      2017-696-TC-393 TC-8-17 4-4-2017 4
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      1.1.12 2017-693-TC-392 TC-1-17 5-2-2017 4
      2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7

      1.1.13

      2021-300-TC-458

      TC-10-21

      10-19-2021

      16

      2024-617-TC-478

      TC-8-23

      4-2-2024

      31

      1.2.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      1.2.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      1.2.3 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      1.3.2 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      1.3.3 2019-917-TC-412 TC-3-17 2-19-2019 8
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      1.3.4 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      1.4.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      1.4.2 2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-120-TC-435 TC-1(B)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2023-457-TC-476 TC-6-22 1-17-2023 26
      1.5.1 2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      1.5.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2019-917-TC-412 TC-3-17 2-19-2019 8
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      1.5.3 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-255 TC 450 TC-1-21 6-20-21 12
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      1.5.4 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      1.5.5 2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      1.5.6 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      1.5.7 2016-546-TC-377 TC-1-16 2-2-2016 2
      2018-864-TC-405 TC-17-16 7-3-2018 6
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-46-TC-430 TC-13-19 1-7-2020 10
      2020-170-TC-441 TC-4-20 12-1-2020 11
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2021-304-TC-459 TC-22-20 11-2-2021 16
      1.5.8 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      1.5.9 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      1.5.10 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      1.5.11 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      1.5.12 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-2018 12-4-2018 7
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      2.1.1 2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-120-TC-435 TC-1(B)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.1.2 2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.1.3 2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.2.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.2.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.2.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.2.4 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.2.5 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.2.6 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.2.7 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2018-904-TC-410 TC-7-2017 12-4-2018 8
      2020-170-TC-441 TC-4-20 12-1-2020 11
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2.2.8 2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.2.9 2023-457-TC-476 TC-6-22 1-17-2023 26
      2.3.1 2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.3.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.3.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.3.4 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.3.5 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.3.6 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.3.7 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.4.1 2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.4.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.4.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.4.4 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.4.5 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.4.6 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.4.7 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.5.1 2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2.5.2 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      2.5.3 2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2.6.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-120-TC-435 TC-1(B)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.6.3 2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2022-383-TC-469 TC-12-21 6-7-2022 22
      2022-383-TC-469 TC-12-21 6-7-2022 23
      2.6.4 2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2.7.1 2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      3.1.2 2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      3.2.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-546-TC-377 TC-4-15 2-2-2016 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-546-TC-377 TC-4-15 2-2-2016 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2015-529-TC-376 TC-11-15 12-1-2015 2
      2016-546-TC-377 TC-4-15 2-2-2016 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.4 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-546-TC-377 TC-4-15 2-2-2016 2
      2016-629-TC-383 TC-12-16 9-6-2016 4
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.5 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-546-TC-377 TC-4-15 2-2-2016 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.6 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-546-TC-377 TC-4-15 2-2-2016 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.7 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.8 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      3.2.9 2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      3.3.1 2020-46-TC-430 TC-13-19 1-7-2020 10
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-133-TC-436 TC-7-20 9-1-2020 11
      2020-120-TC-435 TC-1(B)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      3.3.2 2020-46-TC-430 TC-13-19 1-7-2020 10
      2020-120-TC-435 TC-1(B)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      3.3.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-46-TC-430 TC-13-19 1-7-2020 10
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      3.3.4 2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.1 2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      3.4.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.4 2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.6 2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.7 2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.8 2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.9 2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.4.10 2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      3.5.1 2015-513-TC-374 TC-10-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-887-TC-408 TC-12-17 10-16-2018 7
      2020-144-TC-437 TC-6-20 10-6-2020 11
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.5.5 2021-304-TC-459 TC-22-20 11-2-2021 16
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.5.6 2018-887-TC-408 TC-12-17 10-16-2018 7
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      3.6.1 2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      3.6.2 2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      3.7.1 2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      4.2.1 2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      4.5.1 2017-660-TC-389 TC-21-16 1-3-2017 4
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      4.5.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      4.5.3 2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      4.6.1 2021-178-TC-443 TC-15-2020 1-5-2021 11
      4.6.2 2021-178-TC-443 TC-15-2020 1-5-2021 11
      640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      4.6.3 2021-178-TC-443 TC-15-2020 1-5-2021 11
      4.6.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-178-TC-443 TC-15-2020 1-5-2021 11
      4.7.1 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      4.7.2. 2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 TC-3-23 32
      4.7.3 640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      4.7.4 2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      4.7.6 2014-331-TC-359 TC-2-14 7-15-2014 1
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      5.1.1 2019-917-TC-412 TC-3-17 2-19-2019 8
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      5.2.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      5.3.1 2018-831-TC-404 TC-11-17 5-15-2018 6
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      5.4.1 2016-573-TC-378 TC-3-16 4-5-2016 2
      2017-693-TC-392 TC-1-17 5-2-2017 4
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      5.4.2 2016-573-TC-378 TC-3-16 4-5-2016 2
      5.4.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2016-618-TC-380 TC-9-16 7-5-2016 3
      2016-619-TC-381 TC-10-16 7-5-2016 3
      2017-679-TC-391 TC-5-17 2-7-2017 4
      2017-704-TC-394 TC-11-16 5-2-2017 4
      2017-755-TC-399 TC-17-17 10-3-2017 5
      2017-779-TC-402 TC-16-17 12-5-2017 5
      2017-780-TC-403 TC-20-17 12-5-2017 5
      2018-873-TC-407 TC-4-18 9-4-2018 7
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-1-TC-422 TC-10-19 9-3-2019 9
      2022-413-TC-470 TC-21-21 9-6-2022 23
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      5.5.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      5.6.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      Art. 5.7 2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      5.7.1 2019-917-TC-412 TC-3-17 2-19-2019 8
      6.1.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-202-TC-445 TC-14-20 3-2-2021 11
      6.1.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      6.1.4 2015-461-TC-369 TC-2(A)-15 6-16-2015 2
      2015-473-TC-370 TC-2(B)-15 8-4-2015 2
      2015-497-TC-372 TC-9-15 10-7-2015 2
      2017-660-TC-389 TC-21-16 1-3-2017 4
      2017-669-TC-390 TC-18-16 2-7-2017 4
      2018-831-TC-404 TC-11-17 5-15-2018 6
      2019-945-TC-416 TC-1-19 5-21-2019 8
      2019-954-TC-417 TC-1(B)-18 6-4-2019 9
      2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2019-18-TC-425 TC-11-19 11-6-2019 10
      2020-120-TC-435 TC-1(B)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-178-TC-443 TC-15-2020 1-5-2021 11
      2021-193-TC-444 TC-8-20 2-2-2021 11
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2021-316-TC-462 TC-14-21 12-7-2021 17
      2022-353-TC-465 TC-15-21 3-15-2022 19
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2023-458-TC-477 TC-8-22 1-17-2023 26
      2023-457-TC-476 TC-6-22 1-17-2023 26
      517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      6.1.5 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      640-TC-480                             TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      6.2.1 2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      6.2.2 2016-653-TC-387 TC-16-16 12-6-2016 4
      2018-831-TC-404 TC-11-17 5-15-2018 6
      2019-945-TC-416 TC-1-19 5-21-2019 8
      2020-144-TC-437 TC-6-20 10-6-2020 11
      6.3.1 2017-768-TC-401 TC-19-17 11-21-17 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 24
      6.3.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2023-457-TC-476 TC-6-22 1-17-2023 26
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.4.1 2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.4.2 2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      6.4.3 2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.4.4 2016-652-TC-386 TC-15-16 12-6-2016 4
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.4.6 2019-945-TC-416 TC-1-19 5-21-2019 8
      2021-193-TC-444 TC-8-20 2-2-2021 11
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      6.4.7 2019-954-TC-417 TC-1(B)-18 6-4-2019 9
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.4.9 2017-669-TC-390 TC-18-16 2-7-2017 4
      2016-652-TC-386 TC-15-16 12-6-2016 4
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.4.10 2015-461-TC-369 TC-2(A)-15 6-16-2015 2
      2016-652-TC-386 TC-15-16 12-6-2016 4
      2021-292-TC-455 TC-13-20 10-5-21 15
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2023-518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.4.11 2015-473-TC-370 TC-2(B)-15 8-4-2015 2
      2016-652-TC-386 TC-15-16 12-6-2016 4
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2021-312-TC-460 TC-13-21 12-7-2021 17
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      2023-518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      563-TC-481 TC-2-23 10-3-2023 30
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.4.12 2019-18-TC-425 TC-11-19 11-6-2019 10
      6.4.13 2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.5.1. 2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.5.1.C 2022-353-TC-465 TC-15-21 3-15-2022 19
      6.5.2 2019-954-TC-417 TC-1(B)-18 6-4-2019 9
      2021-316-TC-462 TC-14-21 12-7-2021 17
      6.5.5 2023-458-TC-477 TC-8-22 1-17-2023 26
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.5.6 2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.5.7 2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.6.1. 2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      6.6.2 2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      6.7.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      6.7.2 2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-328-TC-463 TC-17-21 1-18-2022 18
      6.7.3 2016-652-TC-386 TC-15-16 12-6-2016 4
      2019-954-TC-417 TC-1(B)-18 6-4-2019 9
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2022-383-TC-469 TC-12-21 6-7-2022 22
      2022-383-TC-469 TC-12-21 6-7-2022 23
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      6.8.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-954-TC-417 TC-1(B)-18 6-4-2019 9
      2019-992-TC-421 TC-5B-18 9-3-2019 9
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2023-518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      7.1.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      7.1.2 2018-831-TC-404 TC-11-17 5-15-2018 6
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-119-TC-434 TC-1(A)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2023-518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      7.1.3 2016-591-TC-379 TC-4-16 5-17-2016 3
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-119-TC-434 TC-1(A)-20 7-7-2020 11
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      7.1.4 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2019-30-TC-428 TC-6-18 11-19-2019 10
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      7.1.6 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      7.1.6.A 2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      7.1.7 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      7.1.9 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      7.2.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      7.2.4 2015-432-TC-367 TC-3-15 4-21-2015 2
      2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      2023-518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      7.2.5 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      7.2.7 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      7.2.8 2015-432-TC-367 TC-3-15 4-21-2015 2
      2018-864-TC-405 TC-17-16 7-3-2018 6
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      7.2.9 2017–732-TC-396 TC-20-16 7-5-2017 5
      7.3.1 2024-640-TC-480                  TC-6-23 6-4-2024  33
      7.3.2 2015-423-TC-364 TC-1(A)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2015-424-TC-365 TC-1(B)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      7.3.4 2016-654-TC-388 TC-19-16 12-6-2016 4
      7.3.5 2016-654-TC-388 TC-19-16 12-6-2016 4
      7.3.6 2016-654-TC-388 TC-19-16 12-6-2016 4
      7.3.7 2015-424-TC-365 TC-1(B)-14 4-7-2015 2
      7.3.12 2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      7.3.13 2015-423-TC-364 TC-1(A)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2015-425-TC-366 TC-1(C)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2021-274-TC-452 TC-7-21 9-7-2021 14
      2022-420-TC-471 TC-5-22 9-20-2022 23
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      7.3.14 2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      7.3.15 2015-423-TC-364 TC-1(A)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-274-TC-452 TC-7-21 9-7-2021 14
      2023-518-TC-480 TC-1-22 6-6-2023 29
      7.3.16 2015-424-TC-365 TC-1(B)-14 4-7-2016 2
      2015-425-Tc-366 TC-1(C)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      7.3.17 2015-423-TC-364 TC-1(A)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2015-424-TC-365 TC-1(B)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      7.4.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      7.4.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      7.4.11 2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      7.4.12 2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      7.5.2 2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      7.5.3 2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      8.1.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      8.1.3 2016-625-TC-382 TC-8-16 8-2-2016 3
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      8.1.4 2016-625-TC-382 TC-8-16 8-2-2016 3
      8.1.5 2016-625-TC-382 TC-8-16 8-2-2016 3
      8.1.9 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      8.1.10 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      8.2.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      8.2.7 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      8.3.1 2015-518-TC-375 TC-8-15 11-17-2015 2
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      8.3.2 2015-518-TC-375 TC-8-15 11-17-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      8.3.3 2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      8.3.4 2015-518-TC-375 TC-8-15 11-17-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      8.3.5 2015-518-TC-375 TC-8-15 11-17-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2018-904-TC-410 TC-7-2017 12-4-2018 8
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      8.3.6 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      8.4.1 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      8.4.2 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.4.3 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.4.4 2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      8.4.5 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.4.6 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.4.7 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.4.8 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.5.1 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      8.5.2 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      8.5.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      8.5.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.5.5 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-291-TC-454 TC-3-21 10-5-2021 16
      8.5.6 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-291-TC-454 TC-3-21 10-5-2021 16
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      8.5.7 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.5.8 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.5.9 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      8.6.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      8.6.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      8.6.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      8.6.5 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      8.7.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      8.7.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      8.7.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      8.8.2 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      8.9.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      8.9.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      8.10.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      8.10.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      8.11.1 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      8.11.2 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      8.11.3 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      8.11.4 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      8.11.5 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      9.1.2 2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      9.1.3 2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      9.1.4 2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      9.1.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      2022-420-TC-471 TC-5-22 9-20-2022 23
      9.1.6 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      9.1.7 2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      9.1.8 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.1.9 2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2023-457-TC-476 TC-6-22 1-17-2023 26
      9.1.10 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      9.2.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      500-TC-478 TC-1-23 4-18-2023 27
      9.2.2 2015-393-TC362 TC-5-14 2-3-2015 1
      2015-483-TC-371 TC-6-15 9-1-2015 2
      2016-644-TC-385 TC-2-16 11-1-2016 4
      2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      500-TC-478 TC-1-23 4-18-2023 27
      9.2.3 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      500-TC-478 TC-1-23 4-18-2023 27
      9.2.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      500-TC-478 TC-1-23 4-18-2023 27
      9.2.6 2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      9.3.1 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.4 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      2022-375-TC-468 TC-4-22 5-17-2022 20
      9.3.6 2022-375-TC-468 TC-4-22 5-17-2022 20
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.7 2022-375-TC-468 TC-4-22 5-17-2022 20
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.8 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.9 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.10 2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.11 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.12 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.13 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.3.14 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      9.4.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-6-TC-423 TC-4-19 9-17-2019 9
      9.4.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.4.6 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      9.4.7 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.4.8 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      9.4.10 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.4.13 2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      9.5.1 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.5.2 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      9.5.3 2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.5.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      9.5.6 2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      10.1.1 2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      10.1.2 2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      10.1.3 2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-14-TC-424 TC-8-19 10-15-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      10.1.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      10.1.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      10.1.7 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      10.1.8 2018-892-TC-409 TC-3-18 11-6-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-299-TC-457 TC-9-21 10-19-2021 16
      2022-423-TC-474 TC-21-20 9-20-2022 23
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      10.1.8, footnote (6) 2014-345-TC-361 TC-4-14 9-16-2014 1
      10.1.9 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      10.2 2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      10.2.1 2014-345-TC-361 TC-4-14 9-16-2014 1
      2015-407-TC-363 TC-1-15 3-3-2015 2
      2017–762-TC-400 TC-18-17 11-8-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2020-155-TC-439 TC-11-20 11-4-2020 11
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      10.2.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      10.2.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-171-TC-442 TC-10-20 12-1-2020 11
      10.2.4 2015-518-TC-375 TC-8-15 11-17-2015 2
      2016-573-TC-378 TC-3-16 4-5-2016 2
      2016-630-TC-384 TC-13-16 9-6-2016 4
      2017–762-TC-400 TC-18-17 11-8-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-917-TC-412 TC-3-17 2-19-2019 8
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2020-72-TC-431 TC-3-20 3-3-2020 11
      2020-155-TC-439 TC-11-20 11-4-2020 11
      2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2021-293-TC-456 TC-17A-20 10-5-21 15
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      10.2.5 2017–762-TC-400 TC-18-17 11-8-2017 5
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-978-TC-420 TC-1(C)-18 7-2-2019 9
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      2021-203-TC-446 TC-18-20 3-7-21 12
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      10.2.6 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      10.2.7 2018-892-TC-409 TC-3-18 11-6-2018 7
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2022-423-TC-474 TC-21-20 9-20-2022 23
      2023-517-TC-479 TC-19-21 6-6-2023 28
      10.2.8 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2022-383-TC-469 TC-12-21 6-7-2022 22
      2022-383-TC-469 TC-12-21 6-7-2022 23
      2022-423-TC-474 TC-21-20 9-20-2022 23
      2022-422-TC-473 TC-18-21 9-20-2022 24
      2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2023-457-TC-476 TC-6-22 1-17-2023 26
      10.2.9 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      10.2.10 2017-709-TC-395 TC-9-17 5-16-2017 4
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      10.2.11 2016-573-TC-378 TC-3-16 4-5-2016 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      10.2.12 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      10.2.13 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      10.2.14 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-7-18 8-21-2018 8
      10.2.15 2016-573-TC-378 TC-3-16 4-5-2016 2
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2020-156-TC-440 TC-12-20 11-4-2020 11
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      10.2.16 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      10.2.17 2016-630-TC-384 TC-13-16 9-6-2016 4
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2022-421-TC-472 TC-2-21 9-20-2022 24
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      2024-617-TC-478 TC-8-23 4/2/2024 31
      10.2.18 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-974-TC-419 TC-2-19 6-18-2019 9
      2019-39-TC-429 TC-6-19 12-3-2019 10
      2020-118-TC-433 TC-17-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      10.2.19 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-237-TC-448 TC-19-19 5-18-21 12
      2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      10.2.20 2021-299-TC-457 TC-9-21 10-19-2021 16
      10.3.1 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2022-420-TC-471 TC-5-22 9-20-2022 23
      10.3.2 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      10.3.3 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      10.3.4 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2022-420-TC-471 TC-5-22 9-20-2022 23
      10.3.5 2021-263 TC 451 TC-5-20 7-6-2021 13
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      10.3.6 2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      10.4.1 2024-640-TC-480 TC-6-23 6-4-2024 33
      10.4.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      11.1.3 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      11.2.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.2.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      11.2.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.3.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-14-TC-424 TC-8-19 10-15-2019 9
      11.3.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-14-TC-424 TC-8-19 10-15-2019 9
      11.3.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.4.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      500-TC-478 TC-1-23 4-18-2023 27
      11.4.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.4.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-936-TC-415 TC-7-18 4-2-2019 8
      2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      11.4.5 2015-473-TC-370 TC-2(B)-15 8-4-2015 2
      11.4.6 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      11.4.7 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.4.9 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.4.8 2019-955-TC-418 TC-3-19 6-4-2019 8
      11.4.10 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.5.1 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.2 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.4 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.6 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.7 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.8 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.9 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.10 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.11 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.5.12 2019-29-TC-427 TC-12-19 11-19-2019 10
      11.6.1 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.6.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.6.5 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.6.6 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.6.8 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.6.11 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2019-14-TC-424 TC-8-19 10-15-2019 9
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.6.12 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.6.13 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.6.15 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.7.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2021-315-TC-461 TC-6-21 12-7-2021 18
      11.7.2 2021-231-TC-447 TC-16-20 5-4-2021 20
      11.8.2 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.8.3 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.8.4 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      11.9.2 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.9.13 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.9.14 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.9.15 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.9.16 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.9.18 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      11.9.19 2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      12.1.1 2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      12.2 2021-242 TC 449 TC-19-20 6-1-21 12
      2021-300-TC-458 TC-10-21 10-19-2021 16
      2024-639-TC-479 TC-3-23 6/4/2024 32
      Chaper 12 2022-352-TC-464 TC-11-21 3-15-2022 19
      2022-374-TC-467 TC-4-21 5-17-2022 20
      2022-362-TC-466 TC-20-21 5-10-2022 21
      2022-422-TC-473 TC-18-21 9-20-2022 24
      2022-440-TC-475 TC-3-22 11-15-2022 25
      Art. 12.2 2015-423-TC-364 TC-1(A)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2015-424-TC-365 TC-1(B)-14 4-7-2015 2
      2015-508-TC-373 TC-4-15 11-3-2015 2
      2017-739-TC-397 TC-2-17 9-5-2017 5
      2017-740-TC-398 TC-4-17 9-5-2017 5
      2018-831-TC-404 TC-11-17 5-15-2018 6
      2018-864-TC-405 TC-17-16 7-3-2018 6
      2018-868-TC-406 TC-14-17 8-21-2018 7
      2018-887-TC-408 TC-12-17 10-16-2018 7
      2018-904-TC-410 TC-7-2017 12-4-2018 8
      2018-905-TC-411 TC-2-18 12-4-2018 7
      2019-917-TC-412 TC-3-17 2-19-2019 8
      2019-934-TC-413 TC-1(A)-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-935-TC-414 TC-5A-18 4-2-2019 8
      2019-28-TC-426 TC-1(D)-18 11-19-2019 10
      2019-18-TC-426 TC-11-19 11-6-2019 10
      2020-117-TC-432 TC-16-19 7-7-2020 11
      2020-133-TC-436 TC-7-20 9-1-2020 11
      2020-149-TC-438 TC-14-19 10-20-2020 11